As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 21, 2014

Securities Act File No. 2-96408

Investment Company Act File No. 811-04254

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

   THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933   x
   Pre-Effective Amendment No.  
   Post-Effective Amendment No. 251  
  

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

 
  

THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

  x

Amendment No. 252

(Check appropriate box or boxes.)

 

 

Legg Mason Partners Income Trust*

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

 

620 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10018

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code (877) 721-1926

 

 

Robert I. Frenkel

Legg Mason Partners Income Trust

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, Connecticut 06902

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

COPY TO:

Roger P. Joseph, Esq.

Bingham McCutchen LLP

One Federal Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

 

 

Continuous

(Approximate Date of Proposed Offering)

It is proposed that this filing will become effective on March 31, 2014 pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

* This filing relates solely to Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund, Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund, and Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund.

 

 

 


LOGO

 

Prospectus    LOGO    March 31, 2014

 

 

Share class (Symbol): A (ITCAX), C (SIMLX), FI (—), I (SICYX)

 

 

WESTERN ASSET

INTERMEDIATE MATURITY CALIFORNIA MUNICIPALS FUND

 

 

 

LOGO

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statement to the contrary is a crime.

 

INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: NOT FDIC INSURED • NO BANK GUARANTEE • MAY LOSE VALUE


Contents       
Investment objective      2   
Fees and expenses of the fund      2   
Principal investment strategies      3   
Principal risks      4   
Performance      6   
Management      7   
Purchase and sale of fund shares      7   
Tax information      7   
Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries      7   
More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks      8   
More on fund management      16   
Choosing a class of shares to buy      18   
Comparing the fund’s classes      19   
Sales charges      20   
More about contingent deferred sales charges      22   
Institutional Investors — eligible investors      23   
Buying shares      24   
Exchanging shares      25   
Redeeming shares      26   
Other things to know about transactions      27   
Dividends, other distributions and taxes      30   
Share price      32   
Financial highlights      33   

Investment objective

The fund seeks to provide California investors with as high a level of current income exempt from federal income tax and California State personal income tax as is consistent with the preservation of principal.

Fees and expenses of the fund

The accompanying table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.

You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $100,000 in funds sold by Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), the fund’s distributor. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial intermediary, in this Prospectus on page 20 under the heading “Sales charges” and in the fund’s statement of additional information (“SAI”) on page 65 under the heading “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions.”

 

Shareholder fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)                   
       Class A    Class C    Class FI   Class I
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a % of offering price)    2.25    None    None   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a % of the lower of net asset value at purchase or redemption)    Generally,

none

   None    None   None
Small account fee 1    $15    $15    None   None
          
Annual fund operating expenses (%)
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
       Class A    Class C    Class FI   Class I
Management fees    0.50    0.50    0.50   0.50
Distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees    0.15    0.75    0.25   None
Other expenses    0.15    0.13    0.24 2   0.21
Total annual fund operating expenses    0.80    1.38    0.99   0.71
Fees waived and/or expenses reimbursed 3    (0.05)    (0.03)    (0.14)   (0.11)
Total annual fund operating expenses after waiving fees and/or reimbursing expenses    0.75    1.35    0.85   0.60

 

1  

If your shares are held in a direct account and the value of your account is below $1,000, the fund may charge you a fee of $3.75 per account that is determined and assessed quarterly (with an annual maximum of $15.00 per account). Direct accounts generally include accounts held in the name of the individual investor on the fund’s books and records.

2

“Other expenses” for Class FI shares are estimated for the current fiscal year. Actual expenses may differ from estimates.

3  

The manager has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses) so that total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 0.75% for Class A shares, 1.35% for Class C shares, 0.85% for Class FI shares and 0.60% for Class I shares. These arrangements cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2015 without the Board of Trustees’ consent. The manager is permitted to recapture amounts waived and/or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’ total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes:

 

 

You invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated

 

 

Your investment has a 5% return each year and the fund’s operating expenses remain the same

 

 

You reinvest all distributions and dividends without a sales charge

 

2    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

Number of years you own your shares ($)                            
       1 year      3 years      5 years      10 years
Class A (with or without redemption at end of period)      300      470      654      1,188
Class C (with or without redemption at end of period)      137      434      752      1,655
Class FI (with or without redemption at end of period)      87      301      533      1,199
Class I (with or without redemption at end of period)      61      216      384      872

Portfolio turnover. The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 16% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal investment strategies

Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in investment grade “California municipal securities,” or other investments with similar economic characteristics. California municipal securities are securities the interest on which is exempt from regular federal income tax and California State personal income taxes. The fund’s 80% policy may not be changed without a shareholder vote. Interest on California municipal securities may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

California municipal securities include debt obligations issued by the State of California and its political subdivisions, agencies and public authorities, certain other governmental issuers (such as Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam) and other qualifying issuers. These securities include participation or other interests in municipal securities issued or backed by banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions.

Some municipal securities, such as general obligation issues, are backed by the issuer’s taxing authority, while other municipal securities, such as revenue issues, are backed only by revenues from certain facilities or other sources and not by the issuer itself.

The fund focuses on investment grade bonds (that is, securities rated in the Baa/BBB categories or above or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable credit quality by the subadviser) but may invest up to 20% of its assets in below investment grade bonds (commonly known as “junk bonds”).

The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in unrated securities that the subadviser determines to be equivalent to investment grade.

The fund may invest in securities of any maturity. The fund normally maintains an average effective portfolio maturity of between three and ten years. The average effective portfolio maturity of the fund is a weighted average of all the maturities of the securities in the portfolio, computed by weighting each security’s effective maturity, as estimated by the fund’s subadviser, by the market value of the security. For the purposes of determining the fund’s average effective maturity, a security’s maturity date will generally be deemed to be the next interest rate reset date for an adjustable rate security or, if earlier, the date of the next demand feature such as a put feature, when the fund would be entitled to receive payment of principal and interest. The subadviser may also take into account estimated future prepayments on securities, such as mortgage-backed securities, with uncertain future cash flows and estimations of call features and similar features and options. These estimates may prove to be incorrect.

Instead of, and/or in addition to, investing directly in particular securities, the fund may use instruments such as derivatives, including options, interest rate swaps, credit defaults swaps and options on credit default swaps, and futures contracts, and synthetic instruments that are intended to provide economic exposure to the securities or the issuer or to be used as a hedging technique. The fund may use one or more types of these instruments without limit, except that these instruments are taken into account when determining compliance with the fund’s 80% policy. For additional information regarding derivatives, see “More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks—Derivatives” in this Prospectus.

The fund may also engage in a variety of transactions using derivatives in order to change the investment characteristics of its portfolio (such as shortening or lengthening duration) and for other purposes.

The fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   3


Principal risks

 

Risk is inherent in all investing. There is no assurance that the fund will meet its investment objective. The value of your investment in the fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly. You may lose part or all of your investment in the fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The fund may take temporary defensive positions; in such a case, the fund will not be pursuing its principal investment strategies. The following is a summary description of certain risks of investing in the fund.

Market and interest rate risk. The market prices of the fund’s securities may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably, due to general market conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions, inflation, changes in interest rates, lack of liquidity in the bond markets or adverse investor sentiment. When market prices fall, the value of your investment will go down. The value of your investment will generally go down when interest rates rise. A rise in rates tends to have a greater impact on the prices of longer term or duration securities.

Recent market events risk. The global financial crisis that began in 2008 has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities and unprecedented volatility in the markets. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign governments and their central banks have taken steps to support financial markets, including by keeping interest rates at historically low levels. More recently, the Federal Reserve has reduced its market support activities. Further reduction or withdrawal of this support, failure of efforts in response to the crisis, or investor perception that such efforts are not succeeding could negatively affect financial markets generally as well as result in higher interest rates, increase market volatility and reduce the value and liquidity of certain securities.

This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the subadviser, and whether or not the fund invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to countries experiencing economic and financial difficulties, the value and liquidity of the fund’s investments may be negatively affected. In addition, policy and legislative changes in the United States and in other countries are affecting many aspects of financial regulation. The impact of these changes on the markets, and the practical implications for market participants, may not be fully known for some time.

Credit risk. If an issuer or guarantor of a security held by the fund or a counterparty to a financial contract with the fund defaults or is downgraded, or is perceived to be less creditworthy, or if the value of the assets underlying a security declines, the value of your investment will typically decline. Junk bonds have a higher risk of default and are considered speculative. Subordinated securities are more likely to suffer a credit loss than non-subordinated securities of the same issuer and will be disproportionately affected by a default, downgrade or perceived decline in creditworthiness.

Derivatives risk. Using derivatives can increase fund losses and reduce opportunities for gains when market prices, interest rates or the derivatives themselves behave in a way not anticipated by the fund. Using derivatives also can have a leveraging effect and increase fund volatility. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment. Derivatives may be difficult to sell, unwind or value, and the counterparty may default on its obligations to the fund. The U.S. government is in the process of adopting and implementing regulations governing derivatives markets, including mandatory clearing of certain derivatives, margin and reporting requirements. The ultimate impact of the regulations remains unclear. Additional regulation of derivatives may make them more costly, may limit their availability, may disrupt markets or may otherwise adversely affect their value or performance.

Credit default swap contracts involve heightened risks and may result in losses to the fund. Credit default swaps may be illiquid and difficult to value, and they increase credit risk since the fund has exposure to both the issuer whose credit is the subject of the swap and the counterparty to the swap.

Leveraging risk. The value of your investment may be more volatile if the fund borrows or uses derivatives or other investments that have a leveraging effect on the fund’s portfolio. Other risks also will be compounded. This is because leverage generally magnifies the effect of a change in the value of an asset and creates a risk of loss of value on a larger pool of assets than the fund would otherwise have had. The fund may also have to sell assets at inopportune times to satisfy its obligations. The use of leverage is considered to be a speculative investment practice and may result in the loss of a substantial amount, and possibly all, of the fund’s assets.

Liquidity risk. Some assets held by the fund may be impossible or difficult to sell, particularly during times of market turmoil. These illiquid assets may also be difficult to value. If the fund is forced to sell an illiquid asset to meet redemption requests or other cash needs, the fund may be forced to sell at a loss.

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

Tax risk. The income on the fund’s municipal securities could become subject to regular federal income and California State personal income taxes due to noncompliant conduct by issuers, unfavorable legislation or litigation or adverse interpretations by regulatory authorities.

 

4    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


Prepayment or call risk. Many issuers have a right to prepay their securities. If interest rates fall, an issuer may exercise this right. If this happens, the fund will not benefit from the rise in market price that normally accompanies a decline in interest rates, and will be forced to reinvest prepayment proceeds at a time when yields on securities available in the market are lower than the yield on the prepaid security. The fund may also lose any premium it paid on the security.

Extension risk. If interest rates rise, repayments of fixed income securities may occur more slowly than anticipated by the market. This may drive the prices of these securities down because their interest rates are lower than the current interest rate and they remain outstanding longer.

Non-diversification risk. The fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund. To the extent the fund invests its assets in a smaller number of issuers, the fund will be more susceptible to negative events affecting those issuers than a diversified fund.

Risks relating to investments in municipal securities. Municipal issuers may be adversely affected by rising health care costs, increasing unfunded pension liabilities, and by the phasing out of federal programs providing financial support. Unfavorable conditions and developments relating to projects financed with municipal securities can result in lower revenues to issuers of municipal securities. Issuers often depend on revenues from these projects to make principal and interest payments. The value of municipal securities can also be adversely affected by changes in the financial condition of one or more individual municipal issuers or insurers of municipal issuers, regulatory and political developments, tax law changes or other legislative actions, and by uncertainties and public perceptions concerning these and other factors. In recent periods an increasing number of municipal issuers have defaulted on obligations, been downgraded or commenced insolvency proceedings. Financial difficulties of municipal issuers may continue or get worse.

Risks associated with focusing on investments in California municipal securities. The fund focuses its investments on California municipal securities. The fund may be affected significantly by adverse economic, political or other events affecting California municipal issuers. The recent economic downturn has had a severe and negative impact on the State of California, causing a significant deterioration in California’s economic base. California’s economic and fiscal problems heighten the risks of investing in California municipal securities, including the risks of downgrades, market illiquidity and issuer defaults. Also, the fund may be more volatile than a more geographically diverse fund.

Valuation risk. The sales price the fund could receive for any particular portfolio investment may differ from the fund’s valuation of the investment, particularly for securities that trade in thin or volatile markets or that are valued using a fair value methodology. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive fewer or more shares or lower or higher redemption proceeds than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different valuation methodology.

Portfolio selection risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the subadviser’s judgment about the quality, relative yield, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry, sector or region, or about interest rates is incorrect.

Not a money market fund. The fund is not a money market fund and is not subject to the strict rules that govern the quality, maturity, liquidity and other features of securities that money market funds may purchase. Under normal conditions, the fund’s investment may be more susceptible than a money market fund to interest rate risk, valuation risk, credit risk and other risks relevant to the fund’s investments. The fund does not attempt to maintain a stable net asset value. Therefore, the fund’s net asset value per share will fluctuate.

These risks are discussed in more detail later in this Prospectus or in the SAI.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   5


Performance

 

The accompanying bar chart and table provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. The bar chart shows changes in the fund’s performance from year to year for Class A shares. The table shows the average annual total returns of each class of the fund that has been in operation for at least one full calendar year and also compares the fund’s performance with the average annual total returns of an index or other benchmark and an average. Performance for classes other than those shown may vary from the performance shown to the extent the expenses for those classes differ. The fund makes updated performance information, including its current net asset value, available at the fund’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses (click on the name of the fund), or by calling the fund at 1-877-721-1926.

The fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Sales charges are not reflected in the accompanying bar chart, and if those charges were included, returns would be less than those shown.

 

LOGO

Best Quarter (09/30/2009): 6.64     Worst Quarter (12/31/2010): (4.87)

 

Average annual total returns (%)
(for periods ended December 31, 2013)
Class A    1 year      5 years      10 years
Return before taxes    (4.88)      4.38      3.03
Return after taxes on distributions    (4.88)      4.38      3.03
Return after taxes on distributions and sale of fund shares    (1.46)      4.22      3.14
Other Classes (Return before taxes only)                   
Class C    (3.39)      4.21      2.60
Class I    (2.53)      4.99      3.44
Barclays California Intermediate Municipal Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)    (0.11)      5.67      4.64
Lipper California Intermediate Municipals Debt Funds Average (reflects fees and expenses but no deduction for sales charges or taxes)    (1.57)      4.77      3.25

The after-tax returns are shown only for Class A shares, are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns for classes other than Class A will vary from returns shown for Class A.

 

6    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


Management

 

Investment manager: Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC

Subadviser: Western Asset Management Company

Investment professionals: S. Kenneth Leech, Robert E. Amodeo, David T. Fare and Dennis J. McNamara. Mr. Leech has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since March 2014. Mr. Amodeo has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 2006. Mr. Fare has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 1998. Mr. McNamara has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 2012. These investment professionals work together with a broader investment management team.

Purchase and sale of fund shares

You may purchase, redeem or exchange shares of the fund each day the New York Stock Exchange is open, at the fund’s net asset value determined after receipt of your request in good order, subject to any applicable sales charge.

The fund’s initial and subsequent investment minimums generally are set forth in the accompanying table:

 

Investment minimum initial/additional investment ($)
       Class A      Class C      Class FI      Class I
General    1,000/50      1,000/50      N/A      1 million/None*
Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minor Accounts    1,000/50      1,000/50      N/A      1 million/None*
Systematic Investment Plans    50/50      50/50      N/A      1 million/None*
Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries    None/None      N/A      None/None      None/None
Eligible Investment Programs    None/None      N/A      None/None      None/None
Institutional Investors    1,000/50      1,000/50      N/A      1 million/None

 

* Available to investors investing directly with the fund.

Your financial intermediary may impose different investment minimums.

For more information about how to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, and to learn which classes of shares are available to you, you should contact your financial intermediary, or, if you hold your shares or plan to purchase shares through the fund, you should contact the fund by phone at 1-877-721-1926 or by mail at Legg Mason Funds, P.O. Box 55214, Boston, MA 02205-8504.

Tax information

The fund intends to distribute income that is generally exempt from regular federal income and California State personal income taxes. A portion of the fund’s distributions may be subject to such taxes and/or to the federal alternative minimum tax.

Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries

The fund’s related companies may pay broker/dealers or other financial intermediaries (such as a bank or an insurance company) for the sale of fund shares, shareholder services and other purposes. These payments create a conflict of interest by influencing your broker/dealer or other intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your financial adviser or salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s or salesperson’s website for more information.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   7


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks

 

The fund seeks to provide California investors with as high a level of current income exempt from federal income tax and California State personal income tax as is consistent with the preservation of principal.

Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in investment grade California municipal securities or other investments with similar economic characteristics.

The fund’s 80% policy may not be changed without a shareholder vote.

Except for this policy, the fund’s investment strategies may be changed without shareholder approval. The fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) without shareholder approval and on notice to shareholders.

The fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund.

California municipal securities

California municipal securities include debt obligations issued by the State of California and its political subdivisions, agencies and public authorities, certain other governmental issuers (such as Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam) and other qualifying issuers, and investments with similar economic characteristics, the income from which is exempt from regular federal income and California State personal income taxes. Although municipal securities are issued by qualifying issuers, payments of principal and interest on municipal securities may be derived solely from revenues from certain facilities, mortgages or private industries, and may not be backed by the issuers themselves. These securities include participation or other interests in municipal securities issued or backed by banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions.

California municipal securities include general obligation bonds, revenue bonds, housing authority bonds, private activity bonds, industrial development bonds, residual interest bonds, tender option bonds, tax and revenue anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, tax-exempt commercial paper, municipal leases, participation certificates and custodial receipts. General obligation bonds are backed by the full faith and credit of the issuing entity. Revenue bonds are typically used to fund particular projects, such as those relating to education, health care, transportation and utilities, that are expected to produce income sufficient to make the payments on the bonds, since they are not backed by the full taxing power of the municipality. Housing authority bonds are used primarily to fund low to middle income residential projects and may be backed by the payments made on the underlying mortgages. Tax and revenue anticipation notes are generally issued in order to finance short-term cash needs or, occasionally, to finance construction. Tax and revenue anticipation notes are expected to be repaid from taxes or designated revenues in the related period, and they may or may not be general obligations of the issuing entity. Bond anticipation notes are issued with the expectation that their principal and interest will be paid out of proceeds from renewal notes or bonds and may be issued to finance such items as land acquisition, facility acquisition and/or construction and capital improvement projects.

Municipal securities include municipal lease obligations, which are undivided interests issued by a state or municipality in a lease or installment purchase contract which generally relates to equipment or facilities. In some cases payments under municipal leases do not have to be made unless money is specifically approved for that purpose by an appropriate legislative body.

The fund may invest more than 25% of its assets in municipal securities that derive income from similar types of projects or that are otherwise related in such a way that an economic, business or political development or change affecting one of the securities would also affect the others.

The fund purchases municipal securities the interest on which, in the opinion of bond counsel at the time the securities are issued, is exempt from regular federal income and California State personal income taxes. There is no guarantee that this opinion is correct, and there is no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or state authorities will agree with bond counsel’s opinion. If the IRS or a state authority determines that an issuer of a municipal security has not complied with applicable requirements, interest from the security could become subject to regular federal income and/or California State personal income taxes, possibly retroactively to the date the security was issued, and the value of the security could decline significantly and a portion of the distributions to fund shareholders could be recharacterized as taxable. Future litigation or legislation could adversely affect the tax treatment of municipal securities held by the fund.

Some of the fund’s income distributions may be, and distributions of any gains generally will be, subject to regular federal income and California State personal income taxes. Some of the fund’s income that is exempt from regular federal income tax may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax. In addition, under current law, distributions of the fund’s income and gains generally are subject to state and local tax for investors that reside in states other than California.

Subject to the fund’s 80% policy, the fund may purchase other securities whose interest is subject to regular federal income and California State personal income taxes.

 

8    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


Maturity

The fund may invest in securities of any maturity. The maturity of a fixed income security is a measure of the time remaining until the final payment on the security is due.

The fund normally maintains an average effective portfolio maturity of between three and ten years. The average effective portfolio maturity of the fund is a weighted average of all the maturities of the securities in the portfolio, computed by weighting each security’s effective maturity, as estimated by the fund’s subadviser, by the market value of the security. For the purposes of determining the fund’s average effective maturity, a security’s maturity date will generally be deemed to be the next interest rate reset date for an adjustable rate security or, if earlier, the date of the next demand feature such as a put feature, when the fund would be entitled to receive payment of principal and interest. The subadviser may also take into account estimated future prepayments on securities, such as mortgage-backed securities, with uncertain future cash flows and estimations of call features and similar features and options. These estimates may prove to be incorrect.

If the fund’s effective maturity falls outside of this range, the fund will take action to bring it within its expected range within a reasonable period of time.

Credit quality

The fund focuses on securities rated investment grade (that is, securities rated in the Baa/BBB categories or above, or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable credit quality by the subadviser). The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in securities rated below investment grade or, if unrated, determined to be below investment grade by the subadviser. Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”

If a security is rated by multiple nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”) and receives different ratings, the fund will treat the security as being rated in the highest rating category received from an NRSRO. Rating categories may include sub-categories or gradations indicating relative standing.

Derivatives

The fund may engage in a variety of transactions using derivatives, such as futures, options, swaps (including credit default swaps) and warrants. Derivatives are financial instruments whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of something else, such as one or more underlying investments, indexes or currencies. Derivatives may be used by the fund for any of the following purposes:

 

 

As a hedging technique in an attempt to manage risk in the fund’s portfolio

 

 

As a substitute for buying or selling securities

 

 

As a means of changing investment characteristics of the fund’s portfolio

 

 

As a cash flow management technique

 

 

As a means of attempting to enhance returns

 

 

As a means of providing additional exposure to types of investments or market factors

The fund from time to time may sell protection on debt securities by entering into credit default swaps. In these transactions, the fund is generally required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt security to the counterparty in the event of a default on or downgrade of the debt security and/or a similar credit event. In return, the fund receives from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract. If no default occurs, the fund keeps the stream of payments and has no payment obligations. As the seller, the fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its net assets, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the par (or other agreed-upon) value it had undertaken to pay. Credit default swaps may also be structured based on an index or the debt of a basket of issuers, rather than a single issuer, and may be customized with respect to the default event that triggers purchase or other factors (for example, a particular number of defaults within a basket, or defaults by a particular combination of issuers within the basket, may trigger a payment obligation).

Using derivatives, especially for non-hedging purposes, may involve greater risks to the fund than investing directly in securities, particularly as these instruments may be very complex and may not behave in the manner anticipated by the fund. Certain derivative transactions may have a leveraging effect on the fund.

Use of derivatives or similar instruments may have different tax consequences for the fund than an investment in the underlying security, and such differences may affect the amount, timing and character of income distributed to shareholders, including the proportion of income consisting of exempt-interest dividends.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   9


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

When the fund enters into derivative transactions, it may be required to segregate assets, or enter into offsetting positions, in accordance with applicable regulations. Such segregation will not limit the fund’s exposure to loss, however, and the fund will have investment risk with respect to both the derivative itself and the assets that have been segregated to cover the fund’s derivative exposure. If the segregated assets represent a large portion of the fund’s portfolio, this may impede portfolio management or the fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

As noted above, instead of, and/or in addition to, investing directly in particular securities, the fund may use derivatives, such as credit default swaps and futures contracts, synthetic instruments and other instruments that are intended to provide economic exposure to a security, an issuer, an index or basket of securities, or a market. The fund may use one or more types of these instruments without limit, except that these instruments are taken into account when determining compliance with the fund’s 80% policy.

The fund’s subadviser may choose not to make use of derivatives.

Other fixed income securities

Subject to the fund’s 80% policy, the fund may purchase fixed income securities that pay interest that is subject to regular federal and/or state income taxes. Fixed income securities represent obligations of corporations, governments and other entities to repay money borrowed, usually at the maturity of the security. These securities may pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest. However, some fixed income securities, such as zero coupon bonds, do not pay current interest but are issued at a discount from their face values. Other debt instruments, such as certain mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, make periodic payments of interest and/or principal. Some debt instruments are partially or fully secured by collateral supporting the payment of interest and principal. “Fixed income securities” are commonly referred to as “notes,” “debt,” “debt obligations,” “debt securities,” “corporate debt,” “bonds” and “corporate bonds,” and these terms are used in this Prospectus interchangeably, and, where used, are not intended to be limiting.

Variable and floating rate securities

Variable rate securities reset at specified intervals, while floating rate securities reset whenever there is a change in a specified index rate. In most cases, these reset provisions reduce the impact of changes in market interest rates on the value of the security. However, the value of these securities may decline if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as other interest rates. Conversely, these securities will not generally increase in value if interest rates decline. The fund may also invest in inverse floating rate debt instruments (“inverse floaters”). An inverse floater may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate obligation of similar credit quality.

Structured instruments

The fund may invest in various types of structured instruments, including securities that have demand, tender or put features, or interest rate reset features. These may include instruments issued by structured investment or special purpose vehicles or conduits, and may be asset-backed or mortgage-backed securities. Structured instruments may take the form of participation interests or receipts in underlying securities or other assets, and in some cases are backed by a financial institution serving as a liquidity provider. Some of these instruments may have an interest rate swap feature which substitutes a floating or variable interest rate for the fixed interest rate on an underlying security. Structured instruments are a type of derivative instrument and the payment and credit qualities of these instruments derive from the assets embedded in the structure. For structured securities that have embedded leverage features, small changes in interest or prepayment rates may cause large and sudden price movements. Structured instruments are often subject to heightened liquidity risk.

Zero coupon, pay-in-kind and deferred interest securities

Zero coupon, pay-in-kind and deferred interest securities may be used by issuers to manage cash flow and maintain liquidity. Zero coupon securities pay no interest during the life of the obligation but are issued at prices below their stated maturity value. Because zero coupon securities pay no interest until maturity, their prices may fluctuate more than other types of securities with the same maturity in the secondary market. However, zero coupon bonds are useful as a tool for managing duration.

Pay-in-kind securities have a stated coupon, but the interest is generally paid in the form of obligations of the same type as the underlying pay-in-kind securities (e.g. bonds) rather than in cash. These securities are more sensitive to the credit quality of the underlying issuer and their secondary market prices may fluctuate more than other types of securities with the same maturity.

Deferred interest securities are obligations that generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins and are issued at a significant discount from face value.

Certain zero coupon, pay-in-kind and deferred interest securities are subject to tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount.” The fund would generally have to accrue income on these securities for federal income tax purposes before it receives corresponding cash

 

10    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


payments. Because the fund intends to make sufficient annual distributions of its taxable income, including accrued non-cash income, in order to maintain its federal income tax status and avoid fund-level income and excise taxes, the fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a disadvantageous time, or borrow cash, to make these distributions.

When-issued securities, delayed delivery, to be announced and forward commitment transactions

The fund may purchase securities under arrangements (called when-issued, delayed delivery, to be announced or forward commitment basis) where the securities will not be delivered or paid for immediately. The fund will set aside assets to pay for these securities at the time of the agreement. Such transactions involve a risk of loss if the value of the securities declines prior to the settlement date or if the assets set aside to pay for these securities decline in value prior to the settlement date. Therefore, these transactions may have a leveraging effect on the fund, making the value of an investment in the fund more volatile and increasing the fund’s overall investment exposure. Typically, no income accrues on securities the fund has committed to purchase prior to the time delivery of the securities is made, although the fund may earn income on securities it has set aside to cover these positions.

Short-term investments

The fund may invest in cash, money market instruments and short-term securities, including repurchase agreements, U.S. government securities, bank obligations and commercial paper. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the fund purchases a security from a seller, subject to the obligation of the seller to repurchase that security from the fund at a higher price. The repurchase agreement thereby determines the yield during the fund’s holding period, while the seller’s obligation to repurchase is secured by the value of the underlying security held by the fund.

Borrowings and reverse repurchase agreements

The fund may enter into borrowing transactions. Borrowing may make the value of an investment in the fund more volatile and increase the fund’s overall investment exposure. The fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowings. Interest on any borrowings will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of the fund’s shares.

The fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, which have characteristics like borrowings. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the fund sells securities to a counterparty, in return for cash, and the fund agrees to repurchase the securities at a later date and for a higher price, representing the cost to the fund for the cash received.

Credit downgrades and other credit events

Credit rating or credit quality of a security is determined at the time of purchase. If, after purchase, the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates, or if the duration of a security is extended, the subadviser will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults on a security held by the fund, or if an obligor of such a security has difficulty meeting its obligations, the fund may obtain a new or restructured security or underlying assets. In that case, the fund may become the holder of securities or other assets that it could not purchase or might not otherwise hold (for example, because they are of lower quality or are subordinated to other obligations of the issuer) at a time when those assets may be difficult to sell or can be sold only at a loss. In addition, the fund may incur expenses in an effort to protect the fund’s interest in securities experiencing these events.

Defensive investing

The fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions, including by investing in any type of taxable money market instruments and short-term debt securities or holding cash without regard to any percentage limitations. Although the subadviser has the ability to take defensive positions, it may choose not to do so for a variety of reasons, even during volatile market conditions.

Other investments

The fund may also use other strategies and invest in other securities that are described, along with their risks, in the SAI. However, the fund might not use all of the strategies and techniques or invest in all of the types of securities described in this Prospectus or in the SAI. New types of mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, derivative instruments, hedging instruments and other securities or instruments are developed and marketed from time to time. Consistent with its investment limitations, the fund may invest in new types of securities and instruments.

Percentage and other limitations

For purposes of the fund’s limitations expressed as a percentage of assets or net assets, the term “assets” means net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. The fund’s compliance with its investment limitations and requirements is usually determined at the time of

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   11


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

investment. If a percentage limitation is complied with at the time of an investment, any subsequent change in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets, or a change in credit quality, will not constitute a violation of that limitation.

Selection process

The subadviser selects securities primarily by identifying undervalued sectors and individual securities, while also selecting securities it believes will benefit from changes in market conditions. In selecting individual securities, the subadviser:

 

 

Uses fundamental credit analysis to estimate the relative value and attractiveness of various securities and sectors and to exploit opportunities in the municipal bond market

 

 

May trade between general obligation and revenue bonds and among various revenue bond sectors, such as education, housing, hospital and industrial development, based on their apparent relative values

 

 

Considers the yields available for securities with different maturities and a security’s maturity in light of the outlook for the issuer, its sector and interest rates

 

 

Seeks to identify individual securities with the most potential for added value, such as those involving unusual situations, new issuers, the potential for credit upgrades, unique structural characteristics or innovative features

More on risks of investing in the fund

Market and interest rate risk. The market prices of fixed income and other securities owned by the fund may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. If the market prices of the securities owned by the fund fall, the value of your investment in the fund will decline. The value of a security may fall due to general market conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions, inflation, changes in interest or currency rates, lack of liquidity in the bond markets or adverse investor sentiment. Changes in market conditions will not typically have the same impact on all types of securities. The value of a security may also fall due to specific conditions that affect a particular sector of the securities market or a particular issuer.

The market prices of securities may fluctuate significantly when interest rates change. When interest rates rise, the value of fixed income securities, and therefore the value of your investment in the fund, generally goes down. Interest rates have been historically low and are expected to rise. Generally, the longer the maturity or duration of a fixed income security, the greater the impact of a rise in interest rates on the security’s value. However, calculations of duration and maturity may be based on estimates and may not reliably predict a security’s price sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Moreover, securities can change in value in response to other factors, such as credit risk. In addition, different interest rate measures (such as short- and long-term interest rates and U.S. and foreign interest rates), or interest rates on different types of securities or securities of different issuers, may not necessarily change in the same amount or in the same direction. When interest rates go down, the fund’s yield will decline. Also, when interest rates decline, investments made by the fund may pay a lower interest rate, which would reduce the income received by the fund.

Recent market events risk. The global financial crisis that began in 2008 has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities and unprecedented volatility in the markets. Some events that have contributed to ongoing and systemic market risks include the falling values of some sovereign debt and related investments, scarcity of credit and high public debt. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign governments and their central banks have taken steps to support financial markets, including by keeping interest rates at historically low levels. More recently, the Federal Reserve has reduced its market support activities. Further reduction or withdrawal of this support, failure of efforts in response to the crisis, or investor perception that such efforts are not succeeding could negatively affect financial markets generally as well as result in higher interest rates, increase market volatility and reduce the value and liquidity of certain securities.

This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the subadviser, and whether or not the fund invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to countries experiencing economic and financial difficulties, the value and liquidity of the fund’s investments may be negatively affected. In addition, policy and legislative changes in the United States and in other countries are affecting many aspects of financial regulation. The impact of these changes on the markets, and the practical implications for market participants, may not be fully known for some time.

Credit risk. If an obligor (such as the issuer itself or a party offering credit enhancement) for a security held by the fund fails to pay, otherwise defaults, is perceived to be less creditworthy, becomes insolvent or files for bankruptcy, a security’s credit rating is downgraded or the credit quality or value of any underlying assets declines, the value of your investment in the fund could decline. If the fund enters into financial contracts (such as certain derivatives, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions), the fund will be subject to the credit risk presented by the counterparty. In particular, the number of municipal insurers is relatively small, and, as a result, changes in the financial condition of an individual municipal insurer may affect the overall municipal market. In addition, the

 

12    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


fund may incur expenses in an effort to protect the fund’s interests or to enforce its rights. Credit risk is broadly gauged by the credit ratings of the securities in which the fund invests. However, ratings are only the opinions of the companies issuing them and are not guarantees as to quality. Securities rated in the lowest category of investment grade (Baa/BBB) may possess certain speculative characteristics.

The fund is subject to greater levels of credit risk to the extent it holds below investment grade debt securities (that is, securities rated below the Baa/BBB categories or unrated securities of comparable quality), or “junk bonds”. These securities have a higher risk of issuer default because, among other reasons, issuers of junk bonds often have more debt in relation to total capitalization than issuers of investment grade securities. These securities are considered speculative, tend to be less liquid and are more difficult to value than higher rated securities and may involve major risk of exposure to adverse conditions and negative sentiments. These securities may be in default or in danger of default as to principal and interest. Unrated securities of comparable quality share these risks.

The fund may invest in securities which are subordinated to more senior securities of the issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated securities. The fund is more likely to suffer a credit loss on subordinated securities than on non-subordinated securities of the same issuer. If there is a default, bankruptcy or liquidation of the issuer, most subordinated securities are paid only if sufficient assets remain after payment of the issuer’s non-subordinated securities. In addition, any recovery of interest or principal may take more time. As a result, even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer is likely to have a greater impact on subordinated securities.

Derivatives risk. Derivatives involve special risks and costs and may result in losses to the fund. Using derivatives can increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when market prices, interest rates or currencies, or the derivatives themselves, behave in a way not anticipated by the fund, especially in abnormal market conditions. Using derivatives also can have a leveraging effect (which may increase investment losses) and increase fund volatility, which is the degree to which the fund’s share price may fluctuate within a short time period. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment. The other parties to certain derivatives transactions present the same types of credit risk as issuers of fixed income securities. Derivatives also tend to involve greater liquidity risk and they may be difficult to value. The fund may be unable to terminate or sell its derivative positions. In fact, many over-the-counter derivatives will not have liquidity beyond the counterparty to the instrument. The fund’s use of derivatives may also increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders. The U.S. government is in the process of adopting and implementing regulations governing derivatives markets, including mandatory clearing of certain derivatives, margin, and reporting requirements. The ultimate impact of the regulations remains unclear. Additional regulation of derivatives may make them more costly, may limit their availability, may disrupt markets or may otherwise adversely affect their value or performance. The fund may be exposed to additional risks as a result of the additional regulations. The extent and impact of the additional regulations are not yet fully known and may not be for some time.

Investments by the fund in structured securities, a type of derivative, raise certain tax, legal, regulatory and accounting issues that may not be presented by direct investments in securities. These issues could be resolved in a manner that could hurt the performance of the fund.

Swap agreements tend to shift the fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, the fund may enter into interest rate swaps, which involve the exchange of interest payments by the fund with another party, such as an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed interest rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal. If an interest rate swap intended to be used as a hedge negates a favorable interest rate movement, the investment performance of the fund would be less than what it would have been if the fund had not entered into the interest rate swap.

Credit default swap contracts involve heightened risks and may result in losses to a fund. Credit default swaps may be illiquid and difficult to value, and they increase credit risk since a fund has exposure to both the issuer whose credit is the subject of the swap and the counterparty to the swap.

The absence of a central exchange or market for swap transactions may lead, in some instances, to difficulties in trading and valuation, especially in the event of market disruptions. Recent legislation requires certain swaps to be executed through a centralized exchange or regulated facility and be cleared through a regulated clearinghouse. Although this clearing mechanism is generally expected to reduce counterparty credit risk, it may disrupt or limit the swap market and may not result in swaps being easier to trade or value. As swaps become more standardized, the fund may not be able to enter into swaps that meet its investment needs. The fund also may not be able to find a clearinghouse willing to accept a swap for clearing. In a cleared swap, a central clearing organization will be the counterparty to the transaction. The fund will assume the risk that the clearinghouse may be unable to perform its obligations.

The fund will be required to maintain its positions with a clearing organization through one or more clearing brokers. The clearing organization will require the fund to post margin and the broker may require the fund to post additional margin to secure the fund’s obligations. The amount of margin required may change from time to time. In addition, cleared transactions may be more expensive to maintain than over-the-counter transactions and may require the fund to deposit larger amounts of margin. The fund may not be able to recover margin amounts if the broker has financial difficulties. Also, the broker may require the fund to terminate a derivatives position under certain circumstances. This may cause the fund to lose money.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   13


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

Risks associated with the use of derivatives are magnified to the extent that an increased portion of the fund’s assets are committed to derivatives in general or are invested in just one or a few types of derivatives.

Leveraging risk. The value of your investment may be more volatile if the fund borrows or uses derivatives or other investments that have a leveraging effect on the fund’s portfolio. Other risks also will be compounded. This is because leverage generally magnifies the effect of a change in the value of an asset and creates a risk of loss of value on a larger pool of assets than the fund would otherwise have had. The fund may also have to sell assets at inopportune times to satisfy its obligations. The use of leverage is considered to be a speculative investment practice and may result in the loss of a substantial amount, and possibly all, of the fund’s assets.

Liquidity risk. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are impossible or difficult to sell. Although most of the fund’s investments must be liquid at the time of investment, investments may become illiquid after purchase by the fund, particularly during periods of market turmoil. Markets may become illiquid when, for instance, there are few, if any, interested buyers or sellers or when dealers are unwilling or unable to make a market for certain securities. When the fund holds illiquid investments, the portfolio may be harder to value, especially in changing markets, and if the fund is forced to sell these investments to meet redemption requests or for other cash needs, the fund may suffer a loss. In addition, when there is illiquidity in the market for certain investments, the fund, due to limitations on illiquid investments, may be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain sector.

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

Tax risk. There is no guarantee that the income on the fund’s municipal securities will remain exempt from regular federal income and California State personal income taxes. Unfavorable legislation, adverse interpretations by federal or state authorities, litigation or noncompliant conduct by the issuer of a municipal security could affect the tax-exempt status of municipal securities.

Prepayment or call risk. Many fixed income securities give the issuer the option to repay or call the security prior to its maturity date. Issuers often exercise this right when interest rates fall. Accordingly, if the fund holds a fixed income security subject to prepayment or call risk, it will not benefit fully from the increase in value that other fixed income securities generally experience when interest rates fall. Upon prepayment of the security, the fund would also be forced to reinvest the proceeds at then current yields, which would be lower than the yield of the security that was paid off. In addition, if the fund purchases a fixed income security at a premium (at a price that exceeds its stated par or principal value), the fund may lose the amount of the premium paid in the event of prepayment.

Extension risk. When interest rates rise, repayments of fixed income securities, particularly asset- and mortgage-backed securities, may occur more slowly than anticipated, extending the effective duration of these fixed income securities at below market interest rates and causing their market prices to decline more than they would have declined due to the rise in interest rates alone. This may cause the fund’s share price to be more volatile.

Non-diversification risk. The fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund. To the extent the fund invests its assets in a smaller number of issuers, the fund will be more susceptible to negative events affecting those issuers than a diversified fund.

Risks relating to investments in municipal securities. Issuers of municipal securities tend to derive a significant portion of their revenue from taxes, particularly property and income taxes, and decreases in personal income levels and property values and other unfavorable economic factors, such as a general economic recession, adversely affect municipal securities. Municipal issuers may also be adversely affected by rising health care costs, increasing unfunded pension liabilities and by the phasing out of federal programs providing financial support. Where municipal securities are issued to finance particular projects, such as those relating to education, health care, transportation, and utilities, issuers often depend on revenues from those projects to make principal and interest payments. Adverse conditions and developments in those sectors can result in lower revenues to issuers of municipal securities and can also have an adverse effect on the broader municipal securities market.

There may be less public information available on municipal issuers or projects than other issuers, and valuing municipal securities may be more difficult. In addition, the secondary market for municipal securities is less well developed and liquid than other markets, and dealers may be less willing to offer and sell municipal securities in times of market turbulence. Changes in the financial condition of one or more individual municipal issuers (or one or more insurers of municipal issuers), or one or more defaults by municipal issuers or insurers, can adversely affect liquidity and valuations in the overall market for municipal securities. The value of municipal securities can also be adversely affected by regulatory and political developments affecting the ability of municipal issuers to pay interest or repay principal, actual or anticipated tax law changes or other legislative actions, and by uncertainties and public perceptions concerning these and other factors. In recent periods an increasing number of municipal issuers have defaulted on obligations, been downgraded or commenced insolvency proceedings. Financial difficulties of municipal issuers may continue or get worse.

 

14    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


Risks associated with focusing on investments in California municipal securities. The fund focuses its investments on California municipal securities. The fund may be affected significantly by adverse economic, political or other events affecting California municipal issuers. The recent economic downturn has had a severe and negative impact on the State of California. California has suffered job losses, significant foreclosures, a drop in housing prices and a severe contraction in new housing construction. Tax revenues have declined precipitously, resulting in large budget deficits and cash shortfalls. Despite recent indications that California is beginning to experience a gradual recovery, the State’s economy has not returned to pre-recession levels. Issuers and guarantors of California municipal securities may continue to experience reduced revenues as a result of the conditions described above. In addition, rising health care costs are increasing the State’s retirement benefit costs, and the State faces mounting pension costs and unfunded pension liabilities. Failure to fund these costs in full is expected to increase the State’s future pension and retirement benefit obligations. Further reductions in federal funds could place additional strain on the State and local governments and may have a negative effect on their ability to meet their obligations. Furthermore, local municipal issuers in California often are dependent on the state government for a portion of their revenues. These and other factors may affect adversely the ability of the issuers of California municipal securities to make required payments of interest and principal, as well as the market value and marketability of municipal securities held by the fund. The foregoing and other factors may result in losses to the fund. In addition, if the fund has difficulty finding high quality California municipal securities to purchase, the amount of the fund’s income that is subject to California taxes could increase. Also, the fund may be more volatile than a more geographically diverse fund. More detailed information about the economy of California may be found in the SAI.

Valuation risk. Many factors may influence the price at which the fund could sell any particular portfolio investment. The sales price may well differ—higher or lower—from the fund’s last valuation, and such differences could be significant, particularly for illiquid securities and securities that trade in relatively thin markets and/or markets that experience extreme volatility. If market conditions make it difficult to value some investments, the fund may value these investments using more subjective methods, such as fair value methodologies. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive fewer or more shares, or lower or higher redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different valuation methodology. The value of foreign securities, certain fixed income securities and currencies, as applicable, may be materially affected by events after the close of the markets on which they are traded, but before the fund determines its net asset value.

Cash management and defensive investing risk. The value of the investments held by the fund for cash management or defensive investing purposes can fluctuate. Like other fixed income securities, they are subject to risk, including market, interest rate and credit risk. If the fund holds cash uninvested, it will be subject to the credit risk of the depository institution holding the cash. If the fund holds cash uninvested, the fund will not earn income on the cash and the fund’s yield will go down. If a significant amount of the fund’s assets are used for cash management or defensive investing purposes, it may not achieve its investment objective.

Portfolio selection risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the subadviser’s judgment about the quality, relative yield, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry, sector or region, or about interest rates is incorrect.

Not a money market fund. The fund is not a money market fund and is not subject to the strict rules that govern the quality, maturity, liquidity and other features of securities that money market funds may purchase. Under normal conditions, the fund’s investment may be more susceptible than a money market fund to interest rate risk, valuation risk, credit risk and other risks relevant to the fund’s investments. The fund does not attempt to maintain a stable net asset value. Therefore, the fund’s net asset value per share will fluctuate.

Please note that there are other factors that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective. More information about risks appears in the SAI. Before investing, you should carefully consider the risks that you will assume.

Portfolio holdings

A description of the fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of its portfolio holdings is available in the SAI. The fund posts its complete portfolio holdings at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses (click on the name of the fund) on a quarterly basis. The fund intends to post its complete portfolio holdings 14 calendar days following the quarter-end. The fund intends to post partial information concerning the fund’s portfolio holdings (such as top 10 holdings or sector breakdowns, for example) on the Legg Mason funds’ website on a monthly basis. The fund intends to post this partial information 10 business days following each month-end. Such information will remain available until the next month’s or quarter’s holdings are posted.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   15


More on fund management

 

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”) is the fund’s investment manager. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund. LMPFA was formed in April 2006 as a result of an internal reorganization to consolidate advisory services after Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) acquired substantially all of Citigroup’s asset management business in December 2005. As of December 31, 2013, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $225.4 billion.

Western Asset Management Company (“Western Asset”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund as subadviser. Western Asset, established in 1971, has offices at 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101 and 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018. Western Asset acts as investment adviser to institutional accounts, such as corporate pension plans, mutual funds and endowment funds. As of December 31, 2013, the total assets under management of Western Asset and its supervised affiliates were approximately $451.6 billion.

LMPFA pays the subadviser a portion of the management fee that it receives from the fund. The fund does not pay any additional advisory or other fees for advisory services provided by Western Asset.

LMPFA and Western Asset are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2013, Legg Mason’s asset management operations, including Western Asset and its supervised affiliates, had aggregate assets under management of approximately $679.5 billion.

Investment professionals

The fund is managed by a broad team of investment professionals. The particular mix of investment professionals involved in developing and implementing investment strategies for the fund depends on the asset classes in which the fund invests. Senior members of the portfolio management team are responsible for the development of investment strategy and oversight for the fund and coordination of other relevant investment team members. They work together with the broader Western Asset investment management team on portfolio structure, duration weighting and term structure decisions.

The individuals responsible for day-to-day portfolio management, development of investment strategy, oversight and coordination of the fund are S. Kenneth Leech, Robert E. Amodeo, David T. Fare and Dennis J. McNamara. Mr. Leech has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since March 2014. Mr. Amodeo has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 2006. Mr. Fare has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 1998. Mr. McNamara has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 2012. Messrs. Leech, Amodeo, Fare and McNamara have been employed by Western Asset as investment professionals for more than five years.

The SAI provides information about the investment professionals’ compensation, other accounts managed by the investment professionals and any fund shares held by the investment professionals.

Management fee

The fund pays a management fee at an annual rate of 0.50% of its average daily net assets.

For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013, the fund paid LMPFA an effective management fee of 0.46% of the fund’s average daily net assets for management services.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the fund’s management agreement and subadvisory agreement is available in the fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013.

Expense limitation

The manager has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses) so that total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 0.75% for Class A shares, 1.35% for Class C shares, 0.85% for Class FI shares and 0.60% for Class I shares, subject to recapture as described below. These arrangements are expected to continue until December 31, 2015, may be terminated prior to that date by agreement of the manager and the Board, and may be terminated at any time after that date by the manager. These arrangements, however, may be modified by the manager to decrease total annual operating expenses at any time. The manager is also permitted to recapture amounts waived and/or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’ total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above. In no case will the manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular business day of the fund, in the class’ total annual operating expenses exceeding the applicable limits described above or any other lower limit then in effect.

Distribution

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

 

16    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


The fund has adopted a Rule 12b-1 shareholder services and distribution plan. Under the plan, the fund pays distribution and/or service fees based on annualized percentages of average daily net assets, of up to 0.15% for Class A shares; up to 0.75% for Class C shares; and up to 0.25% for Class FI shares. These fees are an ongoing expense and, over time, will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges. Class I shares are not subject to distribution and/or service fees under the plan.

Additional payments

In addition to distribution and service fees and sales charges, the distributor, the manager and/or their affiliates make payments for distribution, shareholder servicing, marketing and promotional activities and related expenses out of their profits and other available sources, including profits from their relationships with the fund. These payments are not reflected as additional expenses in the fee table contained in this Prospectus. The recipients of these payments may include the fund’s distributor and affiliates of the manager, as well as non-affiliated broker/dealers, insurance companies, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund, including your financial intermediary. The total amount of these payments is substantial, may be substantial to any given recipient and may exceed the costs and expenses incurred by the recipient for any fund-related marketing or shareholder servicing activities. The payments described in this paragraph are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” Revenue sharing arrangements are separately negotiated between the distributor, the manager and/or their affiliates, and the recipients of these payments.

Revenue sharing payments create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to you. Contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it receives or may receive. Revenue sharing payments, as well as payments under the shareholder services and distribution plan (where applicable), also benefit the manager, the distributor and their affiliates to the extent the payments result in more assets being invested in the fund on which fees are being charged.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   17


Choosing a class of shares to buy

 

Individual investors can generally invest in Class A and Class C shares. Individual investors who invest directly with the fund and who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement may purchase Class I shares. In addition, participants in Eligible Investment Programs may exchange Class A and Class C shares for Class I shares of the fund under certain limited circumstances.

Institutional Investors and Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries should refer to “Institutional Investors — eligible investors” below for a description of the classes available to them. Each class has different sales charges and expenses, allowing you to choose a class that may be appropriate for you.

When choosing which class of shares to buy, you should consider:

 

 

How much you plan to invest

 

 

How long you expect to own the shares

 

 

The expenses paid by each class detailed in the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus

 

 

Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges

 

 

Availability of share classes

When choosing between Class A and Class C shares, keep in mind that, generally speaking, the larger the size of your investment and the longer your investment horizon, the more likely it will be that Class C shares will not be as advantageous as Class A shares. The annual distribution and/or service fees on Class C shares may cost you more over the longer term than the front-end sales charge and service fees you would have paid for larger purchases of Class A shares. If you are eligible to purchase Class I shares, you should be aware that Class I shares are not subject to a front-end sales charge and generally have lower annual expenses than Class A or Class C shares.

Each class of shares is authorized to pay fees for recordkeeping services to Service Agents. As a result, operating expenses of classes that incur new or additional recordkeeping fees may increase over time.

You may buy shares:

 

 

Through banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”)

 

 

Directly from the fund

Your Service Agent may provide shareholder services that differ from the services provided by other Service Agents. Services provided by your Service Agent may vary by class. You should ask your Service Agent to explain the shareholder services it provides for each class and the compensation it receives in connection with each class. Remember that your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending on the share class in which you invest.

Your Service Agent may not offer all classes of shares. You should contact your Service Agent for further information.

More information about the fund’s classes of shares is available through the Legg Mason funds’ website. You’ll find detailed information about sales charges and ways you can qualify for reduced or waived sales charges, including:

 

 

The front-end sales charges that apply to the purchase of Class A shares

 

 

The contingent deferred sales charges that apply to the redemption of certain Class A shares

 

 

Who qualifies for lower sales charges on Class A shares

 

 

Who qualifies for a sales load waiver

To visit the website, go to http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/products, and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

18    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


Comparing the fund’s classes

 

The following table compares key features of the fund’s classes. You should review the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus carefully before choosing your share class. Your Service Agent can help you choose a class that may be appropriate for you. Please contact your Service Agent regarding the availability of Class FI shares. You may be required to provide appropriate documentation confirming your eligibility to invest in this share class. Your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending upon which class you choose.

 

      Key features   Initial sales charge   Contingent deferred sales
charge
 

Annual distribution

and/or service fees

  Exchange privilege 1
Class A  

   Initial sales charge

   You may qualify for reduction or waiver of initial sales charge

   Generally lower annual expenses than Class C

  Up to 2.25%; reduced or waived for large purchases and certain investors. No charge for purchases of $500,000 or more   0.50% on purchases of $500,000 or more if you redeem within 18 months of purchase; waived for certain investors   0.15% of average daily net assets   Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class C  

   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

   Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

  None   None   0.75% of average daily net assets   Class C shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class FI  

   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

   Only offered to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

  None   None   0.25% of average daily net assets   Class FI shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class I  

   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

   Only offered to Institutional Investors, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and other eligible investors

   Generally lower annual expenses than the other classes

  None   None   None   Class I shares of funds sold by the distributor

 

1  

Ask your Service Agent about the funds available for exchange.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   19


Sales charges

 

Class A shares

You buy Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value plus a sales charge. You pay a lower rate as the size of your investment increases to certain levels called breakpoints. You do not pay a sales charge on the fund’s distributions or dividends that you reinvest in additional Class A shares.

The table below shows the rate of sales charge you pay, depending on the amount you purchase. It also shows the amount of broker/dealer compensation that will be paid out of the sales charge if you buy shares from a Service Agent. For Class A shares sold by the distributor, the distributor will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. Service Agents will receive a distribution and/or service fee payable on Class A shares at an annual rate of up to 0.15% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares serviced by them.

 

Amount of investment      Sales charge
as a % of
offering price
    

Sales charge

as a % of net
amount
invested

     Broker/dealer
commission as
a % of
offering price
Less than $100,000          2.25            2.30            2.00  
$100,000 but less than $250,000          1.50            1.52            1.25  
$250,000 but less than $500,000          1.25            1.27            1.00  
$500,000 or more 1          -0-            -0-            up to 0.50  

 

1  

The distributor may pay a commission of up to 0.50% to a Service Agent for purchase amounts of $500,000 or more. In such cases, starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, the Service Agent will also receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.15% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares held by its clients. Prior to the thirteenth month, the distributor will retain this fee. Where the Service Agent does not receive the payment of this commission, the Service Agent will instead receive the annual distribution and/or service fee starting immediately after purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Investments of $500,000 or more

You do not pay an initial sales charge when you buy $500,000 or more of Class A shares. However, if you redeem these Class A shares within 18 months of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 0.50%.

Qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of shares of funds sold by the distributor to take advantage of the breakpoints in the Class A sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent or the fund if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for a reduced sales charge.

 

 

Accumulation Privilege – allows you to combine the current value of shares of the fund with other shares of funds sold by the distributor that are owned by:

 

   

you or

 

   

your spouse and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charges.

If you hold fund shares in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be combined. Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor that were not acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may not be combined. Please contact your Service Agent or the fund for additional information.

Certain trustees and other fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

 

 

Letter of Intent – allows you to purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. At the time you enter into the letter of intent, you select your asset goal amount. Generally, purchases of shares of funds sold by the distributor that are purchased during the 13-month period by:

 

   

you or

 

   

your spouse and children under the age of 21

are eligible for inclusion under the letter of intent, based on the public offering price at the time of the purchase and any capital appreciation on those shares. In addition, you can include the current value of any eligible holdings toward your asset goal amount.

 

20    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


If you hold shares of funds sold by the distributor in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be credited toward your asset goal amount.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be credited toward your asset goal amount. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

If you do not meet your asset goal amount, shares in the amount of any sales charges due, based on the amount of your actual purchases, will be redeemed from your account.

Waivers for certain Class A investors

Class A initial sales charges are waived for certain types of investors, including:

 

 

Employees of Service Agents

 

 

Investors who redeemed Class A shares of a fund sold by the distributor in the past 60 days, if the investor’s Service Agent is notified

 

 

Directors and officers of any Legg Mason-sponsored fund

 

 

Employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries

If you qualify for a waiver of the Class A initial sales charge, you must notify your Service Agent or the fund at 1-877-721-1926 at the time of purchase and provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the initial sales charge waiver.

If you want to learn about additional waivers of Class A initial sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/products, and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

Class C shares

You buy Class C shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge. However, if you exchange Class C shares that were not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge when initially purchased for Class C shares of a fund that imposes a contingent deferred sales charge, your contingent deferred sales charge will be measured from the date of your exchange.

Service Agents receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.75% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Class FI shares

You buy Class FI shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed.

Service Agents receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class FI shares serviced by them.

Class I shares

You buy Class I shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed. Class I shares are not subject to any distribution and/or service fees.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   21


More about contingent deferred sales charges

 

The contingent deferred sales charge is based on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less, and therefore you do not pay a sales charge on amounts representing appreciation or depreciation.

In addition, you do not pay a contingent deferred sales charge:

 

 

When you exchange shares for shares of another fund sold by the distributor

 

 

On shares representing reinvested distributions and dividends

 

 

On shares no longer subject to the contingent deferred sales charge

Each time you place a request to redeem shares, the fund will first redeem any shares in your account that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and then redeem the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

If you redeem shares of a fund sold by the distributor and pay a contingent deferred sales charge, you may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

The distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges as partial compensation for its expenses in selling shares, including the payment of compensation to your Service Agent.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers

The contingent deferred sales charge for each share class will generally be waived:

 

 

On payments made through certain systematic withdrawal plans

 

 

For involuntary redemptions of small account balances

 

 

For 12 months following the death or disability of a shareholder

If you want to learn more about additional waivers of contingent deferred sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/products, and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

22    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


Institutional Investors — eligible investors

 

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

“Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries” are investors who invest in the fund through financial intermediaries that (i) charge such investors an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting or similar services, or (ii) have entered into an agreement with the distributor to offer Class A, Class FI or Class I shares through a no-load network or platform (“Eligible Investment Programs”). Such investors may include pension and profit sharing plans, other employee benefit trusts, endowments, foundations and corporations. Eligible Investment Programs may also include college savings vehicles such as Section 529 plans and direct retail investment platforms through mutual fund “supermarkets,” where the sponsor links its client’s account to a master account in the sponsor’s name. The financial intermediary may impose separate investment minimums.

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries may generally invest in Class A, Class FI and Class I shares. Class I shares are available for exchange from Class A or Class C shares of the fund held by participants in Eligible Investment Programs under certain limited circumstances.

Institutional Investors

“Institutional Investors” may include corporations, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, investment companies, foundations, endowments, defined benefit plans and other similar entities. The distributor or the financial intermediary may impose additional eligibility requirements or criteria to determine if an investor, including the types of investors listed above, qualifies as an Institutional Investor.

Institutional Investors may invest in Class I shares if they meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement. Institutional Investors may also invest in Class A and Class C shares, which have different investment minimums, fees and expenses.

Class FI shares

Class FI shares are offered only to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries.

Class I shares

Class I shares are offered only to Institutional Investors and individual investors (investing directly with the fund) who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and other investors authorized by LMIS. Certain waivers of these requirements for individuals associated with the fund, Legg Mason or its affiliates are discussed in the SAI.

Other considerations

Financial intermediaries may choose to impose qualification requirements that differ from the fund’s share class eligibility standards. In certain cases this could result in the selection of a share class with higher distribution and/or service fees than otherwise would have been charged. The fund is not responsible for, and has no control over, the decision of any financial intermediary to impose such differing requirements. Please consult with your financial intermediary for more information about available share classes.

Your Service Agent may not offer all share classes. Please contact your Service Agent for additional details.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   23


Buying shares

 

Generally   

You may buy shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your purchase request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge.

 

You must provide the following information for your order to be processed:

 

   Name of fund being bought

 

   Class of shares being bought

 

   Dollar amount or number of shares being bought

 

   Account number (if existing account)

Through a Service Agent   

You should contact your Service Agent to open a brokerage account and make arrangements to buy shares.

 

Your Service Agent may charge an annual account maintenance fee.

Through the fund   

Investors should contact the fund at 1-877-721-1926 to open an account and make arrangements to buy shares.

 

For initial purchases, complete and send your account application to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Subsequent purchases should be sent to the same address. Enclose a check to pay for the shares.

 

For more information, please call the fund between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time).

Through a systematic investment plan   

You may authorize your Service Agent or the transfer agent to transfer funds automatically from (i) a regular bank account, (ii) cash held in a brokerage account with a Service Agent or (iii) certain money market funds, in order to buy shares on a regular basis.

 

   Amounts transferred must meet the applicable minimums (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

   Amounts may be transferred monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

   If you do not have sufficient funds in your account on a transfer date, you may be charged a fee

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or the fund or consult the SAI.

 

24    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


Exchanging shares

 

Generally   

You may exchange shares of the fund for the same class of shares of other funds sold by the distributor on any day that both the fund and the fund into which you are exchanging are open for business. For investors who qualify as Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and participate in Eligible Investment Programs made available through their financial intermediaries (such as investors in fee-based advisory or mutual fund “wrap” programs), an exchange may be made from Class A or Class C shares to Class I shares of the same fund under certain limited circumstances. Please refer to the section of this prospectus titled “Institutional Investors — eligible investors” or contact your financial intermediary for more information.

 

An exchange of shares of one fund for shares of another fund is considered a sale and generally results in a capital gain or loss for federal income tax purposes. An exchange of shares of one class directly for shares of another class of the same fund normally should not be taxable for federal income tax purposes. You should talk to your tax advisor before making an exchange.

 

The exchange privilege is not intended as a vehicle for short-term trading. The fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in a pattern of excessive exchanges.

Legg Mason offers a distinctive family of funds tailored to help meet the varying needs of large and small investors   

You may exchange shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your exchange request in good order.

 

   If you bought shares through a Service Agent, contact your Service Agent to learn which funds your Service Agent makes available to you for exchanges

 

   If you bought shares directly from the fund, contact the fund at 1-877-721-1926 to learn which funds are available to you for exchanges

 

   Exchanges may be made only between accounts that have identical registrations

 

   Not all funds offer all classes

 

   Some funds are offered only in a limited number of states. Your Service Agent or the fund will provide information about the funds offered in your state

 

Always be sure to read the prospectus of the fund into which you are exchanging shares.

Investment minimums, sales charges and other requirements   

   In most instances, your shares will not be subject to an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge at the time of the exchange. You may be charged an initial or contingent deferred sales charge if the shares being exchanged were not subject to a sales charge

 

   Except as noted above, your contingent deferred sales charge (if any) will continue to be measured from the date of your original purchase of shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and you will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of the fund that you originally purchased

 

   You will generally be required to meet the minimum investment requirement for the class of shares of the fund or share class into which your exchange is made (except in the case of systematic exchange plans)

 

   Your exchange will also be subject to any other requirements of the fund or share class into which you are exchanging shares

 

   The fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in a pattern of excessive exchanges

By telephone    Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call the fund at 1-877-721-1926 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for information. Exchanges are priced at the net asset value next determined.
By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

Through a systematic exchange plan   

You may be permitted to schedule automatic exchanges of shares of the fund for shares of other funds available for exchange. All requirements for exchanging shares described above apply to these exchanges. In addition:

 

   Exchanges may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

   Each exchange must meet the applicable investment minimums for systematic investment plans (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or the fund or consult the SAI.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   25


Redeeming shares

 

Generally   

You may redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your redemption request in good order, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

 

If the shares are held by a fiduciary or corporation, partnership or similar entity, other documents may be required.

Redemption proceeds   

Your redemption proceeds normally will be sent within 3 business days after your request is received in good order, but in any event within 7 days, except that your proceeds may be delayed for up to 10 days if your share purchase was made by check.

 

Your redemption proceeds may be delayed, or your right to receive redemption proceeds suspended, if the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is closed (other than on weekends or holidays) or trading is restricted, if an emergency exists, or otherwise as permitted by order of the SEC.

 

If you have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, your redemption proceeds will be sent to your Service Agent. Your redemption proceeds can be sent by check to your address of record or by wire or electronic transfer (ACH) to a bank account designated by you. To change the bank account designated to receive wire or electronic transfers, you will be required to deliver a new written authorization and may be asked to provide other documents. You may be charged a fee on a wire or an electronic transfer (ACH).

 

In other cases, unless you direct otherwise, your proceeds will be paid by check mailed to your address of record.

 

The fund reserves the right to pay redemption proceeds by giving you securities. You may pay transaction costs to dispose of the securities, and you may receive less for them than the price at which they were valued for purposes of the redemption.

By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Your written request must provide the following:

 

   The fund name, the class of shares being redeemed and your account number

 

   The dollar amount or number of shares being redeemed

 

   Signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered

 

   Signature guarantees, as applicable (see “Other things to know about transactions”)

By telephone   

If your account application permits, you may be eligible to redeem shares by telephone. Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call the fund at 1-877-721-1926 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for more information. Please have the following information ready when you call:

 

   Name of fund being redeemed

 

   Class of shares being redeemed

 

   Account number

Automatic cash withdrawal plans   

You may be permitted to schedule automatic redemptions of a portion of your shares. To qualify, you must own shares of the fund with a value of at least $10,000 and each automatic redemption must be at least $50.

 

The following conditions apply:

 

   Redemptions may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

   If your shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, the charge will be required to be paid upon redemption. However, the charge will be waived if your automatic redemptions are equal to or less than 2% per month of your account balance on the date the redemptions commence, up to a maximum of 12% in one year

 

   You must elect to have all dividends and distributions reinvested

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or the fund or consult the SAI.

 

26    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


Other things to know about transactions

 

When you buy, exchange or redeem shares, your request must be in good order. This means you have provided the following information, without which your request may not be processed:

 

 

Name of the fund

 

 

Your account number

 

 

In the case of a purchase (including a purchase as part of an exchange transaction), the class of shares being bought

 

 

In the case of an exchange or redemption, the class of shares being exchanged or redeemed (if you own more than one class)

 

 

Dollar amount or number of shares being bought, exchanged or redeemed

 

 

In certain circumstances, the signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered (see “Redeeming shares”)

The fund generally will not permit non-resident aliens with non-U.S. addresses to establish accounts. U.S. citizens with APO/FPO addresses or addresses in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with U.S. addresses are permitted to establish accounts with the fund. Subject to the requirements of local law, U.S. citizens residing in foreign countries are permitted to establish accounts with the fund.

In certain circumstances, such as during periods of market volatility, severe weather and emergencies, shareholders may experience difficulties placing exchange or redemption orders by telephone. In that case, shareholders should consider using the fund’s other exchange and redemption procedures described under “Exchanging shares” and “Redeeming shares.”

The transfer agent or the fund will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that any telephone exchange or redemption request is genuine, which may include recording calls, asking the caller to provide certain personal identification information, sending you a written confirmation or requiring other confirmation procedures from time to time. If these procedures are followed, neither the fund nor its agents will bear any liability for these transactions.

The fund has the right to:

 

 

Suspend the offering of shares

 

 

Waive or change minimum initial and additional investment amounts

 

 

Reject any purchase or exchange order

 

 

Change, revoke or suspend the exchange privilege

 

 

Suspend telephone transactions

 

 

Suspend or postpone redemptions of shares on any day when trading on the NYSE is restricted or as otherwise permitted by the SEC

 

 

Close your account after a period of inactivity, as determined by state law, and transfer your shares to the appropriate state

For your protection, the fund or your Service Agent may request additional information in connection with large redemptions, unusual activity in your account, or otherwise to ensure your redemption request is in good order. Please contact your Service Agent or the fund for more information.

Signature guarantees

To be in good order, your redemption request must include a signature guarantee if you:

 

 

Are redeeming shares and sending the proceeds to an address or bank not currently on file

 

 

Changed your account registration or your address within 30 days

 

 

Want the check paid to someone other than the account owner(s)

 

 

Are transferring the redemption proceeds to an account with a different registration

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, dealers, brokers, credit unions and federal savings and loan institutions, but not from a notary public.

Anti-money laundering

Federal anti-money laundering regulations require all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When you sign your account application, you may be asked to provide additional information in order for the fund to verify your identity in accordance with these regulations. Accounts may be restricted and/or closed, and the monies withheld, pending verification of this information or as otherwise required under these and other federal regulations.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   27


Other things to know about transactions cont’d

 

Small account fees/Mandatory redemptions

Small accounts may be subject to a small account fee or to mandatory redemption, as described below, depending on whether the account is held directly with the fund or through a Service Agent.

Direct accounts

Direct accounts generally include accounts held in the name of the individual investor on the fund’s books and records. To offset the relatively higher impact on fund expenses of servicing smaller direct accounts, if your shares are held in a direct account and the value of your account is below $1,000 (if applicable, $250 for retirement plans that are not employer-sponsored) for any reason (including declines in net asset value), the fund may charge you a fee of $3.75 per account that is determined and assessed quarterly on the last business day of the quarter (with an annual maximum of $15.00 per account). The small account fee will be charged by redeeming shares in your account. If the value of your account is $3.75 or less, the amount in the account may be exhausted to pay the small account fee. The small account fee will not be assessed on systematic investment plans until the end of the first quarter after the account has been established for 15 months. Payment of the small account fee through a redemption of fund shares may result in tax consequences to you (see “Taxes” for more information).

The small account fee will not be charged on, if applicable: (i) Retirement Plans (but will be charged on other plans that are not employer-sponsored such as traditional and Roth individual retirement accounts, Coverdell education savings accounts, individual 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, Keogh plans, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs or similar accounts); (ii) Legg Mason funds that have been closed to subsequent purchases for all classes; (iii) accounts that do not have a valid address as evidenced by mail being returned to the fund or its agents; and (iv) Class FI and Class I shares.

If your share class is no longer offered, you may not be able to bring your account up to the minimum investment amount (although you may exchange into existing accounts of other Legg Mason funds in which you hold the same share class, to the extent otherwise permitted by those funds and subject to any applicable sales charges).

Some shareholders who hold accounts in Classes A and B of the same fund may have those accounts aggregated for the purposes of these calculations. Please contact the fund or your Service Agent for more information.

Non-direct accounts

“Non-direct accounts” include omnibus accounts and accounts jointly maintained by the Service Agent and the fund. Such accounts are not subject to the small account fee that may be charged to direct accounts.

The fund reserves the right to ask you to bring your non-direct account up to a minimum investment amount determined by your Service Agent if the aggregate value of the fund shares in your account is less than $500 for any reason (including solely due to declines in net asset value and/or failure to invest at least $500 within a reasonable period). You will be notified in writing and will have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring your account value up to the required level. If you choose not to do so within this 60-day period, the fund may close your account and send you the redemption proceeds. If your share class is no longer offered, you may not be able to bring your account up to the minimum investment amount. Some shareholders who hold accounts in multiple classes of the same fund may have those accounts aggregated for the purposes of these calculations. If your account is closed, you will not be eligible to have your account reinstated without imposition of any sales charges that may apply to your new purchase.

Please contact your Service Agent for more information. Any redemption of fund shares may result in tax consequences to you (see “Taxes” for more information).

All accounts

The fund may, with prior notice, change the minimum size of accounts subject to mandatory redemption, which may vary by class, implement fees for small non-direct accounts or change the amount of the fee for small direct accounts.

Subject to applicable law, the fund may, with prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemption of shares in certain circumstances.

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or the fund or consult the SAI.

Frequent trading of fund shares

Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares (also known as short-term trading or frequent trading) may, in many cases, interfere with the efficient management of the fund, increase fund transaction costs, and have a negative effect on the fund’s long-term shareholders. For example, in order to handle large flows of cash into and out of the fund, the subadviser may need to allocate more assets to cash or other short-term investments or sell securities, rather than maintaining full investment in securities selected to achieve the fund’s investment objective. Frequent trading may cause the fund to sell securities at less favorable prices. Transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions and market spreads, can detract from the fund’s performance. In addition, the return received by long-term shareholders may be reduced when trades by other shareholders are made in an

 

28    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


effort to take advantage of certain pricing discrepancies, when, for example, it is believed that the fund’s share price, which is determined at the close of the NYSE on each trading day, does not accurately reflect the value of the fund’s investments. Funds investing in foreign securities have been particularly susceptible to this form of arbitrage, but other funds could also be affected.

Some investors are seeking higher yields for their short term investments by investing in shorter term fixed income funds. The fund is often used for short term investments and permits short term trading of fund shares. This short term trading may result in additional costs to the fund.

The fund does not anticipate that frequent purchases and redemptions, under normal circumstances, will have significant adverse consequences to the fund or its shareholders. The fund’s manager and subadviser believe that, because the fund’s portfolio will normally include a significant percentage of short-term investments, it can accommodate more frequent purchases and redemptions than longer-term fixed income funds. On this basis, the Board has determined that it is appropriate for the fund not to have a policy to discourage frequent trading of fund shares. The fund reserves the right to implement frequent trading policies or other restrictions in the future. The fund also reserves the right to refuse any client or reject any purchase order for shares (including exchanges) for any reason.

Record ownership

If you hold shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent may establish and maintain your account and be the shareholder of record. In the event that the fund holds a shareholder meeting, your Service Agent, as record holder, will be entitled to vote your shares and may seek voting instructions from you. If you do not give your Service Agent voting instructions, your Service Agent, under certain circumstances, may nonetheless be entitled to vote your shares.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   29


Dividends, other distributions and taxes

 

Dividends and other distributions

The fund declares dividends from any net investment income daily and pays them monthly. Shares will begin to earn dividends on the settlement date of purchase. The fund generally distributes capital gain, if any, once a year, typically in December. The fund may pay additional distributions and dividends in order to avoid a federal tax.

You can elect to receive dividends and/or other distributions in cash.

Unless you elect to receive dividends and/or other distributions in cash, your dividends and capital gain distributions will be automatically reinvested in shares of the same class you hold, at the net asset value determined on the reinvestment date. You do not pay a sales charge on reinvested distributions or dividends.

Effective on or about August 1, 2014, if you hold shares directly with the fund and you elect to receive dividends and/or distributions in cash, you have the option to receive such dividends and/or distributions via a direct deposit to your bank account or, provided that the dividend and/or distribution is $10.00 or more, by check. If you choose to receive dividends and/or distributions via check, amounts less than $10.00 will automatically be reinvested in fund shares as described above.

If you do not want dividends and/or distributions in amounts less than $10.00 to be reinvested in fund shares, you must elect to receive dividends and distributions via a direct deposit to your bank account.

If you hold Class A or Class C shares directly with the fund, you may instruct the fund to have your dividends and/or distributions invested in the corresponding class of shares of another fund sold by the distributor, subject to the following conditions:

 

 

You have a minimum account balance of $10,000 in the fund and

 

 

The other fund is available for sale in your state.

To change those instructions, you must notify your Service Agent or the fund at least three days before the next distribution is to be paid.

Please contact your Service Agent or the fund to discuss what options are available to you for receiving your dividends and other distributions.

The Board reserves the right to revise the dividend policy or postpone the payment of dividends if warranted in the Board’s judgment due to unusual circumstances.

Taxes

The following discussion is very general, applies only to shareholders who are U.S. persons, and does not address shareholders subject to special rules, such as those who hold fund shares through an IRA, 401(k) plan or other tax-advantaged account. Except as specifically noted, the discussion is limited to federal income tax matters, and does not address state, local, foreign or non-income taxes. Further information regarding taxes, including certain federal income tax considerations relevant to non-U.S. persons, is included in the SAI. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about federal, state, local and/or foreign tax considerations that may be relevant to your particular situation.

You may receive three different types of distributions from the fund: exempt-interest dividends, ordinary dividends and capital gain dividends. Most distributions are expected to be exempt-interest dividends, which are exempt from federal income tax but may be subject to state or local income taxes. Exempt-interest dividends from California municipal securities will also be exempt from California personal income tax. In general, redeeming shares, exchanging shares and receiving distributions other than exempt-interest dividends (whether in cash, additional shares or shares of another fund) are all taxable events. An exchange between classes of shares of the same fund normally is not taxable for federal income tax purposes, whether or not the shares are held in a taxable account.

The following table summarizes the tax status of certain transactions related to the fund.

 

Transaction   Federal income tax status   California tax status
Redemption or exchange of shares   Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares are owned more than one year   Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares are owned more than one year
Exempt-interest dividends   Excludable from gross income   Exempt from personal income tax if from interest on California municipal securities
Dividends of investment income and distributions of net short-term capital gain   Ordinary income   Ordinary income
Distributions of net capital gain (excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss)   Long-term capital gain   Long-term capital gain

Distributions attributable to short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income. The fund does not expect any distributions to be treated as qualified dividend income, which for noncorporate shareholders may be taxable at reduced rates. Some exempt-interest dividends may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax. Distributions of net capital gain reported by the fund as capital gain dividends are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. Noncorporate shareholders ordinarily pay tax at reduced rates on long-term capital gain.

 

30    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


You may want to avoid buying shares when the fund is about to declare a capital gain distribution because it will be taxable to you even though it may economically represent a return of a portion of your investment.

A Medicare contribution tax is imposed at the rate of 3.8% on net investment income of U.S. individuals with income exceeding specified thresholds, and on undistributed net investment income of certain estates and trusts. Net investment income generally includes for this purpose dividends (other than exempt-interest dividends) and capital gain distributions paid by the fund and gain on the redemption or exchange of fund shares.

A dividend declared by the fund in October, November or December and paid during January of the following year will, in certain circumstances, be treated as paid in December for tax purposes.

After the end of each year, your Service Agent or the fund will provide you with information about the distributions and dividends you received, including exempt-interest dividends, and any redemptions of shares during the previous year. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   31


Share price

 

You may buy, exchange or redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt of your request in good order, adjusted for any applicable sales charge. The fund’s net asset value per share is the value of its assets minus its liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. Net asset value is calculated separately for each class of shares.

The fund calculates its net asset value every day the NYSE is open. The fund generally values its securities and other assets and calculates its net asset value as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, normally at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time). If the NYSE closes at another time, the fund will calculate its net asset value as of the actual closing time. The NYSE is closed on certain holidays listed in the SAI.

In order to buy, redeem or exchange shares at a certain day’s price, you must place your order with your Service Agent or the transfer agent before the NYSE closes on that day. If the NYSE closes early on that day, you must place your order prior to the actual closing time. It is the responsibility of the Service Agent to transmit all orders to buy, exchange or redeem shares to the transfer agent on a timely basis.

Valuation of the fund’s securities and other assets is performed in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. These procedures delegate most valuation functions to the manager, which generally uses independent third party pricing services approved by the fund’s Board. Under the procedures, assets are valued as follows:

 

 

The valuations for fixed income securities and certain derivative instruments are typically the prices supplied by independent third party pricing services, which may use market prices or broker/dealer quotations or a variety of fair valuation techniques and methodologies. Short-term fixed income securities that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value.

 

 

Equity securities and certain derivative instruments that are traded on an exchange are valued at the closing price or, if that price is unavailable or deemed by the manager not representative of market value, the last sale price. Where a security is traded on more than one exchange (as is often the case overseas), the security is generally valued at the price on the exchange considered by the manager to be the primary exchange. In the case of securities not traded on an exchange, or if exchange prices are not otherwise available, the prices are typically determined by independent third party pricing services that use a variety of techniques and methodologies.

 

 

The valuations of securities traded on foreign markets and certain fixed income securities will generally be based on prices determined as of the earlier closing time of the markets on which they primarily trade, unless a significant event has occurred. When the fund holds securities or other assets that are denominated in a foreign currency, the fund will normally use the currency exchange rates as of 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time). The fund uses a fair value model developed by an independent third party pricing service to value foreign equity securities on days when a certain percentage change in the value of a domestic equity security index suggests that the closing prices on foreign exchanges may no longer represent the value of those securities at the time of closing of the NYSE. Foreign markets are open for trading on weekends and other days when the fund does not price its shares. Therefore, the value of the fund’s shares may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.

 

 

If independent third party pricing services are unable to supply prices for a portfolio investment, or if the prices supplied are deemed by the manager to be unreliable, the market price may be determined by the manager using quotations from one or more broker/dealers. When such prices or quotations are not available, or when the manager believes that they are unreliable, the manager may price securities using fair value procedures approved by the Board. These procedures permit, among other things, the use of a matrix, formula or other method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments to determine fair value. Fair value of a security is the amount, as determined by the manager in good faith, that the fund might reasonably expect to receive upon a current sale of the security. The fund may also use fair value procedures if the manager determines that a significant event has occurred between the time at which a market price is determined and the time at which the fund’s net asset value is calculated.

Many factors may influence the price at which the fund could sell any particular portfolio investment. The sales price may well differ—higher or lower—from the fund’s last valuation, and such differences could be significant, particularly for securities that trade in relatively thin markets and/or markets that experience extreme volatility. Moreover, valuing securities using fair value methodologies involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities based on market quotations. A fund that uses fair value methodologies may value those securities higher or lower than another fund using market quotations or its own fair value methodologies to price the same securities. There can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the fund determines its net asset value. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive a greater or lesser number of shares, or higher or lower redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different methodology.

 

32    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


Financial highlights

 

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each class for the past five years, unless otherwise noted. No financial highlights are presented for Class FI shares because no Class FI shares were outstanding for the periods shown. The returns for Class FI shares will differ from those of the other classes to the extent their expenses differ. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. Total return represents the rate that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on a fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the fund’s financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund’s financial statements, is included in the annual report (available upon request).

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended November 30:  
Class A Shares 1      2013        2012        2011        2010        2009  
Net asset value, beginning of year        $9.34           $8.78           $8.60           $8.67           $8.17   
Income (loss) from operations:                         

Net investment income

       0.28           0.29           0.32           0.31           0.33   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

       (0.67)           0.56           0.18           (0.07)           0.50   

Total income (loss) from operations

       (0.39)           0.85           0.50           0.24           0.83   
Less distributions from:                         

Net investment income

       (0.28)           (0.29)           (0.32)           (0.31)           (0.33)   

Total distributions

       (0.28)           (0.29)           (0.32)           (0.31)           (0.33)   
Net asset value, end of year        $8.67           $9.34           $8.78           $8.60           $8.67   

Total return 2

       (4.25)        9.87        5.92        2.76        10.35
Net assets, end of year (000s)        $67,499           $84,703           $76,708           $97,715           $84,106   
Ratios to average net assets:                         

Gross expenses

       0.80        0.76        0.76        0.74        0.77

Net expenses 3,4,5

       0.75           0.75           0.75           0.73           0.68 6  

Net investment income

       3.09           3.24           3.70           3.52           3.90   
Portfolio turnover rate        16        10        5        15        4

 

1  

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2  

Performance figures, exclusive of sales charges, may reflect compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

3  

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

4  

The impact of compensating balance arrangements, if any, was less than 0.01%.

 

5  

As a result of an expense limitation arrangement, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, interest, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses, to average net assets of Class A shares did not exceed 0.75%. This expense limitation arrangement cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2015 without the Board of Trustees’ consent.

 

6  

Prior to September 18, 2009, the manager voluntarily agreed to waive management fees in the amount of 0.10% of average net assets.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund   33


Financial highlights cont’d

 

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended November 30:  
Class C Shares 1      2013        2012        2011        2010        2009  
Net asset value, beginning of year        $9.33           $8.76           $8.59           $8.65           $8.16   
Income (loss) from operations:                         

Net investment income

       0.22           0.24           0.27           0.25           0.28   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

       (0.67)           0.57           0.16           (0.05)           0.49   

Total income (loss) from operations

       (0.45)           0.81           0.43           0.20           0.77   
Less distributions from:                         

Net investment income

       (0.22)           (0.24)           (0.26)           (0.26)           (0.28)   

Total distributions

       (0.22)           (0.24)           (0.26)           (0.26)           (0.28)   
Net asset value, end of year        $8.66           $9.33           $8.76           $8.59           $8.65   

Total return 2

       (4.83)        9.34        5.17        2.25        9.56
Net assets, end of year (000s)        $96,766           $118,883           $81,846           $111,637           $60,574   
Ratios to average net assets:                         

Gross expenses

       1.38        1.35        1.38        1.34        1.38

Net expenses 3,4,5

       1.35           1.35           1.35           1.34           1.29 6  

Net investment income

       2.49           2.63           3.11           2.89           3.27   
Portfolio turnover rate        16        10        5        15        4

 

1  

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2  

Performance figures may reflect compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

3  

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

4  

The impact of compensating balance arrangements, if any, was less than 0.01%.

 

5  

As a result of an expense limitation arrangement, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, interest, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses, to average net assets of Class C shares did not exceed 1.35%. This expense limitation arrangement cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2015 without the Board of Trustees’ consent.

 

6  

Prior to September 18, 2009, the manager voluntarily agreed to waive management fees in the amount of 0.10% of average net assets.

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended November 30:  
Class I Shares 1      2013        2012        2011        2010        2009  
Net asset value, beginning of year        $9.38           $8.81           $8.63           $8.69           $8.20   
Income (loss) from operations:                         

Net investment income

       0.29           0.31           0.33           0.32           0.34   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

       (0.68)           0.57           0.18           (0.06)           0.49   

Total income (loss) from operations

       (0.39)           0.88           0.51           0.26           0.83   
Less distributions from:                         

Net investment income

       (0.29)           (0.31)           (0.33)           (0.32)           (0.34)   

Total distributions

       (0.29)           (0.31)           (0.33)           (0.32)           (0.34)   
Net asset value, end of year        $8.70           $9.38           $8.81           $8.63           $8.69   

Total return 2

       (4.18)        10.12        6.07        3.00        10.29
Net assets, end of year (000s)        $13,683           $19,322           $9,388           $16,325           $3,856   
Ratios to average net assets:                         

Gross expenses

       0.71        0.66        0.67        0.66        0.74

Net expenses 3,4,5

       0.60           0.60           0.60           0.60           0.59 6  

Net investment income

       3.23           3.37           3.84           3.63           3.96   
Portfolio turnover rate        16        10        5        15        4

 

1  

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2  

Performance figures may reflect compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

3  

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

4  

The impact of compensating balance arrangements, if any, was less than 0.01%.

 

5  

As a result of an expense limitation arrangement, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, interest, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses, to average net assets of Class I shares did not exceed 0.60%. This expense limitation arrangement cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2015 without the Board of Trustees’ consent.

 

6  

Prior to September 18, 2009, the manager voluntarily agreed to waive management fees in the amount of 0.10% of average net assets.

 

34    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund


Legg Mason Funds Privacy and Security Notice

 

Your Privacy and the Security of Your Personal Information is Very Important to the Legg Mason Funds

This Privacy and Security Notice (the “Privacy Notice”) addresses the Legg Mason Funds’ privacy and data protection practices with respect to nonpublic personal information the Funds receive. The Legg Mason Funds include any funds sold by the Funds’ distributor, Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC, as well as Legg Mason-sponsored closed-end funds and certain closed-end funds managed or sub-advised by Legg Mason or its affiliates. The provisions of this Privacy Notice apply to your information both while you are a shareholder and after you are no longer invested with the Funds.

The Type of Nonpublic Personal Information the Funds Collect About You

The Funds collect and maintain nonpublic personal information about you in connection with your shareholder account. Such information may include, but is not limited to:

 

 

Personal information included on applications or other forms;

 

 

Account balances, transactions, and mutual fund holdings and positions;

 

 

Online account access user IDs, passwords, security challenge question responses; and

 

 

Information received from consumer reporting agencies regarding credit history and creditworthiness (such as the amount of an individual’s total debt, payment history, etc.).

How the Funds Use Nonpublic Personal Information About You

The Funds do not sell or share your nonpublic personal information with third parties or with affiliates for their marketing purposes, or with other financial institutions or affiliates for joint marketing purposes, unless you have authorized the Funds to do so. The Funds do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about you except as may be required to perform transactions or services you have authorized or as permitted or required by law. The Funds may disclose information about you to:

 

 

Employees, agents, and affiliates on a “need to know” basis to enable the Funds to conduct ordinary business or comply with obligations to government regulators;

 

 

Service providers, including the Funds’ affiliates, who assist the Funds as part of the ordinary course of business (such as printing, mailing services, or processing or servicing your account with us) or otherwise perform services on the Funds’ behalf, including companies that may perform marketing services solely for the Funds;

 

 

The Funds’ representatives such as legal counsel, accountants and auditors; and

 

 

Fiduciaries or representatives acting on your behalf, such as an IRA custodian or trustee of a grantor trust.

Except as otherwise permitted by applicable law, companies acting on the Funds’ behalf are contractually obligated to keep nonpublic personal information the Funds provide to them confidential and to use the information the Funds share only to provide the services the Funds ask them to perform.

The Funds may disclose nonpublic personal information about you when necessary to enforce their rights or protect against fraud, or as permitted or required by applicable law, such as in connection with a law enforcement or regulatory request, subpoena, or similar legal process. In the event of a corporate action or in the event a Fund service provider changes, the Funds may be required to disclose your nonpublic personal information to third parties. While it is the Funds’ practice to obtain protections for disclosed information in these types of transactions, the Funds cannot guarantee their privacy policy will remain unchanged.

Keeping You Informed of the Funds’ Privacy and Security Practices

The Funds will notify you annually of their privacy policy as required by federal law. While the Funds reserve the right to modify this policy at any time they will notify you promptly if this privacy policy changes.

The Funds’ Security Practices

The Funds maintain appropriate physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to guard your nonpublic personal information. The Funds’ internal data security policies restrict access to your nonpublic personal information to authorized employees, who may use your nonpublic personal information for Fund business purposes only.

Although the Funds strive to protect your nonpublic personal information, they cannot ensure or warrant the security of any information you provide or transmit to them, and you do so at your own risk. In the event of a breach of the confidentiality or security of your nonpublic personal information, the Funds will attempt to notify you as necessary so you can take appropriate protective steps. If you have consented to the Funds using electronic communications or electronic delivery of statements, they may notify you under such circumstances using the most current email address you have on record with them.

In order for the Funds to provide effective service to you, keeping your account information accurate is very important. If you believe that your account information is incomplete, not accurate or not current, or if you have questions about the Funds’ privacy practices, write the Funds using the contact information on your account statements, email the Funds by clicking on the Contact Us section of the Funds’ website at www.leggmason.com, or contact the Funds at 1-877-721-1926.

 

THIS PAGE IS NOT PART OF THE PROSPECTUS


Western Asset

Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund

 

You may visit the fund’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses, for a free copy of a Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) or an Annual or Semi-Annual Report.

Shareholder reports Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders. In the fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund’s performance during its last fiscal year. The independent registered public accounting firm’s report and financial statements in the fund’s Annual Report are incorporated by reference into (are legally a part of) this Prospectus.

The fund sends only one report to a household if more than one account has the same last name and same address. Contact your Service Agent or the fund if you do not want this policy to apply to you.

Statement of additional information The SAI provides more detailed information about the fund and is incorporated by reference into (is legally a part of) this Prospectus.

You can make inquiries about the fund or obtain shareholder reports or the SAI (without charge) by contacting your Service Agent, by calling the fund at 1-877-721-1926, or by writing to the fund at 100 First Stamford Place, Attn: Shareholder Services – 5 th Floor, Stamford, Connecticut 06902.

Information about the fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained for a duplicating fee by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Room, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520.

If someone makes a statement about the fund that is not in this Prospectus, you should not rely upon that information. Neither the fund nor the distributor is offering to sell shares of the fund to any person to whom the fund may not lawfully sell its shares.

(Investment Company Act

file no. 811-04254)

FD0248ST 03/14


LOGO

 

Prospectus    LOGO    March 31, 2014

 

Share class (Symbol) : A (IMNYX), C (SINLX), FI (—), I (LMIIX)

 

 

WESTERN ASSET

INTERMEDIATE MATURITY

NEW YORK MUNICIPALS FUND

 

 

 

LOGO

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statement to the contrary is a crime.

 

INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: NOT FDIC INSURED • NO BANK GUARANTEE • MAY LOSE VALUE


Contents  
Investment objective      2   
Fees and expenses of the fund      2   
Principal investment strategies      3   
Principal risks      4   
Performance      6   
Management      7   
Purchase and sale of fund shares      7   
Tax information      7   
Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries      7   
More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks      8   
More on fund management      16   
Choosing a class of shares to buy      18   
Comparing the fund’s classes      19   
Sales charges      20   
More about contingent deferred sales charges      22   
Institutional Investors — eligible investors      23   
Buying shares      24   
Exchanging shares      25   
Redeeming shares      26   
Other things to know about transactions      27   
Dividends, other distributions and taxes      30   
Share price      32   
Financial highlights      33   

Investment objective

The fund seeks to provide New York investors with as high a level of current income exempt from federal income tax and New York State and New York City personal income taxes as is consistent with the preservation of principal.

Fees and expenses of the fund

The accompanying table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.

You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $100,000 in funds sold by Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), the fund’s distributor. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial intermediary, in this Prospectus on page 20 under the heading “Sales charges” and in the fund’s statement of additional information (“SAI”) on page 65 under the heading “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions.”

 

Shareholder fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)                   
       Class A    Class C    Class FI   Class I
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a % of offering price)    2.25    None    None   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a % of the lower of net asset value at purchase or redemption)    Generally,
none
   None    None   None
Small account fee 1    $15    $15    None   None
          
Annual fund operating expenses (%)
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
       Class A    Class C    Class FI   Class I
Management fees    0.50    0.50    0.50   0.50
Distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees    0.15    0.75    0.25   None
Other expenses    0.11    0.11    0.21 2   0.18
Total annual fund operating expenses    0.76    1.36    0.96   0.68
Fees waived and/or expenses reimbursed 3    (0.01)    (0.01)    (0.11)   (0.08)
Total annual fund operating expenses after waiving fees and/or reimbursing expenses    0.75    1.35    0.85   0.60

 

1  

If your shares are held in a direct account and the value of your account is below $1,000, the fund may charge you a fee of $3.75 per account that is determined and assessed quarterly (with an annual maximum of $15.00 per account). Direct accounts generally include accounts held in the name of the individual investor on the fund’s books and records.

2  

“Other expenses” for Class FI shares are estimated for the current fiscal year. Actual expenses may differ from estimates.

3  

The manager has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses) so that total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 0.75% for Class A shares, 1.35% for Class C shares, 0.85% for Class FI shares and 0.60% for Class I shares. These arrangements cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2015 without the Board of Trustees’ consent. The manager is permitted to recapture amounts waived and/or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’ total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes:

 

 

You invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated

 

 

Your investment has a 5% return each year and the fund’s operating expenses remain the same

 

 

You reinvest all distributions and dividends without a sales charge

 

2    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

Number of years you own your shares ($)                            
       1 year      3 years      5 years      10 years
Class A (with or without redemption at end of period)      300      461      637      1,144
Class C (with or without redemption at end of period)      137      430      744      1,635
Class FI (with or without redemption at end of period)      87      295      520      1,168
Class I (with or without redemption at end of period)      61      210      371      840

Portfolio turnover. The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 13% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal investment strategies

Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in investment grade “New York municipal securities” or other investments with similar economic characteristics. New York municipal securities are securities the interest on which is exempt from regular federal income tax and New York State and New York City personal income taxes. The fund’s 80% policy may not be changed without a shareholder vote. Interest on New York municipal securities may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

New York municipal securities include debt obligations issued by the State of New York and its political subdivisions, agencies and public authorities, certain other governmental issuers (such as Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam) and other qualifying issuers. These securities include participation or other interests in municipal securities issued or backed by banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions.

Some municipal securities, such as general obligation issues, are backed by the issuer’s taxing authority, while other municipal securities, such as revenue issues, are backed only by revenues from certain facilities or other sources and not by the issuer itself.

The fund focuses on investment grade bonds (that is, securities rated in the Baa/BBB categories or above or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable credit quality by the subadviser) but may invest up to 20% of its assets in below investment grade bonds (commonly known as “junk bonds”).

The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in unrated securities that the subadviser determines to be equivalent to investment grade.

The fund may invest in securities of any maturity. The fund normally maintains an average effective portfolio maturity of between three and ten years. The average effective portfolio maturity of the fund is a weighted average of all the maturities of the securities in the portfolio, computed by weighting each security’s effective maturity, as estimated by the fund’s subadviser, by the market value of the security. For the purposes of determining the fund’s average effective maturity, a security’s maturity date will generally be deemed to be the next interest rate reset date for an adjustable rate security or, if earlier, the date of the next demand feature such as a put feature, when the fund would be entitled to receive payment of principal and interest. The subadviser may also take into account estimated future prepayments on securities, such as mortgage-backed securities, with uncertain future cash flows and estimations of call features and similar features and options. These estimates may prove to be incorrect.

Instead of, and/or in addition to, investing directly in particular securities, the fund may use instruments such as derivatives, including options, interest rate swaps, credit default swaps and options on credit default swaps, and futures contracts, and synthetic instruments that are intended to provide economic exposure to the securities or the issuer or to be used as a hedging technique. The fund may use one or more types of these instruments without limit, except that these instruments are taken into account when determining compliance with the fund’s 80% policy. For additional information regarding derivatives, see “More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks—Derivatives” in this Prospectus.

The fund may also engage in a variety of transactions using derivatives in order to change the investment characteristics of its portfolio (such as shortening or lengthening duration) and for other purposes.

The fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   3


Principal risks

 

Risk is inherent in all investing. There is no assurance that the fund will meet its investment objective. The value of your investment in the fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly. You may lose part or all of your investment in the fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The fund may take temporary defensive positions; in such a case, the fund will not be pursuing its principal investment strategies. The following is a summary description of certain risks of investing in the fund.

Market and interest rate risk. The market prices of the fund’s securities may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably, due to general market conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions, inflation, changes in interest rates, lack of liquidity in the bond markets or adverse investor sentiment. When market prices fall, the value of your investment will go down. The value of your investment will generally go down when interest rates rise. A rise in rates tends to have a greater impact on the prices of longer term or duration securities.

Recent market events risk. The global financial crisis that began in 2008 has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities and unprecedented volatility in the markets. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign governments and their central banks have taken steps to support financial markets, including by keeping interest rates at historically low levels. More recently, the Federal Reserve has reduced its market support activities. Further reduction or withdrawal of this support, failure of efforts in response to the crisis, or investor perception that such efforts are not succeeding could negatively affect financial markets generally as well as result in higher interest rates, increase market volatility and reduce the value and liquidity of certain securities.

This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the subadviser, and whether or not the fund invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to countries experiencing economic and financial difficulties, the value and liquidity of the fund’s investments may be negatively affected. In addition, policy and legislative changes in the United States and in other countries are affecting many aspects of financial regulation. The impact of these changes on the markets, and the practical implications for market participants, may not be fully known for some time.

Credit risk. If an issuer or guarantor of a security held by the fund or a counterparty to a financial contract with the fund defaults or is downgraded, or is perceived to be less creditworthy, or if the value of the assets underlying a security declines, the value of your investment will typically decline. Junk bonds have a higher risk of default and are considered speculative. Subordinated securities are more likely to suffer a credit loss than non-subordinated securities of the same issuer and will be disproportionately affected by a default, downgrade or perceived decline in creditworthiness.

Derivatives risk. Using derivatives can increase fund losses and reduce opportunities for gains when market prices, interest rates or the derivatives themselves behave in a way not anticipated by the fund. Using derivatives also can have a leveraging effect and increase fund volatility. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment. Derivatives may be difficult to sell, unwind or value, and the counterparty may default on its obligations to the fund. The U.S. government is in the process of adopting and implementing regulations governing derivatives markets, including mandatory clearing of certain derivatives, margin and reporting requirements. The ultimate impact of the regulations remains unclear. Additional regulation of derivatives may make them more costly, may limit their availability, may disrupt markets or may otherwise adversely affect their value or performance.

Credit default swap contracts involve heightened risks and may result in losses to the fund. Credit default swaps may be illiquid and difficult to value, and they increase credit risk since the fund has exposure to both the issuer whose credit is the subject of the swap and the counterparty to the swap.

Leveraging risk. The value of your investment may be more volatile if the fund borrows or uses derivatives or other investments that have a leveraging effect on the fund’s portfolio. Other risks also will be compounded. This is because leverage generally magnifies the effect of a change in the value of an asset and creates a risk of loss of value on a larger pool of assets than the fund would otherwise have had. The fund may also have to sell assets at inopportune times to satisfy its obligations. The use of leverage is considered to be a speculative investment practice and may result in the loss of a substantial amount, and possibly all, of the fund’s assets.

Liquidity risk. Some assets held by the fund may be impossible or difficult to sell, particularly during times of market turmoil. These illiquid assets may also be difficult to value. If the fund is forced to sell an illiquid asset to meet redemption requests or other cash needs, the fund may be forced to sell at a loss.

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

Tax risk. The income on the fund’s municipal securities could become subject to regular federal income tax and New York State and New York City personal income taxes due to noncompliant conduct by issuers, unfavorable legislation or litigation or adverse interpretations by regulatory authorities.

 

4    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


Prepayment or call risk. Many issuers have a right to prepay their securities. If interest rates fall, an issuer may exercise this right. If this happens, the fund will not benefit from the rise in market price that normally accompanies a decline in interest rates, and will be forced to reinvest prepayment proceeds at a time when yields on securities available in the market are lower than the yield on the prepaid security. The fund may also lose any premium it paid on the security.

Extension risk. If interest rates rise, repayments of fixed income securities may occur more slowly than anticipated by the market. This may drive the prices of these securities down because their interest rates are lower than the current interest rate and they remain outstanding longer.

Non-diversification risk. The fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund. To the extent the fund invests its assets in a smaller number of issuers, the fund will be more susceptible to negative events affecting those issuers than a diversified fund.

Risks relating to investments in municipal securities. Municipal issuers may be adversely affected by rising health care costs, increasing unfunded pension liabilities, and by the phasing out of federal programs providing financial support. Unfavorable conditions and developments relating to projects financed with municipal securities can result in lower revenues to issuers of municipal securities. Issuers often depend on revenues from these projects to make principal and interest payments. The value of municipal securities can also be adversely affected by changes in the financial condition of one or more individual municipal issuers or insurers of municipal issuers, regulatory and political developments, tax law changes or other legislative actions, and by uncertainties and public perceptions concerning these and other factors. In recent periods an increasing number of municipal issuers have defaulted on obligations, been downgraded or commenced insolvency proceedings. Financial difficulties of municipal issuers may continue or get worse.

Risks associated with focusing on investments in New York municipal securities. The fund focuses its investments on New York municipal securities. The fund may be affected significantly by adverse economic, political or other events affecting New York municipal issuers. Also, the fund may be more volatile than a more geographically diverse fund.

Valuation risk. The sales price the fund could receive for any particular portfolio investment may differ from the fund’s valuation of the investment, particularly for securities that trade in thin or volatile markets or that are valued using a fair value methodology. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive fewer or more shares or lower or higher redemption proceeds than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different valuation methodology.

Portfolio selection risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the subadviser’s judgment about the quality, relative yield, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry, sector or region, or about interest rates is incorrect.

Not a money market fund. The fund is not a money market fund and is not subject to the strict rules that govern the quality, maturity, liquidity and other features of securities that money market funds may purchase. Under normal conditions, the fund’s investment may be more susceptible than a money market fund to interest rate risk, valuation risk, credit risk and other risks relevant to the fund’s investments. The fund does not attempt to maintain a stable net asset value. Therefore, the fund’s net asset value per share will fluctuate.

These risks are discussed in more detail later in this Prospectus or in the SAI.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   5


Performance

 

The accompanying bar chart and table provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. The bar chart shows changes in the fund’s performance from year to year for Class A shares. The table shows the average annual total returns of each class of the fund that has been in operation for at least one full calendar year and also compares the fund’s performance with the average annual total returns of an index or other benchmark and an average. Performance for classes other than those shown may vary from the performance shown to the extent the expenses for those classes differ. The fund makes updated performance information, including its current net asset value, available at the fund’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses (click on the name of the fund), or by calling the fund at 1-877-721-1926.

The fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Sales charges are not reflected in the accompanying bar chart, and if those charges were included, returns would be less than those shown.

 

 

LOGO

Best Quarter (09/30/2009): 5.44     Worst Quarter (12/31/2010): (4.03)

 

Average annual total returns (%)
(for periods ended December 31, 2013)

Class A

   1 year    5 years    10 years    Since

Inception

   Inception

Date

Return before taxes    (4.95)    4.09    2.96          
Return after taxes on distributions    (4.95)    4.09    2.96          
Return after taxes on distributions and sale of fund shares    (1.49)    3.98    3.08          
Other Classes (Return before taxes only)
Class C    (3.49)    3.90    2.54          
Class I    (2.67)    4.68    N/A    3.53    04/01/08
Barclays New York Intermediate Municipal Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) 1    (0.97)    5.01    4.29          
Lipper New York Intermediate Municipals Debt Funds Average (reflects fees and expenses but no deduction for sales charges or taxes) 2    (2.09)    4.17    2.94          

 

1  

For Class I shares, for the period from April 1, 2008 to December 31, 2013, the average annual total return of the Barclays New York Intermediate Municipal Bond Index was 4.79%.

2  

For Class I shares, for the period from March 31, 2008 to December 31, 2013, the average annual total return of the Lipper New York Intermediate Municipals Debt Funds Average was 3.36%.

The after-tax returns are shown only for Class A shares, are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns for classes other than Class A will vary from returns shown for Class A.

 

6    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


Management

 

Investment manager: Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC

Subadviser: Western Asset Management Company

Investment professionals: S. Kenneth Leech, Robert E. Amodeo, David T. Fare and Dennis J. McNamara. Mr. Leech has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since March 2014. Mr. Amodeo has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 2006. Mr. Fare has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 2004. Mr. McNamara has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 2012. These investment professionals work together with a broader investment management team.

Purchase and sale of fund shares

You may purchase, redeem or exchange shares of the fund each day the New York Stock Exchange is open, at the fund’s net asset value determined after receipt of your request in good order, subject to any applicable sales charge.

The fund’s initial and subsequent investment minimums generally are set forth in the accompanying table:

 

Investment minimum initial/additional investment ($)
       Class A      Class C      Class FI      Class I
General    1,000/50      1,000/50      N/A      1 million/None*
Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minor Accounts    1,000/50      1,000/50      N/A      1 million/None*
Systematic Investment Plans    50/50      50/50      N/A      1 million/None*
Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries    None/None      N/A      None/None      None/None
Eligible Investment Programs    None/None      N/A      None/None      None/None
Institutional Investors    1,000/50      1,000/50      N/A      1 million/None

 

* Available to investors investing directly with the fund.

Your financial intermediary may impose different investment minimums.

For more information about how to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, and to learn which classes of shares are available to you, you should contact your financial intermediary, or, if you hold your shares or plan to purchase shares through the fund, you should contact the fund by phone at 1-877-721-1926 or by mail at Legg Mason Funds, P.O. Box 55214, Boston, MA 02205-8504.

Tax information

The fund intends to distribute income that is generally exempt from regular federal income and New York State and New York City personal income taxes. A portion of the fund’s distributions may be subject to such taxes and/or to the federal alternative minimum tax.

Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries

 

The fund’s related companies may pay broker/dealers or other financial intermediaries (such as a bank or an insurance company) for the sale of fund shares, shareholder services and other purposes. These payments create a conflict of interest by influencing your broker/dealer or other intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your financial adviser or salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s or salesperson’s website for more information.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   7


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks

 

The fund seeks to provide New York investors with as high a level of current income exempt from federal income taxes and New York State and New York City personal income taxes as is consistent with the preservation of principal.

Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in investment grade New York municipal securities or other investments with similar economic characteristics.

The fund’s 80% policy may not be changed without a shareholder vote.

Except for this policy, the fund’s investment strategies may be changed without shareholder approval. The fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the ”Board”) without shareholder approval and on notice to shareholders.

The fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund.

New York municipal securities

New York municipal securities include debt obligations issued by the State of New York and its political subdivisions, agencies and public authorities, certain other governmental issuers (such as Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam) and other qualifying issuers, and investments with similar economic characteristics, the income from which is exempt from regular federal income and New York State and New York City personal income taxes. Although municipal securities are issued by qualifying issuers, payments of principal and interest on municipal securities may be derived solely from revenues from certain facilities, mortgages or private industries, and may not be backed by the issuers themselves. These securities include participation or other interests in municipal securities issued or backed by banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions.

New York municipal securities include general obligation bonds, revenue bonds, housing authority bonds, private activity bonds, industrial development bonds, residual interest bonds, tender option bonds, tax and revenue anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, tax-exempt commercial paper, municipal leases, participation certificates and custodial receipts. General obligation bonds are backed by the full faith and credit of the issuing entity. Revenue bonds are typically used to fund particular projects, such as those relating to education, health care, transportation and utilities, that are expected to produce income sufficient to make the payments on the bonds, since they are not backed by the full taxing power of the municipality. Housing authority bonds are used primarily to fund low to middle income residential projects and may be backed by the payments made on the underlying mortgages. Tax and revenue anticipation notes are generally issued in order to finance short-term cash needs or, occasionally, to finance construction. Tax and revenue anticipation notes are expected to be repaid from taxes or designated revenues in the related period, and they may or may not be general obligations of the issuing entity. Bond anticipation notes are issued with the expectation that their principal and interest will be paid out of proceeds from renewal notes or bonds and may be issued to finance such items as land acquisition, facility acquisition and/or construction and capital improvement projects.

Municipal securities include municipal lease obligations, which are undivided interests issued by a state or municipality in a lease or installment purchase contract which generally relates to equipment or facilities. In some cases payments under municipal leases do not have to be made unless money is specifically approved for that purpose by an appropriate legislative body.

The fund may invest more than 25% of its assets in municipal securities that derive income from similar types of projects or that are otherwise related in such a way that an economic, business or political development or change affecting one of the securities would also affect the others.

The fund purchases municipal securities the interest on which, in the opinion of bond counsel at the time the securities are issued, is exempt from regular federal income and New York State and New York City personal income taxes. There is no guarantee that this opinion is correct, and there is no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or state authorities will agree with bond counsel’s opinion. If the IRS or a state authority determines that an issuer of a municipal security has not complied with applicable requirements, interest from the security could become subject to regular federal income and/or New York State and New York City personal income taxes, possibly retroactively to the date the security was issued, and the value of the security could decline significantly and a portion of the distributions to fund shareholders could be recharacterized as taxable. Future litigation or legislation could adversely affect the tax treatment of municipal securities held by the fund.

Some of the fund’s income distributions may be, and distributions of any gains generally will be, subject to regular federal income and New York State and New York City personal income taxes. Some of the fund’s income that is exempt from regular federal income tax may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax. In addition, under current law, distributions of the fund’s income and gains generally are subject to state and local tax for investors that reside in states other than New York.

Subject to the fund’s 80% policy, the fund may purchase other securities whose interest is subject to regular federal income and New York State and New York City personal income taxes.

 

8    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


Maturity

The fund may invest in securities of any maturity. The maturity of a fixed income security is a measure of the time remaining until the final payment on the security is due.

The fund normally maintains an average effective portfolio maturity of between three and ten years. The average effective portfolio maturity of the fund is a weighted average of all the maturities of the securities in the portfolio, computed by weighting each security’s effective maturity, as estimated by the fund’s subadviser, by the market value of the security. For the purposes of determining the fund’s average effective maturity, a security’s maturity date will generally be deemed to be the next interest rate reset date for an adjustable rate security or, if earlier, the date of the next demand feature such as a put feature, when the fund would be entitled to receive payment of principal and interest. The subadviser may also take into account estimated future prepayments on securities, such as mortgage-backed securities, with uncertain future cash flows and estimations of call features and similar features and options. These estimates may prove to be incorrect.

If the fund’s effective maturity falls outside of this range, the fund will take action to bring it within its expected range within a reasonable period of time.

Credit quality

The fund focuses on securities rated investment grade (that is, securities rated in the Baa/BBB categories or above, or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable credit quality by the subadviser). The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in securities rated below investment grade or, if unrated, determined to be below investment grade by the subadviser. Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”

If a security is rated by multiple nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”) and receives different ratings, the fund will treat the security as being rated in the highest rating category received from an NRSRO. Rating categories may include sub-categories or gradations indicating relative standing.

Derivatives

The fund may engage in a variety of transactions using derivatives, such as futures, options, swaps (including credit default swaps) and warrants. Derivatives are financial instruments whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of something else, such as one or more underlying investments, indexes or currencies. Derivatives may be used by the fund for any of the following purposes:

 

 

As a hedging technique in an attempt to manage risk in the fund’s portfolio

 

 

As a substitute for buying or selling securities

 

 

As a means of changing investment characteristics of the fund’s portfolio

 

 

As a cash flow management technique

 

 

As a means of attempting to enhance returns

 

 

As a means of providing additional exposure to types of investments or market factors

The fund from time to time may sell protection on debt securities by entering into credit default swaps. In these transactions, the fund is generally required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt security to the counterparty in the event of a default on or downgrade of the debt security and/or a similar credit event. In return, the fund receives from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract. If no default occurs, the fund keeps the stream of payments and has no payment obligations. As the seller, the fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its net assets, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the par (or other agreed-upon) value it had undertaken to pay. Credit default swaps may also be structured based on an index or the debt of a basket of issuers, rather than a single issuer, and may be customized with respect to the default event that triggers purchase or other factors (for example, a particular number of defaults within a basket, or defaults by a particular combination of issuers within the basket, may trigger a payment obligation).

Using derivatives, especially for non-hedging purposes, may involve greater risks to the fund than investing directly in securities, particularly as these instruments may be very complex and may not behave in the manner anticipated by the fund. Certain derivative transactions may have a leveraging effect on the fund.

Use of derivatives or similar instruments may have different tax consequences for the fund than an investment in the underlying security, and such differences may affect the amount, timing and character of income distributed to shareholders, including the proportion of income consisting of exempt-interest dividends.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   9


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

When the fund enters into derivative transactions, it may be required to segregate assets, or enter into offsetting positions, in accordance with applicable regulations. Such segregation will not limit the fund’s exposure to loss, however, and the fund will have investment risk with respect to both the derivative itself and the assets that have been segregated to cover the fund’s derivative exposure. If the segregated assets represent a large portion of the fund’s portfolio, this may impede portfolio management or the fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

As noted above, instead of, and/or in addition to, investing directly in particular securities, the fund may use derivatives, such as credit default swaps and futures contracts, synthetic instruments and other instruments that are intended to provide economic exposure to a security, an issuer, an index or basket of securities, or a market. The fund may use one or more types of these instruments without limit, except that these instruments are taken into account when determining compliance with the fund’s 80% policy.

The fund’s subadviser may choose not to make use of derivatives.

Other fixed income securities

Subject to the fund’s 80% policy, the fund may purchase fixed income securities that pay interest that is subject to regular federal income and/or New York state or New York City personal income taxes. Fixed income securities represent obligations of corporations, governments and other entities to repay money borrowed, usually at the maturity of the security. These securities may pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest. However, some fixed income securities, such as zero coupon bonds, do not pay current interest but are issued at a discount from their face values. Other debt instruments, such as certain mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, make periodic payments of interest and/or principal. Some debt instruments are partially or fully secured by collateral supporting the payment of interest and principal. “Fixed income securities” are commonly referred to as “notes,” “debt,” “debt obligations,” “debt securities,” “corporate debt,” “bonds” and “corporate bonds,” and these terms are used in this Prospectus interchangeably, and, where used, are not intended to be limiting.

Variable and floating rate securities

Variable rate securities reset at specified intervals, while floating rate securities reset whenever there is a change in a specified index rate. In most cases, these reset provisions reduce the impact of changes in market interest rates on the value of the security. However, the value of these securities may decline if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as other interest rates. Conversely, these securities will not generally increase in value if interest rates decline. The fund may also invest in inverse floating rate debt instruments (“inverse floaters”). An inverse floater may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate obligation of similar credit quality.

Structured instruments

The fund may invest in various types of structured instruments, including securities that have demand, tender or put features, or interest rate reset features. These may include instruments issued by structured investment or special purpose vehicles or conduits, and may be asset-backed or mortgage-backed securities. Structured instruments may take the form of participation interests or receipts in underlying securities or other assets, and in some cases are backed by a financial institution serving as a liquidity provider. Some of these instruments may have an interest rate swap feature which substitutes a floating or variable interest rate for the fixed interest rate on an underlying security. Structured instruments are a type of derivative instrument and the payment and credit qualities of these instruments derive from the assets embedded in the structure. For structured securities that have embedded leverage features, small changes in interest or prepayment rates may cause large and sudden price movements. Structured instruments are often subject to heightened liquidity risk.

Zero coupon, pay-in-kind and deferred interest securities

Zero coupon, pay-in-kind and deferred interest securities may be used by issuers to manage cash flow and maintain liquidity. Zero coupon securities pay no interest during the life of the obligation but are issued at prices below their stated maturity value. Because zero coupon securities pay no interest until maturity, their prices may fluctuate more than other types of securities with the same maturity in the secondary market. However, zero coupon bonds are useful as a tool for managing duration.

Pay-in-kind securities have a stated coupon, but the interest is generally paid in the form of obligations of the same type as the underlying pay-in-kind securities (e.g. bonds) rather than in cash. These securities are more sensitive to the credit quality of the underlying issuer and their secondary market prices may fluctuate more than other types of securities with the same maturity.

Deferred interest securities are obligations that generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins and are issued at a significant discount from face value.

 

 

10    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


Certain zero coupon, pay-in-kind and deferred interest securities are subject to tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount.” The fund would generally have to accrue income on these securities for federal income tax purposes before it receives corresponding cash payments. Because the fund intends to make sufficient annual distributions of its taxable income, including accrued non-cash income, in order to maintain its federal income tax status and avoid fund-level income and excise taxes, the fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a disadvantageous time, or borrow cash, to make these distributions.

When-issued securities, delayed delivery, to be announced and forward commitment transactions

The fund may purchase securities under arrangements (called when-issued, delayed delivery, to be announced or forward commitment basis) where the securities will not be delivered or paid for immediately. The fund will set aside assets to pay for these securities at the time of the agreement. Such transactions involve a risk of loss if the value of the securities declines prior to the settlement date or if the assets set aside to pay for these securities decline in value prior to the settlement date. Therefore, these transactions may have a leveraging effect on the fund, making the value of an investment in the fund more volatile and increasing the fund’s overall investment exposure. Typically, no income accrues on securities the fund has committed to purchase prior to the time delivery of the securities is made, although the fund may earn income on securities it has set aside to cover these positions.

Short-term investments

The fund may invest in cash, money market instruments and short-term securities, including repurchase agreements, U.S. government securities, bank obligations and commercial paper. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the fund purchases a security from a seller, subject to the obligation of the seller to repurchase that security from the fund at a higher price. The repurchase agreement thereby determines the yield during the fund’s holding period, while the seller’s obligation to repurchase is secured by the value of the underlying security held by the fund.

Borrowings and reverse repurchase agreements

The fund may enter into borrowing transactions. Borrowing may make the value of an investment in the fund more volatile and increase the fund’s overall investment exposure. The fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowings. Interest on any borrowings will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of the fund’s shares.

The fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, which have characteristics like borrowings. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the fund sells securities to a counterparty, in return for cash, and the fund agrees to repurchase the securities at a later date and for a higher price, representing the cost to the fund for the cash received.

Credit downgrades and other credit events

Credit rating or credit quality of a security is determined at the time of purchase. If, after purchase, the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates, or if the duration of a security is extended, the subadviser will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults on a security held by the fund, or if an obligor of such a security has difficulty meeting its obligations, the fund may obtain a new or restructured security or underlying assets. In that case, the fund may become the holder of securities or other assets that it could not purchase or might not otherwise hold (for example, because they are of lower quality or are subordinated to other obligations of the issuer) at a time when those assets may be difficult to sell or can be sold only at a loss. In addition, the fund may incur expenses in an effort to protect the fund’s interest in securities experiencing these events.

Defensive investing

The fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions, including by investing in any type of taxable money market instruments and short-term debt securities or holding cash without regard to any percentage limitations. Although the subadviser has the ability to take defensive positions, it may choose not to do so for a variety of reasons, even during volatile market conditions.

Other investments

The fund may also use other strategies and invest in other securities that are described, along with their risks, in the SAI. However, the fund might not use all of the strategies and techniques or invest in all of the types of securities described in this Prospectus or in the SAI. New types of mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, derivative instruments, hedging instruments and other securities or instruments are developed and marketed from time to time. Consistent with its investment limitations, the fund may invest in new types of securities and instruments.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   11


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

Percentage and other limitations

For purposes of the fund’s limitations expressed as a percentage of assets or net assets, the term “assets” means net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. The fund’s compliance with its investment limitations and requirements is usually determined at the time of investment. If a percentage limitation is complied with at the time of an investment, any subsequent change in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets, or a change in credit quality, will not constitute a violation of that limitation.

Selection process

The subadviser selects securities primarily by identifying undervalued sectors and individual securities, while also selecting securities it believes will benefit from changes in market conditions. In selecting individual securities, the subadviser:

 

 

Uses fundamental credit analysis to estimate the relative value and attractiveness of various securities and sectors and to exploit opportunities in the municipal bond market

 

 

May trade between general obligation and revenue bonds and among various revenue bond sectors, such as education, housing, hospital and industrial development, based on their apparent relative values

 

 

Considers the yields available for securities with different maturities and a security’s maturity in light of the outlook for the issuer, its sector and interest rates

 

 

Seeks to identify individual securities with the most potential for added value, such as those involving unusual situations, new issuers, the potential for credit upgrades, unique structural characteristics or innovative features

More on risks of investing in the fund

Market and interest rate risk. The market prices of fixed income and other securities owned by the fund may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. If the market prices of the securities owned by the fund fall, the value of your investment in the fund will decline. The value of a security may fall due to general market conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions, inflation, changes in interest or currency rates, lack of liquidity in the bond markets or adverse investor sentiment. Changes in market conditions will not typically have the same impact on all types of securities. The value of a security may also fall due to specific conditions that affect a particular sector of the securities market or a particular issuer.

The market prices of securities may fluctuate significantly when interest rates change. When interest rates rise, the value of fixed income securities, and therefore the value of your investment in the fund, generally goes down. Interest rates have been historically low and are expected to rise. Generally, the longer the maturity or duration of a fixed income security, the greater the impact of a rise in interest rates on the security’s value. However, calculations of duration and maturity may be based on estimates and may not reliably predict a security’s price sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Moreover, securities can change in value in response to other factors, such as credit risk. In addition, different interest rate measures (such as short- and long-term interest rates and U.S. and foreign interest rates), or interest rates on different types of securities or securities of different issuers, may not necessarily change in the same amount or in the same direction. When interest rates go down, the fund’s yield will decline. Also, when interest rates decline, investments made by the fund may pay a lower interest rate, which would reduce the income received by the fund.

Recent market events risk. The global financial crisis that began in 2008 has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities and unprecedented volatility in the markets. Some events that have contributed to ongoing and systemic market risks include the falling values of some sovereign debt and related investments, scarcity of credit and high public debt. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign governments and their central banks have taken steps to support financial markets, including by keeping interest rates at historically low levels. More recently, the Federal Reserve has reduced its market support activities. Further reduction or withdrawal of this support, failure of efforts in response to the crisis, or investor perception that such efforts are not succeeding could negatively affect financial markets generally as well as result in higher interest rates, increase market volatility and reduce the value and liquidity of certain securities.

This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the subadviser, and whether or not the fund invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to countries experiencing economic and financial difficulties, the value and liquidity of the fund’s investments may be negatively affected. In addition, policy and legislative changes in the United States and in other countries are affecting many aspects of financial regulation. The impact of these changes on the markets, and the practical implications for market participants, may not be fully known for some time.

Credit risk. If an obligor (such as the issuer itself or a party offering credit enhancement) for a security held by the fund fails to pay, otherwise defaults, is perceived to be less creditworthy, becomes insolvent or files for bankruptcy, a security’s credit rating is downgraded or the credit quality or value of any underlying assets declines, the value of your investment in the fund could decline. If the fund enters into financial contracts (such as certain derivatives, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment

 

12    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


transactions), the fund will be subject to the credit risk presented by the counterparty. In particular, the number of municipal insurers is relatively small, and, as a result, changes in the financial condition of an individual municipal insurer may affect the overall municipal market. In addition, the fund may incur expenses in an effort to protect the fund’s interests or to enforce its rights. Credit risk is broadly gauged by the credit ratings of the securities in which the fund invests. However, ratings are only the opinions of the companies issuing them and are not guarantees as to quality. Securities rated in the lowest category of investment grade (Baa/BBB) may possess certain speculative characteristics.

The fund is subject to greater levels of credit risk to the extent it holds below investment grade debt securities (that is, securities rated below the Baa/BBB categories or unrated securities of comparable quality), or “junk bonds”. These securities have a higher risk of issuer default because, among other reasons, issuers of junk bonds often have more debt in relation to total capitalization than issuers of investment grade securities. These securities are considered speculative, tend to be less liquid and are more difficult to value than higher rated securities and may involve major risk of exposure to adverse conditions and negative sentiments. These securities may be in default or in danger of default as to principal and interest. Unrated securities of comparable quality share these risks.

The fund may invest in securities which are subordinated to more senior securities of the issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated securities. The fund is more likely to suffer a credit loss on subordinated securities than on non-subordinated securities of the same issuer. If there is a default, bankruptcy or liquidation of the issuer, most subordinated securities are paid only if sufficient assets remain after payment of the issuer’s non-subordinated securities. In addition, any recovery of interest or principal may take more time. As a result, even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer is likely to have a greater impact on subordinated securities.

Derivatives risk. Derivatives involve special risks and costs and may result in losses to the fund. Using derivatives can increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when market prices, interest rates or currencies, or the derivatives themselves, behave in a way not anticipated by the fund, especially in abnormal market conditions. Using derivatives also can have a leveraging effect (which may increase investment losses) and increase fund volatility, which is the degree to which the fund’s share price may fluctuate within a short time period. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment. The other parties to certain derivatives transactions present the same types of credit risk as issuers of fixed income securities. Derivatives also tend to involve greater liquidity risk and they may be difficult to value. The fund may be unable to terminate or sell its derivative positions. In fact, many over-the-counter derivatives will not have liquidity beyond the counterparty to the instrument. The fund’s use of derivatives may also increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders. The U.S. government is in the process of adopting and implementing regulations governing derivatives markets, including mandatory clearing of certain derivatives, margin, and reporting requirements. The ultimate impact of the regulations remains unclear. Additional regulation of derivatives may make them more costly, may limit their availability, may disrupt markets or may otherwise adversely affect their value or performance. The fund may be exposed to additional risks as a result of the additional regulations. The extent and impact of the additional regulations are not yet fully known and may not be for some time.

Investments by the fund in structured securities, a type of derivative, raise certain tax, legal, regulatory and accounting issues that may not be presented by direct investments in securities. These issues could be resolved in a manner that could hurt the performance of the fund.

Swap agreements tend to shift the fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, the fund may enter into interest rate swaps, which involve the exchange of interest payments by the fund with another party, such as an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed interest rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal. If an interest rate swap intended to be used as a hedge negates a favorable interest rate movement, the investment performance of the fund would be less than what it would have been if the fund had not entered into the interest rate swap.

Credit default swap contracts involve heightened risks and may result in losses to the fund. Credit default swaps may be illiquid and difficult to value, and they increase credit risk since the fund has exposure to both the issuer whose credit is the subject of the swap and the counterparty to the swap.

The absence of a central exchange or market for swap transactions may lead, in some instances, to difficulties in trading and valuation, especially in the event of market disruptions. Recent legislation requires certain swaps to be executed through a centralized exchange or regulated facility and be cleared through a regulated clearinghouse. Although this clearing mechanism is generally expected to reduce counterparty credit risk, it may disrupt or limit the swap market and may not result in swaps being easier to trade or value. As swaps become more standardized, the fund may not be able to enter into swaps that meet its investment needs. The fund also may not be able to find a clearinghouse willing to accept a swap for clearing. In a cleared swap, a central clearing organization will be the counterparty to the transaction. The fund will assume the risk that the clearinghouse may be unable to perform its obligations.

The fund will be required to maintain its positions with a clearing organization through one or more clearing brokers. The clearing organization will require the fund to post margin and the broker may require the fund to post additional margin to secure the fund’s obligations. The amount of margin required may change from time to time. In addition, cleared transactions may be more expensive to maintain than over-the-counter transactions and

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   13


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

may require the fund to deposit larger amounts of margin. The fund may not be able to recover margin amounts if the broker has financial difficulties. Also, the broker may require the fund to terminate a derivatives position under certain circumstances. This may cause the fund to lose money.

Risks associated with the use of derivatives are magnified to the extent that an increased portion of the fund’s assets are committed to derivatives in general or are invested in just one or a few types of derivatives.

Leveraging risk. The value of your investment may be more volatile if the fund borrows or uses derivatives or other investments that have a leveraging effect on the fund’s portfolio. Other risks also will be compounded. This is because leverage generally magnifies the effect of a change in the value of an asset and creates a risk of loss of value on a larger pool of assets than the fund would otherwise have had. The fund may also have to sell assets at inopportune times to satisfy its obligations. The use of leverage is considered to be a speculative investment practice and may result in the loss of a substantial amount, and possibly all, of the fund’s assets.

Liquidity risk. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are impossible or difficult to sell. Although most of the fund’s investments must be liquid at the time of investment, investments may become illiquid after purchase by the fund, particularly during periods of market turmoil. Markets may become illiquid when, for instance, there are few, if any, interested buyers or sellers or when dealers are unwilling or unable to make a market for certain securities. When the fund holds illiquid investments, the portfolio may be harder to value, especially in changing markets, and if the fund is forced to sell these investments to meet redemption requests or for other cash needs, the fund may suffer a loss. In addition, when there is illiquidity in the market for certain investments, the fund, due to limitations on illiquid investments, may be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain sector.

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

Tax risk. There is no guarantee that the income on the fund’s municipal securities will remain exempt from regular federal income and New York State and New York City personal income taxes. Unfavorable legislation, adverse interpretations by federal or state authorities, litigation or noncompliant conduct by the issuer of a municipal security could affect the tax-exempt status of municipal securities.

Prepayment or call risk. Many fixed income securities give the issuer the option to repay or call the security prior to its maturity date. Issuers often exercise this right when interest rates fall. Accordingly, if the fund holds a fixed income security subject to prepayment or call risk, it will not benefit fully from the increase in value that other fixed income securities generally experience when interest rates fall. Upon prepayment of the security, the fund would also be forced to reinvest the proceeds at then current yields, which would be lower than the yield of the security that was paid off. In addition, if the fund purchases a fixed income security at a premium (at a price that exceeds its stated par or principal value), the fund may lose the amount of the premium paid in the event of prepayment.

Extension risk. When interest rates rise, repayments of fixed income securities, particularly asset- and mortgage-backed securities, may occur more slowly than anticipated, extending the effective duration of these fixed income securities at below market interest rates and causing their market prices to decline more than they would have declined due to the rise in interest rates alone. This may cause the fund’s share price to be more volatile.

Non-diversification risk. The fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund. To the extent the fund invests its assets in a smaller number of issuers, the fund will be more susceptible to negative events affecting those issuers than a diversified fund.

Risks relating to investments in municipal securities. Issuers of municipal securities tend to derive a significant portion of their revenue from taxes, particularly property and income taxes, and decreases in personal income levels and property values and other unfavorable economic factors, such as a general economic recession, adversely affect municipal securities. Municipal issuers may also be adversely affected by rising health care costs, increasing unfunded pension liabilities and by the phasing out of federal programs providing financial support. Where municipal securities are issued to finance particular projects, such as those relating to education, health care, transportation, and utilities, issuers often depend on revenues from those projects to make principal and interest payments. Adverse conditions and developments in those sectors can result in lower revenues to issuers of municipal securities and can also have an adverse effect on the broader municipal securities market.

There may be less public information available on municipal issuers or projects than other issuers, and valuing municipal securities may be more difficult. In addition, the secondary market for municipal securities is less well developed and liquid than other markets, and dealers may be less willing to offer and sell municipal securities in times of market turbulence. Changes in the financial condition of one or more individual municipal issuers (or one or more insurers of municipal issuers), or one or more defaults by municipal issuers or insurers, can adversely affect liquidity and valuations in the overall market for municipal securities. The value of municipal securities can also be adversely affected by regulatory and political

 

14    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


developments affecting the ability of municipal issuers to pay interest or repay principal, actual or anticipated tax law changes or other legislative actions, and by uncertainties and public perceptions concerning these and other factors. In recent periods an increasing number of municipal issuers have defaulted on obligations, been downgraded or commenced insolvency proceedings. Financial difficulties of municipal issuers may continue or get worse.

Risks associated with focusing on investments in New York municipal securities. The fund focuses its investments on New York municipal securities. The fund may be affected significantly by adverse economic, political or other events affecting New York municipal issuers. The national economic downturn has had a severe and negative impact on the State and on the City of New York, the heart of the financial services industry. State and local governments may continue to experience depressed revenues and budget gaps. State and local income taxes could be adversely affected by factors such as depressed levels of financial market activity, volatility in equity markets, fluctuations in energy prices, changes in real estate markets, and lower than projected employment levels and wages. In addition, rising health care costs are increasing the State’s retirement benefit costs and pension liabilities are increasing. Further reductions in federal funds could place additional strain on the State and local governments and may have a negative effect on their ability to meet their obligations. These and other factors may affect adversely the ability of the issuers of New York municipal securities to make required payments of interest and principal, as well as the market value and marketability of municipal securities held by the fund. The foregoing and other factors may result in losses to the fund. In addition, if the fund has difficulty finding high quality New York municipal securities to purchase, the amount of the fund’s income that is subject to New York taxes could increase. Also, the fund may be more volatile than a more geographically diverse fund. More detailed information about the economy of New York may be found in the SAI.

Valuation risk. Many factors may influence the price at which the fund could sell any particular portfolio investment. The sales price may well differ—higher or lower—from the fund’s last valuation, and such differences could be significant, particularly for illiquid securities and securities that trade in relatively thin markets and/or markets that experience extreme volatility. If market conditions make it difficult to value some investments, the fund may value these investments using more subjective methods, such as fair value methodologies. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive fewer or more shares, or lower or higher redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different valuation methodology. The value of foreign securities, certain fixed income securities and currencies, as applicable, may be materially affected by events after the close of the markets on which they are traded, but before the fund determines its net asset value.

Cash management and defensive investing risk. The value of the investments held by the fund for cash management or defensive investing purposes can fluctuate. Like other fixed income securities, they are subject to risk, including market, interest rate and credit risk. If the fund holds cash uninvested, it will be subject to the credit risk of the depository institution holding the cash. If the fund holds cash uninvested, the fund will not earn income on the cash and the fund’s yield will go down. If a significant amount of the fund’s assets are used for cash management or defensive investing purposes, it may not achieve its investment objective.

Portfolio selection risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the subadviser’s judgment about the quality, relative yield, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry, sector or region, or about interest rates is incorrect.

Not a money market fund. The fund is not a money market fund and is not subject to the strict rules that govern the quality, maturity, liquidity and other features of securities that money market funds may purchase. Under normal conditions, the fund’s investment may be more susceptible than a money market fund to interest rate risk, valuation risk, credit risk and other risks relevant to the fund’s investments. The fund does not attempt to maintain a stable net asset value. Therefore, the fund’s net asset value per share will fluctuate.

Please note that there are other factors that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective. More information about risks appears in the SAI. Before investing, you should carefully consider the risks that you will assume.

Portfolio holdings

A description of the fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of its portfolio holdings is available in the SAI. The fund posts its complete portfolio holdings at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses (click on the name of the fund) on a quarterly basis. The fund intends to post its complete portfolio holdings 14 calendar days following the quarter-end. The fund intends to post partial information concerning the fund’s portfolio holdings (such as top 10 holdings or sector breakdowns, for example) on the Legg Mason funds’ website on a monthly basis. The fund intends to post this partial information 10 business days following each month-end. Such information will remain available until the next month’s or quarter’s holdings are posted.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   15


More on fund management

 

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”) is the fund’s investment manager. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund. LMPFA was formed in April 2006 as a result of an internal reorganization to consolidate advisory services after Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) acquired substantially all of Citigroup’s asset management business in December 2005. As of December 31, 2013, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $225.4 billion.

Western Asset Management Company (“Western Asset”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund as subadviser. Western Asset, established in 1971, has offices at 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101 and 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018. Western Asset acts as investment adviser to institutional accounts, such as corporate pension plans, mutual funds and endowment funds. As of December 31, 2013, the total assets under management of Western Asset and its supervised affiliates were approximately $451.6 billion.

LMPFA pays the subadviser a portion of the management fee that it receives from the fund. The fund does not pay any additional advisory or other fees for advisory services provided by Western Asset.

LMPFA and Western Asset are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2013, Legg Mason’s asset management operations, including Western Asset and its supervised affiliates, had aggregate assets under management of approximately $679.5 billion.

Investment professionals

The fund is managed by a broad team of investment professionals. The particular mix of investment professionals involved in developing and implementing investment strategies for the fund depends on the asset classes in which the fund invests. Senior members of the portfolio management team are responsible for the development of investment strategy and oversight for the fund and coordination of other relevant investment team members. They work together with the broader Western Asset investment management team on portfolio structure, duration weighting and term structure decisions.

The individuals responsible for day-to-day portfolio management, development of investment strategy, oversight and coordination of the fund are S. Kenneth Leech, Robert E. Amodeo, David T. Fare and Dennis J. McNamara. Mr. Leech has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since March 2014. Mr. Amodeo has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 2006. Mr. Fare has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 1998. Mr. McNamara has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 2012. Messrs. Leech, Amodeo, Fare and McNamara have been employed by Western Asset as investment professionals for more than five years.

The SAI provides information about the investment professionals’ compensation, other accounts managed by the investment professionals and any fund shares held by the investment professionals.

Management fee

The fund pays a management fee at an annual rate of 0.50% of its average daily net assets.

For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013, the fund paid LMPFA an effective management fee of 0.48% of the fund’s average daily net assets for management services.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the fund’s management agreement and subadvisory agreement is available in the fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013.

Expense limitation

The manager has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses) so that total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 0.75% for Class A shares, 1.35% for Class C shares, 0.85% for Class FI shares and 0.60% for Class I shares, subject to recapture as described below. These arrangements are expected to continue until December 31, 2015, may be terminated prior to that date by agreement of the manager and the Board, and may be terminated at any time after that date by the manager. These arrangements, however, may be modified by the manager to decrease total annual operating expenses at any time. The manager is also permitted to recapture amounts waived and/or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’ total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above. In no case will the manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular business day of the fund, in the class’ total annual operating expenses exceeding the applicable limits described above or any other lower limit then in effect.

Distribution

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

 

16    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


The fund has adopted a Rule 12b-1 shareholder services and distribution plan. Under the plan, the fund pays distribution and/or service fees based on annualized percentages of average daily net assets, of up to 0.15% for Class A shares; up to 0.75% for Class C shares; and up to 0.25% for Class FI shares. These fees are an ongoing expense and, over time, will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges. Class I shares are not subject to distribution and/or service fees under the plan.

Additional payments

In addition to distribution and service fees and sales charges, the distributor, the manager and/or their affiliates make payments for distribution, shareholder servicing, marketing and promotional activities and related expenses out of their profits and other available sources, including profits from their relationships with the fund. These payments are not reflected as additional expenses in the fee table contained in this Prospectus. The recipients of these payments may include the fund’s distributor and affiliates of the manager, as well as non-affiliated broker/dealers, insurance companies, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund, including your financial intermediary. The total amount of these payments is substantial, may be substantial to any given recipient and may exceed the costs and expenses incurred by the recipient for any fund-related marketing or shareholder servicing activities. The payments described in this paragraph are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” Revenue sharing arrangements are separately negotiated between the distributor, the manager and/or their affiliates, and the recipients of these payments.

Revenue sharing payments create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to you. Contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it receives or may receive. Revenue sharing payments, as well as payments under the shareholder services and distribution plan (where applicable), also benefit the manager, the distributor and their affiliates to the extent the payments result in more assets being invested in the fund on which fees are being charged.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   17


Choosing a class of shares to buy

 

Individual investors can generally invest in Class A and Class C shares. Individual investors who invest directly with the fund and who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement may purchase Class I shares. In addition, participants in Eligible Investment Programs may exchange Class A and Class C shares for Class I shares of the fund under certain limited circumstances.

Institutional Investors and Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries should refer to “Institutional Investors — eligible investors” below for a description of the classes available to them. Each class has different sales charges and expenses, allowing you to choose a class that may be appropriate for you.

When choosing which class of shares to buy, you should consider:

 

 

How much you plan to invest

 

 

How long you expect to own the shares

 

 

The expenses paid by each class detailed in the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus

 

 

Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges

 

 

Availability of share classes

When choosing between Class A and Class C shares, keep in mind that, generally speaking, the larger the size of your investment and the longer your investment horizon, the more likely it will be that Class C shares will not be as advantageous as Class A shares. The annual distribution and/or service fees on Class C shares may cost you more over the longer term than the front-end sales charge and service fees you would have paid for larger purchases of Class A shares. If you are eligible to purchase Class I shares, you should be aware that Class I shares are not subject to a front-end sales charge and generally have lower annual expenses than Class A or Class C shares.

Each class of shares is authorized to pay fees for recordkeeping services to Service Agents. As a result, operating expenses of classes that incur new or additional recordkeeping fees may increase over time.

You may buy shares:

 

 

Through banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”)

 

 

Directly from the fund

Your Service Agent may provide shareholder services that differ from the services provided by other Service Agents. Services provided by your Service Agent may vary by class. You should ask your Service Agent to explain the shareholder services it provides for each class and the compensation it receives in connection with each class. Remember that your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending on the share class in which you invest.

Your Service Agent may not offer all classes of shares. You should contact your Service Agent for further information.

More information about the fund’s classes of shares is available through the Legg Mason funds’ website. You’ll find detailed information about sales charges and ways you can qualify for reduced or waived sales charges, including:

 

 

The front-end sales charges that apply to the purchase of Class A shares

 

 

The contingent deferred sales charges that apply to the redemption of certain Class A shares

 

 

Who qualifies for lower sales charges on Class A shares

 

 

Who qualifies for a sales load waiver

To visit the website, go to http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/products, and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

18    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


Comparing the fund’s classes

 

The following table compares key features of the fund’s classes. You should review the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus carefully before choosing your share class. Your Service Agent can help you choose a class that may be appropriate for you. Please contact your Service Agent regarding the availability of Class FI shares. You may be required to provide appropriate documentation confirming your eligibility to invest in this share class. Your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending upon which class you choose.

 

      Key features   Initial sales charge   Contingent deferred sales
charge
  Annual distribution
and/or service fees
  Exchange privilege 1
Class A  

  Initial sales charge

  You may qualify for reduction or waiver of initial sales charge

  Generally lower annual expenses than Class C

  Up to 2.25%; reduced or waived for large purchases and certain investors. No charge for purchases of $500,000 or more   0.50% on purchases of $500,000 or more if you redeem within 18 months of purchase; waived for certain investors   0.15% of average daily net assets   Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class C  

  No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

  Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

  None   None   0.75% of average daily net assets   Class C shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class FI  

  No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

  Only offered to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

  None   None   0.25% of average daily net assets   Class FI shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class I  

  No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

  Only offered to Institutional Investors, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and other eligible investors

  Generally lower annual expenses than the other classes

  None   None   None   Class I shares of funds sold by the distributor

 

1  

Ask your Service Agent about the funds available for exchange.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   19


Sales charges

 

Class A shares

You buy Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value plus a sales charge. You pay a lower rate as the size of your investment increases to certain levels called breakpoints. You do not pay a sales charge on the fund’s distributions or dividends that you reinvest in additional Class A shares.

The table below shows the rate of sales charge you pay, depending on the amount you purchase. It also shows the amount of broker/dealer compensation that will be paid out of the sales charge if you buy shares from a Service Agent. For Class A shares sold by the distributor, the distributor will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. Service Agents will receive a distribution and/or service fee payable on Class A shares at an annual rate of up to 0.15% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares serviced by them.

 

Amount of investment      Sales charge
as a % of
offering price
    

Sales charge

as a % of net
amount
invested

   Broker/dealer
commission as
a % of
offering price
Less than $100,000          2.25            2.30          2.00  
$100,000 but less than $250,000          1.50            1.52          1.25  
$250,000 but less than $500,000          1.25            1.27          1.00  
$500,000 or more 1          -0-            -0-          Up to 0.50  

 

1  

The distributor may pay a commission of up to 0.50% to a Service Agent for purchase amounts of $500,000 or more. In such cases, starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, the Service Agent will also receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.15% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares held by its clients. Prior to the thirteenth month, the distributor will retain this fee. Where the Service Agent does not receive the payment of this commission, the Service Agent will instead receive the annual distribution and/or service fee starting immediately after purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Investments of $500,000 or more

You do not pay an initial sales charge when you buy $500,000 or more of Class A shares. However, if you redeem these Class A shares within 18 months of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 0.50%.

Qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of shares of funds sold by the distributor to take advantage of the breakpoints in the Class A sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent or the fund if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for a reduced sales charge.

 

 

Accumulation Privilege – allows you to combine the current value of shares of the fund with other shares of funds sold by the distributor that are owned by:

 

   

you or

 

   

your spouse and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charges.

If you hold fund shares in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be combined. Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor that were not acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may not be combined. Please contact your Service Agent or the fund for additional information.

Certain trustees and other fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

 

 

Letter of Intent – allows you to purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. At the time you enter into the letter of intent, you select your asset goal amount. Generally, purchases of shares of funds sold by the distributor that are purchased during the 13-month period by:

 

   

you or

 

   

your spouse and children under the age of 21

are eligible for inclusion under the letter of intent, based on the public offering price at the time of the purchase and any capital appreciation on those shares. In addition, you can include the current value of any eligible holdings toward your asset goal amount.

 

20    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


If you hold shares of funds sold by the distributor in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be credited toward your asset goal amount.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be credited toward your asset goal amount. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

If you do not meet your asset goal amount, shares in the amount of any sales charges due, based on the amount of your actual purchases, will be redeemed from your account.

Waivers for certain Class A investors

Class A initial sales charges are waived for certain types of investors, including:

 

 

Employees of Service Agents

 

 

Investors who redeemed Class A shares of a fund sold by the distributor in the past 60 days, if the investor’s Service Agent is notified

 

 

Directors and officers of any Legg Mason-sponsored fund

 

 

Employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries

If you qualify for a waiver of the Class A initial sales charge, you must notify your Service Agent or the fund at 1-877-721-1926 at the time of purchase and provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the initial sales charge waiver.

If you want to learn about additional waivers of Class A initial sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/products, and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

Class C shares

You buy Class C shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge. However, if you exchange Class C shares that were not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge when initially purchased for Class C shares of a fund that imposes a contingent deferred sales charge, your contingent deferred sales charge will be measured from the date of your exchange.

Service Agents receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.75% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Class FI shares

You buy Class FI shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed.

Service Agents receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class FI shares serviced by them.

Class I shares

You buy Class I shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed. Class I shares are not subject to any distribution and/or service fees.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   21


More about contingent deferred sales charges

 

The contingent deferred sales charge is based on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less, and therefore you do not pay a sales charge on amounts representing appreciation or depreciation.

In addition, you do not pay a contingent deferred sales charge:

 

 

When you exchange shares for shares of another fund sold by the distributor

 

 

On shares representing reinvested distributions and dividends

 

 

On shares no longer subject to the contingent deferred sales charge

Each time you place a request to redeem shares, the fund will first redeem any shares in your account that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and then redeem the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

If you redeem shares of a fund sold by the distributor and pay a contingent deferred sales charge, you may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

The distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges as partial compensation for its expenses in selling shares, including the payment of compensation to your Service Agent.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers

The contingent deferred sales charge for each share class will generally be waived:

 

 

On payments made through certain systematic withdrawal plans

 

 

For involuntary redemptions of small account balances

 

 

For 12 months following the death or disability of a shareholder

If you want to learn more about additional waivers of contingent deferred sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/products, and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

22    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


Institutional Investors — eligible investors

 

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

“Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries” are investors who invest in the fund through financial intermediaries that (i) charge such investors an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting or similar services, or (ii) have entered into an agreement with the distributor to offer Class A, Class FI or Class I shares through a no-load network or platform (“Eligible Investment Programs”). Such investors may include pension and profit sharing plans, other employee benefit trusts, endowments, foundations and corporations. Eligible Investment Programs may also include college savings vehicles such as Section 529 plans and direct retail investment platforms through mutual fund “supermarkets,” where the sponsor links its client’s account to a master account in the sponsor’s name. The financial intermediary may impose separate investment minimums.

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries may generally invest in Class A, Class FI and Class I shares. Class I shares are available for exchange from Class A or Class C shares of the fund held by participants in Eligible Investment Programs under certain limited circumstances.

Institutional Investors

“Institutional Investors” may include corporations, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, investment companies, foundations, endowments, defined benefit plans and other similar entities. The distributor or the financial intermediary may impose additional eligibility requirements or criteria to determine if an investor, including the types of investors listed above, qualifies as an Institutional Investor.

Institutional Investors may invest in Class I shares if they meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement. Institutional Investors may also invest in Class A and Class C shares, which have different investment minimums, fees and expenses.

Class FI shares

Class FI shares are offered only to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries.

Class I shares

Class I shares are offered only to Institutional Investors and individual investors (investing directly with the fund) who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and other investors authorized by LMIS. Certain waivers of these requirements for individuals associated with the fund, Legg Mason or its affiliates are discussed in the SAI.

Other considerations

Financial intermediaries may choose to impose qualification requirements that differ from the fund’s share class eligibility standards. In certain cases this could result in the selection of a share class with higher distribution and/or service fees than otherwise would have been charged. The fund is not responsible for, and has no control over, the decision of any financial intermediary to impose such differing requirements. Please consult with your financial intermediary for more information about available share classes.

Your Service Agent may not offer all share classes. Please contact your Service Agent for additional details.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   23


Buying shares

 

Generally   

You may buy shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your purchase request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge.

 

You must provide the following information for your order to be processed:

 

   Name of fund being bought

 

   Class of shares being bought

 

   Dollar amount or number of shares being bought

 

   Account number (if existing account)

Through a Service Agent   

You should contact your Service Agent to open a brokerage account and make arrangements to buy shares.

 

Your Service Agent may charge an annual account maintenance fee.

Through the fund   

Investors should contact the fund at 1-877-721-1926 to open an account and make arrangements to buy shares.

 

For initial purchases, complete and send your account application to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Subsequent purchases should be sent to the same address. Enclose a check to pay for the shares.

 

For more information, please call the fund between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time).

Through a systematic investment plan   

You may authorize your Service Agent or the transfer agent to transfer funds automatically from (i) a regular bank account, (ii) cash held in a brokerage account with a Service Agent or (iii) certain money market funds, in order to buy shares on a regular basis.

 

   Amounts transferred must meet the applicable minimums (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

   Amounts may be transferred monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

   If you do not have sufficient funds in your account on a transfer date, you may be charged a fee

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or the fund or consult the SAI.

 

24    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


Exchanging shares

 

Generally   

You may exchange shares of the fund for the same class of shares of other funds sold by the distributor on any day that both the fund and the fund into which you are exchanging are open for business. For investors who qualify as Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and participate in Eligible Investment Programs made available through their financial intermediaries (such as investors in fee-based advisory or mutual fund “wrap” programs), an exchange may be made from Class A or Class C shares to Class I shares of the same fund under certain limited circumstances. Please refer to the section of this prospectus titled “Institutional Investors – eligible investors” or contact your financial intermediary for more information.

 

An exchange of shares of one fund for shares of another fund is considered a sale and generally results in a capital gain or loss for federal income tax purposes. An exchange of shares of one class directly for shares of another class of the same fund normally should not be taxable for federal income tax purposes. You should talk to your tax advisor before making an exchange.

 

The exchange privilege is not intended as a vehicle for short-term trading. The fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in a pattern of excessive exchanges.

Legg Mason offers a distinctive family of funds tailored to help meet the varying needs of large and small investors   

You may exchange shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your exchange request in good order.

 

   If you bought shares through a Service Agent, contact your Service Agent to learn which funds your Service Agent makes available to you for exchanges

 

   If you bought shares directly from the fund, contact the fund at 1-877-721-1926 to learn which funds are available to you for exchanges

 

   Exchanges may be made only between accounts that have identical registrations

 

   Not all funds offer all classes

 

   Some funds are offered only in a limited number of states. Your Service Agent or the fund will provide information about the funds offered in your state

 

Always be sure to read the prospectus of the fund into which you are exchanging shares.

Investment minimums, sales charges and other requirements   

   In most instances, your shares will not be subject to an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge at the time of the exchange. You may be charged an initial or contingent deferred sales charge if the shares being exchanged were not subject to a sales charge

 

   Except as noted above, your contingent deferred sales charge (if any) will continue to be measured from the date of your original purchase of shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and you will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of the fund that you originally purchased

 

   You will generally be required to meet the minimum investment requirement for the class of shares of the fund or share class into which your exchange is made (except in the case of systematic exchange plans)

 

   Your exchange will also be subject to any other requirements of the fund or share class into which you are exchanging shares

 

   The fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in a pattern of excessive exchanges

By telephone    Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call the fund at 1-877-721-1926 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for information. Exchanges are priced at the net asset value next determined.
By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

Through a systematic exchange plan   

You may be permitted to schedule automatic exchanges of shares of the fund for shares of other funds available for exchange. All requirements for exchanging shares described above apply to these exchanges. In addition:

 

   Exchanges may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

   Each exchange must meet the applicable investment minimums for systematic investment plans (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or the fund or consult the SAI.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   25


Redeeming shares

 

Generally   

You may redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your redemption request in good order, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

 

If the shares are held by a fiduciary or corporation, partnership or similar entity, other documents may be required.

Redemption proceeds   

Your redemption proceeds normally will be sent within 3 business days after your request is received in good order, but in any event within 7 days, except that your proceeds may be delayed for up to 10 days if your share purchase was made by check.

 

Your redemption proceeds may be delayed, or your right to receive redemption proceeds suspended, if the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is closed (other than on weekends or holidays) or trading is restricted, if an emergency exists, or otherwise as permitted by order of the SEC.

 

If you have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, your redemption proceeds will be sent to your Service Agent. Your redemption proceeds can be sent by check to your address of record or by wire or electronic transfer (ACH) to a bank account designated by you. To change the bank account designated to receive wire or electronic transfers, you will be required to deliver a new written authorization and may be asked to provide other documents. You may be charged a fee on a wire or an electronic transfer (ACH).

 

In other cases, unless you direct otherwise, your proceeds will be paid by check mailed to your address of record.

 

The fund reserves the right to pay redemption proceeds by giving you securities. You may pay transaction costs to dispose of the securities, and you may receive less for them than the price at which they were valued for purposes of the redemption.

By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Your written request must provide the following:

 

   The fund name, the class of shares being redeemed and your account number

 

   The dollar amount or number of shares being redeemed

 

   Signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered

 

   Signature guarantees, as applicable (see “Other things to know about transactions”)

By telephone   

If your account application permits, you may be eligible to redeem shares by telephone. Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call the fund at 1-877-721-1926 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for more information. Please have the following information ready when you call:

 

   Name of fund being redeemed

 

   Class of shares being redeemed

 

   Account number

Automatic cash withdrawal plans   

You may be permitted to schedule automatic redemptions of a portion of your shares. To qualify, you must own shares of the fund with a value of at least $10,000 and each automatic redemption must be at least $50.

 

The following conditions apply:

 

   Redemptions may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

   If your shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, the charge will be required to be paid upon redemption. However, the charge will be waived if your automatic redemptions are equal to or less than 2% per month of your account balance on the date the redemptions commence, up to a maximum of 12% in one year

 

   You must elect to have all dividends and distributions reinvested

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or the fund or consult the SAI.

 

26    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


Other things to know about transactions

 

When you buy, exchange or redeem shares, your request must be in good order. This means you have provided the following information, without which your request may not be processed:

 

 

Name of the fund

 

 

Your account number

 

 

In the case of a purchase (including a purchase as part of an exchange transaction), the class of shares being bought

 

 

In the case of an exchange or redemption, the class of shares being exchanged or redeemed (if you own more than one class)

 

 

Dollar amount or number of shares being bought, exchanged or redeemed

 

 

In certain circumstances, the signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered (see “Redeeming shares”)

The fund generally will not permit non-resident aliens with non-U.S. addresses to establish accounts. U.S. citizens with APO/FPO addresses or addresses in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with U.S. addresses are permitted to establish accounts with the fund. Subject to the requirements of local law, U.S. citizens residing in foreign countries are permitted to establish accounts with the fund.

In certain circumstances, such as during periods of market volatility, severe weather and emergencies, shareholders may experience difficulties placing exchange or redemption orders by telephone. In that case, shareholders should consider using the fund’s other exchange and redemption procedures described under “Exchanging shares” and “Redeeming shares.”

The transfer agent or the fund will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that any telephone exchange or redemption request is genuine, which may include recording calls, asking the caller to provide certain personal identification information, sending you a written confirmation or requiring other confirmation procedures from time to time. If these procedures are followed, neither the fund nor its agents will bear any liability for these transactions.

The fund has the right to:

 

 

Suspend the offering of shares

 

 

Waive or change minimum initial and additional investment amounts

 

 

Reject any purchase or exchange order

 

 

Change, revoke or suspend the exchange privilege

 

 

Suspend telephone transactions

 

 

Suspend or postpone redemptions of shares on any day when trading on the NYSE is restricted or as otherwise permitted by the SEC

 

 

Close your account after a period of inactivity, as determined by state law, and transfer your shares to the appropriate state

For your protection, the fund or your Service Agent may request additional information in connection with large redemptions, unusual activity in your account, or otherwise to ensure your redemption request is in good order. Please contact your Service Agent or the fund for more information.

Signature guarantees

To be in good order, your redemption request must include a signature guarantee if you:

 

 

Are redeeming shares and sending the proceeds to an address or bank not currently on file

 

 

Changed your account registration or your address within 30 days

 

 

Want the check paid to someone other than the account owner(s)

 

 

Are transferring the redemption proceeds to an account with a different registration

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, dealers, brokers, credit unions and federal savings and loan institutions, but not from a notary public.

Anti-money laundering

Federal anti-money laundering regulations require all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When you sign your account application, you may be asked to provide additional information in order for the fund to verify your identity in accordance with these regulations. Accounts may be restricted and/or closed, and the monies withheld, pending verification of this information or as otherwise required under these and other federal regulations.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   27


Other things to know about transactions cont’d

 

Small account fees/Mandatory redemptions

Small accounts may be subject to a small account fee or to mandatory redemption, as described below, depending on whether the account is held directly with the fund or through a Service Agent.

Direct accounts

Direct accounts generally include accounts held in the name of the individual investor on the fund’s books and records. To offset the relatively higher impact on fund expenses of servicing smaller direct accounts, if your shares are held in a direct account and the value of your account is below $1,000 (if applicable, $250 for retirement plans that are not employer-sponsored) for any reason (including declines in net asset value), the fund may charge you a fee of $3.75 per account that is determined and assessed quarterly on the last business day of the quarter (with an annual maximum of $15.00 per account). The small account fee will be charged by redeeming shares in your account. If the value of your account is $3.75 or less, the amount in the account may be exhausted to pay the small account fee. The small account fee will not be assessed on systematic investment plans until the end of the first quarter after the account has been established for 15 months. Payment of the small account fee through a redemption of fund shares may result in tax consequences to you (see “Taxes” for more information).

The small account fee will not be charged on, if applicable: (i) Retirement Plans (but will be charged on other plans that are not employer-sponsored such as traditional and Roth individual retirement accounts, Coverdell education savings accounts, individual 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, Keogh plans, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs or similar accounts); (ii) Legg Mason funds that have been closed to subsequent purchases for all classes; (iii) accounts that do not have a valid address as evidenced by mail being returned to the fund or its agents; and (iv) Class FI and Class I shares.

If your share class is no longer offered, you may not be able to bring your account up to the minimum investment amount (although you may exchange into existing accounts of other Legg Mason funds in which you hold the same share class, to the extent otherwise permitted by those funds and subject to any applicable sales charges).

Some shareholders who hold accounts in Classes A and B of the same fund may have those accounts aggregated for the purposes of these calculations. Please contact the fund or your Service Agent for more information.

Non-direct accounts

“Non-direct accounts” include omnibus accounts and accounts jointly maintained by the Service Agent and the fund. Such accounts are not subject to the small account fee that may be charged to direct accounts.

The fund reserves the right to ask you to bring your non-direct account up to a minimum investment amount determined by your Service Agent if the aggregate value of the fund shares in your account is less than $500 for any reason (including solely due to declines in net asset value and/or failure to invest at least $500 within a reasonable period). You will be notified in writing and will have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring your account value up to the required level. If you choose not to do so within this 60-day period, the fund may close your account and send you the redemption proceeds. If your share class is no longer offered, you may not be able to bring your account up to the minimum investment amount. Some shareholders who hold accounts in multiple classes of the same fund may have those accounts aggregated for the purposes of these calculations. If your account is closed, you will not be eligible to have your account reinstated without imposition of any sales charges that may apply to your new purchase.

Please contact your Service Agent for more information. Any redemption of fund shares may result in tax consequences to you (see “Taxes” for more information).

All accounts

The fund may, with prior notice, change the minimum size of accounts subject to mandatory redemption, which may vary by class, implement fees for small non-direct accounts or change the amount of the fee for small direct accounts.

Subject to applicable law, the fund may, with prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemption of shares in certain circumstances.

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or the fund or consult the SAI.

Frequent trading of fund shares

Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares (also known as short-term trading or frequent trading) may, in many cases, interfere with the efficient management of the fund, increase fund transaction costs, and have a negative effect on the fund’s long-term shareholders. For example, in order to handle large flows of cash into and out of the fund, the subadviser may need to allocate more assets to cash or other short-term investments or sell securities, rather than maintaining full investment in securities selected to achieve the fund’s investment objective. Frequent trading may cause the fund to sell securities at less favorable prices. Transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions and market spreads, can detract from the fund’s performance. In addition, the return received by long-term shareholders may be reduced when trades by other shareholders are made in an

 

28    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


effort to take advantage of certain pricing discrepancies, when, for example, it is believed that the fund’s share price, which is determined at the close of the NYSE on each trading day, does not accurately reflect the value of the fund’s investments. Funds investing in foreign securities have been particularly susceptible to this form of arbitrage, but other funds could also be affected.

Some investors are seeking higher yields for their short term investments by investing in shorter term fixed income funds. The fund is often used for short term investments and permits short term trading of fund shares. This short term trading may result in additional costs to the fund.

The fund does not anticipate that frequent purchases and redemptions, under normal circumstances, will have significant adverse consequences to the fund or its shareholders. The fund’s manager and subadviser believe that, because the fund’s portfolio will normally include a significant percentage of short-term investments, it can accommodate more frequent purchases and redemptions than longer-term fixed income funds. On this basis, the Board has determined that it is appropriate for the fund not to have a policy to discourage frequent trading of fund shares. The fund reserves the right to implement frequent trading policies or other restrictions in the future. The fund also reserves the right to refuse any client or reject any purchase order for shares (including exchanges) for any reason.

Record ownership

If you hold shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent may establish and maintain your account and be the shareholder of record. In the event that the fund holds a shareholder meeting, your Service Agent, as record holder, will be entitled to vote your shares and may seek voting instructions from you. If you do not give your Service Agent voting instructions, your Service Agent, under certain circumstances, may nonetheless be entitled to vote your shares.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   29


Dividends, other distributions and taxes

 

Dividends and other distributions

The fund declares dividends from any net investment income daily and pays them monthly. Shares will begin to earn dividends on the settlement date of purchase. The fund generally distributes capital gain, if any, once a year, typically in December. The fund may pay additional distributions and dividends in order to avoid a federal tax.

You can elect to receive dividends and/or other distributions in cash.

Unless you elect to receive dividends and/or other distributions in cash, your dividends and capital gain distributions will be automatically reinvested in shares of the same class you hold, at the net asset value determined on the reinvestment date. You do not pay a sales charge on reinvested distributions or dividends.

Effective on or about August 1, 2014, if you hold shares directly with the fund and you elect to receive dividends and/or distributions in cash, you have the option to receive such dividends and/or distributions via a direct deposit to your bank account or, provided that the dividend and/or distribution is $10.00 or more, by check. If you choose to receive dividends and/or distributions via check, amounts less than $10.00 will automatically be reinvested in fund shares as described above.

If you do not want dividends and/or distributions in amounts less than $10.00 to be reinvested in fund shares, you must elect to receive dividends and distributions via a direct deposit to your bank account.

If you hold Class A or Class C shares directly with the fund, you may instruct the fund to have your dividends and/or distributions invested in the corresponding class of shares of another fund sold by the distributor, subject to the following conditions:

 

 

You have a minimum account balance of $10,000 in the fund and

 

 

The other fund is available for sale in your state.

To change those instructions, you must notify your Service Agent or the fund at least three days before the next distribution is to be paid.

Please contact your Service Agent or the fund to discuss what options are available to you for receiving your dividends and other distributions.

The Board reserves the right to revise the dividend policy or postpone the payment of dividends if warranted in the Board’s judgment due to unusual circumstances.

Taxes

The following discussion is very general, applies only to shareholders who are U.S. persons, and does not address shareholders subject to special rules, such as those who hold fund shares through an IRA, 401(k) plan or other tax-advantaged account. Except as specifically noted, the discussion is limited to federal income tax matters, and does not address state, local, foreign or non-income taxes. Further information regarding taxes, including certain federal income tax considerations relevant to non-U.S. persons, is included in the SAI. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about federal, state, local and/or foreign tax considerations that may be relevant to your particular situation.

You may receive three different types of distributions from the fund: exempt-interest dividends, ordinary dividends and capital gain dividends. Most distributions are expected to be exempt-interest dividends, which are exempt from federal income tax but may be subject to state or local income taxes. Exempt-interest dividends from New York municipal securities will also be exempt from New York State and New York City personal income tax. In general, redeeming shares, exchanging shares and receiving distributions other than exempt-interest dividends (whether in cash, additional shares or shares of another fund) are all taxable events. An exchange between classes of shares of the same fund normally is not taxable for federal income tax purposes, whether or not the shares are held in a taxable account.

The following table summarizes the tax status of certain transactions related to the fund.

 

Transaction   Federal income tax status   New York tax status
Redemption or exchange of shares   Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares are owned more than one year   Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares are owned more than one year
Exempt-interest dividends   Excludable from gross income   Exempt from personal income tax if from interest on New York municipal securities
Dividends of investment income and distributions of net short-term capital gain   Ordinary income   Ordinary income
Distributions of net capital gain (excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss)   Long-term capital gain   Long-term capital gain

 

30    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


Distributions attributable to short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income. The fund does not expect any distributions to be treated as qualified dividend income, which for noncorporate shareholders may be taxable at reduced rates. Some exempt-interest dividends may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax. Distributions of net capital gain reported by the fund as capital gain dividends are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. Noncorporate shareholders ordinarily pay tax at reduced rates on long-term capital gain.

You may want to avoid buying shares when the fund is about to declare a capital gain distribution because it will be taxable to you even though it may economically represent a return of a portion of your investment.

A Medicare contribution tax is imposed at the rate of 3.8% on net investment income of U.S. individuals with income exceeding specified thresholds, and on undistributed net investment income of certain estates and trusts. Net investment income generally includes for this purpose dividends (other than exempt-interest dividends) and capital gain distributions paid by the fund and gain on the redemption or exchange of fund shares.

A dividend declared by the fund in October, November or December and paid during January of the following year will, in certain circumstances, be treated as paid in December for tax purposes.

After the end of each year, your Service Agent or the fund will provide you with information about the distributions and dividends you received, including exempt-interest dividends, and any redemptions of shares during the previous year. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   31


Share price

 

You may buy, exchange or redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt of your request in good order, adjusted for any applicable sales charge. The fund’s net asset value per share is the value of its assets minus its liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. Net asset value is calculated separately for each class of shares.

The fund calculates its net asset value every day the NYSE is open. The fund generally values its securities and other assets and calculates its net asset value as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, normally at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time). If the NYSE closes at another time, the fund will calculate its net asset value as of the actual closing time. The NYSE is closed on certain holidays listed in the SAI.

In order to buy, redeem or exchange shares at a certain day’s price, you must place your order with your Service Agent or the transfer agent before the NYSE closes on that day. If the NYSE closes early on that day, you must place your order prior to the actual closing time. It is the responsibility of the Service Agent to transmit all orders to buy, exchange or redeem shares to the transfer agent on a timely basis.

Valuation of the fund’s securities and other assets is performed in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. These procedures delegate most valuation functions to the manager, which generally uses independent third party pricing services approved by the fund’s Board. Under the procedures, assets are valued as follows:

 

 

The valuations for fixed income securities and certain derivative instruments are typically the prices supplied by independent third party pricing services, which may use market prices or broker/dealer quotations or a variety of fair valuation techniques and methodologies. Short-term fixed income securities that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value.

 

 

Equity securities and certain derivative instruments that are traded on an exchange are valued at the closing price or, if that price is unavailable or deemed by the manager not representative of market value, the last sale price. Where a security is traded on more than one exchange (as is often the case overseas), the security is generally valued at the price on the exchange considered by the manager to be the primary exchange. In the case of securities not traded on an exchange, or if exchange prices are not otherwise available, the prices are typically determined by independent third party pricing services that use a variety of techniques and methodologies.

 

 

The valuations of securities traded on foreign markets and certain fixed income securities will generally be based on prices determined as of the earlier closing time of the markets on which they primarily trade, unless a significant event has occurred. When the fund holds securities or other assets that are denominated in a foreign currency, the fund will normally use the currency exchange rates as of 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time). The fund uses a fair value model developed by an independent third party pricing service to value foreign equity securities on days when a certain percentage change in the value of a domestic equity security index suggests that the closing prices on foreign exchanges may no longer represent the value of those securities at the time of closing of the NYSE. Foreign markets are open for trading on weekends and other days when the fund does not price its shares. Therefore, the value of the fund’s shares may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.

 

 

If independent third party pricing services are unable to supply prices for a portfolio investment, or if the prices supplied are deemed by the manager to be unreliable, the market price may be determined by the manager using quotations from one or more broker/dealers. When such prices or quotations are not available, or when the manager believes that they are unreliable, the manager may price securities using fair value procedures approved by the Board. These procedures permit, among other things, the use of a matrix, formula or other method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments to determine fair value. Fair value of a security is the amount, as determined by the manager in good faith, that the fund might reasonably expect to receive upon a current sale of the security. The fund may also use fair value procedures if the manager determines that a significant event has occurred between the time at which a market price is determined and the time at which the fund’s net asset value is calculated.

Many factors may influence the price at which the fund could sell any particular portfolio investment. The sales price may well differ—higher or lower—from the fund’s last valuation, and such differences could be significant, particularly for securities that trade in relatively thin markets and/or markets that experience extreme volatility. Moreover, valuing securities using fair value methodologies involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities based on market quotations. A fund that uses fair value methodologies may value those securities higher or lower than another fund using market quotations or its own fair value methodologies to price the same securities. There can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the fund determines its net asset value. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive a greater or lesser number of shares, or higher or lower redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different methodology.

 

32    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


Financial highlights

 

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each class for the past five years, unless otherwise noted. No financial highlights are presented for Class FI shares because no Class FI shares were outstanding for the periods shown. The returns for Class FI shares will differ from those of the other classes to the extent their expenses differ. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. Total return represents the rate that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on a fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the fund’s financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund’s financial statements, is included in the annual report (available upon request).

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended November 30:  
Class A Shares 1      2013        2012        2011        2010        2009  
Net asset value, beginning of year        $9.45           $8.92           $8.73           $8.88           $8.33   
Income (loss) from operations:                         

Net investment income

       0.28           0.30           0.32           0.32           0.31   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

       (0.66)           0.53           0.19           (0.15)           0.55   

Total income (loss) from operations

       (0.38)           0.83           0.51           0.17           0.86   
Less distributions from:                         

Net investment income

       (0.28)           (0.30)           (0.32)           (0.32)           (0.31)   

Total distributions

       (0.28)           (0.30)           (0.32)           (0.32)           (0.31)   
Net asset value, end of year        $8.79           $9.45           $8.92           $8.73           $8.88   

Total return 2

       (4.03)        9.43        5.99        1.87        10.52
Net assets, end of year (000s)        $142,096           $157,270           $141,718           $153,256           $141,918   
Ratios to average net assets:                         

Gross expenses

       0.76        0.74        0.74        0.74        0.73

Net expenses 3,4

       0.75 5          0.74 5          0.74 5          0.74           0.70 5,6  

Net investment income

       3.11           3.25           3.68           3.54           3.61   
Portfolio turnover rate        13        8        12        18        15

 

1  

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2  

Performance figures, exclusive of sales charges, may reflect compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

3  

The impact of compensating balance arrangements, if any, was less than 0.01%.

 

4  

As a result of an expense limitation arrangement, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, interest, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses, to average net assets of Class A shares did not exceed 0.75%. This expense limitation arrangement cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2015 without the Board of Trustees’ consent.

 

5  

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

6  

Prior to September 18, 2009, the manager had voluntarily agreed to waive management fees in the amount of 0.04% of the average net assets.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   33


Financial highlights cont’d

 

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended November 30:  
Class C Shares 1      2013        2012        2011        2010        2009  
Net asset value, beginning of year        $9.45           $8.92           $8.73           $8.88           $8.33   
Income (loss) from operations:                         

Net investment income

       0.23           0.24           0.27           0.26           0.26   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

       (0.66)           0.53           0.19           (0.15)           0.55   

Total income (loss) from operations

       (0.43)           0.77           0.46           0.11           0.81   
Less distributions from:                         

Net investment income

       (0.23)           (0.24)           (0.27)           (0.26)           (0.26)   

Total distributions

       (0.23)           (0.24)           (0.27)           (0.26)           (0.26)   
Net asset value, end of year        $8.79           $9.45           $8.92           $8.73           $8.88   

Total return 2

       (4.61)        8.77        5.36        1.25        9.85
Net assets, end of year (000s)        $82,540           $96,413           $73,601           $80,837           $60,915   
Ratios to average net assets:                         

Gross expenses

       1.36        1.36        1.37        1.36        1.34

Net expenses 3,4,5

       1.35           1.35           1.35           1.35           1.31 6  

Net investment income

       2.51           2.64           3.08           2.92           2.97   
Portfolio turnover rate        13        8        12        18        15

 

1  

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2  

Performance figures may reflect compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

3  

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

4  

The impact of compensating balance arrangements, if any, was less than 0.01%.

 

5  

As a result of an expense limitation arrangement, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, interest, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses, to average net assets of Class C shares did not exceed 1.35%. This expense limitation arrangement cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2015 without the Board of Trustees’ consent.

 

6  

Prior to September 18, 2009, the manager had voluntarily agreed to waive management fees in the amount of 0.04% of the average net assets.

 

34    Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund


For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended November 30:  
Class I Shares 1      2013        2012        2011        2010        2009  
Net asset value, beginning of year        $9.43           $8.90           $8.71           $8.86           $8.31   
Income (loss) from operations:                         

Net investment income

       0.30           0.31           0.33           0.33           0.32   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

       (0.66)           0.53           0.19           (0.15)           0.55   

Total income (loss) from operations

       (0.36)           0.84           0.52           0.18           0.87   
Less distributions from:                         

Net investment income

       (0.30)           (0.31)           (0.33)           (0.33)           (0.32)   

Total distributions

       (0.30)           (0.31)           (0.33)           (0.33)           (0.32)   
Net asset value, end of year        $8.77           $9.43           $8.90           $8.71           $8.86   

Total return 2

       (3.91)        9.59        6.15        1.99        10.70
Net assets, end of year (000s)        $21,415           $27,321           $19,498           $21,157           $14,429   
Ratios to average net assets:                         

Gross expenses

       0.68        0.63        0.64        0.62        0.62

Net expenses 3,4,5

       0.60           0.60           0.60           0.60           0.57 6  

Net investment income

       3.26           3.39           3.82           3.68           3.62   
Portfolio turnover rate        13        8        12        18        15

 

1  

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2  

Performance figures may reflect compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

3  

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

4  

The impact of compensating balance arrangements, if any, was less than 0.01%.

 

5  

As a result of an expense limitation arrangement, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, interest, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses, to average net assets of Class I shares did not exceed 0.60%. This expense limitation arrangement cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2015 without the Board of Trustees’ consent.

 

6  

Prior to September 18, 2009, the manager had voluntarily agreed to waive management fees in the amount of 0.04% of the average net assets.

 

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund   35


Legg Mason Funds Privacy and Security Notice

 

Your Privacy and the Security of Your Personal Information is Very Important to the Legg Mason Funds

This Privacy and Security Notice (the “Privacy Notice”) addresses the Legg Mason Funds’ privacy and data protection practices with respect to nonpublic personal information the Funds receive. The Legg Mason Funds include any funds sold by the Funds’ distributor, Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC, as well as Legg Mason-sponsored closed-end funds and certain closed-end funds managed or sub-advised by Legg Mason or its affiliates. The provisions of this Privacy Notice apply to your information both while you are a shareholder and after you are no longer invested with the Funds.

The Type of Nonpublic Personal Information the Funds Collect About You

The Funds collect and maintain nonpublic personal information about you in connection with your shareholder account. Such information may include, but is not limited to:

 

 

Personal information included on applications or other forms;

 

 

Account balances, transactions, and mutual fund holdings and positions;

 

 

Online account access user IDs, passwords, security challenge question responses; and

 

 

Information received from consumer reporting agencies regarding credit history and creditworthiness (such as the amount of an individual’s total debt, payment history, etc.).

How the Funds Use Nonpublic Personal Information About You

The Funds do not sell or share your nonpublic personal information with third parties or with affiliates for their marketing purposes, or with other financial institutions or affiliates for joint marketing purposes, unless you have authorized the Funds to do so. The Funds do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about you except as may be required to perform transactions or services you have authorized or as permitted or required by law. The Funds may disclose information about you to:

 

 

Employees, agents, and affiliates on a “need to know” basis to enable the Funds to conduct ordinary business or comply with obligations to government regulators;

 

 

Service providers, including the Funds’ affiliates, who assist the Funds as part of the ordinary course of business (such as printing, mailing services, or processing or servicing your account with us) or otherwise perform services on the Funds’ behalf, including companies that may perform marketing services solely for the Funds;

 

 

The Funds’ representatives such as legal counsel, accountants and auditors; and

 

 

Fiduciaries or representatives acting on your behalf, such as an IRA custodian or trustee of a grantor trust.

Except as otherwise permitted by applicable law, companies acting on the Funds’ behalf are contractually obligated to keep nonpublic personal information the Funds provide to them confidential and to use the information the Funds share only to provide the services the Funds ask them to perform.

The Funds may disclose nonpublic personal information about you when necessary to enforce their rights or protect against fraud, or as permitted or required by applicable law, such as in connection with a law enforcement or regulatory request, subpoena, or similar legal process. In the event of a corporate action or in the event a Fund service provider changes, the Funds may be required to disclose your nonpublic personal information to third parties. While it is the Funds’ practice to obtain protections for disclosed information in these types of transactions, the Funds cannot guarantee their privacy policy will remain unchanged.

Keeping You Informed of the Funds’ Privacy and Security Practices

The Funds will notify you annually of their privacy policy as required by federal law. While the Funds reserve the right to modify this policy at any time they will notify you promptly if this privacy policy changes.

The Funds’ Security Practices

The Funds maintain appropriate physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to guard your nonpublic personal information. The Funds’ internal data security policies restrict access to your nonpublic personal information to authorized employees, who may use your nonpublic personal information for Fund business purposes only.

Although the Funds strive to protect your nonpublic personal information, they cannot ensure or warrant the security of any information you provide or transmit to them, and you do so at your own risk. In the event of a breach of the confidentiality or security of your nonpublic personal information, the Funds will attempt to notify you as necessary so you can take appropriate protective steps. If you have consented to the Funds using electronic communications or electronic delivery of statements, they may notify you under such circumstances using the most current email address you have on record with them.

In order for the Funds to provide effective service to you, keeping your account information accurate is very important. If you believe that your account information is incomplete, not accurate or not current, or if you have questions about the Funds’ privacy practices, write the Funds using the contact information on your account statements, email the Funds by clicking on the Contact Us section of the Funds’ website at www.leggmason.com, or contact the Funds at 1-877-721-1926.

 

THIS PAGE IS NOT PART OF THE PROSPECTUS


Western Asset

Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund

 

You may visit the fund’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses, for a free copy of a Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) or an Annual or Semi-Annual Report.

Shareholder reports Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders. In the fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund’s performance during its last fiscal year. The independent registered public accounting firm’s report and financial statements in the fund’s Annual Report are incorporated by reference into (are legally a part of) this Prospectus.

The fund sends only one report to a household if more than one account has the same last name and same address. Contact your Service Agent or the fund if you do not want this policy to apply to you.

Statement of additional information The SAI provides more detailed information about the fund and is incorporated by reference into (is legally a part of) this Prospectus.

You can make inquiries about the fund or obtain shareholder reports or the SAI (without charge) by contacting your Service Agent, by calling the fund at 1-877-721-1926, or by writing to the fund at 100 First Stamford Place, Attn: Shareholder Services – 5 th Floor, Stamford, Connecticut 06902.

Information about the fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained for a duplicating fee by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Room, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520.

If someone makes a statement about the fund that is not in this Prospectus, you should not rely upon that information. Neither the fund nor the distributor is offering to sell shares of the fund to any person to whom the fund may not lawfully sell its shares.

 

 

 

(Investment Company Act

file no. 811-04254)

FD0247ST 03/14


LOGO

 

Prospectus    LOGO    March 31, 2014

 

Share class (Symbol): A (SLMMX), C (SMALX), FI (—), I (LHMIX)

 

 

WESTERN ASSET

MASSACHUSETTS MUNICIPALS FUND

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statement to the contrary is a crime.

 

INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: NOT FDIC INSURED • NO BANK GUARANTEE • MAY LOSE VALUE


Contents       
Investment objective      2   
Fees and expenses of the fund      2   
Principal investment strategies      3   
Principal risks      3   
Performance      6   
Management      7   
Purchase and sale of fund shares      7   
Tax information      7   
Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries      7   
More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks      8   
More on fund management      16   
Choosing a class of shares to buy      18   
Comparing the fund’s classes      19   
Sales charges      20   
More about contingent deferred sales charges      22   
Institutional Investors — eligible investors      23   
Buying shares      24   
Exchanging shares      25   
Redeeming shares      26   
Other things to know about transactions      27   
Dividends, other distributions and taxes      30   
Share price      32   
Financial highlights      33   

Investment objective

The fund seeks to provide Massachusetts investors with as high a level of current income exempt from federal income tax and Massachusetts personal income taxes as is consistent with the preservation of principal.

Fees and expenses of the fund

The accompanying table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.

You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $100,000 in funds sold by Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), the fund’s distributor. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial intermediary, in this Prospectus on page 20 under the heading “Sales charges” and in the fund’s statement of additional information (“SAI”) on page 64 under the heading “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions.”

 

Shareholder fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)         
       Class A    Class C    Class FI   Class I
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a % of
offering price)
   4.25    None    None   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a % of the lower of net asset value at purchase or redemption) (may be reduced over time)    Generally,
none
   1.00    None   None
Small account fee 1    $15    $15    None   None
          
Annual fund operating expenses (%)
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)         
       Class A    Class C    Class FI   Class I
Management fees    0.50    0.50    0.50   0.50
Distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees    0.15    0.70    0.25   None
Other expenses    0.19    0.22    0.28 2   0.29
Total annual fund operating expenses    0.84    1.42    1.03   0.79
Fees waived and/or expenses reimbursed 3    (0.09)    (0.12)    (0.18)   (0.19)
Total annual fund operating expenses after waiving fees and/or reimbursing expenses    0.75    1.30    0.85   0.60

 

1  

If your shares are held in a direct account and the value of your account is below $1,000, the fund may charge you a fee of $3.75 per account that is determined and assessed quarterly (with an annual maximum of $15.00 per account). Direct accounts generally include accounts held in the name of the individual investor on the fund’s books and records.

2  

“Other expenses” for Class FI shares are estimated for the current fiscal year. Actual expenses may differ from estimates.

3  

The manager has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses) so that total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 0.75% for Class A shares, 1.30% for Class C shares, 0.85% for Class FI shares and 0.60% for Class I shares. These arrangements cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2015 without the Board of Trustees’ consent. The manager is permitted to recapture amounts waived and/or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’ total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes:

 

 

You invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated

 

 

Your investment has a 5% return each year and the fund’s operating expenses remain the same

 

 

You reinvest all distributions and dividends without a sales charge

 

2    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

Number of years you own your shares ($)                            
       1 year      3 years      5 years      10 years
Class A (with or without redemption at end of period)      498      673      863      1,411
Class C (with redemption at end of period)      232      437      765      1,693
Class C (without redemption at end of period)      132      437      765      1,693
Class FI (with or without redemption at end of period)      87      310      551      1,243
Class I (with or without redemption at end of period)      61      233      419      958

Portfolio turnover. The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 7% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal investment strategies

Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in investment grade “Massachusetts municipal securities” or other investments with similar economic characteristics. Massachusetts municipal securities are securities the interest on which is exempt from regular federal income tax and Massachusetts personal income taxes. The fund’s 80% policy may not be changed without a shareholder vote. Interest on Massachusetts municipal securities may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

Massachusetts municipal securities include debt obligations issued by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and its political subdivisions, agencies and public authorities, certain other governmental issuers (such as Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam) and other qualifying issuers. These securities include participation or other interests in municipal securities issued or backed by banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions.

Some municipal securities, such as general obligation issues, are backed by the issuer’s taxing authority, while other municipal securities, such as revenue issues, are backed only by revenues from certain facilities or other sources and not by the issuer itself.

The fund focuses on investment grade bonds (that is, securities rated in the Baa/BBB categories or above or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable credit quality by the subadviser) but may invest up to 20% of its assets in below investment grade bonds (commonly known as “junk bonds”).

The fund may invest in securities of any maturity. The fund focuses primarily on intermediate-term and long-term municipal securities, and will normally invest in securities which have remaining maturities at the time of purchase from one to more than thirty years.

Instead of, and/or in addition to, investing directly in particular securities, the fund may use instruments such as derivatives, including options, interest rate swaps, credit default swaps and options on credit default swaps, and futures contracts, and synthetic instruments that are intended to provide economic exposure to the securities or the issuer or to be used as a hedging technique. The fund may use one or more types of these instruments without limit, except that these instruments are taken into account when determining compliance with the fund’s 80% policy. For additional information regarding derivatives, see “More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks—Derivatives” in this Prospectus.

The fund may also engage in a variety of transactions using derivatives in order to change the investment characteristics of its portfolio (such as shortening or lengthening duration) and for other purposes.

The fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund.

Principal risks

Risk is inherent in all investing. There is no assurance that the fund will meet its investment objective. The value of your investment in the fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly. You may lose part or all of your investment in the fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The fund may take temporary defensive positions; in such a case, the fund will not be pursuing its principal investment strategies. The following is a summary description of certain risks of investing in the fund.

 

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   3


Principal risks cont’d

 

Market and interest rate risk. The market prices of the fund’s securities may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably, due to general market conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions, inflation, changes in interest rates, lack of liquidity in the bond markets or adverse investor sentiment. When market prices fall, the value of your investment will go down. The value of your investment will generally go down when interest rates rise. A rise in rates tends to have a greater impact on the prices of longer term or duration securities.

Recent market events risk. The global financial crisis that began in 2008 has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities and unprecedented volatility in the markets. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign governments and their central banks have taken steps to support financial markets, including by keeping interest rates at historically low levels. More recently, the Federal Reserve has reduced its market support activities. Further reduction or withdrawal of this support, failure of efforts in response to the crisis, or investor perception that such efforts are not succeeding could negatively affect financial markets generally as well as result in higher interest rates, increase market volatility and reduce the value and liquidity of certain securities.

This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the subadviser, and whether or not the fund invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to countries experiencing economic and financial difficulties, the value and liquidity of the fund’s investments may be negatively affected. In addition, policy and legislative changes in the United States and in other countries are affecting many aspects of financial regulation. The impact of these changes on the markets, and the practical implications for market participants, may not be fully known for some time.

Credit risk. If an issuer or guarantor of a security held by the fund or a counterparty to a financial contract with the fund defaults or is downgraded, or is perceived to be less creditworthy, or if the value of the assets underlying a security declines, the value of your investment will typically decline. Junk bonds have a higher risk of default and are considered speculative. Subordinated securities are more likely to suffer a credit loss than non-subordinated securities of the same issuer and will be disproportionately affected by a default, downgrade or perceived decline in creditworthiness.

Derivatives risk. Using derivatives can increase fund losses and reduce opportunities for gains when market prices, interest rates or the derivatives themselves behave in a way not anticipated by the fund. Using derivatives also can have a leveraging effect and increase fund volatility. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment. Derivatives may be difficult to sell, unwind or value, and the counterparty may default on its obligations to the fund. The U.S. government is in the process of adopting and implementing regulations governing derivatives markets, including mandatory clearing of certain derivatives, margin and reporting requirements. The ultimate impact of the regulations remains unclear. Additional regulation of derivatives may make them more costly, may limit their availability, may disrupt markets or may otherwise adversely affect their value or performance.

Credit default swap contracts involve heightened risks and may result in losses to the fund. Credit default swaps may be illiquid and difficult to value, and they increase credit risk since the fund has exposure to both the issuer whose credit is the subject of the swap and the counterparty to the swap.

Leveraging risk. The value of your investment may be more volatile if the fund borrows or uses derivatives or other investments that have a leveraging effect on the fund’s portfolio. Other risks also will be compounded. This is because leverage generally magnifies the effect of a change in the value of an asset and creates a risk of loss of value on a larger pool of assets than the fund would otherwise have had. The fund may also have to sell assets at inopportune times to satisfy its obligations. The use of leverage is considered to be a speculative investment practice and may result in the loss of a substantial amount, and possibly all, of the fund’s assets.

Liquidity risk. Some assets held by the fund may be impossible or difficult to sell, particularly during times of market turmoil. These illiquid assets may also be difficult to value. If the fund is forced to sell an illiquid asset to meet redemption requests or other cash needs, the fund may be forced to sell at a loss.

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

Tax risk. The income on the fund’s municipal securities could become subject to regular federal income tax or Massachusetts personal income taxes due to noncompliant conduct by issuers, unfavorable legislation or litigation or adverse interpretations by regulatory authorities.

Prepayment or call risk. Many issuers have a right to prepay their securities. If interest rates fall, an issuer may exercise this right. If this happens, the fund will not benefit from the rise in market price that normally accompanies a decline in interest rates, and will be forced to reinvest prepayment proceeds at a time when yields on securities available in the market are lower than the yield on the prepaid security. The fund may also lose any premium it paid on the security.

Extension risk. If interest rates rise, repayments of fixed income securities may occur more slowly than anticipated by the market. This may drive the prices of these securities down because their interest rates are lower than the current interest rate and they remain outstanding longer.

 

4    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


Non-diversification risk. The fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund. To the extent the fund invests its assets in a smaller number of issuers, the fund will be more susceptible to negative events affecting those issuers than a diversified fund.

Risks relating to investments in municipal securities. Municipal issuers may be adversely affected by rising health care costs, increasing unfunded pension liabilities, and by the phasing out of federal programs providing financial support. Unfavorable conditions and developments relating to projects financed with municipal securities can result in lower revenues to issuers of municipal securities. Issuers often depend on revenues from these projects to make principal and interest payments. The value of municipal securities can also be adversely affected by changes in the financial condition of one or more individual municipal issuers or insurers of municipal issuers, regulatory and political developments, tax law changes or other legislative actions, and by uncertainties and public perceptions concerning these and other factors. In recent periods an increasing number of municipal issuers have defaulted on obligations, been downgraded or commenced insolvency proceedings. Financial difficulties of municipal issuers may continue or get worse.

Risks associated with focusing on investments in Massachusetts municipal securities. The fund focuses its investments on Massachusetts municipal securities. The fund may be affected significantly by adverse economic, political or other events affecting Massachusetts municipal issuers. Also, the fund may be more volatile than a more geographically diverse fund.

Valuation risk. The sales price the fund could receive for any particular portfolio investment may differ from the fund’s valuation of the investment, particularly for securities that trade in thin or volatile markets or that are valued using a fair value methodology. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive fewer or more shares or lower or higher redemption proceeds than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different valuation methodology.

Portfolio selection risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the subadviser’s judgment about the quality, relative yield, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry, sector or region, or about interest rates is incorrect.

These risks are discussed in more detail later in this Prospectus or in the SAI.

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   5


Performance

 

The accompanying bar chart and table provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. The bar chart shows changes in the fund’s performance from year to year for Class A shares. The table shows the average annual total returns of each class of the fund that has been in operation for at least one full calendar year and also compares the fund’s performance with the average annual total returns of an index or other benchmark and an average. Performance for classes other than those shown may vary from the performance shown to the extent the expenses for those classes differ. The fund makes updated performance information, including its current net asset value, available at the fund’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses (click on the name of the fund), or by calling the fund at 1-877-721-1926.

The fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Sales charges are not reflected in the accompanying bar chart, and if those charges were included, returns would be less than those shown.

 

LOGO

Best Quarter (09/30/2009): 7.16     Worst Quarter (12/31/2008): (6.07)

 

Average annual total returns (%)
(for periods ended December 31, 2013)                                 
Class A    1 year      5 years      10 years      Since
inception
     Inception
date
Return before taxes    (9.94)      5.21      3.07              
Return after taxes on distributions    (9.94)      5.21      3.07              
Return after taxes on distributions and sale of fund shares    (4.08)      5.05      3.31              
Other Classes (Return before taxes only)                                 
Class C    (7.35)      5.52      2.91              
Class I    (5.78)      6.26      N/A      3.41      06/03/2008
Barclays Massachusetts Municipal Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) 1    (2.36)      5.40      4.33              
Lipper Massachusetts Municipal Debt Funds Average (reflects fees and expenses but no deduction
for sales charges or taxes) 2
   (5.76)      6.10      3.37              

 

1  

For Class I shares, for the period from June 3, 2008 to December 31, 2013, the average annual total return of the Barclays Massachusetts Municipal Bond Index was 4.52%.

2  

For Class I shares, for the period from June 30, 2008 to December 31, 2013, the average annual total return of the Lipper Massachusetts Municipal Debt Funds Average was 3.65%.

The after-tax returns are shown only for Class A shares are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns for classes other than Class A will vary from returns shown for Class A.

 

6    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


Management

 

Investment manager: Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC

Subadviser: Western Asset Management Company

Investment professionals: S. Kenneth Leech, Robert E. Amodeo, David T. Fare and Dennis J. McNamara. Mr. Leech has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since March 2014. Messrs. Amodeo and Fare have been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 2006. Mr. McNamara has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 2012. These investment professionals work together with a broader investment management team.

Purchase and sale of fund shares

You may purchase, redeem or exchange shares of the fund each day the New York Stock Exchange is open, at the fund’s net asset value determined after receipt of your request in good order, subject to any applicable sales charge.

The fund’s initial and subsequent investment minimums generally are set forth in the accompanying table:

 

Investment minimum initial/additional investment ($)
       Class A 1      Class C      Class FI      Class I
General    1,000/50      1,000/50      N/A      1 million/None*
Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minor Accounts    1,000/50      1,000/50      N/A      1 million/None*
Systematic Investment Plans    50/50      50/50      N/A      1 million/None*
Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries    None/None      N/A      None/None      None/None
Eligible Investment Programs    None/None      N/A      None/None      None/None
Institutional Investors    1,000/50      1,000/50      N/A      1 million/None

 

1  

As of December 14, 2012, all Class B shares outstanding converted into Class A shares.

* Available to investors investing directly with the fund.

Your financial intermediary may impose different investment minimums.

For more information about how to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, and to learn which classes of shares are available to you, you should contact your financial intermediary, or, if you hold your shares or plan to purchase shares through the fund, you should contact the fund by phone at 1-877-721-1926 or by mail at Legg Mason Funds, P.O. Box 55214, Boston, MA 02205-8504.

Tax information

The fund intends to distribute income that is generally exempt from regular federal income and Massachusetts personal income taxes. A portion of the fund’s distributions may be subject to such taxes and/or to the federal alternative minimum tax.

Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries

The fund’s related companies may pay broker/dealers or other financial intermediaries (such as a bank or an insurance company) for the sale of fund shares, shareholder services and other purposes. These payments create a conflict of interest by influencing your broker/dealer or other intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your financial adviser or salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s or salesperson’s website for more information.

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   7


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks

 

The fund seeks to provide Massachusetts investors with as high a level of current income exempt from federal income taxes and Massachusetts state personal income taxes as is consistent with the preservation of principal.

Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in investment grade Massachusetts municipal securities or other investments with similar economic characteristics.

The fund’s 80% policy may not be changed without a shareholder vote.

Except for this policy, the fund’s investment strategies may be changed without shareholder approval. The fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the ”Board”) without shareholder approval and on notice to shareholders.

The fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund.

Massachusetts municipal securities

Massachusetts municipal securities include debt obligations issued by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and its political subdivisions, agencies and public authorities, certain other governmental issuers (such as Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam) and other qualifying issuers, and investments with similar economic characteristics, the income from which is exempt from regular federal income and Massachusetts personal income taxes. Although municipal securities are issued by qualifying issuers, payments of principal and interest on municipal securities may be derived solely from revenues from certain facilities, mortgages or private industries, and may not be backed by the issuers themselves. These securities include participation or other interests in municipal securities issued or backed by banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions.

Massachusetts municipal securities include general obligation bonds, revenue bonds, housing authority bonds, private activity bonds, industrial development bonds, residual interest bonds, tender option bonds, tax and revenue anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, tax-exempt commercial paper, municipal leases, participation certificates and custodial receipts. General obligation bonds are backed by the full faith and credit of the issuing entity. Revenue bonds are typically used to fund particular projects, such as those relating to education, health care, transportation and utilities, that are expected to produce income sufficient to make the payments on the bonds, since they are not backed by the full taxing power of the municipality. Housing authority bonds are used primarily to fund low to middle income residential projects and may be backed by the payments made on the underlying mortgages. Tax and revenue anticipation notes are generally issued in order to finance short-term cash needs or, occasionally, to finance construction. Tax and revenue anticipation notes are expected to be repaid from taxes or designated revenues in the related period, and they may or may not be general obligations of the issuing entity. Bond anticipation notes are issued with the expectation that their principal and interest will be paid out of proceeds from renewal notes or bonds and may be issued to finance such items as land acquisition, facility acquisition and/or construction and capital improvement projects.

Municipal securities include municipal lease obligations, which are undivided interests issued by a state or municipality in a lease or installment purchase contract which generally relates to equipment or facilities. In some cases payments under municipal leases do not have to be made unless money is specifically approved for that purpose by an appropriate legislative body.

The fund may invest more than 25% of its assets in municipal securities that derive income from similar types of projects or that are otherwise related in such a way that an economic, business or political development or change affecting one of the securities would also affect the others.

The fund purchases municipal securities the interest on which, in the opinion of bond counsel at the time the securities are issued, is exempt from regular federal income and Massachusetts personal income taxes. There is no guarantee that this opinion is correct, and there is no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or state authorities will agree with bond counsel’s opinion. If the IRS or a state authority determines that an issuer of a municipal security has not complied with applicable requirements, interest from the security could become subject to regular federal income and/or Massachusetts personal income taxes, possibly retroactively to the date the security was issued, and the value of the security could decline significantly and a portion of the distributions to fund shareholders could be recharacterized as taxable. Future litigation or legislation could adversely affect the tax treatment of municipal securities held by the fund.

Some of the fund’s income distributions may be, and distributions of any gains generally will be, subject to regular federal income and Massachusetts personal income taxes. Some of the fund’s income that is exempt from regular federal income tax may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax. In addition, under current law, distributions of the fund’s income and gains generally are subject to state and local tax for investors that reside in states other than Massachusetts.

Subject to the fund’s 80% policy, the fund may purchase other securities whose interest is subject to regular federal income and Massachusetts personal income taxes.

 

8    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


Maturity

The fund may invest in securities of any maturity. The fund focuses primarily on intermediate-term and long-term municipal securities, and will normally invest in securities which have remaining maturities at the time of purchase from one to more than thirty years.

Credit quality

The fund focuses on securities rated investment grade (that is, securities rated in the Baa/BBB categories or above, or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable credit quality by the subadviser). The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in securities rated below investment grade or, if unrated, determined to be below investment grade by the subadviser. Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”

If a security is rated by multiple nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (”NRSROs”) and receives different ratings, the fund will treat the security as being rated in the highest rating category received from an NRSRO. Rating categories may include sub-categories or gradations indicating relative standing.

Derivatives

The fund may engage in a variety of transactions using derivatives, such as futures, options, swaps (including credit default swaps) and warrants. Derivatives are financial instruments whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of something else, such as one or more underlying investments, indexes or currencies. Derivatives may be used by the fund for any of the following purposes:

 

 

As a hedging technique in an attempt to manage risk in the fund’s portfolio

 

 

As a substitute for buying or selling securities

 

 

As a means of changing investment characteristics of the fund’s portfolio

 

 

As a cash flow management technique

 

 

As a means of attempting to enhance returns

 

 

As a means of providing additional exposure to types of investments or market factors

The fund from time to time may sell protection on debt securities by entering into credit default swaps. In these transactions, the fund is generally required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt security to the counterparty in the event of a default on or downgrade of the debt security and/or a similar credit event. In return, the fund receives from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract. If no default occurs, the fund keeps the stream of payments and has no payment obligations. As the seller, the fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its net assets, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the par (or other agreed-upon) value it had undertaken to pay. Credit default swaps may also be structured based on an index or the debt of a basket of issuers, rather than a single issuer, and may be customized with respect to the default event that triggers purchase or other factors (for example, a particular number of defaults within a basket, or defaults by a particular combination of issuers within the basket, may trigger a payment obligation).

Using derivatives, especially for non-hedging purposes, may involve greater risks to the fund than investing directly in securities, particularly as these instruments may be very complex and may not behave in the manner anticipated by the fund. Certain derivative transactions may have a leveraging effect on the fund.

Use of derivatives or similar instruments may have different tax consequences for the fund than an investment in the underlying security, and such differences may affect the amount, timing and character of income distributed to shareholders, including the proportion of income consisting of exempt-interest dividends.

When the fund enters into derivative transactions, it may be required to segregate assets, or enter into offsetting positions, in accordance with applicable regulations. Such segregation will not limit the fund’s exposure to loss, however, and the fund will have investment risk with respect to both the derivative itself and the assets that have been segregated to cover the fund’s derivative exposure. If the segregated assets represent a large portion of the fund’s portfolio, this may impede portfolio management or the fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

As noted above, instead of, and/or in addition to, investing directly in particular securities, the fund may use derivatives, such as credit default swaps and futures contracts, synthetic instruments and other instruments that are intended to provide economic exposure to a security, an issuer, an index or basket of securities, or a market. The fund may use one or more types of these instruments without limit, except that these instruments are taken into account when determining compliance with the fund’s 80% policy.

The fund’s subadviser may choose not to make use of derivatives.

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   9


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

Other fixed income securities

Subject to the fund’s 80% policy, the fund may purchase fixed income securities that pay interest that is subject to regular federal and/or state income taxes. Fixed income securities represent obligations of corporations, governments and other entities to repay money borrowed, usually at the maturity of the security. These securities may pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest. However, some fixed income securities, such as zero coupon bonds, do not pay current interest but are issued at a discount from their face values. Other debt instruments, such as certain mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, make periodic payments of interest and/or principal. Some debt instruments are partially or fully secured by collateral supporting the payment of interest and principal. “Fixed income securities” are commonly referred to as “notes,” “debt,” “debt obligations,” “debt securities,” “corporate debt,” “bonds” and “corporate bonds,” and these terms are used in this Prospectus interchangeably, and, where used, are not intended to be limiting.

Variable and floating rate securities

Variable rate securities reset at specified intervals, while floating rate securities reset whenever there is a change in a specified index rate. In most cases, these reset provisions reduce the impact of changes in market interest rates on the value of the security. However, the value of these securities may decline if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as other interest rates. Conversely, these securities will not generally increase in value if interest rates decline. The fund may also invest in inverse floating rate debt instruments (“inverse floaters”). An inverse floater may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate obligation of similar credit quality.

Structured instruments

The fund may invest in various types of structured instruments, including securities that have demand, tender or put features, or interest rate reset features. These may include instruments issued by structured investment or special purpose vehicles or conduits, and may be asset-backed or mortgage-backed securities. Structured instruments may take the form of participation interests or receipts in underlying securities or other assets, and in some cases are backed by a financial institution serving as a liquidity provider. Some of these instruments may have an interest rate swap feature which substitutes a floating or variable interest rate for the fixed interest rate on an underlying security. Structured instruments are a type of derivative instrument and the payment and credit qualities of these instruments derive from the assets embedded in the structure. For structured securities that have embedded leverage features, small changes in interest or prepayment rates may cause large and sudden price movements. Structured instruments are often subject to heightened liquidity risk.

Zero coupon, pay-in-kind and deferred interest securities

Zero coupon, pay-in-kind and deferred interest securities may be used by issuers to manage cash flow and maintain liquidity. Zero coupon securities pay no interest during the life of the obligation but are issued at prices below their stated maturity value. Because zero coupon securities pay no interest until maturity, their prices may fluctuate more than other types of securities with the same maturity in the secondary market. However, zero coupon bonds are useful as a tool for managing duration.

Pay-in-kind securities have a stated coupon, but the interest is generally paid in the form of obligations of the same type as the underlying pay-in-kind securities (e.g. bonds) rather than in cash. These securities are more sensitive to the credit quality of the underlying issuer and their secondary market prices may fluctuate more than other types of securities with the same maturity.

Deferred interest securities are obligations that generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins and are issued at a significant discount from face value.

Certain zero coupon, pay-in-kind and deferred interest securities are subject to tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount.” The fund would generally have to accrue income on these securities for federal income tax purposes before it receives corresponding cash payments. Because the fund intends to make sufficient annual distributions of its taxable income, including accrued non-cash income, in order to maintain its federal income tax status and avoid fund-level income and excise taxes, the fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a disadvantageous time, or borrow cash, to make these distributions.

When-issued securities, delayed delivery, to be announced and forward commitment transactions

The fund may purchase securities under arrangements (called when-issued, delayed delivery, to be announced or forward commitment basis) where the securities will not be delivered or paid for immediately. The fund will set aside assets to pay for these securities at the time of the agreement. Such transactions involve a risk of loss if the value of the securities declines prior to the settlement date or if the assets set aside to pay for these securities decline in value prior to the settlement date. Therefore, these transactions may have a leveraging effect on the fund, making the value of an investment in the fund more volatile and increasing the fund’s overall investment exposure. Typically, no income accrues on securities the fund has committed to purchase prior to the time delivery of the securities is made, although the fund may earn income on securities it has set aside to cover these positions.

 

10    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


Short-term investments

The fund may invest in cash, money market instruments and short-term securities, including repurchase agreements, U.S. government securities, bank obligations and commercial paper. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the fund purchases a security from a seller, subject to the obligation of the seller to repurchase that security from the fund at a higher price. The repurchase agreement thereby determines the yield during the fund’s holding period, while the seller’s obligation to repurchase is secured by the value of the underlying security held by the fund.

Borrowings and reverse repurchase agreements

The fund may enter into borrowing transactions. Borrowing may make the value of an investment in the fund more volatile and increase the fund’s overall investment exposure. The fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowings. Interest on any borrowings will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of the fund’s shares.

The fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, which have characteristics like borrowings. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the fund sells securities to a counterparty, in return for cash, and the fund agrees to repurchase the securities at a later date and for a higher price, representing the cost to the fund for the cash received.

Credit downgrades and other credit events

Credit rating or credit quality of a security is determined at the time of purchase. If, after purchase, the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates, or if the duration of a security is extended, the subadviser will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults on a security held by the fund, or if an obligor of such a security has difficulty meeting its obligations, the fund may obtain a new or restructured security or underlying assets. In that case, the fund may become the holder of securities or other assets that it could not purchase or might not otherwise hold (for example, because they are of lower quality or are subordinated to other obligations of the issuer) at a time when those assets may be difficult to sell or can be sold only at a loss. In addition, the fund may incur expenses in an effort to protect the fund’s interest in securities experiencing these events.

Defensive investing

The fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions, including by investing in any type of taxable money market instruments and short-term debt securities or holding cash without regard to any percentage limitations. Although the subadviser has the ability to take defensive positions, it may choose not to do so for a variety of reasons, even during volatile market conditions.

Other investments

The fund may also use other strategies and invest in other securities that are described, along with their risks, in the SAI. However, the fund might not use all of the strategies and techniques or invest in all of the types of securities described in this Prospectus or in the SAI. New types of mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, derivative instruments, hedging instruments and other securities or instruments are developed and marketed from time to time. Consistent with its investment limitations, the fund may invest in new types of securities and instruments.

Percentage and other limitations

For purposes of the fund’s limitations expressed as a percentage of assets or net assets, the term “assets” means net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. The fund’s compliance with its investment limitations and requirements is usually determined at the time of investment. If a percentage limitation is complied with at the time of an investment, any subsequent change in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets, or a change in credit quality, will not constitute a violation of that limitation.

Selection process

The subadviser selects securities primarily by identifying undervalued sectors and individual securities, while also selecting securities it believes will benefit from changes in market conditions. In selecting individual securities, the subadviser:

 

 

Uses fundamental credit analysis to estimate the relative value and attractiveness of various securities and sectors and to exploit opportunities in the municipal bond market

 

 

May trade between general obligation and revenue bonds and among various revenue bond sectors, such as education, housing, hospital and industrial development, based on their apparent relative values

 

 

Considers the yields available for securities with different maturities and a security’s maturity in light of the outlook for the issuer, its sector and interest rates

 

 

Seeks to identify individual securities with the most potential for added value, such as those involving unusual situations, new issuers, the potential for credit upgrades, unique structural characteristics or innovative features

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   11


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

More on risks of investing in the fund

Market and interest rate risk. The market prices of fixed income and other securities owned by the fund may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. If the market prices of the securities owned by the fund fall, the value of your investment in the fund will decline. The value of a security may fall due to general market conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions, inflation, changes in interest or currency rates, lack of liquidity in the bond markets or adverse investor sentiment.

Changes in market conditions will not typically have the same impact on all types of securities. The value of a security may also fall due to specific conditions that affect a particular sector of the securities market or a particular issuer.

The market prices of securities may fluctuate significantly when interest rates change. When interest rates rise, the value of fixed income securities, and therefore the value of your investment in the fund, generally goes down. Interest rates have been historically low and are expected to rise. Generally, the longer the maturity or duration of a fixed income security, the greater the impact of a rise in interest rates on the security’s value. However, calculations of duration and maturity may be based on estimates and may not reliably predict a security’s price sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Moreover, securities can change in value in response to other factors, such as credit risk. In addition, different interest rate measures (such as short- and long-term interest rates and U.S. and foreign interest rates), or interest rates on different types of securities or securities of different issuers, may not necessarily change in the same amount or in the same direction. When interest rates go down, the fund’s yield will decline. Also, when interest rates decline, investments made by the fund may pay a lower interest rate, which would reduce the income received by the fund.

Recent market events risk. The global financial crisis that began in 2008 has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities and unprecedented volatility in the markets. Some events that have contributed to ongoing and systemic market risks include the falling values of some sovereign debt and related investments, scarcity of credit and high public debt. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign governments and their central banks have taken steps to support financial markets, including by keeping interest rates at historically low levels. More recently, the Federal Reserve has reduced its market support activities. Further reduction or withdrawal of this support, failure of efforts in response to the crisis, or investor perception that such efforts are not succeeding could negatively affect financial markets generally as well as result in higher interest rates, increase market volatility and reduce the value and liquidity of certain securities.

This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the subadviser, and whether or not the fund invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to countries experiencing economic and financial difficulties, the value and liquidity of the fund’s investments may be negatively affected. In addition, policy and legislative changes in the United States and in other countries are affecting many aspects of financial regulation. The impact of these changes on the markets, and the practical implications for market participants, may not be fully known for some time.

Credit risk. If an obligor (such as the issuer itself or a party offering credit enhancement) for a security held by the fund fails to pay, otherwise defaults, is perceived to be less creditworthy, becomes insolvent or files for bankruptcy, a security’s credit rating is downgraded or the credit quality or value of any underlying assets declines, the value of your investment in the fund could decline. If the fund enters into financial contracts (such as certain derivatives, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions), the fund will be subject to the credit risk presented by the counterparty. In particular, the number of municipal insurers is relatively small, and, as a result, changes in the financial condition of an individual municipal insurer may affect the overall municipal market. In addition, the fund may incur expenses in an effort to protect the fund’s interests or to enforce its rights. Credit risk is broadly gauged by the credit ratings of the securities in which the fund invests. However, ratings are only the opinions of the companies issuing them and are not guarantees as to quality. Securities rated in the lowest category of investment grade (Baa/BBB) may possess certain speculative characteristics.

The fund is subject to greater levels of credit risk to the extent it holds below investment grade debt securities (that is, securities rated below the Baa/BBB categories or unrated securities of comparable quality), or “junk bonds”. These securities have a higher risk of issuer default because, among other reasons, issuers of junk bonds often have more debt in relation to total capitalization than issuers of investment grade securities. These securities are considered speculative, tend to be less liquid and are more difficult to value than higher rated securities and may involve major risk of exposure to adverse conditions and negative sentiments. These securities may be in default or in danger of default as to principal and interest. Unrated securities of comparable quality share these risks.

The fund may invest in securities which are subordinated to more senior securities of the issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated securities. The fund is more likely to suffer a credit loss on subordinated securities than on non-subordinated securities of the same issuer. If there is a default, bankruptcy or liquidation of the issuer, most subordinated securities are paid only if sufficient assets remain after payment of the issuer’s non-subordinated securities. In addition, any recovery of interest or principal may take more time. As a result, even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer is likely to have a greater impact on subordinated securities.

 

12    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


Derivatives risk. Derivatives involve special risks and costs and may result in losses to the fund. Using derivatives can increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when market prices, interest rates or currencies, or the derivatives themselves, behave in a way not anticipated by the fund, especially in abnormal market conditions. Using derivatives also can have a leveraging effect (which may increase investment losses) and increase fund volatility, which is the degree to which the fund’s share price may fluctuate within a short time period. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment. The other parties to certain derivatives transactions present the same types of credit risk as issuers of fixed income securities. Derivatives also tend to involve greater liquidity risk and they may be difficult to value. The fund may be unable to terminate or sell its derivative positions. In fact, many over-the-counter derivatives will not have liquidity beyond the counterparty to the instrument. The fund’s use of derivatives may also increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders. The U.S. government is in the process of adopting and implementing regulations governing derivatives markets, including mandatory clearing of certain derivatives, margin, and reporting requirements. The ultimate impact of the regulations remains unclear. Additional regulation of derivatives may make them more costly, may limit their availability, may disrupt markets or may otherwise adversely affect their value or performance. The fund may be exposed to additional risks as a result of the additional regulations. The extent and impact of the additional regulations are not yet fully known and may not be for some time.

Investments by the fund in structured securities, a type of derivative, raise certain tax, legal, regulatory and accounting issues that may not be presented by direct investments in securities. These issues could be resolved in a manner that could hurt the performance of the fund.

Swap agreements tend to shift the fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, the fund may enter into interest rate swaps, which involve the exchange of interest payments by the fund with another party, such as an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed interest rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal. If an interest rate swap intended to be used as a hedge negates a favorable interest rate movement, the investment performance of the fund would be less than what it would have been if the fund had not entered into the interest rate swap.

Credit default swap contracts involve heightened risks and may result in losses to the fund. Credit default swaps may be illiquid and difficult to value, and they increase credit risk since the fund has exposure to both the issuer whose credit is the subject of the swap and the counterparty to the swap. The absence of a central exchange or market for swap transactions may lead, in some instances, to difficulties in trading and valuation, especially in the event of market disruptions. Recent legislation requires certain swaps to be executed through a centralized exchange or regulated facility and be cleared through a regulated clearinghouse. Although this clearing mechanism is generally expected to reduce counterparty credit risk, it may disrupt or limit the swap market and may not result in swaps being easier to trade or value. As swaps become more standardized, the fund may not be able to enter into swaps that meet its investment needs. The fund also may not be able to find a clearinghouse willing to accept a swap for clearing. In a cleared swap, a central clearing organization will be the counterparty to the transaction. The fund will assume the risk that the clearinghouse may be unable to perform its obligations.

The fund will be required to maintain its positions with a clearing organization through one or more clearing brokers. The clearing organization will require the fund to post margin and the broker may require the fund to post additional margin to secure the fund’s obligations. The amount of margin required may change from time to time. In addition, cleared transactions may be more expensive to maintain than over-the-counter transactions and may require the fund to deposit larger amounts of margin. The fund may not be able to recover margin amounts if the broker has financial difficulties. Also, the broker may require the fund to terminate a derivatives position under certain circumstances. This may cause the fund to lose money.

Risks associated with the use of derivatives are magnified to the extent that an increased portion of the fund’s assets are committed to derivatives in general or are invested in just one or a few types of derivatives.

Leveraging risk. The value of your investment may be more volatile if the fund borrows or uses derivatives or other investments that have a leveraging effect on the fund’s portfolio. Other risks also will be compounded. This is because leverage generally magnifies the effect of a change in the value of an asset and creates a risk of loss of value on a larger pool of assets than the fund would otherwise have had. The fund may also have to sell assets at inopportune times to satisfy its obligations. The use of leverage is considered to be a speculative investment practice and may result in the loss of a substantial amount, and possibly all, of the fund’s assets.

Liquidity risk. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are impossible or difficult to sell. Although most of the fund’s investments must be liquid at the time of investment, investments may become illiquid after purchase by the fund, particularly during periods of market turmoil. Markets may become illiquid when, for instance, there are few, if any, interested buyers or sellers or when dealers are unwilling or unable to make a market for certain securities. When the fund holds illiquid investments, the portfolio may be harder to value, especially in changing markets, and if the fund is forced to sell these investments to meet redemption requests or for other cash needs, the fund may suffer a loss. In addition, when there is illiquidity in the market for certain investments, the fund, due to limitations on illiquid investments, may be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain sector.

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   13


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

Tax risk. There is no guarantee that the income on the fund’s municipal securities will remain exempt from regular federal income and Massachusetts personal income taxes. Unfavorable legislation, adverse interpretations by federal or state authorities, litigation or noncompliant conduct by the issuer of a municipal security could affect the tax-exempt status of municipal securities.

Prepayment or call risk. Many fixed income securities give the issuer the option to repay or call the security prior to its maturity date. Issuers often exercise this right when interest rates fall. Accordingly, if the fund holds a fixed income security subject to prepayment or call risk, it will not benefit fully from the increase in value that other fixed income securities generally experience when interest rates fall. Upon prepayment of the security, the fund would also be forced to reinvest the proceeds at then current yields, which would be lower than the yield of the security that was paid off. In addition, if the fund purchases a fixed income security at a premium (at a price that exceeds its stated par or principal value), the fund may lose the amount of the premium paid in the event of prepayment.

Extension risk. When interest rates rise, repayments of fixed income securities, particularly asset- and mortgage-backed securities, may occur more slowly than anticipated, extending the effective duration of these fixed income securities at below market interest rates and causing their market prices to decline more than they would have declined due to the rise in interest rates alone. This may cause the fund’s share price to be more volatile.

Non-diversification risk. The fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund. To the extent the fund invests its assets in a smaller number of issuers, the fund will be more susceptible to negative events affecting those issuers than a diversified fund.

Risks relating to investments in municipal securities. Issuers of municipal securities tend to derive a significant portion of their revenue from taxes, particularly property and income taxes, and decreases in personal income levels and property values and other unfavorable economic factors, such as a general economic recession, adversely affect municipal securities. Municipal issuers may also be adversely affected by rising health care costs, increasing unfunded pension liabilities and by the phasing out of federal programs providing financial support. Where municipal securities are issued to finance particular projects, such as those relating to education, health care, transportation, and utilities, issuers often depend on revenues from those projects to make principal and interest payments. Adverse conditions and developments in those sectors can result in lower revenues to issuers of municipal securities and can also have an adverse effect on the broader municipal securities market.

There may be less public information available on municipal issuers or projects than other issuers, and valuing municipal securities may be more difficult. In addition, the secondary market for municipal securities is less well developed and liquid than other markets, and dealers may be less willing to offer and sell municipal securities in times of market turbulence. Changes in the financial condition of one or more individual municipal issuers (or one or more insurers of municipal issuers), or one or more defaults by municipal issuers or insurers, can adversely affect liquidity and valuations in the overall market for municipal securities. The value of municipal securities can also be adversely affected by regulatory and political developments affecting the ability of municipal issuers to pay interest or repay principal, actual or anticipated tax law changes or other legislative actions, and by uncertainties and public perceptions concerning these and other factors. In recent periods an increasing number of municipal issuers have defaulted on obligations, been downgraded or commenced insolvency proceedings. Financial difficulties of municipal issuers may continue or get worse.

Risks associated with focusing on investments in Massachusetts municipal securities. The fund focuses its investments on Massachusetts municipal securities. The fund may be affected significantly by adverse economic, political or other events affecting Massachusetts municipal issuers. The Massachusetts economy continues to lag pre-recession levels. The real estate market has been volatile, and the unemployment rate has not returned to pre-recession levels. Home sales have declined steeply, resulting in lower home values. Collections of real estate taxes, the major source of revenues for municipalities in the Commonwealth, decrease as real property values fall. These conditions could continue or get worse. The Commonwealth’s income tax revenues, a major source of state revenue, have been reduced following a scheduled reduction in the income tax rate, and further scheduled reductions may have an additional negative impact on state revenues. Any declines in personal income, tax collections, consumer spending or employment levels could have a further negative impact on state revenues. Increased medical coverage requirements combined with rising health care costs are increasing the Commonwealth’s liabilities, and retirement systems face considerable unfunded liabilities. Reductions in federal funds could place additional strain on the Commonwealth and may have a negative effect on the Commonwealth’s ability to meet its obligations. Municipalities often depend on fiscal assistance from the Commonwealth, and a decrease in state assistance to municipalities could have a negative effect on their ability to meet their obligations. These and other factors may affect adversely the ability of the issuers of Massachusetts municipal securities to make required payments of interest and principal, as well as the market value and marketability of municipal securities held by the fund. The foregoing and other factors may result in losses to the fund. In addition, if the fund has difficulty finding high quality

 

14    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


Massachusetts municipal securities to purchase, the amount of the fund’s income that is subject to Massachusetts taxes could increase. Also, the fund may be more volatile than a more geographically diverse fund. More detailed information about the economy of Massachusetts may be found in the SAI.

Valuation risk. Many factors may influence the price at which the fund could sell any particular portfolio investment. The sales price may well differ—higher or lower—from the fund’s last valuation, and such differences could be significant, particularly for illiquid securities and securities that trade in relatively thin markets and/or markets that experience extreme volatility. If market conditions make it difficult to value some investments, the fund may value these investments using more subjective methods, such as fair value methodologies. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive fewer or more shares, or lower or higher redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different valuation methodology. The value of foreign securities, certain fixed income securities and currencies, as applicable, may be materially affected by events after the close of the markets on which they are traded, but before the fund determines its net asset value.

Cash management and defensive investing risk. The value of the investments held by the fund for cash management or defensive investing purposes can fluctuate. Like other fixed income securities, they are subject to risk, including market, interest rate and credit risk. If the fund holds cash uninvested, it will be subject to the credit risk of the depository institution holding the cash. If the fund holds cash uninvested, the fund will not earn income on the cash and the fund’s yield will go down. If a significant amount of the fund’s assets are used for cash management or defensive investing purposes, it may not achieve its investment objective.

Portfolio selection risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the subadviser’s judgment about the quality, relative yield, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry, sector or region, or about interest rates is incorrect.

Please note that there are other factors that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective. More information about risks appears in the SAI. Before investing, you should carefully consider the risks that you will assume.

Portfolio holdings

A description of the fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of its portfolio holdings is available in the SAI. The fund posts its complete portfolio holdings at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses (click on the name of the fund) on a quarterly basis. The fund intends to post its complete portfolio holdings 14 calendar days following the quarter-end. The fund intends to post partial information concerning the fund’s portfolio holdings (such as top 10 holdings or sector breakdowns, for example) on the Legg Mason funds’ website on a monthly basis. The fund intends to post this partial information 10 business days following each month-end. Such information will remain available until the next month’s or quarter’s holdings are posted.

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   15


More on fund management

 

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”) is the fund’s investment manager. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund. LMPFA was formed in April 2006 as a result of an internal reorganization to consolidate advisory services after Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) acquired substantially all of Citigroup’s asset management business in December 2005. As of December 31, 2013, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $225.4 billion.

Western Asset Management Company (“Western Asset”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund as subadviser. Western Asset, established in 1971, has offices at 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101 and 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018. Western Asset acts as investment adviser to institutional accounts, such as corporate pension plans, mutual funds and endowment funds. As of December 31, 2013, the total assets under management of Western Asset and its supervised affiliates were approximately $451.6 billion.

LMPFA pays the subadviser a portion of the management fee that it receives from the fund. The fund does not pay any additional advisory or other fees for advisory services provided by Western Asset.

LMPFA and Western Asset are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2013, Legg Mason’s asset management operations, including Western Asset and its supervised affiliates, had aggregate assets under management of approximately $679.5 billion.

Investment professionals

The fund is managed by a broad team of investment professionals. The particular mix of investment professionals involved in developing and implementing investment strategies for the fund depends on the asset classes in which the fund invests. Senior members of the portfolio management team are responsible for the development of investment strategy and oversight for the fund and coordination of other relevant investment team members. They work together with the broader Western Asset investment management team on portfolio structure, duration weighting and term structure decisions.

The individuals responsible for day-to-day portfolio management, development of investment strategy, oversight and coordination of the fund are S. Kenneth Leech, Robert E. Amodeo, David T. Fare and Dennis J. McNamara. Mr. Leech has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since March 2014. Messrs. Amodeo and Fare have been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 2006. Mr. McNamara has been a part of the portfolio management team for the fund since 2012. Messrs. Leech, Amodeo, Fare and McNamara have been employed by Western Asset as investment professionals for more than five years.

The SAI provides information about the investment professionals’ compensation, other accounts managed by the investment professionals and any fund shares held by the investment professionals.

Management fee

The fund pays a management fee at an annual rate that decreases as assets increase, as follows: 0.50% on assets up to and including $500 million; and 0.48% on assets over $500 million.

For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013, the fund paid LMPFA an effective management fee of 0.40% of the fund’s average daily net assets for management services.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the fund’s management agreement and subadvisory agreement is available in the fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013.

Expense limitation

The manager has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses) so that total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 0.75% for Class A shares, 1.30% for Class C shares, 0.85% for Class FI shares and 0.60% for Class I shares, subject to recapture as described below. These arrangements are expected to continue until December 31, 2015, may be terminated prior to that date by agreement of the manager and the Board, and may be terminated at any time after that date by the manager. These arrangements, however, may be modified by the manager to decrease total annual operating expenses at any time. The manager is also permitted to recapture amounts waived and/or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’ total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above. In no case will the manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular business day of the fund, in the class’ total annual operating expenses exceeding the applicable limits described above or any other lower limit then in effect.

Distribution

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

 

16    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


The fund has adopted a Rule 12b-1 shareholder services and distribution plan. Under the plan, the fund pays distribution and/or service fees based on annualized percentages of average daily net assets, of up to 0.15% for Class A shares; up to 0.70% for Class C shares; and up to 0.25% for Class FI shares. These fees are an ongoing expense and, over time, will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges. Class I shares are not subject to distribution and/or service fees under the plan.

Additional payments

In addition to distribution and service fees and sales charges, the distributor, the manager and/or their affiliates make payments for distribution, shareholder servicing, marketing and promotional activities and related expenses out of their profits and other available sources, including profits from their relationships with the fund. These payments are not reflected as additional expenses in the fee table contained in this Prospectus. The recipients of these payments may include the fund’s distributor and affiliates of the manager, as well as non-affiliated broker/dealers, insurance companies, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund, including your financial intermediary. The total amount of these payments is substantial, may be substantial to any given recipient and may exceed the costs and expenses incurred by the recipient for any fund-related marketing or shareholder servicing activities. The payments described in this paragraph are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” Revenue sharing arrangements are separately negotiated between the distributor, the manager and/or their affiliates, and the recipients of these payments.

Revenue sharing payments create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to you. Contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it receives or may receive. Revenue sharing payments, as well as payments under the shareholder services and distribution plan (where applicable), also benefit the manager, the distributor and their affiliates to the extent the payments result in more assets being invested in the fund on which fees are being charged.

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   17


Choosing a class of shares to buy

 

Individual investors can generally invest in Class A and Class C shares. Individual investors who invest directly with the fund and who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement may purchase Class I shares. In addition, participants in Eligible Investment Programs may exchange Class A and Class C shares for Class I shares of the fund under certain limited circumstances.

Institutional Investors and Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries should refer to “Institutional Investors — eligible investors” below for a description of the classes available to them. Each class has different sales charges and expenses, allowing you to choose a class that may be appropriate for you.

When choosing which class of shares to buy, you should consider:

 

 

How much you plan to invest

 

 

How long you expect to own the shares

 

 

The expenses paid by each class detailed in the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus

 

 

Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges

 

 

Availability of share classes

When choosing between Class A and Class C shares, keep in mind that, generally speaking, the larger the size of your investment and the longer your investment horizon, the more likely it will be that Class C shares will not be as advantageous as Class A shares. The annual distribution and/or service fees on Class C shares may cost you more over the longer term than the front-end sales charge and service fees you would have paid for larger purchases of Class A shares. If you are eligible to purchase Class I shares, you should be aware that Class I shares are not subject to a front-end sales charge and generally have lower annual expenses than Class A or Class C shares.

Each class of shares is authorized to pay fees for recordkeeping services to Service Agents. As a result, operating expenses of classes that incur new or additional recordkeeping fees may increase over time.

You may buy shares:

 

 

Through banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”)

 

 

Directly from the fund

Your Service Agent may provide shareholder services that differ from the services provided by other Service Agents. Services provided by your Service Agent may vary by class. You should ask your Service Agent to explain the shareholder services it provides for each class and the compensation it receives in connection with each class. Remember that your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending on the share class in which you invest.

Your Service Agent may not offer all classes of shares. You should contact your Service Agent for further information.

More information about the fund’s classes of shares is available through the Legg Mason funds’ website. You’ll find detailed information about sales charges and ways you can qualify for reduced or waived sales charges, including:

 

 

The front-end sales charges that apply to the purchase of Class A shares

 

 

The contingent deferred sales charges that apply to the redemption of Class C shares and certain Class A shares

 

 

Who qualifies for lower sales charges on Class A shares

 

 

Who qualifies for a sales load waiver

To visit the website, go to http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/products, and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

18    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


Comparing the fund’s classes

 

The following table compares key features of the fund’s classes. You should review the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus carefully before choosing your share class. Your Service Agent can help you choose a class that may be appropriate for you. Please contact your Service Agent regarding the availability of Class FI shares. You may be required to provide appropriate documentation confirming your eligibility to invest in this share class. Your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending upon which class you choose.

 

      Key features   Initial sales charge   Contingent deferred sales
charge
  Annual distribution
and/or service fees
  Exchange privilege 1
Class A  

   Initial sales charge

   You may qualify for reduction or waiver of initial sales charge

   Generally lower annual expenses than Class C

  Up to 4.25%: reduced or waived for large purchases and certain investors. No charge for purchases of $1 million or more   1.00% on purchases of $1 million or more if you redeem within 18 months of purchase; waived for certain investors   0.15% of average daily net assets   Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class C  

   No initial sales charge

   Contingent deferred sales charge for only 1 year

   Does not convert to Class A

   Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

  None   1.00% if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors   0.70% of average daily net assets   Class C shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class FI  

   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

   Only offered to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

  None   None   0.25% of average daily net assets   Class FI shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class I  

   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

   Only offered to Institutional Investors, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and other eligible investors

   Generally lower annual expenses than the other classes

  None   None   None   Class I shares of funds sold by the distributor

 

1  

Ask your Service Agent about the funds available for exchange.

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   19


Sales charges

 

Class A shares

You buy Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value plus a sales charge. You pay a lower rate as the size of your investment increases to certain levels called breakpoints. You do not pay a sales charge on the fund’s distributions or dividends that you reinvest in additional Class A shares.

The table below shows the rate of sales charge you pay, depending on the amount you purchase. It also shows the amount of broker/dealer compensation that will be paid out of the sales charge if you buy shares from a Service Agent. For Class A shares sold by the distributor, the distributor will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. Service Agents will receive a distribution and/or service fee payable on Class A shares at an annual rate of up to 0.15% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares serviced by them.

 

Amount of Investment      Sales charge
as a % of
offering price
     Sales charge
as a % of net
amount
invested
     Broker/dealer
commission as
a % of
offering price
Less than $100,000          4.25            4.44            4.00  
$100,000 but less than $250,000          3.50            3.63            3.00  
$250,000 but less than $500,000          2.50            2.56            2.00  
$500,000 but less than $750,000          2.00            2.04            1.60  
$750,000 but less than $1 million          1.50            1.52            1.20  
$1 million or more 1          -0-            -0-            up to 1.00  

 

1  

The distributor may pay a commission of up to 1.00% to a Service Agent for purchase amounts of $1 million or more. In such cases, starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, the Service Agent will also receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.15% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares held by its clients. Prior to the thirteenth month, the distributor will retain this fee. Where the Service Agent does not receive the payment of this commission, the Service Agent will instead receive the annual distribution and/or service fee starting immediately after purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Investments of $1 million or more

You do not pay an initial sales charge when you buy $1 million or more of Class A shares. However, if you redeem these Class A shares within 18 months of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

Qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of shares of funds sold by the distributor to take advantage of the breakpoints in the Class A sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent or the fund if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for a reduced sales charge.

 

 

Accumulation Privilege – allows you to combine the current value of shares of the fund with other shares of funds sold by the distributor that are owned by:

 

   

you or

 

   

your spouse and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charges.

If you hold fund shares in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be combined. Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor that were not acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may not be combined. Please contact your Service Agent or the fund for additional information.

Certain trustees and other fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

 

 

Letter of Intent – allows you to purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. At the time you enter into the letter of intent, you select your asset goal amount. Generally, purchases of shares of funds sold by the distributor that are purchased during the 13-month period by:

 

   

you or

 

   

your spouse and children under the age of 21

are eligible for inclusion under the letter of intent, based on the public offering price at the time of the purchase and any capital appreciation on those shares. In addition, you can include the current value of any eligible holdings toward your asset goal amount.

 

20    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


If you hold shares of funds sold by the distributor in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be credited toward your asset goal amount.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be credited toward your asset goal amount. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

If you do not meet your asset goal amount, shares in the amount of any sales charges due, based on the amount of your actual purchases, will be redeemed from your account.

Waivers for certain Class A investors

Class A initial sales charges are waived for certain types of investors, including:

 

 

Employees of Service Agents

 

 

Investors who redeemed Class A shares of a fund sold by the distributor in the past 60 days, if the investor’s Service Agent is notified

 

 

Directors and officers of any Legg Mason-sponsored fund

 

 

Employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries

If you qualify for a waiver of the Class A initial sales charge, you must notify your Service Agent or the fund at 1-877-721-1926 at the time of purchase and provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the initial sales charge waiver.

If you want to learn about additional waivers of Class A initial sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/products, and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

Class C shares

You buy Class C shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class C shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

LMIS generally will pay Service Agents selling Class C shares a commission of up to 0.75% of the purchase price of the Class C shares they sell. LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges and an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.70% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by these Service Agents until the thirteenth month after purchase. Starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, these Service Agents will receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.70% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Class FI shares

You buy Class FI shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed.

Service Agents receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class FI shares serviced by them.

Class I shares

You buy Class I shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed. Class I shares are not subject to any distribution and/or service fees.

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   21


More about contingent deferred sales charges

 

The contingent deferred sales charge is based on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less, and therefore you do not pay a sales charge on amounts representing appreciation or depreciation.

In addition, you do not pay a contingent deferred sales charge:

 

 

When you exchange shares for shares of another fund sold by the distributor

 

 

On shares representing reinvested distributions and dividends

 

 

On shares no longer subject to the contingent deferred sales charge

Each time you place a request to redeem shares, the fund will first redeem any shares in your account that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and then redeem the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

If you redeem shares of a fund sold by the distributor and pay a contingent deferred sales charge, you may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

The distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges as partial compensation for its expenses in selling shares, including the payment of compensation to your Service Agent.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers

The contingent deferred sales charge for each share class will generally be waived:

 

 

On payments made through certain systematic withdrawal plans

 

 

For involuntary redemptions of small account balances

 

 

For 12 months following the death or disability of a shareholder

If you want to learn more about additional waivers of contingent deferred sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/products, and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

22    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


Institutional Investors — eligible investors

 

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

“Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries” are investors who invest in the fund through financial intermediaries that (i) charge such investors an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting or similar services, or (ii) have entered into an agreement with the distributor to offer Class A, Class FI or Class I shares through a no-load network or platform (“Eligible Investment Programs”). Such investors may include pension and profit sharing plans, other employee benefit trusts, endowments, foundations and corporations. Eligible Investment Programs may also include college savings vehicles such as Section 529 plans and direct retail investment platforms through mutual fund “supermarkets,” where the sponsor links its client’s account to a master account in the sponsor’s name. The financial intermediary may impose separate investment minimums.

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries may generally invest in Class A, Class FI and Class I shares. Class I shares are available for exchange from Class A or Class C shares of the fund held by participants in Eligible Investment Programs under certain limited circumstances.

Institutional Investors

“Institutional Investors” may include corporations, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, investment companies, foundations, endowments, defined benefit plans and other similar entities. The distributor or the financial intermediary may impose additional eligibility requirements or criteria to determine if an investor, including the types of investors listed above, qualifies as an Institutional Investor.

Institutional Investors may invest in Class I shares if they meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement. Institutional Investors may also invest in Class A and Class C shares, which have different investment minimums, fees and expenses.

Class FI shares

Class FI shares are offered only to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries.

Class I shares

Class I shares are offered only to Institutional Investors and individual investors (investing directly with the fund) who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and other investors authorized by LMIS. Certain waivers of these requirements for individuals associated with the fund, Legg Mason or its affiliates are discussed in the SAI.

Other considerations

Financial intermediaries may choose to impose qualification requirements that differ from the fund’s share class eligibility standards. In certain cases this could result in the selection of a share class with higher distribution and/or service fees than otherwise would have been charged. The fund is not responsible for, and has no control over, the decision of any financial intermediary to impose such differing requirements. Please consult with your financial intermediary for more information about available share classes.

Your Service Agent may not offer all share classes. Please contact your Service Agent for additional details.

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   23


Buying shares

 

Generally   

You may buy shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your purchase request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge.

 

You must provide the following information for your order to be processed:

 

   Name of fund being bought

 

   Class of shares being bought

 

   Dollar amount or number of shares being bought

 

   Account number (if existing account)

Through a Service Agent   

You should contact your Service Agent to open a brokerage account and make arrangements to buy shares.

 

Your Service Agent may charge an annual account maintenance fee.

Through the fund   

Investors should contact the fund at 1-877-721-1926 to open an account and make arrangements to buy shares.

 

For initial purchases, complete and send your account application to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Subsequent purchases should be sent to the same address. Enclose a check to pay for the shares.

 

For more information, please call the fund between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time).

Through a systematic investment plan   

You may authorize your Service Agent or the transfer agent to transfer funds automatically from (i) a regular bank account, (ii) cash held in a brokerage account with a Service Agent or (iii) certain money market funds, in order to buy shares on a regular basis.

 

   Amounts transferred must meet the applicable minimums (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

   Amounts may be transferred monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

   If you do not have sufficient funds in your account on a transfer date, you may be charged a fee

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or the fund or consult the SAI.

 

24    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


Exchanging shares

 

Generally   

You may exchange shares of the fund for the same class of shares of other funds sold by the distributor on any day that both the fund and the fund into which you are exchanging are open for business. For investors who qualify as Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and participate in Eligible Investment Programs made available through their financial intermediaries (such as investors in fee-based advisory or mutual fund “wrap” programs), an exchange may be made from Class A or Class C shares to Class I shares of the same fund under certain limited circumstances. Please refer to the section of this prospectus titled “Institutional Investors — eligible investors” or contact your financial intermediary for more information.

 

An exchange of shares of one fund for shares of another fund is considered a sale and generally results in a capital gain or loss for federal income tax purposes. An exchange of shares of one class directly for shares of another class of the same fund normally should not be taxable for federal income tax purposes. You should talk to your tax advisor before making an exchange.

 

The exchange privilege is not intended as a vehicle for short-term trading. The fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in a pattern of excessive exchanges.

Legg Mason offers a distinctive family of funds tailored to help meet the varying needs of large and small investors   

You may exchange shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your exchange request in good order.

 

   If you bought shares through a Service Agent, contact your Service Agent to learn which funds your Service Agent makes available to you for exchanges

 

   If you bought shares directly from the fund, contact the fund at 1-877-721-1926 to learn which funds are available to you for exchanges

 

   Exchanges may be made only between accounts that have identical registrations

 

   Not all funds offer all classes

 

   Some funds are offered only in a limited number of states. Your Service Agent or the fund will provide information about the funds offered in your state

 

Always be sure to read the prospectus of the fund into which you are exchanging shares.

Investment minimums, sales charges and other requirements   

   In most instances, your shares will not be subject to an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge at the time of the exchange. You may be charged an initial or contingent deferred sales charge if the shares being exchanged were not subject to a sales charge

 

   Except as noted above, your contingent deferred sales charge (if any) will continue to be measured from the date of your original purchase of shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and you will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of the fund that you originally purchased

 

   You will generally be required to meet the minimum investment requirement for the class of shares of the fund or share class into which your exchange is made (except in the case of systematic exchange plans)

 

   Your exchange will also be subject to any other requirements of the fund or share class into which you are exchanging shares

 

   The fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in a pattern of excessive exchanges

By telephone    Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call the fund at 1-877-721-1926 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for information. Exchanges are priced at the net asset value next determined.
By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

Through a systematic exchange plan   

You may be permitted to schedule automatic exchanges of shares of the fund for shares of other funds available for exchange. All requirements for exchanging shares described above apply to these exchanges. In addition:

 

   Exchanges may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

   Each exchange must meet the applicable investment minimums for systematic investment plans (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or the fund or consult the SAI.

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   25


Redeeming shares

 

Generally   

You may redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your redemption request in good order, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

 

If the shares are held by a fiduciary or corporation, partnership or similar entity, other documents may be required.

Redemption proceeds   

Your redemption proceeds normally will be sent within 3 business days after your request is received in good order, but in any event within 7 days, except that your proceeds may be delayed for up to 10 days if your share purchase was made by check.

 

Your redemption proceeds may be delayed, or your right to receive redemption proceeds suspended, if the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is closed (other than on weekends or holidays) or trading is restricted, if an emergency exists, or otherwise as permitted by order of the SEC.

 

If you have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, your redemption proceeds will be sent to your Service Agent. Your redemption proceeds can be sent by check to your address of record or by wire or electronic transfer (ACH) to a bank account designated by you. To change the bank account designated to receive wire or electronic transfers, you will be required to deliver a new written authorization and may be asked to provide other documents. You may be charged a fee on a wire or an electronic transfer (ACH).

 

In other cases, unless you direct otherwise, your proceeds will be paid by check mailed to your address of record.

 

The fund reserves the right to pay redemption proceeds by giving you securities. You may pay transaction costs to dispose of the securities, and you may receive less for them than the price at which they were valued for purposes of the redemption.

By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Your written request must provide the following:

 

   The fund name, the class of shares being redeemed and your account number

 

   The dollar amount or number of shares being redeemed

 

   Signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered

 

   Signature guarantees, as applicable (see “Other things to know about transactions”)

By telephone   

If your account application permits, you may be eligible to redeem shares by telephone. Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call the fund at 1-877-721-1926 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for more information. Please have the following information ready when you call:

 

   Name of fund being redeemed

 

   Class of shares being redeemed

 

   Account number

Automatic cash withdrawal plans   

You may be permitted to schedule automatic redemptions of a portion of your shares. To qualify, you must own shares of the fund with a value of at least $10,000 and each automatic redemption must be at least $50.

 

The following conditions apply:

 

   Redemptions may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

   If your shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, the charge will be required to be paid upon redemption. However, the charge will be waived if your automatic redemptions are equal to or less than 2% per month of your account balance on the date the redemptions commence, up to a maximum of 12% in one year

 

   You must elect to have all dividends and distributions reinvested

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or the fund or consult the SAI.

 

26    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


Other things to know about transactions

 

When you buy, exchange or redeem shares, your request must be in good order. This means you have provided the following information, without which your request may not be processed:

 

 

Name of the fund

 

 

Your account number

 

 

In the case of a purchase (including a purchase as part of an exchange transaction), the class of shares being bought

 

 

In the case of an exchange or redemption, the class of shares being exchanged or redeemed (if you own more than one class)

 

 

Dollar amount or number of shares being bought, exchanged or redeemed

 

 

In certain circumstances, the signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered (see “Redeeming shares”)

The fund generally will not permit non-resident aliens with non-U.S. addresses to establish accounts. U.S. citizens with APO/FPO addresses or addresses in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with U.S. addresses are permitted to establish accounts with the fund. Subject to the requirements of local law, U.S. citizens residing in foreign countries are permitted to establish accounts with the fund.

In certain circumstances, such as during periods of market volatility, severe weather and emergencies, shareholders may experience difficulties placing exchange or redemption orders by telephone. In that case, shareholders should consider using the fund’s other exchange and redemption procedures described under “Exchanging shares” and “Redeeming shares.”

The transfer agent or the fund will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that any telephone exchange or redemption request is genuine, which may include recording calls, asking the caller to provide certain personal identification information, sending you a written confirmation or requiring other confirmation procedures from time to time. If these procedures are followed, neither the fund nor its agents will bear any liability for these transactions.

The fund has the right to:

 

 

Suspend the offering of shares

 

 

Waive or change minimum initial and additional investment amounts

 

 

Reject any purchase or exchange order

 

 

Change, revoke or suspend the exchange privilege

 

 

Suspend telephone transactions

 

 

Suspend or postpone redemptions of shares on any day when trading on the NYSE is restricted or as otherwise permitted by the SEC

 

 

Close your account after a period of inactivity, as determined by state law, and transfer your shares to the appropriate state

For your protection, the fund or your Service Agent may request additional information in connection with large redemptions, unusual activity in your account, or otherwise to ensure your redemption request is in good order. Please contact your Service Agent or the fund for more information.

Signature guarantees

To be in good order, your redemption request must include a signature guarantee if you:

 

 

Are redeeming shares and sending the proceeds to an address or bank not currently on file

 

 

Changed your account registration or your address within 30 days

 

 

Want the check paid to someone other than the account owner(s)

 

 

Are transferring the redemption proceeds to an account with a different registration

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, dealers, brokers, credit unions and federal savings and loan institutions, but not from a notary public.

Anti-money laundering

Federal anti-money laundering regulations require all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When you sign your account application, you may be asked to provide additional information in order for the fund to verify your identity in accordance with these regulations. Accounts may be restricted and/or closed, and the monies withheld, pending verification of this information or as otherwise required under these and other federal regulations.

Small account fees/Mandatory redemptions

Small accounts may be subject to a small account fee or to mandatory redemption, as described below, depending on whether the account is held directly with the fund or through a Service Agent.

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   27


Other things to know about transactions cont’d

 

Direct accounts

Direct accounts generally include accounts held in the name of the individual investor on the fund’s books and records. To offset the relatively higher impact on fund expenses of servicing smaller direct accounts, if your shares are held in a direct account and the value of your account is below $1,000 (if applicable, $250 for retirement plans that are not employer-sponsored) for any reason (including declines in net asset value), the fund may charge you a fee of $3.75 per account that is determined and assessed quarterly on the last business day of the quarter (with an annual maximum of $15.00 per account). The small account fee will be charged by redeeming shares in your account. If the value of your account is $3.75 or less, the amount in the account may be exhausted to pay the small account fee. The small account fee will not be assessed on systematic investment plans until the end of the first quarter after the account has been established for 15 months. Payment of the small account fee through a redemption of fund shares may result in tax consequences to you (see “Taxes” for more information).

The small account fee will not be charged on, if applicable: (i) Retirement Plans (but will be charged on other plans that are not employer-sponsored such as traditional and Roth individual retirement accounts, Coverdell education savings accounts, individual 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, Keogh plans, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs or similar accounts); (ii) Legg Mason funds that have been closed to subsequent purchases for all classes; (iii) accounts that do not have a valid address as evidenced by mail being returned to the fund or its agents; and (iv) Class FI and Class I shares.

If your share class is no longer offered, you may not be able to bring your account up to the minimum investment amount (although you may exchange into existing accounts of other Legg Mason funds in which you hold the same share class, to the extent otherwise permitted by those funds and subject to any applicable sales charges).

Some shareholders who hold accounts in Classes A and B of the same fund may have those accounts aggregated for the purposes of these calculations. Please contact the fund or your Service Agent for more information.

Non-direct accounts

“Non-direct accounts” include omnibus accounts and accounts jointly maintained by the Service Agent and the fund. Such accounts are not subject to the small account fee that may be charged to direct accounts.

The fund reserves the right to ask you to bring your non-direct account up to a minimum investment amount determined by your Service Agent if the aggregate value of the fund shares in your account is less than $500 for any reason (including solely due to declines in net asset value and/or failure to invest at least $500 within a reasonable period). You will be notified in writing and will have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring your account value up to the required level. If you choose not to do so within this 60-day period, the fund may close your account and send you the redemption proceeds. If your share class is no longer offered, you may not be able to bring your account up to the minimum investment amount. Some shareholders who hold accounts in multiple classes of the same fund may have those accounts aggregated for the purposes of these calculations. If your account is closed, you will not be eligible to have your account reinstated without imposition of any sales charges that may apply to your new purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more information. Any redemption of fund shares may result in tax consequences to you (see “Taxes” for more information).

All accounts

The fund may, with prior notice, change the minimum size of accounts subject to mandatory redemption, which may vary by class, implement fees for small non-direct accounts or change the amount of the fee for small direct accounts.

Subject to applicable law, the fund may, with prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemption of shares in certain circumstances.

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or the fund or consult the SAI.

Frequent trading of fund shares

Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares may interfere with the efficient management of the fund, increase fund transaction costs, and have a negative effect on the fund’s long-term shareholders. For example, in order to handle large flows of cash into and out of the fund, the subadviser may need to allocate more assets to cash or other short-term investments or sell securities, rather than maintaining full investment in securities selected to achieve the fund’s investment objective. Frequent trading may cause the fund to sell securities at less favorable prices. Transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions and market spreads, can detract from the fund’s performance. In addition, the return received by long-term shareholders may be reduced when trades by other shareholders are made in an effort to take advantage of certain pricing discrepancies, when, for example, it is believed that the fund’s share price, which is determined at the close of the NYSE on each trading day, does not accurately reflect the value of the fund’s investments. Funds investing in foreign securities have been particularly susceptible to this form of arbitrage, but other funds could also be affected.

Because of the potential harm to funds sold by the fund’s distributor and their long-term shareholders, the Board has approved policies and procedures that are intended to detect and discourage excessive trading and market timing abuses through the use of various surveillance techniques. Under these policies and procedures, the fund may limit additional exchanges or purchases of fund shares by shareholders who are

 

28    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


believed by the manager to be engaged in these abusive trading activities in the fund or in other funds sold by the distributor. In the event that an exchange or purchase request is rejected, the shareholder may nonetheless redeem its shares. The intent of the policies and procedures is not to inhibit legitimate strategies, such as asset allocation, dollar cost averaging, or similar activities that may nonetheless result in frequent trading of fund shares.

Under the fund’s policies and procedures, the fund reserves the right to restrict or reject purchases of shares (including exchanges) without prior notice whenever a pattern of excessive trading by a shareholder is detected in funds sold by the distributor. A committee established by the manager administers the policy. The policy provides that the committee may take action, which may include using its best efforts to restrict a shareholder’s trading privileges in funds sold by the distributor, if that shareholder has engaged in one or more “Round Trips” across all funds sold by the distributor. However, the committee has the discretion to determine that action is not necessary if it is determined that the pattern of trading is not abusive or harmful. In making such a determination, the committee will consider, among other things, the nature of the shareholder’s account, the reason for the frequent trading, the amount of trading and the particular funds in which the trading has occurred. Additionally, the committee has the discretion to make inquiries or to take any action against a shareholder whose trading appears inconsistent with the frequent trading policy, regardless of the number of Round Trips. Examples of the types of actions the committee may take include heightened surveillance of a shareholder account, providing a written warning letter to an account holder, restricting the shareholder from purchasing additional shares in the fund altogether or imposing other restrictions (such as requiring purchase orders to be submitted by mail) that would deter the shareholder from trading frequently in the fund. The committee will generally follow a system of progressive deterrence, although it is not required to do so.

A “Round Trip” is defined as a purchase (including subscriptions and exchanges) into a fund sold by the distributor followed by a sale (including redemptions and exchanges) of the same or a similar number of shares out of that fund within 30 days of such purchase. Purchases and sales of the fund’s shares pursuant to an automatic investment plan or similar program for periodic transactions are not considered in determining Round Trips. These policies and procedures do not apply to money market funds sold by the distributor.

The policies apply to any account, whether a direct account or accounts with financial intermediaries such as investment advisers, broker/dealers or retirement plan administrators, commonly called omnibus accounts, where the intermediary holds fund shares for a number of its customers in one account. The fund’s ability to monitor trading in omnibus accounts may, however, be severely limited due to the lack of access to an individual investor’s trading activity when orders are placed through these types of accounts. There may also be operational and technological limitations on the ability of the fund’s service providers to identify or terminate frequent trading activity within the various types of omnibus accounts. The distributor has entered into agreements with intermediaries requiring the intermediaries to, among other things, help identify frequent trading activity and prohibit further purchases or exchanges by a shareholder identified as having engaged in frequent trading.

The fund has also adopted policies and procedures to prevent the selective release of information about the fund’s holdings, as such information may be used for market-timing and similar abusive practices.

The policies provide for ongoing assessment of the effectiveness of current policies and surveillance tools, and the Board reserves the right to modify these or adopt additional policies and restrictions in the future. Shareholders should be aware, however, that any surveillance techniques currently employed by the fund or other techniques that may be adopted in the future may not be effective, particularly where the trading takes place through certain types of omnibus accounts. Furthermore, the fund may not apply its policies consistently or uniformly, resulting in the risk that some shareholders may be able to engage in frequent trading while others will bear the costs and effects of that trading.

Although the fund will attempt to monitor shareholder transactions for certain patterns of frequent trading activity, there can be no assurance that all such trading activity can be identified, prevented or terminated. Monitoring of shareholder transactions may only occur for shareholder transactions that exceed a certain transaction amount threshold, which may change from time to time. The fund reserves the right to refuse any client or reject any purchase order for shares (including exchanges) for any reason.

Record ownership

If you hold shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent may establish and maintain your account and be the shareholder of record. In the event that the fund holds a shareholder meeting, your Service Agent, as record holder, will be entitled to vote your shares and may seek voting instructions from you. If you do not give your Service Agent voting instructions, your Service Agent, under certain circumstances, may nonetheless be entitled to vote your shares.

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   29


Dividends, other distributions and taxes

 

Dividends and other distributions

The fund declares dividends from any net investment income daily and pays them monthly. Shares will begin to earn dividends on the settlement date of purchase. The fund generally distributes capital gain, if any, once a year, typically in December. The fund may pay additional distributions and dividends in order to avoid a federal tax.

You can elect to receive dividends and/or other distributions in cash.

Unless you elect to receive dividends and/or other distributions in cash, your dividends and capital gain distributions will be automatically reinvested in shares of the same class you hold, at the net asset value determined on the reinvestment date. You do not pay a sales charge on reinvested distributions or dividends.

Effective on or about August 1, 2014, if you hold shares directly with the fund and you elect to receive dividends and/or distributions in cash, you have the option to receive such dividends and/or distributions via a direct deposit to your bank account or, provided that the dividend and/or distribution is $10.00 or more, by check. If you choose to receive dividends and/or distributions via check, amounts less than $10.00 will automatically be reinvested in fund shares as described above.

If you do not want dividends and/or distributions in amounts less than $10.00 to be reinvested in fund shares, you must elect to receive dividends and distributions via a direct deposit to your bank account.

If you hold Class A or Class C shares directly with the fund, you may instruct the fund to have your dividends and/or distributions invested in the corresponding class of shares of another fund sold by the distributor, subject to the following conditions:

 

 

You have a minimum account balance of $10,000 in the fund and

 

 

The other fund is available for sale in your state.

To change those instructions, you must notify your Service Agent or the fund at least three days before the next distribution is to be paid.

Please contact your Service Agent or the fund to discuss what options are available to you for receiving your dividends and other distributions.

The Board reserves the right to revise the dividend policy or postpone the payment of dividends if warranted in the Board’s judgment due to unusual circumstances.

Taxes

The following discussion is very general, applies only to shareholders who are U.S. persons, and does not address shareholders subject to special rules, such as those who hold fund shares through an IRA, 401(k) plan or other tax-advantaged account. Except as specifically noted, the discussion is limited to federal income tax matters, and does not address state, local, foreign or non-income taxes. Further information regarding taxes, including certain federal income tax considerations relevant to non-U.S. persons, is included in the SAI. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about federal, state, local and/or foreign tax considerations that may be relevant to your particular situation.

You may receive three different types of distributions from the fund: exempt-interest dividends, ordinary dividends and capital gain dividends. Most distributions are expected to be exempt-interest dividends, which are exempt from federal income tax but may be subject to state or local income taxes. Exempt-interest dividends from Massachusetts municipal securities will also be exempt from Massachusetts personal income tax. In general, redeeming shares, exchanging shares and receiving distributions other than exempt-interest dividends (whether in cash, additional shares or shares of another fund) are all taxable events. An exchange between classes of shares of the same fund normally is not taxable for federal income tax purposes, whether or not the shares are held in a taxable account.

The following table summarizes the tax status of certain transactions related to the fund.

 

Transaction   Federal income tax status   Massachusetts tax status
Redemption or exchange of shares   Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares are owned more than one year   Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares are owned more than one year
Exempt-interest dividends   Excludable from gross income   Exempt from personal income tax if from interest on Massachusetts municipal securities
Dividends of investment income and distributions of net short-term capital gain   Ordinary income   Ordinary income
Distributions of net capital gain (excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss)   Long-term capital gain   Long-term capital gain

 

30    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


Distributions attributable to short-term capital gains are taxable to you as ordinary income. The fund does not expect any distributions to be treated as qualified dividend income, which for noncorporate shareholders may be taxable at reduced rates. Some exempt-interest dividends may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

Distributions of net capital gain reported by the fund as capital gain dividends are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. Noncorporate shareholders ordinarily pay tax at reduced rates on long-term capital gain.

You may want to avoid buying shares when the fund is about to declare a capital gain distribution because it will be taxable to you even though it may economically represent a return of a portion of your investment.

A Medicare contribution tax is imposed at the rate of 3.8% on net investment income of U.S. individuals with income exceeding specified thresholds, and on undistributed net investment income of certain estates and trusts. Net investment income generally includes for this purpose dividends (other than exempt-interest dividends) and capital gain distributions paid by the fund and gain on the redemption or exchange of fund shares.

A dividend declared by the fund in October, November or December and paid during January of the following year will, in certain circumstances, be treated as paid in December for tax purposes.

After the end of each year, your Service Agent or the fund will provide you with information about the distributions and dividends you received, including exempt-interest dividends, and any redemptions of shares during the previous year. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   31


Share price

 

You may buy, exchange or redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt of your request in good order, adjusted for any applicable sales charge. The fund’s net asset value per share is the value of its assets minus its liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. Net asset value is calculated separately for each class of shares.

The fund calculates its net asset value every day the NYSE is open. The fund generally values its securities and other assets and calculates its net asset value as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, normally at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time). If the NYSE closes at another time, the fund will calculate its net asset value as of the actual closing time. The NYSE is closed on certain holidays listed in the SAI.

In order to buy, redeem or exchange shares at a certain day’s price, you must place your order with your Service Agent or the transfer agent before the NYSE closes on that day. If the NYSE closes early on that day, you must place your order prior to the actual closing time. It is the responsibility of the Service Agent to transmit all orders to buy, exchange or redeem shares to the transfer agent on a timely basis.

Valuation of the fund’s securities and other assets is performed in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. These procedures delegate most valuation functions to the manager, which generally uses independent third party pricing services approved by the fund’s Board. Under the procedures, assets are valued as follows:

 

 

The valuations for fixed income securities and certain derivative instruments are typically the prices supplied by independent third party pricing services, which may use market prices or broker/dealer quotations or a variety of fair valuation techniques and methodologies. Short-term fixed income securities that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value.

 

 

Equity securities and certain derivative instruments that are traded on an exchange are valued at the closing price or, if that price is unavailable or deemed by the manager not representative of market value, the last sale price. Where a security is traded on more than one exchange (as is often the case overseas), the security is generally valued at the price on the exchange considered by the manager to be the primary exchange. In the case of securities not traded on an exchange, or if exchange prices are not otherwise available, the prices are typically determined by independent third party pricing services that use a variety of techniques and methodologies.

 

 

The valuations of securities traded on foreign markets and certain fixed income securities will generally be based on prices determined as of the earlier closing time of the markets on which they primarily trade, unless a significant event has occurred. When the fund holds securities or other assets that are denominated in a foreign currency, the fund will normally use the currency exchange rates as of 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time). The fund uses a fair value model developed by an independent third party pricing service to value foreign equity securities on days when a certain percentage change in the value of a domestic equity security index suggests that the closing prices on foreign exchanges may no longer represent the value of those securities at the time of closing of the NYSE. Foreign markets are open for trading on weekends and other days when the fund does not price its shares. Therefore, the value of the fund’s shares may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.

 

 

If independent third party pricing services are unable to supply prices for a portfolio investment, or if the prices supplied are deemed by the manager to be unreliable, the market price may be determined by the manager using quotations from one or more broker/dealers. When such prices or quotations are not available, or when the manager believes that they are unreliable, the manager may price securities using fair value procedures approved by the Board. These procedures permit, among other things, the use of a matrix, formula or other method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments to determine fair value. Fair value of a security is the amount, as determined by the manager in good faith, that the fund might reasonably expect to receive upon a current sale of the security. The fund may also use fair value procedures if the manager determines that a significant event has occurred between the time at which a market price is determined and the time at which the fund’s net asset value is calculated.

Many factors may influence the price at which the fund could sell any particular portfolio investment. The sales price may well differ—higher or lower—from the fund’s last valuation, and such differences could be significant, particularly for securities that trade in relatively thin markets and/or markets that experience extreme volatility. Moreover, valuing securities using fair value methodologies involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities based on market quotations. A fund that uses fair value methodologies may value those securities higher or lower than another fund using market quotations or its own fair value methodologies to price the same securities. There can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the fund determines its net asset value. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive a greater or lesser number of shares, or higher or lower redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different methodology.

 

32    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


Financial highlights

 

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each class for the past five years, unless otherwise noted. No financial highlights are presented for Class FI shares because no Class FI shares were outstanding for the periods shown. The returns for Class FI shares will differ from those of the other classes to the extent their expenses differ. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. Total return represents the rate that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on a fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the fund’s financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund’s financial statements, is included in the annual report (available upon request).

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended November 30:  
Class A Shares 1      2013        2012        2011        2010        2009  
Net asset value, beginning of year        $13.72           $12.75           $12.50           $12.61           $11.36   
Income (loss) from operations:                         

Net investment income

       0.49           0.50           0.54           0.53           0.54   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

       (1.47)           0.97           0.25           (0.11)           1.25   

Total income (loss) from operations

       (0.98)           1.47           0.79           0.42           1.79   
Less distributions from:                         

Net investment income

       (0.49)           (0.50)           (0.54)           (0.53)           (0.54)   

Total distributions

       (0.49)           (0.50)           (0.54)           (0.53)           (0.54)   
Net asset value, end of year        $12.25           $13.72           $12.75           $12.50           $12.61   

Total return 2

       (7.26)        11.69        6.53        3.35        16.04
Net assets, end of year (000s)        $61,990           $87,775           $80,520           $90,043           $97,898   
Ratios to average net assets:                         

Gross expenses

       0.84        0.80        0.79        0.76        0.79

Net expenses 3,4,5

       0.75           0.75           0.75           0.75           0.75 6  

Net investment income

       3.77           3.75           4.37           4.17           4.47   
Portfolio turnover rate        7        14        9        21        14

 

1  

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2  

Performance figures, exclusive of sales charges, may reflect compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

3  

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

4  

The impact of compensating balance arrangements, if any, was less than 0.01%.

 

5  

As a result of an expense limitation arrangement, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, interest, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses, to average net assets of Class A shares did not exceed 0.75%. This expense limitation arrangement cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2015 without the Board of Trustees’ consent.

 

6  

Prior to September 18, 2009, the manager voluntarily agreed to waive management fees and/or reimburse expenses at a rate necessary to limit total annual operating expenses, other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, for Class A shares to 0.75% of average net assets. The manager had also voluntarily agreed to waive management fees and/or reimburse expenses for Class B, Class C and Class I shares at the same rate as it waived fees and/or reimbursed expenses for Class A.

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   33


Financial highlights cont’d

 

 

For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended November 30:  
Class C Shares 1      2013        2012        2011        2010        2009  
Net asset value, beginning of year        $13.70           $12.73           $12.48           $12.59           $11.34   
Income (loss) from operations:                         

Net investment income

       0.42           0.42           0.47           0.46           0.47   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

       (1.46)           0.97           0.25           (0.11)           1.25   

Total income (loss) from operations

       (1.04)           1.39           0.72           0.35           1.72   
Less distributions from:                         

Net investment income

       (0.42)           (0.42)           (0.47)           (0.46)           (0.47)   

Total distributions

       (0.42)           (0.42)           (0.47)           (0.46)           (0.47)   
Net asset value, end of year        $12.24           $13.70           $12.73           $12.48           $12.59   

Total return 2

       (7.71)        11.10        5.96        2.77        15.40
Net assets, end of year (000s)        $16,348           $21,952           $20,439           $24,822           $20,386   
Ratios to average net assets:                         

Gross expenses

       1.42        1.38        1.37        1.34        1.37

Net expenses 3,4,5

       1.30           1.30           1.30           1.30           1.32 6  

Net investment income

       3.22           3.20           3.83           3.61           3.88   
Portfolio turnover rate        7        14        9        21        14

 

1  

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2  

Performance figures, exclusive of CDSC, may reflect compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

3  

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

4  

The impact of compensating balance arrangements, if any, was less than 0.01%.

 

5  

As a result of an expense limitation arrangement, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, interest, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses, to average net assets of Class C shares did not exceed 1.30%. This expense limitation arrangement cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2015 without the Board of Trustees’ consent.

 

6  

Prior to September 18, 2009, the manager voluntarily agreed to waive management fees and/or reimburse expenses at a rate necessary to limit total annual operating expenses, other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, for Class A shares to 0.75% of average net assets. The manager had also voluntarily agreed to waive management fees and/or reimburse expenses for Class B, Class C and Class I shares at the same rate as it waived fees and/or reimbursed expenses for Class A.

 

34    Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund


For a share of each class of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year ended November 30:  
Class I Shares 1      2013        2012        2011        2010        2009  
Net asset value, beginning of year        $13.72           $12.74           $12.50           $12.61           $11.36   
Income (loss) from operations:                         

Net investment income

       0.51           0.52           0.56           0.54           0.54   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

       (1.47)           0.98           0.24           (0.10)           1.26   

Total income (loss) from operations

       (0.96)           1.50           0.80           0.44           1.80   
Less distributions from:                         

Net investment income

       (0.51)           (0.52)           (0.56)           (0.55)           (0.55)   

Total distributions

       (0.51)           (0.52)           (0.56)           (0.55)           (0.55)   
Net asset value, end of year        $12.25           $13.72           $12.74           $12.50           $12.61   

Total return 2

       (7.12)        11.95        6.61        3.49        16.11
Net assets, end of year (000s)        $10,774           $10,374           $6,234           $5,987           $421   
Ratios to average net assets:                         

Gross expenses

       0.79        0.73        0.77        0.70        0.72

Net expenses 3,4,5

       0.60           0.60           0.60           0.60           0.68 6  

Net investment income

       3.94           3.90           4.53           4.30           4.47   
Portfolio turnover rate        7        14        9        21        14

 

1  

Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method.

 

2  

Performance figures may reflect compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

3  

Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements.

 

4  

The impact of compensating balance arrangements, if any, was less than 0.01%.

 

5  

As a result of an expense limitation arrangement, the ratio of expenses, other than brokerage, interest, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses, to average net assets of Class I shares did not exceed 0.60%. This expense limitation arrangement cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2015 without the Board of Trustees’ consent.

 

6  

Prior to September 18, 2009, the manager voluntarily agreed to waive management fees and/or reimburse expenses at a rate necessary to limit total annual operating expenses, other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses, for Class A shares to 0.75% of average net assets. The manager had also voluntarily agreed to waive management fees and/or reimburse expenses for Class B, Class C and Class I shares at the same rate as it waived fees and/or reimbursed expenses for Class A.

 

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund   35


Legg Mason Funds Privacy and Security Notice

 

Your Privacy and the Security of Your Personal Information is Very Important to the Legg Mason Funds

This Privacy and Security Notice (the “Privacy Notice”) addresses the Legg Mason Funds’ privacy and data protection practices with respect to nonpublic personal information the Funds receive. The Legg Mason Funds include any funds sold by the Funds’ distributor, Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC, as well as Legg Mason-sponsored closed-end funds and certain closed-end funds managed or sub-advised by Legg Mason or its affiliates. The provisions of this Privacy Notice apply to your information both while you are a shareholder and after you are no longer invested with the Funds.

The Type of Nonpublic Personal Information the Funds Collect About You

The Funds collect and maintain nonpublic personal information about you in connection with your shareholder account. Such information may include, but is not limited to:

 

 

Personal information included on applications or other forms;

 

 

Account balances, transactions, and mutual fund holdings and positions;

 

 

Online account access user IDs, passwords, security challenge question responses; and

 

 

Information received from consumer reporting agencies regarding credit history and creditworthiness (such as the amount of an individual’s total debt, payment history, etc.).

How the Funds Use Nonpublic Personal Information About You

The Funds do not sell or share your nonpublic personal information with third parties or with affiliates for their marketing purposes, or with other financial institutions or affiliates for joint marketing purposes, unless you have authorized the Funds to do so. The Funds do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about you except as may be required to perform transactions or services you have authorized or as permitted or required by law. The Funds may disclose information about you to:

 

 

Employees, agents, and affiliates on a “need to know” basis to enable the Funds to conduct ordinary business or comply with obligations to government regulators;

 

 

Service providers, including the Funds’ affiliates, who assist the Funds as part of the ordinary course of business (such as printing, mailing services, or processing or servicing your account with us) or otherwise perform services on the Funds’ behalf, including companies that may perform marketing services solely for the Funds;

 

 

The Funds’ representatives such as legal counsel, accountants and auditors; and

 

 

Fiduciaries or representatives acting on your behalf, such as an IRA custodian or trustee of a grantor trust.

Except as otherwise permitted by applicable law, companies acting on the Funds’ behalf are contractually obligated to keep nonpublic personal information the Funds provide to them confidential and to use the information the Funds share only to provide the services the Funds ask them to perform.

The Funds may disclose nonpublic personal information about you when necessary to enforce their rights or protect against fraud, or as permitted or required by applicable law, such as in connection with a law enforcement or regulatory request, subpoena, or similar legal process. In the event of a corporate action or in the event a Fund service provider changes, the Funds may be required to disclose your nonpublic personal information to third parties. While it is the Funds’ practice to obtain protections for disclosed information in these types of transactions, the Funds cannot guarantee their privacy policy will remain unchanged.

Keeping You Informed of the Funds’ Privacy and Security Practices

The Funds will notify you annually of their privacy policy as required by federal law. While the Funds reserve the right to modify this policy at any time they will notify you promptly if this privacy policy changes.

The Funds’ Security Practices

The Funds maintain appropriate physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to guard your nonpublic personal information. The Funds’ internal data security policies restrict access to your nonpublic personal information to authorized employees, who may use your nonpublic personal information for Fund business purposes only.

Although the Funds strive to protect your nonpublic personal information, they cannot ensure or warrant the security of any information you provide or transmit to them, and you do so at your own risk. In the event of a breach of the confidentiality or security of your nonpublic personal information, the Funds will attempt to notify you as necessary so you can take appropriate protective steps. If you have consented to the Funds using electronic communications or electronic delivery of statements, they may notify you under such circumstances using the most current email address you have on record with them.

In order for the Funds to provide effective service to you, keeping your account information accurate is very important. If you believe that your account information is incomplete, not accurate or not current, or if you have questions about the Funds’ privacy practices, write the Funds using the contact information on your account statements, email the Funds by clicking on the Contact Us section of the Funds’ website at www.leggmason.com, or contact the Funds at 1-877-721-1926.

 

THIS PAGE IS NOT PART OF THE  PROSPECTUS


Western Asset

Massachusetts Municipals Fund

 

You may visit the fund’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses, for a free copy of a Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) or an Annual or Semi-Annual Report.

Shareholder reports Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders. In the fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund’s performance during its last fiscal year. The independent registered public accounting firm’s report and financial statements in the fund’s Annual Report are incorporated by reference into (are legally a part of) this Prospectus.

The fund sends only one report to a household if more than one account has the same last name and same address. Contact your Service Agent or the fund if you do not want this policy to apply to you.

Statement of additional information The SAI provides more detailed information about the fund and is incorporated by reference into (is legally a part of) this Prospectus.

You can make inquiries about the fund or obtain shareholder reports or the SAI (without charge) by contacting your Service Agent, by calling the fund at 1-877-721-1926, or by writing to the fund at 100 First Stamford Place, Attn: Shareholder Services – 5 th Floor, Stamford, Connecticut 06902.

Information about the fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov . Copies of this information may be obtained for a duplicating fee by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Room, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520.

If someone makes a statement about the fund that is not in this Prospectus, you should not rely upon that information. Neither the fund nor the distributor is offering to sell shares of the fund to any person to whom the fund may not lawfully sell its shares.

 

(Investment Company Act

file no. 811-04254)

FD0226ST 03/14


March 31, 2014

LEGG MASON PARTNERS INCOME TRUST

WESTERN ASSET INTERMEDIATE MATURITY CALIFORNIA MUNICIPALS FUND

Class A (ITCAX), Class C (SIMLX), Class FI and Class I (SICYX)

WESTERN ASSET INTERMEDIATE MATURITY NEW YORK MUNICIPALS FUND

Class A (IMNYX), Class C (SINLX), Class FI and Class I (LMIIX)

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10018

1-877-721-1926

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

This Statement of Additional Information (this “SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the Prospectuses for Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund (the “California Fund”) and Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund (the “New York Fund” and, together with the California Fund, the “funds”), each dated March 31, 2014, as amended or supplemented from time to time, and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into each of the Prospectuses.

Each fund is a series of Legg Mason Partners Income Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland statutory trust. Prior to October 5, 2009, the California Fund and the New York Fund were known as Legg Mason Partners Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund and Legg Mason Partners Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund, respectively. Prior to August 1, 2012, the California Fund and the New York Fund were known as Legg Mason Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund and Legg Mason Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund, respectively.

Additional information about each fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual reports contain financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. Each fund’s Prospectus and copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the funds’ distributor to sell shares of the applicable fund (each called a “Service Agent”), by writing the Trust at 100 First Stamford Place, Attn: Shareholder Services—5th Floor, Stamford, Connecticut 06902, by calling the telephone number set forth above, by sending an e-mail request to prospectus@leggmason.com, or by visiting the funds’ website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS” or the “distributor”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the sole and exclusive distributor for each fund.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Investment Objectives and Principal Investment Strategies

     1   

Supplemental Information Regarding Investment Practices and Risk Factors

     3   

Investment Policies

     32   

Portfolio Turnover

     35   

Management

     36   

Investment Management and Other Services

     50   

Purchase of Shares

     64   

Redemption of Shares

     69   

Exchange Privilege

     70   

Valuation of Shares

     71   

Portfolio Transactions

     71   

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

     73   

Taxes

     76   

The Trust

     83   

Legal Matters

     85   

Financial Statements

     86   

Appendix A—Description of Ratings

     A-1   

Appendix B—Western Asset Management Company Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

     B-1   

Appendix C—Additional Information Concerning California Municipal Obligations

     C-1   

Appendix D—Additional Information Concerning New York Municipal Obligations

     D-1   

THIS SAI IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND IS AUTHORIZED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ONLY IF PRECEDED OR ACCOMPANIED BY AN EFFECTIVE PROSPECTUS.

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations not contained in the Prospectuses or this SAI in connection with the offerings made by the Prospectuses and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the funds or their distributor. The Prospectuses and this SAI do not constitute offerings by the funds or by the distributor in any jurisdiction in which such offerings may not lawfully be made.


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Each fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as an open-end management investment company. Each fund is classified as non-diversified under the 1940 Act.

Each fund’s Prospectus discusses the fund’s investment objective and strategies. The following discussion supplements the description of each fund’s investment strategies in its Prospectus.

Investment Objectives

California Fund. The fund seeks to provide California investors with as high a level of current income exempt from federal income taxes and California State personal income taxes as is consistent with the preservation of principal.

New York Fund. The fund seeks to provide New York investors with as high a level of current income exempt from federal income tax and New York State and New York City personal income taxes as is consistent with the preservation of principal.

Principal Investment Strategies and Certain Limitations

Following is a summary of the principal investment strategies and certain investment limitations of each of the funds.

California Fund

Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in investment grade “California municipal securities” or other investments with similar economic characteristics. California municipal securities are securities the interest on which is exempt from regular federal income tax and California State personal income taxes. The fund’s 80% policy may not be changed without a shareholder vote. Interest on California municipal securities may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

California municipal securities include debt obligations issued by the State of California and its political subdivisions, agencies and public authorities, certain other governmental issuers (such as Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam) and other qualifying issuers. These securities include participation or other interests in municipal securities issued or backed by banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions.

Some municipal securities, such as general obligation issues, are backed by the issuer’s taxing authority, while other municipal securities, such as revenue issues, are backed only by revenues from certain facilities or other sources and not by the issuer itself.

The fund focuses on investment grade bonds (that is, securities rated in the Baa/BBB categories or above or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable credit quality by the subadviser) but may invest up to 20% of its assets in below investment grade bonds (commonly known as “junk bonds”).

The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in unrated securities that the subadviser determines to be equivalent to investment grade.

The fund may invest in securities of any maturity. The fund normally maintains an average effective portfolio maturity of between three and ten years. The average effective portfolio maturity of the fund is a weighted average of all the maturities of the securities in the portfolio, computed by weighting each security’s effective maturity, as estimated by the subadviser, by the market value of the security. For the purposes of determining the fund’s average effective maturity, a security’s maturity date will generally be deemed to be the

 

1


next interest rate reset date for an adjustable rate security or, if earlier, the date of the next demand feature such as a put feature, when the fund would be entitled to receive payment of principal and interest. The subadviser may also take into account estimated future prepayments on securities, such as mortgage-backed securities, with uncertain future cash flows and estimations of call features and similar features and options. These estimates may prove to be incorrect.

Instead of, and/or in addition to, investing directly in particular securities, the fund may use instruments such as derivatives, including options, interest rate swaps, credit default swaps and options on credit default swaps and futures contracts, and synthetic instruments that are intended to provide economic exposure to the securities or the issuer or to be used as a hedging technique. The fund may use one or more types of these instruments without limit, except that these instruments are taken into account when determining compliance with the fund’s 80% policy. For additional information regarding derivatives, see “More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks—Derivatives” in the fund’s Prospectus.

The fund may also engage in a variety of transactions using derivatives in order to change the investment characteristics of its portfolio (such as shortening or lengthening duration) and for other purposes.

The fund is classified as “non-diversified” which means that it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund.

New York Fund

Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in investment grade “New York municipal securities” or other investments with similar economic characteristics. New York municipal securities are securities the interest on which is exempt from regular federal income tax and New York State and New York City personal income taxes. The fund’s 80% policy may not be changed without a shareholder vote. Interest on New York municipal securities may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

New York municipal securities include debt obligations issued by the State of New York and its political subdivisions, agencies and public authorities, certain other governmental issuers (such as Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam) and other qualifying issuers. These securities include participation or other interests in municipal securities issued or backed by banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions.

Some municipal securities, such as general obligation issues, are backed by the issuer’s taxing authority, while other municipal securities, such as revenue issues, are backed only by revenues from certain facilities or other sources and not by the issuer itself.

The fund focuses on investment grade bonds (that is, securities rated in the Baa/BBB categories or above or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable credit quality by the subadviser) but may invest up to 20% of its assets in below investment grade bonds (commonly known as “junk bonds”).

The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in unrated securities that the subadviser determines to be equivalent to investment grade.

The fund may invest in securities of any maturity. The fund normally maintains an average effective portfolio maturity of between three and ten years. The average effective portfolio maturity of the fund is a weighted average of all the maturities of the securities in the portfolio, computed by weighting each security’s effective maturity, as estimated by the subadviser, by the market value of the security. For the purposes of determining the fund’s average effective maturity, a security’s maturity date will generally be deemed to be the next interest rate reset date for an adjustable rate security or, if earlier, the date of the next demand feature such as a put feature, when the fund would be entitled to receive payment of principal and interest. The subadviser

 

2


may also take into account estimated future prepayments on securities, such as mortgage-backed securities, with uncertain future cash flows and estimations of call features and similar features and options. These estimates may prove to be incorrect.

Instead of, and/or in addition to, investing directly in particular securities, the fund may use instruments such as derivatives, including options, interest rate swaps, credit default swaps and options on credit default swaps and futures contracts, and synthetic instruments that are intended to provide economic exposure to the securities or the issuer or to be used as a hedging technique. The fund may use one or more types of these instruments without limit, except that these instruments are taken into account when determining compliance with the fund’s 80% policy. For additional information regarding derivatives, see “More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks—Derivatives” in the fund’s Prospectus.

The fund may also engage in a variety of transactions using derivatives in order to change the investment characteristics of its portfolio (such as shortening or lengthening duration) and for other purposes.

The fund is classified as “non-diversified” which means that it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund.

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION REGARDING INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND RISK FACTORS

Each fund’s principal investment strategies are summarized above. The following provides additional information about these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies and practices that may be used by the funds. To the extent permitted by law and a fund’s investment policies, a fund may engage in the practices described below.

Municipal Securities

Municipal securities (which are also referred to herein as “municipal obligations” or “Municipal Bonds”) generally include debt obligations (bonds, notes or commercial paper) issued by or on behalf of any of the 50 states and their political subdivisions, agencies and public authorities, certain other governmental issuers (such as Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam) or other qualifying issuers, participations or other interests in these securities and other related investments. The interest paid on municipal securities is excluded from gross income for regular federal income tax purposes, although it may be subject to federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”).

Municipal securities are issued to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities, such as airports, bridges, highways, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, streets, water and sewer works, gas, and electric utilities. They may also be issued to refund outstanding obligations, to obtain funds for general operating expenses, or to obtain funds to loan to other public institutions and facilities and in anticipation of the receipt of revenue or the issuance of other obligations.

The two principal classifications of municipal securities are “general obligation” securities and “limited obligation” or “revenue” securities. General obligation securities are secured by a municipal issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Accordingly, the capacity of the issuer of a general obligation bond as to the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal when due is affected by the issuer’s maintenance of its tax base. Revenue securities are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source. Accordingly, the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the revenue security is a function of the economic viability of the facility or revenue source. Revenue securities include private activity bonds (described below) which are not payable from the unrestricted revenues of the issuer. Consequently, the credit quality of private activity bonds is usually directly

 

3


related to the credit standing of the corporate user of the facility involved. Municipal securities may also include “moral obligation” bonds, which are normally issued by special purpose public authorities. If the issuer of moral obligation bonds is unable to meet its debt service obligations from current revenues, it may draw on a reserve fund the restoration of which is a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality which created the issuer.

Private Activity Bonds . Private activity bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to provide funds, usually through a loan or lease arrangement, to a private entity for the purpose of financing construction of privately operated industrial facilities, such as warehouse, office, plant and storage facilities and environmental and pollution control facilities. Such bonds are secured primarily by revenues derived from loan repayments or lease payments due from the entity, which may or may not be guaranteed by a parent company or otherwise secured. Private activity bonds generally are not secured by a pledge of the taxing power of the issuer of such bonds. Therefore, repayment of such bonds generally depends on the revenue of a private entity. The continued ability of an entity to generate sufficient revenues for the payment of principal and interest on such bonds will be affected by many factors, including the size of the entity, its capital structure, demand for its products or services, competition, general economic conditions, government regulation and the entity’s dependence on revenues for the operation of the particular facility being financed.

Under current federal income tax law, interest on Municipal Bonds issued after August 7, 1986 which are specified private activity bonds and the proportionate share of any exempt-interest dividend paid by a regulated investment company that receives interest from such private activity bonds, will be treated as an item of tax preference for purposes of the AMT, which is imposed on individuals and corporations by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). For regular federal income tax purposes such interest will remain fully tax-exempt. Bonds issued in 2009 and 2010 generally will not be treated as private activity bonds, and interest earned on such bonds generally will not be treated as a tax preference item. Although interest on all tax-exempt obligations (including private activity bonds) is generally included in “adjusted current earnings” of corporations for AMT purposes, interest on bonds issued in 2009 and 2010 generally is not included in adjusted current earnings.

Industrial Development Bonds . Industrial development bonds (“IDBs”) are issued by public authorities to obtain funds to provide financing for privately-operated facilities for business and manufacturing, housing, sports, convention or trade show facilities, airport, mass transit, port and parking facilities, air or water pollution control facilities, and certain facilities for water supply, gas, electricity or sewerage or solid waste disposal. Although IDBs are issued by municipal authorities, the payment of principal and interest on IDBs is dependent solely on the ability of the user of the facilities financed by the bonds to meet its financial obligations and the pledge, if any, of the real and personal property being financed as security for such payments. IDBs are considered municipal securities if the interest paid is exempt from regular federal income tax. Interest earned on IDBs may be subject to the AMT.

Tender Option Bonds . A tender option bond is a municipal bond (generally held pursuant to a custodial arrangement) having a relatively long maturity and bearing interest at a fixed rate substantially higher than prevailing short-term tax-exempt rates, that has been coupled with the agreement of a third party, such as a financial institution, pursuant to which such institution grants the security holders the option, at periodic intervals, to tender their securities to the institution and receive the face value thereof. As consideration for providing the option, the institution generally receives periodic fees equal to the difference between the municipal bond’s fixed coupon rate and the rate, as determined by a remarketing or similar agent, that would cause the securities, coupled with the tender option, to trade at par. Thus, after payment of this fee, the security holder would effectively hold a demand obligation that bears interest at the prevailing short-term tax-exempt rate. (See the discussion of Structured Notes and Related Instruments)

Municipal Leases . Municipal leases or installment purchase contracts are issued by a state or local government to acquire equipment or facilities. Municipal leases frequently have special risks not normally

 

4


associated with general obligation bonds or revenue bonds. Many leases include “non-appropriation” clauses that provide that the governmental issuer has no obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. Although the obligations are typically secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might, in some cases, prove difficult or, if sold, may not fully cover a fund’s exposure.

Participation Interests . Tax-exempt participation interests in municipal obligations (such as private activity bonds and municipal lease obligations) are typically issued by a financial institution. A participation interest gives a fund an undivided interest in the municipal obligation in the proportion that the fund’s participation interest bears to the total principal amount of the municipal obligation. Participation interests in municipal obligations may be backed by an irrevocable letter of credit or guarantee of, or a right to put to, a bank (which may be the bank issuing the participation interest, a bank issuing a confirming letter of credit to that of the issuing bank, or a bank serving as agent of the issuing bank with respect to the possible repurchase of the participation interest) or insurance policy of an insurance company. A fund has the right to sell the participation interest back to the institution or draw on the letter of credit or insurance after a specified period of notice, for all or any part of the full principal amount of the fund’s participation in the security, plus accrued interest.

Issuers of participation interests will retain a service and letter of credit fee and a fee for providing the liquidity feature, in an amount equal to the excess of the interest paid on the instruments over the negotiated yield at which the participations were purchased on behalf of the fund. The issuer of the participation interest may bear the cost of insurance backing the participation interest, although a fund may also purchase insurance, in which case the cost of insurance will be an expense of the fund. Participation interests may be sold prior to maturity. Participation interests may include municipal lease obligations. Purchase of a participation interest may involve the risk that a fund will not be deemed to be the owner of the underlying municipal obligation for purposes of the ability to claim tax exemption of interest paid on that municipal obligation.

Municipal Notes . There are four major varieties of municipal notes: Tax and Revenue Anticipation Notes (“TRANs”); Tax Anticipation Notes (“TANs”); Revenue Anticipation Notes (“RANs”); and Bond Anticipation Notes (“BANs”). TRANs, TANs and RANs are issued by states, municipalities and other tax-exempt issuers to finance short-term cash needs or, occasionally, to finance construction. Many TRANs, TANs and RANs are general obligations of the issuing entity payable from taxes or designated revenues, respectively, expected to be received within the related fiscal period. BANs are issued with the expectation that their principal and interest will be paid out of proceeds from renewal notes or bonds to be issued prior to the maturity of the BANs. BANs are issued most frequently by both general obligation and revenue bond issuers usually to finance such items as land acquisition, facility acquisition and/or construction and capital improvement projects.

Tax Exempt Commercial Paper . Tax-exempt commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a stated maturity of 270 days or less. It is issued by state and local governments or their agencies to finance seasonal working capital needs or as short-term financing in anticipation of longer term financing. While tax-exempt commercial paper is intended to be repaid from general revenues or refinanced, it frequently is backed by a letter of credit, lending arrangement, note repurchase agreement or other credit facility agreement offered by a bank or financial institution.

Demand Instruments . Municipal bonds may be issued as floating- or variable-rate securities subject to demand features (“demand instruments”). Demand instruments usually have a stated maturity of more than one year but contain a demand feature (or “put”) that enables the holder to redeem the investment. Variable-rate demand instruments provide for automatic establishment of a new interest rate on set dates. Floating-rate demand instruments provide for automatic adjustment of interest rates whenever a specified interest rate (e.g., the prime rate) changes.

 

5


These floating and variable rate instruments are payable upon a specified period of notice which may range from one day up to one year. The terms of the instruments provide that interest rates are adjustable at intervals ranging from daily to up to one year and the adjustments are based upon the prime rate of a bank or other appropriate interest rate adjustment index as provided in the respective instruments. Variable rate instruments include participation interests in variable-or fixed-rate municipal obligations owned by a bank, insurance company or other financial institution or affiliated organizations. Although the rate of the underlying municipal obligations may be fixed, the terms of the participation interest may result in a fund receiving a variable rate on its investment.

Because of the variable rate nature of the instruments, when prevailing interest rates decline, the yield on these instruments will generally decline. On the other hand, during periods when prevailing interest rates increase, the yield on these instruments generally will increase and the instruments will have less risk of capital depreciation than instruments bearing a fixed rate of return.

Custodial Receipts . Each fund may acquire custodial receipts or certificates underwritten by securities dealers or banks that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain municipal obligations. The underwriter of these certificates or receipts typically purchases municipal obligations and deposits the obligations in an irrevocable trust or custodial account with a custodian bank, which then issues receipts or certificates that evidence ownership of the periodic unmatured coupon payments and the final principal payment on the obligations. Although under the terms of a custodial receipt, a fund would be typically authorized to assert its rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, the fund could be required to assert through the custodian bank those rights as may exist against the underlying issuer. Thus, in the event the underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, a fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the fund had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custodial account in which the underlying security has been deposited is determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying security would be reduced in recognition of any taxes paid.

Stand-By Commitments . A fund may acquire “stand-by commitments” with respect to municipal obligations held in its portfolio. Under a “stand-by commitment” a dealer agrees to purchase, at a fund’s option, specified municipal obligations held by a fund at a specified price and, in this respect, stand-by commitments are comparable to put options. A stand-by commitment entitles the holder to achieve same day settlement and to receive an exercise price equal to the amortized cost of the underlying security plus accrued interest, if any, at the time of exercise. A fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to an institution providing a stand-by commitment and a decline in the credit quality of the institution could cause losses to the fund.

A fund will generally acquire stand-by commitments to facilitate fund liquidity. The cost of entering into stand-by commitments will increase the cost of the underlying municipal obligation and similarly will decrease such security’s yield to investors. Gains, if any, realized in connection with stand-by commitments will be taxable.

Additional Risks Relating to Municipal Securities

Tax risk . The Code imposes certain continuing requirements on issuers of tax-exempt bonds regarding the use, expenditure and investment of bond proceeds and the payment of rebates to the U.S. government. Failure by the issuer to comply after the issuance of tax-exempt bonds with certain of these requirements could cause interest on the bonds to become includable in gross income retroactive to the date of issuance.

From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal obligations, and similar proposals may be introduced in the future. In addition, the federal income tax exemption has been, and may in the future be, the subject of litigation. If one of these proposals were enacted, the availability of tax-exempt obligations for investment by a fund and the value of the fund’s investments would be affected.

 

6


Opinions relating to the validity of municipal obligations and to the exclusion of interest thereon from gross income for regular federal and/or state income tax purposes are rendered by bond counsel to the respective issuers at the time of issuance. Each fund and its service providers will rely on such opinions and will not review the proceedings relating to the issuance of municipal obligations or the bases for such opinions.

Information risk . Information about the financial condition of issuers of municipal obligations may be less available than about corporations whose securities are publicly traded.

State and Federal law risk . Municipal obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the federal Bankruptcy Code, and laws, if any, that may be enacted by Congress or state legislatures extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. There is also the possibility that, as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of any one or more issuers to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its or their municipal obligations may be materially affected.

Market and ratings risk . The yields on municipal obligations are dependent on a variety of factors, including economic and monetary conditions, general market conditions, supply and demand, general conditions of the municipal market, size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. Adverse economic, business, legal or political developments might affect all or substantial portions of a fund’s municipal obligations in the same manner.

Unfavorable developments in any economic sector may have far-reaching ramifications for the overall or any state’s municipal market.

Although the ratings of tax-exempt securities by ratings agencies are relative and subjective, and are not absolute standards of quality, such ratings reflect the assessment of the ratings agency, at the time of issuance of the rating, of the economic viability of the issuer of a general obligation bond or, with respect to a revenue bond, the special revenue source, with respect to the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation, but do not reflect an assessment of the market value of the obligation. See Appendix A for additional information regarding ratings. Consequently, municipal obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields when purchased in the open market, while municipal obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.

Risks associated with sources of liquidity or credit support . Issuers of municipal obligations may employ various forms of credit and liquidity enhancements, including letters of credit, guarantees, swaps, puts and demand features, and insurance, provided by domestic or foreign entities such as banks and other financial institutions. Changes in the credit quality of the entities providing the enhancement could affect the value of the securities or a fund’s share price. Banks and certain financial institutions are subject to extensive governmental regulation which may limit both the amounts and types of loans and other financial commitments which may be made and interest rates and fees which may be charged. The profitability of the banking industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of capital for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. Also, general economic conditions play an important part in the operation of the banking industry, and exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers might affect a bank’s ability to meet its obligations under a letter of credit.

Other . Securities may be sold in anticipation of a market decline (a rise in interest rates) or purchased in anticipation of a market rise (a decline in interest rates). In addition, a security may be sold and another purchased at approximately the same time to take advantage of what the subadviser believes to be a temporary disparity in the normal yield relationship between the two securities. In general, the secondary market for tax-exempt securities in a fund’s portfolio may be less liquid than that for taxable fixed income securities. Accordingly, the ability of a fund to make purchases and sales of securities in the foregoing manner may be

 

7


limited. Yield disparities may occur for reasons not directly related to the investment quality of particular issues or the general movement of interest rates, but instead due to such factors as changes in the overall demand for or supply of various types of tax-exempt securities or changes in the investment objectives of investors.

Taxable Municipal Obligations . The market for taxable municipal obligations is relatively small, which may result in a lack of liquidity and in price volatility of those securities. Interest on taxable municipal obligations is includable in gross income for regular federal income tax purposes. While interest on taxable municipal obligations may be exempt from personal taxes imposed by the state within which the obligation is issued, such interest will nevertheless generally be subject to all other state and local income and franchise taxes.

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Different Types of Municipal Securities

General Obligation Bonds . General obligation bonds are backed by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. However, the taxing power of any governmental entity may be limited by provisions of state constitutions or laws and an entity’s credit will depend on many factors. Some such factors are the entity’s tax base, the extent to which the entity relies on federal or state aid, and other factors which are beyond the entity’s control.

Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (“IDRs”) . IDRs are tax-exempt securities issued by states, municipalities, public authorities or similar entities to finance the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving various projects. These projects are usually operated by corporate entities. IDRs are not general obligations of governmental entities backed by their taxing power. Issuers are only obligated to pay amounts due on the IDRs to the extent that funds are available from the unexpended proceeds of the IDRs or receipts or revenues of the issuer. Payment of IDRs is solely dependent upon the creditworthiness of the corporate operator of the project or corporate guarantor. Such corporate operators or guarantors that are industrial companies may be affected by many factors, which may have an adverse impact on the credit quality of the particular company or industry.

Hospital and Health Care Facility Bonds . The ability of hospitals and other health care facilities to meet their obligations with respect to revenue bonds issued on their behalf is dependent on various factors. Some such factors are the level of payments received from private third-party payors and government programs and the cost of providing health care services. There can be no assurance that payments under governmental programs will be sufficient to cover the costs associated with their bonds. It also may be necessary for a hospital or other health care facility to incur substantial capital expenditures or increased operating expenses to effect changes in its facilities, equipment, personnel and services. Hospitals and other health care facilities are additionally subject to claims and legal actions by patients and others in the ordinary course of business. There can be no assurance that a claim will not exceed the insurance coverage of a health care facility or that insurance coverage will be available to a facility.

Single Family and Multi-Family Housing Bonds . Multi-family housing revenue bonds and single family mortgage revenue bonds are state and local housing issues that have been issued to provide financing for various housing projects. Multi-family housing revenue bonds are payable primarily from mortgage loans to housing projects for low to moderate income families. Single-family mortgage revenue bonds are issued for the purpose of acquiring notes secured by mortgages on residences. The ability of housing issuers to make debt service payments on their obligations may be affected by various economic and non-economic factors. Such factors include: occupancy levels, adequate rental income in multi-family projects, the rate of default on mortgage loans underlying single family issues and the ability of mortgage insurers to pay claims. All single-family mortgage revenue bonds and certain multi-family housing revenue bonds are prepayable over the life of the underlying mortgage or mortgage pool. Therefore, the average life of housing obligations cannot be determined. However, the average life of these obligations will ordinarily be less than their stated maturities. Mortgage loans are frequently partially or completely prepaid prior to their final stated maturities.

 

8


Power Facility Bonds . The ability of utilities to meet their obligations with respect to bonds they issue is dependent on various factors. These factors include the rates that they may charge their customers, the demand for a utility’s services and the cost of providing those services. Utilities are also subject to extensive regulations relating to the rates which they may charge customers. Utilities can experience regulatory, political and consumer resistance to rate increases. Utilities engaged in long-term capital projects are especially sensitive to regulatory lags in granting rate increases. Utilities are additionally subject to increased costs due to governmental environmental regulation and decreased profits due to increasing competition. Any difficulty in obtaining timely and adequate rate increases could adversely affect a utility’s results of operations. The subadviser cannot predict the effect of such factors on the ability of issuers to meet their obligations with respect to bonds.

Water and Sewer Revenue Bonds . Water and sewer bonds are generally payable from user fees. The ability of state and local water and sewer authorities to meet their obligations may be affected by a number of factors. Some such factors are the failure of municipalities to utilize fully the facilities constructed by these authorities, declines in revenue from user charges, rising construction and maintenance costs, impact of environmental requirements, the difficulty of obtaining or discovering new supplies of fresh water, the effect of conservation programs, the impact of “no growth” zoning ordinances and the continued availability of federal and state financial assistance and of municipal bond insurance for future bond issues.

University and College Bonds . The ability of universities and colleges to meet their obligations is dependent upon various factors. Some of these factors of which an investor should be aware are the size and diversity of their sources of revenues, enrollment, reputation, management expertise, the availability and restrictions on the use of endowments and other funds and the quality and maintenance costs of campus facilities. Also, in the case of public institutions, the financial condition of the relevant state or other governmental entity and its policies with respect to education may affect an institution’s ability to make payments on its own.

Lease Rental Bonds . Lease rental bonds are predominantly issued by governmental authorities that have no taxing power or other means of directly raising revenues. Rather, the authorities are financing vehicles created solely for the construction of buildings or the purchase of equipment that will be used by a state or local government. Thus, the bonds are subject to the ability and willingness of the lessee government to meet its lease rental payments, which include debt service on the bonds. Lease rental bonds are subject to the risk that the lessee government is not legally obligated to budget and appropriate for the rental payments beyond the current fiscal year. These bonds are also subject to the risk of abatement in many states as rents cease in the event that damage, destruction or condemnation of the project prevents its use by the lessee. Also, in the event of default by the lessee government, there may be significant legal and/or practical difficulties involved in the reletting or sale of the project.

Capital Improvement Facility Bonds . Capital improvement bonds are bonds issued to provide funds to assist political subdivisions or agencies of a state through acquisition of the underlying debt of a state or local political subdivision or agency. The risks of an investment in such bonds include the risk of possible prepayment or failure of payment of proceeds on and default of the underlying debt.

Solid Waste Disposal Bonds . Bonds issued for solid waste disposal facilities are generally payable from tipping fees and from revenues that may be earned by the facility on the sale of electrical energy generated in the combustion of waste products. The ability of solid waste disposal facilities to meet their obligations depends upon the continued use of the facility, the successful and efficient operation of the facility and, in the case of waste-to-energy facilities, the continued ability of the facility to generate electricity on a commercial basis. Also, increasing environmental regulation on the federal, state and local level has a significant impact on waste disposal facilities. While regulation requires more waste producers to use waste disposal facilities, it also imposes significant costs on the facilities.

Moral Obligation Bonds . A moral obligation bond is a type of revenue bond issued by a state or municipality pursuant to legislation authorizing the establishment of a reserve fund to pay principal and interest

 

9


payments if the issuer is unable to meet its obligations. The establishment of such a reserve fund generally requires appropriation by the state legislature, which is not legally required. Accordingly, the establishment of a reserve fund is generally considered a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality that created the issuer.

Refunded Bonds . Refunded bonds are typically secured by direct obligations of the U.S. government, or in some cases obligations guaranteed by the U.S. government, placed in an escrow account maintained by an independent trustee until maturity or a predetermined redemption date. These obligations are generally non-callable prior to maturity or the predetermined redemption date. In a few isolated instances to date, however, bonds which were thought to be escrowed to maturity have been called for redemption prior to maturity.

Airport, Port and Highway Revenue Bonds . Certain facility revenue bonds are payable from and secured by the revenue from the ownership and operation of particular facilities, such as airports, highways and port authorities. Airport operating income may be affected by the ability of airlines to meet their obligations under the agreements with airports. Similarly, payment on bonds related to other facilities is dependent on revenues from the projects, such as use fees from ports, tolls on turnpikes and bridges and rents from buildings. Therefore, payment may be adversely affected by reduction in revenues due to such factors and increased cost of maintenance or decreased use of a facility. The subadviser cannot predict what effect conditions may have on revenues which are required for payment on these bonds.

Special Tax Bonds . Special tax bonds are payable from and secured by the revenues derived by a municipality from a particular tax. Examples of such special taxes are a tax on the rental of a hotel room, the purchase of food and beverages, the rental of automobiles or the consumption of liquor. Special tax bonds are not secured by the general tax revenues of the municipality, and they do not represent general obligations of the municipality. Therefore, payment on special tax bonds may be adversely affected by a reduction in revenues realized from the underlying special tax. Also, should spending on the particular goods or services that are subject to the special tax decline, the municipality may be under no obligation to increase the rate of the special tax to ensure that sufficient revenues are raised from the shrinking taxable base.

Tax Allocation Bonds . Tax allocation bonds are typically secured by incremental tax revenues collected on property within the areas where redevelopment projects financed by bond proceeds are located. Such payments are expected to be made from projected increases in tax revenues derived from higher assessed values of property resulting from development in the particular project area and not from an increase in tax rates. Special risk considerations include: reduction of, or a less than anticipated increase in, taxable values of property in the project area; successful appeals by property owners of assessed valuations; substantial delinquencies in the payment of property taxes; or imposition of any constitutional or legislative property tax rate decrease.

Tobacco Settlement Revenue Bonds . Tobacco settlement revenue bonds are secured by a state or local government’s proportionate share in the Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”). The MSA is an agreement, reached out of court in November 1998 between the attorneys general of 46 states (Florida, Minnesota, Mississippi and Texas all settled independently) and six other U.S. jurisdictions (including the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and Guam), and the four largest U.S. tobacco manufacturers at that time (Philip Morris, RJ Reynolds, Brown & Williamson, and Lorillard). Subsequently, smaller tobacco manufacturers signed on to the MSA. The MSA basically provides for payments annually by the manufacturers to the states and jurisdictions in perpetuity, in exchange for releasing all claims against the manufacturers and a pledge of no further litigation. The MSA established a base payment schedule and a formula for adjusting payments each year. Manufacturers pay into a master escrow trust based on their market share, and each state receives a fixed percentage of the payment as set forth in the MSA. Annual payments are highly dependent on annual domestic cigarette shipments and inflation, as well as several other factors. As a result, payments made by tobacco manufacturers could be negatively impacted by a decrease in tobacco consumption over time. A market share loss by the MSA companies to non-MSA participating manufacturers would also cause a downward adjustment in the payment amounts. A participating manufacturer filing for bankruptcy could cause delays or reductions in bond payments.

 

10


Certain tobacco settlement revenue bonds are issued with “turbo” redemption features. Under this turbo structure, all available excess revenues are applied as an early redemption to the designated first turbo maturity until it is completely repaid, and then to the next turbo maturity until paid in full, and so on. The result is that the returned principal creates an average maturity that could be much shorter than the legal final maturity.

Transit Authority Bonds . Mass transit is generally not self-supporting from fare revenues. Therefore, additional financial resources must be made available to ensure operation of mass transit systems as well as the timely payment of debt service. Often such financial resources include federal and state subsidies, lease rentals paid by funds of the state or local government or a pledge of a special tax. If fare revenues or the additional financial resources do not increase appropriately to pay for rising operating expenses, the ability of the issuer to adequately service the debt may be adversely affected.

Convention Facility Bonds . Bonds in the convention facilities category include special limited obligation securities issued to finance convention and sports facilities payable from rental payments and annual governmental appropriations. The governmental agency is not obligated to make payments in any year in which the monies have not been appropriated to make such payments. In addition, these facilities are limited use facilities that may not be used for purposes other than as convention centers or sports facilities.

Correctional Facility Bonds . Bonds in the correctional facilities category include special limited obligation securities issued to construct, rehabilitate and purchase correctional facilities payable from governmental rental payments and/or appropriations.

California, New York and Other U.S. Territories

The following is a brief summary of certain factors affecting the economies of the state and territories listed below and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors. Many complex political, social and economic forces influence each state’s or territory’s economy and finances, which may in turn affect the state’s or territory’s financial plan. These forces may affect a state or territory unpredictably from fiscal year to fiscal year and are influenced by governments, institutions and events that are not subject to the state’s or territory’s control.

California . The California Fund intends to invest a high proportion of its assets in California municipal obligations. Payment of interest and preservation of principal is dependent upon the continuing ability of California issuers and/or obligors of state, municipal and public authority debt obligations to meet their obligations thereunder.

There can be no assurance that current or future economic difficulties in the United States or California and the resulting impact on the state will not adversely affect the market value of California municipal obligations held by the California Fund or the ability of particular issuers to make timely payments of debt service on these obligations.

It should also be noted that the fiscal condition and creditworthiness of the state may not have a direct relationship to the fiscal condition or creditworthiness of other issuers or obligors of California municipal obligations. There is no obligation on the part of the state to make payments on those securities in the event of default.

For further information concerning the economy of California, see Appendix C to this SAI. The summary set forth above and in Appendix C is included for the purpose of providing a general description of the state of California’s credit and financial conditions, is based on contains information from statements of issuers of California municipal obligations, and does not purport to be complete. The California Fund is not responsible for the accuracy, completeness or timeliness of this information.

 

11


New York . The New York Fund intends to invest a high proportion of its assets in New York municipal obligations. Payment of interest and preservation of principal is dependent upon the continuing ability of New York issuers and/or obligors of state, municipal and public authority debt obligations to meet their obligations thereunder.

There can be no assurance that current or future economic difficulties in the United States or New York and the resulting impact on the State will not adversely affect the market value of New York municipal obligations held by the New York Fund or the ability of particular issuers to make timely payments of debt service on these obligations. It should also be noted that the fiscal condition and creditworthiness of the state may not have a direct relationship to the fiscal condition or creditworthiness of other issuers or obligors of New York municipal obligations. There is no obligation on the part of the state to make payments on those securities in the event of default.

For further information concerning the economy of New York, see Appendix D to this SAI. The summary set forth above and in Appendix D is included for the purpose of providing a general description of New York’s credit and financial conditions, is based on information from statements of issuers of New York municipal obligations, and does not purport to be complete. The New York Fund is not responsible for the accuracy, completeness or timeliness of this information.

Other U.S. Territories . Municipal securities include the obligations of the governments of Puerto Rico and other U.S. territories and their political subdivisions (such as the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam). Payment of interest and preservation of principal is dependent upon the continuing ability of such issuers and/or obligors of territorial, municipal and public authority debt obligations to meet their obligations thereunder. The sources of payment for such obligations and the marketability thereof may be affected by financial and other difficulties experienced by such issuers.

Puerto Rico . General obligations and/or revenue bonds of issuers located in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico may be affected by political, social and economic conditions in Puerto Rico. The following is a brief summary of factors affecting the economy of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors.

The dominant sectors of the Puerto Rico economy are manufacturing and services. The manufacturing sector has undergone fundamental changes over the years as a result of increased emphasis on higher wage, high technology industries, such as pharmaceuticals, biotechnology, computers, microprocessors, professional and scientific instruments, and certain high technology machinery and equipment. The services sector, including finance, insurance, real estate, wholesale and retail trade, transportation, communications and public utilities and other services, also plays a major role in the economy. It ranks second only to manufacturing in contribution to the gross domestic product and leads all sectors in providing employment.

The economy of Puerto Rico is closely linked to the U.S. economy. Most external factors that affect the Puerto Rico economy are determined by the policies and performance of the United States. These external factors include exports, direct investment, the amount of federal transfer payments, the level of interest rates, the rate of inflation, and tourist expenditures. Puerto Rico’s economy has been in a recession since late 2006, which has contributed to a steep increase in unemployment rates, funding shortfalls of state employees retirement systems, a budget deficit resulting from a structural imbalance, and reduced government revenues.

There can be no assurance that current or future economic difficulties in the United States or Puerto Rico and the resulting impact on Puerto Rico will not adversely affect the market value of Puerto Rico municipal obligations held by the funds or the ability of particular issuers to make timely payments of debt service on these obligations.

 

12


Guam . General obligations and/or revenue bonds of issuers located in Guam may be affected by political, social and economic conditions in Guam. The following is a brief summary of factors affecting the economy of Guam and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors.

Guam, the westernmost territory of the U.S., is located 3,800 miles to the west-southwest of Honolulu, Hawaii and approximately 1,550 miles south-southeast of Tokyo, Japan. The population of Guam was estimated to be 159,914 in July 2012. Guam’s unemployment rate increased from 9.3% in September 2009 to 13.3% in March 2011, and more recently decreased to 11.8% in March 2012.

Guam’s economy depends in large measure on tourism and the U.S. military presence, each of which is subject to uncertainties as a result of global economic, social and political events. Tourism, particularly from Japan, which has been a source of a majority of visitors to Guam, represents the primary source of income for Guam’s economy. A weak economy, war, severe weather, epidemic outbreaks or the threat of terrorist activity, among other influences that are beyond Guam’s control, can adversely affect its tourism industry. Guam is also exposed to periodic typhoons, tropical storms, super typhoons and earthquakes, such as the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami that occurred in Japan and caused a decline in tourism for a period of time. The U.S. military presence also affects economic activity on Guam in various ways. The number of U.S. military personnel in Guam declined in 2011. Economic, geopolitical, and other influences which are beyond Guam’s control could cause the U.S. military to reduce its existing presence on Guam or forgo any planned enhancements to its presence on Guam. Any reduction in tourism or the U.S. military presence could adversely affect Guam’s economy.

United States Virgin Islands . General obligations and/or revenue bonds of issuers located in the U.S. Virgin Islands may be affected by political, social and economic conditions in the U.S. Virgin Islands. The following is a brief summary of factors affecting the economy of the U.S. Virgin Islands and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors.

The U.S. Virgin Islands consists of four main islands: St. Croix, St. Thomas, St. John, and Water Island and approximately 70 smaller islands, islets and cays. The total land area is about twice the size of Washington, D.C. The U.S. Virgin Islands is located 60 miles east of Puerto Rico and 1,075 miles south of Miami, Florida in the Caribbean Sea and the Atlantic Ocean. The population of the U.S. Virgin Islands was estimated to be 105,275 in July 2012.

With tourist visits of approximately two million annually, tourism accounts for a substantial portion of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP). A weak economy, severe weather, war, epidemic outbreaks or the threat of terrorist activity, among other influences that are beyond the control of the territory, can adversely affect its tourism. Tourism-related services help increase private sector employment. Other private sector employment includes wholesale and retail trade, manufacturing (petroleum refining, rum distilling, watch assembly, pharmaceuticals, textiles and electronics), construction and mining. HOVENSA, one of the world’s largest petroleum refineries, is located on the island of St. Croix and is the territory’s largest private sector employer. International business and financial services are small but growing components of the economy. The agricultural sector is small, with most of the islands’ food being imported. The islands are vulnerable to substantial damage from storms. The global economic recession affected all sectors of the economy and had a negative effect on the employment rate.

Other Debt and Fixed Income Securities

A fund may invest in other debt and fixed income securities. These securities share three principal risks. First, the level of interest income generated by a fund’s fixed income investments may decline due to a decrease in market interest rates. Thus, when fixed income securities mature or are sold, they may be replaced by lower-yielding investments. Second, their values fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Thus, a decrease in interest rates will generally result in an increase in the value of a fund’s fixed income investments. Conversely, during

 

13


periods of rising interest rates, the value of a fund’s fixed income investments will generally decline. However, a change in interest rates will not have the same impact on all fixed rate securities. For example, the magnitude of these fluctuations will generally be greater when a fund’s duration or average maturity is longer. In addition, certain fixed income securities are subject to credit risk, which is the risk that an issuer of securities will be unable to pay principal and interest when due, or that the value of the security will suffer because investors believe the issuer is unable to pay. Common types of these instruments, and their associated risks, are discussed below.

Bank Obligations

A fund may invest in all types of bank obligations, including certificates of deposit (“CDs”) and bankers’ acceptances. U.S. commercial banks organized under federal law are supervised and examined by the Comptroller of the Currency and are required to be members of the Federal Reserve System and to be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). U.S. banks organized under state law are supervised and examined by state banking authorities, but are members of the Federal Reserve System only if they elect to join. Most state banks are insured by the FDIC (although such insurance may not be of material benefit to a fund, depending upon the principal amount of CDs of each held by the fund) and are subject to federal examination and to a substantial body of federal law and regulation. As a result of federal and state laws and regulations, U.S. branches of U.S. banks are, among other things, generally required to maintain specified levels of reserves, and are subject to other supervision and regulation designed to promote financial soundness.

Obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks, such as CDs and time deposits, may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and governmental regulation. Such obligations are subject to different risks than are those of U.S. banks or U.S. branches of foreign banks. These risks include foreign economic and political developments, foreign governmental restrictions that may adversely affect payment of principal and interest on the obligations, foreign exchange controls and foreign withholding and other taxes on interest income. Foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign branches of foreign banks are not necessarily subject to the same or similar regulatory requirements that apply to U.S. banks, such as mandatory reserve requirements, loan limitations and accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping requirements. In addition, less information may be publicly available about a foreign branch of a U.S. bank or about a foreign bank than about a U.S. bank.

Obligations of U.S. branches of foreign banks may be general obligations of the parent bank, in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and by federal and state regulation as well as governmental action in the country in which the foreign bank has its head office. A U.S. branch of a foreign bank with assets in excess of $1 billion may or may not be subject to reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System or by the state in which the branch is located if the branch is licensed in that state. In addition, branches licensed by the Comptroller of the Currency and branches licensed by certain states (“State Branches”) may or may not be required to: (a) pledge to the regulator, by depositing assets with a designated bank within the state; and (b) maintain assets within the state in an amount equal to a specified percentage of the aggregate amount of liabilities of the foreign bank payable at or through all of its agencies or branches within the state. The deposits of State Branches may not necessarily be insured by the FDIC. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a U.S. branch of a foreign bank than about a U.S. bank.

Collateralized Debt Obligations

Collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CDOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust or other special purpose entity (“SPE”) which is typically backed by a diversified pool of fixed income securities (which may include high risk, below investment grade securities). A CLO is a trust or other SPE that is typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and non-U.S. senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated

 

14


below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Although certain CDOs may receive credit enhancement in the form of a senior-subordinate structure, over-collateralization or bond insurance, such enhancement may not always be present, and may fail to protect the fund against the risk of loss on default of the collateral. Certain CDOs may use derivatives contracts to create “synthetic” exposure to assets rather than holding such assets directly. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses, which are in addition to those of each fund.

For both CBOs and CLOs, the cashflows from the SPE are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche, which bears the first loss from defaults from the bonds or loans in the SPE and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default (though such protection is not complete). Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO or CLO typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and may be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of subordinate tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as investor aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class. Interest on certain tranches of a CDO may be paid in kind (paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash), which involves continued exposure to default risk with respect to such payments.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which the fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the fund as illiquid securities. However, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs, allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and each fund’s Prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) a fund may invest in tranches of CDOs that are subordinate to other tranches; (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results; and (v) the CDO’s manager may perform poorly.

Deferred Interest Bonds

Deferred interest bonds are debt obligations that generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins and that are issued at a significant discount from face value. The original discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until the first interest accrual date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Although this period of delay is different for each deferred interest bond, a typical period is approximately one-third of the bond’s term to maturity. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its initial need for cash to meet debt service, but some also provide a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash.

High Yield Securities

High yield securities are medium or lower rated securities and unrated securities of comparable quality, sometimes referred to as “junk bonds.” Generally, such securities offer a higher current yield than is offered by higher rated securities, but also are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations. The market values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher quality bonds. In addition, medium and lower rated securities and comparable unrated securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. The risk of loss because of default by these issuers is significantly greater because medium and lower rated securities generally are unsecured and frequently subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. In addition, the market value of securities in lower

 

15


rated categories is more volatile than that of higher quality securities, and the markets in which medium and lower rated securities are traded are more limited than those in which higher rated securities are traded. The existence of limited markets may make it more difficult for a fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing its securities and calculating its net asset value. Moreover, the lack of a liquid trading market may restrict the availability of securities for a fund to purchase and may also have the effect of limiting the ability of a fund to sell securities at their fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or the financial markets.

Lower rated debt obligations also present risks based on payment expectations. If an issuer calls the obligation for redemption, a fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. Also, the principal value of bonds moves inversely with movements in interest rates; in the event of rising interest rates, the value of the securities held by a fund may decline more than a portfolio consisting of higher rated securities. If a fund experiences unexpected net redemptions, it may be forced to sell its higher rated bonds, resulting in a decline in the overall credit quality of the securities held by the fund and increasing the exposure of the fund to the risks of lower rated securities. Investments in zero coupon bonds may be more speculative and subject to greater fluctuations in value because of changes in interest rates than bonds that pay interest currently.

Subsequent to its purchase by a fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the fund. Neither event will require sale of these securities by the fund, but the subadviser will consider the event in determining whether the fund should continue to hold the security.

Structured Notes and Related Instruments

“Structured” notes and other related instruments are privately negotiated debt obligations where the principal and/or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark asset, market or interest rate (an “embedded index”), such as selected securities, an index of securities or specified interest rates, or the differential performance of two assets or markets, such as indexes reflecting bonds. Structured instruments may be issued by corporations, including banks, as well as by governmental agencies and frequently are assembled in the form of medium-term notes, but a variety of forms is available and may be used in particular circumstances. The terms of such structured instruments normally provide that their principal and/or interest payments are to be adjusted upwards or downwards (but ordinarily not below zero) to reflect changes in the embedded index while the instruments are outstanding. As a result, the interest and/or principal payments that may be made on a structured product may vary widely, depending on a variety of factors, including the volatility of the embedded index and the effect of changes in the embedded index on principal and/or interest payments. The rate of return on structured notes may be determined by applying a multiplier to the performance or differential performance of the referenced index(es) or other asset(s). Application of a multiplier involves leverage that will serve to magnify the potential for gain and the risk of loss. Investment in indexed securities and structured notes involves certain risks, including the credit risk of the issuer and the normal risks of price changes in response to changes in interest rates. Further, in the case of certain indexed securities or structured notes, a decline in the reference instrument may cause the interest rate to be reduced to zero, and any further declines in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. Finally, these securities may be less liquid than other types of securities, and may be more volatile than their underlying reference instruments.

U.S. Government Obligations

U.S. government securities include (1) U.S. Treasury bills (maturity of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturity of one to ten years) and U.S. Treasury bonds (maturities generally greater than ten years) and (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities which are supported by any of the following: (a) the full faith and credit of the U.S. government (such as Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”) certificates); (b) the right of the issuer to borrow an amount limited to a specific line

 

16


of credit from the U.S. government (such as obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks); (c) the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of agencies or instrumentalities (such as securities issued by Fannie Mae (formally known as the Federal National Mortgage Association)); or (d) only the credit of the instrumentality (such as securities issued by Freddie Mac (formally known as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)). U.S. government securities include issues by non-governmental entities (like financial institutions) that carry direct guarantees from U.S. government agencies as part of government initiatives in response to the market crisis or otherwise. In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, a fund must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself in the event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments. Neither the U.S. government nor any of its agencies or instrumentalities guarantees the market value of the securities it issues. Therefore, the market value of such securities will fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates.

Variable and Floating Rate Securities

Variable and floating rate securities provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the obligations. The terms of such obligations provide that interest rates are adjusted periodically based upon an interest rate adjustment index as provided in the respective obligations. The adjustment intervals may be regular, and range from daily up to annually, or may be event-based, such as based on a change in the prime rate.

A fund may invest in floating rate debt instruments (“floaters”) and engage in credit spread trades. The interest rate on a floater is a variable rate which is tied to another interest rate, such as a corporate bond index or Treasury bill rate. The interest rate on a floater resets periodically, typically every six months. While, because of the interest rate reset feature, floaters may provide a fund with a certain degree of protection against rising interest rates, the fund will participate in any declines in interest rates as well. A credit spread trade is an investment position relating to a difference in the prices or interest rates of two bonds or other securities or currencies, where the value of the investment position is determined by movements in the difference between the prices or interest rates, as the case may be, of the respective securities or currencies.

A fund may also invest in inverse floating rate debt instruments (“inverse floaters”). The interest rate on an inverse floater resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which the inverse floater is indexed. An inverse floating rate security may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate obligation of similar credit quality.

A floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that its interest rate varies by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in the index rate of interest. The higher degree of leverage inherent in some floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values.

Such instruments may include variable amount master demand notes that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary in addition to providing for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. The absence of an active secondary market with respect to particular variable and floating rate instruments could make it difficult for a fund to dispose of a variable or floating rate note if the issuer defaulted on its payment obligation or during periods that a fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and the fund could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss with respect to such instruments. In determining average-weighted portfolio maturity, an instrument will be deemed to have a maturity equal to either the period remaining until the next interest rate adjustment or the time the fund involved can recover payment of principal as specified in the instrument, depending on the type of instrument involved.

Zero Coupon and Pay-In-Kind Securities

A zero coupon bond is a security that makes no fixed interest payments but instead is issued at a discount from its face value. The bond is redeemed at its face value on the specified maturity date. Zero coupon bonds

 

17


may be issued as such, or they may be created by a broker who strips the coupons from a bond and separately sells the rights to receive principal and interest. The prices of zero coupon bonds tend to fluctuate more in response to changes in market interest rates than do the prices of interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. A fund generally accrues income on zero coupon bonds prior to the receipt of cash payments. Since each fund must distribute substantially all of its income to shareholders to qualify as a regulated investment company under federal income tax law, to the extent that a fund invests in zero coupon bonds, it may have to dispose of other securities, including at times when it may be disadvantageous to do so, to generate the cash necessary for the distribution of income attributable to its zero coupon bonds. Pay-in-kind securities have characteristics similar to those of zero coupon securities, but interest on such securities may be paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash.

Derivatives

General . Each fund may utilize options, futures contracts (sometimes referred to as “futures”), options on futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars, indexed securities, various mortgage-related obligations, structured or synthetic financial instruments and other derivative instruments (collectively, “Financial Instruments”). Each fund may use Financial Instruments for any purpose, including as a substitute for other investments, to attempt to enhance its portfolio’s return or yield and to alter the investment characteristics of its portfolio (including to attempt to mitigate risk of loss in some fashion, or “hedge”). Except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus, this SAI or by applicable law, each fund may purchase and sell any type of Financial Instrument. A fund may choose not to make use of derivatives for a variety of reasons, and no assurance can be given that any derivatives strategy employed will be successful.

The U.S. government is in the process of adopting and implementing regulations governing derivatives markets, including mandatory clearing of certain derivatives, margin and reporting requirements. The ultimate impact of the regulations remains unclear. Additional regulation of derivatives may make them more costly, may limit their availability, may disrupt markets or may otherwise adversely affect their value or performance.

The use of Financial Instruments may be limited by applicable law and any applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”), or the exchanges on which some Financial Instruments may be traded. (Note, however, that some Financial Instruments that a fund may use may not be listed on any exchange and may not be regulated by the SEC or the CFTC.) In addition, a fund’s ability to use Financial Instruments may be limited by tax considerations.

In addition to the instruments and strategies discussed in this section, the subadviser may discover additional opportunities in connection with Financial Instruments and other similar or related techniques. These opportunities may become available as a subadviser develops new techniques, as regulatory authorities broaden the range of permitted transactions and as new Financial Instruments or other techniques are developed. A subadviser may utilize these opportunities and techniques to the extent that they are consistent with a fund’s investment objective and permitted by its investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities. These opportunities and techniques may involve risks different from or in addition to those summarized herein.

This discussion is not intended to limit a fund’s investment flexibility, unless such a limitation is expressly stated, and therefore will be construed by the fund as broadly as possible. Statements concerning what a fund may do are not intended to limit any other activity. Also, as with any investment or investment technique, even when the Prospectus or this discussion indicates that a fund may engage in an activity, it may not actually do so for a variety of reasons, including cost considerations.

Summary of Certain Risks . The use of Financial Instruments involves special considerations and risks, certain of which are summarized below, and may result in losses to a fund. In general, the use of Financial Instruments may increase the volatility of a fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risk or exposure assumed. Even a small investment in derivatives may magnify or otherwise increase investment losses to a fund. As noted above, there can be no assurance that any derivatives strategy will succeed.

 

18


   

Financial Instruments are subject to the risk that the market value of the derivative itself or the market value of underlying instruments will change in a way adverse to a fund’s interest. Many Financial Instruments are complex, and successful use of them depends in part upon a subadviser’s ability to forecast correctly future market trends and other financial or economic factors or the value of the underlying security, index, interest rate, currency or other instrument or measure. Even if the subadviser’s forecasts are correct, other factors may cause distortions or dislocations in the markets that result in unsuccessful transactions. Financial Instruments may behave in unexpected ways, especially in abnormal or volatile market conditions.

 

   

A fund may be required to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregated accounts, post collateral or make margin payments when it takes positions in Financial Instruments. Assets that are segregated or used as cover, margin or collateral may be required to be in the form of cash or liquid securities, and typically may not be sold while the position in the Financial Instrument is open unless they are replaced with other appropriate assets. If markets move against a fund’s position, the fund may be required to maintain or post additional assets and may have to dispose of existing investments to obtain assets acceptable as collateral or margin. This may prevent it from pursuing its investment objective. Assets that are segregated or used as cover, margin or collateral typically are invested, and these investments are subject to risk and may result in losses to a fund. These losses may be substantial, and may be in addition to losses incurred by using the Financial Instrument in question. If a fund is unable to close out its positions, it may be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the positions expire or mature, and the fund will continue to be subject to investment risk on the assets. In addition, the fund may not be able to recover the full amount of its margin from an intermediary if that intermediary were to experience financial difficulty. Segregation, cover, margin and collateral requirements may impair a fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require the fund to sell a portfolio security or close out a derivatives position at a disadvantageous time or price.

 

   

A fund’s ability to close out or unwind a position in a Financial Instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the other party to the transaction (the “counterparty”) to enter into a transaction closing out the position. If there is no market or a fund is not successful in its negotiations, the fund may not be able to sell or unwind the derivative position at a particular time or at an anticipated price. This may also be the case if the counterparty to the Financial Instrument becomes insolvent. A fund may be required to make delivery of portfolio securities or other assets underlying a Financial Instrument in order to close out a position or to sell portfolio securities or assets at a disadvantageous time or price in order to obtain cash to close out the position. While the position remains open, a fund continues to be subject to investment risk on the Financial Instrument. A fund may or may not be able to take other actions or enter into other transactions, including hedging transactions, to limit or reduce its exposure to the Financial Instrument.

 

   

Certain Financial Instruments transactions may have a leveraging effect on a fund, and adverse changes in the value of the underlying security, index, interest rate, currency or other instrument or measure can result in losses substantially greater than the amount invested in the Financial Instrument itself. When a fund engages in transactions that have a leveraging effect, the value of the fund is likely to be more volatile and all other risks also are likely to be compounded. This is because leverage generally magnifies the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of an asset and creates investment risk with respect to a larger pool of assets than a fund would otherwise have. Certain Financial Instruments have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment.

 

   

Many Financial Instruments may be difficult to value which may result in increased payment requirements to counterparties or a loss of value to a fund.

 

   

Liquidity risk exists when a particular Financial Instrument is difficult to purchase or sell. If a derivative transaction is particularly large or if the relevant market is illiquid, a fund may be unable to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price. Certain Financial

 

19


 

Instruments, including certain over-the-counter (“OTC”) options and swaps, may be considered illiquid and therefore subject to a fund’s limitation on illiquid investments.

 

   

In a hedging transaction there may be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between the identity, price or price movements of a Financial Instrument and the identity, price or price movements of the investments being hedged. This lack of correlation may cause the hedge to be unsuccessful and may result in a fund incurring substantial losses and/or not achieving anticipated gains. Even if the strategy works as intended, the fund might have been in a better position had it not attempted to hedge at all.

 

   

Financial Instruments used for non-hedging purposes may result in losses which would not be offset by increases in the value of portfolio holdings or declines in the cost of securities or other assets to be acquired. In the event that a fund uses a Financial Instrument as an alternative to purchasing or selling other investments or in order to obtain desired exposure to an index or market, the fund will be exposed to the same risks as are incurred in purchasing or selling the other investments directly, as well as the risks of the transaction itself.

 

   

Certain Financial Instruments involve the risk of loss resulting from the insolvency or bankruptcy of the counterparty or the failure by the counterparty to make required payments or otherwise comply with the terms of the contract. In the event of default by a counterparty, a fund may have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction, which may be limited by applicable law in the case of the counterparty’s bankruptcy.

 

   

Financial Instruments involve operational risk. There may be incomplete or erroneous documentation or inadequate collateral or margin, or transactions may fail to settle. For Financial Instruments not guaranteed by an exchange or clearinghouse, a fund may have only contractual remedies in the event of a counterparty default, and there may be delays, costs or disagreements as to the meaning of contractual terms and litigation in enforcing those remedies.

 

   

Certain Financial Instruments transactions, including certain options, swaps, forward contracts, and certain options on foreign currencies, are entered into directly by the counterparties or through financial institutions acting as market makers (OTC derivatives), rather than being traded on exchanges or in markets registered with the CFTC or SEC. Many of the protections afforded to exchange participants will not be available to participants in OTC derivatives transactions. For example, OTC derivatives transactions are not subject to the guarantee of an exchange, and only OTC derivatives that are either required to be cleared or submitted voluntarily for clearing to a clearinghouse will enjoy the protections that central clearing provides against default by the original counterparty to the trade. In an OTC derivatives transaction that is not cleared, the fund bears the risk of default by its counterparty. In a cleared derivatives transaction, the fund is instead exposed to the risk of default of the clearinghouse and the risk of default of the broker through which it has entered into the transaction. Information available on counterparty creditworthiness may be incomplete or outdated, thus reducing the ability to anticipate counterparty defaults.

 

   

Financial Instruments transactions conducted outside the United States may not be conducted in the same manner as those entered into on U.S. exchanges, and may be subject to different margin, exercise, settlement or expiration procedures. Many of the risks of OTC derivatives transactions are also applicable to Financial Instruments used outside the United States. Financial Instruments used outside the United States also are subject to the risks affecting foreign securities, currencies and other instruments.

 

   

Financial Instruments involving currency are subject to additional risks. Currency related transactions may be negatively affected by government exchange controls, blockages, and manipulations. Exchange rates may be influenced by factors extrinsic to a country’s economy. Also, there is no systematic reporting of last sale information with respect to foreign currencies. As a result, the information on which the trading in currency derivatives is based may not be as complete as, and may be delayed beyond, comparable data for other transactions.

 

20


   

Use of Financial Instruments involves transaction costs, which may be significant. Use of Financial Instruments also may increase the amount of taxable income to shareholders, including in a fund that invests largely in municipal securities.

Hedging . As stated above, the term “hedging” often is used to describe a transaction or strategy that is intended to mitigate risk of loss in some fashion. Hedging strategies can be broadly categorized as “short hedges” and “long hedges.” A short hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential declines in the value of one or more investments held in a fund’s portfolio. In a short hedge a fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the opposite direction of the price of the investment being hedged.

Conversely, a long hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential increases in the acquisition cost of one or more investments that a fund intends to acquire. Thus, in a long hedge, a fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the same direction as the price of the prospective investment being hedged. A long hedge is sometimes referred to as an anticipatory hedge. In an anticipatory hedge transaction, a fund does not own a corresponding security and, therefore, the transaction does not relate to the portfolio security that a fund owns. Rather, it relates to a security that a fund intends to acquire. If a fund does not complete the hedge by purchasing the security it anticipated purchasing, the effect on the fund’s portfolio is the same as if the transaction were entered into for speculative purposes.

In hedging transactions, Financial Instruments on securities (such as options and/or futures) generally are used to attempt to hedge against price movements in one or more particular securities positions that a fund owns or intends to acquire. Financial Instruments on indices, in contrast, generally are used to attempt to hedge against price movements in market sectors in which a fund has invested or expects to invest. Financial Instruments on debt securities generally are used to hedge either individual securities or broad debt market sectors.

Options—Generally . A call option gives the purchaser the right to buy, and obligates the writer to sell, the underlying investment at the agreed-upon price during the option period. A put option gives the purchaser the right to sell, and obligates the writer to buy, the underlying investment at the agreed-upon price during the option period. Purchasers of options pay an amount, known as a premium, to the option writer in exchange for the right under the option contract.

A fund may purchase or write both exchange-traded and OTC options. Exchange-traded options in the United States are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction. In contrast, OTC options are contracts between a fund and its counterparty (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing organization guarantee. Unlike exchange-traded options, which are standardized with respect to the underlying instrument, expiration date, contract size, and strike price, the terms of OTC options generally are established through negotiation with the other party to the option contract. When a fund purchases an OTC option, it relies on the counterparty from whom it purchased the option to make or take delivery of the underlying investment upon exercise of the option. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any premium paid by a fund as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

Writing put or call options can enable a fund to enhance income or yield by reason of the premiums paid by the purchasers of such options. However, a fund may also suffer a loss. For example, if the market price of the security underlying a put option written by a fund declines to less than the exercise price of the option, minus the premium received, it can be expected that the option will be exercised and the fund would be required to purchase the security at more than its market value. If a security appreciates to a price higher than the exercise price of a call option written by a fund, it can be expected that the option will be exercised and the fund will be obligated to sell the security at less than its market value.

 

21


The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the current market value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying investment, the historical price volatility of the underlying investment and general market conditions. Options purchased by a fund that expire unexercised have no value, and the fund will realize a loss in the amount of the premium paid and any transaction costs. If an option written by a fund expires unexercised, the fund realizes a gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. Transaction costs must be included in these calculations.

A fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by entering into a closing transaction. For example, a fund may terminate its obligation under a call or put option that it had written by purchasing an identical call or put option; this is known as a closing purchase transaction. Conversely, a fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a closing sale transaction. Closing transactions permit a fund to realize profits or limit losses on an option position prior to its exercise or expiration. There can be no assurance that it will be possible for a fund to enter into any closing transaction.

A type of put that a fund may purchase is an “optional delivery standby commitment,” which is entered into by parties selling debt securities to a fund. An optional delivery standby commitment gives a fund the right to sell the security back to the seller on specified terms. This right is provided as an inducement to purchase the security.

Options on Indices . Puts and calls on indices are similar to puts and calls on securities (described above) or futures contracts (described below) except that all settlements are in cash and gain or loss depends on changes in the index in question rather than on price movements in individual securities or futures contracts. When a fund writes a call on an index, it receives a premium and agrees that, prior to the expiration date, the purchaser of the call, upon exercise of the call, will receive from the fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the call is based is greater than the exercise price of the call. The amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the call times a specified multiple (“multiplier”), which determines the total dollar value for each point of such difference. When a fund buys a call on an index, it pays a premium and has the same rights as to such call as are indicated above. When a fund buys a put on an index, it pays a premium and has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the seller of the put, upon the fund’s exercise of the put, to deliver to the fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the put is based is less than the exercise price of the put, which amount of cash is determined by the multiplier, as described above for calls. When a fund writes a put on an index, it receives a premium and the purchaser of the put has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the fund to deliver to it an amount of cash equal to the difference between the closing level of the index and exercise price times the multiplier if the closing level is less than the exercise price.

Options on indices may, depending on the circumstances, involve greater risk than options on securities. Because index options are settled in cash, when a fund writes a call on an index it may not be able to provide in advance for its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts . A financial futures contract sale creates an obligation by the seller to deliver the type of Financial Instrument or, in the case of index and similar futures, cash, called for in the contract in a specified delivery month for a stated price. A financial futures contract purchase creates an obligation by the purchaser to take delivery of the asset called for in the contract in a specified delivery month at a stated price. Options on futures give the purchaser the right to assume a position in a futures contract at the specified option exercise price at any time during the period of the option.

Futures strategies can be used to change the duration of a fund’s portfolio. If a subadviser wishes to shorten the duration of a fund’s portfolio, the fund may sell a debt futures contract or a call option thereon, or purchase a put option on that futures contract. If a subadviser wishes to lengthen the duration of a fund’s portfolio, the fund may buy a debt futures contract or a call option thereon, or sell a put option thereon.

 

22


Futures contracts may also be used for other purposes, such as to simulate full investment in underlying securities while retaining a cash balance for portfolio management purposes, as a substitute for direct investment in a security, to facilitate trading, to reduce transaction costs, or to seek higher investment returns when a futures contract or option is priced more attractively than the underlying security or index.

No price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Instead, at the inception of a futures contract a fund is required to deposit “initial margin.” Margin must also be deposited when writing a call or put option on a futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange rules. Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility, a fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased generally in the future by regulatory action.

Subsequent “variation margin” payments are made to and from the futures broker daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as “marking-to-market.” Daily variation margin calls could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements. If a fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a disadvantageous time or price.

Although some futures and options on futures call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities, currencies or cash, generally those contracts are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures or options (involving the same index, currency or underlying security and delivery month). If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, a fund realizes a gain, or if it is more, the fund realizes a loss. If an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a fund realizes a gain, or if it is less, the fund realizes a loss. A fund will also bear transaction costs for each contract, which will be included in these calculations. Positions in futures and options on futures may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular contract at a particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures contract or options position.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract can vary from the previous day’s settlement price; once that limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. Daily price limits do not limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing liquidation of unfavorable positions.

If a fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or an option on a futures position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market, the imposition of price limits or otherwise, it could incur substantial losses. A fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position. In addition, except in the case of purchased options, a fund would continue to be required to make daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain the position being hedged by the future or option or to maintain cash or securities in a segregated account.

If an index future is used for hedging purposes the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the price of index futures and movements in the price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge increases as the composition of a fund’s portfolio diverges from the securities included in the applicable index. The price of the index futures may move more than or less than the price of the securities being hedged. To compensate for the imperfect correlation of movements in the price of the securities being hedged and movements in the price of the index futures, a fund may buy or sell index futures in a greater dollar amount than the dollar amount of the securities being hedged if the historical volatility of the prices of such securities being hedged is more than the historical volatility of the prices of the securities included in the index. It is also possible that, where a fund has sold index futures contracts to hedge against a decline in the market, the market may advance and the value of the securities held in the fund may decline. If this occurred, the fund would lose money on the futures contract and also experience a decline in value of its portfolio securities.

 

23


Where index futures are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the price of securities before a fund is able to invest in them in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline instead. If the subadviser then concludes not to invest in them at that time because of concern as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, a fund will realize a loss on the futures contract that is not offset by a reduction in the price of the securities it had anticipated purchasing.

Futures and options on futures are regulated by the CFTC.

Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars . Each fund may enter into swaps, caps, floors and collars to preserve a return or a spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the fund anticipates purchasing at a later date or to attempt to enhance yield or total return. A swap typically involves the exchange by a fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive cash flows, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed-rate payments. The purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the cap. The purchase of a floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the floor. A collar combines elements of a cap and a floor.

Swap agreements, including caps, floors and collars, can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments (such as individual securities, baskets of securities and securities indices) or market factors (such as those listed below). Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of a fund’s investments and its share price and yield because, and to the extent, these agreements affect the fund’s exposure to long- or short-term interest rates, non-U.S. currency values, mortgage-backed or other security values, corporate borrowing rates or other factors such as security prices or inflation rates.

Swap agreements will tend to shift a fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.

If a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

Each fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for investment purposes. As the seller in a credit default swap contract, a fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or a non- U.S. corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, a fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller, a fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap which may be significantly larger than the fund’s cost to enter into the credit default swap. A fund may also invest in credit default indices, which are indices that reflect the performance of a basket of credit default swaps, and swaptions on credit default swap indices. (See “Options on Swaps” below.)

Each fund may purchase credit default swap contracts in order to hedge against the risk of default of debt securities held in its portfolio, in which case the fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate income in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (or, as applicable, a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk—that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to a fund in the event of a default.

A fund may enter into an interest rate swap in an effort to protect against declines in the value of fixed income securities held by the fund. In such an instance, the fund may agree to pay a fixed rate (multiplied by a notional amount) while a counterparty agrees to pay a floating rate (multiplied by the same notional amount). If

 

24


interest rates rise, resulting in a diminution in the value of the fund’s portfolio, the fund would receive payments under the swap that would offset, in whole or in part, such diminution in value.

The net amount of the excess, if any, of a fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap will be accrued on a daily basis, depending on whether a threshold amount (if any) is exceeded, and an amount of cash or liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value approximately equal to the accrued excess will be set aside as cover, as described below. A fund will also maintain collateral with respect to its total obligations under any swaps that are not entered into on a net basis, and will maintain cover as required by SEC guidelines from time to time with respect to caps and floors written by the fund.

Options on Swaps . An option on a swap agreement, or a “swaption,” is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. In return, the purchaser pays a “premium” to the seller of the contract. The seller of the contract receives the premium and bears the risk of unfavorable changes on the underlying swap. A fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. A fund may also enter into swaptions on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether the fund is hedging its assets or its liabilities. A fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions to the same extent it may make use of standard options on securities or other instruments. A fund may enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its holdings, as a duration management technique, to protect against an increase in the price of securities the fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or for any other purposes, such as for speculation to increase returns. Swaptions are generally subject to the same risks involved in the fund’s use of options.

Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, a fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption. When a fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.

Combined Positions . Each fund may purchase and write options in combination with each other, or in combination with other Financial Instruments, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of its overall position. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Cover . Transactions using Financial Instruments may involve obligations which if not covered could be construed as “senior securities.” Each fund will comply with SEC guidelines regarding cover for these instruments and will, if the guidelines so require, segregate or set aside on its books cash or liquid assets in the prescribed amount as determined daily. A fund may cover such transactions using other methods permitted under the 1940 Act, orders or releases issued by the SEC thereunder, or no-action letters or other guidance of the SEC staff. Although SEC guidelines on cover are designed to limit the transactions involving Financial Instruments that a fund may be engaged in at any time, the segregation of assets does not reduce the risks to a fund of entering into transactions in Financial Instruments.

Turnover . A fund’s derivatives activities may affect its turnover rate and brokerage commission payments. The exercise of calls or puts written by a fund, and the sale or purchase of futures contracts, may cause it to sell or purchase related investments, thus increasing its turnover rate. Once a fund has received an exercise notice on an option it has written, it cannot effect a closing transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver or receive the underlying securities at the exercise price. The exercise of puts purchased by a fund may also cause the sale of related investments, also increasing turnover; although such exercise is within the fund’s control, holding a protective put might cause it to sell the related investments for reasons that would not exist in the absence of the put. A fund will pay a brokerage commission each time it buys or sells a put or call or purchases or sells a futures contract. Such commissions may be higher than those that would apply to direct purchases or sales.

 

25


Forward Commitments and When-Issued Securities

A fund may purchase securities on a “when-issued” or “to be announced” or “forward delivery” basis. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will be received on the “when-issued” securities are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment although settlement, i.e ., delivery of and payment for the securities, takes place at a later date. In a “to be announced” transaction, a fund commits to purchase securities for which all specific information is not known at the time of the trade.

Securities purchased on a “when-issued” or “forward delivery” basis are subject to changes in value based upon the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and changes, real or anticipated, in the level of interest rates. The value of these securities experiences appreciation when interest rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise. Purchasing securities on a “when-issued” or “forward delivery” basis can involve a risk that the yields available in the market on the settlement date may actually be higher or lower than those obtained in the transaction itself. At the time a fund enters into a “when-issued” or “forward delivery” commitment, the fund will set aside cash or other appropriate liquid securities with a value at least equal to the fund’s obligation under the commitment. A fund’s liquidity and ability to manage its assets might be affected when it sets aside cash or portfolio securities to cover such commitments.

An increase in the percentage of a fund’s assets committed to the purchase of securities on a “when-issued” basis may increase the volatility of its net asset value.

Illiquid Assets

A fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire any security if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in securities and other assets that are illiquid. Illiquid assets are assets that cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which they are being carried on a fund’s books. These assets include, among others, certain securities that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale, certain derivative products and any repurchase transactions that do not mature within seven days. The fund may not be able to sell illiquid securities and other assets in its portfolio at a time when the sale would be desirable or at a price the fund deems representative of their value. Disposing of illiquid investments may involve time-consuming negotiation and expenses.

Certain restricted securities can be traded freely among qualified purchasers in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”). The SEC has stated that an investment company’s board of directors, or its investment adviser acting under authority delegated by the board, may determine that a security eligible for trading under this rule is “liquid.” The Board of Trustees (the “Board”) has delegated to the subadviser authority to determine whether particular securities eligible for trading under Rule 144A are and continue to be “liquid.” Investing in these restricted securities could have the effect of increasing the fund’s illiquidity, however, if qualified purchasers become uninterested in buying these securities.

Repurchase Agreements

Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the fund would acquire one or more underlying debt obligations, frequently obligations issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, for a relatively short period (typically overnight, although the term of an agreement may be many months), subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the fund to resell, the obligation at an agreed-upon time and price. The repurchase price is typically greater than the purchase price paid by the fund, thereby determining the fund’s yield. A repurchase agreement is similar to, and may be treated as, a secured loan, where the fund loans cash to the counterparty and the loan is secured by the purchased securities as collateral. All repurchase agreements entered into by the fund are required to be collateralized so that at all times during the term of a repurchase agreement, the value of the underlying securities is at least equal to the amount of the repurchase price. Also, the fund or its custodian is required to have control of the collateral, which the subadviser believes will give the fund a valid, perfected security interest in the collateral.

 

26


Repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the other party, including possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities, the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which the fund seeks to assert its right to them, the risk of incurring expenses associated with asserting those rights and the risk of losing all or part of the income from the agreement. If the fund enters into a repurchase agreement involving securities the fund could not purchase directly, and the counterparty defaults, the fund may become the holder of securities that it could not purchase. These repurchase agreements may be subject to greater risks. In addition, these repurchase agreements may be more likely to have a term to maturity of longer than seven days.

Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are considered to be illiquid.

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC, the fund, along with other affiliated entities managed by the manager, may transfer uninvested cash balances into one or more joint accounts for the purpose of entering into repurchase agreements secured by cash and U.S. government securities, subject to certain conditions.

Borrowings

A fund may engage in borrowing transactions as a means of raising cash to satisfy redemption requests, for other temporary or emergency purposes or, to the extent permitted by its investment policies, to raise additional cash to be invested by the subadviser in other securities or instruments in an effort to increase the fund’s investment returns. Reverse repurchase agreements may be considered to be a type of borrowing.

When a fund invests borrowing proceeds in other securities, the fund will be at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of the securities in which the proceeds are invested. Like other leveraging risks, this makes the value of an investment in a fund more volatile and increases the fund’s overall investment exposure. In addition, if a fund’s return on its investment of the borrowing proceeds does not equal or exceed the interest that a fund is obligated to pay under the terms of a borrowing, engaging in these transactions will lower the fund’s return.

A fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to its borrowing obligations. This could adversely affect the subadviser’s strategy and result in lower fund returns. Interest on any borrowings will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of a fund’s shares.

A fund may borrow on a secured or on an unsecured basis. If a fund enters into a secured borrowing arrangement, a portion of the fund’s assets will be used as collateral. During the term of the borrowing, the fund will remain at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of these assets in addition to any securities purchased with the proceeds of the loan. In addition, a fund may be unable to sell the collateral at a time when it would be advantageous to do so, which could adversely affect the subadviser’s strategy and result in lower fund returns. The fund would also be subject to the risk that the lender may file for bankruptcy, become insolvent, or otherwise default on its obligations to return the collateral to the fund. In the event of a default by the lender, there may be delays, costs and risks of loss involved in a fund’s exercising its rights with respect to the collateral or those rights may be limited by other contractual agreements or obligations or by applicable law.

The 1940 Act requires a fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings, provided that in the event that the fund’s asset coverage falls below 300%, the fund is required to reduce the amount of its borrowings so that it meets the 300% asset coverage threshold within three days (not including Sundays and holidays). Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Although complying with this guideline would have the effect of limiting the amount that a fund may borrow, it does not otherwise mitigate the risks of entering into borrowing transactions.

 

27


Reverse Repurchase Agreements

Each fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements. A reverse repurchase agreement has the characteristics of a secured borrowing by a fund and creates leverage in a fund’s portfolio. In a reverse repurchase transaction, a fund sells a portfolio instrument to another person, such as a financial institution or broker/dealer, in return for cash. At the same time, a fund agrees to repurchase the instrument at an agreed-upon time and at a price that is greater than the amount of cash that the fund received when it sold the instrument, representing the equivalent of an interest payment by the fund for the use of the cash. During the term of the transaction, a fund will continue to receive any principal and interest payments (or the equivalent thereof) on the underlying instruments.

The funds may engage in reverse repurchase agreements as a means of raising cash to satisfy redemption requests or for other temporary or emergency purposes. Unless otherwise limited in the Prospectus or this SAI, each fund may also engage in reverse repurchase agreements to the extent permitted by its fundamental investment policies in order to raise additional cash to be invested by the subadviser in other securities or instruments in an effort to increase the fund’s investment returns.

During the term of the transaction, a fund will remain at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of the instruments subject to the reverse repurchase agreement as if it had not entered into the transaction. When a fund reinvests the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement in other securities, the fund will also be at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of the securities in which the proceeds are invested. Like other leveraging risks, this makes the value of an investment in a fund more volatile and increases the fund’s overall investment exposure. In addition, if a fund’s return on its investment of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement does not equal or exceed the implied interest that it is obligated to pay under the reverse repurchase agreement, engaging in the transaction will lower the fund’s return.

When a fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it is subject to the risk that the buyer under the agreement may file for bankruptcy, become insolvent, or otherwise default on its obligations to the fund. In the event of a default by the counterparty, there may be delays, costs and risks of loss involved in a fund’s exercising its rights under the agreement, or those rights may be limited by other contractual agreements or obligations or by applicable law.

In addition, a fund may be unable to sell the instruments subject to the reverse repurchase agreement at a time when it would be advantageous to do so, or may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to its obligations under a reverse repurchase agreement. This could adversely affect the subadviser’s strategy and result in lower fund returns. At the time a fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, the fund is required to set aside cash or other appropriate liquid securities in the amount of the fund’s obligation under the reverse repurchase agreement or take certain other actions in accordance with SEC guidelines, which may affect a fund’s liquidity and ability to manage its assets. Although complying with SEC guidelines would have the effect of limiting the amount of fund assets that may be committed to reverse repurchase agreements and other similar transactions at any time, it does not otherwise mitigate the risks of entering into reverse repurchase agreements.

Subordinated Securities

A fund may invest in securities which are subordinated or “junior” to more senior securities of the issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated or junior securities. Such securities may include so-called “high yield” or “junk” bonds (i.e., bonds that are rated below investment grade by a rating agency or that are determined by the subadviser to be of equivalent quality) and preferred stock. Under the terms of subordinated securities, payments that would otherwise be made to their holders may be required to be made to the holders of more senior securities, and/or the subordinated or junior securities may have junior liens, if they have any rights at all, in any collateral (meaning proceeds of the collateral are required to be paid first to the holders of more senior securities). As a result, subordinated or junior securities will be disproportionately adversely affected by a default or even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer.

 

28


Europe—Recent Events

A number of countries in Europe have experienced severe economic and financial difficulties. Many non-governmental issuers, and even certain governments, have defaulted on, or been forced to restructure, their debts; many other issuers have faced difficulties obtaining credit or refinancing existing obligations; financial institutions have in many cases required government or central bank support, have needed to raise capital, and/or have been impaired in their ability to extend credit; and financial markets in Europe and elsewhere have experienced extreme volatility and declines in asset values and liquidity. These difficulties may continue, worsen or spread within and without Europe. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not work, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and others of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world. In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro, the common currency of the European Union, and/or withdraw from the European Union. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching. Even though the funds do not generally invest in securities of issuers located in Europe, these events could negatively affect the value and liquidity of the funds’ investments due to the interconnected nature of the global economy and capital markets. A fund may also be susceptible to these events to the extent that the fund invests in municipal obligations with credit support by non-U.S. financial institutions.

Short-Term Trading

Fund transactions will be undertaken principally to accomplish a fund’s investment objective in relation to anticipated movements in the general level of interest rates, but a fund may also engage in short-term trading consistent with its investment objective.

New Investment Products

New types of derivative instruments, hedging instruments and other securities or instruments are developed and marketed from time to time. Consistent with its investment limitations, a fund expects to invest in those new types of securities and instruments that its subadviser believes may assist the fund in achieving its investment objective.

Alternative Investment Strategies and Temporary Investments

At times the subadviser may judge that conditions in the securities markets make pursuing a fund’s typical investment strategy inconsistent with the best interest of its shareholders. At such times, the subadviser may temporarily use alternative strategies, primarily designed to reduce fluctuations in the value of a fund’s assets. In implementing these defensive strategies, a fund may invest without limit in securities that the subadviser believes present less risk to the fund, including equity securities, debt and fixed income securities, preferred stocks, U.S. government and agency obligations, cash or money market instruments, certificates of deposit, demand and time deposits, bankers’ acceptance or other securities the subadviser considers consistent with such defensive strategies, such as, but not limited to, options, futures, warrants or swaps. During periods in which such strategies are used, the duration of a fund may diverge from the duration range for that fund disclosed in its Prospectus (if applicable). It is impossible to predict when, or for how long, a fund will use these alternative strategies. As a result of using these alternative strategies, a fund may not achieve its investment objective.

Non-Diversified Classification

A diversified fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (b) the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. Each fund is currently classified as a non-diversified fund

 

29


under the 1940 Act. A non-diversified fund can invest a greater portion of its assets in a single issuer or a limited number of issuers than may a diversified fund. In this regard, a non-diversified fund is subject to greater risk than a diversified fund. Under the 1940 Act, a fund may change its classification from non-diversified to diversified without shareholder approval.

Ratings as Investment Criteria

In general, the ratings of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”) represent the opinions of these agencies as to the quality of securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality and do not evaluate the market value risk of the securities. These ratings will be used by the fund as initial criteria for the selection of portfolio securities, but the fund also will rely upon the independent advice of the subadviser to evaluate potential investments. Among the factors that will be considered are the long-term ability of the issuer to pay principal and interest and general economic trends. Appendix A to this SAI contains further information concerning the rating categories of NRSROs and their significance.

If a security is rated by different agencies and receives different ratings from these agencies, the fund will treat the security as being rated in the highest rating category received from an agency.

If, after purchase, the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates, or if the maturity is extended, the subadviser will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, the investors in a security held by a fund may become the holders of underlying assets. In that case, the fund may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase at a time when those assets may be difficult to sell or can be sold only at a loss.

Duration

For the simplest fixed income securities, “duration” indicates the average time at which the security’s cash flows are to be received. For simple fixed income securities with interest payments occurring prior to the payment of principal, duration is always less than maturity. For example, a current coupon “bullet” bond with a maturity of 3.5 years ( i.e. , a bond that pays interest at regular intervals and that will have a single principal payment of the entire principal amount in 3.5 years) might have a duration of approximately three years. In general, the lower the stated or coupon rate of interest of a fixed income security, the closer its duration will be to its final maturity; conversely, the higher the stated or coupon rate of interest of a fixed income security, the shorter its duration will be compared to its final maturity.

Determining duration becomes more complex when fixed income security features like floating or adjustable coupon payments, optionality (for example, the right of the issuer to prepay or call the security), and structuring (for example, the right of the holders of certain securities to receive priority as to the issuer’s cash flows) are considered. The calculation of “effective duration” attempts to take into account optionality and other complex features. Generally, the longer the effective duration of a security, the greater will be the expected change in the percentage price of the security with respect to a change in the security’s own yield. By way of illustration, a security with an effective duration of 3.5 years might normally be expected to go down in price by 35 basis points if its yield goes up by 10 basis points, while another security with an effective duration of 4.0 years might normally be expected to go down in price by 40 basis points if its yield goes up by 10 basis points.

The assumptions that are made about a security’s features and options when calculating effective duration may prove to be incorrect. For example, many mortgage pass-through securities may have stated final maturities of 30 years, but current prepayment rates, which can vary widely under different economic conditions, may have a large influence on the pass-through security’s response to changes in yield. In these situations, the subadviser may consider other analytical techniques that seek to incorporate the security’s additional features into the determination of its response to changes in its yield.

 

30


A security may change in price for a variety of reasons. For example, floating rate securities may have final maturities of ten or more years, but their effective durations will tend to be very short. If there is an adverse credit event, or a perceived change in the issuer’s creditworthiness, these securities could experience a far greater negative price movement than would be predicted by the change in the security’s yield in relation to its effective duration.

As a result, investors should be aware that effective duration is not an exact measurement and may not reliably predict a security’s price sensitivity to changes in yield or interest rates.

Lending of Portfolio Securities

Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, a fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations meeting capital and other credit requirements or other criteria established by the Board. Loans of securities will be secured continuously by collateral in cash, cash equivalents, or U.S. government obligations maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned. Cash collateral received by a fund will be invested in high quality short-term instruments, or in one or more funds maintained by the lending agent for the purpose of investing cash collateral. During the term of the loan, the fund will continue to have investment risk with respect to the security loaned, as well as risk with respect to the investment of the cash collateral. Either party has the right to terminate a loan at any time on customary industry settlement notice (which will not usually exceed three business days). During the existence of a loan, the fund will continue to receive the equivalent of the interest or dividends paid by the issuer on the securities loaned and, with respect to cash collateral, will receive any income generated by the fund’s investment of the collateral (subject to a rebate payable to the borrower and a percentage of the income payable to the lending agent). Where the borrower provides a fund with collateral other than cash, the borrower is also obligated to pay the fund a fee for use of the borrowed securities. The fund does not have the right to vote any securities having voting rights during the existence of the loan, but would retain the right to call the loan in anticipation of an important vote to be taken among holders of the securities or of the giving or withholding of their consent on a material matter affecting the investment. As with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. In addition, a fund could suffer loss if the loan terminates and the fund is forced to liquidate investments at a loss in order to return the cash collateral to the buyer. If the subadviser determines to make loans, it is not intended that the value of the securities loaned by the fund would exceed 33   1 / 3 % of the value of its net assets.

The funds do not currently intend to engage in securities lending, although they may engage in transactions (such as reverse repurchase agreements) which have similar characteristics.

Commodity Exchange Act Regulation

Each fund is operated by persons who have claimed an exclusion, granted to operators of registered investment companies like the funds, from registration as a “commodity pool operator” with respect to the funds under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”), and, therefore, are not subject to registration or regulation with respect to the funds under the CEA. As a result, a fund is limited in its ability to trade instruments subject to the CFTC’s jurisdiction, including commodity futures (which include futures on broad-based securities indexes, interest rate futures and currency futures), options on commodity futures, certain swaps or other investments (whether directly or indirectly through investments in other investment vehicles).

Under this exclusion, a fund must satisfy one of the following two trading limitations whenever it enters into a new commodity trading position: (1) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish the fund’s positions in CFTC-regulated instruments may not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the fund’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such investments); or (2) the aggregate net notional value of such instruments, determined at the time the most recent position was established, may not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the fund’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and

 

31


unrealized losses on any such positions). The fund would not be required to consider its exposure to such instruments if they were held for “bona fide hedging” purposes, as such term is defined in the rules of the CFTC. In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, a fund may not market itself as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the markets for CFTC-regulated instruments.

INVESTMENT POLICIES

Each fund has adopted the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies below for the protection of shareholders. Fundamental investment policies of a fund may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund, defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting securities of the fund present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting securities of the fund are present in person or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the voting securities of the fund. The Board may change non-fundamental investment policies at any time.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in the percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction.

Each fund’s investment objective is non-fundamental.

Fundamental Investment Policies

Each fund’s fundamental investment policies are as follows:

1. The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

2. The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

3. The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

4. The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

5. The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

6. The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

7. Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

8. Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in its state’s investment grade municipal securities or other investments with similar economic characteristics.

 

32


With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. (A fund’s total assets include the amounts being borrowed.) To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings, provided that in the event that the fund’s asset coverage falls below 300%, the fund is required to reduce the amount of its borrowings so that it meets the 300% asset coverage threshold within three days (not including Sundays and holidays). Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowing, and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of a fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, a fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently, no fund contemplates borrowing money for leverage, but if a fund does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit a fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause a fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to a fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s manager or a subadviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. Each fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. A fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from

 

33


purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities, except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. A fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of a fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate; however, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If a fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in exchange traded funds that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. In addition, the term industry will be interpreted to include related group of industries. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be

 

34


considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries or groups of industries. The funds have been advised by the staff of the SEC that the staff currently views securities issued by a foreign government to be in a single industry for purposes of calculating applicable limits on concentration.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to investments in municipal securities set forth in (8) above, each fund considers any investment in municipal securities that pay interest subject to the AMT as part of the 80% of the fund’s assets to be invested in municipal securities.

The funds’ fundamental policies are written and will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

Non-fundamental Investment Policy

Each fund has adopted the following non-fundamental investment policy:

If at any time another registered open-end investment company that is part of the same group of investment companies as the fund invests in the fund in reliance upon the provisions of subparagraph (G) of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act, the fund will not invest in other registered open-end investment companies and registered unit investment trusts in reliance upon the provisions of subparagraphs (G) or (F) of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

For reporting purposes, each fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in a fund’s investment portfolio (other than short-term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year.

In the event that portfolio turnover increases, this increase necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by a fund. To the extent the portfolio trading results in realization of capital gains, shareholders will receive distributions of such gains in the form of a taxable ordinary or capital gain dividend.

Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the subadviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

For the fiscal years ended November 30, 2012 and November 30, 2013, each fund’s portfolio turnover rates were as follows:

 

Fund

   2012 (%)      2013 (%)  

California Fund

     10         16   

New York Fund

     8         13   

 

35


MANAGEMENT

The business and affairs of the funds are conducted by management under the supervision and subject to the direction of its Board. The business address of each Trustee (including each Trustee of the funds who is not an “interested person” of the funds (an “Independent Trustee”)) is c/o Kenneth D. Fuller, Legg Mason, 100 International Drive, 11 th Floor, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Information pertaining to the Trustees and officers of the funds is set forth below.

 

Name and

Year of Birth

  

Position(s)
with Trust

  

Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board

Memberships
Held by Trustee
During Past 5 Years

Independent Trustees#:

        

Elliott J. Berv

Born 1943

   Trustee    Since 1989    President and Chief Executive Officer, Catalyst (consulting) (since 1984); formerly, Chief Executive Officer, Rocket City Enterprises (media) (2000 to 2005)    54    World Affairs Council (since 2009); Board Member, American Identity Corp. (doing business as Morpheus Technologies) (biometric information management) (since 2001)

Jane F. Dasher

Born 1949

   Trustee    Since 1999    Chief Financial Officer, Long Light Capital, LLC, formerly known as Korsant Partners, LLC (a family investment company) (since 1997)    54    None

Mark T. Finn

Born 1943

   Trustee    Since 1989    Adjunct Professor, College of William & Mary (since 2002); Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Owner, Vantage Consulting Group, Inc. (investment management) (since 1988); Principal/Member, Balvan Partners (investment management) (2002 to 2009)    54    None

 

36


Name and

Year of Birth

  

Position(s)
with Trust

  

Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board

Memberships
Held by Trustee
During Past 5 Years

Stephen Randolph Gross

Born 1947

   Trustee    Since 1986    Chairman Emeritus (since 2011) and formerly, Chairman, HLB Gross Collins, P.C. (accounting and consulting firm) (1974 to 2011); Executive Director of Business Builders Team, LLC (since 2005); Principal, Gross Consulting Group, LLC (since 2011); CEO, Gross Capital Advisors, LLC (since 2011); CEO, Trusted CFO Solutions, LLC (since 2011)    54    None

Richard E. Hanson, Jr.

Born 1941

   Trustee    Since 1985    Retired; formerly, Headmaster, The New Atlanta Jewish Community High School, Atlanta, Georgia (1996 to 2000)    54    None

Diana R. Harrington

Born 1940

  

Trustee and

Chair of the Board

  

Since 1992

(Chair of the Board since 2013)

   Babson Distinguished Professor of Finance, Babson College (since 1992)    54    None

 

37


Name and

Year of Birth

  

Position(s)
with Trust

  

Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board

Memberships
Held by Trustee
During Past 5 Years

Susan M. Heilbron

Born 1945

   Trustee    Since 1994    Retired; formerly, President, Lacey & Heilbron (communications consulting) (1990 to 2002); formerly, General Counsel and Executive Vice President, The Trump Organization (1986 to 1990); formerly, Senior Vice President, New York State Urban Development Corporation (1984 to 1986); formerly, Associate, Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (1980 to 1984) and (1977 to 1979)    54    Formerly, Director, Lincoln Savings Bank, FSB (1991 to 1994); formerly, Director, Trump Shuttle, Inc. (air transportation) (1989 to 1990); formerly, Director, Alexander’s Inc. (department store) (1987 to 1990)

Susan B. Kerley

Born 1951

   Trustee    Since 1992    Investment Consulting Partner, Strategic Management Advisors, LLC (investment consulting) (since 1990)    54   

Director and Trustee

(since 1990) and formerly, Chairman (2005 to 2012) of various series of MainStay Family of Funds (66 funds); Investment Company Institute (ICI) Board of Governors (since 2006); ICI Executive Committee (since 2011); Chairman of the Independent Directors Council (since 2012)

 

38


Name and

Year of Birth

  

Position(s)
with Trust

  

Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board

Memberships
Held by Trustee
During Past 5 Years

Alan G. Merten

Born 1941

   Trustee    Since 1990    President Emeritus (since 2012) and formerly, President, George Mason University (1996 to 2012)    54   

Director Emeritus (since 2012) and formerly, Director, Cardinal Financial Corporation (2006 to 2012); Trustee, First Potomac Realty Trust (since 2005); Director, DeVry Inc. (educational services) (since 2012); formerly, Director, Xybernaut Corporation (information technology)

(2004 to 2006); formerly, Director, Digital Net Holdings, Inc. (2003 to 2004); formerly, Director, Comshare, Inc. (information technology)

(1985 to 2003)

R. Richardson Pettit

Born 1942

   Trustee    Since 1990   

Retired; formerly, Duncan Professor of Finance, University of Houston

(1977 to 2006); previous academic or management positions include: University of Washington, University of Pennsylvania and Purdue University

   54    None

 

39


Name and

Year of Birth

  

Position(s)
with Trust

  

Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board

Memberships
Held by Trustee
During Past 5 Years

Interested Trustee and Officer:

           

Kenneth D. Fuller†

Born 1958

   Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer    Since 2013    Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”) (since 2013); Officer and/or Trustee/Director of 170 funds associated with Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”) or its affiliates (since 2013); President and Chief Executive Officer of LMPFA (since 2013); President and Chief Executive Officer of LM Asset Services, LLC (“LMAS”) and Legg Mason Fund Asset Management, Inc. (“LMFAM”) (formerly registered investment advisers) (since 2013); formerly, Senior Vice President of LMPFA (2012 to 2013); formerly, Director of Legg Mason & Co. (2012 to 2013); formerly, Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (2009 to 2012); formerly, Vice President—Equity Division of T. Rowe Price Associates (1993 to 2009), as well as Investment Analyst and Portfolio Manager for certain asset allocation accounts (2004 to 2009)    158    None

 

40


 

# Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the funds within the meaning of Section 2(a) (19) of the 1940 Act.
* Each Trustee serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a board member for a fund in the Legg Mason fund complex.
Mr. Fuller is an “interested person” of the funds, as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with LMPFA and/or certain of its affiliates.

 

Name, Year of Birth
and Address

  

Position(s)

with Trust

  

Term of Office*

and Length of

Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Additional Officers:

     

Ted P. Becker

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

49 th Floor

New York, NY 10018

  

Chief

Compliance Officer

   Since 2007    Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA (since 2006); Managing Director of Compliance of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2006)

Susan Kerr

Born 1949

620 Eighth Avenue

49 th Floor

New York, NY 10018

   Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer    Since 2013    Assistant Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. and LMIS (since 2010); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2013) and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of LMIS (since 2012); Senior Compliance Officer of LMIS (since 2011); formerly, AML Consultant, DTCC (2010); formerly, AML Consultant, Rabobank Netherlands, (2009); formerly, First Vice President, Director of Marketing & Advertising Compliance and Manager of Communications Review Group at Citigroup Inc. (1996 to 2008)

Vanessa A. Williams

Born 1979

100 First Stamford Place

6 th Floor

Stamford, CT 06902

   Identity Theft Prevention Officer    Since 2011    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2012); Identity Theft Prevention Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2011); formerly, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (2011 to 2013); formerly, Senior Compliance Officer of Legg Mason & Co. (2008 to 2011); formerly, Compliance Analyst of Legg Mason & Co. (2006 to 2008) and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (prior to 2006)

Robert I. Frenkel

Born 1954

100 First Stamford Place

6 th Floor

Stamford, CT 06902

   Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    Since 2007    Vice President and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason (since 2006); Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006) and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (since 1994); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2006) and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (prior to 2006)

 

41


Name, Year of Birth
and Address

  

Position(s)

with Trust

  

Term of Office*

and Length of

Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Thomas C. Mandia

Born 1962

100 First Stamford Place

6 th Floor

Stamford, CT 06902

   Assistant Secretary    Since 2007    Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005) and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (prior to 2005); Secretary of LMPFA (since 2006); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2006) and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (prior to 2006); Secretary of LMAS (since 2002) and LMFAM (since 2013)

Richard F. Sennett

Born 1970

100 International Drive

7 th Floor

Baltimore, MD 21202

   Principal Financial Officer    Since 2011    Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2011 and since 2013); Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. and Senior Manager of the Treasury Policy group for Legg Mason & Co.’s Global Fiduciary Platform (since 2011); formerly, Chief Accountant within the SEC’s Division of Investment Management (2007 to 2011); formerly, Assistant Chief Accountant within the SEC’s Division of Investment Management (2002 to 2007)

James Crowley

Born 1966

620 Eighth Avenue

49 th Floor

New York, NY 10018

   Treasurer    Since 2011    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2010); Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2011); formerly, Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (prior to 2011); formerly, Controller of Security Fair Valuation and Project Management for Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (prior to 2010)

Jeanne M. Kelly

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

49 th Floor

New York, NY 10018

  

Senior

Vice President

   Since 2007    Senior Vice President of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2007); Senior Vice President of LMPFA (since 2006) and LMFAM (since 2013); Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005) and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (prior to 2005)

 

* Each officer serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took such office.

Each of the Trustees, except for Mr. Fuller, previously served as a trustee or director of certain predecessor funds in the Legg Mason-sponsored fund complex, and each Trustee, except for Mr. Fuller, was thus initially selected by the board of the applicable predecessor funds. In connection with a restructuring of the fund complex completed in 2007, the Board was established to oversee mutual funds in the fund complex that invest primarily in fixed income securities, including the funds, with a view to ensuring continuity of representation by board members of predecessor funds on the Board and in order to establish a Board with experience in and focused on overseeing fixed income mutual funds, which experience would be further developed and enhanced over time.

In connection with the restructuring, the Independent Trustees were selected to join the Board based upon the following as to each Board Member: his or her contribution as a board member of predecessor funds; such person’s character and integrity; such person’s willingness to serve and willingness and ability to commit the time necessary to perform the duties of a Trustee; the fact that such person’s service would be consistent with the

 

42


requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust; and his or her status as not being an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act. Mr. Fuller was selected to join the Board based upon the following: character and integrity; willingness to serve and willingness and ability to commit the time necessary to perform the duties of a Trustee; the fact that service as a Trustee would be consistent with requirements of the Trust’s retirement policies, and his status as a representative of Legg Mason.

The Board believes that each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees lead to the conclusion that the Board possesses the requisite skills and attributes. The Board believes that the Trustees’ ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the manager, subadviser, other service providers, counsel and independent auditors, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties, support this conclusion. The Board has also considered the contributions that each Trustee can make to the Board and the funds, as well as the perspectives gained from the Independent Trustees’ service on the board of the applicable predecessor fund. In addition, the following specific experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills apply as to each Trustee: Mr. Berv, experience as a chief executive officer and board member of various businesses and organizations and organizational consulting experience; Ms. Dasher, experience as a chief financial officer of a private investment company; Mr. Finn, investment management experience as an executive, consultant and portfolio manager; Mr. Gross, accounting background and experience as an officer and board member of various organizations; Mr. Hanson, experience in academic leadership; Dr. Harrington, background in investment and finance; Ms. Heilbron, legal background and experience, business and consulting experience and experience as a board member of public companies; Ms. Kerley, investment consulting experience and background and mutual fund board experience; Dr. Merten, academic leadership experience, background in investments and finance, and board experience; Dr. Pettit, economic and finance background and academic management experience; and Mr. Fuller, investment management and risk oversight experience as an executive and portfolio manager and leadership roles within Legg Mason and affiliated entities and another investment advisory firm. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees are pursuant to requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.

The Board is responsible for overseeing the management and operations of the funds. Mr. Fuller is an interested person of the funds. Independent Trustees constitute more than 75% of the Board. Dr. Harrington serves as Chair of the Board.

The Board has three standing committees: the Audit Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee (referred to as the Governance Committee), and Investment and Performance Committee (referred to as the Performance Committee). Each of the Audit, Governance and Performance Committees is chaired by an Independent Trustee and composed of all of the Independent Trustees. Where deemed appropriate, the Board constitutes ad hoc committees.

The Chair of the Board and the chairs of the Audit, Governance and Performance Committees work with the Chief Executive Officer of the Trust to set the agendas for Board and committee meetings. The Chair of the Board also serves as a key point person for dealings between management and the other Independent Trustees. As noted below, through the committees the Independent Trustees consider and address important matters involving the funds, including those presenting conflicts or potential conflicts of interest for management. The Independent Trustees also regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. The Board has determined that its committees help ensure that the funds have effective and independent governance and oversight. The Board also has determined that its leadership structure, in which the Chair of the Board is not affiliated with Legg Mason, is appropriate. The Board also believes that its leadership structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Trustees from management, including each fund’s subadviser.

 

43


The Audit Committee oversees, among other things, the scope of each fund’s audit, each fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and the internal controls over financial accounting and reporting. The primary purposes of the Board’s Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of each fund, and the qualifications and independence of each fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of each fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to each fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by each fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to each fund’s operations and financial reporting.

The Governance Committee is the forum for consideration of a number of issues required to be considered separately by independent trustees of mutual funds, including, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee also considers issues that the Independent Trustees believe it is advisable for them to consider separately. When addressing vacancies, the Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems appropriate, a professional search firm. The committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

 

   

whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

 

   

whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the investment adviser, service providers or their affiliates;

 

   

whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

 

   

the contribution which the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the committee may consider relevant;

 

   

whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

 

   

the character and integrity of the person; and

 

   

whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Performance Committee is charged with, among other things, reviewing investment performance. The Performance Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of each fund’s investment management and subadvisory arrangements.

 

44


As an integral part of its responsibility for oversight of the funds in the interests of shareholders, the Board oversees risk management of each fund’s investment programs and business affairs. The Board has emphasized to each fund’s manager and subadviser the importance of maintaining vigorous risk management. The manager and the subadviser also have their own independent interest in risk management and in maintaining risk management programs. Oversight of the risk management process is part of the Board’s general oversight of each fund and its service providers. The Board exercises oversight of the risk management process primarily through the Performance Committee and the Audit Committee, and through oversight by the Board itself.

The funds face a number of risks, such as investment risk, counterparty risk, valuation risk, reputational risk, risk of operational failure or lack of business continuity, and legal, compliance and regulatory risk. Risk management seeks to identify and address risks, i.e., events or circumstances that could have material adverse effects on the business, operations, shareholder services, investment performance or reputation of the funds. Under the overall oversight of the Board or the applicable committee, the funds, or the manager, each fund’s subadviser, and the affiliates of the manager and the subadviser, or other service providers to each fund employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various of those possible events or circumstances, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur.

Different processes, procedures and controls are employed with respect to different types of risks. Various personnel, including each fund’s and the manager’s CCO and the manager’s chief risk officer, as well as various personnel of the subadviser and other service providers such as each fund’s independent accountants, also make periodic reports to the Performance Committee or Audit Committee or to the Board, pursuant to the committee’s or Board’s request, with respect to various aspects of risk management, as well as events and circumstances that have arisen and responses thereto.

The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the funds can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve each fund’s goals, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the Trustees as to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the Board’s risk management oversight is subject to substantial limitations.

The Board met 4 times during the funds’ fiscal year ended November 30, 2013. Each of the Audit, Governance and Performance Committees met 4 times during the funds’ last fiscal year.

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in each fund and other investment companies in the fund complex overseen by the Trustees as of December 31, 2013.

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range of
Equity
Securities in
New York Fund ($)
     Dollar Range of
Equity
Securities in
California Fund ($)
     Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities in
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen
by Trustee ($)

Independent Trustees:

        

Elliott J. Berv

     None         None       50,001-100,000

Jane F. Dasher

     None         None       Over 100,000

Mark T. Finn

     None         None       Over 100,000

Stephen Randolph Gross

     None         None       None

Richard E. Hanson, Jr.

     None         None       Over 100,000

Diana R. Harrington

     None         None       Over 100,000

Susan M. Heilbron

     None         None       Over 100,000

Susan B. Kerley

     None         None       Over 100,000

Alan G. Merten

     None         None       Over 100,000

R. Richardson Pettit

     None         None       Over 100,000

 

45


Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range of
Equity
Securities in
New York Fund ($)
     Dollar Range of
Equity
Securities in
California Fund ($)
     Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities in
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen
by Trustee ($)

Interested Trustee:

        

R. Jay Gerken

     None         None       Over 100,000

Kenneth D. Fuller

     None         None       Over 100,000

As of December 31, 2013, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the funds’ manager, subadviser or distributor, or of a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadviser or distributor of the funds.

Information regarding compensation paid by each fund to its Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Fuller, an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the funds for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

Each fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustee fees based upon asset size. Prior to January 1, 2014, each fund paid each of the Trustees who is not a director, officer or employee of the manager or any of its affiliates its pro rata share of: an annual fee of $160,000, plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person and, prior to January 1, 2013, $2,500 for certain telephonic Board and committee meetings in which that Trustee participates. As of January 1, 2014, each fund currently pays each of the Trustees who is not a director, officer or employee of the manager or any of its affiliates its pro rata share of: an annual fee of $180,000, plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person. Effective June 1, 2013, each fund pays a pro rata share of $75,000 to the Independent Trustee serving as Chair to the Board. Effective January 1, 2013, each fund pays each of the Trustees who is not a director, officer or employee of the manager or any of its affiliates its pro rata share of $1,500 for certain telephonic Board and committee meetings in which that Trustee participates. Each of the Chairs of the Audit Committee and the Performance Committee, and, as of June 1, 2013, the Governance Committee receives an additional $15,000 per year. Each of the other members of the Performance Committee receives an additional $10,000 per year in connection with the annual consideration of the funds’ advisory, subadvisory and distribution arrangements.

Information regarding compensation paid to the Trustees is shown below:

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation for
Fiscal Year Ended
November 30, 2013 ($)
    Total Pension or
Retirement Benefits
Paid as Part of  Fund
Expenses for
Fiscal Year Ended
November 30, 2013 (2)  ($)
    Total Compensation
from Fund
Complex Paid to
Trustee for Calendar
Year Ended
December 31, 2013 ($)
    Number of
Portfolios in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Trustee for Fiscal
Year Ended
November 30, 2013
 
   California
Fund
    New York
Fund
       

Independent Trustees:

          

Elliott J. Berv

     314        416        None        258,750        54   

A Benton Cocanougher (1)

     304        403        None        250,000        54   

Jane F. Dasher

     304        403        None        250,000        54   

Mark T. Finn

     304        403        None        250,000        54   

Stephen Randolph Gross

     304        403        None        250,000        54   

Richard E. Hanson, Jr

     304        403        None        250,000        54   

Diana R. Harrington

     361        479        None        301,250        54   

Susan M. Heilbron

     304        403        None        250,000        54   

Susan B. Kerley

     314        416        None        258,750        54   

Alan G. Merten

     321        425        None        265,000        54   

R. Richardson Pettit

     321        425        None        265,000        54   

 

46


Name of Trustee

   Aggregte
Compensation for
Fiscal Year Ended
November 30, 2013 ($)
    Total Pension or
Retirement Benefits
Paid as Part of  Fund
Expenses for
Fiscal Year Ended
November 30, 2013 (2)  ($)
    Total Compensation
from Fund
Complex Paid to
Trustee for Calendar
Year Ended
December 31, 2013 ($)
    Number of
Portfolios in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Trustee for Fiscal
Year Ended
November 30, 2013
 
   California
Fund
    New York
Fund
       

Interested Trustee:

          

R. Jay Gerken ( 2 )

     0        0        None        0        N/A   

Kenneth D. Fuller (2)

     0        0        None        0        155   

 

(1)  

Effective December 31, 2013, Dr. Cocanougher retired as a Trustee.

(2)  

Mr. Gerken retired as a Trustee effective May 31, 2013, and Mr. Fuller became a Trustee effective June 1, 2013. Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as a Trustee, and Mr. Fuller is not compensated for such services, because of their affiliations with the manager.

(3)  

Pursuant to prior retirement plans, California Fund and New York Fund made payments to former trustees for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013 of $363 and $574, respectively.

Officers of the funds receive no compensation from the funds , although they may be reimbursed by the funds for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

As of March 4, 2014, the Trustees and officers of the funds, as a group, owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each class of each fund.

To the knowledge of the funds, as of March 4, 2014, the following shareholders owned or held of record 5% or more, as indicated, of the outstanding shares of the applicable class of each fund:

 

Fund/Class

  

Name and Address

   Percent of Class (%)  

CALIFORNIA FUND—CLASS A

  

MORGAN STANLEY & CO INC

HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER

PLAZA TWO 2ND FLOOR

JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

     50.11   

CALIFORNIA FUND—CLASS A

  

UBS WM USA

OMNI ACCOUNT M/F

ATTN: DEPARTMENT MANAGER

499 WASHINGTON BLVD FL 9

JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055

     13.44   

CALIFORNIA FUND—CLASS A

  

BNY MELLON INVESTMENT SERVICING

(US) INC

FBO PRIMERICA FINANCIAL SERVICES

760 MOORE RD

KING OF PRUSSIA PA 19406-1212

     7.38   

CALIFORNIA FUND—CLASS A

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

     6.54   

CALIFORNIA FUND—CLASS C

  

MORGAN STANLEY & CO INC

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS OPERATIONS

HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER

PLAZA TWO 2ND FLOOR

JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

     48.41   

 

47


Fund/Class

  

Name and Address

   Percent of Class (%)  

CALIFORNIA FUND—CLASS C

  

FIRST CLEARING, LLC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER

2801 MARKET STREET

ST LOUIS MO 63103-2523

     10.41   

CALIFORNIA FUND—CLASS C

  

UBS WM USA

OMNI ACCOUNT M/F

ATTN: DEPARTMENT MANAGER

499 WASHINGTON BLVD FL 9

JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055

     9.88   

CALIFORNIA FUND—CLASS C

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS

CUSTOMERS

ATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION

4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

     8.74   

CALIFORNIA FUND—CLASS C

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC

707 2ND AVE S

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

     5.54   

CALIFORNIA FUND—CLASS I

  

MORGAN STANLEY & CO INC

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS OPERATIONS

HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER

PLAZA TWO 2ND FLOOR

JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

     35.46   

CALIFORNIA FUND—CLASS I

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS

CUSTOMERS

ATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION

4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

     34.51   

CALIFORNIA FUND—CLASS I

  

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

MUTUAL FUND OMNIBUS PROCESSING

OMNIBUS ATT MUTL FD OPS MANAGER

510 MARQUETTE AVE SOUTH

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1110

     11.24   

CALIFORNIA FUND—CLASS I

  

PERSHING LLC

1 PERSHING PLZ

JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

     9.47   

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS A

  

MORGAN STANLEY & CO INC

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS OPERATIONS

HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER

PLAZA TWO 2ND FLOOR

JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

     51.62   

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS A

  

PERSHING LLC

1 PERSHING PLZ

JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

     15.26   

 

48


Fund/Class

  

Name and Address

   Percent of Class (%)  

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS A

  

UBS WM USA

OMNI ACCOUNT M/F

ATTN: DEPARTMENT MANAGER

499 WASHINGTON BLVD FL 9

JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055

     10.17   

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS A

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC

FBO # 41999970

707 2ND AVE S

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

     6.99   

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS A

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS

CUSTOMERS

ATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION

4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

     5.33   

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS C

  

MORGAN STANLEY & CO INC

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS OPERATIONS

HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER

PLAZA TWO 2ND FLOOR

JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

     35.45   

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS C

  

PERSHING LLC

1 PERSHING PLZ

JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

     12.19   

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS C

  

FIRST CLEARING, LLC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER

2801 MARKET STREET

ST LOUIS MO 63103-2523

     11.90   

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS C

  

UBS WM USA

OMNI ACCOUNT M/F

ATTN: DEPARTMENT MANAGER

499 WASHINGTON BLVD FL 9

JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055

     7.76   

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS C

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS

CUSTOMERS

ATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION

4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

     7.72   

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS C

  

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

MUTUAL FUND OMNIBUS PROCESSING

OMNIBUS ATT MUTL FD OPS MANAGER

510 MARQUETTE AVE SOUTH

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1110

     6.88   

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS C

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC

707 2ND AVE S

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

     5.19   

 

49


Fund/Class

  

Name and Address

   Percent of Class (%)  

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS I

  

MORGAN STANLEY & CO INC

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS OPERATIONS

HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER

PLAZA TWO 2ND FLOOR

JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

     35.39   

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS I

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS

CUSTOMERS

ATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION

4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

     24.53   

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS I

  

PERSHING LLC

1 PERSHING PLZ

JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

     17.03   

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS I

  

FIRST CLEARING, LLC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER

2801 MARKET STREET

ST LOUIS MO 63103-2523

     13.17   

NEW YORK FUND—CLASS I

  

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP

FBO EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUST

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FLOOR

499 WASHINGTON BLVD

JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2010

     8.30   

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) serves as investment manager to the funds and provides certain oversight services to the funds, in each case pursuant to an investment management agreement (each, a “Management Agreement”). LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

The manager has agreed, under each Management Agreement, subject to the supervision of the fund’s Board, to provide the fund with investment research, advice, management and supervision, furnish a continuous investment program for the fund’s portfolio of securities and other investments consistent with the fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions, and place orders pursuant to its investment determinations. The manager is permitted to enter into contracts with subadvisers or subadministrators, subject to the Board’s approval. The manager has entered into subadvisory agreements, as described below.

As compensation for services performed, facilities furnished and expenses assumed by the manager, each fund pays the manager a fee computed daily at an annual rate of the fund’s average daily net assets as described below. The manager also performs administrative and management services as reasonably requested by each fund necessary for the operation of the fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of each fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with, and monitoring of performance and billings of, the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and

 

50


other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the fund’s existence; and (v) maintaining the registration or qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

Each Management Agreement will continue in effect from year to year, provided continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees, with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

Each Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. Each Management Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the manager, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice to the fund, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) by the manager. No Management Agreement is assignable by the Trust except with the consent of the manager.

Each Management Agreement provides that the manager, its affiliates performing services contemplated by the Management Agreement, and the partners, shareholders, directors, officers and employees of the manager and such affiliates, will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law, for any loss arising out of any investment, or for any act or omission in the execution of securities transactions for the fund, but the manager is not protected against any liability to the fund to which the manager would be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Management Agreement.

For its services under the applicable fund’s Management Agreement, the manager receives an investment management fee equal to 0.50% of each fund’s average daily net assets calculated daily and payable monthly. The manager may reimburse the fund or waive all or a portion of its management fees.

For the periods below, the funds paid investment management fees to the manager as follows:

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year Ended
November 30
     Gross
Management
Fees ($)
     Management Fees
Waived/Expenses
Reimbursed ($)
     Net Management Fees
(after fee waivers/expense
reimbursements) ($)
 

New York Fund

     2013         1,375,726         45,936         1,329,790   
     2012         1,291,594         28,652         1,262,942   
     2011         1,151,031         23,319         1,127,712   

California Fund

     2013         1,032,997         84,583         948,414   
     2012         969,777         19,533         950,244   
     2011         902,588         42,518         860,070   

Subadviser

Western Asset Management Company (“Western Asset” or the “subadviser”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of each fund as subadviser pursuant to a subadvisory agreement (each, a “Subadvisory Agreement”). Western Asset is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

Under each Subadvisory Agreement, subject to the supervision of the Board and the manager, the subadviser regularly provides investment research, advice, management and supervision; furnishes a continuous investment program consistent with the fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and places orders pursuant to its investment determinations. The subadviser may delegate to companies that the subadviser controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, certain of the subadviser’s duties under a Subadvisory Agreement, subject to the subadviser’s supervision, provided the subadviser will not be relieved of its duties or obligations under the Subadvisory Agreement as a result of any delegation.

 

51


Each Subadvisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year, provided continuance is specifically approved at least annually with respect to a fund (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate each Subadvisory Agreement on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser without penalty. The subadviser may terminate each Subadvisory Agreement on not less than 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the manager without penalty. The manager and the subadviser may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. Each Subadvisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) by the subadviser. The manager may not assign the Subadvisory Agreement except with the subadviser’s consent.

Each Subadvisory Agreement provides that the subadviser, its affiliates performing services contemplated by the Subadvisory Agreement, and the partners, shareholders, directors, officers and employees of the subadviser and such affiliates will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law, or for any loss arising out of any investment, or for any act or omission in the execution of securities transactions for the fund, but the subadviser is not protected against any liability to the fund or the manager to which the subadviser would be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Subadvisory Agreement.

As compensation for its services, the manager pays to the subadviser a fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to the manager by each fund, net of any waivers and expense reimbursements.

Investment Professionals

The following tables set forth additional information with respect to the investment professionals responsible for the day-to-day management of the funds. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of November 30, 2013.

Other Accounts Managed by Investment Professionals

The table below identifies, for each investment professional, the number of accounts (other than the fund with respect to which information is provided) for which the investment professional has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts. For each category, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts where fees are based on performance are also indicated.

California Fund

 

Investment Professional

  

Type of Account

   Number of
Accounts
Managed
     Total Assets
Managed ($)
     Number of
Accounts
Managed
for which
Advisory Fee is
Performance-
Based
     Assets Managed
for which
Advisory Fee is
Performance-
Based ($)
 

Robert E. Amodeo

   Registered investment companies      21         16.0 billion         None         None   
   Other pooled investment vehicles      None         None         None         None   
   Other accounts      16         3.2 billion         None         None   

 

52


Investment Professional

  

Type of Account

   Number of
Accounts
Managed
     Total Assets
Managed ($)
     Number of
Accounts
Managed
for which
Advisory Fee is
Performance-
Based
     Assets Managed
for which
Advisory Fee is
Performance-
Based ($)
 

David T. Fare

   Registered investment companies      16         13.8 billion         None         None   
   Other pooled investment vehicles      None         None         None         None   
   Other accounts      2         1.3 billion         None         None   

Dennis J. McNamara

   Registered investment companies      36         145.7 billion         None         None   
   Other pooled investment vehicles      27         10.2 billion         1         266.6 million   
   Other accounts      134         47.0 billion         8         1.5 billion   

S. Kenneth Leech*

   Registered investment companies      104         188.9 billion         None         None   
   Other pooled investment vehicles      248         90.5 billion         9         1.6 billion   
   Other accounts      710         170.1 billion         58         15.5 billion   

New York Fund

 

Investment Professional

  

Type of Account

   Number of
Accounts
Managed
     Total Assets
Managed ($)
     Number of
Accounts
Managed
for which
Advisory Fee is
Performance-
Based
     Assets Managed
for which
Advisory Fee is
Performance-
Based ($)
 

Robert E. Amodeo

   Registered investment companies      21         16.0 billion         None         None   
   Other pooled investment vehicles      None         None         None         None   
   Other accounts      16         3.2 billion         None         None   

David T. Fare

   Registered investment companies      16         13.7 billion         None         None   
   Other pooled investment vehicles      None         None         None         None   
   Other accounts      2         1.3 billion         None         None   

Dennis J. McNamara

   Registered investment companies      36         145.7 billion         None         None   
   Other pooled investment vehicles      27         10.2 billion         1         266.6 billion   
   Other accounts      134         47.0 billion         8         1.5 billion   

S. Kenneth Leech*

   Registered investment companies      104         188.9 billion         None         None   
   Other pooled investment vehicles      248         90.5 billion         9         1.6 billion   
   Other accounts      710         170.1 billion         58         15.5 billion   

 

53


 

* On or about March 31, 2014, Mr. Leech joined the portfolio management team of the fund and the portfolio management teams having investment responsibility for other registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts. Information in this table relating to Mr. Leech reflects the assets under management of these additional registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts as of November 30, 2013.

Investment Professional Compensation

With respect to the compensation of a fund’s investment professionals, the subadviser’s compensation system assigns each employee a total compensation range, which is derived from annual market surveys that benchmark each role with its job function and peer universe. This method is designed to reward employees with total compensation reflective of the external market value of their skills, experience, and ability to produce desired results. Standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, generous employee benefits, and a retirement plan.

In addition, the subadviser’s employees are eligible for bonuses. These are structured to closely align the interests of employees with those of the subadviser, and are determined by the professional’s job function and pre-tax performance as measured by a formal review process. All bonuses are completely discretionary. The principal factor considered is an investment professional’s investment performance versus appropriate peer groups and benchmarks (e.g., a securities index and with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s Prospectus to which the fund’s average annual total returns are compared or, if none, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s annual report). Performance is reviewed on a 1, 3 and 5 year basis for compensation—with 3 and 5 years having a larger emphasis. The subadviser may also measure an investment professional’s pre-tax investment performance against other benchmarks, as it determines appropriate. Because investment professionals are generally responsible for multiple accounts (including the funds) with similar investment strategies, they are generally compensated on the performance of the aggregate group of similar accounts, rather than a specific account. Other factors that may be considered when making bonus decisions include client service, business development, length of service to the subadviser, management or supervisory responsibilities, contributions to developing business strategy and overall contributions to the subadviser’s business.

Finally, in order to attract and retain top talent, all investment professionals are eligible for additional incentives in recognition of outstanding performance. These are determined based upon the factors described above and include Legg Mason stock options and long-term incentives that vest over a set period of time past the award date.

Conflicts of Interest

The manager, the subadviser and investment professionals have interests which conflict with the interests of the funds. There is no guarantee that the policies and procedures adopted by the manager, the subadviser and the funds will be able to identify or mitigate these conflicts of interest.

Some examples of material conflicts of interest include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. An investment professional who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. An investment professional may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those funds and accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. Such an investment professional may make general determinations across multiple funds, rather than tailoring a unique approach for each fund. The effects of this conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular investment professional have different investment strategies.

 

54


Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities; Aggregation of Orders. If an investment professional identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit the fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity. Additionally, the subadviser may aggregate transaction orders for multiple accounts for purpose of execution. Such aggregation may cause the price or brokerage costs to be less favorable to a particular client than if similar transactions were not being executed concurrently for other accounts. In addition, the subadviser’s trade allocation policies may result in the fund’s orders not being fully executed or being delayed in execution.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, an investment professional may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the investment professional may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts. For example, an investment professional may determine that it would be in the interest of another account to sell a security that the fund holds long, potentially resulting in a decrease in the market value of the security held by the fund.

Cross Trades. Investment professionals may manage funds that engage in cross trades, where one of the manager’s funds or accounts sells a particular security to another fund or account managed by the same manager. Cross trades may pose conflicts of interest because of, for example, the possibility that one account sells a security to another account at a higher price than an independent third party would pay or otherwise enters into a transaction that it would not enter into with an independent party, such as the sale of a difficult-to-obtain security.

Selection of Broker/Dealers. Investment professionals may select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide the subadviser with brokerage and research services. These services may be taken into account in the selection of brokers and dealers whether a broker is being selected to effect a trade on an agency basis for a commission or (as is normally the case for the funds) whether a dealer is being selected to effect a trade on a principal basis. This may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees and/or execution at a less favorable price than might have otherwise been available. The services obtained may ultimately be more beneficial to certain of the manager’s funds or accounts than to others (but not necessarily to the funds that pay the increased commission or incur the less favorable execution). A decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could therefore yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts managed.

Variation in Financial and Other Benefits. A conflict of interest arises where the financial or other benefits available to an investment professional differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the amount or structure of the investment manager’s management fee and/or an investment professional’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the investment professional might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance the investment professional’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the investment professional in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the investment professional. An investment professional may, for example, have an incentive to allocate favorable or limited opportunity investments or structure the timing of investments to favor such funds and/or accounts. Also, an investment professional’s or the manager’s or the subadviser’s desire to increase assets under management could influence the investment professional to keep a fund open for new investors without regard to potential benefits of closing the fund to new investors. Additionally, the investment professional might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest or in which the investment manager and/or its affiliates have ownership interests. Conversely, if an investment professional does not personally hold an investment in the fund, the investment professional’s conflicts of interest with respect to the fund may be more acute.

 

55


Related Business Opportunities. The investment manager or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, an investment professional may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of funds and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the investment manager and its affiliates.

Investment Professional Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of equity securities of the fund by each investment professional responsible for the day-to-day management of the funds as of November 30, 2013.

California Fund

 

Investment Professionals

   Dollar Range of Ownership
of Securities ($)
 

David T. Fare

     None   

Robert Amodeo

     None   

Dennis McNamara

     None   

S. Kenneth Leech

     None   

New York Fund

 

Investment Professionals

   Dollar Range of Ownership
of Securities ($)
 

David T. Fare

     None   

Robert Amodeo

     None   

Dennis McNamara

     None   

S. Kenneth Leech

     None   

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the 12b-1 Plan (as discussed below), each fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things, interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organizational costs of the fund; costs (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to the issuing and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the fund, if any; the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, members of the Board and employees; and litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and the legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s Board members and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to implement an expense limitation and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares. Any such expense limitations and/or reimbursements are described in a fund’s Prospectus.

 

56


The expense limitations and/or reimbursements do not cover (a) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter spreads) and taxes; (b) extraordinary expenses, such as any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demands related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time; and (c) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of a fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of a fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of board members or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Some of these arrangements do not cover interest expenses.

These arrangements may be reduced or terminated under certain circumstances.

In order to implement an expense limitation, the manager will, as necessary, waive management fees or reimburse operating expenses. However, the manager is permitted to recapture amounts waived or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’ total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the class’ expense limitation. In no case will the manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular business day of the relevant fund, in the class’ total annual operating expenses exceeding such expense limitation or any lower limit then in effect.

Distributor

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, located at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, serves as the sole and exclusive distributor of each fund pursuant to a written agreement (as amended, the “Distribution Agreement”).

Under the Distribution Agreement, the distributor is appointed as principal underwriter and distributor in connection with the offering and sale of shares of each fund. The distributor offers the shares on an agency or “best efforts” basis under which a fund issues only the number of shares actually sold. Shares of each fund are continuously offered by the distributor.

The Distribution Agreement is renewable from year to year with respect to a fund if approved (a) by the Board or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Distribution Agreement is terminable with respect to any fund without penalty by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund, or by the distributor, on not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other party (unless the notice period is waived by mutual consent). The Distribution Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate in the event of its assignment.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act. Dealer reallowances are described in each fund’s Prospectus.

LMPFA, LMIS, their affiliates and their personnel have interests in promoting sales of the Legg Mason Funds, including remuneration, fees and profitability relating to services to and sales of the funds. Employees of

 

57


LMPFA, LMIS or their affiliates (including wholesalers registered with LMIS) may receive additional compensation related to the sale of individual Legg Mason Funds or categories of Legg Mason Funds. LMPFA, the subadvisers, and their advisory or other personnel may also benefit from increased amounts of assets under management.

Financial intermediaries, including broker/dealers, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets, insurance companies, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of a fund, also may benefit from the sales of shares of the Legg Mason Funds. For example, in connection with such sales, financial intermediaries may receive compensation from a fund (with respect to the fund as a whole or a particular class of shares) and/or from LMPFA, LMIS, and/or their affiliates, as further described below. The structure of these compensation arrangements, as well as the amounts paid under such arrangements, vary and may change from time to time. In addition, new compensation arrangements may be negotiated at any time. The compensation arrangements described in this section are not mutually exclusive, and a single financial intermediary may receive multiple types of compensation.

LMIS has agreements in place with financial intermediaries defining how much each firm will be paid for the sale of a particular mutual fund from sales charges, if any, paid by fund shareholders and from Rule 12b-1 Plan fees paid to LMIS by a fund. These financial intermediaries then pay their employees or associated persons who sell fund shares from the sales charges and/or fees they receive. The financial intermediary, and/or its employees or associated persons may receive a payment when a sale is made and will, in most cases, continue to receive ongoing payments while you are invested in a fund. In other cases, LMIS may retain all or a portion of such fees and sales charges.

In addition, LMIS, LMPFA and/or certain of their affiliates may make additional payments (which are often referred to as “revenue sharing” payments) to the financial intermediaries from their past profits and other available sources, including profits from their relationships with a fund. Revenue sharing payments are a form of compensation paid to a financial intermediary in addition to the sales charges paid by fund shareholders or Rule 12b-1 Plan fees paid by a fund. LMPFA, LMIS and/or certain of its affiliates may revise the terms of any existing revenue sharing arrangement, and may enter into additional revenue sharing arrangements with other financial services firms.

Revenue sharing arrangements are intended, among other things, to foster the sale of fund shares and/or to compensate financial services firms for assisting in marketing or promotional activities in connection with the sale of fund shares. In exchange for revenue sharing payments, LMPFA and LMIS generally expect to receive the opportunity for a fund to be sold through the financial intermediaries’ sales forces or to have access to third-party platforms or other marketing programs, including but not limited to mutual fund “supermarket” platforms or other sales programs. To the extent that financial intermediaries receiving revenue sharing payments sell more shares of a fund, LMPFA and LMIS and/or their affiliates benefit from the increase in fund assets as a result of the fees they receive from the fund.

Revenue sharing payments are usually calculated based on a percentage of fund sales and/or fund assets attributable to a particular financial intermediary. Payments may also be based on other criteria or factors such as, for example, a fee per each transaction. Specific payment formulas are negotiated based on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, reputation in the industry, ability to attract and retain assets, target markets, customer relationships and scope and quality of services provided. In addition, LMIS, LMPFA and/or certain of their affiliates may pay flat fees on a one-time or irregular basis for the initial set-up of a fund on a financial intermediary’s systems, participation or attendance at a financial intermediary’s meetings, or for other reasons. In addition, LMIS, LMPFA and/or certain of their affiliates may pay certain education and training costs of financial intermediaries (including, in some cases, travel expenses) to train and educate the personnel of the financial intermediaries. It is likely that financial intermediaries that execute portfolio transactions for a fund will include those firms with which LMPFA, LMIS and/or certain of their affiliates have entered into revenue sharing arrangements.

 

58


A fund generally pays the transfer agent for certain recordkeeping and administrative services. In addition, a fund may pay financial intermediaries for certain recordkeeping, administrative, sub-accounting and networking services. These services include maintenance of shareholder accounts by the firms, such as recordkeeping and other activities that otherwise would be performed by a fund’s transfer agent. Administrative fees may be paid to a firm that undertakes, for example, shareholder communications on behalf of a fund. Networking services are services undertaken to support the electronic transmission of shareholder purchase and redemption orders through the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”). These payments are generally based on either (1) a percentage of the average daily net assets of fund shareholders serviced by a financial intermediary or (2) a fixed dollar amount for each account serviced by a financial intermediary. LMIS, LMPFA and/or their affiliates may make all or a portion of these payments.

In addition, each fund reimburses LMIS for NSCC fees that are invoiced to LMIS as the party to the agreement with NSCC for the administrative services provided by NSCC to the fund and its shareholders. These services include transaction processing and settlement through Fund/SERV, electronic networking services to support the transmission of shareholder purchase and redemption orders to and from financial intermediaries, and related recordkeeping provided by NSCC to the fund and its shareholders.

If your fund shares are purchased through a retirement plan, LMIS, LMPFA or certain of their affiliates may also make similar payments to those described in this section to the plan’s recordkeeper or an affiliate.

Revenue sharing payments, as well as the other types of compensation arrangements described in this section, may provide an incentive for financial intermediaries and their employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of a fund to customers and in doing so may create conflicts of interest between the firms’ financial interests and the interests of their customers. Please contact your financial intermediary for details about any payments it (and its employees) may receive from a fund and/or from LMIS, LMPFA and/or their affiliates. You should review your financial intermediary’s disclosure and/or talk to your broker/dealer or financial intermediary to obtain more information on how this compensation may have influenced your broker/dealer’s or financial intermediary’s recommendation of a fund.

Dealer Commissions and Concessions

From time to time, the funds’ distributor or the manager, at its expense, may provide compensation or promotional incentives (“concessions”) to dealers that sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the funds or a managed account strategy of which a fund is part. Such concessions provided by the funds’ distributor or the manager may include financial assistance to dealers in connection with preapproved conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited registered representatives and other employees, payment for travel expenses, including lodging, incurred by registered representatives and other employees for such seminars or training programs, seminars for the public, advertising and sales campaigns regarding one or more funds, and/or other dealer-sponsored events. From time to time, the funds’ distributor or manager may make expense reimbursements for special training of a dealer’s registered representatives and other employees in group meetings or to help pay the expenses of sales contests. Other concessions may be offered to the extent not prohibited by state laws or any self-regulatory agency, such as the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

Services and Distribution Plan

The Trust, on behalf of each fund, has adopted a shareholder services and distribution plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Under the 12b-1 Plan, a fund may pay monthly fees to LMIS at an annual rate not to exceed the percentage set forth below of the average daily net assets of each class indicated. Each fund will provide the Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made.

 

59


Fund

 

Class

 

Fee (%)

California Fund

  A   0.15
  C   0.75
  FI   0.25

New York Fund

  A   0.15
  C   0.75
  FI   0.25

Fees under the 12b-1 Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the funds, for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing, and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than existing shareholders. Each fund also may make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of shares and/or shareholder services; provided, however, that the fees paid to a recipient with respect to a particular class that may be used to cover expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of that class, or that may be used to cover expenses primarily intended for personal service and/or maintenance of shareholder accounts, may not exceed the maximum amounts, if any, as may from time to time be permitted for such services under FINRA Conduct Rule 2830 or any successor rule, in each case as amended or interpreted by FINRA.

Since fees paid under the 12b-1 Plan are not tied directly to expenses, the amount of the fees paid by a class of a fund during any year may be more or less than actual expenses incurred pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan. This type of distribution fee arrangement is characterized by the staff of the SEC as being of the “compensation variety” (in contrast to “reimbursement” arrangements by which a distributor’s payments are directly linked to its expenses). Thus, even if the expenses exceed the fees provided for by the 12b-1 Plan, a fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if expenses incurred are less than the fees paid to the distributor and others, they will realize a profit.

The 12b-1 Plan recognizes that various service providers to a fund, such as its manager, may make payments for distribution, marketing or sales-related expenses out of their own resources of any kind, including profits or payments received from the funds for other purposes, such as management fees. The 12b-1 Plan provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of a fund, the payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan.

Under its terms, the 12b-1 Plan continues in effect for successive annual periods, provided continuance is specifically approved at least annually by vote of the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreements related to it (“Qualified Trustees”). The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase the amount of the service and distribution fees without shareholder approval, and all amendments of the 12b-1 Plan also must be approved by the Trustees, including the Qualified Trustees, in the manner described above. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to a class of a fund at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Qualified Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the class (as defined in the 1940 Act).

The following service and distribution fees were incurred by the funds pursuant to the distribution plan in effect during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013:

 

Fund/Class

   Service and
Distribution
Fees Incurred ($)
 

California Fund

  

Class A

     113,889   

Class C

     844,399   

 

60


Fund/Class

   Service and
Distribution
Fees Incurred ($)
 

New York Fund

  

Class A

     230,549   

Class C

     727,878   

No information is given for Class FI shares because no Class FI shares were outstanding during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013.

For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013, LMIS incurred distribution expenses for advertising, printing and mailing prospectuses, support services and overhead expenses and compensation to Service Agents and third parties as expressed in the following table. The distributor may have made revenue sharing payments in addition to the expenses shown here.

 

Fund/Class

   Third Party
Fees ($)
     Financial
Consultant
Compensation
(Amortized) ($)
     Marketing ($)      Printing ($)      Total
Current
Expenses ($)
 

California Fund

              

Class A

     113,889         0         96,765         829         211,483   

Class C

     844,095         331         166,068         1,104         1,011,598   

New York Fund

              

Class A

     230,549         0         162,436         412         393,397   

Class C

     726,216         1,085         121,491         68         848,860   

No information is given for Class FI shares because no Class FI shares were outstanding during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013.

Sales Charges

The following expenses were incurred during the periods indicated:

Initial Sales Charges

The aggregate dollar amounts of initial sales charge on Class A shares and the amounts retained by the distributor were as follows:

Class A Shares

For the fiscal year ended November 30

 

Fund

   Total Commissions ($)      Amounts retained
by LMIS ($)
 

California Fund

     

2013

     104,925         10,562   

2012

     98,970         8,724   

2011

     27,615         2,567   

New York Fund

     

2013

     86,754         6,486   

2012

     157,983         14,200   

2011

     76,242         6,741   

 

61


Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

The aggregate dollar amounts of contingent deferred sales charges on Class A and Class C shares received and retained by the distributor were as follows:

For the fiscal year ended November 30

Class A Shares

 

Fund

   Amounts Retained
by LMIS ($)
 

California Fund

  

2013

     8,886   

2012

     5,390   

2011

     13,071   

New York Fund

  

2013

     1,854   

2012

     2,797   

2011

     9,099   

Class C Shares

 

For the fiscal year ended November 30:

   Amounts Retained
by LMIS ($)
 

New York Fund

  

2013

     397   

2012

     0   

2011

     0   

Custodian and Transfer Agents

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the funds. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each fund, receives and delivers all assets for the funds upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the funds and makes disbursements on behalf of the funds. State Street neither determines the funds’ investment policies nor decides which securities the funds will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The funds may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivative transactions. State Street may also act as the funds’ securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS” or the “transfer agent”), located at 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169, serves as the funds’ transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement with BFDS, BFDS maintains the shareholder account records for each fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and each fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the funds. For these services, BFDS receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for each fund during the month and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (“BNY” or the “transfer agent”), located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as co-transfer agent with BFDS with respect to shares purchased by

 

62


clients of certain service providers. Under the co-transfer agency agreement with BNY, BNY maintains the shareholder account records for each fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and each fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the funds. For these services, BNY receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for each fund during the month and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

Counsel

Bingham McCutchen LLP, located at One Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, serves as counsel to the funds.

Sullivan & Worcester LLP, located at 1666 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, located at 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154, has been selected to audit and report upon each fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending November 30, 2014.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the funds, the manager, the subadviser and the distributor each has adopted a code of ethics that permits its personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the funds. All personnel must place the interests of clients first, must not act upon non-public information, must not take inappropriate advantage of their positions, and are required to fulfill their fiduciary obligations. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes of ethics and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict, of interest, the appearance of such a conflict or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.

Copies of the Codes of Ethics of the funds, the manager, the subadviser, and the distributor are on file with the SEC.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager or subadviser, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager and/or the subadviser, believing that the manager and/or the subadviser should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

The manager delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for each fund to the subadviser through its contracts with the subadviser. The subadviser will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, the manager does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for the funds. Should the manager become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of the subadviser to provide investment advisory services, the manager will utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of the manager (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at the manager) and a fund, the board of directors of the manager will consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. The manager will maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that the manager votes proxies. The manager will be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadviser and providing them to the funds as required for the funds to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

 

63


The subadviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to a fund’s portfolio securities are voted and are attached as Appendix B to this SAI. Information regarding how each fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge: (1) by calling 1-877-721-1926, (2) on the funds’ website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

General

See a fund’s Prospectus for a discussion of which classes of shares of that fund are available for purchase and who is eligible to purchase shares of each class.

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors may purchase shares directly from a fund. When purchasing shares of a fund, investors must specify the class of shares being purchased. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly with the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

Class A Shares . Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the net asset value (“NAV”) plus an initial sales charge, as described in the fund’s Prospectus.

The distributor and Service Agents may receive a portion of the sales charge as described in a fund’s Prospectus and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund, as defined in the 1933 Act. Sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Purchases of Class A shares of $500,000 or more will be made at NAV without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 0.50% on redemptions made within 18 months of purchase. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in certain circumstances. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

There are no minimum investment requirements for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason; (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”); (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries; (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21); and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. The fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time.

Class C, Class FI and Class I Shares . Class C, Class FI and Class I shares are sold without an initial sales charge and are not subject to contingent deferred sales charges upon redemption.

The following persons are eligible to purchase Class I shares directly from the fund: (i) current employees of the fund’s manager and its affiliates; (ii) former employees of the fund’s manager and its affiliates with existing accounts; (iii) current and former board members of investment companies managed by affiliates of Legg Mason; (iv) current and former board members of Legg Mason; and (v) the immediate families of such persons. Immediate families are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased board member, and children under the age of 21.

 

64


For such investors, the minimum initial investment is $1,000 and the minimum for each purchase of additional shares is $50. Current employees may purchase additional Class I shares through a systematic investment plan.

Under certain circumstances, an investor who purchases fund shares pursuant to a fee-based advisory account program of an Eligible Financial Intermediary as authorized by LMIS may be afforded an opportunity to make a conversion between one or more share classes owned by the investor in the same fund to Class I shares of the fund. Such a conversion in these particular circumstances does not cause the investor to realize taxable gain or loss.

Class I Shares. The following persons are eligible to purchase Class I shares directly from the fund: (i) current employees of the fund’s manager and its affiliates; (ii) former employees of the fund’s manager and its affiliates with existing accounts; (iii) current and former board members of investment companies managed by affiliates of Legg Mason; (iv) current and former board members of Legg Mason; and (v) the immediate families of such persons. Immediate families are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased board member, and children under the age of 21. For such investors, the minimum initial investment is $1,000 and the minimum for each purchase of additional shares is $50. Current employees may purchase additional Class I shares through a systematic investment plan.

Systematic Investment Plan . Shareholders may purchase additional Class A and Class C shares of a fund through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. For information about the Systematic Investment Plan, please see the fund’s Prospectus. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete a pre-authorized transfer may be charged a fee of up to $25 by a Service Agent or the transfer agent. Additional information is available from the fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers . Purchases of Class A shares may be made at NAV without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

(a) sales to (i) current and retired Board Members, (ii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, (iii) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (iv) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

(b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with a fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

(c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with a fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

(d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in a fund (or Class A shares of another fund sold by the distributor that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in a fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

(e) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts;

(f) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS; and

 

65


(g) purchases by direct retail investment platforms through mutual fund “supermarkets,” where the sponsor links its client’s account (including IRA accounts on such platforms) to a master account in the sponsor’s name.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the initial sales charge.

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of shares of funds sold by the distributor to take advantage of the breakpoints in the Class A sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent or the fund if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for a reduced sales charge.

Accumulation Privilege —allows you to combine the current value of shares of a fund with other shares of funds sold by the distributor that are owned by:

 

   

you or

 

   

your spouse and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charges.

If you hold fund shares in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be combined. Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor that were not acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may not be combined. Please contact your Service Agent or a fund for additional information.

Certain trustees and other fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

Letter of Intent —helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of three Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

 

(1) $100,000

(2) $250,000

(3) $500,000

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the funds sold by the distributor.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a 13-month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your

 

66


commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter of Intent will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter of Intent, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter of Intent.

Eligible Fund Purchases . Generally, any shares of a fund sold by the distributor may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of certain money market funds acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge and sold by the distributor may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

Eligible Accounts . Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases . You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter of Intent . You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must, however, contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, contact the transfer agent prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then-current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter of Intent and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges . Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Asset Level Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter of Intent. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with the fund’s Prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of the Letter of Intent . You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, by notifying the transfer agent in writing. The Letter of Intent will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares . Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date your Letter of Intent (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter of Intent) is accepted, will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter of Intent. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement, and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter of Intent are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal . If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal, whether because you made insufficient Eligible Fund Purchases, redeemed all

 

67


of your holdings or cancelled the Letter of Intent before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter of Intent. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, the transfer agent, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 0.50% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 18 months of purchase. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the preceding statement month.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other funds sold by the distributor. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence per month, up to a maximum of 12.00% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined by the Code) of the shareholder; (d) involuntary redemptions; (e) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of a fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; and (f) certain redemptions of shares of a fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker/ dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other funds sold by the distributor may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

 

68


For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements for purchases of fund shares, please see the fund’s Prospectus.

Determination of Public Offering Price

Each fund offers its shares to the public on a continuous basis. The public offering price for each class of shares of a fund, as applicable, is equal to the net asset value (“NAV”) per share at the time of purchase, plus for Class A shares, an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class A shares.

Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of each fund, based on the NAV of a share of each fund as of November 30, 2013:

 

California Fund

  

Class A (based on a NAV of $8.67 and a maximum initial sales charge of 2.25%)

   $ 8.87   

New York Fund

  

Class A (based on a NAV of $8.79 and a maximum initial sales charge of 2.25%)

   $ 8.99   

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets a fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of net asset value is not reasonably practicable, or (c) for any other periods as the SEC by order may permit for protection of a fund’s shareholders.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and should be disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption and Exchange Program. Each fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least seven days’ prior notice to shareholders.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders, as described in each fund’s Prospectus. To the extent withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in a fund, there will be a reduction in the value of the shareholder’s investment, and continued withdrawal payments may reduce the shareholder’s investment and ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in a fund. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between funds or, if permitted, between classes of a fund. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at net asset value in additional shares of the fund.

For additional information shareholders should contact their Service Agents. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the

 

69


Withdrawal Plan should be sent to the transfer agent. Withdrawals may be scheduled on any day of the month; however, if the shareholder does not specify a day, the transfer agent will schedule the withdrawal on the 25th day (or the next business day if the 25th day is a weekend or holiday) of the month.

Legg Mason Institutional Funds Systematic Withdrawal Plan

Certain shareholders of Class FI or Class I shares with an initial NAV of $1,000,000 or more may be eligible to participate in the Legg Mason Institutional Funds Systematic Withdrawal Plan. Receipt of payment of proceeds of redemptions made through the Systematic Withdrawal Plan will be wired through ACH to your checking or savings account—redemptions of fund shares may occur on any business day of the month and the checking or savings account will be credited with the proceeds in approximately two business days. Requests must be made in writing to the fund or a Service Agent to participate in, change or discontinue the Systematic Withdrawal Plan. You may change the monthly amount to be paid to you or terminate the Systematic Withdrawal Plan at any time, without charge or penalty, by notifying the fund or a Service Agent. The fund, its transfer agent and the distributor also reserve the right to modify or terminate the Systematic Withdrawal Plan at any time.

Distributions in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of a fund to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, a fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption by a distribution in kind of fund securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share price” in the applicable fund’s Prospectus. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur transaction costs when shareholders subsequently sell those securities, and the market price of those securities will be subject to fluctuation until they are sold.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in another fund with different investment objectives when they believe that a shift between funds is an appropriate investment decision. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Each fund’s Prospectus describes the requirements for exchanging shares of the fund.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current net asset value, and the proceeds, net of any applicable sales charge, are immediately invested in shares of the fund being acquired at that fund’s then-current net asset value. Each fund reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

The funds are not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to a fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent trading of fund shares” in each fund’s Prospectus.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, each fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the fund’s next determined net asset value but the purchase order would be effective only at the net asset value next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

 

70


The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent, to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The net asset value per share of each class is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE is normally open for trading every weekday except in the event of an emergency or for the following holidays (or the days on which they are observed): New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share net asset value of each class may differ. Please see each fund’s Prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the fund in valuing its assets.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Subject to such policies as may be established by the Board from time to time, the subadviser is primarily responsible for each fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of each fund’s portfolio transactions with respect to assets allocated to the subadviser.

Pursuant to the Subadvisory Agreements, a subadviser is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for a fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) to a fund and/or the other accounts over which a subadviser or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. The subadviser is authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for a fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the subadviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the subadviser and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the subadviser in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases a fund’s costs, the subadviser does not believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as a fund’s subadviser. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

Research services furnished to a subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for a fund may be used by the subadviser in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the subadviser manages may be used by the subadviser in servicing a fund. Not all of these research services are used by the subadviser in managing any particular account, including the funds.

 

71


Debt securities purchased and sold by a fund generally are traded on a net basis (i.e., without a commission) through dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers, or otherwise involve transactions directly with the issuer of the instrument. This means that a dealer makes a market for securities by offering to buy at one price and sell at a slightly higher price. The difference between the prices is known as a “spread.” Other portfolio transactions may be executed through brokers acting as agent. A fund will pay a spread or commission in connection with such transactions.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for a fund as well as for one or more of a subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for a fund and for a subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security.

Under the subadviser’s procedures, investment professionals and their trading desks may seek to aggregate (or “bunch”) orders that are placed or received concurrently for more than one fund or account managed by the subadviser. In some cases, this policy may adversely affect the price paid or received by a fund or an account, or the size of the position obtained or liquidated. In other cases, however, the ability of the fund or account to participate in volume transactions will produce better executions for the fund or account. Certain brokers or dealers may be selected because of their ability to handle special executions such as those involving large block trades or broad distributions. Generally, when trades are aggregated, each fund or account within the block will receive the same price and commission. However, random allocations of aggregate transactions may be made to minimize custodial transaction costs. In addition, at the close of the trading day, when reasonable and practicable, the securities of partially filled orders will generally be allocated to each participating fund and account in the proportion that each order bears to the total of all orders (subject to rounding to “round lot” amounts).

For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013, the funds did not direct any amounts to brokerage transactions related to research services and did not pay any brokerage commissions related to research services.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal years ended November 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the funds paid aggregate brokerage commissions for portfolio transactions (including commissions on derivatives transactions) as set out below:

 

Fund

   Aggregate Brokerage
Commissions Paid ($)
 

California Fund

  

2013

     2,048   

2012

     1,391   

2011

     163   

New York Fund

  

2013

     2,629   

2012

     1,911   

2011

     228   

LMIS is an underwriter of the funds under the 1940 Act. For the fiscal years ended November 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, no fund paid any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates.

For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013, neither fund held securities issued by the fund’s regular broker/dealers.

 

72


DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The fund’s Board has adopted policies and procedures (the “policy”) developed by the manager with respect to the disclosure of a fund’s portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about the fund’s portfolio securities. The manager believes the policy is in the best interests of each fund and its shareholders and that it strikes an appropriate balance between the desire of investors for information about fund portfolio holdings and the need to protect funds from potentially harmful disclosures.

General rules/Website disclosure

The policy provides that information regarding a fund’s portfolio holdings may be shared at any time with employees of the manager, a fund’s subadviser and other affiliated parties involved in the management, administration or operations of the fund (referred to as fund-affiliated personnel). With respect to non-money market funds, a fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and Legg Mason personnel that are not fund-affiliated personnel (i) upon the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings are not made until 15 calendar days following the end of the period covered by the Form N-Q or Form N-CSR or (ii) no sooner than 15 days after month end, provided that such information has been made available through public disclosure at least one day previously. Typically, public disclosure is achieved by required filings with the SEC and/or posting the information to Legg Mason’s or the funds’ Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The fund currently discloses its complete portfolio holdings 14 calendar days after quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses (click on the name of the fund).

Ongoing arrangements

Under the policy, a fund may release portfolio holdings information on a regular basis to a custodian, sub-custodian, fund accounting agent, proxy voting provider, rating agency or other vendor or service provider for a legitimate business purpose, where the party receiving the information is under a duty of confidentiality, including a duty to prohibit the sharing of non-public information with unauthorized sources and trading upon non-public information. A fund may enter into other ongoing arrangements for the release of portfolio holdings information, but only if such arrangements serve a legitimate business purpose and are with a party who is subject to a confidentiality agreement and restrictions on trading upon non-public information. None of the funds, Legg Mason or any other affiliated party may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about a fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by the fund’s board.

Set forth below is a list, as of December 31, 2013, of those parties with whom the manager, on behalf of each fund, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information in accordance with the policy, as well as the maximum frequency of the release under such arrangements, and the minimum length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The ongoing arrangements may vary for each party, and it is possible that not every party will receive information for each fund. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

 

Recipient

  

Frequency

  

Delay Before Dissemination

Bloomberg AIM

   Daily    None

Bloomberg L.P.

   Daily    None

Bloomberg Portfolio Analysis

   Daily    None

Brown Brothers Harriman

   Daily    None

Charles River

   Daily    None

 

73


Recipient

  

Frequency

  

Delay Before Dissemination

Emerging Portfolio Fund Research, Inc. (EPFR), an Informa Company

   Monthly    None

eVestment Alliance

   Quarterly    8-10 Days

FactSet

   Daily    None

Institutional Shareholder Services (Proxy Voting Services)

   Daily    None

ITG

   Daily    None

LightPORT InvestCloud

   Daily    None

Middle Office Solutions, LLC

   Daily    None

Morningstar

   Daily    None

NaviSite, Inc.

   Daily    None

State Street Bank and Trust Company (Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)

   Daily    None

SunGard/Protegent (formerly Dataware)

   Daily    None

The Bank of New York Mellon

   Daily    None

The Northern Trust Company

   Daily    None

Thomson

   Semi-annually    None

Thomson Reuters

   Daily    None

Portfolio holdings information for a fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

 

Recipient

  

Frequency

  

Delay Before Dissemination

Advent

   Daily    None

Broadridge

   Daily    None

Deutsche Bank

   Monthly    6-8 Business Days

DST International plc (DSTi)

   Daily    None

Electra Information Systems

   Daily    None

Fidelity

   Quarterly    5 Business Days

Fitch

   Monthly    6-8 Business Days

Frank Russell

   Monthly    1 Day

Glass Lewis & Co.

   Daily    None

Informa Investment Solutions

   Quarterly    8-10 Days

Interactive Data Corp

   Daily    None

Liberty Hampshire

   Weekly and Month End    None

S&P (Rating Agency)

   Weekly Tuesday Night    1 Business Day

SunTrust

   Weekly and Month End    None

Wilshire Associates Inc.

   Quarterly    10 Business Days

Excluded from the lists of ongoing arrangements set forth above are ongoing arrangements where either (i) the disclosure of portfolio holdings information occurs concurrently with or after the time at which the portfolio holdings information is included in a public filing with the SEC that is required to include the information, or (ii) a fund’s portfolio holdings information is made available no earlier than the day next following the day on which the fund makes the information available on its website, as disclosed in the fund’s prospectus. The approval of the funds’ Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions from the policy.

 

74


Release of limited portfolio holdings information

In addition to the ongoing arrangements described above, a fund’s complete or partial list of holdings (including size of positions) may be released to another party on a one-time basis, provided the party receiving the information has executed a non-disclosure and confidentiality agreement and provided that the specific release of information has been approved by the fund’s Chief Compliance Officer or designee as consistent with the policy. By way of illustration and not of limitation, release of non-public information about a fund’s portfolio holdings may be made (i) to a proposed or potential adviser or subadviser or other investment manager asked to provide investment management services to the fund, or (ii) to a third party in connection with a program or similar trade.

In addition, the policy permits the release to investors, potential investors, third parties and Legg Mason personnel that are not fund-affiliated personnel of limited portfolio holdings information in other circumstances, including:

 

  1. A fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

  2. A fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

  3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by an investment professional (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

 

  4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction ( i.e ., brokers and custodians).

 

  5. A fund’s sector weightings, yield and duration (for fixed income and money market funds), performance attribution ( e.g ., analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

 

  6. A small number of a fund’s portfolio holdings (including information that the fund no longer holds a particular holding) may be released, but only if the release of the information could not reasonably be seen to interfere with current or future purchase or sales activities of the fund and is not contrary to law.

 

  7. A fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its independent trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Exceptions to the policy

A fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, may, as is deemed appropriate, approve exceptions from the policy. Exceptions are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with the manager’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions from the policy are reported annually to each fund’s board.

Limitations of policy

The funds’ portfolio holdings policy is designed to prevent sharing of portfolio information with third parties that have no legitimate business purpose for accessing the information. The policy may not be effective to limit access to portfolio holdings information in all circumstances, however. For example, the manager or the subadviser may manage accounts other than a fund that have investment objectives and strategies similar to those

 

75


of the fund. Because these accounts, including a fund, may be similarly managed, portfolio holdings may be similar across the accounts. In that case, an investor in another account managed by the manager or the subadviser may be able to infer the portfolio holdings of the fund from the portfolio holdings in that investor’s account.

TAXES

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal (and, where noted, state and local) income tax considerations affecting the funds and their shareholders. This discussion is very general and, except where noted, does not address investors subject to special rules, such as investors who hold shares in a fund through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account. Current and prospective shareholders are therefore urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in a fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Funds and Their Investments

Each fund will be treated as a separate taxpayer for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Each fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify each year, as a “regulated investment company” or “RIC” under Subchapter M of the Code. To so qualify, a fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” ( i.e. , partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditionally permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, in the securities (other than the securities of other regulated investment companies) of any two or more issuers that the fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or in the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships.”

A fund’s investments in partnerships, if any, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in that fund being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

As a regulated investment company, each fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, each fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., generally, the taxable income of a RIC other than its net capital gain, plus or minus certain other adjustments), and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. A fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate tax rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.

If, for any taxable year, a fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or were to fail to meet the distribution requirement, it would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation, and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the applicable fund’s distributions, including any

 

76


distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for federal income tax purposes to the extent of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. However, such dividends would be eligible, subject to any generally applicable limitations, (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if a fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it would be required to pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. Under certain circumstances, a fund may cure a failure to qualify as a regulated investment company, but in order to do so the fund may incur significant fund-level taxes and may be forced to dispose of certain assets. If a fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the fund would generally be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets upon a disposition of such assets within ten years of qualifying as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on a fund to the extent it does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of that year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income that is retained by a fund and subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. The funds anticipate that they will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary to avoid the application of this excise tax.

A fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies), if any, will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the fund and defer fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require each fund to “mark to market” certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause each fund to recognize income prior to the receipt of cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax at the fund level, a fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. Each fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon securities, foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the fund as a regulated investment company.

A fund’s investments in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most stock indices, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by a fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” or part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the fund.

In general, gain or loss on a short sale is recognized when a fund closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally

 

77


considered as capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in the fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by a fund to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules would generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by a fund. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by a fund for more than one year. In general, a fund will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, a fund may make or receive periodic net payments. A fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year).

A fund may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a result of (1) mark-to-market rules, constructive sale rules or rules applicable to partnerships or trusts in which the fund invests or to certain options, futures or forward contracts, or “appreciated financial positions”; (2) the inability to obtain cash distributions or other amounts due to currency controls or restrictions on repatriation imposed by a foreign country with respect to a fund’s investments (including through depositary receipts) in issuers in such country or (3) tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount,” including zero-coupon or deferred payment bonds and pay-in-kind debt obligations, or to market discount if an election is made with respect to such market discount. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the fund, a fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. A fund might also meet the distribution requirements by borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expenses.

Capital Loss Carryforwards. On November 30, 2013, the unused capital loss carryforwards of the funds were as follows:

 

Fund

   Capital Loss
Carryforwards ($)
 

California Fund

     6,322,124   

New York Fund

     10,085,701   

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a fund’s unused capital loss carryforwards that arose in tax years that began on or before December 22, 2010 (“Pre-2011 Losses”) are available to be applied against future capital gains, if any, realized by the fund prior to the expiration of the carryforwards.

Those carryforwards expire as follows:

 

       Amount of Capital Loss Carryforward that Expires ($)  
       November 30, 2017      November 30, 2018      November 30, 2019  

California Fund

     2,907,290         3,056,475         358,359   

New York Fund

     3,833,887         5,189,080         1,062,734   

A fund’s net short- and long-term capital losses incurred in taxable years beginning after December 22, 2010 (“Post-2010 Losses”) may be carried forward without limit, and such carryforwards must be fully utilized before the fund will be permitted to utilize any carryforwards of Pre-2011 Losses. As of November 30, 2013, the fund had no unused carryforwards of Post-2010 Losses.

 

78


Under certain circumstances, a fund may elect to treat certain losses as though they were incurred on the first day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which they were actually incurred.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Dividends and Distributions . Dividends and other distributions by a fund are generally treated under the Code as received by shareholders of that fund at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, if any dividend or distribution is declared by a fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month but is actually paid during the following January, such dividend or distribution will be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

Each fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income, and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryforwards). However, if a fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryforwards), it will be subject to a corporate tax on the amount retained. In that event, that fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the income tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in their respective income over their respective income tax credits. Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the applicable fund upon timely filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”).

Exempt-interest dividends paid by a fund are exempt from regular federal income taxes. Other distributions from a fund’s net investment income and net realized short-term capital gains are taxable to a U.S. shareholder as ordinary income, whether paid in cash or in shares. Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that a fund reports as capital gain dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the fund.

Dividends and distributions from a fund other than exempt-interest dividends will generally be taken into account in determining a shareholder’s “net investment income” for purposes of the Medicare contribution tax applicable to certain individuals, estates and trusts.

The funds do not anticipate that any of their dividends paid will qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. The funds also do not expect any distributions to be treated as “qualified dividend income,” which is taxable to noncorporate shareholders at reduced rates.

Distributions in excess of a fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s basis in his or her shares of the fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his or her shares of the fund as capital assets). Each shareholder who receives distributions in the form of additional shares will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholder would have received if he or she had instead elected to receive cash distributions. The shareholder’s tax basis in the shares so received will be equal to such amount.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them.

 

79


Because each fund will distribute exempt-interest dividends, interest on indebtedness incurred by shareholders, directly or indirectly, to purchase or carry shares is not deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, the interest on any such indebtedness is not deductible by a shareholder of the California Fund for California personal income tax purposes, or by a New York Fund shareholder for New York State, New York City and the City of Yonkers personal income tax purposes. Investors receiving social security or railroad retirement benefits should be aware that exempt-interest dividends received from a fund may, under certain circumstances, cause a portion of such benefits to be subject to federal income tax. Furthermore, a portion of any exempt-interest dividend paid by a fund that represents income derived from certain revenue or private activity bonds held by such fund may not retain its federal tax-exempt status in the hands of a shareholder who is a “substantial user” of a facility financed by such bonds or a “related person” thereof. Moreover, some or all of a fund’s exempt-interest dividends distributed by a fund may be a specific preference item, or a component of an adjustment item, for purposes of the federal individual and corporate alternative minimum taxes. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are (a) “substantial users” with respect to a facility or “related” to such users within the meaning of the Code or (b) subject to a federal alternative minimum tax, the federal “branch profits” tax or the federal or California “excess net passive income” taxes.

Sales of Shares . Upon the sale or exchange of his or her shares in a fund, a shareholder will generally recognize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his or her basis in the shares. A redemption of shares by a fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or fewer will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder (including amounts credited to the shareholder as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares.

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of a fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires, before February 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year of the disposition, shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain or loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis in the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to a fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances. If a shareholder’s shares are redeemed to pay a fee because the shareholder’s account balance is less than a certain threshold, the redemption will be treated as a taxable sale or exchange of shares, as described above. The deductibility of that fee by a shareholder that is an individual may be subject to generally applicable limitations on miscellaneous itemized deductions.

 

80


Basis Reporting . Each fund, or, if you hold your shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent will report to the IRS the amount of proceeds that a shareholder receives from a redemption or exchange of fund shares. For redemptions or exchanges of shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, a fund will also report the shareholder’s basis in those shares and the character of any gain or loss that the shareholder realizes on the redemption or exchange (i.e., short-term or long-term), and certain related tax information. If a shareholder has a different basis for different shares of a fund in the same account (e.g., if a shareholder purchased fund shares held in the same account when the shares were at different prices), the fund will by default report the basis of the shares redeemed or exchanged using the average basis method, under which the basis per share is the average of the bases of all the shareholder’s fund shares in the account. (For these purposes, shares acquired prior to January 1, 2012 and shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 will be treated as held in separate accounts.)

A shareholder may instruct the fund to use a method other than average basis for an account. If redemptions, including in connection with payment of an account fee, or exchanges have occurred in an account to which the average basis method applied, the basis of the fund shares remaining in the account will continue to reflect the average basis notwithstanding the shareholder’s subsequent election of a different method. For further assistance, shareholders who hold their shares directly with the fund may call the fund at 1-877-721-1926 Monday through Friday between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time). Shareholders who hold shares through a Service Agent should contact the Service Agent for further assistance or for information regarding the Service Agent’s default method for calculating basis and procedures for electing to use an alternative method. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers concerning the tax consequences of applying the average basis method or electing another method of basis calculation, and should consider electing such other method prior to making redemptions or exchanges in their accounts.

Backup Withholding . Each fund may be required in certain circumstances to apply backup withholding on dividends (including exempt-interest dividends), distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate shareholders who fail to provide such fund with their correct taxpayer identification numbers or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. The backup withholding rate is currently 28%. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liabilities. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that have already been subject to the 30% withholding tax described below under “Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders.”

Notices . Shareholders of each fund will receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of that fund’s taxable year regarding the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by that fund to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.

Other Taxes . Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders

Ordinary dividends and certain other payments made by a fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be determined in accordance with any applicable treaty). In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides an IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

 

81


The 30% withholding tax generally will not apply to exempt-interest dividends, to distributions of the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, or to redemption proceeds.

For fund taxable years beginning before January 1, 2014, the 30% withholding tax also will not apply to dividends that a fund reports as (a) interest-related dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the fund’s “qualified net interest income,” or (b) short-term capital gain dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the fund’s “qualified short-term gain.” “Qualified net interest income” is a fund’s net income derived from U.S.-source interest and original issue discount, subject to certain exceptions and limitations. “Qualified short-term gain” generally means the excess of net short-term capital gain of a fund for the taxable year over its net long-term capital loss, if any. In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if a fund reports a payment as an interest-related dividend or short-term capital gain dividend. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Under legislation known as “FATCA” (the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act), each fund will be required to withhold 30% of certain ordinary dividends it pays after June 30, 2014, and 30% of the gross proceeds of share redemptions and certain capital gain dividends it pays after December 31, 2016, to shareholders that fail to meet prescribed information reporting or certification requirements. In general, no such withholding will be required with respect to a U.S. person or non-U.S. individual that timely provides the certifications required by the fund or its agent on a valid IRS Form W-9 or W-8, respectively. Shareholders potentially subject to withholding include foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”), such as non-U.S. investment funds, and non-financial foreign entities (“NFFEs”). To avoid withholding under FATCA, an FFI generally must enter into an information sharing agreement with the IRS in which it agrees to report certain identifying information (including name, address, and taxpayer identification number) with respect to its U.S. account holders (which, in the case of an entity shareholder, may include its direct and indirect U.S. owners), and an NFFE generally must identify and provide other required information to the fund or other withholding agent regarding its U.S. owners, if any. Such non-U.S. shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by regulations and other guidance. A non-U.S. shareholder resident or doing business in a country that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement with the U.S. to implement FATCA will be exempt from FATCA withholding provided that the shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

The IRS has indicated that an FFI that is subject to the information sharing requirement will need to ensure that it will be identified as FATCA-compliant in sufficient time to allow the fund to refrain from withholding beginning on July 1, 2014. A non-U.S. entity that invests in the fund will need to provide the fund with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding.

Non-U.S. investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding the impact of these requirements on their investment in the fund.

State Tax Information

Generally, dividends received from a fund that are attributable to interest on U.S. government securities are not subject to state and local income taxes.

California State Taxes . California shareholders will not be subject to California state personal income tax on dividends they receive from the California Fund to the extent that such distributions qualify as exempt-interest dividends under the Code and California law and provided that, at the close of each quarter of the California Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the California Fund’s total assets are invested in California municipal securities. To the extent that distributions are derived from taxable income, including long-term or short-term capital gains, such distributions will not be exempt from California state personal income tax. Dividends on the California Fund are not excluded in determining California state franchise or income taxes on corporations and

 

82


financial institutions. The foregoing is only a brief summary of the tax considerations generally affecting the California Fund and its shareholders who are California residents. Investors are urged to consult their tax advisors with specific reference to their own tax situation.

New York State and City Taxes . New York resident shareholders of the New York Fund will not be subject to New York State or New York City personal income tax on exempt-interest dividends attributable to interest on New York municipal securities. The New York Fund is required to report annually the source, tax status and recipient information related to its exempt-interest dividends distributed within the state of New York. Exempt-interest dividends are not excluded in determining New York State franchise or New York City business taxes on corporations and financial institutions. The foregoing is only a brief summary of some of the tax considerations generally affecting the New York Fund and its shareholders who are New York residents. Investors are urged to consult their tax advisors with specific reference to their own tax situation.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences (and, where noted, state and local tax consequences) affecting the funds and their shareholders. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a fund.

THE TRUST

The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Income Trust (referred to in this section as the “Trust”) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. As of April 16, 2007, each fund was redomiciled as a series of the Trust. Immediately prior to such redomiciliation, each fund was reorganized on April 16, 2007 as a series of Legg Mason Partners Income Funds, a Massachusetts business trust.

The Trust is a Maryland statutory trust. A Maryland statutory trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and shareholders of the statutory trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust. Some of the more significant provisions of the Trust’s declaration of trust (the “Declaration”) are described below.

Shareholder Voting . The Declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the Trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The Trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the Declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the Trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the Trust or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the Trust or any series or class.

A fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but a fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the Declaration. The Declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares he or she owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of record of all series and classes of the Trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the Trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares.

Election and Removal of Trustees . The Declaration provides that the Trustees may establish the number of Trustees and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining Trustees, except when election of Trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast

 

83


by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The Declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two-thirds of the Trustees and that Trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the Trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. The provisions of the Declaration relating to the election and removal of Trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the Trustees then in office.

Amendments to the Declaration. The Trustees are authorized to amend the Declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the Declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust or that limits the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided in the Declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance under the Declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares . A fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the Trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the Trustees may determine. A fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the Trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide a fund with identification required by law, or if the fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings . The Declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to a fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and a fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation, or as the Trustees otherwise decide.

Small Accounts . The Declaration provides that a fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the Trustees from time to time. Alternately, the Declaration permits a fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes . The Declaration provides that the Trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The Trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the Trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into shares of another class.

Each share of a fund, as a series of the Trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the Trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability . The Declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of a fund and requires the fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. The fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The Declaration further provides that a Trustee acting in his or her capacity as a Trustee is not personally liable to any person, other than the Trust or its shareholders, in connection with the affairs of the Trust. Each Trustee is required to perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she believes to be in the best interests of the Trust. All actions and omissions of Trustees are presumed to be in accordance with the foregoing standard of performance, and any person alleging the contrary has the burden of proving that allegation.

 

84


The Declaration limits a Trustee’s liability to the Trust or any shareholder to the full extent permitted under current Maryland law by providing that a Trustee is liable to the Trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The Declaration requires the Trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and expenses in connection with any claim or proceeding in which he or she is involved by virtue of having been a Trustee, officer or employee. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The Declaration provides that any Trustee who serves as chair of the Board, a member or chair of a committee of the Board, lead independent Trustee, audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions. The Declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to a fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by no fewer than three unrelated shareholders must be made on the Trustees. The Declaration details information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. The Trustees are not required to consider a demand that is not submitted in accordance with the requirements contained in the Declaration. The Declaration also requires that, in order to bring a derivative action, the complaining shareholders must be joined in the action by shareholders owning, at the time of the alleged wrongdoing, at the time of demand, and at the time the action is commenced, shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected funds. The Trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the Trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that a suit should be maintained, then the Trust will commence the suit and the suit will proceed directly and not derivatively. If a majority of the independent Trustees determines that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the funds, the Trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the Trustees not to pursue the requested action was not consistent with the standard of performance required of the Trustees in performing their duties. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trust in connection with the consideration of the demand, if, in the judgment of the independent Trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the Declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the funds’ costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The Declaration further provides that the funds shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the funds are obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The Declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the funds be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

LEGAL MATTERS

On or about May 30, 2006, John Halebian, a purported shareholder of Western Asset New York Tax Free Money Market Fund (formerly known as Citi SM New York Tax Free Reserves), a series of Legg Mason Partners Money Market Trust, formerly a series of CitiFunds Trust III (the “Subject Trust”), filed a complaint in the

 

85


United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the persons who were then the independent trustees of the Subject Trust. The Subject Trust was also named in the complaint as a nominal defendant.

The complaint raised derivative claims on behalf of the Subject Trust and putative class claims against the then independent trustees in connection with the 2005 sale of Citigroup’s asset management business to Legg Mason and the related approval of new investment advisory agreements by the trustees and shareholders. In the derivative claim, the plaintiff alleged that the independent trustees had breached their fiduciary duty to the Subject Trust and its shareholders by failing to negotiate lower fees or to seek competing bids from other qualified investment advisers in connection with Citigroup’s sale to Legg Mason. In the claims brought on behalf of a putative class of shareholders, the plaintiff alleged that the echo voting provisions applicable to the proxy solicitation process violated the 1940 Act and constituted a breach of fiduciary duty. The relief sought included rescission of the advisory agreement and an award of costs and attorney fees.

In advance of filing the complaint, Plaintiff’s lawyers had made written demand for relief on the Board of the Subject Trust, and the Board’s independent trustees formed a demand review committee to investigate those matters raised in the demand, and the expanded set of matters subsequently raised in the complaint. The demand review committee recommended that the action demanded by Plaintiff would not be in the best interests of the Subject Trust. The independent trustees of the Subject Trust considered the committee’s report, adopted the recommendation of the committee, and directed counsel to move to dismiss the complaint.

The Federal district court dismissed the complaint in its entirety in July 2007. In May 2011, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the district court’s dismissal as to the class claims, and remanded the remaining claim relating to the demand review committee that had examined the derivative claim to the district court with instructions to convert the motion to dismiss into a motion for summary judgment. In July 2012, the district court granted summary judgment in favor of the defendants. In August 2012, Plaintiff filed an appeal. In November 2013, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit issued a summary order affirming the dismissal of the case in its entirety. On November 26, 2013, Plaintiff filed a petition for panel rehearing and for rehearing en banc with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. On January 13, 2014, the appeals court denied Plaintiff’s petition.

* * *

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with the foregoing matter may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of each fund (Statement of Assets and Liabilities, including the Schedule of Investments, as of November 30, 2013, Statement of Operations for the year ended November 30, 2013, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for each of the years in the two-year period ended November 30, 2013, Financial Highlights for each of the years in the five-year period ended November 30, 2013, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of each fund), are incorporated by reference into this SAI (filed on January 24, 2014; Accession Number 0001193125-14-018949 with respect to California Fund and 0001193125-14-018952 with respect to New York Fund).

 

86


APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and Fitch Ratings represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt obligations. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. As described by the rating agencies, ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuances. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. Global Rating Scales

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. 1 Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments. 2

Moody’s differentiates structured finance ratings from fundamental ratings (i.e., ratings on nonfinancial corporate, financial institution, and public sector entities) on the global long-term scale by adding (sf ) to all structured finance ratings. The (sf ) indicator was introduced on August 11, 2010 and explained in a special comment entitled “Moody’s Structured Finance Rating Scale.” The addition of (sf ) to structured finance ratings should eliminate any presumption that such ratings and fundamental ratings at the same letter grade level will behave the same. The (sf ) indicator for structured finance security ratings indicates that otherwise similarly rated structured finance and fundamental securities may have different risk characteristics. Through its current methodologies, however, Moody’s aspires to achieve broad expected equivalence in structured finance and fundamental rating performance when measured over a long period of time.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Global Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Aaa —Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa —Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A —Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa —Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba —Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

 

1   For certain structured finance, preferred stock and hybrid securities in which payment default events are either not defined or do not match investors’ expectations for timely payment, the ratings reflect the likelihood of impairment and the expected financial loss in the event of impairment.
2   For certain structured finance, preferred stock and hybrid securities in which payment default events are either not defined or do not match investors’ expectations for timely payment, the ratings reflect the likelihood of impairment.

 

A-1


B —Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa —Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca —Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C —Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.

* * By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Global Short-Term Obligation Ratings:

P-1 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories .

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal Ratings:

US Municipal Short-Term Obligation Ratings:

The Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) scale is used to rate US municipal bond anticipation notes of up to three years maturity. Municipal notes rated on the MIG scale may be secured by either pledged revenues or proceeds of a take-out financing received prior to note maturity. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation, and the issuer’s long-term rating is only one consideration in assigning the MIG rating. MIG ratings are divided into three levels—MIG 1 through MIG 3—while speculative grade short-term obligations are designated SG.

MIG 1 —This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2 —This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

 

A-2


MIG 3 —This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG —This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

US Municipal Demand Obligation Ratings:

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned: a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scale.

The rating transitions on the VMIG scale differ from those on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support generally will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

VMIG 1 —This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2 —This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3 —This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG —This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings are based, in varying degrees, on Standard & Poor’s analysis of the following considerations: (1) likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; (2) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (3) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

AAA —An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA —An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

 

A-3


A —An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB —An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C —Obligations rated “BB”, “B”, “CCC”, “CC”, and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB —An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B —An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC —An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC —An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C —A “C” rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the “C” rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

D —An obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days, irrespective of any grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to “D” upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

NR: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

A-4


Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity date of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper.

A-1 —A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2 —A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3 —A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B —A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

C —A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D —A short-term obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions:

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects Standard & Poor’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, Standard & Poor’s analysis will review the following considerations: (1) amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and (2) source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1 —Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2 —Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3 —Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

 

A-5


Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Dual Ratings:

Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, “AAA/A-1+” or “A-1+/A-1”). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, “SP-1+/A-1+”).

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

Standard & Poor’s uses six qualifiers that limit the scope of a rating. The structure of the transaction can require the use of a qualifier such as a “p” qualifier, which indicates the rating addressed the principal portion of the obligation only. Likewise, the qualifier can indicate a limitation on the type of information used, such as “pi” for public information. A qualifier appears as a suffix and is part of the rating.

Federal deposit insurance limit: “L” qualifier. Ratings qualified with “L” apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

Principal Payment: “p” qualifier. This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The “p” suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The “p” suffix will always be used in conjunction with the “i” suffix, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAApNRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

Interest Payment: “i” qualifier. This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The “i” suffix indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The “i” suffix will always be used in conjunction with the “p” suffix, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAApNRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

Public Information Ratings: “pi” qualifier. Ratings with a “pi” suffix are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a “pi” suffix. Ratings with a “pi” suffix are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

Preliminary Ratings: “prelim” qualifier. Preliminary ratings, with the “prelim” suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating. (1) Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. (2) Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. (3) Preliminary ratings may

 

A-6


be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s). (4) Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in Standard & Poor’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to these entities’ obligations. (5) Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, Standard & Poor’s would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings. (6) A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.

Termination Structures: “t” qualifier. This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Description of Fitch Ratings’ Corporate Finance Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Ratings of individual securities or financial obligations of a corporate issuer address relative vulnerability to default on an ordinal scale. In addition, for financial obligations in corporate finance, a measure of recovery given default on that liability is also included in the rating assessment. This notably applies to covered bonds ratings, which incorporate both an indication of the probability of default and of the recovery given a default of this debt instrument.

The relationship between issuer scale and obligation scale assumes an historical average recovery of between 30%-50% on the senior, unsecured obligations of an issuer. As a result, individual obligations of entities, such as corporations, are assigned ratings higher, lower, or the same as that entity’s issuer rating or IDR. At the lower end of the ratings scale, Fitch Ratings now additionally publishes explicit Recovery Ratings in many cases to complement issuer and obligation ratings.

AAA: Highest credit quality . “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB: Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

 

A-7


B : Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material credit risk is present†.

CCC : Substantial credit risk. “CCC” ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present†.

CC : Very high levels of credit risk. “CC” ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk†.

C : Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. “C” indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk†.

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned “RD” or “D” ratings, but are instead rated in the “B” to “C” rating categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below “CCC”.

The subscript “emr” is appended to a rating to denote embedded market risk which is beyond the scope of the rating. The designation is intended to make clear that the rating solely addresses the counterparty risk of the issuing bank. It is not meant to indicate any limitation in the analysis of the counterparty risk, which in all other respects follows published Fitch criteria for analyzing the issuing financial institution. Fitch does not rate instruments where the principal is to any degree subject to market risk.

Description of Fitch Ratings’ Structured, Project & Public Finance Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Ratings of structured finance, project finance and public finance obligations on the long-term scale, including the financial obligations of sovereigns, consider the obligations’ relative vulnerability to default. These ratings are typically assigned to an individual security or tranche in a transaction and not to an issuer.

AAA: Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB: Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time.

B: Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC : Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.

 

A-8


CC : Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

C : Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. Default appears imminent or inevitable.

D : Default. Indicates a default. Default generally is defined as one of the following: (1) failure to make payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of the rated obligation; (2) the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of the business of an issuer/obligor; or (3) the distressed exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation to avoid a probable payment default.

Structured Finance Defaults: “Imminent” default, categorized under “C”, typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. Alternatively where an issuer has formally announced a distressed debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.

Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation will typically be rated in the “C” category.

Structured Finance Write-downs: Where an instrument has experienced an involuntary and, in the agency’s opinion, irreversible “write-down” of principal (i.e. other than through amortization, and resulting in a loss to the investor), a credit rating of “D” will be assigned to the instrument. Where the agency believes the “write-down” may prove to be temporary (and the loss may be “written up” again in future if and when performance improves), then a credit rating of “C” will typically be as signed. Should the “write-down” then later be reversed, the credit rating will be raised to an appropriate level for that instrument. Should the “write-down” later be deemed as irreversible, the credit rating will be lowered to “D”.

Notes : In the case of structured and project finance, while the ratings do not address the loss severity given default of the rated liability, loss severity assumptions on the underlying assets are nonetheless typically included as part of the analysis. Loss severity assumptions are used to derive pool cash flows available to service the rated liability.

The suffix “sf” denotes the issue that is a structured finance transaction. For an explanation of how Fitch determines structured finance ratings, please see our criteria available at www.Fitchratings.com.

In the case of public finance, the ratings do not address the loss given default of the rated liability, focusing instead on the vulnerability to default of the rated liability.

The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” Long-Term Rating category, or categories below “B”.

Description of Fitch Ratings’ Corporate, Public and Structured Finance Short-Term Obligation Ratings:

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

F1 : Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

 

A-9


F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

B: Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

RD: Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Notes to Fitch Ratings’ Long-Term and Short-Term Obligation Ratings:

Rating Watch: Rating Watches indicate that there is a heightened probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such a change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or affirmed. However, ratings that are not on Rating Watch can be raised or lowered without being placed on Rating Watch first, if circumstances warrant such an action.

A Rating Watch is typically event-driven and, as such, it is generally resolved over a relatively short period. The event driving the Watch may be either anticipated or have already occurred, but in both cases, the exact rating implications remain undetermined. The Watch period is typically used to gather further information and/or subject the information to further analysis. Additionally, a Watch may be used where the rating implications are already clear, but where a triggering event (e.g. shareholder or regulatory approval) exists. The Watch will typically extend to cover the period until the triggering event is resolved or its outcome is predictable with a high enough degree of certainty to permit resolution of the Watch.

Rating Watches can be employed by all analytical groups and are applied to the ratings of individual entities and/or individual instruments. At the lowest categories of speculative grade (“CCC”, “CC” and “C”) the high volatility of credit profiles may imply that almost all ratings should carry a Watch. Watches are nonetheless only applied selectively in these categories, where a committee decides that particular events or threats are best communicated by the addition of the Watch designation.

Rating Outlook: Ratings Outlooks indicate the direction a rating is likely to move over a one- to two-year period. They reflect financial or other trends that have not yet reached the level that would trigger a rating action, but which may do so if such trends continue. The majority of Outlooks are generally Stable, which is consistent with the historical migration experience of ratings over a one- to two-year period. Positive or Negative rating Outlooks do not imply that a rating change is inevitable and, similarly, ratings with Stable Outlooks can be raised or lowered without a prior revision to the Outlook, if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, where the fundamental trend has strong, conflicting elements of both positive and negative, the Rating Outlook may be described as Evolving.

Outlooks are currently applied on the long-term scale to issuer ratings in corporate finance (including sovereigns, industrials, utilities, financial institutions and insurance companies) and public finance outside the U.S.; to issue ratings in public finance in the U.S.; to certain issues in project finance; to Insurer Financial Strength Ratings; to issuer and/or issue ratings in a number of National Rating scales; and to the ratings of structured finance transactions and covered bonds. Outlooks are not applied to ratings assigned on the short-term scale and are applied selectively to ratings in the “CCC”, “CC” and “C” categories. Defaulted ratings typically do not carry an Outlook.

 

A-10


Deciding When to Assign Rating Watch or Outlook

Timing is informative but not critical to the choice of a Watch rather than an Outlook. A discrete event that is largely clear and the terms of which are defined, but which will not happen for more than six months—such as a lengthy regulatory approval process—would nonetheless likely see ratings placed on Watch rather than a revision to the Outlook.

An Outlook revision may, however, be deemed more appropriate where a series of potential event risks has been identified, none of which individually warrants a Watch but which cumulatively indicate heightened probability of a rating change over the following one to two years.

A revision to the Outlook may also be appropriate where a specific event has been identified, but where the conditions and implications of that event are largely unclear and subject to high execution risk over an ex tended period—for example a proposed, but politically controversial, privatization.

Expected Ratings: Where a rating is referred to as “expected”, alternatively referred to as “expects to rate” or suffixed as (“EXP”), this indicates that a full rating has been assigned based upon the agency’s expectations regarding final documentation, typically based upon a review of the final draft documentation provided by the issuer. If such final documentation is received and is as expected, the expected rating will typically be converted to a final rating. Fitch may also employ “expects to rate” language for new issuers (currently unrated) for ratings that are assigned in the course of a restructuring, refinancing or corporate reorganization. The “expects to rate” will reflect and refer to the rating level expected following the conclusion of the proposed operation (debt issuance, restructure, or merger). While expected ratings typically convert to final ratings within a short time, determined by timing of transaction closure, in the period between assignment of an expected rating and a final rating, expected ratings may be raised, lowered or placed on Rating Watch or withdrawn, as with final ratings.

Private Ratings: Fitch Ratings also prepares a limited number of private ratings, for example for entities with no publicly traded debt, or where the rating is required for internal benchmarking or regulatory purposes. These ratings are generally provided directly to the rated entity, which is then responsible for ensuring that any party to whom it discloses the private rating is updated when any change in the rating occurs.

Private ratings undergo the same analysis, committee process and surveillance as published ratings, unless otherwise disclosed as “point-in-time” in nature.

Program Ratings: Program ratings assigned to corporate and public finance note issuance programs (e.g. medium-term note programs) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program.

“Interest-Only” Ratings: Interest-only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

“Principal-Only” Ratings: Principal-only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive its initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

“Rate of Return” Ratings: Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

Matured/Paid-In-Full: a. “Matured”—This action is used when an issue has reached the end of its repayment term and rating coverage is discontinued. Denoted as “NR”. b. “Paid-In-Full”—This action indicates that the issue has been paid in full. As the issue no longer exists, it is therefore no longer rated. Denoted as “PIF”.

 

A-11


A designation of “Not Rated” or “NR” is used to denote securities not rated by Fitch where Fitch has rated some, but not all, securities comprising an issuance capital structure.

Withdrawn: The rating has been withdrawn and the issue or issuer is no longer rated by Fitch Ratings. Indicated in rating databases with the symbol “WD”.

“Unenhanced” Ratings: Unenhanced ratings reflect the underlying creditworthiness of financial instruments absent any credit enhancement that may be provided through bond insurance, financial guarantees, dedicated letters of credit, liquidity facilities, or intercept mechanisms.

In some cases, Fitch may choose to assign an unenhanced rating along with credit rating based on enhancement. The unenhanced rating indicates the creditworthiness of the financial instrument without considering any benefit of such enhancement. Financial obligations may be enhanced by a guarantee instrument provided by a rated third party.

Non-Credit Rating Scales: In addition, Fitch Ratings provides specialist ratings on other topics. Operational risk ratings are assigned to servicers of commercial and residential mortgages and other asset types.

Asset manager ratings opine on the relative operational and financial capabilities of asset managers, trustees and others. Fund Credit and/or Volatility Ratings are assigned to fund’s or local government investment pool’s portfolio. Many of these ratings are offered internationally and in some cases on a national basis applying appropriate ratings modifiers and identifiers.

 

A-12


Appendix B

Western Asset Management Company

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Policy

As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).

In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset Management Company Limited) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

Procedure

Responsibility and Oversight

The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

Client Authority

The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

Proxy Gathering

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.

 

B-1


Proxy Voting

Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:

a. Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

b. Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.

c. Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)

d. If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.

e. Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.

f. Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.

Timing

Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

Recordkeeping

Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:

a. A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.

b. Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

c. A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.

d. Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.

e. A proxy log including:

1. Issuer name;

2. Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;

3. Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;

4. A brief identification of the matter voted on;

5. Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;

 

B-2


6. Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

7. A record of how the vote was cast; and

8. Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.

Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.

Disclosure

Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part II of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Conflicts of Interest

All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

1. Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;

2. Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

3. Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.

Voting Guidelines

Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

I. Board Approved Proposals

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

1. Matters relating to the Board of Directors

Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:

a. Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.

 

B-3


b. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

c. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.

d. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

2. Matters relating to Executive Compensation

Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

a. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

b. Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.

c. Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

d. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

3. Matters relating to Capitalization

The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

a. Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock.

b. Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).

c. Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.

4. Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions

Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.

5. Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures

Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans.

b. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

6. Other Business Matters

Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws.

 

B-4


b. Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

II. Shareholder Proposals

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:

1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.

2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.

3. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

III. Voting Shares of Investment Companies

Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.

1. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios.

2. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

IV. Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers

In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers—i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.

1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management.

2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees.

3. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.

4. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.

 

B-5


Retirement Accounts

For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (“DOL”) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary. Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the investment manager.

In order to comply with the DOL’s position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (a) the right to vote proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (b) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.

 

B-6


APPENDIX C

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

The following information is a summary of certain factors affecting the credit and financial condition of the State of California (“California” or the “State”). The sources of payment for California municipal obligations and the marketability thereof may be affected by financial or other difficulties experienced by the State and certain of its municipalities and public authorities. This summary does not purport to be a complete description and, with the exception of the last paragraph hereof, is derived solely from information contained in an official statement, dated November 6, 2013, relating to a debt offering by the State. Any estimates of future results and other projections are statements of opinion made by the State in, and as of the date of, such official statements and are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. The funds have not independently verified, and are not responsible for, the accuracy, completeness or timeliness of this information, and the funds do not undertake any obligation to update such information. Such information is included herein without the express authority of any California issuer and is provided without regard to any events that have occurred since the date of the most recent statement.

ECONOMY GENERALLY

California’s economy, the largest among the 50 states and one of the largest and most diverse in the world, has major components in high technology, trade, entertainment, agriculture, manufacturing, government, tourism, construction and services. The relative proportion of the various components of the California economy closely resembles the make-up of the national economy. The State of California is by far the most populous state in the nation, nearly 50 percent larger than the second-ranked state according to the 2010 U.S. Census. The 2012 estimate of California’s population is 37.8 million residents which is 12 percent of the total United States population.

During the recent recession, which officially ended in 2009, the State experienced the most significant economic downturn since the Great Depression of the 1930s. As a result, State tax revenues declined precipitously, resulting in large budget gaps and occasional cash shortfalls in the period from 2008 through 2011.

California followed the nation’s path through the recession and into the recovery. California labor markets deteriorated dramatically during the latter half of 2008 and the first nine months of 2009, suffering their worst losses on record. From July 2007 through September 2009, the State lost nearly 1.4 million nonfarm jobs. These losses switched to very modest gains during 2010 and 2011, which accelerated in 2012. California has gained 674,400 jobs from September 2009 through December 2012.

The California economy is experiencing a gradual and broadening recovery. Continued growth in the high-technology sector, international trade, and tourism are being supplemented by better residential construction and real estate conditions. Fiscally strapped local governments remain a drag on the recovery.

Despite the significant budgetary improvements, there remain a number of major risks and pressures that threaten the State’s financial condition, including the need to repay billions of dollars of obligations which were deferred to balance budgets during the economic downturn.

In addition, the State’s revenues (particularly the personal income tax) can be volatile and correlates to overall economic conditions. There can be no assurances that the State will not face fiscal stress and cash pressures again, or that other impacts of the current economic situation will not materially adversely affect the financial condition of the State.

 

C-1


The State manages its cash flow requirements during the fiscal year primarily with a combination of external borrowing and internal borrowing by the General Fund from over 700 special funds. Since June 2008, the General Fund has typically ended each fiscal year with a net borrowing from these special funds. As of June 30, 2013, the General Fund owed $2.435 billion to these special funds and other State funds from internal borrowing for cash management purposes (compared to almost $9.593 billion owed at June 30, 2012 and $8.165 billion at June 30, 2011).

National Economy. The national economy continued to recover at a modest pace between November 2012, when the economic forecast for the 2013-14 Governor’s Budget was constructed, and April 2013, when the economic forecast for the 2013-14 May Revision was developed. Various economic indicators suggested that the national economy had experienced a gradual expansion in 2012. However, as 2012 came to a close, uncertainty was building over domestic fiscal policies and global economic developments that tempered business investment. The effects of Hurricane Sandy also softened economic growth at the end of 2012.

The recovery was expected to be somewhat slower than projected in the November 2012 forecast. The economic forecast developed in November 2012 assumed that the federal income tax rate for households earning more than $250,000 per year would return to pre-tax cut levels in 2013 and that payroll tax rates would not be raised at the beginning of 2013. Ultimately, the American Taxpayer Relief Act allowed income tax rates to rise for individuals earning more than $400,000 and couples earning more than $450,000. It also did not extend the temporary payroll tax cut, so that payroll tax rates were restored to the full amount as of January 1, 2013. The determination of the federal government to cut spending in the near term (“sequestration”) had also lowered overall demand.

Following an annual growth rate of 1.1 percent in the first quarter of 2013, output of the national economy (Real Gross Domestic Product) grew by 2.5 percent in the second quarter of 2013—the ninth consecutive quarter of growth. Inventory investment, residential investment, and private fixed investment were the largest contributors to this growth. A decline in federal defense spending slowed economic growth in the first half of 2013. Retail sales grew 6.2 percent in 2011, 5.2 percent in 2012 and 4.5 percent during the first eight months of 2013 compared to the same months of 2012. These numbers reflected the new national accounts methodology used by the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis.

The national unemployment rate declined gradually and unevenly from the middle of 2011 through the first eight months of 2013, to 7.3 percent in August. Nonfarm payroll employment expanded at a modest pace from 2011 through the first eight months of 2013.

As of November 6, 2013, home building had been gradually improving but is still relatively weak. New home construction increased modestly in 2011 and then accelerated sharply in 2012. While still at a subdued level, housing starts were up 25 percent during the first half of 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. Home prices in most metropolitan areas were improving in the early months of 2013.

Investment by businesses in equipment and software expanded throughout 2010 and 2011. However, the pace of expansion slowed during 2012 and in the first quarter of 2013.

U.S. exports of goods were up 1.3 percent during the first seven months of 2013 compared to the same period in 2012, led by consumer goods and automobiles and parts.

California Economy. Statistics coming from the California economy are painting a picture of a gradual and broadening recovery. Continued growth in the high-technology sector, international trade, and tourism are being supplemented by better residential construction and real estate conditions. Fiscally strapped local governments remain a drag on the recovery.

 

C-2


Personal income increased in thirteen of the fifteen quarters through the second quarter of 2013, with decreases only in the fourth quarter of 2011 and the first quarter of 2013. The decrease in early 2013 was partially due to the expiration of the federal payroll tax holiday. These numbers also reflect the revised methodology implemented by the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis for the national accounts. Although the reported levels of personal income and gross national product were expected to change as a result of the revised methodology, these changes are believed to reflect more accurate statistics about the underlying state of the economy. As such, the changes are not expected to have any impact on revenue. In the longer run, the more accurate economic data could lead to more accurate revenue forecasts.

California’s nonfarm payroll jobs grew by 334,500 between December 2011 and December 2012, or by 27,900 jobs per month on average. During the first eight months of 2013, payroll jobs grew by 139,700, or by 17,463 jobs per month on average. The State unemployment rate reached a high of 12.4 percent in late 2010. The rate improved thereafter, falling to 8.9 percent in August 2013. In comparison, the national unemployment rate was 7.3 percent in August 2013.

After hitting a low of close to 200,000 units (seasonally-adjusted and annualized) in the middle of 2007, sales of existing single-family homes have rebounded to above 400,000 units annually. With limited inventories of homes for sale, existing home prices accelerated in the latter half of 2012. Home prices continued to climb in 2013 reaching levels not seen in more than five years. The median price of existing, single-family homes sold in August 2013 was $441,330, an increase of $104,270 from January 2013, and almost 30 percent higher than August 2012. However, this remains 24 percent below the pre-recession peak.

The pace of home building accelerated sharply during the first half of 2013. California issued 58,000 residential building permits in 2012, 23.1 percent more than were issued in 2011. During the first eight months of 2013, the pace of new home permits rose 62 percent over the same period in 2012. However, the August annualized rate of 85,553 was still only a fraction of the 210,000 permits issued in 2005.

The number of California homes going into foreclosure dropped in the first quarter of 2013 to 18,567 before increasing in the second quarter to 25,747. This is well below the peak of 135,431 in the first quarter of 2009, but the level was likely lower due in part to the new State foreclosure laws (the “Homeowner Bill of Rights”) which took effect at the beginning of calendar year 2013. However, the rate of foreclosures had been declining before that, down to 38,212 in the fourth quarter of 2012.

After growing 19 percent in 2010 and 11 percent in 2011, made-in-California export growth slowed to 1.6 percent in 2012 and dropped 0.2 percent during the first seven months of 2013 over the same period in 2012 based on slower growth in most leading commodity categories and a reduction in computer and electronic products exports.

As in the rest of the nation, consumer spending in California rebounded in 2011 with growing vehicle sales playing a significant role. Taxable retail sales grew 9.1 percent in 2011 and 7.2 percent in 2012. New motor vehicle registrations in 2012 were up over 25 percent from 2011.

The State expects the California economy to continue making steady progress. The State expects industry employment to expand 2.1 percent and 2.4 percent in 2013 and 2014, respectively, and 2.5 percent growth is projected for 2015. The State also expects personal income to grow 2.2 percent in 2013, 5.7 percent in 2014 and 5.3 percent in 2015.

As of November 6, 2013, continuing uncertainty about the effects of federal policy actions and weak global growth were the most significant known risks. Economic growth in Europe has slowed, which is adversely affecting U.S. exports. California’s exposure to this risk, though, is less than the nation’s as a whole. Pacific Rim economies, Japan and China in particular, are much more important to the California economy than are European economies. Another risk was that federal policy developments could further slow national economic growth. The

 

C-3


federal government shutdown for 16 days in early October 2013 is likely to have had a negative economic impact, but the exact scope is not known. Such an event may occur again during fiscal year 2013-14. There may also be another period of uncertainty about the extension of the U.S. Treasury’s authority to issue debt, which had recently been extended to early 2014.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

2013 Budget Act. On June 27, 2013, the Governor signed the budget act for fiscal year 2013-14, and on this and subsequent dates, signed other related bills which together comprise the 2013-14 Budget. At the time of the budget enactment, the 2013-14 Budget projected, based on the various assumptions and proposals it contained, that the State would end fiscal year 2013-14 with a $1.1 billion reserve at June 30, 2014. That point-in-time reserve is to be updated as part of the 2014-15 budget development process. Future updates are to reflect recent legislative actions such as enactment by the Legislature and the Governor in September 2013 of a bill (SB 105) to appropriate an additional $315 million to the Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation in response to a court-ordered requirement to further reduce the prison population.

Recent Tax Receipts. The Department of Finance reported that, based on agency cash receipts, tax receipts for June 2013 were up $1.137 billion, or 9.5 percent, above the 2013 Budget Act forecast. The increase was comprised of personal income tax receipts which were up $581 million, sales and use tax receipts which were up $180 million, and corporation tax receipts which were up $387 million. Insurance Gross Premiums Tax receipts were down $122 million.

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, total receipts were $2.099 billion, or 2.1 percent, above forecast.

On October 16, 2013, the Department of Finance released its October Finance Bulletin containing its report of September revenues. Total revenues for September were $392 million, or 5.0 percent, above the 2013 Budget Act forecast of $7.8 billion. Relative to its forecast, personal income tax receipts were up $458 million and sales and use tax receipts were up $170 million. Corporation tax receipts were down $119 million and insurance tax receipts were down $93 million. For fiscal year 2013-14, receipts were $136 million, or 0.7 percent, above forecast. Personal income tax receipts make up the majority of this gain. Although cash receipts from taxes through September 2013 came in higher than forecasted, it was difficult to extrapolate from just these three months how the actual budgetary revenue for fiscal year 2013-14 might diverge from the 2013 Budget Act forecast. In January 2014, the 2014-15 Governor’s Budget revenue forecast is slated to incorporate the actual cash receipts through September 2013, along with substantial additional cash and economic information that will be available by that time.

Information from the Department of Finance concerning monthly receipts of “agency cash” may differ from the State Controller’s reports of cash receipts for the same periods because of timing differences in the recording of in-transit items. In addition, individual monthly cash receipts early in the fiscal year may not be indicative of the outcome of revenue results for the full fiscal year. Updated revenue estimates are expected to be made later in the fall of 2013 as part of the preparation of the 2014-15 Governor’s Budget to be released in January 2014.

Court Ordered Release of State Inmates . As part of a long-standing lawsuit on mental and medical health-care in prisons, on June 20, 2013, a federal court issued a comprehensive order requiring the State to implement a plan to: increase medical and elderly parole; slow-down the return of certain prisoners housed out-of-state; expand the use of good time credits, prospectively and retroactively, to all prisoners; and release prisoners as needed to meet the court-ordered population ceiling by December 31, 2013. The State requested a stay of the order and filed an appeal of the order with the United States Supreme Court. The requests for a stay and the appeal were denied.

 

C-4


On September 12, 2013, Governor Brown signed into law SB 105, which appropriates $315 million to be used in different ways depending on whether the current December 31st deadline remains in place. On September 16, 2013, the State requested an extension of the December 31, 2013 deadline described above.

On September 24, 2013, the three-judge court provided an extension to January 27, 2014 for the State to comply with the 137.5% prison population cap. The Department of Finance submitted to the Legislature a report on October 1, 2013, stating that the 27 day extension was not expected to materially change the level of resources necessary to obtain the capacity authorized by SB 105. On October 21, 2013, the three-judge court provided an additional extension of 28 days, changing the population cap deadline to February 24, 2014.

Pension Fund Investment Results. On July 15, 2013, CalPERS reported a 12.5 percent return on investments for the 12 months that ended June 30, 2013, and CalSTRS reported a 13.8 percent return on investments for the same period.

Reform of Enterprise Zones. Chapter 69, Statutes of 2013 (AB 93), further amended by Chapter 70, Statutes of 2013 (SB 90), repealed provisions in the law related to economic development areas and created in its place a new program of job creation and economic development incentives. These two bills instituted an economic development program which included a sales tax exemption, a hiring credit, and a GO-Biz incentive fund to provide tax credits.

Collective Bargaining. The State agreed to a new memorandum of understanding (“MOU”) with 16 of the State’s 21 bargaining units. The union membership and the Legislature ratified these MOUs, and the Governor signed them. In addition, the State agreed with the California Association of Highway Patrolmen on an addendum to their existing MOU, which was ratified and approved by the Governor.

FISCAL YEAR 2013-14 BUDGET

The 2013-14 Budget, including the 2013 Budget Act which was enacted on June 27, 2013, provides a multi-year General Fund plan that is balanced. For the current fiscal year, at the time of budget enactment, it projected a $1.1 billion reserve by year end, and continues to pay down budgetary debt from past years. For the first time in several years, corrective measures were not necessary to avoid a year-end deficit in the 2012-13 fiscal year. On September 12, 2013, the Governor signed SB 105, appropriating an additional $315 million during fiscal year 2013-14 to the Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation in response to a court-ordered requirement to further reduce the prison population.

General Fund revenues and transfers for fiscal year 2013-14 are projected at $97.1 billion, a decrease of $1.1 billion or 1.1 percent compared with revised estimates for fiscal year 2012-13. General Fund expenditures for fiscal year 2013-14 are projected at $96.3 billion, an increase of $0.6 billion or 0.6 percent compared with revised estimates for fiscal year 2012- 13. Revenues, expenditures and reserve estimates are updated following the end of the fiscal year; therefore, these estimates are subject to change.

The 2013-14 Budget builds a $1.1 billion reserve principally by using the following steps which reduce General Fund expenditures: suspending four newly identified State mandates ($111 million), continuing the use of miscellaneous State highway account revenues to pay for transportation bond debt service ($67 million); extending the hospital quality assurance fee ($310 million); extending the gross premiums tax on Medi-Cal managed care plans ($166 million); and applying sales tax on Medi-Cal managed care plans ($305 million). Certain of these actions raise revenues in special funds which offset General Fund costs. Actions taken after enactment of the 2013 Budget Act may affect the final reserve amount.

 

C-5


The 2013-14 Budget has the following significant components by major program area:

 

   

Proposition 98 —The 2013-14 Budget provides Proposition 98 funding of $55.3 billion for fiscal year 2013-14, of which $39.1 billion is funded from the General Fund. Proposition 30 was premised on the need to reinvest in education. For the first time since the recession began in 2008, with the passage of Proposition 30, the 2013 Budget Act reinvests in, rather than cuts, education funding. The 2013-14 Budget repays approximately $272 million in deferred payments to fund education programs and increase budget transparency.

In addition to revenues provided by Proposition 30, public schools and community colleges also benefit from the passage of Proposition 39. For fiscal year 2013-14, Proposition 39 raises approximately $928 million in General Fund revenues, which increases the Proposition 98 guarantee level by an estimated $558 million. Of this additional guarantee amount, $456 million is being used to fund energy efficiency related activities in public schools and community colleges.

 

   

Higher Education —The 2013-14 Budget includes total funding of $25.4 billion for all major segments of Higher Education, including $13.1 billion from the General Fund and local property taxes for the California Community Colleges. The remaining funding will be provided from state special and bond funds, student tuition and fee revenue, and other sources of income at the University of California, California State University, and the California Community Colleges. The 2013-14 Budget establishes the first-year investment in a multiyear stable funding plan for higher education.

Prior to fiscal year 2013-14, the State separately funded general obligation and lease revenue bond debt service for the University of California’s (“UC”) capital improvement projects. The 2013-14 Budget includes a permanent shift of these appropriations into the UC’s budget, and authorizes the UC to pledge its General Fund appropriation, within limits, in addition to its other revenue sources, towards the issuance of its revenue bonds to finance its infrastructure needs instead of using proceeds of State general obligation bonds or State Public Works Board (“SPWB”) lease revenue bonds. Any new capital expenditures will still be subject to approval by the Administration and the Legislature, with limits on the amount that can be spent on capital expenditures from its General Fund appropriation.

 

   

Health and Human Services —The 2013-14 Budget provides for total State funding of $46 billion, including $28.1 billion from the General Fund. The remaining funding will be provided from special and bond funds.

Medi-Cal, the State’s Medicaid health care program for low-income families, currently serves one out of every five Californians, and currently receives 16 percent of the General Fund budget. As the State implements its commitment to federal health care reform, these amounts will increase. The 2013 Budget Act includes $195.6 million from the General Fund to begin to pay for the federally required and optional expansion of coverage.

 

   

Prison Funding —The 2013 Budget Act provides for total State funding of $11.2 billion, including $8.9 billion from the General Fund, for the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (“CDCR”). The CDCR total state operations costs are $9.1 billion and the remaining $2.1 billion support prison and jail infrastructure. SB 105, signed into law on September 12, 2013, appropriates an additional $315 million from the General Fund to CDCR in the 2013-14 fiscal year for purposes of complying with the court-ordered reduction in prison population.

 

   

Redevelopment Agencies —Legislation enacted in 2011 eliminated redevelopment agencies (“RDAs”) and replaced them with locally organized successor agencies tasked with retiring the former RDAs’ outstanding debts and other legal obligations. Elimination of RDAs will provide additional property tax funding for education, by capturing the RDA tax increment over and above the amounts needed to service existing debts of the RDAs. As of the 2013 Budget Act, the elimination of RDAs is projected to offset $1.5 billion of Proposition 98 costs in fiscal year 2013-14, of which $824 million is from property taxes which will be distributed to local school districts, and $707 million is from distribution of excess RDA cash.

 

C-6


   

Other Revenues and Transfers —The Administration regularly monitors the needs of special funds to ensure that their purposes are not hindered by loans to the General Fund, and may defer (or accelerate) the repayments of such loans based on its review of the needs of the special funds. The 2013-14 Budget reflects a delay in repayment of approximately $1 billion of loans scheduled for repayment in fiscal year 2013-14 (as projected in the 2012 Budget Act). Additionally, the 2013 Budget Act authorizes a $500 million loan to the General Fund from the Greenhouse Gas Reduction Fund (Cap and Trade). Both of these actions are reflected in the calculation of Deferred Obligations during fiscal year 2013-14.

 

   

Health Care Reform —With the coming implementation of the federal Affordable Care Act (“ACA”), health care costs will be an increasingly important element of the State budget. The 2013-14 Budget includes $195.6 million for costs relating to implementation of the ACA. General Fund net costs of expanded eligibility and enhanced benefits under health care reform are estimated to increase to approximately $700 million in fiscal years 2014-15 and 2015-16 and they are included in the multi-year projection. Actual costs could be materially higher, as the program is implemented.

 

   

Unemployment Insurance Interest Repayment —For the last two fiscal years, the State has internally loaned money from special funds to pay the interest on money borrowed from the federal government to fund unemployment insurance payments. In fiscal year 2013-14, the interest payment of $261.5 million is slated to be paid from the General Fund. (The General Fund is not liable for repayment of the principal of the federal loan.)

Economic Assumptions Underlying Forecast for the 2013 Budget Act

The revenue and expenditure assumptions utilized in connection with the 2013-14 May Revision Forecast are based upon certain projections of the performance of the California, national, and global economies in calendar years 2013 and 2014.

Budget Risks

The 2013-14 Budget is based on a variety of estimates and assumptions. If actual results differ from those assumptions, the State’s financial condition could be adversely or positively affected. There can be no assurance that the financial condition of the State will not be materially and adversely affected by actual conditions or circumstances in fiscal year 2013-14 and beyond.

Budget risks with potential significant General Fund impact for fiscal year 2013-14 include, but may not be limited to, the following:

 

   

The 2013 Budget Act adopted the revenue forecast produced by the Department of Finance. The Legislative Analyst’s Office estimated the revenues to be $3.2 billion higher. However, revenues assumed in the 2013 Budget Act for fiscal years 2012-13 and 2013-14 could be less than the amounts projected. For instance, it is not known yet how much of the increased revenues received in fiscal year 2012-13 reflected acceleration into that year of capital gains to avoid higher federal income tax rates, which would reduce revenues attributable to fiscal year 2013-14. In addition, certain tax revenues, particularly personal income taxes, can be volatile and correlate to overall economic conditions.

 

   

In addressing its own fiscal and governance challenges, the federal government could shift, or otherwise increase, costs to the State. The 16 day federal government shutdown in early October 2013 is likely to have had a negative economic impact; however, the scope is still not known. In addition, the federal government only extended the congressionally-approved federal debt limit until early in 2014. The future impact on the State from a failure by Congress to increase the federal debt limit when necessary is unknown, although it is likely to be material.

 

   

While the 2013 Budget Act projects modest economic growth, the pace of the nation’s and state’s economic recovery remains uncertain.

 

C-7


   

The federal government and the courts have hindered the State’s past efforts to reduce spending and could again interfere with the successful implementation of budget actions authorized in fiscal years 2012-13 and 2013-14. The largest single item is $310 million in savings related to the extension of a hospital fee which was approved by legislation enacted in early October 2013. However, the State’s ability to utilize this fee is subject to a waiver from the federal government which is still pending.

 

   

Rising health care costs, including costs relating to implementation of the federal Affordable Care Act, could be higher than projected.

 

   

Lawsuits challenging any of the solutions included in prior years’ budgets could prevent the State from achieving those solutions. The State may also face costs from other ongoing lawsuits.

STATE INDEBTEDNESS AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS

General

The State Treasurer is responsible for the sale of most debt obligations of the State and its various authorities and agencies. The State has always paid when due the principal of and interest on its general obligation bonds, general obligation commercial paper notes, lease revenue obligations and short-term obligations, including revenue anticipation notes (“RANs”) and revenue anticipation warrants (“RAWs”).

Capital Facilities Financing

General Obligation Bonds

The State Constitution prohibits the creation of general obligation indebtedness of the State unless a bond measure is approved by a majority of the electorate voting at a general election or a direct primary. Each general obligation bond act provides a continuing appropriation from the General Fund of amounts for the payment of debt service on the related general obligation bonds, subject only to the prior application of moneys in the General Fund to the support of the public school system and public institutions of higher education. Under the State Constitution, appropriations to pay debt service on any general obligation bonds cannot be repealed until the principal and interest on such bonds have been paid. Certain general obligation bond programs, called “self-liquidating bonds,” receive revenues from specified sources so that moneys from the General Fund are not expected to be needed to pay debt service, but the General Fund is expected to pay the debt service, pursuant to the continuing appropriation contained in the bond act, if the specified revenue source is not sufficient. The principal self-liquidating bond programs are the ERBs, supported by a special sales tax, and veterans general obligation bonds, supported by mortgage repayments from housing loans made to military veterans. See “—Economic Recovery Bonds.”

General obligation bonds are typically authorized for infrastructure and other capital improvements at the state and local level. Pursuant to the State Constitution, general obligation bonds cannot be used to finance State budget deficits (except as already authorized by ERBs, as described below).

As of September 1, 2013, the State had outstanding $79,373,370,000 aggregate principal amount of long-term general obligation bonds, of which $73,963,800,000 were payable primarily from the State’s General Fund, and $5,409,570,000 were “self-liquidating” bonds payable first from other special revenue funds. As of September 1, 2013, there were unused voter authorizations for the future issuance of $30,980,116,000 of long-term general obligation bonds, some of which may first be issued as commercial paper notes (see “General Obligation Commercial Paper Program” below). Of this unissued amount, $1,306,210,000 is for general obligation bonds payable first from other revenue sources. As part of the 2012-13 Budget, the Legislature cancelled $32,659,000 of unused bond authorizations in eight bond acts.

A ballot measure is scheduled to be submitted to the voters at the statewide election in November 2014 (rescheduled from 2012) to approve the issuance of $11.14 billion in general obligation bonds for a wide variety

 

C-8


of purposes relating to improvement of California’s water supply systems, drought relief, and groundwater protection. Additional bond measures may be included on future election ballots, but any proposed bond measure must first be approved by a two-thirds vote of the Legislature or placed on the ballot through the initiative process.

Variable Rate General Obligation Bonds

The general obligation bond law permits the State to issue as variable rate indebtedness up to 20 percent of the aggregate amount of long-term general obligation bonds outstanding. These bonds represent about 4.135 percent of the state’s total outstanding general obligation bonds. With respect to $100,000,000 of indexed floating rate general obligation bonds, if these bonds cannot be remarketed on their scheduled mandatory tender date, there is no default but the interest rate would be increased in installments until the bonds can be remarketed or refunded, ultimately reaching 11 percent after 181 days. Furthermore, until these floating rate bonds are remarketed or refunded, they are expected to be subject to quarterly mandatory redemptions of $5 million each over a period of five years commencing six months after the initial unsuccessful remarketing.

Under State law, except for the Economic Recovery Bonds and certain indexed floating rate bonds without credit enhancement, the state must pay the principal and interest of any general obligation bonds which are subject to optional or mandatory tender, and which are not remarketed or, if applicable, purchased by financial institutions which provide liquidity support to the State. The State has not entered into any interest rate hedging contracts in relation to any of its variable rate general obligation bonds. The State has no auction rate bonds outstanding.

General Obligation Commercial Paper Program

Pursuant to legislation enacted in 1995, voter-approved general obligation indebtedness may be issued either as long-term bonds or, for some but not all bond issues, as commercial paper notes. Commercial paper notes may be renewed or may be refunded by the issuance of long-term bonds. As of November 6, 2013, it is the State’s policy to use commercial paper notes to provide flexibility for bond programs, such as to provide interim funding of voter-approved projects and to facilitate refunding of variable rate bonds into fixed rate bonds. Commercial paper notes are not included in the calculation of permitted variable rate indebtedness described under “Variable Rate General Obligation Bonds” and are not included in the figures provided above in the section “General Obligation Bonds.” As of November 6, 2013, a total of $1.649 billion in principal amount of commercial paper was authorized under agreements with various banks. A total of $587,630,000 of commercial paper was outstanding as of September 1, 2013.

Bank Arrangements

In connection with the letters of credit obtained by the State in connection with variable rate obligations and the commercial paper program, the State has entered into a number of reimbursement agreements or other credit agreements with a variety of financial institutions. These agreements include various representations and covenants of the State, and the terms (including interest rates and repayment schedules) by which the State would be required to repay any drawings (including drawings resulting from any failed remarketings) on the respective letters of credit or other credit enhancement to which such credit agreements relate. To the extent that variable rate obligations cannot be remarketed over an extended period (whether due to reductions in the credit ratings of the institution providing credit enhancement or other factors), interest payable by the State pursuant to the reimbursement agreement or credit agreement would generally increase over current market levels relating to the variable rate obligations, and the principal repayment period would generally be shorter (typically less than five years) than the repayment period otherwise applicable to the variable rate obligation. On occasion the State’s variable rate obligations had not been remarketed resulting in draws on the applicable credit facilities but this has not occurred since 2009. As of November 6, 2013, in the past three years, the State had been able to successfully extend or replace its expiring credit facilities.

 

C-9


Lease-Revenue Obligations

In addition to general obligation bonds, the State has acquired and constructed capital facilities through the use of lease-revenue borrowing (also referred to as lease-purchase borrowing). Such borrowing must be authorized by the Legislature in a separate act or appropriation. Under these arrangements, the State Public Works Board (“SPWB”), another state or local agency or a joint powers authority issued bonds to pay for the acquisition or construction of facilities such as office buildings, university buildings, courthouses or correctional institutions. These facilities are leased to a state agency, the California State University, the University of California or the Judicial Council under a long-term lease that provides the source of payment of the debt service on the lease-revenue bonds. In some cases, there was not a separate bond issue, but a trustee directly created certificates of participation in the State’s lease obligation, which were then marketed to investors. Under applicable court decisions, such lease arrangements do not constitute the creation of “indebtedness” within the meaning of the State Constitutional provisions that require voter approval. For purposes of this appendix, the terms “lease-revenue obligation,” “lease-revenue financing,” “lease-purchase obligation” or “lease-purchase” mean principally bonds or certificates of participation for capital facilities where the lease payments providing the security are payable from the operating budget of the respective lessees, which are primarily, but not exclusively, derived from the General Fund. The State had $11,775,410,000 in lease-revenue obligations outstanding as of September 1, 2013. The SPWB, which is authorized to sell lease-revenue bonds, had approximately $6.87 billion of authorized and unissued bonds as of September 1, 2013. The 2013-14 Budget included the cancellation of authorization for some unissued lease revenue bonds that are no longer needed.

The 2013-14 Budget includes a provision allowing the University of California (“UC”) to restructure the SPWB’s lease revenue bonds previously issued for projects for UC (collectively, the “UC SPWB Bonds”) into its general revenue bond credit. On October 2, 2013, the UC issued general revenue bonds to refund all of the $2,389,830,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding UC SPWB Bonds.

Non-Recourse Debt

Certain state agencies and authorities issue revenue obligations for which the General Fund has no liability. These revenue bonds represent obligations payable from state revenue-producing enterprises and projects, and conduit obligations payable from revenues paid by private users or local governments of facilities financed by the revenue bonds. In each case, such revenue bonds are not payable from the General Fund. The enterprises and projects include transportation projects, various public works projects, public and private educational facilities (including the California State University and University of California systems), housing, health facilities and pollution control facilities. State agencies and authorities had approximately $55.6 billion aggregate principal amount of revenue bonds and notes which are non-recourse to the General Fund outstanding as of June 30, 2013.

Build America Bonds

In February 2009, Congress enacted certain new municipal bond provisions as part of the federal economic stimulus act (“ARRA”), which allowed municipal issuers such as the State to issue “Build America Bonds” (“BABs”) for new infrastructure investments. BABs are bonds whose interest is subject to federal income tax, but pursuant to ARRA the U.S. Treasury was to repay the issuer an amount equal to 35 percent of the interest cost on any BABs issued during 2009 and 2010. The BAB subsidy payments related to general obligation bonds are General Fund revenues to the State, while subsidy payments related to lease-revenue bonds are deposited into a fund which is made available to the SPWB for any lawful purpose. In neither instance are the subsidy payments specifically pledged to repayment of the BABs to which they relate. The cash subsidy payment with respect to the BABs, to which the State is entitled, is treated by the Internal Revenue Service as a refund of a tax credit and such refund may be offset by the Department of the Treasury by any liability of the State payable to the federal government. As of November 6, 2013, none of the State’s BAB subsidy payments have been reduced because of such an offset.

 

C-10


Between April 2009 and December 2010, the State issued $13.54 billion of BAB general obligation (“GO”) bonds and the SPWB issued $551 million of BAB lease-revenue bonds. The aggregate amount of the subsidy payments to be received from fiscal year 2013-14 through the maturity of these bonds (mostly 20 to 30 years) is approximately $8.3 billion for the general obligation BABs and $283 million for the lease-revenue BABs.

Pursuant to certain federal budget legislation adopted in August 2011, starting as of March 1, 2013, and continuing until Congress takes any further action, the government’s BAB subsidy payments will be reduced as part of a government-wide “sequestration” of many program expenditures. The I.R.S. announced that each BAB subsidy payment would be reduced by 8.7 percent for the balance of the federal 2013 fiscal year (ending September 30, 2013). This resulted in a reduction of approximately $15.65 million from the $367.40 million of total subsidies the State had been scheduled to receive between October 1, 2012 and September 30, 2013 for both GO and SPWB BABs. The I.R.S. has announced that the sequestration reduction for federal fiscal year 2014 (starting October 1, 2013) will be 7.2 percent. If implemented for the full federal fiscal year, this would result in a reduction of approximately $27.53 million in subsidies. None of the BAB subsidy payments are pledged to pay debt service, so this reduction will not affect the State’s ability to pay all of its GO and SPWB BABs on time, nor have any material impact on the State’s General Fund.

Future Issuance Plans; General Fund Debt Ratio

As of November 6, 2013, the State indicated that since 2006, a significant amount of new general obligation bonds and lease revenue bonds had been authorized by voters and/or the Legislature. These authorizations led to a substantial increase in the amount of General Fund supported debt outstanding, from $44.85 billion as of July 1, 2006 to $86.33 billion as of September 1, 2013, while still leaving current authorized and unissued bonds of about $35.96 billion.

In calendar years 2009 and 2010, over $35.07 billion of new money general obligation bonds, lease-revenue bonds and Proposition 1 A bonds were sold. Following the record bond issuance levels in these years, bond issuance for new money general obligation bonds has substantially decreased as departments work to manage their existing bond cash balances. In calendar years 2011 and 2012, $8.0 billion of new money general obligation and lease revenue bonds were sold. In addition $5.8 billion of refunding general obligation and lease revenue bonds were sold. From January 1, 2013 through September 1, 2013, $3.09 billion of new money general obligation and lease revenue bonds were sold, and $3.93 billion of refunding general obligation and lease revenue bonds were sold.

Based on estimates from the Department of Finance, approximately $4.96 billion of new money general obligation bonds (some of which may initially be in the form of commercial paper notes) and approximately $2.34 billion of lease-revenue bonds will be issued in fiscal year 2013-14. These estimates will be updated by the State Treasurer’s office based on information provided by the Department of Finance with respect to the updated funding needs of, and actual spending by, departments. In addition, the actual amount of bonds sold will depend on other factors such as overall budget constraints, market conditions and other considerations. The State also expects to issue refunding bonds as market conditions warrant.

With the continued issuance and sale of authorized but unissued bonds to occur in the future, the ratio of debt service on general obligation and lease-revenue bonds supported by the General Fund, to annual General Fund revenues and transfers (the “General Fund Debt Ratio”), can be expected to increase in future years. As assumptions for future debt issuance and revenue projections are updated from time to time, any changes to these amounts may impact the projected General Fund Debt Ratio. Based on the revenue estimates contained in the 2013 Budget Act and bond issuance estimates referred to in the preceding paragraph, the General Fund Debt Ratio is estimated to equal approximately 7.72 percent in fiscal year 2013-14.

The General Fund Debt Ratio is calculated based on actual gross debt service, without adjusting for receipts from the U.S. Treasury for the State’s current outstanding general obligation and lease revenue BABs or the

 

C-11


availability of any special funds that may be used to pay a portion of the debt service to help reduce General Fund costs. The total of these offsets for general obligation bond debt service is estimated to equal approximately $1.4 billion for fiscal year 2013-14. Including the estimated offsets reduces the General Fund Debt Ratio to 6.4 percent in fiscal year 2013-14. The actual General Fund Debt Ratio in future fiscal years will depend on a variety of factors, including actual debt issuance (which may include additional issuance approved in the future by the Legislature and, for general obligation bonds, the voters), actual interest rates, debt service structure, and actual General Fund revenues and transfers.

Economic Recovery Bonds

The California Economic Recovery Bond Act (“Proposition 57”) was approved by the voters on March 2, 2004. Proposition 57 authorized the issuance of up to $15 billion in ERBs to finance the negative General Fund reserve balance as of June 30, 2004, and other General Fund obligations undertaken prior to June 30, 2004. Repayment of the ERBs is secured by a pledge of revenues from a one-quarter cent increase in the State’s sales and use tax (the “special sales tax”) that became effective July 1, 2004. In addition, as voter-approved general obligation bonds, the ERBs are secured by the State’s full faith and credit and payable from the General Fund in the event the dedicated sales and use tax revenue is insufficient to repay the bonds.

The entire authorized amount of ERBs was issued in three sales, in May and June 2004, and in February 2008. No further ERBs can be issued under Proposition 57, except for refunding bonds. The State issued refunding ERBs in 2009 to restructure the program in response to a drop in taxable sales caused by the recession, and in 2011 for debt service savings.

Three different sources of funds are required to be applied to the early retirement (generally by purchase or redemption) of ERBs: (i) all proceeds from the dedicated special sales tax in excess of the amounts needed, on a semi-annual basis, to pay debt service and other required costs of the bonds, (ii) all proceeds from the sale of specified surplus State property, and (iii) fifty percent of each annual deposit, up to $5 billion in the aggregate, of deposits in the Budget Stabilization Account (“BSA”). As of July 1, 2013, funds from these sources have been used for early retirement of approximately $8.94 billion of bonds during fiscal years 2005-06 through 2012-13, including $472 million which was transferred from the BSA in fiscal year 2006-07 and $1.023 billion transferred from the BSA in fiscal year 2007-08.

The State accumulated approximately $451 million in excess special sales tax during the six month period ending July 1, 2013. The State will use these moneys to retire ERBs during the next year. An initial redemption of $150 million of ERBs occurred in August 2013.

The Governor suspended the BSA transfers in each of the fiscal years 2008-09 through 2013-14 due to the condition of the General Fund.

Tobacco Settlement Revenue Bonds

In 1998 the State signed a settlement agreement (the “Master Settlement Agreement” or “MSA”) with the four major cigarette manufacturers (the “participating manufacturers” or “PMs”). Under the MSA, the PMs agreed to make payments to the State in perpetuity, which payments at the time were predicted to total approximately $25 billion (subject to adjustments) over the first 25 years. Under a separate Memorandum of Understanding, half of the payments made by the cigarette manufacturers are paid to the State and half to certain local governments. The specific amount to be received by the State and such local governments is subject to adjustment under the MSA, including reduction of the PMs’ payments for decreases in cigarette shipment volumes by the PMs, payments owed to certain “Previously Settled States” and certain other types of offsets.

State law enacted in 2002 (the “Tobacco Securitization Law”) authorized the establishment of a special purpose trust to purchase the tobacco assets and to issue revenue bonds secured by the tobacco settlement

 

C-12


revenues received beginning in the 2003-04 fiscal year. Legislation in 2003 amended the Tobacco Securitization Law to authorize a credit enhancement mechanism that requires the Governor to request an appropriation from the General Fund in the annual Budget Act to allocate funds from the General Fund for the payment of debt service and other related costs of the tobacco settlement revenue bonds secured by the second 2003 sale of tobacco settlement revenues in the event tobacco settlement revenues and certain other amounts are insufficient. The Legislature is not obligated to make any General Fund appropriation.

In 2003, two separate sales of these assets financed with revenue bonds (the “2003 Bonds”) produced about $4.75 billion in proceeds which were transferred to the General Fund. In 2005 and 2007, the State refunded all of the original 2003 Bonds, generating additional proceeds of approximately $1.783 billion, which were also transferred to the General Fund. This credit enhancement mechanism was applied to only the second 2003 sale of bonds and was continued when those bonds were refunded in 2005 and in 2013 (the “2005 Bonds” and the “2013 Bonds”). This credit enhancement mechanism only applies to the outstanding principal amount of approximately $2.7 billion of 2005 and 2013 Bonds.

Tobacco settlement revenue bonds are neither general nor legal obligations of the State or any of its political subdivisions and neither the faith and credit nor the taxing power nor any other assets or revenues of the State or of any political subdivision is or shall be pledged to the payment of any such bonds; provided that, as described above, in connection with the issuance of the 2005 and 2013 Bonds, the State covenanted to request the Legislature for a General Fund appropriation in the event there are insufficient tobacco settlement revenues to pay debt service with respect to the 2005 and 2013 Bonds, and other available amounts, including the reserve funds with respect to the 2005 and 2013 Bonds, are depleted. Since the issuance of the 2005 Bonds, this appropriation has been requested and approved by the Legislature, to be utilized in the event tobacco settlement revenues and other available moneys are not sufficient to pay debt service. However, through November 6, 2013, use of the appropriated moneys had never been required.

One of the reserve funds relating to the 2005 Bonds was used to make required debt service interest payments on the 2005 Bonds in 2011 and 2012 in part due to the withholding related to the declining tobacco consumption and disputes over declining PM market share. As of November 6, 2013, the total amount of the draws was approximately $7.94 million. In April 2013 the reserve fund was replenished in full following the disbursements of the non-participating manufacturer settlement funds and receipt of the scheduled tobacco settlement revenues. As of July 1, 2013, the amount of the two reserve funds relating to the 2005 Bonds was approximately $246.4 million. If, in any future year tobacco settlement revenues are less than required debt service payments on the 2005 and 2013 Bonds in such year, additional draws on the reserve funds with respect to the 2005 and 2013 Bonds will be required. Future revenues in excess of debt service requirements, if any, are expected to be used to replenish the reserve funds of the bonds. The State General Fund is not obligated to replenish the reserve funds, nor to request an appropriation to replenish the reserve funds.

Although the State cannot predict the amount of future tobacco settlement revenues, if the current trends continue, the amount of tobacco settlement revenues and other available moneys, including the reserve funds, may at some point in the future be insufficient to pay debt service on the 2005 and 2013 Bonds, and the Governor would be required to request an appropriation from the General Fund. However, the Legislature is not obligated to make an appropriation.

Cash Management Borrowings

As part of its cash management program, the State has regularly issued short-term obligations to meet cash management needs.

Indirect, Nonpublic or Contingent Obligations

Flood Litigation Judgment . In 2005, the State settled a lawsuit arising from liability for past flood damages through a stipulated judgment in the amount of $428 million, which provided for the State to make annual

 

C-13


payments of $42.8 million, plus interest, for 10 years; the payments are subject to annual appropriation by the Legislature. The Legislature has included the required annual installment in each budget act since the settlement was approved. This matter is not treated as a “debt” of the State for any legal or constitutional purposes. The State understands that its annual installment payments have been pledged to secure certain debt instruments. The 2013 Budget Act includes $46.1 million for the required annual installment.

Unemployment Insurance Fund Borrowing . Commencing in fiscal year 2011-12, the State has been required to pay interest on loans made by the federal government to the State Unemployment Insurance (“UI”) Fund. The principal amount of these loans at the end of 2012 was about $10.2 billion. The 2012 Budget Act appropriated $308.2 million to pay for the interest expense on this loan due September 30, 2012, by borrowing money from a state special fund. The 2013 Budget Act appropriated $261.5 million from the General Fund to make the September 2013 interest payment.

Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development Guarantees . Pursuant to a law created in 1969, the Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development of the State of California (“OSHPD”) insures loans and bond issues for financing and refinancing of construction and renovation projects for nonprofit and publicly-owned health-care facilities. As of November 6, 2013, this program (commonly called “Cal-Mortgage Loan Insurance”) was authorized by statute to insure up to $3 billion for health facility projects.

State law established the Health Facility Construction Loan Insurance Fund (the “Fund”) as a trust fund which is continuously appropriated and may only be used for purposes of this program. As of November 6, 2013, the Fund is used as a depository of fees and insurance premiums and any recoveries and is the initial source of funds used to pay administrative costs of the program and shortfalls resulting from defaults by insured borrowers. If the Fund were unable to make payment on an insured loan or bond, state law provides for the State Treasurer to issue debentures to the holders of the defaulted loan or bond which are payable on a par with State general obligation bonds. As of November 6, 2013, all claims on insured loans had been paid from the Fund.

As of May 31, 2013, OSHPD insured 117 loans to nonprofit or publicly owned health facilities throughout California with an aggregate par amount of approximately $1.692 billion. The cash balance of the Fund was approximately $167.0 million as of May 31, 2013. OSHPD engaged Oliver Wyman Actuarial Consulting, Inc. to perform the biennial actuarial study of the Fund as of June 30, 2010, and the study was completed in August 2011 (the “2010 actuarial study”). Based upon a number of assumptions, the 2010 actuarial study concluded, among other things, that the Fund appeared to be sufficient, under the “expected scenario” to maintain a positive balance until at least fiscal year 2039-40. Even under the “most pessimistic scenario,” the 2010 actuarial study found that there was a 70 percent likelihood that the Fund’s reserves as of June 30, 2010 would protect against any General Fund losses until at least 2020-21, and a 90 percent likelihood that the Fund’s reserves as of June 30, 2010 would protect against any General Fund losses until at least fiscal year 2016-17. An updated actuarial study for the period ended June 30, 2012 is in the contracting process. There can be no assurances that the financial condition of the Fund has not materially declined since the 2010 actuarial study. More information on the program can be obtained from OSHPD’s website.

Equipment Lease/Purchase Program . The State Department of General Services operates a centralized program which allows state departments to acquire equipment, software or services under financing programs with approved vendors. The State departments make annual payments for the equipment from their support budgets, which are subject to annual appropriation by the Legislature. If for any reason the annual payments are not appropriated, the State department is obligated to return the equipment to the vendor. These contracts are represented as capital leases in the State’s financial statements. As of June 30, 2013, the aggregate total of 66 contracts under this program was approximately $95 million.

 

C-14


SOURCES OF TAX AND OTHER REVENUE

The following is a summary of the State’s major tax revenues and tax laws. In fiscal year 2011-12, approximately 92 percent of the State’s General Fund revenues and transfers were derived from personal income taxes, corporation taxes, and sales and use taxes.

Personal Income Tax

The California personal income tax is closely modeled after the federal income tax law. It is imposed on net taxable income (gross income less exclusions and deductions), with rates ranging from 1 percent to 12.3 percent. In addition, a 1 percent surcharge is imposed on taxable income above $1 million and proceeds from such tax are dedicated to the Mental Health Services Fund. The personal income tax is adjusted annually by the change in the consumer price index to prevent taxpayers from being pushed into higher tax brackets without a real increase in income. Personal, dependent, and other credits are allowed against the gross tax liability. In addition, taxpayers may be subject to an alternative minimum tax (“California AMT”), which is much like the federal alternative minimum tax. The personal income tax structure is considered to be highly progressive. For example, the Franchise Tax Board indicates that the top 1 percent of taxpayers paid 41.1 percent of the total personal income tax in tax year 2011.

The 2013-14 Budget revenue projections include the revenue expected from Proposition 30 (The Schools and Local Public Safety Protection Act of 2012) passed by the voters on November 6, 2012. This measure provides for an increase in the personal income tax rate of one percent for joint filing taxpayers with income above $500,000 and equal to or below $600,000; two percent increase for incomes above $600,000 and equal to or below $1,000,000; and three percent increase for incomes above $1,000,000. Tax rates for single filers were to start at incomes one-half those for joint filers. These additional rates are slated to remain in effect for seven years, commencing in calendar year 2012. The Administration estimates that the additional revenue from the addition of the three new tax brackets was $3.4 billion in fiscal year 2011-12, $4.8 billion in fiscal year 2012-13, and will be $4.8 billion in fiscal year 2013-14.

The 2013-14 Budget reflects assumptions regarding the behavioral impacts of federal tax law changes. The federal Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 reduced taxes for dividend income, capital gains, and other income. These tax reductions were set to expire after 2010. However, late in 2010, they were extended through 2012. In addition, a 3.8 percent surtax on specified unearned income went into effect on January 1, 2013. For the 2013-14 Budget, the Department of Finance made assumptions that in 2012 some taxpayers would respond to the potential rate changes by accelerating 25 percent of projected 2013 capital gains into 2012. It was also assumed that 4 percent of projected 2013 dividends and 1.1 percent of wages would be accelerated to 2012, thereby increasing receipts in fiscal year 2012-13, but reducing income tax receipts for fiscal year 2013-14. While federal tax cuts expired for high income earners (married filers over $450,000) but were extended for other taxpayers, because Congress did not act until January 2013, it is expected that the income shifts that were assumed in the forecast actually occurred. There can be no assurance that acceleration of income into 2012 was not higher than assumed, which could reduce revenues in fiscal year 2013-14.

Taxes on capital gains realizations, which are linked to stock market performance, can add a significant dimension of volatility to personal income tax receipts. For example, capital gains tax receipts accounted for 14.8 percent of General Fund revenues and transfers in fiscal year 2000-01, while the 2013-14 Budget projects that capital gains will account for 10.6 percent of General Fund revenues and transfers in fiscal year 2012-13 and 6 percent in fiscal year 2013-14.

Sales and Use Tax

The sales and use tax (referred to herein as the “sales tax”) tax is imposed upon retailers for the privilege of selling tangible personal property in California. Most retail sales and leases are subject to the tax. However,

 

C-15


exemptions have been provided for certain essentials such as food for home consumption, prescription drugs, gas delivered through mains, and electricity. Other exemptions provide relief for a variety of sales ranging from custom computer software to aircraft.

The California use tax is imposed at the same rates as the regular sales tax on consumers of tangible personal property that is used, consumed, or stored in the State. Use tax applies to purchases from out-of-state vendors that are not required to collect tax on their sales. Use tax also applies to most leases of tangible personal property.

As of January 1, 2013, the breakdown for the uniform statewide state and local sales tax rate of 7.50 percent was as follows (many local jurisdictions have voted additional sales taxes for local purposes):

 

   

3.9375 percent imposed as a State General Fund tax;

 

   

0.25 percent dedicated to the Education Protection Account, per Proposition 30;

 

   

1.0625 percent dedicated to local governments for realignment purposes (Local Revenue Fund 2011);

 

   

0.5 percent dedicated to local governments for health and welfare program realignment (Local Revenue Fund);

 

   

0.5 percent dedicated to local governments for public safety services (Local Public Safety Fund);

 

   

1.0 percent local tax imposed under the Uniform Local Sales and Use Tax Law, with 0.25 percent dedicated to county transportation purposes and 0.75 percent for city and county general-purpose use; and

 

   

0.25 percent deposited into the Fiscal Recovery Fund to repay the State’s ERBs (the “special sales tax”).

Passage of Proposition 30 added a 0.25 percent additional sales tax rate from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2016. Proposition 30 also constitutionally guarantees that the 1.0625 percent of the sales tax rate is dedicated to the cost of the realignment of certain defined public safety services programs from the State to the counties and explicitly states that this sales tax revenue does not constitute General Fund revenue for purposes of the Proposition 98 guarantee. The 1.0625 percent of the sales tax rate was expected to generate $5.386 billion in fiscal year 2012-13 and $5.813 billion in fiscal year 2013-14.

Legislation passed as part of the 2011 Budget Act imposed a use tax collection responsibility for certain out-of-state, and particularly internet, retailers who meet certain criteria. The new responsibility took effect in September 2012. The Department of Finance had estimated about $100 million of additional revenue from this source in fiscal year 2012-13, which was included in the 2013-14 Budget. There is some uncertainty about this number since the State has, as of yet, little experience with this method of taxation. After the Department of Finance finalized its revenue estimates, the Board of Equalization (“BOE”) provided updated actual revenue from this source of $89 million through the end of March 2013, which suggested that fiscal year 2012-13 revenue from this legislation were to likely come in above the $100 million estimate.

Existing law provides that 0.25 percent of the base state and local sales tax rate may be suspended in any calendar year upon certification by the Director of Finance, by November 1 in the prior year, that both of the following have occurred: (1) the General Fund reserve (excluding the revenues derived from the 0.25 percent special sales tax) is expected to exceed 3 percent of revenues in that fiscal year (excluding the revenues derived from the 0.25 percent special sales tax) and (2) actual revenues for the period May 1 through September 30 equal or exceed the previous May Revision forecast. The 0.25 percent rate will be reinstated the following year if the Director of Finance subsequently determines conditions (1) or (2) above are not met for that fiscal year. The Department of Finance estimates that the reserve level will be insufficient to trigger a reduction for calendar year 2013.

 

C-16


Existing law provides that the special sales tax will be collected until the first day of the calendar quarter at least 90 days after the Director of Finance certifies that all ERBs and related obligations have been paid or retired or provision for their repayment has been made or enough sales taxes have been collected to pay all ERBs and related obligations to final maturity. At such time the special sales tax will terminate and the city and county portion of taxes under the uniform local sales and use tax will be automatically increased by 0.25 percent. However, under current law, when Economic Recovery Bonds (“ERBs”) and related obligations have been met, cities and counties would not be fully compensated for the revenue lost due to a three-month lag between when a taxable sale occurs and when the BOE allocates the revenue to the local governments. The 2013-14 Budget outlines a process to provide compensation to cities and counties when the special sales tax mechanism is no longer needed to pay for the ERBs.

An appellate court decision from 2008 held that, from April 8, 1999 to June 30, 2008, two Dell entities and two providers of maintenance and warranty services had improperly collected from customers and remitted to the Board of Equalization (“BOE”) use tax on optional service contracts that were sold with computers. The State anticipates that a pending action will result in a settlement requiring the BOE to refund the tax with interest. Plaintiffs estimate that the refund amounts could be as much as $250 million (all funds), if every purchaser of a service contract were to file a claim for refund pursuant to the settlement procedures. In order to identify and notify consumers affected by the decision, BOE sent out 3.6 million notices in January 2013, with a claims filing deadline of May 29, 2013. As of June 14, 2013, about 191,000 claims totaling $46 million (all funds) were received. This was substantially below BOE’s estimate of $120 million to be refunded during fiscal year 2013-14.

Corporation Tax

Corporation tax revenues are derived from the following taxes:

 

  1. The Franchise Tax and the Corporate Income Tax are levied at an 8.84 percent rate on profits. The former is imposed on corporations for the privilege of doing business in California, while the latter is imposed on corporations that derive income from California sources but are not sufficiently present to be classified as doing business in the State.

 

  2. Banks and other financial corporations are subject to the franchise tax plus an additional tax at the rate of 2 percent on their net income. This additional tax is in lieu of personal property taxes and business license taxes.

 

  3. The California AMT is similar to that in federal law. In general, the California AMT is based on a higher level of net income computed by adding back certain tax preferences. This tax is imposed at a rate of 6.65 percent.

 

  4. A minimum Franchise Tax of up to $800 is imposed on corporations subject to the franchise tax but not on those subject to the corporate income tax. New corporations are exempted from the minimum franchise tax for the first year of incorporation.

 

  5. Sub-Chapter S corporations are taxed at 1.5 percent of profits.

 

  6. Fees paid by limited liability companies (“LLCs”), which account for 3.6 percent of corporation tax revenue, are considered “corporation taxes.”

Six actions have been filed contending that the Legislature’s modification of Revenue and Taxation Code Section 25128, which implemented the double-weighting of the sales factor in California’s apportionment of income formula for the taxation of multistate business entities, is invalid and/or unconstitutional. Now consolidated in one matter and collectively referred to as Gillette Company v. Franchise Tax Board (“Gillette”), the plaintiffs contend that the single-weighted sales factor specified in Section 25128 prior to amendment was contained within the Multistate Tax Compact (“MTC”) and therefore cannot be modified without repealing the legislation that enacted MTC. An adverse ruling in these cases would affect multiple taxpayers and create

 

C-17


potential exposure to refund claims for past years of approximately $750 million. The trial court ruled for the State in each of these matters, but the California Court of Appeal ruled on October 2, 2012 in favor of the taxpayers. The Franchise Tax Board has requested and the California Supreme Court has accepted review of this case. If the Gillette taxpayers are ultimately successful in their suit for refund, the vast majority of the revenue loss may not occur for several years. See “Litigation—Tax Cases.”

One significant revenue measure enacted as part of the 2012-13 Budget was repeal of the State’s participation in MTC, as a response to the Gillette litigation. By repealing its participation in MTC, the State will ensure that most taxpayers will not be allowed to use the equal weighted sales formula for apportioning income for calendar year 2012 and later tax years. Nonetheless, the current ruling in the Gillette case could result in a revenue loss of up to $150 million in fiscal year 2012-13 (although these amounts could be recaptured if the State ultimately prevails in the case at the California Supreme Court).

Another portion of the legislation repealing the State’s participation in MTC finds and declares that there is a common law doctrine stating that elections affecting the computation of tax must be made on original tax returns. This provision seeks to render ineffective most attempts by taxpayers to file amended returns and obtain retroactive refunds, in the event that the State ultimately loses the Gillette cases. However, the implementation of this provision is likely to engender further litigation and the outcome cannot be assured.

Legislation enacted in the budget acts of 2008, 2009, and 2010 is expected to significantly reduce corporation tax revenues. While that legislation added over $1 billion of revenue in fiscal years 2008-09 and 2009-10, by fiscal year 2011-12, that legislation was expected to generate, on a net basis, a revenue loss of almost $1 billion. Starting in fiscal year 2012-13, that legislation is expected to generate revenue losses of about $1.2 billion per year. However, the passage of Proposition 39 on November 6, 2012 reversed portions of these recent tax changes. Proposition 39 is expected to generate revenue gains of $453 million in fiscal year 2012-13 and over $900 million in fiscal year 2013-14 and subsequent years. The legislatively enacted law changes, together with Proposition 39, were expected to generate a net revenue loss of $753 million in fiscal year 2012-13 and $258 million in fiscal year 2013-14. Not all of the revenue generated by Proposition 39, however, benefits the General Fund, as the measure dedicates about half of the new revenues in fiscal years 2013-14 to 2017-18 to energy programs.

State tax law changes made several years ago traded short-term revenue gains for reduced corporate taxes in later years, which are now being seen. Even with this factor, the State Department of Finance has noted that corporation tax revenues have lagged significantly behind projections for the past year or more. As of November 6, 2013, the Department of Finance could not determine why revenue had lagged. There are several factors, however, that may be contributing to this result, including (i) greater growth in the use of tax credits than was anticipated, (ii) inaccurate estimates of the liability impact of the recent tax law changes, (iii) law changes that have led to changes to the pattern of cash receipts have made it more difficult for tax analysts to interpret cash flows, and (iv) the possible ability of corporations to take advantage of new tax reduction techniques. There is a significant lag (as much as two years) between the time weakness in tax revenues appears and the availability of the final, detailed tax return data on which analysis can be made to explain the results, so as of November 6, 2013, the Department of Finance was uncertain with respect to the causes of this revenue weakness, and whether it would persist in the future.

Insurance Tax

The majority of insurance written in California is subject to a 2.35 percent gross premium tax. For insurers, this premium tax takes the place of all other state and local taxes except those on real property and motor vehicles. Exceptions to the 2.35 percent rate are certain pension and profit-sharing plans which are taxed at the lesser rate of 0.5 percent, surplus lines and non-admitted insurance at 3 percent and ocean marine insurers at 5 percent of underwriting profits. To provide funding for the Healthy Families (California’s Children’s Health Insurance Program) and Medi-Cal programs, Chapter 11, Statutes of 2011 (AB 21) expanded the 2.35-percent

 

C-18


gross premiums tax to the Medi-Cal managed care plans through June 30, 2012. Chapter 33, Statutes of 2013 (SB 78) includes provisions to reauthorize the gross premiums tax on Medi-Cal managed care plans from July 1, 2012 through June 30, 2013, and imposes a Managed Care Organization (“MCO”) sales tax, equal to the State portion of the sales tax, on Medi-Cal managed care plans for fiscal years 2013-14 through 2015-16.

The BOE ruled in December 2006 that the premium tax that insurers pay should be calculated on the basis of cash receipts rather than the value of premiums written as had been required by the Department of Insurance. This ruling is expected to result in a total loss of about $400 million spread over several years; the impact was $15 million in fiscal year 2008-09, $0 million in fiscal year 2009-10, $2 million in fiscal year 2010-11, and is estimated to be $85 million in fiscal year 2012-13, $148 million in fiscal year 2013-14, and $149 million in fiscal year 2014-15.

Estate Tax; Other Taxes

The California estate tax is based on the State death tax credit allowed against the federal estate tax. The California estate tax is designed to pick up the maximum credit allowed against the federal estate tax return. The federal Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (the “Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act”) phased out the federal estate tax through 2010. The provisions of this federal act expired after 2010. The recently enacted American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 permanently eliminated state death tax credit (and thus the State portion of estate tax under federal law) as of January 1, 2013.

Other General Fund taxes and licenses include: Inheritance and Gift Taxes; Cigarette Taxes; Alcoholic Beverage Taxes; Horse Racing License Fees; and Trailer Coach License Fees.

Special Fund Revenues

The California Constitution and statutes specify the uses of certain revenues. Such receipts are accounted for in various special funds. In general, special fund revenues comprise three categories of income:

 

   

Receipts from tax levies which are allocated to specified functions, such as motor vehicle taxes and fees and certain taxes on tobacco products.

 

   

Charges for certain services provided by the State government to individuals, businesses, or organizations, such as fees for the provision of business and professional licenses.

 

   

Rental royalties and other receipts designated for particular purposes (e.g., oil and gas royalties).

Motor vehicle-related taxes and fees are projected to account for approximately 30 percent of all special fund revenues in fiscal year 2013-14. Principal sources of this income are motor vehicle fuel taxes, registration and weight fees and vehicle license fees. In fiscal year 2013-14, $12 billion is projected to come from the ownership or operation of motor vehicles. About $3.9 billion of this revenue is projected to be returned to local governments. The remainder is to be available for various state programs related to transportation and services to vehicle owners. For a discussion of Porposition 1A of 2004, which replaced a portion of vehicle license fees with increased property tax revenues, see “State Expenditures—Local Governments.”

Taxes on Tobacco Products

The State imposes an excise tax on cigarettes of 87 cents per pack and the equivalent rates on other tobacco products. Tobacco product excise tax revenues are earmarked as follows:

 

  1. Fifty cents of the per-pack tax on cigarettes and the equivalent rate levied on non cigarette tobacco products are deposited in the California Children and Families First Trust Fund and are allocated primarily for early childhood development programs.

 

C-19


  2. Twenty-five cents of the per-pack tax on cigarettes and the equivalent rates levied on non-cigarette tobacco products are allocated to the Cigarette and Tobacco Products Surtax Fund. These funds are appropriated for anti-tobacco education and research, indigent health services, and environmental and recreation programs.

 

  3. Ten cents of the per-pack tax is allocated to the State’s General Fund.

 

  4. The remaining two cents of the per-pack tax is deposited into the Breast Cancer Fund.

CONSTITUTIONAL LIMITS ON SPENDING AND TAXES

State Appropriations Limit

The State is subject to an annual appropriations limit imposed by Article XIII B of the State Constitution (the “Appropriations Limit”). The Appropriations Limit does not restrict appropriations to pay debt service on voter-authorized bonds.

Article XIII B prohibits the State from spending “appropriations subject to limitation” in excess of the Appropriations Limit. “Appropriations subject to limitation,” with respect to the State, are authorizations to spend “proceeds of taxes,” which consist of tax revenues, and certain other funds, including proceeds from regulatory licenses, user charges or other fees to the extent that such proceeds exceed “the cost reasonably borne by that entity in providing the regulation, product or service,” but “proceeds of taxes” exclude most State subventions to local governments, tax refunds and some benefit payments such as unemployment insurance. No limit is imposed on appropriations of funds which are not “proceeds of taxes,” such as reasonable user charges or fees and certain other non-tax funds.

There are various types of appropriations excluded from the Appropriations Limit. For example, debt service costs of bonds existing or authorized by January 1, 1979, or subsequently authorized by the voters, appropriations required to comply with mandates of courts or the federal government, appropriations for qualified capital outlay projects, appropriations for tax refunds, appropriations of revenues derived from any increase in gasoline taxes and motor vehicle weight fees above January 1, 1990 levels, and appropriation of certain special taxes imposed by initiative (e.g., cigarette and tobacco taxes) are all excluded. The Appropriations Limit may also be exceeded in cases of emergency.

The Appropriations Limit in each year is based on the Appropriations Limit for the prior year, adjusted annually for changes in State per capita personal income and changes in population, and adjusted, when applicable, for any transfer of financial responsibility of providing services to or from another unit of government or any transfer of the financial source for the provisions of services from tax proceeds to non-tax proceeds. The measurement of change in population is a blended average of statewide overall population growth, and change in attendance at local school and community college (“K-14”) districts. The Appropriations Limit is tested over consecutive two-year periods. Any excess of the aggregate “proceeds of taxes” received over such two-year period above the combined Appropriations Limits for those two years, is divided equally between transfers to K-14 districts and refunds to taxpayers.

The Legislature has enacted legislation to implement Article XIII B which defines certain terms used in Article XIII B and sets forth the methods for determining the Appropriations Limit. California Government Code Section 7912 requires an estimate of the Appropriations Limit to be included in the 2013-14 Governor’s Budget, and thereafter to be subject to the budget process and established in the Budget Act.

Proposition 98 and K-14 Funding

General . On November 8, 1988, the voters of the State approved Proposition 98, a combined initiative constitutional amendment and statute called the “Classroom Instructional Improvement and Accountability Act.”

 

C-20


Proposition 98 changed State funding of public education below the university level and the operation of the State Appropriations Limit, primarily by guaranteeing K-14 education a minimum level of funding (the “Proposition 98 guarantee”). Proposition 98 (as modified by Proposition 111, enacted on June 5, 1990) guarantees K-14 education the greater of: (a) in general, a fixed percentage of General Fund revenues (“Test 1”), or (b) the amount appropriated to K-14 education in the prior year, adjusted for changes in State per capita personal income and enrollment (“Test 2”). A third test replaces Test 2 in any year that the percentage growth in per capita General Fund revenues from the prior year plus one-half of one percent is less than the percentage growth in State per capita personal income (“Test 3”).

Legislation adopted prior to the end of the 1988-89 fiscal year implementing Proposition 98 determined the K-14 education’s funding guarantee under Test 1 to be 40.7 percent of General Fund tax revenues based on fiscal year 1986-87 appropriations. This percentage has since been adjusted to approximately 38.8 percent of fiscal year 1986-87 appropriations to account for subsequent changes in the allocation of local property taxes since these changes altered the share of General Fund revenues received by schools and other General Fund changes. The Proposition 98 guarantee has historically been calculated under Test 2, although Tests 1 and 3 have become more common in recent years. If Test 3 is used in any year, the difference between Test 3 and Test 2 becomes a “credit” (called the “maintenance factor”) to schools and is paid to them in future years when per capita General Fund revenue growth exceeds per capita personal income growth.

Proposition 98 permits the Legislature, by a two-thirds vote of both Houses (in a bill separate from the Budget Act) and with the Governor’s concurrence, to suspend the K-14 education’s minimum funding guarantee for a one-year period. The amount of the suspension is added to the Proposition 98 maintenance factor, the repayment of which occurs according to a specified State Constitutional formula, and eventually restores Proposition 98 funding to the level that would have been required in the absence of such a suspension. Suspending the minimum funding guarantee provides ongoing General Fund savings over multiple fiscal years until the Proposition 98 maintenance factor is fully repaid.

The Proposition 98 guarantee has been funded historically from two sources: local property taxes and the General Fund. Any amount not funded by local property taxes is funded by the General Fund. Thus, local property tax collections represent an offset to General Fund costs in a Test 2 or Test 3 year. The passage of Proposition 30 has temporarily created a third source of funds. The newly created fund, the Education Protection Account (“EPA”), is available to offset Proposition 98 General Fund expenditures for fiscal years 2012-13 through 2018-19, freeing up General Fund resources for other purposes.

The process for calculating the Proposition 98 guarantee involves recalculations for previous years based on revised estimates of State and local property taxes, average daily attendance (“ADA”), and civilian population. While some of these estimates are adjusted frequently, some may not be final for several years after the close of the fiscal year. Such changes in the estimates can result in significant adjustments to the guarantee, even if that year has ended. Therefore, additional appropriations may be required to fully satisfy the minimum guarantee for a prior year. These funds are referred to as “settle up” funds, and often include statutory language designating the fiscal year for which the funds count. The factors used to calculate Proposition 98 and how much settle-up is owed are considered final when certified as required by the State Education Code. Settle-up payments are made in future years at the discretion of the Legislature and the Governor.

Proposition 98 also contains provisions for the transfer of certain State tax revenues in excess of the Appropriations Limit to K-14 education in Test 1 years when additional moneys are available. No such transfer occurred for the 2011-12 and 2012-13 fiscal years, and no such transfer is anticipated for fiscal year 2013-14.

Funding for Fiscal Years 2012-13 and 2013-14 . The 2013-14 Budget includes the additional tax revenues generated by the passage of Proposition 30 in November, 2012. Proposition 30 requires that the resulting temporary increases in personal income tax and sales and use tax rates be deposited into the Education Protection Account. Appropriations from the account must be used to fund education expenditures and count towards

 

C-21


meeting the Proposition 98 minimum guarantee. The funds deposited into the account offset $6.3 billion in base Proposition 98 guarantee costs that would have otherwise been funded by the General Fund in fiscal year 2013-14. In addition to Proposition 30 revenues, the passage of Proposition 39, the California Clean Energy Jobs Act is expected to provide a $558 million increase in the Proposition 98 minimum guarantee. Of this amount, $456 million will be transferred to the Clean Energy Jobs Creation Fund in support of energy efficiency related activities in public schools and community colleges.

The 2013-14 Budget Proposition 98 guarantee level includes changes in revenues and “rebenching” of the guarantee (i.e., a change in the minimum guarantee percentage of General Fund revenues). The major changes in revenues are the inclusion of the revenues generated from the passage of Proposition 30 and Proposition 39, the ongoing increase in local tax revenues resulting from the elimination of redevelopment agencies, and the distribution of cash assets previously held by redevelopment agencies. The fiscal year 2012-13 Proposition 98 guarantee is estimated to be $56.5 billion, of which the General Fund share is $40.5 billion, including $7.3 billion in EPA revenues, with local property taxes covering the balance. Proposition 98 funding in fiscal year 2013-14 is proposed to be $55.3 billion. The General Fund share in fiscal year 2013-14 is $39.1 billion, including $6.3 billion in EPA revenues. In fiscal year 2013-14, it is estimated that the State will be in a Test 3 year.

The Proposition 98 guarantee is also rebenched when the law requires an adjustment of the Test 1 percentage to reflect a shift in revenue or movement of programs into or out of the Proposition 98 guarantee. In fiscal year 2012-13, the Proposition 98 guarantee was rebenched to reflect the fund shift impact of a $2.1 billion increase (revised estimate) in offsetting local revenues as a result of the elimination of redevelopment agencies and the one-time distribution of cash assets held by redevelopment agencies. Additionally, an increase to the guarantee is made for special education mental health services in fiscal year 2012-13 for costs funded in fiscal year 2011-12 out of Proposition 63 funds. All rebenchings of the guarantee utilize a current value cost methodology, which results in a dollar for dollar change for each rebenching and provides a single and consistent methodology. Adjustments to the guarantee were made in fiscal year 2013-14 to reflect the one-time distribution of cash assets held by redevelopment agencies. The total impact of these rebenchings and the changes in revenues, in addition to other natural changes in Proposition 98 factors, result in the fiscal year 2013-14 Proposition 98 guarantee level of $55.3 billion.

Future Obligations. As explained above under “General,” there are two forms of future obligations for the State General Fund which may be created under Proposition 98: maintenance factor and settle-up payments. Both of these elements have been implemented in years leading up to fiscal year 2013-14.

Proposition 98 maintenance factor payments are included in the multi-year projection developed by the Department of Finance based on factors known as of the 2013 Budget Act. The Proposition 98 maintenance factor is adjusted by average daily attendance and per capita personal income growth each year. Therefore, even if a payment is made in a year, the outstanding balance can increase. Payments required by statute were built into the multi-year projection as of the 2013 Budget Act totaling $4.4 billion in fiscal year 2012-13, $3.9 billion in fiscal year 2014-15, and $727 million in fiscal year 2015-16.

No Proposition 98 maintenance factor payment is required in 2013-14.

STATE EXPENDITURES

Local Governments

The primary units of local government in California are the 58 counties, which range in population from approximately 1,200 in Alpine County to approximately 9.9 million in Los Angeles County.

 

C-22


Constitutional and Statutory Limitations on Local Government

Counties are responsible for the provision of many basic services, including indigent health care, welfare, jails, and public safety in unincorporated areas. There are also 482 incorporated cities in California and thousands of special districts formed for education, utilities, and other services. The fiscal condition of local governments was changed when Proposition 13, which added Article XIII A to the State Constitution, was approved by California voters in 1978. Proposition 13 reduced and limited the future growth of property taxes and limited the ability of local governments to impose “special taxes” (those devoted to a specific purpose) without two-thirds voter approval. Although Proposition 13 limited property tax growth rates, it also has had a smoothing effect on property tax revenues, ensuring greater stability in annual revenues than existed before Proposition 13 passed.

Proposition 218, another constitutional amendment enacted by initiative in 1996, further limited the ability of local governments to raise taxes, fees, and other exactions. (The limitations include requiring a majority vote approval for general local tax increases, prohibiting fees for services in excess of the cost of providing such service, and providing that no fee may be charged for fire, police, or any other service widely available to the public.)

In the aftermath of Proposition 13, the State provided aid to local governments from the General Fund to make up some of the loss of property tax moneys, including assuming principal responsibility for funding K-12 schools and community colleges. During the recession of the early 1990s, the Legislature reduced the post-Proposition 13 aid to local government entities other than K-12 schools and community colleges by requiring cities and counties to transfer some of their property tax revenues to school districts. However, the Legislature also provided additional funding sources, such as sales taxes, and reduced certain mandates for local services funded by cities and counties.

The 2004 Budget Act, related legislation and the enactment of Proposition 1A in 2004 and Proposition 22 in 2010 (described below) dramatically changed the State-local fiscal relationship. These constitutional and statutory changes implemented an agreement negotiated between the Governor and local government officials (the “state—local agreement”) in connection with the 2004 Budget Act. One change relates to the reduction of the vehicle license fee (“VLF”) rate from 2 percent to 0.65 percent of the market value of the vehicle. In order to protect local governments, which had previously received all VLF revenues, the 1.35 percent reduction in VLF revenue to cities and counties from this rate change was backfilled (or offset) by an increase in the amount of property tax revenues they receive. This worked to the benefit of local governments because the backfill amount annually increases in proportion to the growth in property tax revenues, which has historically grown at a higher rate than VLF revenues, although property tax revenues declined between 2009-10 and 2011-12. This arrangement continues without change in the 2013 Budget Act.

Pursuant to statutory changes made in conjunction with the 2009 Budget Act as initially enacted, the VLF rate increased from 0.65 percent to 1.15 percent effective May 19, 2009. Of this 0.50 percent increase, 0.35 percent flows to the General Fund, and 0.15 percent supports various law enforcement programs previously funded by the State General Fund. This increased VLF rate expired at the end of fiscal year 2010-11.

As part of the State-local agreement, voters at the November 2004 election approved Proposition 1A (“Proposition 1A of 2004”). Proposition 1A of 2004 amended the State Constitution to, among other things, reduce the Legislature’s authority over local government revenue sources by placing restrictions on the State’s access to local governments’ property, sales, and VLF revenues as of November 3, 2004. A detailed description of the provisions of this constitutional amendment is set forth below under the caption “The Budget Process—Constraints on the Budget Process—Local Government Finance (Proposition 1A of 2004).”

The 2009 Budget Act (as amended by the revisions enacted on July 28, 2009) authorized the State to exercise its authority under Proposition 1A of 2004 to borrow an amount equal to about 8 percent of local property tax revenues, or $1.9 billion, which was required to be repaid within three years. State law was also

 

C-23


enacted to create a securitization mechanism for local governments to sell their right to receive the State’s payment obligations to a local government operated joint powers agency (“JPA”). This JPA sold bonds in a principal amount of $1.895 billion in November 2009 to pay the participating local governments their full property tax allocations when they normally would receive such allocations. Pursuant to Proposition 1 A of 2004, the State repaid the local government borrowing (which in turn repaid the bonds of the JPA) in June 2013, from the General Fund.

Proposition 22, adopted on November 2, 2010, supersedes Proposition 1A of 2004 and completely prohibits any future borrowing by the State from local government funds, and generally prohibits the Legislature from making changes in local government funding sources. Allocation of local transportation funds cannot be changed without an extensive process. The Proposition 1A borrowing done as part of the 2009 Budget Act (as amended by the revisions enacted on July 28, 2009) was not affected by Proposition 22.

Actions in recent budgets have sought to use moneys from redevelopment agencies (“redevelopment agencies”) to offset General Fund costs for Proposition 98. In a lawsuit relating to certain of these actions in fiscal years 2009-10 and 2010-11, which could have resulted in a General Fund liability of up to $2.1 billion, the trial court denied the plaintiff s petition and the appellate court affirmed the trial court ruling. This lawsuit is not impacted by the California Supreme Court ruling in the Matosantos case described below.

Redevelopment Agency Funds

The 2011 Budget Act included legislation (ABx1 27, Chapter 6, Statutes of 2011) seeking additional funds from redevelopment agencies (“redevelopment agencies”) as an alternative to the elimination of such agencies pursuant to the terms of related legislation (ABx1 26, Chapter 5, Statutes of 2011).

On December 29, 2011, in the case California redevelopment Association et al. v. Matosantos et al ., the California Supreme Court upheld ABx1 26, which reaffirmed the State’s ability to eliminate redevelopment agencies, but also ruled that ABx1 27, which required redevelopment agencies to remit payments to schools in order to avoid elimination, was unconstitutional. In accordance with the Court’s order, redevelopment agencies were dissolved on February 1, 2012 pursuant to ABx1 26, and their functions have been taken over by successor agencies (See “Litigation—Budget-Related Litigation—Actions Challenging Statutes Which Reformed California redevelopment Law”). Revenues that would have been directed to the redevelopment agencies are distributed to make “pass through” payments to local agencies that they would have received under prior law, and to successor agencies for retirement of the redevelopment agencies’ debts (also known as enforceable obligations) and for limited administrative costs. The remaining revenues are distributed as property taxes to cities, counties, school and community college districts, and special districts under existing law.

Accurately estimating the property tax revenue available for the affected taxing entities after the payment of enforceable obligations was initially a challenge. This is because comprehensive information concerning the amount of property tax expended by the former redevelopment agencies for purposes that qualify as enforceable obligations was not available prior to the enactment of ABx1 26. Now that information from four payment cycles is available, the Department of Finance can provide better estimates of future Proposition 98 General Fund savings stemming from the RDA dissolution process.

The 2013 Budget Act anticipated $2.1 billion Proposition 98 General Fund savings resulting from the dissolution of redevelopment agencies in 2012-13, which was the same amount that was estimated at the 2013-14 Governor’s Budget. For the 2013-14 Budget, Proposition 98 General Fund savings are anticipated to be $1.5 billion in fiscal year 2013-14, which is $400 million above the amount estimated at the 2013-14 Governor’s Budget. On an ongoing basis, Proposition 98 General Fund savings are anticipated to be at least $825 million annually, which is $265 million higher than the 2013-14 Governor’s Budget estimate.

 

C-24


The decline in the projected amount of property tax received by schools in fiscal year 2013-14 is primarily due to the fact that the one-time funds in fiscal year 2012-13 is significantly higher than that for fiscal year 2013-14 associated with the distribution to affected taxing entities of the former redevelopment agencies’ unencumbered cash assets, as required by AB 1484 (Chapter 26, Statutes of 2012). As the debts of the former redevelopment agencies are gradually retired, the amount of property tax received by K-14 schools and the other affected taxing entities should show modest annual growth.

Local governments have disputed the implementation of AB 1484 and litigation is pending and expected to be filed in the future on this subject.

Property Tax Revenues

Although the property tax is a local revenue source, the amount of property tax generated each year has a substantial impact on the State budget because local property tax revenues allocated to K-14 schools typically offset General Fund expenditures. Assessed value growth is estimated based on twice yearly surveys of county assessors and evaluation of real estate trends.

Sales volumes and prices of new and existing homes and condominiums rose moderately from 2011 to 2012 (with activity in the 2012 calendar year driving fiscal year 2013-14 property tax revenues). This is the first time since 2005 that both sales volumes and prices have moved in a positive direction. This turnaround, coupled with a decline in the number of homes in foreclosure, indicates that the State’s overall real estate market has stabilized, although there are still areas where sales volumes and property values continue to be flat or decline.

Statewide property tax revenues are estimated to increase 1.6 percent in fiscal year 2012-13 and 3.9 percent in fiscal year 2013-14.

Realigning Services to Local Governments

The 2011 Budget Act included a major realignment of public safety programs from the State to local governments (“AB 109”). The realignment was designed to move program and fiscal responsibility to the level of government that can best provide the service, eliminate duplication of effort, generate savings, and increase flexibility. The implementation of the Community Corrections Grant Program authorized by AB 109 moved lower-level offenders from state prisons to county supervision and reduced the number of parole violators in the State’s prisons. Other realigned programs include local public safety programs, mental health, substance abuse, foster care, child welfare services, and adult protective services. The 2011 Realignment is funded through two sources: (1) a state special fund sales tax of 1.0625 percent (totaling $5.8 billion in fiscal year 2013-14) and (2) $467.3 million in vehicle license fees (for fiscal year 2013-14). As a result of the realignment, the State expects General Fund savings from the realigned programs to be about $2.5 billion annually beginning in fiscal year 2011-12. In fiscal year 2011-12, about $2.1 billion of these savings was achieved from a reduction in the Proposition 98 Guarantee, and as of November 6, 2013, that figure is currently estimated to grow to $2.2 billion in fiscal year 2012-13 and $2.5 billion in fiscal year 2013-14. A lawsuit was filed challenging this calculation of the Proposition 98 Guarantee and on June 1, 2012, the trial court ruled in favor of the State and denied the petition for writ of mandate for recalculation of the Guarantee; however, plaintiffs have appealed this decision. See “Litigation—Budget Related Litigation—Actions Challenging School Financing.”

Economic Development and Job Creation

Chapter 69, Statutes of 2013 (AB 93) repealed provisions in current law related to economic development areas and created in its place a new program of job creation and economic development incentives. AB 93 was further amended by Chapter 70, Statutes of 2013 (SB 90). As of November 6, 2013, the State has two types of Economic Development Areas: Enterprise Zones and Local Agency Military Base Recovery Areas. Special tax incentives in the form of hiring credits, sales and use tax credits, business expense deductions, net operating loss

 

C-25


deductions, net interest deductions, and employee wage credits are available to individuals and businesses that operate a business or invest in a business located within certain economically depressed areas in the State.

AB 93 ceases operation of the current economic development areas as of January 1, 2014. The sales tax credit provisions under the current program will be repealed effective January 1, 2014, and the hiring credit provisions will be repealed effective January 1, 2019. The hiring credit would continue to apply for qualified employees hired within the 60-month period prior to January 1, 2014, and the qualified wages paid would continue to qualify for the credit after January 1, 2014. Leftover credits from the current program may be carried forward to the succeeding 10 taxable years, if necessary.

AB 93 and SB 90 create a new program of job creation and economic development incentives by instituting a development program which includes the following elements:

 

   

A sales exemption from the State portion of the sales and use tax on purchases of qualified tangible property for certain businesses primarily engaged in manufacturing, research and development;

 

   

A hiring credit for qualifying full-time employees for businesses in certain designated census tract areas; and

 

   

An incentive fund to provide a tax credit to certain businesses in exchange for investment and employment expansion in California.

Based on current projections, the provisions in AB 93 and SB 90 are expected to be revenue neutral over the next five fiscal years. In the long run, assuming the sunset dates for the new programs are not extended, substantial revenue increases would be expected.

Trial Courts

Prior to legislation enacted in 1997, local governments provided the majority of funding for the State’s trial court system. The legislation consolidated the trial court funding at the State level in order to streamline the operation of the courts, provide a dedicated revenue source, and relieve fiscal pressure on the counties. In addition, legislation enacted in 2008 provides California’s court system with increased fees and fines to expand and repair its infrastructure to address significant caseload increases and reduce delays. The fees raised by this legislation were intended to support debt service on lease revenue bonds and other appropriate evidences of indebtedness used to pay qualified infrastructure costs in an amount of up to $5 billion. As of November 6, 2013, the SPWB had issued $621.6 million in lease revenue bonds to finance such costs. Additional legislative authorization is required prior to the issuance of any additional lease-revenue bonds for court construction. The 2013 Budget Act includes $35 million in court construction funds to support the new Long Beach Courthouse service fee payment, which will increase to approximately $68 million and total approximately $2 billion over a period of 35 years.

The State’s trial court system received approximately $1.7 billion in State resources in fiscal year 2012-13 and is projected to receive $1.9 billion in fiscal year 2013-14. In addition, $499 million in resources from counties in each fiscal year is slated to support trial courts. The 2011 Budget Act permanently realigned $496 million in court security funding to counties as part of the public safety realignment, which is supported by sales tax revenues provided for county sheriffs. The 2012 Budget Act included a General Fund reduction of $544 million in fiscal year 2012-13, of which $486 million was fully offset by redirections from trial court reserves, the Administrative Office of the Courts, and court construction funds. The 2013 Budget Act includes $125 million in ongoing General Fund savings that were assumed as part of the 2012 Budget Act and also includes a one-time transfer of $200 million of court construction funds to the General Fund to support trial court operations. As a result of this transfer, the Judicial Council delayed 11 courthouse construction projects up to one year, but allowed nine of the most critical projects to continue. The 2013 Budget Act included funding for these nine court construction projects.

 

C-26


Welfare System

Under the California Work Opportunity and Responsibility to Kids (“CalWORKS”) program, counties are given flexibility to develop their own plans, consistent with state law, to implement the program and to administer many of its elements. Counties are required to provide “general assistance” aid to certain persons who cannot obtain welfare from other programs.

Health and Human Services

The State provides welfare benefits to certain adults and children living in the State. Although some of these benefits are available to legal noncitizens, the majority of these benefits are available only to citizens.

These benefits generally take the form of cash payments to beneficiaries, or programs pursuant to which beneficiaries receive food or assistance in procuring employment. Many of these programs are administered by counties within the State, and paid with a combination of federal, state and local funds. Counties are given flexibility to develop their own plans, consistent with state law, to implement the program and to administer many of its elements.

The federal government pays a substantial portion of welfare benefit costs, subject to a requirement that states provide significant matching funds. Federal law imposes detailed eligibility and programmatic requirements in order for states to be entitled to receive federal funds. Federal law also imposes time limits on program availability for individuals, and establishes certain work requirements. The primary federal law establishing funding and eligibility, and programmatic requirements is The Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 (P.L. 104-193, the “Law”). Significant elements of the Law include: (i) Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (“TANF”), a block grant program; and (ii) the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program at the federal level (referred to as “CalFresh” in California, and formerly known as “food stamps”).

Chapter 270, Statutes of 1997, embodies California’s response to the federal welfare systems, called California Work Opportunity and Responsibility to Kids (“CalWORKS”). Consistent with the federal law, CalWORKs contains time limits on the receipt of welfare aid. The centerpiece of CalWORKs is the linkage of eligibility to work participation requirements.

Caseload under CalWORKS is projected to decrease in fiscal year 2013-14 as compared to revised fiscal year 2012-13 levels. CalWORKs caseload projections are 561,912 cases in fiscal year 2012-13 and 559,559 cases in fiscal year 2013-14. The fiscal year 2013-14 projected caseload represents a major decline from the early 1990s, when caseload peaked at 921,000 cases in fiscal year 1994-95. CalWORKS became effective on January 1, 1998. At the federal and state levels, TANF and CalWORKS, respectively, replaced the former Aid to Families with Dependent Children program. CalWORKS caseload from 1998 through fiscal year 2013-14 is estimated to have declined by approximately 12.7 percent.

The State’s required expenditures in connection with the Law are referred to as “Maintenance of Effort” or “MOE.” California’s required MOE is generally equal to 75 percent of federal fiscal year (“FFY”) 1994 historic expenditures. However, in order to qualify for that level of MOE, the State is required to demonstrate a 50 percent work participation rate among all families. The federal government determined that the State failed to meet this requirement for FFYs 2007 through 2009, and the State is therefore subject to a penalty. The federal government waived the penalty for FFY 2007, but required the State to increase the required MOE to 80 percent of FFY 1994 historic expenditures. As a result, the State was required to increase its MOE expenditure by approximately $180 million. The 2013 Budget Act continues to reflect this increase in MOE spending. Currently, the State is seeking relief from the FFY 2008 and 2009 penalties. If the State is unsuccessful, and the State is unable to provide an acceptable corrective compliance plan, penalties (as of November 6, 2013, was estimated to be approximately $47.7 million for FFY 2008 and $113 million for FFY 2009) may be imposed, which would be payable in future fiscal years. Any penalties from failing to meet federal work participation requirements would be in addition to the approximately $180 million increased MOE requirement.

 

C-27


In fiscal year 2012-13, $803.8 million in federal TANF was transferred to the California Student Aid Commission to offset General Fund costs in Cal Grants. For fiscal year 2013-14, $541.7 million in federal TANF is estimated to be transferred to the California Student Aid Commission for this purpose.

Chapter 47, Statutes of 2012 (SB 1041) made significant changes to the CalWORKS programs as follows:

 

   

Created a prospective 24-month time limit on cash assistance and employment services for adults. After two years, adults must meet federal work participation requirements to remain eligible for cash aid for up to 24 additional months.

 

   

Provided counties some flexibility by allowing up to 20 percent of the adults to extend their time beyond 24 months to complete their educational goals or find a job.

 

   

Provided up to two years for clients to transition to the new program and be provided the skills necessary to find employment as the economy continues to recover.

The 2013 Budget Act included:

 

   

$142.8 million General Fund to support the CalWORKS refocusing measures enacted by SB 1041. The additional resources were necessary to maximize successful outcomes under the new program structure.

 

   

Partial year funding of $47.7 million General Fund to implement additional proven appraisal protocols, promote family stabilization and barrier removal, and provide enhanced subsidized employment opportunities.

 

   

A five percent increase to CalWORKS grant levels, effective March 1, 2014, to be funded with 1991-92 realignment sales tax revenue growth funds. The grant increase is estimated to cost approximately $51 million in fiscal year 2013-14 and $150 million annually thereafter. To the extent actual sales tax growth revenues are insufficient to cover the cost of the grant increase, the State is to address the shortfall using available federal TANF funds or state General Fund. Future grant increases are subject to projections of realignment sales tax growth revenues available after the ongoing cumulative costs of all prior grant increases are fully funded.

SSI/SSP

The federal Supplemental Security Income (“SSI”) program provides a monthly cash benefit to eligible seniors and persons with disabilities who meet the program’s income and resource requirements. In California, the SSI payment was augmented with a State Supplementary Payment (“SSP”) grant. The 2013 Budget Act includes approximately $2.8 billion for the SSI/SSP program from the General Fund for fiscal year 2013-14, 1.2 percent more than the revised fiscal year 2012-13 funding level. The average monthly caseload in this program was estimated to be 1.3 million recipients in fiscal year 2013-14, a 0.9 percent increase over the revised fiscal year 2012-13 projected level.

Health Programs

Medi-Cal —Medi-Cal, California’s Medicaid program is a health care entitlement program for low-income individuals and families who receive public assistance or otherwise lack health care coverage. Medi-Cal serves approximately one in five Californians. Federal law requires Medi-Cal to provide basic services such as doctor visits, laboratory tests, x-rays, hospital inpatient and outpatient care, hospice, skilled nursing care, and early periodic screening, diagnosis and treatment. Also, federal matching funds are available if states choose to provide any of numerous optional benefits. California’s Federal Medical Assistance Percentage (“FMAP”) is 50 percent, which is the share of federal funding for standard program benefits. There are also federal funds in the Medi-Cal budget for a number of Medi-Cal programs or supplemental payments that are matched with local funds that do not appear in state funding totals or that receive a higher matching rate. A wide range of public and private

 

C-28


providers and facilities delivers these services. Providers are reimbursed by the traditional fee-for-service method or by managed care plans that receive capitated payments from the State. As of November 6, 2013, approximately 6.3 million Medi-Cal beneficiaries (more than half of the people receiving Medi-Cal benefits and services) were enrolled in managed care plans.

Average monthly caseload in Medi-Cal was 7.89 million in fiscal year 2012-13. Caseload is expected to increase in fiscal year 2013-14 by approximately $1.2 million, or 15.6 percent, to 9.117 million people. This includes approximately 969,000 additional Medi-Cal beneficiaries due to implementation of federal health care reform, and includes the shift of the remaining Healthy Families program beneficiaries that are scheduled to transition to the Medi-Cal program in fiscal year 2013-14.

The 2013-14 Budget includes the following major General Fund elements:

 

   

Savings of $895.2 million in fiscal year 2012-13 and $119.6 million in fiscal year 2013-14 due to a change in the scope of a demonstration project an delivery of health services related to, and delays in implementation of, the Coordinated Care Initiative. Chapter 33, Statutes of 2012 (SB 1008) and Chapter 45, Statutes of 2012 (SB 1036) authorized the Coordinated Care Initiative in which persons eligible for both Medicare and Medi-Cal (dual eligibles) will receive medical, behavioral health, long-term supports and services, and home and community-based services coordinated through a single health plan.

 

   

An increase of $195.6 million in fiscal year 2013-14 to begin to pay for the federally required and optional expansion of coverage under federal health care reform. See “Health Care Reform.”

 

   

An increase of $299.1 million in fiscal year 2013-14 due to the transition of the Healthy Families program (California’s Children’s Health Insurance Program) from the Managed Risk Medical Insurance Board (MRMIB) to the Department of Health Care Services (DHCS). These costs are offset by savings in the MRMIB budget.

 

   

An increase of $246.8 million in fiscal year 2013-14 for rate increases to Medi-Cal managed care health plans.

 

   

Savings of $310 million in the second half of fiscal year 2013-14 from the extension of a hospital fee waiver beyond December 31, 2013, subject to enactment of further state legislation, which is currently being considered, and federal administrative approval, which is currently being sought but has not yet been granted. On June 22, 2012, DHCS received federal approval of the hospital fee waiver and inpatient and outpatient Medi-Cal fee-for-service (“FFS”) State Plan Amendments authorized under Chapter 286, Statutes of 2011 (SB 335, Hernandez), which expires by December 31, 2013. The fee revenue is used to provide supplemental inpatient and outpatient FFS payments to private hospitals, direct grants to both designated and non-designated public hospitals, increases in Medi-Cal managed care capitation rates for reimbursements to hospitals, and funding to the State for children’s health-care coverage.

 

   

Savings of $166.4 million in fiscal years 2012-13 and 2013-14 from the Gross Premiums Tax, and $304.6 million in fiscal year 2013-14 from the Managed Care Organization tax. The 2013-14 Budget authorized the retroactive extension of the Gross Premiums Tax on managed health care plans, which expired on June 30, 2012, and authorized the Managed Care Organization tax beginning July 1, 2013 for a period of three years.

Litigation is pending with respect to certain cost reductions implemented by the State.

Health Care Reform —The federal Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) increases access to public and private health care coverage through various programmatic, regulatory, and tax incentive mechanisms. To expand coverage, the ACA provides for: (1) the health insurance exchange, a new marketplace in which individuals who do not have access to public coverage or affordable employer coverage can purchase insurance and access federal

 

C-29


tax credits, and (2) two expansions of Medicaid—a mandatory expansion by simplifying rules affecting eligibility, enrollment, and retention; and an optional expansion to adults with incomes up to 138 percent of the federal poverty level. Additionally, the ACA requires specified rate increases for primary care for two years beginning January 1, 2013 and prohibits California from restricting eligibility primarily for the Medi-Cal and Healthy Families programs before the new coverage requirements go into effect in 2014.

Health care reform may result in a significant net increase of General Fund program costs in fiscal year 2013-14 and beyond. The net impact of health care reform on the General Fund will depend on a variety of factors, including levels of individual and employer participation, changes in insurance premiums, and savings resulting from the reform as beneficiaries in current state-only programs receive coverage through Medi-Cal or the California Health Benefit Exchange (“Exchange”), also known as Covered California, starting in 2014. The 2013 Budget Act appropriated $195.6 million from the General Fund for the costs of expanded eligibility and enhanced benefits under health care reform.

The 2013 Budget Act implements the optional expansion to include adults up to 138 percent of the federal poverty level using a state-based approach. Under the ACA, the federal government promises to initially pay for 100 percent of the costs for newly eligible individuals served under the optional expansion; federal funding would gradually decrease to 90 percent by 2020. Other costs will be shared 50-50. To mitigate against future risks to the General Fund, legislation implementing the optional expansion (Chapters 3 and 4, Statutes of 2013-14 First Extraordinary Session) (AB/SB X1 1) requires that reductions in federal funding below 90 percent be addressed in a timely manner through the annual state budget or legislative process. If, prior to January 1, 2018, federal funding under the ACA is reduced to 70 percent or less, the implementation of the optional expansion is expected to cease within 12 months.

Today, as the provider of last resort, counties are responsible for indigent health care. Under the 1991 realignment, the State provides roughly $1.5 billion to counties to assist them in meeting their obligations. To receive these funds, counties must spend a required maintenance of effort of $343 million. Many counties spend additional funds on indigent care. Under health care reform, county costs and responsibilities for indigent health care are expected to decrease as uninsured individuals obtain health care coverage. The State, in turn, will bear increased responsibility for providing care to these newly eligible individuals through the Medi-Cal expansion. New legislation (Chapter 24, Statutes of 2013) (AB 85) specifies two mechanisms for determining county savings, depending on how counties currently deliver indigent care. Once determined, these savings will be redirected to fund local human services programs. The 12 public hospital counties and the 12 non-public health/non-County Medical Service Program counties will have the option to select one of two mechanisms by December 2013:

 

   

Option 1—The formula measures actual county health care costs and revenues for Medi-Cal beneficiaries and the uninsured, reflecting historic growth rates and appropriate limits on cost growth. The difference between total revenues and total costs will determine the savings. The State would receive 80 percent of any calculated savings, with the county retaining 20 percent of the savings to invest in the local health care delivery system or spend on public health activities.

 

   

Option 2—60 percent of a county’s health realignment allocation plus maintenance-of-effort will be redirected to local human services programs, and the county will retain 40 percent of this funding for providing public health services and to serve the remaining uninsured.

For counties participating in the County Medical Service Program, the Budget provides an alternative that is akin to Option 2.

County health care savings are estimated to be $300 million in fiscal year 2013-14. Actual savings will depend on the level of realignment revenues for those counties operating under the 60/40 formula and on the various factors used to determine costs and revenues for those counties using the mechanism described in Option 1. Out year savings for all counties will be estimated in January and May, prior to the start of the fiscal

 

C-30


year and based on the most recent data available. A true-up process will be used to adjust funding to the extent actual county savings differ from initial estimates. Currently, savings to the counties are estimated to be $900 million in fiscal year 2014-15, and $1.3 billion in fiscal years 2015-16 and 2016-17. These savings will provide funding for certain services currently funded by the State.

Chapter 655, Statutes of 2010 (“AB 1602”), and Chapter 659, Statutes of 2010 (“SB 900”), established the Exchange as an independent entity in state government and outline the authorities and responsibilities of the Exchange and its governing board. The Exchange is to provide a marketplace for individuals and small businesses to purchase health insurance by January 1, 2014. This entity is to establish requirements for health plans to participate in the Exchange, standards and criteria for selecting health plans to be offered by the Exchange, and require the Exchange to provide an adequate selection of qualified health plans in each region of the State. The federal government initially awarded California $1 million to fund preliminary planning efforts related to the development of the Exchange. On August 12, 2011, the Exchange received a $39 million Level I Exchange Establishment grant to help the State design and develop this entity. This was followed by an award of $196 million in August 2012 for continued support of the Exchange’s start-up, planning, and development activities through June 30, 2013 and an award of $674 million in January 2013 for continued support through 2014. After 2014, the Exchange must be self-supporting from fees paid by health plans and insurers participating in the Exchange. AB 1602 authorizes the Exchange to assess charges, as a part of premiums, on participating health plans and at rates reasonable to support the ongoing operations of the Exchange and maintain a prudent reserve.

California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation

California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (“CDCR”) Budget —As one of the largest departments in state government, the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (“CDCR”) operates 36 youth and adult correctional facilities and 43 youth and adult camps. The CDCR also contracts for multiple adult parolee service centers and community correctional facilities. The CDCR operates an adult prisoner/mother facility, adult parole units and sub-units, parole outpatient clinics, licensed general acute care hospitals, regional parole headquarters, licensed correctional treatment centers, hemodialysis clinics, outpatient housing units, a correctional training center, a licensed skilled nursing facility, and a hospice program for the terminally ill. The CDCR has six regional accounting offices and leases approximately two million square feet of office space. The CDCR’s infrastructure includes more than 40 million square feet of building space on more than 26,000 acres of land (40 square miles) statewide.

Ruling Concerning Prison Population —Pursuant to the ruling issued by a panel of three federal judges (affirmed by the United States Supreme Court), the State must reduce its prison population to 137.5 percent of the system’ s design capacity by June 27, 2013, equivalent to about 110,000 prisoners. In response, the State has reduced its prison population by more than 24,000 inmates due to realignment of non-serious, non-violent, non-sex offenders from state prisons to local jurisdictions under Chapter 15, Statutes of 2011 (AB 109). On January 7, 2013, the State filed a motion to vacate or modify the three-judge court’s population reduction order, citing improvements to its prison health-care system and the substantial population reductions that have occurred since AB 109 was implemented on October 1, 2011. On April 11, 2013, the three-judge court denied the State’ motion, and issued an order requiring the State to reduce overall prison population to 137.5 percent of design capacity by December 31, 2013.

After additional briefing, on June 20, 2013, the three-judge court issued a comprehensive order requiring the State to implement a plan to: increase medical and elderly parole; slow-down the return of certain prisoners housed out-of-state; expand the use of good time credits, prospectively and retroactively, to all prisoners; and release prisoners as needed to meet the population ceiling on December 31, 2013. The State filed requests for a stay of this order and appealed the order to the United States Supreme Court; these requests and the appeal have been denied.

 

C-31


On September 12, 2013, Governor Brown signed into law Senate Bill 105, which appropriates $315 million to be used in different ways depending on whether the December 31st deadline would remain in place.

On September 24, 2013, acting on a request from the State for an extension of the December 31, 2013 deadline, the three-judge court provided an extension to January 27, 2014 for the State to comply with the 137.5% prison population cap. On October 21, 2013 this deadline was extended to February 24, 2014. It was also ordered that the parties immediately begin a meet and confer process regarding the State’ s request, to be facilitated by Court of Appeal Justice Peter Siggins. Justice Siggins is required to informally report to the three-judge court on the status of the discussions and provide his recommendations for future actions on or before November 18, 2013. Finally, the three-judge court ordered a stay of moving additional prisoners out-of-state during the meet and confer process and until further order by the three-judge court. SB 105 requires the Department of Finance to submit a report to the Legislature with updated fiscal estimates no later than 15 days after the three-judge court adjusts the date by which 137.5% capacity must be achieved. The Department of Finance submitted this report on October 1, 2013, stating that the 27-day extension is not expected to materially change the level of resources necessary to obtain the capacity authorized by SB 105. On October 21, 2013, the three-judge court provided an additional extension of 28 days, changing the population cap deadline to February 24, 2014.

CDCR Budget —The 2013 Budget Act includes total expenditures of $9.1 billion ($8.9 billion General Fund) for CDCR from all funding sources. An additional $315 million from the General Fund was appropriated to CDCR in September 2013. There is an additional $2.1 billion budgeted for capital outlay expenditures. The CDCR budget includes funding for 59,856 positions at a total cost for salaries and benefits of approximately $6.0 billion. Lease payments total $296.6 million, and the remaining funds are budgeted for operating expenses and equipment.

The 2013 Budget Act includes savings for CDCR of $1.3 billion General Fund in fiscal year 2013-14 related to implementation of AB 109. AB 109 shifted responsibility for short-term, lower-level offenders from the State to county jurisdictions. In addition, counties are responsible for community supervision of lower-level offenders upon completion of their prison sentences.

CDCR Population —The average daily adult inmate population is projected to decrease from 132,621 in fiscal year 2012-13, to 128,885 in fiscal year 2013-14, a reduction of 3,736 inmates. The average daily adult parole population is projected to decrease from 62,498 in fiscal year 2012-13, to 46,358 in fiscal year 2013-14, a reduction of 16,140 adult parolees. The decline in the adult inmate and adult parole population is related to the passage and implementation of AB 109.

The Division of Juvenile Justice’s average daily institutional population is projected to decrease from 821 in fiscal year 2012-13, to 679 in fiscal year 2013-14. Pursuant to Chapter 41, Statutes of 2012, juvenile parole was terminated January 1, 2013 and all juveniles remaining on parole as of December 31, 2012 were discharged.

Litigation Concerning Prison Medical Care Services —The federal receiver, the court appointed individual who oversees CDCR’s medical operations (the “Receiver”), has plans for the design and construction of additional facilities and improvements to existing facilities for inmates with medical or mental health care needs. All of these projects are to be constructed at existing state correctional institutions.

The 2013 Budget Act includes $1.628 billion General Fund for the Receiver’s Medical Services and Pharmacy Programs, compared to the 2012 Budget Act, which totaled $1.630 billion General Fund.

In January 2012, a federal District Court judge ordered California officials to begin planning for the end of the federal Receivership of the State’s prison medical programs. The judge, with jurisdiction over the CDCR medical care litigation, cited “significant progress” in improving California’s prison medical care and stated that many of the goals of the Receivership had been accomplished. For these reasons, the judge ordered the State and

 

C-32


the plaintiffs in the case to prepare a joint report on various aspects of post-Receiver planning. In response to this report, the court ordered the Receiver to work with CDCR to determine when the State would assume responsibility for particular tasks. As of November 6, 2013, the Receiver has transitioned health care access units, which provide guarding and transportation for inmates accessing health care services, as well as the responsibility for planning for the activation of new construction that is primarily related to serving the health care needs of inmates.

Prison Construction Program —On May 3, 2007, the Governor signed AB 900 (Chapter 7, Statutes of 2007) (“AB 900”), which provides funding for an expansion of capacity in the State prison system to address housing and health care needs. As last amended on June 27, 2012 (Chapter 42, Statutes of 2012), AB 900 authorized approximately $2.1 billion for design and construction of state prison facilities that include the California Health Care Facility and the adjacent DeWitt Nelson Correctional Annex, located in the city of Stockton, and several other medical and mental health projects throughout the State, including the projects in the Health Care Facility Improvement Program. A number of the projects authorized with AB 900 authority have already been completed and occupied and several other projects are in construction and will be completed in calendar years 2013 and 2014. Of particular note, the California Health Care Facility opened in July 2013, and the DeWitt Nelson Correctional Annex is scheduled to begin occupancy in April 2014. In addition, the first several projects in the Health Care Facility Improvement Program have initiated design and it is anticipated that several others will be initiated during the 2013 calendar year.

The 2012 Budget Act included an additional $810 million of lease revenue bond financing authority for the design and construction of three new level II dorm facilities at one or more specified existing prisons. As required by statute, the State Public Works Board has authorized the siting of these facilities. Two of these new dorm facilities are planned to be located adjacent to Mule Creek State Prison in the city of Ione and the third is planned to be located at Richard J. Donovan Correctional Facility in San Diego. As of November 6, 2013, it is estimated that construction will start in December 2013 and be completed in April 2016. A related provision in the 2012 Budget Act also requires the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation to remove all inmates from, cease operations of, and close the California Rehabilitation Center, located in the city of Norco, no later than either December 31, 2016, or six months after construction of these three Level II dorm facilities is completed, whichever is earlier. However, SB 105 suspended this closure indefinitely as the capacity at the Norco facility may be necessary for California’s prison population to stay at or below the court-ordered population cap of 137.5 percent of design capacity.

Unemployment Insurance

The Unemployment Insurance (“UI”) program is a federal-state program that provides weekly UI payments to eligible workers who lose their jobs through no fault of their own. To be eligible for benefits, a claimant must be able and available to work, seeking work, and be willing to accept a suitable job. The regular unemployment program is funded by unemployment tax contributions paid by employers for each covered worker.

Due to the high rate of unemployment, the employer contributions were not sufficient to cover the cost of the benefits to claimants during the recession. Commencing in January 2009, in accordance with federal law, the State began to fund deficits in the State UI Fund through a federal loan to support benefit payments. The UI Fund deficit was $10.2 billion at the end of calendar year 2012. Using economic outlook and unemployment projections as of November 6, 2013, absent changes to the UI Fund financing structure, the deficit is projected to be $9.9 billion at the end of calendar year 2013. Repayment of principal on this federal UI loan is strictly an employer responsibility, and not a liability of the State’s General Fund. To ensure that the federal loan is repaid, when a State has an outstanding loan balance for two consecutive years, the federal government reduces the Federal Unemployment Tax Act (“FUTA”) credit it gives to employers. This is equivalent to an increase in the FUTA tax on employers, and has the effect of paying off the federal UI loan. These changes have already started.

Pursuant to federal law, if the State is unable to repay the loan within the same year it is taken, state funds must be used to pay the annual interest payments on the borrowed funds.

 

C-33


While annual interest payments were waived under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2010, interest payments of $303.5 million and $308.2 million were paid in 2011 and 2012, respectively. Given the condition of the General Fund in those years, loans were authorized from the Unemployment Compensation Disability Fund to the General Fund to pay the UI interest expense. The interest payment for September 2013 is estimated to be $261.5 million, and this year will be paid from the General Fund. Interest will continue to accrue and be payable annually until the principal on the UI loan is repaid. Pursuant to federal law, the General Fund is not liable for repayment of the principal of this loan, which will be done over time by reducing federal tax credits to employers in the State.

The interest due after fiscal year 2013-14 will depend on a variety of factors, including the actual amount of the federal loan outstanding (which in turn will depend on the rate of unemployment, employer contributions to the UI Fund, and any state or federal law changes relating to the funding of the program) and the interest rate imposed by the federal government. In an effort to identify preferred alternatives to meet annual federal interest obligations, repay the federal loan, and return the state’ s UI Fund to solvency, the Secretary for Labor and Workforce Development is conducting a series of meetings to bring together key stakeholders, including business and labor.

Retiree Health Care Costs

In addition to a pension, described in the following section the State also provides post-employment health care and dental benefits to its employees and their spouses and dependents, when applicable, and, except as otherwise described below, utilizes a “pay-as-you-go” funding policy. These are sometimes referred to as “Other Postemployment Benefits” or “OPEB.”

As of June 30, 2012, approximately 157,105 retirees were enrolled to receive health benefits and 130,726 to receive dental benefits. Generally, employees vest for those benefits after serving 10 years with the State. With 10 years of service credit, employees are entitled to 50 percent of the State’s full contribution. This rate increases by 5 percent per year and with 20 years of service, the employee is entitled to the full 100/90 formula (as described below).

Pursuant to the Governmental Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 45, Accounting and Financial Reporting by Employers for Postemployment Benefits Other Than Pensions, the State now reports on its liability for post-employment health-care as well as other forms of post-employment benefits, such as life insurance, in its annual financial reports. The long-term costs for other post-employment benefits may negatively affect the State’s financial reports and impact its credit rating if the State does not adequately manage such costs.

On February 21, 2013, the State Controller’s Office released the State’s latest OPEB actuarial valuation report by the private actuarial firm, Gabriel, Roeder, Smith & Company, which was tasked with calculating the State’s liability for these benefits. The report was based on a variety of data and economic, demographic and health-care trend assumptions described in the report. The primary assumption influencing Annual OPEB Costs and the Actuarial Accrued Liability (“AAL”) is the assumed rate of return or discount rate on assets supporting the retiree health-care liability. Based on PMIA’s historical returns, investment policy and expected future returns, a discount rate of 4.50 percent was selected for the pay as you-go funding policy. The economic assumptions such as the price and wage inflation are assumed to be 3 percent and 3.25 percent, respectively. The actuarial valuation contained in the report covers the cost estimates for existing employees, retirees and dependents. The main objective of the report was to estimate the AAL, which is the present value of future retiree health-care costs attributable to employee service earned in prior fiscal years.

The report looked at three different scenarios: (i) continuation of the “pay-as-you-go” policy; (ii) a “full funding” policy under which assets would be set aside to prepay the future obligations, similar to the way in which pension obligations are funded, and (iii) a “partial funding” policy, a hybrid of the two scenarios. According to the actuarial valuation as of June 30, 2012, the pay-as-you go funding policy results in an unfunded

 

C-34


AAL of $63.84 billion as of June 30, 2012. Additionally, the pay-as-you go funding policy results in an annual OPEB cost of $4.99 billion, estimated employer contributions of $1.81 billion and an expected net OPEB obligation of $16.09 billion for fiscal year 2012-13. The annual required contribution for fiscal year 2013-14 is estimated at $5.03 billion.

If the previous assumptions had been exactly realized during the year, the actuarial liability would have increased to $65.6 billion as of June 30, 2012. The key factors contributing to a $1.76 billion change in expected actuarial liabilities had the previous assumptions been realized are:

 

   

Favorable health-care trend experience, resulting in a decrease in actuarial liabilities of approximately $2.93 billion.

 

   

Demographic experience (including more members retiring, retiring earlier, and living longer than assumed) caused actuarial liabilities to decrease by $0.11 billion.

 

   

Changes in OPEB related assumptions and methods (updating the aging factors and health-care trend rates used to project the member’s average health-care claim costs after retirement) increased actuarial liabilities by $1.86 billion.

 

   

As of January 1, 2013 the State-sponsored post-Medicare health-care plans participate in the Employer Group Waiver (“EGWP”). The expected savings due to participation in the EGWP decreased liabilities by approximately $0.59 billion.

The valuation depended primarily on the interest discount rate assumption used to develop the present value of future benefits and on the assets available to pay benefits. The discount rate of 4.50 percent represents the long-term expectation of the earnings on the State’s General Fund, which is invested in short-term securities in the Pooled Money Investment Account. The State has indicated that the Controller’s Office plans to issue an actuarial valuation report annually.

The employer contribution for health premiums maintains the average 100/90 percent contribution formula established in the Government Code. Under this formula, the State averages the premiums of the four largest health benefit plans in order to calculate the maximum amount the State will contribute toward the retiree’s health benefits. The State also contributes 90 percent of this average for the health benefits of each of the retiree’s dependents. California State University (“CSU”) employees fully vest for the 100/90 formula at 5 years of service. As noted below, employees in bargaining unit 12, hired after January 1, 2011, are subject to a longer vesting period.

Three state employee bargaining units have agreements which provide for some prefunding of OPEB liabilities. These units represent a little less than 10 percent of total State unionized employees.

In accordance with state law, the Bureau of State Audits periodically identifies what it believes to be “high risk” issues facing the State. The funding of OPEB liabilities has been identified as a high-risk issue in the California State Auditor Report 2013-601 dated September 2013.

Pension Trusts

The principal retirement systems in which the State participates or contributes funds to are the California Public Employees’ Retirement System (“CalPERS”) and the California State Teachers’ Retirement System (“CalSTRS”). The assets and liabilities of the funds administered by CalPERS and CalSTRS are included in the financial statements of the State as fiduciary funds.

The University of California (“UC”) maintains a separate retirement system. From fiscal years 1990-91 through 2011-12, no amounts from the State’s General Fund directly contributed to UC’s retirement system. The 2012 Budget Act and Chapter 31 of the Statutes of 2012 provided $89.1 million in state General Fund

 

C-35


appropriations for UC’s employer retirement contributions for fiscal year 2012-13; this funding does not constitute a state obligation to provide funding alter fiscal year 2012-13 for additional UC employer retirement costs. The 2013 Budget Act did not allocate any of UC’s appropriation specifically to fund its employer retirement costs. The 2013 Budget Act and Chapter 50 of the Statutes of 2013 shift funding for UC’s general obligation and lease revenue bond debt service into UC’s main support appropriation, authorized UC to restructure its debt, and required UC to use any savings from restructuring of debt to reduce the existing unfunded liability of the UC’s retirement plan. Information about this system may be obtained directly from the University of California.

As described below, the obligation of the State to make payments to CalPERS and CalSTRS to fund retirement benefits constitutes a significant financial obligation. As of November 6, 2013, CalPERS and CalSTRS each have unfunded liabilities in the tens of billions of dollars. Retirement-related costs payable from the General Fund are expected to increase in the foreseeable future. The actual amount of such increases will depend on a variety of factors, including but not limited to investment returns, actuarial assumptions, experience, retirement benefit adjustments and, in the case of CalSTRS, statutory changes to contribution levels.

On June 25, 2012, the Governmental Accounting Standards Board (“GASB”) approved two new standards with respect to pension accounting and financial reporting standards for state and local governments and pension plans. The new standards are set forth in GASB Statements 67 and 68 and will replace GASB Statement 27 and most of GASB Statements 25 and 50. The changes will impact the accounting treatment of pension plans in which state and local governments participate. Major changes include: 1) the inclusion of unfunded pension liabilities on the government’s balance sheet (as of November 6, 2013, such unfunded liabilities are typically included as notes to the government’s financial statements); 2) more components of full pension costs will be shown as expenses regardless of actual contribution levels; 3) lower actuarial discount rates will be required to be used for underfunded plans in certain cases for purposes of the financial statements; 4) closed amortization periods for unfunded liabilities will be required to be used for certain purposes of the financial statements; and 5) the difference between expected and actual investment returns will be recognized over a closed five-year smoothing period. In addition, GASB Statement 68 states that, for pensions within the scope of the statement, a cost-sharing employer that does not have a special funding situation is required to recognize a net pension liability, deferred outflows of resources, deferred inflows of resources related to pensions, and pension expense based on its proportionate share of the net pension liability for benefits provided through the pension plan. As of November 6, 2013, because the accounting standards do not require changes in funding policies, the full extent of the effect of the new standards on CalPERS and CalSTRS was not known. The reporting requirements for pension plans are slated to take effect for the fiscal year beginning mid-2013 and the reporting requirements for government employers are slated to take effect for the fiscal year beginning mid-2014.

Pension Reform

The Legislature approved AB 340 (Chapter 296, Statutes of 2012), a comprehensive pension reform package affecting the state and local governments on August 31, 2012, and the Governor signed it into law on September 12, 2012. AB 340, known as the Public Employees’ Pension Reform Act of 2013 (“PEPRA”) implements lower defined-benefit formulas with higher retirement ages for new employees hired on or after January 1, 2013, and includes provisions to increase current employee contributions. Though PEPRA covers most public employees in state government, cities, counties, special districts, school districts, and community colleges, the following discussion relates only to PEPRA’s impact on state employee retirement. PEPRA excludes judges, the University of California, and charter cities with independent pension systems from the new retirement plans; however, newly elected or appointed judges would be subject to the new cost-sharing provisions described below.

In a preliminary actuarial analysis, CalPERS noted savings to the State of $10.3 billion to $12.6 billion over the next 30 years due primarily to increased employee contributions and, as the workforce turns over, lower benefit formulas that will gradually reduce normal costs. PEPRA also directs state savings from additional

 

C-36


employee contributions to be used toward additional payments on the State’s unfunded liability, subject to Budget Act approval. The 2013 Budget Act includes an additional $67.1 million ($41.9 million funded from the General Fund) directed toward the State’s unfunded pension liability to reflect the savings resulting from increased employee contributions under PEPRA.

Other provisions reduce the risk of the State incurring additional unfunded liabilities, including prohibiting retroactive benefits increases, generally prohibiting contribution holidays, and prohibiting purchases of additional non-qualified service credit (“air time”).

Key changes to retirement plans affecting the State include:

 

   

New, lower defined-benefit formulas that increase retirement ages for new public employees hired on or after January 1, 2013.

 

   

For new employees, a cap on pensionable income of $113,700, or $136,440 (for employees not in Social Security). Annual increases on the cap would be limited to the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers.

 

   

A standard that employees pay at least 50 percent of normal costs.

 

   

Increases for current state civil service and related excluded employees who are not contributing at least half of normal costs.

 

   

New California State University (new member is defined by CalPERS as membership on or after January 1, 2013) and judicial branch employees will pay at least 50 percent of the normal cost or the current contribution rate of similarly situated employees, whichever is greater (SB 13 authorizes CSU, on or after January 1, 2019, to impose higher employee contribution rates on CSU members hired before January 1, 2013. SB 13 also directs savings from higher CSU employee contributions to be retained by the university).

Costs for Other Post-Employment Benefits (OPEB) are not addressed in PEPRA. However, later retirement ages will help reduce OPEB liabilities in the long term.

Provisions in PEPRA affecting the CalSTRS system do not change the State’s statutory contribution rate and will not likely have a material effect on state contributions in the short term. However, potential additional employee contributions, limits on pensionable compensation, and higher retirement ages for new members will reduce pressure on the system’s unfunded liabilities and potentially state contribution levels in the long term.

On February 14, 2013, CalSTRS submitted a report to the Legislature on the funding of the Defined Benefit Program (referred to in the State’s 2012 Financial Statements and in this appendix as the “DB Program”) in response to Senate Concurrent Resolution 105 (“SCR 105”). SCR 105 encouraged CalSTRS, “in consultation with affected stakeholders, including, but not limited to, the Department of Finance and organizations representing members and school employers, to develop at least three options to address the long-term funding needs of the DB Program in a manner that allocates any increased contributions among the members of the system, school employers, and the State, consistent with the contractual rights of existing members, and to submit those options to the Legislature before February 15, 2013.” SCR 105 further provided that “It is the intent of the Legislature to enact legislation during the 2013-14 Regular Session that addresses the long-term funding needs of the Defined Benefit Program.” As of November 6, 2013, there is no such legislationbeing considered.

Increased state contributions to CalSTRS, beyond current statutory requirements, are not included in the 2013 Budget Act.

The report stated that “the definitive approach to addressing the long-term funding needs of the DB Program is to fully fund the program over a period of 30 years or less” and that “if implemented on July 1, 2014, the total

 

C-37


contribution rate from all sources would have to increase by the equivalent of a projected 15.1% of compensation to fully fund the program in 30 years.” The report stated that “it is projected that such a change would require an increased initial total annual contribution at that time of about $4.5 billion from all combined sources.” The report also discussed the options of establishing a lesser funding target or increasing the amortization period (both of which would not require similarly large contributions from combined sources). The report stated that “a delay in addressing the DB Program funding shortfall places the program at greater risk, particularly if there is another substantial market downturn.”

CalPERS . At June 30, 2012, CalPERS administered a total of 12 funds, including four defined benefit retirement plans: the Public Employees’ Retirement Fund (“PERF”), the Legislators’ Retirement Fund (“LRF”), the Judges’ Retirement Fund (“JRF”), and the Judges’ Retirement Fund II (“JRF II”). The PERF, LRF, JRF, and JRF II are defined benefit pension plans which provide benefits based on members’ years of service, age, final compensation, and benefit formula. In addition, benefits are provided for disability, death, and survivors of eligible members or beneficiaries.

PERF . PERF is a multiple-employer defined benefit retirement plan. In addition to the State, employer participants at June 30, 2012 included 1,576 public agencies and schools (representing more than 2,500 entities). CalPERS acts as the common investment and administrative agent for the member agencies. The State and schools (for “classified employees,” which generally consist of school employees other than teachers) are required by law to participate in PERF. Other public agencies can elect whether or not to participate in PERF or administer their own plans. Members of PERF generally become fully vested in their retirement benefits earned, as of November 6, 2013, after five years of credited service. Separate accounts are maintained for each employer participating in PERF, and separate actuarial valuations are performed for each individual employer’s plan to determine the employer’s periodic contribution rate and other information for the individual plan, based on the benefit formula selected by the employer and the individual plan’s proportionate share of PERF assets.

Unless otherwise specified, the information relating to PERF provided in this section relates only to state employees participating in PERF. State employees include the Executive Branch, California State University, Judicial, and Legislature employees.

Retirement Benefits . For state employees, annual benefits depend on the particular employee’s employment category and are generally determined by taking into account years of service credit, final compensation, and age of retirement. Depending on the employment category, annual benefits generally range from 2 percent of final compensation (generally meaning the average pay rate and special compensation over the last one year or three consecutive years of employment, unless the member elects a different period with a higher average) at age 55 for each year of service credit (applicable to Miscellaneous and State Industrial category members) to 3 percent of final compensation for each year of service for retirement at age 50 (for State Peace Officer/Firefighter category members). Annual benefits are also subject to annual cost of living adjustments (generally ranging from 2-3 percent) and an additional adjustment intended to preserve the “purchasing power” of the benefit. Benefits also generally include disability and death benefits. A detailed description of the benefits payable by PERF to state employees is set forth in CalPERS actuarial valuations.

Legislation enacted in October 2010 as part of the State’s budget for fiscal year 2010-11 (SB 22, Chapter 3, Sixth Extraordinary Session of 2010) (“SBX6 22”) made changes to the retirement formula for state employees hired after January 15, 2011, unless an earlier date was agreed upon in a collective bargaining agreement. Generally, the formula for receiving full retirement benefits was restored to the provisions in effect prior to 1999, when a law increased the percentage formula and reduced the age at which employees could obtain maximum benefits; these formulas vary depending on the category of employment. SBX6 22 also addressed the problem of pension “spiking” by generally requiring the retirement formula for future employees who as of November 6, 2013, were not in the three-year formula to be based on an average of pay in three consecutive years, rather than being based on the single highest year’s pay. These reforms are not expected to significantly impact state retirement costs until many years in the future. However, there is expected to be current savings from most

 

C-38


existing and future employees contributing a greater percentage, ranging from two to five percent, of their salaries toward future pension benefits. These increases were collectively bargained and extended to most non-represented employees.

The Legislature approved AB 340, a comprehensive pension reform package affecting state and local government on August 31, 2012, which the Governor signed into law on September 12, 2012. The legislation increased the retirement age and lowered retirement benefits for most new state and local government employees hired on or after January 1, 2013.

Member Contributions . The benefits for state employees in PERF are funded by contributions from members, the State, and earnings from investments. Member and state contributions are a percentage of applicable member compensation. Member contribution rates are defined by law and vary by bargaining units within the same employee classification. The required contribution rates of active plan members are based on a percentage of salary in excess of a base compensation amount ranging from $0 to $863 monthly, and range from 1.5 to 12 percent.

Actuarial Valuation; Determination of Required Contributions . The required state contributions to PERF are determined on an annual basis by the CalPERS Chief Actuary. The actuary uses demographic and other data (such as employee age, salary, and service credits) and various assumptions (such as estimated salary increases, interest rates, employee turnover, and mortality and disability rates) to determine the amount that the State must contribute in a given year to provide sufficient funds to PERF to pay benefits when due. The actuary then produces a report, called the “actuarial valuation,” in which the actuary reports on the assets, liabilities, and required contribution for the following fiscal year. State law requires the State to make the actuarially-required contribution to PERF each year.

A portion of the actuarial valuations performed by CalPERS actuaries are audited each year by an independent actuarial firm. The actuarial valuations specific to state employees are audited every three years. As of November 6, 2013, the most recent audit was for the June 30, 2009 actuarial valuation and was completed in the fall of 2010. The audit for the June 30, 2012 actuarial valuation is expected to be completed in February or March of 2014.

The market value of assets measures the value of the assets available in the pension plan to pay benefits. The actuarial value of assets is used to determine the required employer contributions. Various methods exist for calculating the actuarial value of assets. Since 2005, CalPERS has recognized investment gains and losses on the market value of assets equally over a 15-year period when determining the actuarial value of assets. (This is referred to as “smoothing.”) The recognized portion is added to the gains and losses and (except as described herein) 1 is amortized over a rolling 30-year period (as described herein under “Actuarial Methods”) 2 . As of November 6, 2013, this was an approved method for determining actuarial value of assets under GASB Statements 25 and 27. Asset smoothing delays recognition of gains and losses, however, thereby providing an actuarial value of assets that does not reflect the market value of pension plan assets at the time of measurement. As a result, presenting the actuarial value of assets as determined using “smoothing” might provide a more or less favorable presentation of the current financial position of a pension plan than would a method that recognizes investment gains and losses annually. Beginning in fiscal year 2014-15, GASB Statement 68 will

 

1   When the amortization methods described above result in either mathematical inconsistencies or unreasonable actuarial results, all unfunded liability components are combined into a single base and amortized over a period of time, as determined by the Ca1PERS Chief Actuary.
2   There is a minimum employer contribution equal to normal cost, less 30-year amortization of surplus (negative unfunded liability), if any. In 2009, the Ca1PERS Board adopted a change to the amortization policy, described in this section. This change resulted in all actuarial gains and losses for fiscal years 2008-09, 2009-10, and 2010-11 to be amortized over a fixed 30-year period instead of a rolling 30-year period. The rolling 30-year period for amortization resumed with actuarial gains and losses for fiscal year 2011-12.

 

C-39


require state and local governments with pension liabilities to recognize the difference between expected and actual investment returns over a closed 5-year period. CalPERS will continue to set contributions based on an actuarial value basis until fiscal year 2015-16, at which time CalPERS will implement a new direct-rate smoothing policy.

In addition to the use of “smoothing,” as described above, when CalPERS sets contribution rates, the actuarial value of assets generally cannot be more than 120 percent of the market value or less than 80 percent of the market value (referred to as the “corridor”). Any asset value changes outside these ranges will be recognized immediately, and will result in a greater impact on future state contribution rates. However, in 2009 CalPERS adjusted the “corridor” to mitigate the effects of a negative 24 percent fiscal year 2008-09 investment loss.

According to CalPERS, the three-year phase-in of the fiscal year 2008-09 investment loss is achieved by temporarily relaxing the constraints on the smoothed value of assets. Previously, the actuarial value of assets could not be more than 120 percent of the market value or less than 80 percent of the market value. Under the three-year phase in, assets are treated as follows:

 

  1. For the June 30, 2009 actuarial valuations of the State plans setting the contribution requirements for fiscal year 2010-11, the actuarial value of assets cannot be more than 140 percent of the market value or less than 60 percent of the market value.

 

  2. For the June 30, 2010 actuarial valuations of the State plans setting the contribution requirements for fiscal year 2011-12, the actuarial value of assets cannot be more than 130 percent of the market value or less than 70 percent of the market value.

 

  3. For the June 30, 2011 actuarial valuations of the State plans setting the contribution requirements for fiscal year 2012-13, the actuarial value of assets cannot be more than 120 percent of the market value or less than 80 percent of the market value.

Lastly, the asset loss outside of the 80—120 percent corridor will be isolated, and paid down with a fixed and certain 30-year amortization schedule. By utilizing a fixed and certain 30-year payment schedule, these losses should be paid in full at the end of 30 years, and should be independent of any investment gain/loss experienced by the remaining portfolio as a whole.

The use of “smoothing” and the “corridor” described above will mitigate short term increases in the State’s required annual contribution. While this will limit extreme increases in the State’s required annual contribution to CalPERS in the near term, absent investment returns significantly over and above the 7.5 percent assumed by CalPERS, it is expected to result in significantly higher required contributions in future fiscal years. Depending on actual investment returns and other factors, the State’s required annual contribution to PERF could increase significantly. The contribution, not including CSU, is estimated to be $3.6 billion for fiscal year 2013-14, approximately $1.8 billion of which is payable from the General Fund. In addition, CSU’s contribution is estimated to be approximately $470.1 million for fiscal year 2013-14, approximately $469.8 million of which is payable from the General Fund.

At the April 16 and 17, 2013, meetings, the CalPERS Board approved a plan to replace the current 15-year asset-smoothing policy with a 5-year direct-rate smoothing process and replace the current 30-year rolling amortization of unfunded liabilities with a 30-year fixed amortization period. The Chief Actuary said the approach provides a single measure of funded status and unfunded liabilities, less volatility in extreme years, a faster path to full funding, and more transparency to employers about future contribution rates. As of November 6, 2013, these changes will accelerate the repayment of unfunded liabilities (including 2008-09 investment losses) of the State plans in the near term. Under the CalPERS Board action, actual rates for the State will not be set using the new methods until fiscal year 2015-16, reflected in the June 30, 2014 valuation. The impact of the new amortization and smoothing policies are estimated to increase state retirement contributions (including CSU) by $200 million in fiscal year 2015-16 and $400 million in fiscal year 2016-17, roughly half of those increases coming from the General Fund.

 

C-40


Actuarial Assumptions . The CalPERS Chief Actuary considers various factors in determining the assumptions to be used in preparing the actuarial report. Demographic assumptions are based on a study of the actual history of retirement, rates of termination/separation of employment, years of life expectancy after retirement, disability, and other factors. This experience study is generally done once every four years. As of November 6, 2013, the most recent experience study was completed in 2010 in connection with the preparation of actuarial recommendations by the CalPERS Chief Actuary as described below.

Funding Status . Funding progress is measured by a comparison of the State’s share of PERF assets to pay state employee benefits with plan liabilities.

As reflected in the actuarial valuation report for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, the investment return for the PERF in fiscal year 2011-12 was 0.1 percent. As a result of this investment return, the funded ratio on a market value of assets (“MVA”) basis was approximately 66.1 percent as of June 30, 2012, as compared to approximately 70.3 percent as of June 30, 2011, and the unfunded liability was approximately $45.5 billion on an MVA basis as of June 30, 2012, as compared to approximately $38.5 billion on an MVA basis as of June 30, 2011.

State Contributions . As described above, required contributions to PERF are determined annually on an actuarial basis. Payments into PERF are made from the State and from employee contributions. State contributions are made from the General Fund, Special Funds, and non-governmental cost funds. From fiscal years 2006-07 to 2013-14, a range of approximately 55 to 63 percent of the State contributions to PERF are made from the General Fund. The State has made the full amount of actuarially required contribution each year.

Prospective Funding Status; Future Contributions . The level of future required contributions from the State depends on a variety of factors, including future investment portfolio performance, actuarial assumptions, and additional potential changes in retirement benefits. There can be no assurances that the required annual contribution to CalPERS will not continue to significantly increase and that such increases will not materially adversely affect the financial condition of the State. It is not known at this time how these changes in accounting and financial reporting will impact CalPERS’ contribution policies.

As of November 6, 2013, the most recent valuation report for PERF contains a projection of future state contribution rates as a percentage of payroll under different investment return scenarios. The results reflect that state contributions are expected to increase in coming years and will not level out unless investment returns over the next three years are as high as 18.5 percent per year.

In accordance with state law, the actuarial valuation for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 includes a sensitivity analysis of discount rates 2 percent lower and 2 percent higher than the current discount rate of 7.5 percent as of November 6, 2013. The analysis displays potential required employer contribution rates assuming that the discount rate was adjusted to rates of 5.5 percent or 9.5 percent over the long term. The analysis shows that employer contribution rates are highly sensitive to changes in the discount rate and that employer contribution rates would be significantly reduced if a higher discount rate is used, and employer contribution rates would significantly increase if a lower discount rate is used. The actuarial report for the year ended June 30, 2012 contains information concerning the specific impact an employer contribution rates and unfunded liability resulting from these different discount rate assumptions.

Investigation Affecting CalPERS . The previous use of placement agents by CalPERS’ external investment managers has been the subject of investigations by various governmental authorities, including the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and the California Attorney General’s Office. Those law enforcement authorities have made extensive requests for documents and other information. According to CalPERS, it has cooperated and continues to cooperate with federal and state law enforcement authorities who are focused on whether civil or criminal laws have been violated by certain entities and individuals associated with CalPERS. In addition to its pending investigative efforts, the California Attorney

 

C-41


General brought a civil action against a placement agent firm and other individuals in May 2010. As of November 6, 2013, that litigation was still pending.

In March 2011, CalPERS completed a special review of fees paid by its external managers to placement agents and their related activities. In connection with that review, CalPERS secured substantial fee reductions from a number of its external money managers and those managers agreed to no longer use placement agents for new CalPERS investments.

Other Retirement Plans . In addition to PERF, CalPERS also administers LRF, JRF, and JRF II, which are defined benefit plans.

In the JRF actuarial reports for the year ended June 30, 2012 CalPERS reported that, as of June 30, 2012, JRF had an unfunded actuarial liability of approximately $3.1 billion and JRF II had an unfunded actuarial liability of approximately $35.2 million. In the LRF actuarial report for the year ended June 30, 2012, CalPERS reported that LRF, as of June 30, 2012, had actuarial value of assets that exceeded the actuarial liability by approximately $15.6 million. The State’s fiscal year 2013-14 retirement contributions from the General Fund are estimated to be $187.4 million for JRF and $56.7 million for JRF II.

CalSTRS

CalSTRS was established under the California Education Code in 1913 to provide benefits to California public school and community college teachers and to certain other employees of the State’s public school system (kindergarten through community college). CalSTRS is the administrator of multiple-employer, cost-sharing defined benefit plans, a tax-deferred defined contribution plan, a Medicare Premium Payment Program, and a Teachers’ Deferred Compensation Fund.

The largest CalSTRS fund, the State Teachers’ Retirement Plan (the “STRP”), is a multiple employer, cost-sharing, defined benefit plan comprised of four programs: the Defined Benefit Program (referred to in the State’s 2012 Financial Statements and in this appendix as the “DB Program”), the Defined Benefit Supplement Program, the Cash Balance Benefit Program, and the Replacement Benefit Program. Within the DB Program there is also a Supplemental Benefits Maintenance Account (the “SBMA”) which provides purchasing power protection for retired members.

The State is not an employer (with certain very limited exceptions) in any of CalSTRS programs but does contribute to the DB Program and the SBMA from its General Fund pursuant to statutes in the Education Code. The DB Program is funded through a combination of investment earnings and statutorily set contributions from three sources: the members of CalSTRS, the employers, and the State. Contribution rates for the members and employers to fund the DB Program are not adjusted to reflect or offset actual investment returns or other factors which affect the funded status of the DB Program. The same is true for the contribution rates for the State except that, if the funded status of the DB Program falls below a certain level, the State is required to make specified supplemental contributions to the DB Program.

As of June 30, 2012 (the fiscal year of the DB Program commences July 1 and ends June 30 of the following year), the DB Program’s unfunded actuarial obligation was $71.0 billion and the funded ratio was 67.0 percent based on an actuarial value of assets basis and 62.7 percent based on a market value of assets basis. The funding status triggered the requirement for the State to make specified supplemental contributions starting in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012. The funding of the DB Program was identified as a new high-risk issue in the California State Auditor Report 2011 601 dated August 2011 because, as stated in the report, the DB Program assets are projected to be depleted in 30 years assuming existing contribution rates continue, and other significant actuarial assumptions are realized.

 

C-42


The SBMA is a separate account within the DB Program that is funded with a combination of investment earnings and statutorily set contributions from the State. The Purchasing Power Protection Program payments for retired members are made only to the extent funds are available in the SBMA and are not a vested benefit.

Members and Employers

As of June 30, 2012, the DB Program included 1,712 employers.

Retirement Benefits . Member benefits are determined by statute in the Education Code and are generally based on a member’s age, final compensation, and years of credited service. Members are 100 percent vested in retirement benefits after five years of credited service and are eligible for normal retirement at age 60 and for early retirement at age 55 or at age 50 with 30 years of credited service. The normal retirement benefit is 2 percent of final compensation (as defined in the Education Code) for each year of credited service (up to 2.4 percent of final compensation for members retiring after age 60), and members who retired on or after January 1, 2001 with 30 or more years of service by December 31, 2010 receive monthly bonus payments of up to $400 per month. Pension reform legislation signed in 2012 increased the retirement age for new CalSTRS members hired on or after January 1, 2013. New members who retire at age 62 will be eligible for a benefit equal to 2 percent of final compensation for each year of credited service (up to 2.4 percent of final compensation for members retiring after age 62).

Benefits are increased by 2 percent (a simple, not a compounded, cost-of-living increase) of the initial allowance, on each September 1 following the first anniversary of the effective date of the benefit.

Funding for the DB Program . The DB Program is funded with a combination of investment income and contributions from members, employers, and the State. Although specific amounts vary from year to year, approximately 55 percent of DB Program assets were derived from investment returns, according to CalSTRS. As described below, the contribution rates of the members, employers, and the State are determined by statute in the Education Code. There can be no assurances that the required amounts annually payable among the members, employers, and State will not significantly increase in the future.

Member Contributions . Members are required to make contributions to the DB Program in an amount equal to 8 percent of creditable compensation of the member. However, for services performed between January 1, 2000 and December 31, 2010, the member contribution to the DB Program was 6 percent because 2 percent was directed to the Defined Benefit Supplement Program (to which the State does not contribute).

Employer Contributions . Employers are required to make contributions to the DB Program in an amount equal to 8 percent of creditable compensation plus 0.25 percent to pay costs of the unused sick leave credit; provided that a portion of the employers’ contributions has in the past and may in the future be transferred to the Medicare Premium Program which has the effect of further reducing aggregate annual contributions to the DB Program.

State Contributions . The State’s General Fund contribution to the DB Program is 2.017 percent of creditable compensation from two fiscal years prior. For example, for fiscal year 2011-12, the State’s contribution was based on creditable compensation from fiscal year 2009-10. The State also contributes an additional 0.524 percent of creditable compensation from two fiscal years prior when there is an unfunded obligation or a normal cost deficit exists for benefits in place as of July 1, 1990. The percentage is adjusted up to 0.25 percent per year to reflect the contributions required to fund the unfunded obligation or the normal cost deficit. However, the supplemental contribution may not exceed 1.505 percent of creditable compensation from two fiscal years prior. Based on the June 30, 2012 actuarial valuation, an unfunded obligation exists for the benefits in place as of July 1, 1990, which triggered the supplemental payments for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2012 at a contribution rate of 0.524 percent starting October 1, 2011. An appropriation for this supplemental contribution was included in the 2011 Budget Act. An increased supplemental contribution rate to 0.774 percent was included in the 2012 Budget Act and 1.024 percent is included in the 2013 Budget Act.

 

C-43


Actuarial Valuation . According to CalSTRS and as reflected in the 2012 CalSTRS Valuation, the biggest source of funding of the DB Program is investment returns, and in calculating the actuarial value of assets, contributions for the past year are added to the actuarial value of assets at the end of the prior year; benefits and expenses are subtracted; an assumed rate of return is added, and as described below, a portion of market value gains and losses are added or subtracted. The assumed investment rate of return on DB Program assets (net of investment and administrative expenses) and the assumed interest to be paid on refunds of member accounts are based in part on an inflation assumption of 3.0 percent.

Actual market returns are taken into account but to reduce rate volatility, actual market gains and losses are spread or “smoothed” over a three-year period. That is, one third of the difference between the expected actuarial value of assets and the fair market value of assets is taken into account to determine the actuarial value of assets. According to the 2012 CalSTRS Valuation, due to the asset smoothing method, approximately one-third of the approximately $3.89 billion investment loss was recognized in June 30, 2012. GASB Statements 67 and 68, beginning in fiscal year 2013-14 for pension plans and fiscal year 2014-15 for employers, will require state and local governments with pension liabilities to recognize the differences between expected and actual investment returns over a closed 5 year period instead of the 3-year period used by CalSTRS as of November 6, 2013. As of November 6, 2013, it is not known at this time how this change would impact the DB Program.

Funding Status

Funding progress is measured by a comparison of DB Program assets with DB Program liabilities.

According to the CalSTRS Comprehensive Annual Financial Report for Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2012, the market value of the entire DB Program investment portfolio (including the SBMA assets) was $150.6 billion, a decrease from $155.5 billion or -3.2 percent over June 30, 2011.

Prospective Funding Status; Future Contributions . In the 2012 CalSTRS Valuation, the CalSTRS Consulting Actuary concluded that the unfunded actuarial obligation will not be amortized over any future period and that the DB Program is projected to have its assets depleted in about 31 years. This was primarily due to lower investment return experience since 2000. The CalSTRS Consulting Actuary also determined in the CalSTRS Valuation for June 30, 2010 that a supplemental contribution of 0.524 percent of creditable compensation was required to be paid by the State beginning in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 (commencing with the first quarterly payment due October 1, 2011) because as of June 30, 2010 there was an unfunded actuarial obligation related to the 1990 structure discussed above. The 2011 Budget Act included an appropriation related to this statutorily required supplemental contribution. In the CalSTRS Valuation for June 30, 2011, the CalSTRS Consulting Actuary determined that an increase of 0.25 percent in the supplemental contribution, for a total supplemental contribution of 0.774 percent would be required for fiscal year 2012-13. The increased supplemental contribution rate of 0.774 percent was included in the 2012 Budget Act. In the 2012 CalSTRS Valuation, the CalSTRS Consulting Actuary determined that an increase of 0.25 percent in the supplemental contribution, for a total supplemental contribution of 1.024 percent, will be required for fiscal year 2013-14. The increased supplemental contribution rate of 1.024 percent is included in the 2013 Budget Act.

Using the CalSTRS Board’s methods and assumptions as of June 30, 2012, the CalSTRS Consulting Actuary calculated that to amortize the unfunded actuarial obligation as of June 30, 2012 over 30 years, a level combined contribution rate of 34.092 percent (an increase to existing combined contribution rates of 14.620 percent and assuming the State’s supplemental contribution is adjusted as required by current statutes), beginning on July 1, 2012, would be required. This is an increase of 1.695 percentage points from what the valuation for June 30, 2011 indicated was necessary.

Responsibility for the Unfunded Obligation . As explained above, total statutorily required contributions, when added to investment earnings, have been significantly less than the actuarially required contributions necessary to fully fund the DB Program on an actuarial basis. The CalSTRS Consulting Actuary noted in the

 

C-44


2012 CalSTRS Valuation Report that the DB Program assets would be depleted in about 31 years assuming existing contribution rates continue, and other significant actuarial assumptions are realized. Other than the State’s requirement to contribute specified supplemental contributions under certain conditions described above, the State is not required under existing statutes to increase its contributions (only the Legislature can change the statutes requiring the State’s contribution), and the Administration does not believe that the State is otherwise required to provide funding for the outstanding liability.

CalSTRS has stated on a number of occasions, including in a letter from the Chief Executive Officer of CalSTRS contained within the CalSTRS Comprehensive Annual Financial Report for the Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2010, that it believes based on its analysis of case law and statutes that the State is responsible for providing an actuarially sound retirement system and paying the difference between the benefits paid and the contributions received in the event that the DB Program assets are depleted. Subsequently, in the Comprehensive Annual Financial Report for the Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2011, the Chief Executive Officer of CalSTRS stated the Legislature and the Governor must craft a specific funding strategy involving increased contributions, which can be “gradual, predictable, and fair to all parties.” The Administration does not agree with CalSTRS’ position regarding the State’s responsibility. The Administration believes that there are a number of ways to address the unfunded liability, including increased employer and employee contributions and other reforms.

In accordance with state law, the Bureau of State Audits periodically identifies what it believes to be “high risk” issues facing the State. The funding of the DB Program was identified as a new high-risk issue in the California State Auditor Report 2011-601 dated August 2011. In its most recent report 2013-601 on state “High Risk” issues, dated September 2013, the Bureau continued to include funding of the DB Program in this category. Excerpts from this portion of the 2013 report are set out below:

“To limit the risk of not having enough assets to cover retirement benefits, the U.S. Government Accountability Office recommends that retirement systems maintain a funding ratio of at least 80 percent of liabilities.... However, poor investment returns due to the economic recession, as well as the inability to adjust contributions, have caused the funding ratio of the CalSTRS Defined Benefit Program to decrease from 98 percent in 2001 to 67 percent in 2012....

One of the major risks to CalSTRS’ funding is that its board does not have the authority to set contribution rates.... [O]nly the Legislature, not the CalSTRS board, has the authority to change the contribution rates... The member and employer contribution rates have remained largely unchanged by the Legislature since 1972 and 1990, respectively....

At the current contribution rate and actuarially estimated rate or return on investment, the Defined Benefit Program’s funding ratio will continue to drop and assets will eventually be depleted....

As time passes, it will be harder to reverse the downward trend, and the required increase in contributions may grow too large for the State to take necessary action. According to a March 2013 actuarial valuation report, even assuming the expected return on CalSTRS’ investments is achieved each year, the Defined Benefit Program is at risk of having its funding status continue to decrease to zero in 31 years if the Legislature does not increase contribution rates. Because the State may bear some responsibility for funding the benefits promised to CalSTRS members, unless the State takes steps to ensure that funding for the CalSTRS program is increased, it may have to make up for the deficit using revenue from taxes. Consequently, this remains a high-risk issue for the State...”

No assurance can be given that the State’s contributions to the DB Program will not be increased substantially in the future.

On February 14, 2013, CalSTRS submitted a report to the Legislature on the funding of the DB Program in response to SCR 105.

 

C-45


Funding for the SBMA . The SBMA is a separate account within the DB Program that is funded with a combination of investment income and contributions from the State. The contribution rate for the State’s funding of the SBMA is also determined by statute in the Education Code. The Purchasing Power Protection Program funded from the SBMA provides quarterly payments to retired and disabled members and beneficiaries to restore purchasing power to beneficiaries if the purchasing power of their initial retirement or disability allowances have fallen below a specified percentage. The Purchasing Power Protection Program payments are made only to the extent funds are available in the SBMA and are not a vested benefit.

State Contributions . The State’s General Fund contribution to the SBMA is 2.5 percent of creditable compensation of the fiscal year ending in the prior calendar year, less $70 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, $71 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 and $72 million thereafter. The Education Code requires the State to continue contributions to the SBMA and that the unused balances remain in the SBMA even if they exceed the amounts required to be paid to beneficiaries.

THE BUDGET PROCESS

Constraints on the Budget Process

Over the years, a number of laws and constitutional amendments have been enacted, often through voter initiatives, which have made it more difficult for the State to raise taxes, restricted the use of the State’s General Fund or special fund revenues, or otherwise limited the Legislature and the Governor’s discretion in enacting budgets. Historic examples of provisions that make it more difficult to raise taxes include Proposition 13, passed in 1978, which, among other things, required that any change in state taxes enacted for the purpose of increasing revenues collected pursuant thereto, whether by increased rates or changes in computation, be approved by a two-thirds vote in each house of the Legislature, and Proposition 4, approved in 1979, which limits government spending by establishing an annual limit on the appropriation of tax proceeds. Examples of provisions restricting the use of General Fund revenues are Proposition 98, passed in 1988, which mandates that a minimum amount of General Fund revenues be spent on local education, and Proposition 10, passed in 1998, which raised taxes on tobacco products and mandated how the additional revenues would be expended.

Constitutional amendments approved by the voters have also affected the budget process. These include Proposition 49, approved in 2002, which requires the expansion of funding for before and after school programs. Proposition 58, approved in 2004, which requires the adoption of a balanced budget and restricts future borrowing to cover budget deficits; Proposition 63, approved in 2004, which imposes a surcharge on taxable income of more than $1 million and earmarks this funding for expanded mental health services; Proposition 1A, approved in 2004, which limits the Legislature’s power over local revenue sources, and Proposition 1A, approved in 2006, which limits the Legislature’s ability to use sales taxes on motor vehicle fuels for any purpose other than transportation. Propositions 22 and 26, approved on November 2, 2010, further limit the State’s fiscal flexibility. Proposition 25, also passed by the voters in November 2010, changed the legislative vote requirement to pass a budget and budget related legislation from two-thirds to a simple majority. It retained the two-thirds vote requirement for taxes. Proposition 30, approved on November 6, 2012, among other things, placed into the State Constitution the current statutory provisions transferring 1.0625 percent of the State sales tax to local governments to fund realignment; and Proposition 39, also approved on November 6, 2012, among other things, dedicates for five years up to $550 million annually to clean energy projects out of an expected $1 billion annual increase in corporate tax revenue due to reversal of a provision adopted in 2009 that gave corporations an option on how to calculate their state income tax liability.

 

C-46


These approved constitutional amendments are described below.

Balanced Budget Amendment (Proposition 58)

Proposition 58, approved by the voters in 2004, requires the State to enact a balanced budget, and establish a special reserve, and restricts certain future borrowing to cover fiscal year end deficits. As a result of the provisions requiring the enactment of a balanced budget and restricting borrowing, the State would in some cases have to take more immediate actions to correct budgetary shortfalls. Beginning with the budget for fiscal year 2004-05, Proposition 58 requires the Legislature to pass a balanced budget and provides for mid-year adjustments in the event that the budget falls out of balance and the Governor calls a special legislative session to address the shortfall. The balanced budget determination is made by subtracting estimated expenditures from all resources expected to be available, including prior-year balances.

If the Governor determines that the State is facing substantial revenue shortfalls or spending increases, the Governor is authorized to declare a fiscal emergency. He or she would then be required to propose legislation to address the emergency, and call the Legislature into special session for that purpose. If the Legislature fails to pass and send to the Governor legislation to address the fiscal emergency within 45 days, the Legislature would be prohibited from: (i) acting on any other bills or (ii) adjourning in joint recess until such legislation is passed.

Proposition 58 also required the establishment of the Budget Stabilization Account, which is funded by annual transfers of specified amounts from the General Fund, unless suspended or reduced by the Governor or until a specified maximum amount has been deposited.

Proposition 58 also prohibits the use of general obligation bonds, revenue bonds, and certain other forms of borrowing to cover fiscal year end budget deficits. The restriction does not apply to certain other types of borrowing, such as: (i) short-term borrowing to cover cash shortfalls in the General Fund (including revenue anticipation notes or revenue anticipation warrants used by the State as of November 6, 2013), or (ii) inter-fund borrowings.

Local Government Finance (Proposition 1A of 2004)

Senate Constitutional Amendment No. 4 (also known as “Proposition 1 A of 2004”), approved by the voters in the November 2004 election, amended the State Constitution to, among other things, reduce the Legislature’s authority over local government revenue sources by placing restrictions on the State’s access to local governments’ property, sales, and vehicle license fee revenues as of November 3, 2004. Beginning with fiscal year 2008-09, the State was able to borrow up to 8 percent of local property tax revenues, but only if the Governor proclaimed such action was necessary due to a severe state fiscal hardship and two—thirds of both houses of the Legislature approve the borrowing. The amount borrowed is required to be paid back within three years. In addition, the State cannot reduce the local sales tax rate or restrict the authority of local governments to impose or change the distribution of the statewide local sales tax.

The provisions of Proposition 1 A of 2004 allowing the State to borrow money from local governments from time to time have been repealed by Proposition 22 of 2010, which permanently prohibits any future such borrowing. However, prior to such repeal, the Amended 2009 Budget Act authorized the State to exercise its Proposition lA of 2004 borrowing authority. This borrowing generated $1.998 billion that was used to offset state General Fund costs for a variety of court, health, corrections, and K-12 programs. Pursuant to Proposition lA of 2004, the State was required to repay the local government borrowing no later than June 15, 2013. The 2012 Budget Act included $2.1 billion to fully retire the outstanding obligations, with interest, to be paid from the General Fund, and repayment was made in June of 2013.

Proposition lA of 2004 also prohibits the State from mandating activities on cities, counties or special districts without providing for the funding needed to comply with the mandates. Beginning in fiscal year

 

C-47


2005-06, if the State does not provide funding for the mandated activity, the requirement on cities, counties or special districts to abide by the mandate is suspended. In addition, Proposition 1 A of 2004 expands the definition of what constitutes a mandate on local governments to encompass state action that transfers to cities, counties and special districts financial responsibility for a required program for which the State previously had partial or complete financial responsibility. The State mandate provisions of Proposition 1 A of 2004 do not apply to schools or community colleges or to mandates relating to employee rights. The 2013 Budget Act suspends mandates subject to Proposition lA of 2004 until the 2014-15 fiscal year. The total estimated back cost owed on the suspended mandates is approximately $888 million. That amount would be payable if the Legislature chose to individually fund all suspended mandates.

Proposition lA of 2004 further requires the State to reimburse cities, counties, and special districts for mandated costs incurred prior to fiscal year 2004-05 over a term of years. Chapter 72, Statutes of 2005 (AB 138) requires the payment of mandated costs incurred prior to fiscal year 2004-05 to begin in fiscal year 2006-07 and to be paid over a term of 15 years. The 2012-13 Budget, which includes Chapter 32, Statutes of 2012 (SB 1006), defers payment of these claims through the 2014-15 fiscal year and refinances the balance owed over the remaining payment period. The 2013 Budget Act maintains the deferral of the payment. The remaining estimated cost of claims for mandated costs incurred prior to fiscal year 2004-05 is approximately $900 million.

After School Education Funding (Proposition 49)

An initiative statute, Proposition 49, called the “After School Education and Safety Program Act of 2002,” was approved by the voters on November 5, 2002, and required the State to expand funding for before and after school programs in the State’s public elementary, middle and junior high schools. The increase was first triggered in fiscal year 2006-07, which increased funding for these programs to $550 million. These funds are part of the Proposition 98 minimum funding guarantee for K-14 education and, in accordance with the initiative, expenditures can only be reduced in certain low revenue years.

Mental Health Services (Proposition 63)

On November 2, 2004, the voters approved Proposition 63, the Mental Health Services Act, which imposes a 1 percent tax surcharge on taxpayers with annual taxable income of more than $1 million for purposes of funding and expanding mental health services. Proposition 63 prohibits the Legislature or the Governor from redirecting these funds or from reducing General Fund support for mental health services below the levels provided in fiscal year 2003-04. Chapter 5, Statutes of 2011 (AB 100) allowed the one-time redirection of $861 million of Proposition 63 funds from the reserve in fiscal year 2011-12 for the Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnosis and Treatment (“EPSDT”) program, mental health managed care, and mental health services for special education students. Commencing in fiscal year 2012-13, the EPSDT program and mental health managed care are funded with “2011 Realignment” funds as the programs are realigned to counties, mental health services for special education students are funded with Proposition 98 General Fund, and all available Proposition 63 funds are distributed for programs eligible under the Mental Health Services Act.

Transportation Financing (Proposition 1A of 2006)

On November 7, 2006, voters approved Proposition lA of 2006, which had been placed on the ballot by the Legislature as Senate Constitutional Amendment No. 7, to protect Proposition 42 transportation funds from any further suspensions. Provisions of the State Constitution enacted as Proposition 42 in 2002, permitted the suspension of the annual transfer of motor vehicle fuel sales tax revenues from the General Fund to the Transportation Investment Fund if the Governor declared that the transfer would result in a “significant negative fiscal impact” on the General Fund and the Legislature agreed with a two-thirds vote of each house. The new measure modified the constitutional provisions of Proposition 42 in a manner similar to Proposition 1A of 2004, so that if such a suspension were to have occurred, the amount owed by the General Fund would have had to be repaid to the Transportation Investment Fund within three years, and only two such suspensions could have been

 

C-48


made within any 10-year period. In fiscal year 2003-04, $868 million of the scheduled Proposition 42 transfer was suspended, and in fiscal year 2004-05 the full transfer of $1.258 billion was suspended. Budget Acts for fiscal years 2006-07 through 2010-11 all fully funded the Proposition 42 transfer and partially repaid the earlier suspensions. Chapter 11, Statutes of 2010, in the Eighth Extraordinary Session included an elimination of the State sales tax rate on gasoline and an increase in gasoline excise taxes, effectively removing the revenue subject to these restrictions from the State tax system. However, consistent with the requirements of Proposition 1A of 2006, the 2013 Budget Act includes $83 million to repay a portion of past suspensions.

Proposition 22—Local Government Funds

On November 2, 2010, voters approved this measure, called the “Local Taxpayer, Public Safety and Transportation Protection Act of 2010,” which supersedes some parts of Proposition 1A of 2004, prohibits any future action by the Legislature to take, reallocate or borrow money raised by local governments and redevelopment agencies for local purposes, and prohibits changes in the allocation of property taxes among local governments designed to aid state finances or pay for state mandates. The Proposition 1A borrowing done in 2009 was grandfathered. In addition, by superseding Proposition 1A of 2006, the State is prohibited from borrowing sales taxes or excise taxes on motor vehicle fuels for budgetary purposes (but legislation enacted in 2012 clarifies these funds may be used for short-term cash management borrowing), or changing the allocations of those taxes among local governments except pursuant to specified procedures involving public notices and hearings. Any law enacted after October 29, 2009 inconsistent with Proposition 22 is repealed. Proposition 22 jeopardized the use of funds from the gasoline excise tax that had been used in the 2010 Budget Act to offset General Fund debt service cost on highway bonds and for lending to the General Fund. Passage of this measure jeopardized an estimated $850 million in General Fund relief in fiscal year 2010-11, an amount which is expected to grow to almost $1 billion by fiscal year 2013-14. The 2011 Budget Act replaced the use of gasoline excise tax for these purposes with truck weight fees and other transportation revenues that may be used for these purposes under Article XIX of the California Constitution. This preserved the 2011 Budget Act allocations for state and local programs while achieving similar levels of General Fund relief to that obtained in the 2010 Budget Act. These debt service offsets were continued in the 2012 and 2013 Budget Acts.

The inability of the State to borrow or redirect property tax funds reduces the State’s flexibility in reaching budget solutions. The State had used these actions for several billion dollars of solutions prior to the enactment of Proposition 22.

Proposition 26—Increases in Taxes or Fees

On November 2, 2010, voters approved this ballot measure which revises provisions in Articles XIII A and XIII C of the State Constitution dealing with tax increases. The measure specifies that a two-thirds vote of both houses of the Legislature is required for any increase in any tax on any taxpayer, eliminating the prior practice where a tax increase coupled with a tax reduction is treated as being able to be adopted by majority vote. Furthermore, any increase in a fee beyond the amount needed to provide the specific service or benefit is deemed a tax requiring two-thirds vote. Finally, any tax or fee adopted after January 1, 2010 with a majority vote which would have required a two-thirds vote if Proposition 26 were in place would be repealed after one year from the election date unless readopted by the necessary two thirds vote.

Proposition 25—On-Time Budget Act of 2010

On November 2, 2010, voters approved this measure that is intended to end budget delays by changing the legislative vote necessary to pass the budget bill from two-thirds to a majority vote and by requiring legislators to forfeit their pay if the Legislature fails to pass the budget bill on time. This measure does not change Proposition 13’s property tax limitations in any way. This measure does not change the two-thirds vote requirement for the Legislature to raise taxes. The lower vote requirement also applies to trailer bills that appropriate funds and are identified by the Legislature “as related to the budget in the budget bill.” This measure also provides that the

 

C-49


budget bill and other bills providing for appropriations related to the budget bill are to take effect immediately upon being signed by the Governor or upon a date specified in the legislation.

Proposition 30—The Schools and Local Public Safety Protection Act of 2012

On November 6, 2012, voters approved Proposition 30 which provided temporary increases in personal income tax rates for high-income taxpayers and a temporary increase in the State sales tax rate, and specified that the additional revenues will support K-14 public schools and community colleges as part of the Proposition 98 guarantee. Proposition 30 also placed into the State Constitution the current statutory provisions transferring 1.0625 percent of the State sales tax to local governments to fund the “realignment” program for many services including housing criminal offenders.

Proposition 39—The California Clean Energy Jobs Act

On November 6, 2012, voters approved Proposition 39 thereby amending state statutes governing corporation taxes by reversing a provision adopted in 2009 giving corporations an option on how to calculate the portion of worldwide income attributable to California. By requiring corporations to base their state tax liability on sales in California, it is estimated that state revenues would be increased by about $1 billion per year. The measure also, for five years, dedicates up to an estimated $550 million per year from this increased income to funding of projects that create energy efficiency and clean energy jobs in California.

State Pension Funds and Retiree Health Care Costs

The two main state pension funds have sustained substantial investment losses in recent years and face large unfunded future liabilities. On September 27, 2013, the June 30, 2012 Actuarial Valuation was released by the CalPERS Board and showed an accrued unfunded liability allocable to state employees (excluding judges and elected officials) as of June 30, 2012, of $28.2 billion on an actuarial value of assets (“AVA”) basis and $45.5 billion on a market value of assets (“MVA”) basis. The California State Teachers’ Retirement System (“CalSTRS”) reported the unfunded accrued liability of its Defined Benefit Plan as of June 30, 2012 at $71.0 billion on an AVA basis (an increase of $6.5 billion from the June 30, 2011 valuation), and $80.4 billion on an MVA basis (an increase of $12 billion from the June 30, 2011 valuation).

General Fund contributions to CalPERS and CalSTRS are estimated to be approximately $2.3 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, for fiscal year 2013-14. The combined contributions, which include contributions for California State University (“CSU”), represent about 3.8 percent of all General Fund expenditures in fiscal year 2013-14. There can be no assurances that the State’s annual required contributions to CalPERS and CalSTRS will not significantly increase in the future. The actual amount of any increases will depend on a variety of factors, including but not limited to investment returns, actuarial assumptions, experience, retirement benefit adjustments, and, in the case of CalSTRS, statutory changes in contributions. Recent action by the Board of CalPERS to revise amortization and smoothing policies is expected to result in more rapid increases in state retirement contributions commencing in fiscal year 2015-16.

The State also provides post-employment health care and dental benefits to state employees and their spouses and dependents (when applicable) and utilizes a “pay-as-you-go” funding policy. These are sometimes referred to as Other Post Employments Benefits or (“OPEB”). As reported in the State’s OPEB Actuarial Valuation Report, the State has an Unfunded Actuarial Accrued Liability relating to state retirees’ other post-employment benefits which was estimated at $63.84 billion as of June 30, 2012 (as compared to $62.14 billion estimated as of June 30, 2011).

 

C-50


Pension Reform Legislation

The Legislature approved AB 340 (Chapter 296, Statutes of 2012), a comprehensive pension reform package affecting state and local government on August 31, 2012, and the Governor signed it into law on September 12, 2012. AB 340, known as the Public Employees’ Pension Reform Act of 2013 (“PEPRA”) implements lower defined-benefit formulas with higher retirement ages for new employees hired on or after January 1, 2013, and includes provisions to increase current employee contributions. Though PEPRA covers most public employees in state government, cities, counties, special districts, school districts, and community colleges, the following discussion relates only to PEPRA’s impact on state employee retirement. PEPRA excludes judges, the University of California, and charter cities with independent pension systems from the new retirement plans; however, newly elected or appointed judges would be subject to the new cost-sharing provisions described below.

In a preliminary actuarial analysis, CalPERS noted savings to the State of $10.3 billion to $12.6 billion over the next 30 years due primarily to increased employee contributions and, as the workforce turns over, lower benefit formulas that will gradually reduce normal costs. PEPRA also directs state savings from additional employee contributions to be used toward additional payments on the State’s unfunded liability, subject to Budget Act approval. The 2013 Budget Act includes an additional $67.1 million ($41.9 million General Fund) directed toward the State’s unfunded pension liability to reflect the savings resulting from increased employee contributions under PEPRA.

Other provisions reduce the risk of the State incurring additional unfunded liabilities, including prohibiting retroactive benefits increases, generally prohibiting contribution holidays, and prohibiting purchases of additional non-qualified service credit (“air time”).

Key changes to retirement plans affecting the State include:

 

   

New, lower defined-benefit formulas that increase retirement ages for new public employees hired on or after January 1, 2013.

 

   

For new employees, a cap on pensionable income of $113,700, or $136,440 (for employees not in Social Security). Annual increases on the cap would be limited to the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers.

 

   

A standard that employees pay at least 50 percent of normal costs.

 

   

Establishes increases for current state civil service and related excluded employees who are not contributing at least half of normal costs.

 

   

New CSU (new member is defined by CalPERS as membership on or after January 1, 2013) and judicial branch employees will pay at least 50 percent of the normal cost or the current contribution rate of similarly situated employees, whichever is greater (SB 13 authorizes CSU, on or after January 1, 2019, to impose higher employee contribution rates on CSU members hired before January 1, 2013. SB 13 also directs savings from higher CSU employee contributions to be retained by the university).

Costs for OPEB are not addressed in PEPRA. However, later retirement ages will help reduce OPEB liabilities in the long term.

Provisions in PEPRA affecting the CalSTRS system do not change the State’s statutory contribution rate and will not likely have a material effect on state contributions in the short term. However, potential additional employee contributions, limits on pensionable compensation, and higher retirement ages for new members will reduce pressure on the system’s unfunded liabilities and potentially state contribution levels in the long term.

On February 14, 2013, CalSTRS submitted a report to the Legislature on the funding of the Defined Benefit Program (referred to in the State’s 2012 Financial Statements and in this appendix as the “DB Program”) in

 

C-51


response to Senate Concurrent Resolution 105 (“SCR 105”). SCR 105 encouraged CalSTRS, “in consultation with affected stakeholders, including, but not limited to, the Department of Finance and organizations representing members and school employers, to develop at least three options to address the long-term funding needs of the DB Program in a manner that allocates any increased contributions among the members of the system, school employers, and the State, consistent with the contractual rights of existing members, and to submit those options to the Legislature before February 15, 2013.” SCR 105 further provided that “It is the intent of the Legislature to enact legislation during the 2013-14 Regular Session that addresses the long-term funding needs of the Defined Benefit Program.” As of November 6, 2013, there is no such legislation being considered.

Increased state contributions to CalSTRS, beyond current statutory requirements, are not included in the 2013 Budget Act.

The report stated that “the definitive approach to addressing the long-term funding needs of the DB Program is to fully fund the program over a period of 30 years or less” and that “if implemented on July 1, 2014, the total contribution rate from all sources would have to increase by the equivalent of a projected 15.1% of compensation to fully fund the program in 30 years.” The report stated that “it is projected that such a change would require an increased initial total annual contribution at that time of about $4.5 billion from all combined sources.” The report also discussed the options of establishing a lesser funding target or increasing the amortization period (both of which would not require similarly large contributions from combined sources). The report stated that “a delay in addressing the DB Program funding shortfall places the program at greater risk, particularly if there is another substantial market downturn.”

Cap and Trade Program

The Cap and Trade program is a key element in the State’s climate plan. It sets a statewide limit on the sources of greenhouse gases (“GHG”) responsible for 85 percent of California GHG emissions. In fiscal year 2012-13, the California Air Resources Board (“CARB”) began auctioning GHG emission allowances as a market-based compliance mechanism authorized by the California Global Warming Solutions Act, Chapter 488, Statutes of 2006 (“AB 32”).

CARB conducted three auctions in fiscal year 2012-13, which resulted in $257.3 million in allowance proceeds to the Greenhouse Gas Reduction Fund (“GGR Fund”).

The 2013 Budget Act includes as revenues a one-time General Fund loan of $500 million from Cap and Trade auction proceeds generated in fiscal years 2012-13 and 2013-14. The loan will be repaid with interest immediately when needed to meet the future needs of the GGR Fund.

Legal challenges to the authority of CARB to conduct auctions under the State’s cap and trade program allege the auction revenues are an unconstitutional tax under the California Constitution. See “Litigation—Action Challenging Cap and Trade Program Auctions.”

DEFERRED OBLIGATIONS

In addition to the bonds and other obligations described in the preceding paragraphs, as part of budget solutions in prior fiscal years the State engaged in budgetary actions which created pressures or repayment obligations upon the General Fund in future years. Over a number of years, the State adopted budget solutions for a fiscal year by deferring certain required payments (including Proposition 98 payments to schools, Medi-Cal reimbursements, state payrolls and payments to the State pension fund) from that fiscal year into the next year; ultimately these deferrals are being repeated year after year until paid. In addition, the General Fund is the ultimate source of repayment of deficit bonds (“ERBs”), and is obligated for certain legislatively-approved interfund borrowings, reimbursement of borrowings from state and local governments, reimbursements to local

 

C-52


governments and school districts for the costs of state mandates placed on those entities under state laws, settle-up payments for Proposition 98, payments to employees for compensated absences, costs for self insurance, and future payment of interest owed on borrowings from the federal government for unemployment insurance payments. (In some cases, the Legislature has the ability to modify, further extend the timing of or even cancel the repayment of some of these obligations.)

As part of the 2013 Budget Act, the State continues to pay down inter-year deferrals. By the end of fiscal year 2012-13, the total amount of budgetary borrowing and deferrals was projected to be $26.9 billion (reflecting a reduction of $7.3 billion during the fiscal year). The 2013 Budget Act includes further reductions in deferred obligations of about $2.58 billion in fiscal year 2013-14. The Administration projects that all but approximately $4.7 billion of this outstanding budgetary borrowing and deferrals would be repaid by the end of fiscal year 2016-17.

The interfund budgetary borrowings are scheduled to be repaid over a number of years. These longer-term budgetary borrowings from special funds do not include short-term interfund borrowings (also called “special fund borrowings”) for cash management purposes.

As of the 2013-14 Budget, in addition to the Proposition 98 budgetary deferrals and settle-up payments referred to above the General Fund is obligated to repay school and community college districts for past underfunding which is permitted under Proposition 98 (“maintenance factor”). The Department of Finance estimates that the total outstanding balance at the end of fiscal year 2012-13 for the Proposition 98 maintenance factor would be $6.6 billion. The outstanding balance at the end of fiscal year 2013-14 is projected to be $9.6 billion, reflecting a year-over-year increase in the Proposition 98 maintenance factor balance due to growth factors and the calculation of the Proposition 98 funding level in 2013-14. The Proposition 98 maintenance factor payments will be repaid pursuant to the constitutional repayment formula in future years when state revenues increase.

Despite eliminating the structural deficit in the last two budgets, the State continues to face major long-term challenges and must address the consequences of budget-balancing actions taken in the past. As part of the 2013-14 Budget projection, the Administration prepared a table showing $26.9 billion in “budgetary borrowing” or “deferred obligations” as of June 30, 2013, which consisted of budget solutions adopted over the prior decade which had the effect of pushing costs into the recent and future years. Approximately $7.3 billion of these borrowings were projected to have been repaid during fiscal year 2012-13. The projections are based on a variety of assumptions, including assumptions concerning economic conditions, and state revenues and expenditures. Actual conditions may differ materially from the assumptions, and there can be no assurances the projections will be achieved.

Deferrals represent actions taken to move required payments from one fiscal year into the next fiscal year for budgetary savings. (At the end of fiscal year 2012-13 remaining deferrals totaled about $9.6 billion.) These deferrals end up being repeated year after year to avoid having to make a double payment within a fiscal year until they are repaid, and such a double payment occurs. The deferred obligations are a portion of Proposition 98 payments to schools and community colleges, certain Medi-Cal reimbursements, one month’s state payroll, and the final quarterly payment to the State pension fund. Other budgetary borrowings are repayment of the ERBs which financed budget deficits from prior to fiscal year 2003-04, repayment of certain legislatively approved interfund borrowings, reimbursement of borrowings from state funds and local governments, reimbursements to local governments and school districts for the costs of state mandates placed on those entities under state laws, and repayments to school and community college districts of amounts owed under Proposition 98 from recalculation of the guarantee after the end of a fiscal year.

The Administration projects that, under the 2013-14 Budget, the State’s budget in future years would carry annual operating surpluses (revenues exceeding expenditures). Additionally, a significant amount of the outstanding budgetary borrowing and deferrals would be repaid by the end of fiscal year 2016-17.

 

C-53


In some instances, such as the ERBs, the repayment mechanism over time is included in annual budgets. In other cases, such as the loans from special funds, the repayment mechanism remains within the discretion of the Legislature. It may be noted that the termination of the temporary additional personal income tax rates under Proposition 30 on December 31, 2018 will roughly coincide with the elimination of most of the Deferred Obligations. Furthermore, repayment of the ERBs by the end of fiscal year 2015-16 will coincide with the termination of the additional 1/4 cent sales tax enacted by Proposition 30. Assuming continued economic growth and responsible fiscal policies, the Administration believes the State will be able to maintain positive structural fiscal balances past the period of the Proposition 30 temporary taxes.

As stated above, the Department of Finance estimates that $7.3 billion of these Deferred Obligation were repaid during fiscal year 2012-13, based on the following estimated items:

 

   

$4.0 billion repayment of deferrals from schools and community colleges

 

   

$1.1 billion in scheduled repayment and prepayment of ERBs

 

   

$2.1 billion in scheduled repayment of Proposition 1A borrowing from local governments

 

   

$400 million in repayment of underfunding from Proposition 98

 

   

$200 million in repayment of unpaid costs to schools and local governments for state mandates

 

   

$100 million in repayment of deferred payments to CalPERS

 

   

Increase of deferrals of Medi-Cal costs of $300 million

 

   

Net increase in loans from special funds of $300 million, with repayments of $200 million offset by a new loan from the Greenhouse Gas Reduction Fund of $500 million

In addition to the budgetary borrowing, the State faces future obligations to employees for compensated absences, costs for self-insurance, and future payment of interest owed on borrowings from the federal government for unemployment insurance payments. Further, in addition to the Proposition 98 deferred payment and underfunding, there is another obligation owed under Proposition 98 which arises when under the terms of Proposition 98 there is an underfunding, such as a suspension of the guarantee, which is called a “maintenance factor.” The Department of Finance estimates that the total outstanding balance of Proposition 98 maintenance factor payments would be $6.6 billion at the end of fiscal year 2012-13. The outstanding balance projected at the end of fiscal year 2013-14 will be $9.6 billion, reflecting a year-over-year increase in the Proposition 98 maintenance factor balance due to growth factors and the calculation of the Proposition 98 funding level in fiscal year 2013-14. The Proposition 98 maintenance factor will be repaid pursuant to the constitutional repayment formula in future years when state revenue increases.

The two main retirement systems managed by state entities, CalPERS and CalSTRS, each have substantial unfunded liabilities. The State also has a substantial unfunded liability relating to state employee retirees’ post-employment health-care benefits.

2012 BUDGET ACT

The 2012 Budget Act

The 2012-13 Budget closed a projected budget gap of $15.7 billion over the two fiscal years 2011-12 and 2012-13, and projected a $948 million reserve by June 30, 2013, by enacting a total of $16.6 billion in solutions (including a combination of expenditure reductions, additional revenues, and other solutions, and assuming passage of Proposition 30). (As of November 6, 2013, the ending reserve at June 30, 2013 is estimated at $254 million.) General Fund revenues and transfers for fiscal year 2012-13 were projected at $95.9 billion, an increase of $9.1 billion compared with fiscal year 2011-12. General Fund expenditures for fiscal year 2012-13 were

 

C-54


projected at $91.3 billion, an increase of $4.3 billion compared to the prior year. General Fund spending outside of Proposition 98 was projected to decline by $1.5 billion, or 2.8 percent, excluding a required one-time repayment of $2.1 billion the State borrowed from local governments in 2009. In approving the 2012 Budget Act, the Governor exercised his line-item veto power to reduce General Fund expenditures by about $129 million. The 2012 Budget Act also included special fund expenditures of $39.4 billion and bond fund expenditures of $11.7 billion.

As enacted, the 2012-13 Budget contained the major General Fund components and budget solutions described below.

Proposition 30 —The Governor sponsored an initiative measure, Proposition 30, which was approved by the voters in the November 2012 election ballot. Proposition 30 placed into the State Constitution the current statutory provisions transferring 1.0625 percent of state sales taxes to local governments to fund the “realignment” program for many services including housing criminal offenders. The second part of this measure provides temporary increases in personal income tax rates for high-income taxpayers and a temporary increase in the State sales tax rate, and specifies that the additional revenues will be placed in the Education Protection Account to support K-14 public schools and community colleges as part of the Proposition 98 guarantee.

Proposition 98 —The Proposition 98 guarantee for fiscal year 2012-13 was estimated to be $53.6 billion, of which $36.8 billion was an obligation of the General Fund. This funding level assumed passage of Proposition 30, which increased Proposition 98 funding by $2.9 billion in fiscal year 2012-13. The balance came from local property taxes and redevelopment agency assets. For fiscal year 2012-13, the budget maintained level Proposition 98 programmatic funding for K-12 school districts, repaid $2.2 billion of deferred payments to schools and community colleges and funded the Quality Education Investment Act (“QEIA”) program within the Proposition 98 guarantee.

K-12 Education —A total of $38.9 billion for K-12 education programs was approved for fiscal year 2012-13, of which $37.8 billion was funded from the General Fund and the Education Protection Account fund. The remaining funds include special and bond funds.

Higher Education —Total state funding was $10.0 billion, including $9.4 billion from the General Fund, for all major segments of Higher Education. The remaining funds include special and bond funds.

Child Care —The 2012-13 Budget reflected total child care savings of $294.3 million in non Proposition 98, resulting in the elimination of 14,000 child care slots. The reductions consist of including center-based services within the State preschool program, making across the board reductions to provider contracts, and suspending statutory cost-of-living adjustments for non-CalWORKs programs.

Health and Human Services —Total funding was $45.5 billion including $26.7 billion from the General Fund, for Health and Human Services programs. The remaining funds include special and bond funds.

Prison Funding —Total funding was $8.9 billion from the General Fund for the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation.

Redevelopment Agencies —Chapter 5, Statutes of 2011 (“ABx1 26”), eliminated redevelopment agencies and replaced them with locally organized successor agencies tasked with retiring the former redevelopment agencies’ outstanding debts and other legal obligations. Redevelopment agencies controlled billions of dollars of property tax “increment” generated by new development within redevelopment areas. Elimination of redevelopment agencies provided additional property tax funding for education, by capturing the RDA tax increment over and above the amounts needed to service existing debts; this is expected to yield a General Fund savings by reducing the State’s General Fund contribution to Proposition 98. ABx1 26 also requires that former RDA cash and real property assets that are not otherwise encumbered or reserved for legally authorized purposes

 

C-55


must be liquidated, and the resultant funds distributed to the affected taxing entities in the same manner as property tax revenues. Chapter 26, Statutes of 2012 (AB 1484) extended the deadline by which to complete the appropriate reviews of unencumbered cash assets for distribution to the affected taxing entities from July 2012 to October 2012. The 2012 Budget Act included a total of $3.155 billion from the elimination of redevelopment agencies as an offset to Proposition 98 costs. Of this amount, $1.676 billion is from property taxes which is to be distributed to local school districts (about $685 million of which is attributable to taxes from fiscal year 2011-12), and $1.479 billion is from distribution of excess RDA cash and liquidation of assets. A large number of lawsuits have been filed concerning the aftermath of the termination of redevelopment agencies.

Cap and Trade —In fiscal year 2012-13, the Air Resources Board began auctioning greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emission allowances as a market-based compliance mechanism authorized by the California Global Warming Solutions Act, Chapter 488, Statutes of 2006 (“AB 32”). The auctions generated proceeds to support existing and new efforts to address the causes of GHG emissions. The first allowance auction occurred in November 2012. The allowances were to trade on the open market. Proceeds from the Cap and Trade auctions were projected to be approximately $1 billion in fiscal year 2012-13, of which $500 million is budgeted to offset General Fund costs.

The 2012-13 Budget recognized the potential risk to the State’s fiscal condition if the new revenues contained in Proposition 30 were not implemented by including a “trigger” mechanism to provide certain automatic expenditure reductions. Since Proposition 30 was approved by the voters, the “trigger” mechanism was not implemented.

“Total funding” mentioned above consists of General Fund, special funds, and selected bond funds, and does not include other costs that are not considered costs to run state government, such as federal funds and reimbursements.

Fiscal Year 2012-13 Revised General Fund Estimates in the 2013-14 Budget

The 2013-14 Budget revised various estimates involving the General Fund beginning balance, revenues, and expenditures for fiscal year 2012-13. The 2013-14 Budget projected, based on the various assumptions and proposals it contained, a positive General Fund reserve balance of $254 million for fiscal year 2012-13, compared to the positive balance of $948 million estimated when the 2012-13 budget was enacted. This decrease of $0.7 billion in the General Fund reserve for fiscal year 2012-13 is based on the following (please note that totals may not add because of rounding and that these figures are preliminary estimates subject to adjustment alter receipt of additional information concerning revenues and expenditures for the year):

1. Net gain related to activities prior to fiscal year 2012-13 of $1.2 billion. This change in the starting balance is primarily due to the following components:

 

   

$1.1 billion net increase in Personal Income Tax revenue from 2010-11 and prior fiscal years;

 

   

$0.2 billion decrease in Corporation Tax revenue from 2010-11 and prior fiscal years;

 

   

$0.3 billion decrease in fund balance due to various 2010-11 and prior fiscal year adjustments; and

 

   

$0.6 billion decrease in non-Proposition 98 expenditures in fiscal year 2011-12.

2. General Fund revenues and transfers for fiscal year 2012-13 are projected at a revised $98.2 billion, which is $2.3 billion higher than the estimate of $95.9 billion when the 2012-13 Budget was enacted. The increase is based on the following major factors:

 

   

$3.6 billion increase in Personal Income Tax revenue;

 

   

$0.4 billion decrease in Sales and Use Tax revenue;

 

C-56


   

$1.0 billion decrease in Corporation Tax revenue; and

 

   

$0.1 billion net increase in various other revenues.

3. General Fund expenditures for fiscal year 2012-13 are projected at $95.7 billion, an increase of $4.3 billion compared with the estimate of $91.3 billion when the 2012-13 Budget was enacted. The net increase in expenditures is mainly attributable to the following:

 

   

$3.7 billion increase in Proposition 98 expenditures (which includes a decrease of $1.1 billion in the estimate of RDA funds available to reduce General Fund Proposition 98 expenditures, and a natural increase in property tax revenues of $0.3 billion that applies towards meeting the Proposition 98 minimum guarantee, thus reducing General Fund costs); and

 

   

$0.7 billion increase in non-Proposition 98 expenditures, including a loss of $0.5 billion in budgeted savings for Cap and Trade, and a $0.4 billion increase in Medi-Cal due to unanticipated costs.

CASH MANAGEMENT

Cash Management Tools

General . The majority of the State’s General Fund receipts are received in the latter part of the fiscal year. Disbursements from the General Fund occur more evenly throughout the fiscal year. The State’s cash management program customarily addresses this timing difference by making use of internal borrowing (see “—Internal Borrowing”) and by issuing short-term notes in the capital markets (see “—External Borrowing”). External borrowing is typically done with RANs that are payable not later than the last day of the fiscal year in which they are issued. RANs have been issued in all but one fiscal year since the mid-1980s and have always been paid at maturity. The State also is authorized under certain circumstances to issue RAWs that are payable in the succeeding fiscal year. The State issued RAWs to bridge short-term cash management shortages in 1992, 1993, 1994, 2002 and 2003.

RANs and RAWs are both payable from any “Unapplied Money” in the General Fund of the State on their maturity date, subject to the prior application of such money in the General Fund to pay Priority Payments. “Priority Payments” consist of: (i) the setting apart of state revenues in support of the public school system and public institutions of higher education (as provided in Section 8 of Article XVI of the State Constitution); (ii) payment of the principal of and interest on general obligation bonds and general obligation commercial paper notes of the State as and when due; (iii) reimbursement from the General Fund to any special fund or account to the extent such reimbursement is legally required to be made to repay borrowings therefrom pursuant to California Government Code Sections 16310 or 16418; and (iv) payment of state employees’ wages and benefits, state payments to pension and other state employee benefit trust funds, state Medi-Cal claims, lease payments to support lease-revenue bonds, and any amounts determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be required by federal law or the State Constitution to be paid with state warrants that can be cashed immediately.

The State has employed additional cash management measures during some fiscal years; all of the following techniques were used at one time or another during the last several fiscal years and some of them are expected to be utilized in the current fiscal year:

 

   

The State Controller has delayed certain types of disbursements from the General Fund.

 

   

Legislation was enacted in each of the last several fiscal years increasing the State’s internal borrowing capability, and the State has increased the General Fund’s internal borrowings.

 

   

Legislation has been enacted deferring some of the State’s disbursements until later in the then-current fiscal year, when more cash receipts are expected.

 

   

The issuance of registered warrants (commonly referred to as “IOUs”) because of insufficient cash resources (last occurred in 2009).

 

C-57


Legislation was enacted in fiscal year 2011-12 to increase borrowable resources through creation of the State Agency Investment Fund (“SAIF”) to allow state entities whose monies are not required by law to be deposited in the Pooled Money Investment Account (“PMIA”), to make deposits of at least $500 million into this new borrowable fund within the PMIA. The California State University and University of California systems deposited a total of $1.7 billion into the SAIF on September 26, 2011, which remained on deposit until April 2013.

Legislation was enacted in the 2012-13 Budget to establish a Voluntary Investment Fund (the “VIP Fund”), similar to the SAIF, to allow for local governmental entities to make deposits of at least $200 million in the PMIA. The VIP Fund has not been used as of November 6, 2013, and it is not part of the State’s current cash management plans, but it could be utilized in the future if the State faces cash flow shortfalls.

Internal Borrowing . The General Fund is currently authorized by law to borrow for cash management purposes from more than 700 of the State’s approximately 1,300 other funds in the State Treasury (the “Special Funds”). Total borrowing from Special Funds must be approved by the Pooled Money Investment Board (“PMIB”). The State Controller submits an authorization request to the PMIB quarterly, based on forecasted available funds and borrowing needs. The Legislature may from time to time adopt legislation establishing additional authority to borrow from Special Funds. On February 3, 2012, the Governor signed SB 95 (Chapter 1, Statutes of 2012, “SB 95”), a statute which clarified that certain transportation funds and other funds were available for short-term cash management borrowing, which provided an estimated $865 million of additional capacity at certain times of the year. The State has historically made extensive use of its internal borrowing capability to provide cash resources to the General Fund. The PMIB has authorized the internal borrowing of up to $21.848 billion for the period ending September 30, 2013.

One fund from which moneys may be borrowed to provide additional cash resources to the General Fund is the BSA, a reserve fund established in 2004 by Proposition 58. However, during fiscal years 2008-09 to 2012-13, there were no funds available in the BSA and none will be available during fiscal year 2013-14. The State also may transfer funds into the General Fund from the State’s SFEU, which is not a Special Fund.

External Borrowing . As noted above, issuance of RANs is a normal part of the State’s annual cash management program. The State issued $10 billion of RANs on August 23, 2012 which were all repaid when due. The State issued $5.5 billion of RANs to assist in cash management for fiscal year 2013-14.

Payment Deferrals . From time to time, the Legislature changes by statute the due date for various payments, including those owed to public schools, universities and local governments, until a later date in the fiscal year in order to more closely align the State’s revenues with its expenditures. This technique has been used several times in the last few fiscal years and is being used this fiscal year. Some of these statutory deferrals were made permanent, and others were implemented only for one fiscal year.

In addition, state law gives the State Controller some flexibility as to how quickly the State must pay its bills. For instance, income tax refunds for personal income taxes are not legally due until 45 days after the return filing deadline, which is normally April 15. Accordingly, while the State has typically paid tax refunds as returns are filed, it can conserve cash by withholding refund payments until after the April 15 due date. Payments to vendors generally must be made within 45 days of receipt of an invoice. The State may delay payment until the end of this period, or it may even choose to make these payments later and pay interest. These delays are only used if the State Controller foresees a relatively short-term cash flow shortage.

Cash Management in Fiscal Year 2012-13

For the second consecutive year, the State entered the fiscal year in a stronger cash position than it had in some prior years. Timely enactment of the 2012 Budget Act allowed the State to carry out its regular cash management borrowing with RANs early in the year, and without the need for Interim RANs for the first time in three years. The State issued $10 billion of RANs on August 23, 2012.

 

C-58


The Legislature enacted a cash management bill which authorized deferral of certain payments during fiscal year 2012-13, including payments to K-12 schools (not to exceed $2.5 billion in the aggregate at any one time), reimbursements to the federal government for certain social service costs, payments to certain local government social services, transportation payments and Proposition 63 mental health payments (not to exceed $1 billion in the aggregate at one time), higher education payments, CalSTRS payment modifications and trial operations (not including payroll). The deferrals were made as planned in July and October of 2012. On November 21, 2012, the State Controller, State Treasurer and Director of Finance jointly determined that there would be sufficient cash in the General Fund to repay these deferrals one month early in December 2012. The officials subsequently determined that the March 2013 deferrals authorized by the cash management bill would not be necessary.

The State continued to benefit from $1.7 billion of additional internal borrowable resources in the SAIF until they were returned in late April 2013. The Legislature created a VIP Fund, described above, which could provide additional short-term cash management borrowing resources, but there are no current plans for use of this fund.

Cash Management in Fiscal Year 2013-14

The State’s cash management plan in fiscal year 2013-14 consists primarily of internal borrowing from special funds and issuance of revenue anticipation notes in the amount of $5.5 billion. In addition, pursuant to legislation enacted in the last fiscal year, within fiscal year 2013-14 a payment of $250 million to the California State University (“CSU”) and a payment of $500 million to the University of California are planned to be deferred. Such deferrals are at the discretion of the Director of Finance and shall be repaid in May or June of 2014. The CSU has agreed that in lieu of a payment deferral it will deposit a like amount into a fund in the State Treasury which can be borrowed by the General Fund.

State fiscal officers constantly monitor the State’s cash position and if it appears that cash resources may become inadequate (including the maintenance of a projected cash reserve of at least $2.5 billion at any time), they will consider the use of other cash management techniques, including seeking additional legislation.

LITIGATION

The State is a party to numerous legal proceedings. The following describes litigation matters that are pending with service of process on the State accomplished and have been identified by the State as having a potentially significant fiscal impact upon the State’s revenues or expenditures. The State makes no representation regarding the likely outcome of these litigation matters.

The following description was developed by the State with the participation of the Office of the Attorney General and other state entities. The Office of the Attorney General does not represent the State, its subdivisions, departments, agencies and other units in all litigation matters, and accordingly there may be litigation matters of which the Office of the Attorney General is not aware. The State does not conduct a docket search of federal or state court litigation filings to identify pending litigation and no inquiry has been made into pending administrative proceedings. There may be litigation and administrative proceedings with potentially significant fiscal impacts that have not been described below.

Budget-Related Litigation

Actions Challenging Cap and Trade Program Auctions

In California Chamber of Commerce, et al. v. California Air Resources Board , (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2012-80001313), business interests and a taxpayer challenge the authority of the California Air Resources Board to conduct auctions under the State’s cap and trade program and allege that the

 

C-59


auction revenues are an unconstitutional tax under the California Constitution. A second lawsuit raising substantially similar claims, Morning Star Packing Co., et al. v. California Air Resources Board (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2013-80001464), has been filed and consolidated with the Chamber of Commerce matter. Prior to a hearing on August 28, 2013, the trial court tentatively ruled for the Board on the authority claim but made no tentative ruling on the tax claim. A final ruling is expected within 90 days after the hearing.

Actions Challenging School Financing

In Robles-Wong, et al. v. State of California (Alameda County Superior Court, Case No. RG-10-515768) and California Teachers Association (“CTA”) Complaint in Intervention, plaintiffs challenge the State’s “education finance system” as unconstitutional. Plaintiffs, consisting of 62 minor school children, various school districts, the California Association of School Administrators, the California School Boards Association and CTA, allege the State has not adequately fulfilled its constitutional obligation to support its public schools, and seek an order enjoining the State from continuing to operate and rely on the current financing system and to develop a new education system that meets constitutional standards as declared by the court. As of November 6, 2013, it was unknown what the fiscal impact of this matter might be upon the General Fund. In a related matter, Campaign for Quality Education, et al. v. State of California (Alameda County Superior Court, Case No. RG-10-524770), plaintiffs also challenge the constitutionality of the State’s education finance system. The court issued a ruling that there was no constitutional right to a particular level of school funding. The court allowed plaintiffs to amend their complaint with respect to alleged violation of plaintiffs’ right to equal protection. Plaintiffs in each of these matters elected not to amend, and both matters have been dismissed by the trial court. Plaintiffs in each matter have appealed (Court of Appeal, First Appellate District, Case Nos. A134423, A134424).

Plaintiff in California School Boards Association v. State of California (Alameda County Superior Court, Case No. RG-11-554698), has filed an amended complaint that challenges the use of block grant funding to pay for education mandates in the 2012 Budget Act and associated trailer bills. The amended complaint also contends that recent changes to the statutes that control how education mandates are directed and funded violate the requirements of the State Constitution that the State pay local school districts for the costs of state mandated programs. If the court declares that the State has failed to properly pay for mandated educational programs, the State will be limited in the manner in which it funds education going forward.

Actions Challenging Statutes Which Reformed California Redevelopment Law

In California Redevelopment Association, et al. v. Matosantos, et al . (California Supreme Court, Case No. S194861), the California Supreme Court upheld the validity of legislation (“ABx1 26”) dissolving all local redevelopment Agencies (“redevelopment agencies”) and invalidated a second law (“ABx1 27”) that would have permitted existing redevelopment agencies to convert themselves into a new form of RDA and continue to exist, although they would have to pay higher fees to school, fire and transit districts to do so.

A second case challenging the constitutionality of these statutes, City of Cerritos, et al. v. State of California (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2011-80000952) raises the same theories advanced in the California Supreme Court action, and also contains challenges based on claimed violations of the single subject rule and the contracts clause, the statutes being outside scope of the proclamation calling the Legislature into special session, and the failure to obtain a 2/3 vote to pass the statutes. On January 27, 2012, the trial court denied the petitioners’ motion for a preliminary injunction seeking to block implementation of ABx1 26. Plaintiffs appealed (Court of Appeal, Third Appellate District, Case No. C070484). Plaintiffs’ request to stay portions of ABx1 26 was denied by the appellate court.

There are over 100 pending actions that challenge implementation of the statutory process for winding down the affairs of the redevelopment agencies, asserting a variety of claims including constitutional claims. Some of

 

C-60


the pending cases challenge AB 1484, which requires successor agencies to the former redevelopment agencies to remit by July 2012 certain property tax revenues for fiscal year 2011-12 that the successor agency had received, or face a penalty. Some cases challenge other provisions in ABx1 26 or AB 1484 that require successor agencies to remit various funds of former redevelopment agencies. One case, League of California Cities, et al. v. Matosantos, et al . (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2012- 80001275), challenges the statutory mechanisms for the Department of Finance or the county auditor-controller to recover these disputed amounts. The trial court denied the petition for a writ in this matter but granted petitioners’ motion for reconsideration. Another matter asserting similar arguments was heard by the trial court on September 20, 2013, and the court has requested supplemental briefing. City of Bellflower, et al. v. Matosantos, et al . (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2012-80001269). Other cases challenge the implementation of ABx1 26, contending that various obligations incurred by the redevelopment agencies are enforceable obligations entitled to payment from tax revenues under ABx 1 26. In Affordable Housing Coalition v. Sandoval (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34 2012-80001158), plaintiffs argue that all former redevelopment agencies had obligations to pay for affordable housing that should be funded going forward on an implied contracts theory. A motion for class action status in this matter was denied.

One case that challenges ABx1 26 was filed by plaintiffs who insured bonds issued by now-dissolved redevelopment agencies. In Syncora Guarantee Inc., et al. v. State of California, et al . (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2012-80001215), plaintiffs allege that ABx1 26 constitutes an impairment of contract and a taking of property without just compensation, in violation of both the U.S. and California Constitutions. The trial court had denied plaintiffs’ request for injunctive relief, including an order requiring the tax revenues remitted by the successor agencies to local taxing entities be returned and held in trust for the bondholders until the bonds are paid.

Actions Regarding Furlough of State Employees

In several cases, petitioners challenged Governor Schwarzenegger’s executive orders directing the furlough without pay of state employees. The first order, issued on December 19, 2008, directed furloughs for two days per month, effective February 1, 2009 through June 30, 2010. The second, issued on July 1, 2009, required a third furlough day per month, effective through June 30, 2010. On July 28, 2010, Governor Schwarzenegger issued a new executive order requiring furloughs for three days per month beginning August 1, 2010, until a new 2010 Budget Act was adopted and the Director of the Department of Finance determined that the State had sufficient cash flow to pay for essential services.

On October 4, 2010, the California Supreme Court, ruling in three consolidated cases, upheld the validity of the two day per month furloughs implemented by the Governor’s December 2008 order on the ground that the Legislature had ratified these furloughs in enacting the 2008 budget revision. Professional Engineers in California Government (“PECG”), et al. v. Schwarzenegger, et al . (California Supreme Court, Case No. S183411).

Most of the remaining cases that challenge the two furlough orders issued in July 2009 and/or July 2010 have been dismissed or settled. As of November 6, 2013, the pending cases included the following:

Two cases pending in Alameda County Superior Court challenge the furloughs of certain categories of employees, such as those paid from funds other than the General Fund or who otherwise assert a claim not to be furloughed on a basis outside of the rationale of the California Supreme Court decision. These two cases are PECG v. Schwarzenegger, et al . (Alameda County Superior Court, Case No. RG 10 494800) and California Association of Professional Scientists v. Schwarzenegger, et al . (Alameda County Superior Court, Case No. RG-10-530845). The trial court granted the petition in part, finding that two furlough days in March 2011, were unlawful for specified employees. The State appealed (California Court of Appeal, First Appellate District, Case No. A 136338).

 

C-61


In Horton v. Brown, et al . (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2012-00125438), plaintiff asserts a class action on behalf of all gubernatorial and certain other appointees. The complaint alleges that such appointees were exempt from civil service rules, and therefore should not have been furloughed. The trial court granted the State’s motion to strike certain claims and the appellate court rejected the plaintiff s appeal (Court of Appeal, Third District, Case No. C073117). Because the putative class is limited, any fiscal impact on the State’s General Fund is expected to be modest.

In PECG, et al. v. Brown et al . (Alameda County Superior Court, Case No. RG-13-673444) PECG challenges the implementation of the 2012 furlough program, for the period of July 1, 2012 through June 2013, alleging an unlawful impairment of contractual rights in the bargaining agreement.

In Vent v. Brown, et al . (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2013-80001576), an individual state employee challenges both Governor Schwarzenegger’s furlough order and the 2012 furlough program and seeks back pay for herself and other attorneys employed by the State.

Tax Cases

Six actions have been filed contending that the Legislature’s modification of Revenue and Taxation Code Section 25128, which implemented the double-weighting of the sales factor in California’s apportionment of income formula for the taxation of multistate business entities, is invalid and/or unconstitutional. Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc., et al. v. Franchise Tax Board (San Francisco County Superior Court, Case No. CGC-10-495916); Gillette Company and Subsidiaries v. Franchise Tax Board (San Francisco County Superior Court, Case No. CGC-10¬495911); Procter & Gamble Manufacturing Company & Affiliates v. Franchise Tax Board (San Francisco County Superior Court, Case No. CGC 10 495912); Sigma-Aldrich, Inc. and Affiliates v. Franchise Tax Board (San Francisco County Superior Court, Case No. CGC-10-496437); RB Holdings (USA), Inc. v. Franchise Tax Board (San Francisco County Superior Court, Case No. CGC-10-496438); and Jones Apparel Group v. Franchise Tax Board (San Francisco County Superior Court, Case No. CGC-10-499083), now consolidated in one matter, collectively referred to as Gillette Company v. Franchise Tax Board . Plaintiffs contend that the single-weighted sales factor specified in Section 25128 prior to amendment was contained within the Multistate Tax Compact (“Compact”) and therefore cannot be modified without repealing the legislation that enacted the Compact. An adverse ruling in these cases would affect multiple taxpayers and create potential exposure to refund claims in excess of $750 million. The trial court ruled for the State in each of these matters, but, on appeal, the trial court judgment was reversed (California Court of Appeal, First Appellate District, Case No. A130803). In its decision issued in October 2012, the appellate court held that the Compact was valid and the State was bound by its provisions for the tax years at issue because the State had not withdrawn from the Compact. The court also held that in attempting to override the contractual terms of the Compact, section 25128 violated the constitutional protections against impairment of contract. The California Supreme Court granted the State’s petition for review (California Supreme Court Case No. S206587).

A pending case challenges the fee imposed by the State tax code upon limited liability companies (“LLCs”) registered in California, alleging that it discriminates against interstate commerce and violates the U.S. and California Constitutions, is an improper exercise of the State’s police powers, and has been misapplied by the Franchise Tax Board. Bakersfield Mall LLC v. Franchise Tax Board (San Francisco County Superior Court, Case No. CGC-07-462728). Bakersfield Mall was filed as a purported class action on behalf of all LLCs operating solely in California. Plaintiff filed an amended complaint to allege that not all of its income is derived solely from sources in California, which would call into question the class plaintiff purports to represent. A second lawsuit that is virtually identical to Bakersfield Mall also seeks to proceed as a class action. CA-Centerside II, LLC v. Franchise Tax Board (Fresno County Superior Court, Case No. 10 CECG00434). The cases are coordinated for hearing in San Francisco as the Franchise Tax Board LLC Tax Refund Cases, Judicial Council Proceeding No. 4742. The coordination trial judge denied the plaintiffs’ joint motion for class certification. If this immediately appealable order is reversed and the cases proceed as class actions the claimed refunds could be significant (in excess of $500 million).

 

C-62


Lucent Technologies, Inc. v. State Board of Equalization (“Lucent I”) (Los Angeles County Superior Court, Case No. BC 402036), a tax refund case, involves the interpretation of certain statutory sales and use tax-exemptions relating to computer software and licenses to use computer software that are transferred pursuant to technology transfer agreements. A second case, Lucent Technologies, Inc. v. State Board of Equalization (“Lucent II”) (Los Angeles County Superior Court, Case No. BC 448715), involving the same issue but for different tax years than in the Lucent I matter, has been consolidated with the Lucent I case. In a similar case, Nortel Networks Inc. v. State Board of Equalization (Los Angeles County Superior Court, Case No. BC 341568), the trial court ruled in favor of plaintiff and the ruling was affirmed on appeal (Court of Appeal, Second Appellate District, Case No. B213415, California Supreme Court, Case No. S190946). The adverse ruling in the Nortel matter, unless limited in scope by a decision in the Lucent matters, if applied to other similarly situated taxpayers, could have a significant negative impact, in the range of approximately $300 million annually, on tax revenues. In the Lucent matters, the trial court granted plaintiffs’ motion for summary judgment and denied the Board of Equalization’s motion for summary judgment.

Two pending cases challenge the State‘s right to require interstate unitary businesses to report their income on a combined basis while allowing intrastate unitary businesses to report the income of each business entity on a separate basis. Harley Davidson, Inc . and Subsidiaries v. California Franchise Tax Board (San Diego County Superior Court, Case No. 37-2001- 00100846-CU-MC-CTL and Court of Appeal, Fourth Appellate District, Case No. D064241) and Abercrombie & Fitch Co. & Subsidiaries v. California Franchise Tax Board (Fresno County Superior Court, Case No. 12 CE CG 03408) both challenge the constitutionality of Revenue and Taxation Code Section 25101.15, allowing intrastate unitary businesses the option to report their income on a separate rather than combined basis. The trial court in Harley Davidson sustained a demurrer on this issue without leave to amend; the issue is now pending on appeal. Trial in Abercrombie is set for June 6, 2014. Should Section 25101.15 be invalidated, a significant amount of otherwise apportionable income from multi-state unitary businesses would be removed from the State taxing power. At this time, it is unknown what the future fiscal impact a potential adverse ruling would actually have on corporation taxes (including potentially rebates of previously collected taxes and reduced future tax revenue) because of the uncertainty regarding the number of businesses which currently pay the tax and how taxation on those companies would change as a result of an adverse ruling. However, the fiscal impact could be significant. The Harley Davidson case also raises the issue raised in the Gillette case regarding modification of the apportionment formula for multi-state businesses; resolution of this issue in Harley Davidson has been deferred to await the outcome of the issue in Gillette .

Environmental Matters

In a federal Environmental Protection Agency (“U.S. EPA”) administrative abatement action titled In the Matter of: Leviathan Mine, Alpine County, California, Regional Water Quality Control Board, Lahontan Region, State of California (U.S. EPA Region IX CERCLA Docket No. 00-16(a)), the State, as owner of the inactive Leviathan Mine, is a responsible party through the Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board (“Regional Board”). The Atlantic Richfield Company (“ARCO”) is also a responsible party as the successor in interest to the mining company that caused certain pollution of the mine site. The Leviathan Mine site (“Site”) is listed on the U.S. EPA “Superfund” List, and both remediation costs and costs for natural resources damages may be imposed on the State. The alleged bases for the State’s liability are the State’s ownership of the Site and the terms of a 1983 settlement agreement between the Regional Board and ARCO. The Regional Board purchased the Site to abate the pollution and has undertaken certain remedial actions (“Project”), but, as of November 6, 2013, the U.S. EPA’s decision on the interim and final remedies is pending. ARCO has sued the State, the State Water Resources Control Board, and the Regional Board, seeking to recover past and future clean-up costs, based on the settlement agreement, the State’s ownership of the property, and the Regional Board’s allegedly defective Project. The October 2012 trial date for this matter was postponed until March 2014 to permit the parties to continue settlement negotiations. Atlantic Richfield Co. v. State of California (Los Angeles County Superior Court, Case No. BC 380474). It is possible these matters if determined adversely to the State could result in potential liability in the hundreds of millions of dollars.

 

C-63


In Pacific Lumber Company, et al. v. State of California, et al . (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2009-00042016), plaintiffs’ seek damages against the State for an alleged breach of the Headwaters Agreement. The Headwaters Agreement, reached in 1996, involved the sale of certain timberlands by plaintiffs to federal and state agencies. Plaintiffs allege that the State’s environmental regulation of plaintiffs’ remaining timberlands since the Headwaters Agreement constitutes a breach of the Agreement. The State denies plaintiffs’ allegations. The current plaintiffs are successors in interest to the original plaintiffs, who filed a bankruptcy proceeding and have since dissolved. In that proceeding, the debtors claimed that the value of the litigation ranges from $626 million to $639 million in the event they could establish liability. As of November 6, 2013, it was unknown what the fiscal impact of this matter might be upon the General Fund. The trial court granted the State’s motion for summary judgment and plaintiffs appealed ( Avidity Partners, LLC v. State of California , California Court of Appeal, Third Appellate District, Case No. C070255).

In Consolidated Suction Dredge Mining Cases (Karuk Tribe v. DFG) (Alameda, Siskiyou, and San Bernardino County Superior Courts), environmental and mining interests challenge the State’s regulation of suction dredge gold mining. After initially prohibiting such mining in the State except pursuant to a permit issued by the Department of Fish and Wildlife (formerly Fish and Game) under specified circumstances, the Legislature subsequently placed a moratorium on all suction dredging until certain conditions are met by the Department of Fish and Wildlife. The cases are coordinated for hearing in San Bernardino County Superior Court (Case No. JCPDS4720). One of these matters, The New 49 ‘ERS, Inc. et al. v. California Department of Fish and Game , claims that federal law preempts and prohibits state regulation of suction dredge mining on federal land. Plaintiffs, who have pled a class action but have yet to seek certification, claim that as many as 11,000 claims, at a value of $500,000 per claim, have been taken.

In City of Colton v. American Promotional Events, Inc., et al . (Los Angeles County Superior Court, Case No. BC 376008), two defendants in an action involving liability for contaminated groundwater have filed cross complaints seeking indemnification from the State and the Regional Water Quality Control Board in an amount of up to $300 million. In a related action, Emhart Industries v. Regional Water Quality Control Board (Los Angeles County Superior Court, Case No. BC 472949), another defendant in an action involving liability for contaminated groundwater seeks indemnification from the State and the Regional Water Quality Control Board in an amount up to $300 million.

Escheated Property Claims

In Taylor v. Chiang (U.S. District Court, Eastern District , Case No. S-01-2407 WBS GGH) , plaintiffs claim that the State’s unclaimed property program violates the United States Constitution and various federal and state laws. They assert that the State has an obligation to pay interest on private property that has escheated to the State, and that failure to do so constitutes an unconstitutional taking of private property. Although the case is styled as a class action, no class has been certified. Plaintiffs also assert that for the escheated property that has been disposed of by the State, plaintiffs are entitled to recover, in addition to the proceeds of such sale, any difference between the sale price and the property’s highest market value during the time the State held it; the State asserts that such claims for damages are barred by the Eleventh Amendment. The district court ruled against plaintiffs in a related action, Suever v. Connell (U.S. District Court, Northern District, Case No. C03-00156 RS). The Ninth Circuit affirmed and the United States Supreme Court denied review. Meanwhile, the Taylor plaintiffs amended their complaint to allege that the Controller applies the Unclaimed Property Law’s notice requirements in ways that violate state and federal law, and the district court granted the State’ s motion to dismiss plaintiffs’ claims. Plaintiffs appealed this ruling to the Ninth Circuit.

Actions Seeking Damages for Alleged Violations of Privacy Rights

In Gail Marie Harrington-Wisely, et al. v. State of California, et al . (Los Angeles County Superior Court, Case No. BC 227373), plaintiffs seek damages, asserting that the use by the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (“CDCR”) of a body-imaging machine to search visitors entering state prisons for

 

C-64


contraband violated the rights of the visitors. This matter was certified as a class action. The trial court granted judgment in favor of the State. Plaintiffs’ appeal was dismissed (Court of Appeal, Second Appellate District, Case No. B190431) and the trial court denied plaintiffs’ motion for attorneys’ fees. The parties agreed to a stipulated judgment and dismissed the case subject to further review if CDCR decides to use similar technology in the future. Plaintiffs have filed another appeal. (California Court of Appeal, Second Appellate District, Case Nos. B248565, B250198.) If plaintiffs were successful in obtaining an award of damages for every use of the body-imaging machine, damages could be as high as $3 billion.

Plaintiff in Gilbert P. Hyatt v. Franchise Tax Board (State of Nevada, Clark County District Court, Case No. A382999) was subject to an audit by the Franchise Tax Board involving a claimed change of residence from California to Nevada. Plaintiff alleges a number of separate torts involving privacy rights and interference with his business relationships arising from the audit. The trial court ruled that plaintiff had not established a causal relation between the audit and the loss of his licensing business with Japanese companies; the Nevada Supreme Court denied review of this ruling. The economic damages claim exceeded $500 million. On the remaining claims, the jury awarded damages of approximately $387 million, including punitive damages, and over $1 million in attorneys’ fees. The total judgment with interest is approximately $490 million. The State appealed and the Nevada Supreme Court has granted a stay of execution on the judgment pending appeal. The State has indicated that it will vigorously pursue its appeal of this unprecedented award.

Action Regarding Special Education

Plaintiffs in Morgan Hill Concerned Parents Assoc. v. California Department of Education (United States District Court, Eastern District of California, No. 2:11-cv-3471-KJM), challenge the oversight and Operation by the California Department of Education (“CDE”) of the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (“IDEA”). The complaint alleges that CDE, as the designated State Education Agency (“SEA”), has failed to monitor, investigate, and enforce the IDEA statewide. Under the IDEA, local school districts are the Local Educational Agencies (“LEA”) responsible for delivering special education directly to eligible students. The complaint seeks injunctive and declaratory relief, and asks the court to retain jurisdiction to monitor the operation of the IDEA by the State.

Actions Regarding Medi-Cal Reimbursements and Fees

In Orinda Convalescent Hospital Inc., et al. v. Department of Health Services, et al . (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 06CS01592), plaintiffs challenge a quality assurance fee (“QAF”) charged to skilled nursing facilities that was enacted in 2004, alleging violations of the federal and State constitutions and State law. Funds assessed under the QAF are made available, in part, to enhance federal financial participation in the Medi-Cal program. Plaintiffs seek a refund of fees paid. On March 25, 2011, the trial court ruled that the QAF is properly characterized as a “tax” rather than a “fee.” Trial then proceeded on plaintiffs’ claims for refund of QAF amounts paid as an allegedly illegal and improperly collected tax. The QAF amounts collected from all providers through November 6, 2013 totaled nearly $2 billion, and California has received additional federal financial participation based on its imposition and collection of the QAF. An adverse ruling could negatively affect the State’s receipt of federal funds. The trial court ruled for the State, finding that the QAF is constitutionally valid. Plaintiffs appealed (California Court of Appeal, Third Appellate District, Case No. C070361).

A series of federal court cases challenging State legislation requiring reductions in Medi-Cal reimbursements (under AB 5 and AB 1183) were argued before the United States Supreme Court in 2011 and remanded to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeal, where, as of November 6, 2013, they remain in mediation. Independent Living Center of Southern California, et al. v. Shewry, et al . (U.S. District Court, Central District, Case No. CV 08-3315 CAS (MANx)) (AB 5 reductions for various Medi-Cal services); California Pharmacists Association, et al. v. Maxwell-Jolly, et al. (U.S. District Court, Central District, Case No. CV09-0722) (AB 1183 reductions for doctors, hospitals, pharmacists, and other providers); and Independent Living Center of Southern California, et al. v. Maxwell-Jolly , et al. (U.S. District Court, Central District, Case No. CV09- 00382) (AB 1183

 

C-65


reductions for prescription drugs). The district court enjoined certain of the reductions and the Ninth Circuit affirmed. (U.S. Court of Appeals, Ninth Circuit, Case No. 08- 56422.) After the United States Supreme Court heard argument but before it decided the cases, DHCS reached an agreement with the federal government under which DHCS withdrew most of its pending requests for approvals of the reductions (referred to as State Plan Amendments (“SPAs”)) for the period in which the reductions had been enjoined and received approval for the SPAs for the periods for which reductions had not been enjoined. The United States Supreme Court (United States Supreme Court, Case No. 09-958) vacated the judgment and remanded the matters to the Ninth Circuit for further review in light of the federal government’s intervening action approving the State’s plan to implement the rate reductions. As of November 6, 2013, the parties were mediating their remaining claims regarding the reductions.

In California Medical Association, et al. v. Shewry, et al . (Los Angeles County Superior Court, Case No. BC 390126), professional associations representing Medi-Cal providers seek to enjoin implementation of the 10 percent Medi-Cal rate reductions that were to go into effect on July 1, 2008, alleging that the legislation violates federal Medicaid requirements, State laws and regulations, and the California Constitution. The trial court denied plaintiffs’ motion for a preliminary injunction. Plaintiffs filed an appeal, which was dismissed at their request. (California Court of Appeal, Second Appellate District, Case No. B210440.) Plaintiffs have indicated that they will file an amended petition seeking the retrospective relief the Ninth Circuit awarded in the Independent Living Center case, discussed above, after final disposition of that case. The matter is stayed pending final resolution in the Independent Living Center matter. A final decision adverse to the State in this matter could result in costs to the General Fund of $508.2 million.

In California Pharmacists Association, et al. v. Maxwell-Jolly, et al . (U.S. District Court, Central District, Case No. CV09-08200), Medi-Cal pharmacy providers filed a suit challenging reimbursement rates, including the use by DHCS of reduced published average wholesale price data to establish reimbursement rates, and challenging the Legislature’s amendment of Welfare and Institutions Code section 14105.45 and enactment of Welfare and Institutions Code section 14105.455. Plaintiffs seek injunctive relief based on alleged violations of federal law. The district court granted a request for a preliminary injunction in part, with respect to sections 14104.45 and 14105.455, and denied it in part, with respect to the use of reduced published average wholesale price data to establish reimbursement rates. Plaintiffs filed a motion seeking to modify the district court ruling, and both parties filed notices of appeal to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. Proceedings in the Ninth Circuit and the district court were stayed pending the outcome of review by the United States Supreme Court, in the Independent Living Center case, discussed above. The Ninth Circuit has lifted the stay. The parties have requested mediation. As of November 6, 2013, it was unknown what fiscal impact this case would have on the State’s General Fund.

In Centinela Freeman Emergency Medical Associates, et al. v. Maxwell-Jolly, et al . (Los Angeles County Superior Court, Case No. BC 406372), filed as a class action on behalf of emergency room physicians and emergency department groups, plaintiffs claim that Medi-Cal rates for emergency room physicians are below the cost of providing care. The trial court granted the petition of the plaintiffs and ordered DHCS to conduct an annual review of reimbursement rates for physicians and dentists pursuant to Welfare and Institutions Code section 14079. A final decision in this matter adverse to the State could result in costs to the General Fund of $250 million.

In Sierra Medical Services Alliance, et al. v. Maxwell-Jolly, et al . (U.S. District Court, Central District, Case No. CV10-04182), emergency medical transportation companies challenge California regulations that set Medi-Cal reimbursement rates paid for medical transportation services. Plaintiffs seek damages and injunctive relief under the Supremacy Clause, the Takings Clause, the Due Process Clause, and 42 U.S.C. §1983. The case had been stayed pending the decision of the Ninth Circuit in other rate cases but the court granted plaintiffs’ unopposed motion to lift the stay and file a first amended complaint. As of November 6, 2013, it was unknown what fiscal impact this case would have on the State’s General Fund.

 

C-66


In California Hospital Association v. Maxwell-Jolly, et al . (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2010-80000673), plaintiff challenges limits on Medi-Cal reimbursement rates for hospital services enacted in 2008, and which were to take effect October 1, 2008 or March 1, 2009, as allegedly violating federal law. Plaintiff seeks to enjoin the implementation of the limits. As of November 6, 2013, this matter was stayed. As of November 6, 2013, it was unknown what fiscal impact this matter might have on the State’s General Fund.

Medicaid providers and beneficiaries filed four law suits against both the State and the federal government, seeking to enjoin a set of rate reductions (the AB 97 reductions) that were approved by the federal government in October 2011 with an effective date of June 1, 2011. Managed Pharmacy Care, et al., v. Sebelius (U.S. District Court, Central District, Case No. 2:11-cv-09211-CAS(MANx)); California Medical Assoc., et al., v. Douglas (U.S. District Court, Central District, Case, No. 2:11-cv-09688-CAS (MANx)); California Medical Transportation Assoc. Inc., v. Douglas (U.S. District Court, Central District, Case No. 2:11-cv-09830-CAS (MANx)); California Hospital Association, et al., v. Douglas (U.S. District Court, Central District, Case No. CV-11-09078 CAS (MRWx)). The Medicaid rates at issue in the four cases include pharmacy service and prescription drugs; services provided by skilled nursing facilities that are distinct part units within a hospital; non-emergency medical transportation services; physician services; dental services; durable medical equipment; and emergency ambulance services. The district court entered a series of preliminary injunctions to prevent the rate reductions from taking effect. Both the federal and state government (DHCS) appealed to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. The Ninth Circuit reversed the district court, vacated the preliminary injunctions, and remanded the case. The Ninth Circuit denied plaintiffs’ petitions for rehearing and request for a stay. The United States Supreme Court has also denied plaintiffs’ requests for a stay. Plaintiffs filed two petitions for certiorari in the United States Supreme Court challenging the Ninth Circuit’s decision.

Prison Health-Care Reform and Reduction of Prison Population

The adult prison health care delivery system includes medical health care, mental health care and dental health care. There are two significant cases pending in federal district courts challenging the constitutionality of prison health care. Plata v. Brown (U.S. District Court, Northern District, Case No. C 01-1351 TEH) is a class action regarding the adequacy of medical health care; and Coleman v. Brown (U.S. District Court, Eastern District, Case No. CIV 5-90¬0520 LKK JFM P) is a class action regarding mental health care. A third case, Armstrong v. Brown (U.S. District Court, Northern District, Case No. C 94-02307 CW) is a class action on behalf of inmates with disabilities alleging violations of the Americans with Disabilities Act and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act. In Plata the district court appointed a Receiver, who took office in April 2006, to run and operate the medical health care portion of the health care delivery system. The Plata Receiver and the Special Master appointed by the Coleman court, joined by the court representative appointed by the Armstrong court, meet routinely to coordinate efforts in these cases. As of November 6, 2013, ongoing costs of remedial activities had been incorporated into the State’s budget process. However, as of that date, it was unknown what future financial impact this litigation may have on the State’s General Fund.

In Plata and Coleman , discussed above, a three-judge panel was convened to consider plaintiffs’ motion for a prisoner-release order. The motions alleged that prison overcrowding was the primary cause of unconstitutional medical and mental health care. After a trial, the panel issued a prisoner release order and ordered the State to prepare a plan for the reduction of approximately 40,000 prisoners over two years. The State filed its prisoner-reduction plan with the three-judge panel and filed an appeal in the United States Supreme Court. The United States Supreme Court affirmed the prisoner release order.

On January 7, 2013, the State moved to terminate the Coleman matter arguing that the prison mental health-care system is constitutional. The district court denied the State’s motion and the State appealed to the Ninth Circuit. In January 2013, the State also moved to vacate the three-judge panel’s prisoner-release order arguing that further population reductions are unnecessary in order for the State to provide appropriate health care to the prison population. The three-judge panel denied the State’s motion and ordered the State to meet the court-ordered reduction by December 31, 2013. The State requested a stay of the order, which was denied by the

 

C-67


United States Supreme Court. The State’s request for review of the court-ordered reduction was also denied by the United States Supreme Court. Based on enactment of SB 105, which appropriated $315 million for a mix of increased prison capacity and Jong-term reforms to control prison crowding, the State asked the three-judge panel for a three-year extension of the deadline for compliance with the population cap. On September 24, 2013, the panel granted a one-month extension to allow the parties to meet and confer in a confidential mediation process, and on October 21, 2013, the panel granted an additional one-month extension to allow the parties to continue to meet and confer. As of November 6, 2013, the parties were required to report on that process by November 18, 2013.

Actions Regarding Proposed Sale of State-Owned Properties

Two taxpayers filed a lawsuit seeking to enjoin the sale of state-owned office properties, which was originally scheduled to close in December 2010, on the grounds that the sale of certain of the buildings that house appellate court facilities required the approval of the Judicial Council, which had not been obtained, and that the entire sale constituted a gift of public funds in violation of the California Constitution and a waste of public funds in violation of state law. Epstein, et al. v. Schwarzenegger, et al . (San Francisco County Superior Court, Case. No. CGC-10- 505436). Plaintiffs’ request for a preliminary injunction was denied. In a second action filed after the State decided not to proceed with the sale, and now coordinated with the Epstein matter, the prospective purchaser seeks to compel the State to proceed with the sale of the State-owned properties, or alternatively, for damages for breach of contract. California First, LP v. California Department of General Services, et al . (Los Angeles County Superior Court, Case No. BC457070). The trial court denied the State’s motion for judgment on the pleadings, in which the State asserted that the plaintiff should not be permitted to pursue claims for damages.

High-Speed Rail Litigation

In Tos, et al. v. California High-Speed Rail Authority, et al . (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2011-00113919), petitioners claim that the Authority has not complied with the State high-speed rail bond act in approving plans for the high-speed rail system. In Tos , the trial court ruled that the Authority’s plan for funding the high-speed rail project did not comply with certain requirements in the bond act, and scheduled further briefing and a hearing regarding the appropriate remedy, if any. In High-Speed Rad Authority, et al. v. All Persons Interested, etc . (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2013-00140689), the Authority is seeking to validate issuance of the bonds authorized under the bond act for the high-speed rail system. A hearing was held in the validation proceeding on September 27, 2013, and the matter was taken under submission by the trial court. In the event of a ruling adverse to the State in these pending matters that delays or prevents issuance of the bonds, it is possible that the federal government may require the State to reimburse federal funds provided for the high-speed rail project. As of November 6, 2013, the potential amount of any such reimbursement could not be determined.

* * * *

ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS

California municipal obligations may also include obligations of the governments of Puerto Rico and other U.S. territories and their political subdivisions to the extent that these obligations are exempt from California State personal income taxes. Accordingly, investments in such securities may be adversely affected by local political and economic conditions and developments within Puerto Rico and certain other U.S. territories affecting the issuers of such obligations.

 

C-68


APPENDIX D

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING

NEW YORK MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

The following information is a summary of certain factors affecting the credit and financial condition of the State of New York (“New York” or the “State”). The sources of payment for New York municipal obligations and the marketability thereof may be affected by financial or other difficulties experienced by the State and certain of its municipalities and public authorities. This summary does not purport to be a complete description and, with the exception of the last paragraph hereof, is derived solely from information provided by the State in its Annual Information Statement, dated June 19, 2013, as supplemented as of August 28, 2013 and further supplemented as of October 15, 2013, November 25, 2013 and February 27, 2014. Any estimates of future results and other projections are statements of opinion made by the State in, and as of the date of, such Annual Information Statement and are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. None of the funds has independently verified, and the funds are not responsible for, the accuracy, completeness or timeliness of this information, and the funds do not undertake any obligation to update such information. Such information is included herein without the express authority of any New York issuer and is provided without regard to any events that have occurred since the date of the most recent statement.

ECONOMY

New York is the third most populous state in the nation and has a relatively high level of personal wealth. The State’s economy is diverse, with a comparatively large share of the nation’s financial activities, information, education, and health services employment, and a very small share of the nation’s farming and mining activity. The State’s location and its air transport facilities and natural harbors have made it an important link in international commerce. Travel and tourism constitute an important part of the economy. Like the rest of the nation, New York has a declining proportion of its workforce engaged in manufacturing, and an increasing proportion engaged in service industries.

The National Economy

As of August 28, 2013, the national economy appeared weaker than anticipated in the Enacted Budget forecast completed in April 2013, due in large part to an unusually large revision to the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis (“BEA”) estimate for the first quarter of the 2013 calendar year. Real U.S. Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) growth for the first quarter of 2013 was revised down by 1.9 percentage points to 1.1 percent, following revised 2012 fourth quarter growth of only 0.1 percent. Virtually every major component of GDP was revised downward—from household spending to inventories—indicating a bigger impact from the payroll tax hike, a shrinking government sector, and weaker global growth than was reflected in the original estimate. However, the labor market and pent-up demand for autos remain bright spots, while equity and home prices have continued to advance. Going forward, these factors were expected to offset respective impacts from Federal fiscal policy, supporting the State Division of Budget’s (“DOB”) outlook for much stronger growth in the 2014 calendar year. As of August 28, 2013, real U.S. GDP growth of 1.7 percent was projected for calendar year 2013, followed by growth of 2.9 percent for calendar year 2014.

Even after the BEA’s most recent downward revision, real household spending grew at 2.3 percent in the first quarter of 2013, the strongest growth since the second quarter of 2012. While the expiration of the two-year old payroll tax holiday likely depressed spending among low-income households, accelerating equity market prices may have induced higher-income households to spend more. High-income taxpayers may also have felt richer due to a large shift of taxable income—including dividends and capital gains realizations—from 2013 into late 2012, in advance of rising personal income tax rates at the Federal level. Real consumer spending growth was estimated to have moderated during the second quarter, but with the impact of tax law changes receding, as

 

D-1


of August 28, 2013, steady household spending growth was expected for the second half of the calendar year 2013 supported by a gradually improving labor market and rising wealth, with real spending growth rising to 3 percent by the second quarter of 2014.

Uncertainty surrounding domestic and global demand was expected to restrain private business spending more than anticipated in the Enacted Budget Financial Plan forecast completed in April 2013. Estimates of real growth in private nonresidential fixed investment had been revised down to 4.1 percent for 2013. Although the euro-zone economies appeared to be stabilizing, the outlook for the emerging market economies was weaker, leading to a downward revision to real U.S. export growth to 1.9 percent for 2013. But with the Federal spending sequester taking effect more gradually than expected, the U.S. economy was expected to exhibit second-quarter growth of 1.7 percent, 0.2 percent above the April forecast. Growth was still expected to improve in the second half of the year and into 2014, with real quarterly growth in U.S. GDP remaining above 3 percent for every quarter of next year.

In contrast with weaker output growth, as of August 28, 2013, the national labor market had been stronger than reflected in the Enacted Budget Financial Plan forecast. The nation’s private sector demonstrated monthly average growth of 195,600 jobs over the first seven months of calendar year 2013. As a result, an upward revision had been made to employment growth for 2013, while the outlook for wage growth was largely unchanged. Employment growth of 1.7 percent was projected for all of 2013, accompanied by wage growth of 3.8 percent. Overall, personal income growth of 3.2 percent was projected for 2013, virtually unchanged from the April forecast, with stronger growth in the non-wage components of income offsetting the downward revision to wages. Slightly stronger employment growth of 1.8 percent was projected for 2014, with personal income and wage growth accelerating to 5.8 percent and 6.2 percent, respectively.

Since the conclusion of the Federal Open Market Committee meeting on June 19, 2013, as of August 28, 2013, expectations as to when the Federal Reserve would start to reduce its long-term asset purchases had dominated the bond market, resulting in an approximately 40 basis-point increase in the 10-year Treasury yield over the subsequent period. These purchases, commonly known as quantitative easing or QE, had resulted in a near quadrupling of the size of the central bank’s balance sheet since 2007. As a result, DOB had revised its outlook for the 10-year Treasury yield upward to an average of 2.7 percent for the fourth quarter of 2013. The growth in consumer prices for 2013 had been revised down to 1.5 percent for 2013, largely due to gasoline price volatility. However, DOB’s overall inflation and monetary policy outlook remained unchanged.

The 16-day Federal government shutdown and the uncertainty engendered by political wrangling in the nation’s capital were expected to reduce growth during the fourth quarter of 2013. In contrast, as of November 25, 2013, real U.S. export growth had been stronger than anticipated, supporting the possibility that the global economy bottomed out earlier in 2013, while the drag from Federal fiscal policy and the Congressional sequestration was expected to diminish by early 2014. Equity markets were at record highs and gasoline prices were at near-term lows. Due in part to these factors, the DOB’s outlook for stronger growth in the 2014 calendar year remained unchanged. As of November 25, 2013, real U.S. GDP growth of 1.5 percent was projected for 2013, followed by growth of 2.4 percent for 2014.

Consistent with weaker domestic final sales growth, as of November 25, 2013, recent employment gains had also been lower than anticipated in the in the first Quarterly Update to the Annual Information Statement dated August 28, 2013 (“First Quarterly Update”) to the Financial Plan. Private sector job growth had been on a downward trend since the end of 2012, but that trend accelerated in the third quarter of 2013. Average monthly private sector job gains fell from 212,000 in the first quarter of 2013 to 190,000 jobs in the second quarter and 129,000 in the third quarter. The largest contributors to the deceleration had been professional and business services and leisure and hospitality. As a result, downward revisions had been made to employment growth for both 2013 and 2014. As of November 25, 2013, employment growth of 1.6 percent had been projected for both 2013 and 2014.

 

D-2


Consistent with weaker job growth, as of November 25, 2013, estimated growth in wages and total personal income for 2013 and 2014 had also been revised down, although weaker growth in wages was expected to be partially offset by stronger growth in some of the non-wage components of income, such as proprietor’s and dividend income. Growth of 2.8 percent was estimated for both wages and personal income for 2013, with growth accelerating to 4.5 percent for both measures in 2014. The relatively large swing in income growth between 2013 and 2014 reflected the shifting of income from 2013 into 2012 in advance of increases in the two top Federal marginal tax rates at the beginning of 2013.

As of November 25, 2013, the euro-zone economies appeared to be stabilizing, leading to an upward revision in real U.S. export growth to 2.7 percent for 2013. However, uncertainty surrounding domestic demand was expected to restrain private business spending by even more than anticipated in the July update forecast. Real growth in private nonresidential fixed investment had been revised down to 2.4 percent for 2013. With growth expected to remain weak over the near-term, the Federal Reserve was likely to delay the tapering of its long-term asset purchases into the first half of 2014 and was not expected to start to raise its federal funds rate target until early 2015. With gasoline prices at their lowest levels since the beginning of 2013 and the overall outlook for inflation remaining moderate, the central bank had room to maintain its accommodative stance well into the near future. As of November 25, 2013, the growth in consumer prices for 2013 remained at 1.5 percent for 2013, but it had been revised down to 1.8 percent from 2.1 percent for 2014 in anticipation of continuing low energy prices.

The response of financial markets to the timing of Federal Reserve “tapering” presented a significant headwind to national economic growth in 2014, particularly given the lack of experience on which to draw. Energy prices continued to be volatile and presented both upside and downside risk to the household consumption forecast, as do home and equity price growth. Finally, the cost to the economy of the government shutdown remained uncertain, but the preliminary evidence was not encouraging. With the battle over the Federal budget and the debt ceiling pushed back to January and February 2014, displays of political gridlock represented substantial risk to economic activity in early 2014.

As of February 27, 2014, although severe winter weather had resulted in a temporary lull in economic activity, the nation’s housing and labor markets were expected to resume their course of steady improvement in calendar year 2014. With households feeling wealthier and more certain about future job prospects, real household spending was expected to grow in calendar year 2014 at a faster rate than in calendar year 2013. The Euro-zone economies also appeared to be stabilizing, although substantial risks remain. Stronger growth in both domestic and global demand was expected to stimulate private business investment. These positive economic forces were expected to more than compensate for the expected weakness in the public sector economy that continues to represent a drag on economic growth. The DOB projected Real U.S. GDP to grow 2.7 percent in calendar year 2014, following 1.9 percent growth in calendar year 2013. Inflation was expected to remain below the Federal Reserve’s 2 percent target, with inflation of 1.7 percent projected for 2014, following a rate of 1.5 percent in 2013.

There are significant risks to this forecast. Severe weather could continue to depress household spending, leaving retailers and producers with unwanted inventories and ultimately resulting in a pullback in production. Slower than anticipated global growth could result in slower export growth, which could in turn result in weaker corporate profits and investment, and fewer jobs. In contrast, faster than expected global growth could result in a more rapid upturn in the demand for U.S. exports and other related indicators.

As of February 27, 2014, DOB’s outlook rested on the underlying health of the US economic recovery and was consistent with the Federal Reserve continuing the gradual tapering of its historically unprecedented balance sheet growth. However, the response of global financial markets to the unwinding of central bank accommodation remained a significant risk, particularly given the lack of experience upon which to draw. Energy prices continued to be volatile in the wake of unusually cold weather and presented both upside and downside

 

D-3


risk to the household consumption forecast, as did equity price growth. Finally, the Federal budgetary decision-making process and possible gridlock presented both upside and downside risk to economic activity for the remainder of the year.

The New York State Economy

As of February 27, 2014, the State economy had performed well in the context of a challenging national and global economic environment. State employment continued to grow, with the private sector labor market exhibiting robust growth in professional and business services, private educational services, and tourism-related leisure and hospitality services. Real estate and construction activity also remained strong.

In contrast with recent private labor market trends, public sector employment was expected to continue to decline well into 2014. The ongoing downsizing of both the State’s finance and government sectors had been contributing to unusually weak income growth over the past two years. In advance of Federal tax increases at the start of calendar year 2013, a sizable magnitude of wages, dividends, and capital gains were accelerated into the fourth quarter of 2012. Consequently, it is more instructive to view State income growth on a fiscal year basis rather than on a calendar year basis. As of November 25, 2013, weaker growth of 3.8 percent was estimated for the State 2014 fiscal year in progress, but offsetting that revision was stronger growth in the non-wage components of personal income. On balance, personal income growth of 3.7 percent was projected for fiscal year 2014, followed by growth of 4.9 percent for fiscal year 2015. These projections represent only marginal revisions from the First Quarterly Update Financial Plan forecast.

As of February 27, 2014, the weakening in several national economic indicators, largely in response to unusually harsh winter weather, posed a risk to the New York forecast going forward. State labor market growth had held up well, but a weaker than projected labor market could result in lower wages, as well as lower household spending. As the nation’s financial capital, financial market volatility posed a particularly large degree of uncertainty for New York. As of February 27, 2014, events have demonstrated how sensitive markets can be to shifting expectations surrounding Federal Reserve policy. The resulting market gyrations were likely to have a larger impact on the State economy than on the nation as a whole. Should financial and real estate markets be weaker than expected, taxable capital gains realizations could be adversely affected. In addition, both the bonus and non-bonus components of employee pay had become more difficult to estimate as Wall Street continued to adjust its compensation practices in the wake of new financial reform measures. Securities industry revenues have, in the past, been a useful predictor of bonus payouts but that relationship had become much more erratic in recent years.

All of the risks to the U.S. forecast apply to the State forecast as well, although as the volume of financial market activity and equity market volatility pose a particularly large degree of uncertainty for New York as the nation’s financial capital. As of November 25, 2013, events had demonstrated how sensitive markets can be to shifting expectations surrounding Federal Reserve policy. The resulting market gyrations were likely to have a greater impact on the State economy than on the nation as a whole. Thus, the recent volatility in long-term interest rates added an additional degree of risk to the finance and insurance sector bonus forecast. In addition, with Wall Street still adjusting its compensation practices in the wake of the passage of financial reform, both the bonus and non-bonus components of employee pay were becoming more difficult to estimate. Securities industry revenues have in the past been a useful predictor of bonus payouts, but that relationship had become much more erratic in recent years.

Economic and Demographic Trends

In calendar years 1990 through 1998, the State’s rate of economic growth was somewhat slower than that of the nation. In particular, during the 1990-91 recession and post-recession period, the economies of the State and much of the rest of the Northeast were more heavily damaged than the nation as a whole and were slower to recover. However, the situation subsequently improved. In 1999, for the first time in 13 years, State employment

 

D-4


growth surpassed that of the nation, and in 2000 the rates were essentially the same. In 2001, the September 11th attack resulted in a downturn in New York that was more severe than for the nation as a whole. In contrast, the State labor market fared better than that of the nation as a whole during the downturn that began in 2008, though New York experienced a historically large wage decline in 2009. The State unemployment rate was higher than the national rate from 1991 to 2000, but as of June 19, 2013, the gap between them had closed, with the State rate below that of the nation from the start of the national recession through the end of 2011, but rose above the national rate again in 2012. Total State nonagricultural employment has declined as a share of national nonagricultural employment.

State per capita personal income has historically been significantly higher than the national average, although the ratio has varied substantially over time. Because New York City is an employment center for a multi-state region, State personal income measured on a residence basis understates the relative importance of the State to the national economy and the size of the base to which State taxation applies.

FINANCIAL PLAN OVERVIEW

Overview of the Updated Financial Plan

Summary

As of February 27, 2014, DOB estimated that the State would end fiscal year 2014 with a General Fund operating surplus of $310 million on a cash basis of accounting. The estimated surplus largely reflected stronger than expected tax receipts. DOB expected the surplus to be carried forward into fiscal year 2015, where it would be used to fund initiatives proposed with the Executive Budget. Year-to-date operating results were generally in line with expectations.

General Fund receipts, including transfers from other funds, were expected to total $61.96 billion, an increase of $320 million from the estimate in the Quarterly Update to the Annual Information Statement dated November 25, 2013 (“Prior Quarterly Update”), before accounting for transactions to make the fiscal year 2014 surplus available in fiscal year 2015. As of February 27, 2014, the estimate for annual tax receipts had been increased by $432 million, reflecting higher estimated personal income tax (“PIT”) payments and estate tax payments, partially offset by declines in business and other tax receipts. In addition, higher costs for debt service on the State’s PIT bonds resulted in a decrease in tax receipts transferred to the General Fund after payment of debt service. The increase in PIT debt service mainly reflected the refunding with PIT Revenue Bonds of higher-cost debt that had been issued under older State bond programs, and had been offset by lower transfers to the General Debt Service Fund. As of February 27, 2014, the estimate for miscellaneous receipts had been lowered by $55 million, based on a review of collections. Non-tax transfers had been reduced by $57 million, based on a review of balances and expected needs.

The surplus in fiscal year 2014 was expected to be made available in fiscal year 2015 through the payment of an additional $310 million in tax refunds in the 2014 fiscal year, which had the effect of reducing net tax collections in the 2014 fiscal year and increasing net tax collections by the same amount in fiscal year 2015. After accounting for these payments, General Fund receipts were expected to total $61.65 billion in fiscal year 2014, or $10 million above the level estimated in the Prior Quarterly Update.

General Fund disbursements, including transfers to other funds, were expected to total $61.46 billion, an increase of $10 million from the level estimated in the Prior Quarterly Update. The modest increase was due to a number of factors. Estimated disbursements for local assistance had been increased by $125 million, reflecting an increase in the share of Medicaid expenses that were expected to be paid from the General Fund instead of the Health Care Reform Act (“HCRA”) (due to lower expected receipts in HCRA), offset in part by lower than expected spending across a range of programs and activities. The estimate for State Operations, including fringe benefits, had been increased by $68 million, due mainly to costs incurred by the State in the first instance related

 

D-5


to Superstorm Sandy (these costs were expected to be reimbursed by the Federal government in fiscal year 2015 and fiscal year 2016) and increased overtime costs at the Department of Corrections and Community Supervision (“DOCCS”). Estimated transfers to other funds had been reduced, reflecting, among other things, savings from refundings, the timing and sizing of bond sales, and the financing mix for capital projects.

As of February 27, 2014, the DOB estimated that the State was to end fiscal year 2014 with a General Fund cash balance of $1.8 billion, unchanged from the estimate in the Prior Quarterly Update. The balance consisted of $1.3 billion in stabilization reserves, $363 million designated for debt management purposes, $68 million in the Community Projects Fund, $45 million for the costs of labor settlements covering prior periods, and $21 million in the Contingency Reserve Fund.

As of February 27, 2014, the risks to the budget balance remained in the 2014 fiscal year. For example, tax collections were subject to significant volatility in the final quarter of the fiscal year. In addition, there could be no assurance that Federal aid for health care, mental hygiene and other purposes would be received at the levels or on the timetable assumed in the Updated Financial Plan. These and other risks and uncertainties are described more fully later in this Appendix.

Multi-Year Financial Plan Revisions (Fiscal Year 2015 and Outyears)

As of February 27, 2014, the DOB estimated that the Executive Budget proposal for fiscal year 2015 would, if enacted without modification, provide for balanced operations in the General Fund, as provided by law. The Executive Budget proposed recurring savings through targeted reforms, as well as continuation of the spending controls and cost-containment put in place in prior years. Agency operations were generally expected to remain at current levels across the Financial Plan period. Reserves were expected to remain intact.

The Executive Budget for fiscal year 2015 proposed limiting annual growth in State Operating Funds spending to 2 percent or less, consistent with the spending benchmark adopted by the current Administration in fiscal year 2012. The Financial Plan projections for fiscal year 2016 and thereafter reflect the savings that the DOB had estimated would occur if the Governor continued to propose, and the Legislature continued to enact, balanced budgets in future years that limited annual growth in State Operating Funds to no greater than 2 percent.

The Executive Budget proposed a multi-year tax reduction plan for individuals and businesses, which had been sized to absorb the majority of the surplus that would otherwise occur between projected receipts, using current projections, and disbursements that grow at 2 percent annually over the Financial Plan period.

Receipts

As of February 27, 2014, General Fund receipts, including transfers from other funds, were expected to total $63.5 billion in fiscal year 2015, an annual increase of $1.9 billion (3.0 percent). Tax collections, including transfers of tax receipts to the General Fund after payment of debt service, were expected to total $58.6 billion, an increase of $1.2 billion (2.1 percent).

General Fund personal income tax receipts, including transfers after payment of debt service on State personal income tax revenue bonds, were expected to increase by $1.3 billion (3.5 percent) from fiscal year 2014. This primarily reflected increases in withholding and estimated payments attributable to the 2014 tax year and the payment of additional refunds in fiscal year 2014 that were initially planned for fiscal year 2015, partially offset by an expected decline in extension payments attributable to the 2013 tax year.

As of February 27, 2014, General Fund user taxes and fees receipts, including transfers after payment of debt service on New York Local Government Assistance Corporation (“LGAC”) and Sales Tax Revenue Bonds, are estimated to total $12.3 billion in fiscal year 2015, an increase of $260 million (2.2 percent) from fiscal year 2014, reflecting projected consumer spending increases across a broad range of consumption categories.

 

D-6


As of February 27, 2014, General Fund business tax receipts were estimated at $5.6 billion in fiscal year 2015, a decrease of $376 million (-6.3 percent) from fiscal year 2014 results. The estimate reflected a decline in corporate franchise tax receipts resulting from the first year of repayment of deferred tax credits, partly offset by growth in all other business taxes.

As of February 27, 2014, other tax receipts in the General Fund, including transfers, were expected to total approximately $1.9 billion in fiscal year 2015, an increase of $3 million (0.2 percent) from fiscal year 2014. This mainly reflected a decline in expected estate tax receipts, the result of Executive Budget legislation that is slated to cut the estate tax.

As of February 27, 2014, General Fund miscellaneous receipts were estimated at $3.9 billion in fiscal year 2015, an annual increase of $606 million. The increase largely reflects the expected deposit of $1 billion from the State Insurance Fund (“SIF”) reserve release in connection with Workers’ Compensation law changes enacted in the fiscal year 2014 budget.

As of February 27, 2014, non-tax transfers to the General Fund were expected to total $1.1 billion, an increase of $62 million (6.1 percent), largely due to changes in accounting of certain receipts and resources expected to be available from other fund balances.

General Fund receipts were affected by the deposit of dedicated taxes in other funds for debt service and other purposes, the transfer of balances between funds of the State, and other factors. For a more comprehensive discussion of the State’s projections for tax receipts, miscellaneous receipts, and transfers, see “State Financial Plan Projections” herein.

Disbursements

As of February 27, 2014, General Fund disbursements, including transfers to other funds, were expected to total $63.6 billion in fiscal year 2015, an increase of $2.1 billion (3.4 percent) from fiscal year 2014 estimates.

Local assistance grants were expected to total $41.8 billion, an annual increase of $1.4 billion (3.5 percent). Included within local assistance grants, General Fund disbursements were expected to increase by $1 billion for School Aid and $153 million for Medicaid. All other local assistance grants, which include, among other things, payments for a range of social services, public health, education, and general purpose aid programs, were expected to increase by $246 million.

As of February 27, 2014, State operations disbursements in the General Fund were expected to total $7.8 billion in fiscal year 2015, an annual increase of $187 million (2.4 percent). Personal service costs were expected to increase by $176 million, mainly reflecting the consolidation of staff under the IT Services that were previously reflected in non-General Fund accounts. Non-personal service costs were expected to increase by $11 million in fiscal year 2015, in large part due to increased support for indigent legal services and civil legal services.

As of February 27, 2014, General State Charges (“GSCs”) were expected to total $5.3 billion in fiscal year 2015, an annual increase of $361 million (7.4 percent) from the 2014 fiscal year. The State’s annual pension payment was expected to increase by $284 million, reflecting both growth in normal costs and repayment of amounts amortized in prior years. The State expects to continue to amortize pension costs in excess of the amortization thresholds established in law. In fiscal year 2015, costs in excess of 13.5 percent of payroll for the Employees’ Retirement System (“ERS”) and 21.5 percent for the Police and Fire Retirement System (“PFRS”) were expected to be amortized.

As of February 27, 2014, General Fund transfers to other funds were expected to total $8.7 billion in fiscal year 2015, an increase of $153 million from the 2014 fiscal year. The growth included increased support for

 

D-7


capital projects and non-Medicaid Mental Hygiene services, partly offset by declines in the State’s share of Medicaid for Mental Hygiene, and the planned pre-payment of debt service in fiscal year 2014 for expenses due in fiscal year 2015.

General Fund disbursements are affected by the level of financing sources available in other funds, transfers of balances between funds of the State, and other factors that may change from year to year. For a more comprehensive discussion of the State’s disbursements projections by major activity, see “State Financial Plan Projections” herein.

Closing Balance for Fiscal Year 2015

As of February 27, 2014, the DOB projected that the State was to end fiscal year 2015 with a General Fund cash balance of $1.7 billion, a decrease of $60 million from the fiscal year 2014 estimate reflected in the Updated Financial Plan. The Community Projects Fund, which finances discretionary grants allocated by the Legislature and Governor, was expected to decrease by $68 million in fiscal year 2015, reflecting disbursements from prior year appropriations. This decrease was offset by an $8 million increase in amounts set aside for the costs of prior-year labor agreements.

As of February 27, 2014, balances in the State’s principal “rainy day” reserve funds, the Tax Stabilization Reserve Fund and the Rainy Day Reserve Fund, were expected to remain unchanged in fiscal year 2015. The combined balance of the two funds was equal to approximately 2.2 percent of estimated General Fund disbursements in fiscal year 2015.

As of February 27, 2014, the Financial Plan continued to set aside money in the General Fund balance to cover the costs of potential retroactive labor settlements with unions that had not agreed to terms for prior contract periods. The amount identified was calculated based on the “pattern” settlement for the fiscal year 2008 through fiscal year 2011 period that was agreed to by the State’s largest unions. The amount set aside was expected to be reduced as labor agreements for prior periods were reached with unsettled unions.

As of February 27, 2014, the Executive Budget proposed to reserve $363 million for debt management purposes in fiscal year 2015, unchanged from the level reserved in fiscal year 2014.

Spending Changes

As of February 27, 2014, the Executive Budget proposed to reduce spending in fiscal year 2015 by nearly $2 billion compared to prior projections. The savings were recurring and were expected to grow in value in subsequent years.

Explanation of the Fiscal Year 2014 Enacted Budget Gap-Closing Plan

The Fiscal Year 2014 Enacted Budget gap-closing plan provides recurring savings and other actions over the Financial Plan period, reducing the General Fund budget gaps by a projected $2.0 billion in fiscal year 2015, $2.3 billion in fiscal year 2016, and $2.7 billion in fiscal year 2017. The Fiscal Year 2015 General Fund budget gap equals approximately 3.2 percent of projected General Fund receipts for fiscal year 2015. In total, the combined General Fund budget gap estimates for fiscal years 2014 through 2017 is approximately $7.8 billion. By comparison, the budget gap closed in fiscal year 2012 alone was estimated at $10 billion.

During negotiations, the Governor and Legislature agreed to approximately $553 million in gross spending restorations and additions to the Executive Budget. Restorations, which are costs from the rejection of certain savings proposals contained in the Executive Budget, totaled approximately $177 million. The impact of the restorations is accounted for in “spending control”. The largest restorations were in the areas of mental hygiene, health care, and education. Additions, which represent distinct new spending added to the Executive Budget by

 

D-8


the Legislature, totaled approximately $376 million. The most significant additions were for School Aid and other education programs. The Governor and Legislature also reached agreement on the reprogramming of certain spending initiatives proposed in the Executive Budget.

Resources were identified to fund the restorations and additions, and to provide for a balanced budget in fiscal year 2014. These include forecast revisions to receipts and disbursements, based on updated economic data, receipts collections, and year-end operating results for fiscal year 2013. In addition, $500 million from the SIF reserve release related to Workers’ Compensation Law changes has been redirected from pay-as-you-go capital in fiscal year 2014, as had been proposed in the Executive Budget, to reduce the budget gap in fiscal year 2015. As of June 19, 2013, the total reserve release used to reduce the fiscal year 2015 budget gap totaled $1.0 billion.

Spending Control

Agency Operations

Operating costs for State agencies include salaries, wages, fringe benefits, and non-personal service costs (i.e., supplies, utilities). As of February 27, 2014, these costs have significantly declined over the past several years through ongoing State agency redesign and cost-control efforts. As of February 27, 2014, reductions from the prior projections for agency operations contributed $358 million to the General Fund gap-closing plan , specifically:

 

   

Executive Agencies: The Executive Budget proposed to hold personal service and non-personal service spending flat with limited exceptions, such as costs attributable to the NY State of Health marketplace and IT consolidation efforts. Agencies were expected to continue to utilize less costly forms of service deliveries, improve administrative practices and pursue statewide solutions, particularly at State-operated facilities in the areas of mental hygiene and public protection. The size of the Executive State workforce was projected at 119,173 Full-Time Equivalents (“FTEs”), a decline of 240 FTEs.

 

   

Independent Officials: Spending for Judiciary personal service and non-personal service expenses was projected to grow by 2.8 percent to support mandated court operations, statutory salary increases, and additional Family Court Judges. Spending for the Department of Audit and Control was expected to grow by 1.4 percent to support additional pre-school special education audits. Spending for the Department of Law was expected to increase by 2 percent. Spending in future years is expected to remain at fiscal year 2015 levels for all independent officials.

 

   

Fringe Benefits/Fixed Costs: Estimates for the State’s health insurance and pension costs were revised downward to reflect the impact of the 2014 Empire Plan action, and revised pension contribution estimates. In addition, savings were expected from the proposed elimination of Medicare Part B reimbursements for high income retirees and a revised Workers’ Compensation assessment method.

Local Assistance

Local assistance spending included financial aid to local governments and non-profit organizations, as well as entitlement payments to individuals. As of February 27, 2014, reductions from the prior projections for local assistance spending were expected to generate $1.6 billion in General Fund savings. Savings were expected from both targeted actions and continuation of prior-year cost containment actions. Specifically:

 

   

Human Services Cost-of-Living Adjustments (“COLA”)/Trends: The Executive Budget deferred the planned two percent annual human services COLA and maintained existing rates for other programs.

 

   

Mental Hygiene: Program spending was reduced to reflect revised forecasts for community-based bed development and expansion; efforts to return individuals from more costly out-of-state placements; and continued efforts to expand community services to reduce institutional costs.

 

D-9


   

Healthcare: Lower spending reflected a downward trend in reimbursement of claims submitted by local governments under the General Public Health Works (“GPHW”) program and utilizing other insurance for prenatal care services; and lower Child Health Plus (“CHP”) costs expected pursuant to the transfer of rate-setting responsibilities from the Department of Financial Services (“DFS”) to the Department of Health (“DOH”) to align with the programmatic oversight, consistent with the oversight of Medicaid Managed Care and Family Health Plus (“FHP”). In addition, projected spending under the Medicaid Global Cap had been adjusted in each year of the Financial Plan to reflect updated estimates of the medical component of the CPI index.

 

   

Department of Health (“DOH”) Global Cap: The Executive Budget included $300 million in annual State-share Medicaid savings beginning in fiscal year 2015 (growing to $688 million in fiscal year 2018) achieved though the shift of certain Office for People with Developmental Disabilities (“OPWDD”)-related Medicaid costs to DOH under the Medicaid Global Cap. Projected savings from the continuation of successful Medicaid Redesign Team (“MRT”) initiatives, improved cash management, and utilization of Federal resources associated with ACA were expected to fully accommodate this change in funding.

 

   

Education: The Executive Budget proposed special education program reforms targeted to improve fiscal practices and service delivery. Estimated spending had also been revised downward based on revised school district data.

 

   

School Tax Relief (“STAR”): The Executive Budget proposed eliminating the income threshold inflation adjustment for enhanced STAR benefits. In addition, spending had been reduced to reflect a reduction in the estimated number of STAR exemption recipients. As part of the State’s review of recipient data to ensure unlawful exemptions were excluded from State payments, existing STAR recipients were also required to re-register for their benefit by the end of calendar year 2013.

 

   

Social Services/Housing: Lower spending was expected in several programs, including Child Welfare Services, Adult Protective Services and Domestic Violence, Public Assistance and Supplemental Security Income (“SSI”) benefits, based on updated claiming data and revised growth (caseload) assumptions, and savings from the State takeover of administering the SSI supplementation program.

 

   

All Other: Spending reductions were expected to be achieved across multiple functions and program areas including: elimination of certain miscellaneous financial assistance to local governments; utilization of capital financing for eligible homeland security capital needs; revisions to disaster assistance aid; and elimination of certain legislative grants

Capital Projects/Debt Management

 

   

Capital/Debt Revisions: Savings are expected to be achieved through a variety of debt-management actions, including continuing the use of competitive sales, refunding of higher-cost debt, as market conditions permit, and efficiencies from the consolidation of bond sales. In addition, projections reflect the impact of revised capital spending estimates and future bonding assumptions.

 

   

Metro Mass Transportation Operating Aid (“MMTOA”) Debt Service Offset: The Executive Budget proposed to offset General Fund support for the Metropolitan Transportation Authority (“MTA”) debt service costs by utilizing $40 million in dedicated resources from the MMTOA account to the General Debt Service Fund, with $20 million in resources available for the same purpose on an annual basis beginning in fiscal year 2016.

Initiatives

 

   

Joint Legislative Additions: During negotiations, the Executive and Legislature agreed to approximately $553 million in gross spending restorations and additions to the Executive Budget proposal for fiscal year 2014. Restorations, which are costs from the rejection of certain Executive

 

D-10


 

Budget savings proposals totaled approximately $177 million. The largest restorations were in the areas of mental hygiene, health care, and education. Additions, which represent distinct new spending added to the Executive Budget proposal by the Legislature, totaled approximately $376 million. The most significant additions were for School Aid and other education programs.

 

   

Executive Budget Investments: As part of budget negotiations, the Executive and Legislature reached agreement on the reprogramming of certain spending initiatives proposed in the Executive Budget. The largest of these were in the areas of education and health care.

 

   

Thruway Authority: The personnel and fringe benefit costs for a unit of the New York State Police that handles traffic enforcement for the Thruway Authority, as well as certain operating costs of the Authority, are to be financed from general revenues of the State. The State’s assumption of these costs, which were previously financed by revenues generated from Thruway toll collections, is expected to help the Thruway Authority maintain fiscal stability without an immediate toll increase.

 

   

Capital Commitment Plan: Consistent with the long-term planning goals of New York Works, DOB, as of August 28, 2013, had for the first time formulated 10-year capital commitment and disbursement projections for State agencies. The total commitment and disbursement levels permissible over the 10-year capital planning horizon reflect, among other things, projected capacity under the State’s debt limit, anticipated levels of Federal aid, and the timing of capital activity based on known needs and historical patterns. The Financial Plan reflects the estimated debt service costs from the capital plan.

 

   

All Other: Other investments and initiatives include, among other things, an accelerated Payment in Lieu of Taxes (“PILOT”) payment to the City of Albany, the promotion of tourism and economic development opportunities in conjunction with Super Bowl XLVIII, and the advance of Tribal State Compact revenues to the City of Salamanca.

 

   

School Aid/Education Aid Initiatives: The Executive Budget provided an $807 million increase in education aid for the 2014-15 school year, $608 million of which was provided to school districts as formula-based School Aid. The State is expected to provide $300 million in funding for the universal pre-kindergarten program through fiscal year 2016. In addition, the State is expected to provide $160 million to expand after school programs in fiscal year 2016.

 

   

Roswell Park Cancer Institute (“RPCI”): The Executive Budget proposed $25 million in additional State support to the RPCI to replace expiring capital grant funding and maintain total annual support at prior-year levels.

 

   

Debt Service for New Initiatives: The Financial Plan reflects the costs of new capital initiatives, the most significant of which are the Smart Schools bond act and Health Care Facility Restructuring.

 

   

Smart Schools Bond Act: Reflects the estimated debt service costs associated with the proposed $2.0 billion Smart Schools bond act. If approved by voters, the Smart Schools bond act is slated to fund enhanced education technology in schools, with eligible projects including infrastructure improvements to bring high-speed broadband to schools and communities in their school district and the purchase of classroom technology for use by students. Additionally, Smart Schools are expected to enable long-term investments in full day prekindergarten through the construction of new pre-kindergarten classroom space.

 

   

Health Care Facility Restructuring: Reflects the projected debt service impact of $1.2 billion in capital projects initiatives that are expected to improve the financial viability and efficiency of the State’s health care delivery system. Funding would be targeted for long-term care, hospitals, primary care, and behavioral/substance abuse services. Priority projects are expected to include those that: align hospital and nursing home bed capacity to regional needs, enable facility integration, merge and consolidate facilities, expand primary care and facilitate transformation to care management models.

 

   

Science, Technology, Engineering and Math (“STEM”) Scholarship: The Executive Budget included a new full-tuition STEM scholarship for high school students who graduate in the top 10 percent of their class to any State University of New York (“SUNY”) or the City University of New

 

D-11


 

York (“CUNY”) college or university if they pursue a STEM career and agree to then work in New York State for five years. The new STEM scholarship was designed to encourage top-ranked students to pursue STEM related college degrees and build their careers in New York State, in one of the fastest growing sectors of the economy.

 

   

Election Law Enforcement: The Executive Budget provided $5.3 million for a new, independent Division of Election Law Enforcement to promote increased enforcement of, and compliance with, the State’s campaign finance and election laws. In addition, legislation accompanying the Executive Budget established a public campaign financing program as well as other reforms.

Resources

 

   

Tax Receipts: The estimate for annual tax receipts had been revised to reflect updated economic forecast data, and included downward adjustments to business tax and cigarette tax collections, partly offset by upward changes to personal income and estate tax collections.

 

   

Miscellaneous Receipts: As of February 27, 2014, the estimate for miscellaneous receipts had been revised based on a review of collections, the projected receipt of various banking and insurance related settlements and recoveries, and other transactions. In addition, resources were expected to be made available through transfers from public authorities and the expected sale of surplus properties.

 

   

Extenders/Initiatives: The Executive Budget proposed extending the following credits that impact the General Fund: Alternative Fuels Tax Exemptions; Non-Custodial Earned Income Tax Credit (“EITC”); and Commercial Production Tax Credit. In addition, the Executive Budget proposed the authorization of a Professional and Business License Tax Clearance that would decrease tax avoidance by refusing to issue a professional or business license to an applicant who has outstanding tax liabilities.

Tax Actions

As of February 27, 2014, the Executive Budget had proposed a set of tax actions valued at $2 billion when fully phased in within three years. These proposals were designed to simplify the tax code and were estimated to result in a net reduction to taxes and assessments of $504 million in fiscal year 2015 and $1.6 billion in fiscal year 2016.

 

   

Establish the Real Property Tax Freeze Personal Income Tax Credit: The Executive Budget proposed to freeze property taxes for two years, subject to two conditions. In year one (fiscal year 2015), the State would provide tax credits only to homeowners, with qualifying incomes of $500,000 or less, who live in a jurisdiction that stayed within the 2 percent property tax cap (the “cap”).

In year two (fiscal year 2016), the State would provide tax credits only to homeowners who live in a locality that stays within the cap and also agrees to implement a shared services or administrative consolidation plan that would generate savings equal to 3 percent of the property tax levy over the subsequent three years. In fiscal year 2016, the program would benefit 2.8 million homeowners for a total cost of $976 million, yielding an average benefit of $354 per household. New York City homeowners would not be eligible, as the City was not subject to the cap.

 

   

Establish the Residential Real Property Personal Income Tax Credit: The Executive Budget proposed to create a refundable tax credit against the PIT to provide targeted real property tax relief based on an individual homeowner’s ability to pay. The credit was available statewide, but in areas outside of New York City, only residents of jurisdictions that adhered to the cap would qualify. When fully phased in, the program, valued at almost $1 billion would benefit approximately 2 million homeowners yielding an average benefit of $500.

 

   

Establish a Renter’s Personal Income Tax Credit: The Executive Budget proposed to create a refundable credit. This tax relief would be composed of a base credit that declined with qualifying incomes up to $100,000 for married taxpayers who were filing jointly and had related dependents,

 

D-12


 

taxpayers filing as head of household, and married seniors filing jointly. Single seniors with incomes up to $50,000 would also qualify. Non-senior singles and married taxpayers without related dependents would be ineligible. The base credit would be supplemented with an additional credit per Federal exemption, where the value of the supplement also declined with income. When fully phased in, the program would save approximately 1.3 million households a total of $400 million.

 

   

Corporate Tax Reform: The Executive Budget would combine the corporate franchise and bank taxes to provide tax simplification and relief, and improve voluntary compliance. Further, the tax rate on net income would be reduced from 7.1 percent to 6.5 percent, the lowest rate since 1968.

 

   

Establish a 20 Percent Real Property Tax Credit for Manufacturers: The Executive Budget would provide a refundable credit equal to 20 percent of property taxes paid by manufacturers who own or lease property.

 

   

Eliminate the Net Income Tax on Upstate Manufacturers: The Executive Budget proposed to eliminate the tax rate on income for upstate manufacturers (currently 5.9 percent) in calendar year 2014 and thereafter.

 

   

Eliminate Section 18-a Temporary Assessment for Industrial Customers, Accelerate Phase Out for All Others: The temporary assessment was scheduled to be eliminated by March 2017, but the Executive Budget proposed to eliminate the assessment on industrial customers immediately, and to accelerate the phase-out for all other customers. The phase-out would save businesses and residents $600 million over the next three years.

 

   

Reform the Estate Tax: The Executive Budget proposed to increase the exclusion threshold of the estate tax from $1 million to $5.25 million over four years, to conform estate tax with the Federal exemption amount beginning in 2019, and to reduce the top rate from 16 to 10 percent over four years. These actions would be coupled with proposals that would require the value of gifts to be added back to the estate.

 

   

Streamline Corporate Audit Procedures: The Executive Budget proposed to implement various initiatives which would increase audit efficiency and improve voluntary compliance.

 

   

Reform the Investment Tax Credit (“ITC”): New York offers a tax credit to businesses for investments in buildings and tangible personal property including assets acquired by purchase, with a useful life of four years or more and used in production. This proposal would tighten existing eligibility criteria in order to more effectively target the State’s investment toward originally intended and more productive uses. For example, a credit would no longer be allowed for assets acquired by purchase when a former owner has claimed the ITC for investments in those assets.

 

   

Repeal the Financial Services ITC: This complex credit used by a narrow segment of the financial services industry would be eliminated. In the most recent year for which data are available, only 28 filers availed themselves of this credit.

 

   

Close the Resident Trust Loophole: In general, a trust is a legal agreement that represents a place where assets from an estate are held. The trust provides certain tax and legal benefits not available if the assets are not placed in trust. As of February 27, 2014, New York conformed to Federal law, which resulted in New York PIT immunity for the trust grantor and the trust beneficiary. This proposal would decouple New York from Federal treatment of trusts and impose the PIT on the trust grantor.

Federal Revenue Reduction Plan

The Enacted Budget addresses reductions in Federal Medicaid revenue related to reimbursement for State-operated developmental disability services. (See “Financial Plan Overview—Risks and Uncertainties Related to the State Financial Plan” herein.) Savings in the future years of the Financial Plan depend on approval by the Federal government of specific aid.

 

D-13


Revenues/Extenders

 

   

18-a Utility Assessment: The Temporary Utility Assessment on electric, gas, water and steam utilities is extended and phased out over three and one-half years beginning in fiscal year 2015. The rate of 2 percent for public utilities is expected to be lowered to 1.75 percent in fiscal year 2016, 1.5 percent in fiscal year 2017 and 0 percent in fiscal year 2018. The rate of 1 percent for Long Island Power Authority (“LIPA”) is to decrease to 0.75 percent, 0.5 percent and 0 percent over the same timeframe.

 

   

High Income Charitable Contribution Deduction Limitation: The Enacted Budget extends for three years, starting with tax year 2013, the existing limitation on charitable contribution deductions for New York State and New York City taxpayers with adjusted gross income over $10 million.

 

   

Warrantless Wage Garnishment: The Enacted Budget allows Department of Taxation and Finance (“DTF”) to garnish wages of delinquent taxpayers without filing a warrant with the Department of State (“DOS”) or County Clerks. The warrant requirement is replaced with a faster public notification requirement. Warrants offer no additional protection for delinquent taxpayers and requiring counties to receive the warrants from DTF represents an unfunded mandate. Wages are only to be garnished if a taxpayer fails to negotiate a repayment agreement with DTF.

 

   

Delinquent Taxpayers’ Driver’s Licenses: The Enacted Budget creates a new program to aid in the enforcement of past-due tax liabilities by suspending, with certain exceptions, the New York State driver’s licenses of taxpayers who owe taxes in excess of $10,000. A “past-due tax liability” refers to any tax liability that has become fixed and final such that the taxpayer no longer has any right to administrative or judicial review. The program is to be modeled after the State’s successful use of license suspensions to compel legally owed child support payments.

 

   

New York Film Production Tax Credit: The Enacted Budget extends the Empire State film production tax credit totaling $420 million per year for an additional five years. Restrictions on the post-production portion of the credit are to be reduced and additional reporting is to be required to document the effectiveness of the credit in creating jobs. In 2015 through 2019, film and post production projects are eligible for an additional 10 percent credit for wages and salaries (excluding writers, directors, music directors, producers and performers) paid as part of projects undertaken in certain upstate New York counties.

 

   

Tax Modernization Provisions: The tax modernization provisions enacted in 2011, and extended last year, are extended again until December 31, 2016. These provisions, including mandatory e-filing and e-payment for preparers and taxpayers, sales tax payment requirements, and segregated accounts for non-complying vendors, would have otherwise expired at the outset of the tax year 2013 filing season on December 31, 2013.

 

   

Tax Reductions: The Enacted Budget includes several new tax reductions. These include a refundable $350 credit in each of tax years 2014-2016 to taxpayers with dependents under the age of 17, zero or positive tax liability, and income between $40,000 and $300,000; a refundable tax credit for tax years 2014-2018 for a portion of the minimum wage paid to students age 16-19; a phased in manufacturing tax rate reduction of 9.2 percent in tax year 2014, 12.3 percent in 2015, 15.4 percent in 2016 and 2017, and 25 percent effective tax year 2018; a refundable tax credit for hiring veterans; and a four year refundable tax credit capped at $6 million per year for tax years 2014 through 2017 for hiring unemployed, low-income, or at-risk youth in qualifying areas.

 

   

Personal Income Tax Brackets and Rates with Indexing: The Enacted Budget extends the December 2011 personal income tax reform program for three additional tax years, 2015-2017.

 

   

Historic Commercial Properties Rehabilitation Tax Credit: This law change provides assurance to developers who are rehabilitating historic commercial property, or are considering doing so, by extending the existing $5 million per project tax credit for five years (2015-2019) and makes the credit refundable beginning in tax year 2015.

 

D-14


   

Historic Homes Rehabilitation Credit: The Enacted Budget extends for five years the maximum credit amount of $50,000 (scheduled to revert to $25,000), and the refundability of the credit for persons with incomes under $60,000 (scheduled to revert to nonrefundable).

Other

 

   

Workers’ Compensation Legislation: The Workers’ Compensation Board (“WCB”) assesses its administrative and special fund costs to the industry which includes carriers, the State agency for the SIF, and the self-insurers including municipal self-insurers. Historically, SIF’s share of the various assessments was based on their share of the total paid indemnity reported. As a result, prior to 2013 legislative changes, accounting standards required SIF to accrue and fund a long term assessment liability on its financial statements. Based upon a review of SIF’s financial statements, it had a WCB assessment liability in excess of $2 billion. Legislation passed in 2013 includes a complete redesign of the assessment process to an employer-based assessment that is to require carriers to collect the necessary amounts from the employers and remit amounts directly to the WCB. As a result of this legislation, SIF’s assessments are not to be based on the long-term indemnity. Therefore, accounting standards no longer require SIF to accrue a long term assessment liability. Additionally, the legislation states: “Effective immediately, notwithstanding any law to the contrary, pursuant to the provisions of this chapter, the assessment reserves held by the state insurance fund for the payment of future assessments are no longer required and all funds and investments held by the state insurance fund related to the assessment reserves shall be transferred to the chair of the workers’ compensation board as soon as possible.” The legislation goes on to describe how the funds are to be incrementally transferred from the WCB to the State’s General Fund from April 1, 2013 to April 1, 2016. As a result of the legislation, SIF is expected to release approximately $2 billion in reserves that would no longer be required to fund future liabilities under the assessment and accounting changes provided for in the law. The Financial Plan assumes $250 million of released reserves are to be used in fiscal year 2014 for debt management purposes, and $1.5 billion is to be used to reduce budget gaps in future years ($1 billion in fiscal year 2015 and $250 million in both fiscal year 2018 and fiscal year 2019). The remaining amounts of reserves being released are expected to be used to stabilize SIF premiums for a period of time.

 

   

Debt Management Set-Aside: The Enacted Budget sets aside an additional $250 million for debt management purposes, which is expected to be financed with $250 million from the release of SIF reserves.

 

   

Tax Receipts Forecast Revisions: This reflects the net impact of changes to the tax receipts forecast since the release of the original Executive Budget submission in January 2013. It includes adjustments made in the amended Executive Budget Financial Plan and as part of the consensus revenue forecasting process undertaken with the Legislature in March 2013.

 

   

Undesignated Fund Balance: The Financial Plan assumes that the undesignated balance of $100 million at the close of fiscal year 2013 will be used in fiscal year 2014 to cover the timing of certain costs related to disaster assistance that were budgeted in fiscal year 2013, but as of June 19, 2013 were expected to be charged to the General Fund in fiscal year 2014.

Updated Financial Plan

In the Updated Financial Plan, as of August 28, 2013, DOB estimated that the General Fund would remain in balance in fiscal year 2014 on a budgetary (cash) basis of accounting, based on review of operating results through the first quarter of the fiscal year and other information.

As of August 28, 2013, General Fund receipts, including transfers from other funds, were expected to total $61.7 billion in fiscal year 2014, an increase of $434 million from the Enacted Budget Financial Plan. In June 2013, the State reached separate financial settlements with a bank and a consultancy that were expected to result

 

D-15


in miscellaneous receipts of approximately $260 million above the Enacted Budget estimate. In addition, the State and certain Tribal Nations had resolved several long-standing disputes concerning exclusivity rights related to gaming, which was expected to result in the release of certain payments owed to the State under the Tribal-State Compact. The resolution was expected to provide an estimated $204 million in General Fund receipts in fiscal year 2014 above budgeted levels, and reduce the risk that future compact payments would fall below the levels budgeted (approximately $110 million annually). In fiscal year 2014, the additional resources from the financial settlements and the Tribal-State Compact were expected to be offset in part by an adverse judgment from the Court of Appeals concerning recertification requirements in the Empire Zones program ($20 million) and costs related to the restructuring and oversight of LIPA ($10 million in fiscal year 2014 growing to $32 million thereafter). In addition, the START-UP NY program, which creates certain tax-free zones on or near qualifying university and college campuses, was expected to result in reduced receipts growth, starting in fiscal year 2015.

General Fund disbursements, including transfers to other funds, were expected to total $61.5 billion in fiscal year 2014, an increase of $340 million from the Enacted Budget Financial Plan. The Updated Financial Plan includes $16 million to assist areas affected by recent flooding. In addition, as of August 28, 2013, DOB expected to prepay approximately $318 million in expenses due to be paid in fiscal year 2015. For planning purposes, the Updated Financial Plan assumes the prepayment of debt service, but DOB, as of August 28, 2013, would determine the specific prepayments that would be made later in the fiscal year. The level of prepayments may change, depending on the State’s fiscal position. Lastly, the State reached a labor settlement covering prior contract periods with the State union representing lifeguards. The retroactive costs of the settlement would be funded from the portion of the General Fund balance identified by DOB for this purpose ($6 million in fiscal year 2014).

As of August 28, 2013, the General Fund budget gap for fiscal year 2015 was projected at $1.74 billion, a decrease of $272 million compared to the Enacted Budget Financial Plan. The change in the fiscal year 2015 budget gap reflected the planned prepayment of expenses, offset by factors described above. The budget gaps projected for future years remained at approximately $2.9 billion in both fiscal year 2016 and fiscal year 2017.

As of August 28, 2013, DOB expected the State to end fiscal year 2014 with a General Fund closing balance of $1.8 billion, an increase of $94 million from the Enacted Budget Financial Plan. This reflects a $100 million increase in the undesignated fund balance, offset by the use of $6 million to fund the retroactive labor settlement with lifeguards. As of August 28, 2013, DOB was evaluating options for the use of this increase in the undesignated fund balance, including a deposit to the State’s reserves or a reduction in the amount of pension costs that will be amortized in fiscal year 2014.

Operating results through the first quarter of fiscal year 2014 were positive in comparison to the estimate in the Enacted Budget Financial Plan. (See “First Quarter Operating Results (April-June 2013)” herein.) General Fund receipts, including transfers from other funds, totaled $18.2 billion through June 2013, $763 million above the Enacted Budget forecast. The positive variance is mainly due to final 2012 personal income tax collections and 2013 quarterly tax payments ($287 million above planned levels); the financial settlements described above; and the budgeted release of $250 million in reserves from the SIF to the State in June rather than August 2013. The higher receipts in these areas were partly offset by lower than expected SONYMA receipts ($76 million below planned levels) and abandoned property collections ($60 million below planned levels), both of which DOB attributes to timing. DOB will continue to monitor the uncertainties and risks regarding the economic and receipts forecast.

General Fund disbursements, including transfers to other funds, totaled $15 billion through June 2013, approximately $445 million below the level estimated in the Enacted Budget Financial Plan. This mainly reflected lower than anticipated spending in local assistance ($582 million) offset by higher General Fund transfers to other State funds ($181 million). After adjusting for these variances, which DOB, as of August 28, 2013, believed were timing related, disbursements appeared to be generally consistent with the Enacted Budget forecast.

 

D-16


Multi-Year Financial Plan Revisions

Receipts Revisions

Financial Settlements : In June 2013, the State received two unanticipated payments totaling $260 million as a result of settlements reached by the State’s DFS.

 

   

Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ (“BTMU”) paid $250 million for violations of New York Banking Law in connection with transactions involving countries and entities subject to international sanctions. Between 2002 and 2007, BTMU moved billions of dollars through New York for government and privately owned entities in Iran, Sudan, and Myanmar, and entities on the Specially Designated Nationals list issued by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. BTMU agreed that the conduct at issue involved approximately $28,000 clearing transactions through New York totaling an estimated $100 billion.

 

   

Deloitte Financial Advisory Services (“Deloitte”) and DFS reached an agreement regarding the company’s misconduct, violations of law, and lack of autonomy during its consulting work at Standard Chartered Bank on anti-money laundering issues. Under the agreement, Deloitte agreed to a one-year, voluntary suspension from consulting work at financial institutions regulated by DFS, made a $10 million payment to the State, and as of August 28, 2013, was implementing a set of reforms designed to help address conflicts of interest in the consulting industry.

 

   

Potential Financial Settlements: In light of recent financial settlements, including those with Standard Chartered Bank, BTMU, and Deloitte, the Updated Financial Plan includes estimates of potential future settlements that may be realized by DFS from current or future investigations.

Tribal-State Compact : As of August 28, 2013, the State had resolved multi-year disputes with the St. Regis Mohawk Tribe and the Seneca Nation of Indians over tribal nation gaming exclusivity zones and resulting exclusivity payments to the State. As part of the agreements, the State will receive a negotiated amount of the slot machine revenues that were withheld by the tribal nations during the dispute, and on-going exclusivity payments to the State from their casino operations will resume. By statute, the State shares a portion of the exclusivity payments with the localities affected by their proximity to the gaming operations. As of August 28, 2013, the State expected to receive a total General Fund benefit of $308 million in fiscal year 2014 as a result of the agreements, $204 million more than the $104 million that was previously reflected with the Enacted Budget Financial Plan.

Empire Zone Recertification Litigation : Several Empire Zone Program participants sued the State in response to fiscal year 2010 legislation that retroactively decertified them from the Empire Zones Program. These participants contested that retroactive decertification was illegal. In June 2013, the Court of Appeals ruled in their favor. This would result in the State paying $20 million in tax refunds to Empire Zone participants in fiscal year 2014.

Legislative Session : During the 2013 session, the Legislature and Governor approved the following legislation, which would have a fiscal impact on the State, as described below.

 

   

LIPA Restructuring: LIPA will remit a lower amount of corporation and utilities taxes, and a portion of the additional temporary 18-a assessment formerly directed to the General Fund will be used for regulating the restructured entity.

 

   

START-UP NY: Provides for the establishment of tax-free zones on or near qualifying university and college campuses. Qualifying businesses operating within such zones are exempt from taxation under the corporation, corporation franchise, personal income, Metropolitan Transportation Authority (“MTA”) mobility, sales and use and real estate transfer taxes. Qualifying new employees are exempt from New York State and New York City personal income tax on wages earned while working in a tax-free zone.

 

D-17


As of November 25 2013, the projections for General Fund budget gaps in future years remained unchanged from the First Quarterly Update, with gaps of $1.7 billion in fiscal year 2015, $2.9 billion in fiscal year 2016, and $2.9 billion in fiscal year 2017. By law, the Governor must propose, and the Legislature must enact, a General Fund budget that is balanced on a cash basis of accounting.

 

   

Section 18-a Temporary Utility Assessments : Collections of assessments on utility companies through September 2013 were lower than planned. The lower collections were attributable to declines in utility prices and energy consumption.

 

   

State Pension Payment : As of November 25, 2013, the State’s 2014 pension bill had been recalculated to reflect updated information. Monthly prepayments applied to the State’s fiscal year 2014 pension bill had resulted in net interest savings.

 

   

General Public Health Work Program : The State’s estimated annual reimbursement to local health departments for a share of costs associated with providing certain public health services had been lowered as a result of lower than anticipated municipal claims on various services.

 

   

New York State Flood Recovery : As of November 25, 2013, the Financial Plan had been updated to include an additional $13 million in recovery assistance aid to homeowners, business operators and farmers in five counties impacted by severe flooding that occurred between June 26 and July 3, 2013. State aid for flooding costs since budget enactment totaled $29 million. Homeowners and renters may apply for up to $31,900 in assistance, and small business owners and farmers may apply for up to $50,000 in assistance.

Disbursement Revisions

Balance for Fiscal Management Purposes : As of August 28, 2013, DOB was evaluating options for the use of this $100 million balance, including a deposit to the State’s reserves or a reduction in the amount of pension costs that will be amortized in fiscal year 2014.

Projected Closing Balances

As of August 28, 2013, DOB expected the State to end fiscal year 2014 with a General Fund closing balance of $1.8 billion, an increase of $94 million from the Enacted Budget Financial Plan. This reflects a $100 million increase in the undesignated fund balance, offset by the use of $6 million to fund the retroactive labor settlement with lifeguards.

As of August 28, 2013, balances in the State’s principal “rainy day” reserve funds, the Tax Stabilization Reserve Fund and the Rainy Day Reserve Fund, were expected to remain unchanged in fiscal year 2014. The combined balance of the two funds was equal to approximately 2.1 percent of estimated General Fund disbursements in fiscal year 2014. The estimated balance in the Community Projects Fund, which finances discretionary grants allocated by the Legislature and the Governor from existing reappropriations, also had not changed since June 19, 2013.

As of August 28, 2013, the State indicated that the Financial Plan continued to reserve money in the General Fund balance to cover the costs of potential retroactive labor settlements with unions that have not agreed to terms for prior contract periods. The reserve is calculated based on the pattern settlement for the fiscal year 2008 through fiscal year 2011 period that was agreed to by the State’s largest unions. In fiscal year 2014, DOB estimated, as of August 28, 2013, that the reserve would be reduced by a total of $32 million to fund the fiscal year 2014 costs of the labor settlements covering prior contract periods ($26 million for NYSCOPBA and $6 million for lifeguards represented by the United University Professions (“UUP”)). The remaining balance was expected to be reduced as labor agreements for prior periods were reached with other unions.

As of August 28, 2013, the State indicated that the Financial Plan continued to reserve $263 million for debt management purposes in fiscal year 2014, which is consistent with the Enacted Budget Financial Plan.

 

D-18


Annual Spending Growth

As of November 25, 2013, DOB estimated that State Operating Funds spending would total $90.7 billion in fiscal year 2014, an increase of $1.8 billion (2.1 percent) from fiscal year 2013 results. Excluding the impact of planned prepayments, State Operating Funds spending growth was estimated at 1.7 percent.

All Governmental Funds (“All Funds”) spending excluding extraordinary Federal aid for Superstorm Sandy disaster assistance and the Affordable Healthcare Act (“ACA”), which includes capital projects and Federal Operating Funds, was expected to total $135.3 billion, an increase of $2.8 billion (2.1 percent) from fiscal year 2013 results. Excluding the impact of planned prepayments, All Funds spending growth (again excluding Superstorm Sandy and ACA), was estimated at 1.8 percent.

As of November 25, 2013, local assistance spending in fiscal year 2014 was expected to increase by $1.1 billion, or 1.9 percent, over fiscal year 2013 results. On a school year basis, School Aid was expected to increase by 4.9 percent in 2014, which is above the growth rate in personal income. School Aid in the future years of the Financial Plan was assumed to increase at levels based on the growth in New York State personal income. State-funded Department of Health (“DOH”) Medicaid spending was projected to increase by 3.9 percent, excluding the impact of the State’s takeover of Medicaid administration, consistent with the statutory growth cap. In addition, the Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) continues to provide additional Federal resources to finance Medicaid spending. Transportation spending growth is the result of increased dedicated tax receipts and State subsidy payments to the MTA. Growth in other local assistance includes increases across several programs and activities. In addition, results in fiscal year 2013 fell below planned levels in many areas, which, absent other changes, has the effect of increasing the annual growth rate in fiscal year 2014 in those areas.

As of November 25, 2013, agency spending on personal and non-personal service was expected to remain nearly flat on an annual basis. This reflected ongoing efforts to redesign State agency operations initiated in fiscal year 2013. Spending on fringe benefits was projected to increase by $622 million. This included an increase of $381 million in the State’s annual pension contribution, including repayment of amounts amortized in prior years. As of November 25, 2013, the Financial Plan assumed the State would continue to amortize a percentage of its annual pension costs, consistent with legislation approved in 2010.

As of November 25, 2013, the State has indicated that consistent with past years, the aggregate spending projections (i.e., the sum of all projected spending by individual agencies) in special revenue funds had been adjusted downward based on typical spending patterns and the observed variance over time between estimated and actual results.

The Executive Budget proposal holds fiscal year 2015 annual spending growth in State Operating Funds to 1.7 percent, below the 2 percent spending benchmark. All Funds spending, which includes spending from capital funds and Federal funds, is expected to increase by 1.4 percent from the level estimated for 2014, excluding extraordinary Federal aid related to Superstorm Sandy 1 and the implementation of the Affordable Care Act (the “ACA”).

 

1   In October 2012, Superstorm Sandy caused widespread flooding, power failures, and wind damage to public and private property in New York City, Long Island, and other downstate areas. Public infrastructure, including mass transit systems, public schools, and municipal buildings, sustained serious damage. The Executive Budget reflects Federal aid which will flow to local governments, public authorities, and not-for-profits over the next three years to continue the State’s recovery from Superstorm Sandy.

 

D-19


April —December 2013 Operating Results

General Fund Results

The State ended the month of December 2013 with a closing balance of $5.9 billion in the General Fund, $2.0 billion higher than projected in the Enacted Budget Financial Plan reflected with the Annual Information Statement (“AIS”) (and $140 million higher than the revised projections of the Prior Quarterly Update). The higher balance was mainly due to lower than planned spending ($1.4 billion), due in large part, to the timing of education related payments.

Through December 2013, General Fund receipts, including transfers from other funds, were $669 million higher than the fiscal year 2014 AIS projections, mainly reflecting higher non-tax revenue, with $353 million in higher miscellaneous receipts and $375 million in higher transfers from other funds.

Tax receipts were $59 million lower than Enacted Budget Financial Plan projections, largely due to lower gross collections from the insurance and bank taxes ($535 million) caused by the weakness in 2013 liability payments. This was offset in part by higher user receipts ($189 million), due to increases in taxable purchases caused partially by Superstorm Sandy recovery spending, and higher other taxes ($268 million), based on strong real estate prices and estate tax receipts.

Higher than anticipated miscellaneous receipts included unanticipated settlement payments from the Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ (“BTMU”) ($250 million) and the Royal Bank of Scotland ($50 million) for their violation of banking laws concerning interactions with countries subject to international sanctions; and from Deloitte Financial Advisory Services ($10 million) for its violation of banking laws during its consulting work at Standard Chartered Bank. These additional receipts were partly offset by lower abandoned property collections ($96 million).

Transfers were higher than initially estimated due to the additional revenue generated by the settlements between New York State and the Saint Regis Mohawk Tribe and the Seneca Nation of Indians ($230 million); and earlier than planned utilization of Federal revenues ($115 million).

In the Prior Quarterly Update, the projection for General Fund receipts through December 2013 was revised upward by $873 million to account for the strong performance across most tax receipt categories during the first half of the fiscal year; the receipt of the unanticipated bank settlement payments; the Tribal-State compact revenue agreements; and the accelerated utilization of Federal funding. In addition, business tax receipts were lowered to reflect the loss of revenue associated with Empire Zone tax refunds, the Long Island Power Authority (“LIPA”) restructuring, and the weakness in 2013 liability payments.

In comparison to the Prior Quarterly Update projections, General Fund revenue collections through December 2013 were $204 million lower than planned, driven mainly by lower overall tax collections, including lower personal income tax (“PIT”) receipts ($224 million) from higher than expected refunds and lower business taxes ($357 million) due to weakness in insurance and bank tax collections. These lower revenue collections were partly offset by higher receipts in other taxes ($143 million) as a result of the continued strength associated with real estate tax activity and higher than expected estate tax receipts.

Through December 2013, General Fund disbursements, including transfers to other funds, were $1.4 billion lower than AIS projections due most significantly to lower spending in local assistance programs ($989 million).

The variance in local assistance spending was primarily attributable to lower spending in education ($841 million). This was primarily due to less than expected School Aid disbursements through December 2013 (which do not impact annual disbursement estimates), and pre-school special education payments that were processed in January 2014 instead of December 2013. The lower spending in higher education ($84 million) reflected SUNY community college payments disbursed later than expected in the fiscal year.

 

D-20


Non-personal service costs ($146 million) were lower across a number of agencies, including DOH ($54 million); the Office of Temporary and Disability Assistance (“OTDA”) ($41 million); Judiciary ($26 million); and the Department of Taxation and Finance (“DTF”) ($18 million); partly due to the ongoing consolidation of certain technology functions to the State’s ITS agency. The DOH variance also reflected lower spending for administrative Medicaid costs due to lower contractual services and other costs associated with the State takeover of local administrative duties. Higher spending for General State Charges (“GSCs”) reflected lower than assumed escrow payments ($34 million); earlier than planned payments for worker’s compensation ($37 million); and higher than assumed litigant payments ($35 million).

General Fund transfers were $429 million below initial projections due to lower transfers for the support of capital projects ($295 million) and lower non-Medicaid support for operational costs at mental hygiene facilities ($115 million). The lower capital projects transfer reflected underspending in areas such as the Health Care Efficiency and Affordability Law for New Yorkers (“HEAL NY”) and the environmental conservation capital programs. The variance in mental hygiene transfers was a function of timing associated with the submission of claims for payment.

In the Prior Quarterly Update, the projection for General Fund spending through December 2013 was reduced by $1.0 billion, largely driven by adjustments in education ($383 million) and transfers to other funds ($468 million). The education spending adjustment primarily reflected the timing of the payments to school districts. General Fund transfers were lowered through December 2013 mainly to reflect reduced support for capital projects costs ($317 million) that resulted from slower spending in the areas of health care and economic development; and lower non-Medicaid support for mental hygiene costs ($115 million) based on updated cashflow needs. Health care costs were also adjusted downward ($144 million) to reflect both the timing of available HCRA resources to support Medicaid costs and lower public health spending for the GPHW program due to fewer than anticipated claim submissions.

In comparison to these revised projections, General Fund spending through December 2013 was $344 million lower than planned, largely due to lower school aid payments ($193 million) and pre-school claims that were processed in January 2014 rather than December 2013, and SUNY community college ($116 million) payments. Partly offsetting the overall under-spending was higher than planned spending for health care ($116 million) due to the timing of Medicaid and public health payments; and higher spending for GSCs ($79 million) as a result of a higher than expected health insurance and worker’s compensation payments.

State Operating Funds Results Versus Enacted Budget

The State ended December 2013 with a closing balance of $8.1 billion in State Operating Funds, $2.2 billion above the Enacted Budget Financial Plan estimate ($49 million below the revised estimate included with the Prior Quarterly Update). The higher balance was mainly due to lower than planned local assistance spending ($1.3 billion), due, in large part, to the timing of education-related payments.

Through December 2013, total receipts in State Operating Funds were $487 million higher than projected in the AIS, reflecting the net impact of higher non-tax revenue ($681 million) and lower tax collections ($194 million).

Consistent with the General Fund results, the State Operating Funds tax receipts variance reflected higher user and estate tax receipts, offset by lower business tax receipts. In addition, there were $120 million in lower business tax revenues dedicated for transit aid due to the general weakness in statewide banking and insurance tax collections.

Higher non-tax receipts are based on the aforementioned banking institution financial settlement payments and the revenue associated with the settlement of Tribal-State compact agreements. Partly offsetting the overall higher miscellaneous receipts collections was lower HCRA revenue attributable to the impact of the Medicaid

 

D-21


Redesign Team (“MRT”) initiatives on reducing costs throughout the State’s health care industry; and lower SUNY miscellaneous receipts.

In the Prior Quarterly Update, the DOB revised the projection for State Operating Funds receipts through December 2013 upward by $901 million to reflect higher miscellaneous receipts ($582 million) and taxes ($319 million). The revisions to miscellaneous receipts included the receipt of the financial settlement payments ($260 million), the Tribal-State compact revenues ($490 million), and SUNY debt service reimbursements ($147 million); partly offset by reductions in the SUNY Dormitory Income Reimbursement Fund ($235 million); HCRA revenue ($89 million); and receipts dedicated for the transit operating funds ($42 million). Updated tax projections were mainly consistent with the General Fund adjustments, but also included lowered projections for taxes dedicated to the transit operating funds ($43 million) to account for the overall weakness in statewide business tax collections.

Compared to these revised estimates, total State Operating Funds receipts were $414 million lower than planned due to lower taxes ($513 million) and higher miscellaneous receipts ($99 million). The tax variance was consistent with the variances noted in the General Fund. The lower miscellaneous receipts reflected lower SUNY receipts.

State Operating Funds spending was $1.3 billion below planned levels due to lower spending in local assistance ($1.3 billion), mainly in the areas of education and health care.

In addition to the $900 million in education and higher education variance noted in the General Fund operating results, the State Operating Fund spending variance also reflected lower spending in the Federal-State Health Reform Partnership (“F-SHRP”) program ($104 million) due to slower than anticipated project costs; lower spending in various HCRA-supported programs, including Medicaid ($91 million) and Elderly Pharmaceutical Insurance Coverage (“EPIC”) ($43 million), due to lack of available resources; and lower spending in transit operating costs ($64 million) as a result of fewer available resources in certain dedicated revenues, including business taxes.

In the Prior Quarterly Update, the projection for State Operating Funds spending through December 2013 was revised downward by $633 million, consistent with the adjustments described for the General Fund. Compared to the revised projections, spending was $676 million lower than planned. This variance reflected lower health care costs ($73 million) due to continued under-spending for the F-SHRP program and reduced Medicaid support from the provider assessment account in the month of December due to the timing concerning available resources. This variance also reflected lower transportation costs ($48 million), due largely to the reversal of a previous accounting adjustment, which shifted spending between Financial Plan categories; and lower spending across multiple local assistance program areas ($118 million), including the STAR program.

As compared to initial projections in the AIS, other financing sources were $378 million higher, largely as a result of the lower General Fund transfer to support capital projects ($295 million) and the accelerated utilization of Federal funding ($115 million). Compared to revised projections, other financing sources were $311 million lower, mainly as a result of timing associated with the Federal reimbursement of mental hygiene costs ($241 million).

All Governmental Funds Results

The State ended December 2013 with an All Governmental Funds closing balance of $7.1 billion, $2.4 billion above the 2014 Enacted Budget Financial Plan estimate ($320 million higher than the revised estimate included with the Prior Quarterly Update). The higher balance was comprised of lower than projected spending ($3.6 billion), partly offset by lower available resources ($1.2 billion).

 

D-22


Through December 2013, total receipts in All Funds were $1.2 billion lower than initial projections, reflecting the combined impact of lower Federal aid ($1.8 billion); lower tax collections ($223 million); and higher miscellaneous receipts ($767 million).

In addition to the tax collection and miscellaneous receipts variances noted earlier, other significant variances included higher than planned miscellaneous receipts for capital projects ($104 million) due to the timing of bond reimbursements associated with certain economic development and environmental programs; and lower than anticipated Federal grants ($1.8 billion), which was roughly commensurate to the spending variances described below.

In addition to the General Fund and State Operating Funds spending variances described earlier, the most notable variances were attributable to lower Federal spending ($2.1 billion) due to a combination of lower spending in areas such as disaster assistance ($2.2 billion), reflecting the uncertain nature of timing associated with storm recovery costs; and health care ($696 million) due to timing associated with the impact of ACA relative to initial assumptions. Partly offsetting the overall lower Federal spending was higher costs for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (“TANF”) ($507 million), reflecting the receipt of additional Federal funding above the base grant award; and higher Federal education costs ($255 million), due to the acceleration of Title I and the Federal Race to the Top funds designed to implement education reforms.

Lower capital spending ($166 million) was driven mainly by slower than anticipated spending across a number of programs, most notably for projects in the health care and economic development sectors.

All Governmental Funds Annual Change

The All Governmental Funds balance through December 2013 was $7.1 billion, or $655 million higher than the prior year. The growth in the fund balance in the 2014 fiscal year was attributable to a higher opening balance ($516 million), greater available resources from All Governmental Funds receipts ($5.2 billion), partly offset by higher year-to-date spending ($5.0 billion).

All Governmental Funds tax receipts through December 2013 were $2.6 billion higher than receipts collected during the same time period of the prior year, with 79 percent of the growth attributable to higher PIT collections ($2.0 billion). This was due in part to strong extension payment growth in the April 2013 settlement, the result of taxpayer accelerations of income into the 2012 tax year to avoid increased 2013 Federal tax rates. The surging 2013 stock market also led to strong estimated payment growth in December 2013. Other growth in tax receipts included higher user tax collections ($496 million) associated with recurring and non-recurring taxable purchases such as auto sales, entertainment activities, and expenses for post-Sandy repair work; and higher other taxes ($291 million), which was attributable to growth in real estate transfer tax liability (particularly in New York City) and growth in estate tax receipts, both in terms of volume and average amount. Decreased business tax receipts ($244 million) were driven by lower gross collections for insurance and bank taxes due to reduced 2013 liability payments. Growth in miscellaneous receipts were mainly attributable to the additional Tribal-State revenues pursuant to the recently settled compact agreements ($435 million); increased SUNY receipts ($332 million); and Lottery revenue ($97 million) due to higher draw games sales and increased VLT activity throughout the State. These receipts were offset by the loss of Medicaid payments from Monroe County ($120 million) which entered the State’s Medicaid local cap program in February 2013. The remaining growth in receipts was in Federal grants ($1.6 billion) and is generally a result of increased Federal program spending, as described in greater detail below.

Nearly half of the $5.0 billion annual increase in All Governmental Funds spending through December 2013 was attributable to higher Federal spending ($2.4 billion), mainly in the areas of health care ($814 million) due to the delayed approval of Federal rate packages in 2013; disaster assistance ($641 million) associated with Sandy-related storm recovery activities; public assistance programs ($481 million) as a result of additional spending beyond the base TANF grant award; and education ($323 million) where payments assumed for fiscal year 2013 were not paid until the early part of fiscal year 2014.

 

D-23


State Operating Funds spending had increased by $2.1 billion through December 2013 compared to the same time period of the prior year, comprised of a $617 million increase in local assistance; a $1.7 billion increase in operational costs; and a $247 million decrease in debt service.

Growth in local assistance spending included higher Medicaid spending ($907 million) due to artificially suppressed spending during the first half of the prior year as a result of delayed Federal approval of certain rate increases; increased transit aid spending ($319 million) based on the timing of available resources; and increased higher education spending ($164 million) as a result of budgeted growth and the timing of certain payments.

Agency operations spending growth included higher personal service costs ($224 million) due to increased compensation and overtime payments; and higher non-personal service costs ($362 million) due to increased spending by SUNY as a result of the expansion of services being provided at campuses and teaching hospitals. The GSC increase from the prior year ($1.1 billion) reflected the monthly payment of the State’s pension costs instead of one payment in the final month of the fiscal year—a change in practice which generated additional interest savings.

The debt service annual change reflected increased debt service costs, offset by declines for fiscal year 2013 pre-payments and fiscal year 2014 SUNY dormitory debt service costs migrating to a new non-State credit structure.

Capital projects spending had increased by $540 million from the prior year, which was a result of budgeted growth, particularly for DOT-related costs in the Dedicated Highway and Bridge Trust Fund (“DHBTF”), and the timing of certain transactions relative to the prior year.

Risks and Uncertainties Related to the State Financial Plan

General

The Updated Financial Plan is subject to many complex economic, social, financial, political, and environmental risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside the ability of the State to control. DOB believes that the projections of receipts and disbursements in the Updated Financial Plan are based on reasonable assumptions, but there can be no assurance that actual results will not differ materially and adversely from these projections. In certain fiscal years, actual receipts collections have fallen substantially below the levels forecast in the Updated Financial Plan. In addition, the Updated Financial Plan projections are based on the assumption that annual growth in State Operating Funds in future years is limited to 2 percent, and that all savings that result from the 2 percent limit are made available to the General Fund.

The Updated Financial Plan is based on numerous assumptions, including the condition of the State and national economies and the concomitant receipt of economically sensitive tax receipts in the amounts projected. Other uncertainties and risks concerning the economic and receipts forecasts include the impact of the following: national and international events, such as Federal budget and debt ceiling negotiations; ongoing financial instability in the Euro-zone; changes in consumer confidence, oil supplies and oil prices; major terrorist event, hostilities or war; climate change and extreme weather events; Federal statutory and regulatory changes concerning financial sector activities; changes concerning financial sector bonus payouts, as well as any future legislation governing the structure of compensation; shifts in monetary policy affecting interest rates and the financial markets; financial and real estate market developments which may adversely affect bonus income and capital gains realizations; possible changes in Federal tax law relating to the taxation of interest on municipal bonds; and the levels of household debt, which may adversely affect consumer spending and State tax collections.

The Updated Financial Plan is subject to various other uncertainties and contingencies relating to the extent, if any, to which wage increases for State employees exceed projected annual wage costs; changes in the size of the State’s workforce; the realization of the projected rate of return for pension fund assets and current

 

D-24


assumptions with respect to wages for State employees affecting the State’s required pension fund contributions; the extent to which litigation-related judgments against the State results in new or higher than projected costs; the willingness and ability of the Federal government to provide the aid contemplated by the Updated Financial Plan; the ability of the State to implement cost reduction initiatives, including reductions in State agency operations, and the success with which the State controls expenditures; and the ability of the State and its public authorities to market securities successfully in the public credit markets. Some of these specific issues are described in more detail herein. The projections and assumptions contained in the Updated Financial Plan are subject to revisions which may involve substantial changes resulting from the occurrence of one or more uncertainties. No assurance can be given that these estimates and projections, which depend in part upon actions the State expects to be taken but that are not within the State’s control, will be realized.

Budget Risks and Uncertainties

The DOB expects the General Fund to remain in balance in the 2014 fiscal year, and that the Executive Budget Financial Plan for fiscal year 2015 would, if enacted without modification by the Legislature, provide for balanced operations in fiscal year 2015. There can be no assurance, however, that the State’s financial position will not change materially and adversely from projections as of February 27, 2014. If this were to occur, the State would be required to take additional gap-closing actions. Such actions may include, but are not limited to, additional reductions in State agency operations; delays or reductions in payments to local governments or other recipients of State aid; delays in or suspension of capital maintenance and construction; extraordinary financing of operating expenses; or other measures. In some cases, the ability of the State to implement such actions requires the approval of the Legislature and cannot be implemented solely by the action of the Governor.

The Updated Financial Plan projections generally assume that School Aid and Medicaid disbursements will be limited to the growth in New York State personal income and the ten-year average growth in the Medicaid component of the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”), respectively. However, the fiscal year 2014 Enacted Budget authorized spending for School Aid to increase in excess of the growth in personal income for school year 2014. A proposal is included in the fiscal year 2015 Executive Budget that would allow School Aid to grow at approximately 4 percent in school year 2015, in parity with Medicaid, but above the 3.1 percent growth in personal income that would otherwise be used to calculate School Aid increases. Higher spending for education may occur if voters approve the Smart Schools bond act in November 2014.

State law grants the Governor certain powers to achieve the Medicaid savings assumed in the Updated Financial Plan. However, there can be no assurance that these powers will be sufficient to limit the rate of annual growth in DOH State Funds Medicaid spending to the levels estimated in the Updated Financial Plan. In addition, savings are dependent upon timely Federal approvals, revenue performance in the State’s HCRA fund (which finances approximately one-third of the DOH State-share costs of Medicaid), and the participation of health care industry stakeholders.

The forecast contains specific transaction risks and other uncertainties including, but not limited to, the receipt of certain payments from public authorities; the receipt of miscellaneous revenues at the levels expected in the Updated Financial Plan, including payments pursuant to the Tribal-State Compact that have failed to materialize in prior years, but which were received in the current year as part of an agreement between the State and certain tribal nations; and the achievement of cost-saving measures including, but not limited to, the transfer of available fund balances to the General Fund at the levels projected as of February 27, 2014. Such risks and uncertainties, if they were to materialize, could have an adverse impact on the Updated Financial Plan in the current year or future years.

Federal Issues

The State receives a substantial amount of Federal aid for health care, education, transportation, and other governmental purposes, as well as Federal funding to address response and recovery to severe weather events.

 

D-25


Any reduction in Federal funding levels could have a materially adverse impact on the Updated Financial Plan. In addition, the Updated Financial Plan may be adversely affected by other actions taken by the Federal government, including audits, disallowances, and changes to Federal participation rates or other Medicaid rules. Issues of particular concern are described below.

Medicaid Redesign Team Medicaid Waiver

Pursuant to discussions with the Federal Government, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) and the State have reached an agreement in principle authorizing up to $8 billion in Federal funding, over multiple years, for use in transforming New York’s health care system. The final terms of this agreement are still being negotiated and upon final CMS approval are expected to be reflected as an amendment to the State’s Partnership Plan 1115 Medicaid waiver.

Federal Reimbursement for State Mental Hygiene Services

Pursuant to discussions with the Federal government, the State has lowered Medicaid developmental disability center payment rates effective April 1, 2013. Full implementation of this change is expected to reduce Federal funding to the State by approximately $1.1 billion annually, beginning in fiscal year 2014. The 2014 Enacted Budget included a plan to address the loss in Federal aid, including $90 million in the Office for People with Developmental Disabilities (“OPWDD”) savings associated with reduced administrative costs, enhanced audit recoveries and improved program efficiencies. The plan is subject to implementation risks and is dependent, in part, on the approval of the Federal government. In addition, as described below, the CMS may seek to retroactively recover Federal funds paid to the State regarding this matter.

Audit Disallowance

In addition to the reductions in rates that commenced on April 1, 2013, on February 8, 2013, the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services Office of the Inspector General, at the direction of the CMS, began a review to determine the allowability of Medicaid costs for services provided in prior years to the Medicaid population in New York State-Operated Intermediate Care Facilities for the Developmentally Disabled (“ICF/DD”). The initial review period includes claims for services provided from April 1, 2010 through March 31, 2011. As a result of this review, CMS may seek to recover Federal funds for any payments that it determines to have been in excess of Federal requirements. The State has attempted to address CMS concerns regarding its prospective payments to ICF/DDs with a State plan change effective April 1, 2013, and continues to have discussions with CMS to resolve the concerns related to the April 1, 2010 through March 31, 2011 period. As noted above, the changes begun in fiscal year 2014 are expected to result in a reduction in Federal aid of an estimated $1.1 billion annually beginning in fiscal year 2014. A comparable amount of Federal aid is at risk for any prior period that may be pursued by CMS. Matters of this type are sometimes resolved with a prospective solution (as already commenced by the State), and the State is not aware of any similar attempts by the Federal government to retroactively recover Federal aid of this magnitude that was paid pursuant to an approved State plan. The State continues to seek CMS approval to proceed with the development of a sustainable system of service funding and delivery for individuals with developmental disabilities. However, there can be no assurance that Federal action in this matter will not result in materially adverse changes to the Executive Budget Financial Plan.

Budget Control Act

The Federal Budget Control Act (“BCA”) of 2011 imposed annual caps on Federal discretionary spending over a ten-year period and mandated an additional $1.2 trillion in deficit reduction, which, if not enacted, would be achieved through the sequestration of funds in Federal Fiscal Year (“FFY”) 2013 and lowered discretionary spending caps in the following years. As the required deficit reduction was not achieved by the March 1, 2013 deadline, an across-the-board 5 percent reduction in FFY 2013 funding for Federal nondefense discretionary

 

D-26


programs was implemented. In December 2013, the spending caps for FFY 2014 and 2015 were revised upward by the Bipartisan Budget Act (“BBA”) of 2013. While the BBA provided minor discretionary cap relief over two years, BCA caps in the remaining years were not addressed. Although specific funding levels will be determined through the annual congressional budget process if the lowered spending caps remain in place. DOB estimates that New York State and local governments could lose approximately $5 billion in Federal funding over nine years, including reductions in Federal funding that passes through the State budget for school districts, as well as environmental, criminal justice and social services programs.

Debt Ceiling

In October 2013, an impasse in Congress caused a temporary Federal government shutdown and raised concern for a time that the Federal debt ceiling would not be raised in a timely manner. A Federal government default on payments, particularly if it persisted for a prolonged period, could have a materially adverse effect on the national and state economies, financial markets, and intergovernmental aid payments.

The specific effects on the Executive Budget Financial Plan of a Federal government payment default in the future are unknown and impossible to predict. However, data from past economic downturns suggest that the State’s revenue loss could be substantial if the economy goes into a recession due to a Federal default.

A payment default by the United States may adversely affect the municipal bond market. Municipal issuers, as well as the State, could face higher borrowing costs and impaired market access. This would jeopardize planned capital investments in roads and bridges, higher education facilities, hazardous waste remediation, environmental projects, and economic development projects. Additionally, the market for and market value of outstanding municipal obligations, including municipal obligations of the State, could be adversely affected.

Health Insurance Company Conversions

State law permits a health insurance company to convert its organizational status from a not-for- profit to a for-profit corporation (a “health care conversion”), subject to a number of terms, conditions, and approvals. Under State law, the State is entitled to proceeds from the monetization of a health service corporation, from a not-for-profit to a for-profit corporation, and such proceeds must be used by the State for health-care related expenses. In recent years, the Financial Plan has counted on proceeds from conversions ($175 million in fiscal year 2014, and $300 million annually in fiscal year 2015, fiscal year 2016, and fiscal year 2017 in the fiscal year 2014 Enacted Budget), which have not been realized. For planning purposes, the Executive Budget Financial Plan no longer counts on conversion proceeds.

Status of Labor Negotiations for the Contract Period Starting in Fiscal Year 2012

As of February 27, 2014, the State had settled collective bargaining agreements for the contract period commencing in fiscal year 2012 with 90 percent of the State workforce, and nearly the entire workforce subject to direct Executive control. Five-year agreements were reached with the Civil Service Employees Association (“CSEA”), the United University Professions (“UUP”), the New York State Correctional Officers and Police Benevolent Association (“NYSCOPBA”), and Council 82. Four-year agreements were reached with the Public Employees Federation (“PEF”) and the New York State Police Benevolent Association (“NYSPBA”).

The settled agreements yielded wage and benefit concessions in exchange for contingent employee job protection through the respective contract periods. Nevertheless, reductions in force may be authorized if the State’s fiscal circumstances change materially or unexpectedly, or if such reductions are associated with the closure or restructuring of facilities authorized by legislation or by a Spending and Government Efficiency Commission (“SAGE”) determination.

 

D-27


The agreements have provided: two-year Deficit Reduction Plan (“DRP”) savings of $300 million; no general salary increases for the three-year period fiscal year 2012 through fiscal year 2014; a 2 percent general salary increase in fiscal year 2015; and a 2 percent general salary increase in fiscal year 2016 for the employees with five-year agreements. Additionally, the agreements provided full-annual health benefit savings of $230 million resulting from increases to employee/retiree premium shares, co-pays, out-of-network deductibles and coinsurance.

Two lump sum payments—$775 in fiscal year 2014 and $225 in fiscal year 2015—were or are expected to be paid to employees represented by CSEA, NYSPBA, NYSCOPBA and Council 82. PEF did not negotiate these lump sum payments, but covered employees are expected to receive repayment for all DRP reductions over an extended time at the end of the contract term. The employees represented by unions which negotiated the lump sum payments are expected to be repaid a portion of their DRP reductions over an extended term at the end of their respective contract terms. UUP employees may receive lump sum payments of similar value in the form of the Chancellor’s Power of SUNY Awards and Presidential Discretionary Awards.

The unions representing Graduate Students, State Police Troopers, Investigators and Commissioned/Non-Commissioned Officers, as well as employees represented by District Council-37 (Housing) in the Division of Homes and Community Renewal (“DHCR”), continue to have unsettled contracts for the current contract period. The Updated Financial Plan does not include a General Fund reserve for this purpose.

Labor Settlements for Prior Contract Periods

The Updated Financial Plan continues to include a General Fund reserve to cover the costs of a pattern settlement for unsettled contracts prior to fiscal year 2011. There is no assurance this reserve will fully fund these unsettled contracts. In addition, the State’s ability to fund all future agreements in fiscal year 2015 and beyond depends on the achievement of balanced budgets in those years.

Cash-Flow Projections

The State authorizes the General Fund to borrow resources temporarily from available funds in the Short-Term Investment Pool (“STIP”) for up to four months, or to the end of the fiscal year, whichever period is shorter. The amount of resources that can be borrowed by the General Fund is limited to the available balances in STIP, as determined by the State Comptroller. Available balances include money in the State’s governmental funds and a relatively small amount of other moneys belonging to the State. Several accounts in Debt Service Funds and Capital Projects Funds that are part of All Governmental Funds are excluded from the balances deemed available in STIP. These excluded funds consist of bond proceeds and money obligated for debt service payments.

As of February 27, 2014, the DOB expected that the State would have sufficient liquidity to make payments as they become due throughout the remainder of fiscal year 2014 and fiscal year 2015, but that the General Fund might, from time to time on a daily basis, need to borrow resources temporarily from other funds in STIP. The State continues to reserve money on a quarterly basis for debt service payments that are financed with General Fund resources. Money to pay debt service on bonds secured by dedicated receipts, including personal income tax bonds and Sales Tax bonds, continues to be set aside as required by law and bond covenants.

Pension Amortization

Under legislation enacted in August 2010, the State and local governments may amortize (defer paying) a portion of their annual pension costs beginning in fiscal year 2011. Amortization temporarily reduces the pension costs that must be paid by public employers in a given fiscal year, but results in higher costs overall when repaid with interest.

 

D-28


The 2010 legislation enacted a formula to set an amortization threshold for each year. The amortization threshold (the “graded rate”) may increase or decrease in the direction of the actuarial contribution rate (the “normal rate”) by up to one percentage point annually. Pension contribution costs in excess of the graded rate may be amortized. Amortization is permitted in all years if the normal rate is greater than the graded rate. However, when the graded rate equals or exceeds the normal rate, amortization is not allowed.

In fiscal year 2015, the graded contribution rates for the Employees’ Retirement System (“ERS”) and the Police and Fire Retirement System (“PFRS”) will be 13.5 percent and 21.5 percent, respectively. The Executive Budget Financial Plan assumes the State will continue to amortize its pension costs in fiscal year 2015 at these rates.

As of February 27, 2014, the Updated Financial Plan forecast assumes that the State will continue to amortize a portion of its pension costs, pursuant to the fiscal year 2011 legislation. The State’s minimum ERS pension contribution rate, as a percentage of payroll, was 9.5 percent in fiscal year 2011, 10.5 percent in fiscal year 2012, 11.5 percent in fiscal year 2013, and is expected to be 12.5 percent in fiscal year 2014. DOB projects the rate to be 13.5 percent in fiscal year 2015, 14.5 percent in fiscal year 2016, and 15.5 percent in fiscal year 2017. The fiscal year 2018 amortization threshold is projected by DOB to equal the normal contribution rate of 15.6 percent of payroll. Therefore, no amortization of ERS costs is expected to be applicable for fiscal year 2018 and beyond.

For both ERS and PFRS, the DOB projects the fiscal year 2016 graded rates will be equal to, or more than, the normal contribution rates. As such, continued amortization is not expected. Furthermore, the DOB projects the graded rates are expected to exceed the normal contribution rates in fiscal year 2017 through fiscal year 2020. In these years, contributions that exceed the normal contributions are expected to be used to pay outstanding costs of prior year amortizations, as required by statute. These projections are based on projected market returns and numerous actuarial assumptions. The next five-year experience study conducted by the Retirement Systems’ Actuary is scheduled to take place in 2015 and could change these projections materially.

The State is required to begin repayment on each new amortization in the fiscal year immediately following the year in which the deferral was made. The full amount of the amortization, with interest, must be repaid within ten years, but the amount can be paid-off sooner. The annual interest rate on each new amortization is determined by the Office of the State Comptroller, and is fixed for the entire term of the deferral.

In fiscal year 2013, the State made pension payments to the New York State & Local Retirement System (“NYSLRS”) of $1.217 billion, of which $674.1 million was amortized. In addition, the State’s Office of Court Administration (“OCA”) made its pension payment of $189.4 million, of which $104.4 million was amortized. The total deferred amount—$778.5 million—will be repaid with interest over the next ten years, beginning in fiscal year 2014.

For amounts amortized in fiscal year 2011, fiscal year 2012, fiscal year 2013, and fiscal year 2014, the State Comptroller set interest rates of 5 percent, 3.75 percent, 3 percent, and 3.67 percent, respectively. The Executive Budget Financial Plan assumes that both the State and OCA are expected to elect to amortize pension costs in future years, consistent with the provisions of the authorizing legislation, and repay such amounts at an interest cost assumed by DOB to be 3.67 percent per annum over ten years from the date of each deferred payment, consistent with the interest rate charged on the fiscal year 2014 amortized amounts.

Part TT of Chapter 57 of the Laws of 2010 requires that: (a) the State make additional contributions in upcoming fiscal years, above the actuarially required contribution and (b) once all outstanding amortizations are paid off, additional contributions be set aside as reserves for rate increases, to be invested by the State Comptroller and used to offset future rate increases.

 

D-29


As noted above, DOB’s most recent pension contribution rate forecast assumes that the normal contribution rate is to equal the graded rate in fiscal year 2016. Therefore, the State would not have the option to amortize any of its pension costs in 2016, or in the immediately succeeding fiscal years. In addition, this forecast assumes the State will make amortization payments on prior deferrals pursuant to the formula in the statute. These payments are projected to occur in fiscal year 2017 through fiscal year 2021. Projections are based on certain DOB assumptions about actuarial factors on investment earnings and benefits to be paid, and while DOB believes such assumptions to be reasonable, actual results may vary from the projections, and such variances could be substantial.

Other Post-Employment Benefits (“OPEB”)

State employees become eligible for post-employment benefits (i.e., health insurance) if they reach retirement while working for the State, are enrolled in the New York State Health Insurance Program (“NYSHIP”), or are enrolled in the State’s opt-out program at the time they have reached retirement, and have at least ten years of eligible service for NYSHIP benefits. The cost of providing post-retirement health insurance is shared between the State and the retired employee. Contributions are established by law and may be amended by the Legislature. The State pays its share of costs on a pay-as-you-go basis as required by law.

In accordance with the Governmental Accounting Standards Board (“GASB”) Statement 45, the State must perform an actuarial valuation every two years for purposes of calculating OPEB liabilities. As disclosed in Note 13 of the State’s Basic Financial Statements for fiscal year 2013, the Annual Required Contribution (“ARC”) represents the projected annual level of funding that, if set aside on an ongoing basis, is projected to cover projected normal costs each year and to amortize any unfunded liabilities of the plan over a period not to exceed 30 years. Amounts required but not actually set aside to pay for these benefits are accumulated, with interest, as part of the net OPEB obligation, after adjusting for amounts previously required.

As reported in the State’s Basic Financial Statements for fiscal year 2013, the projected unfunded actuarial accrued liability for fiscal year 2013 is $66.5 billion ($54.3 billion for the State and $12.2 billion for SUNY), a decline of $5.5 billion from fiscal year 2012 ($5.4 billion for the State and $0.1 billion for SUNY). The unfunded actuarial accrued liability for fiscal year 2013 used an actuarial valuation of OPEB liabilities as of April 1, 2012 for the State and as of April 1, 2010 for SUNY. These valuations were determined using the Frozen Entry Age actuarial cost method, and are amortized over an open period of 30 years using the level percentage of projected payroll amortization method.

The actuarially determined annual OPEB cost for fiscal year 2013 totaled $3.4 billion ($2.6 billion for the State and $0.8 billion for SUNY), a decline of $520 million from fiscal year 2012 ($490 million for the State and $30 million for SUNY). The actuarially determined cost was calculated using the Frozen Entry Age actuarial cost method, allocating costs on a level basis over earnings. The actuarially determined cost was $2.0 billion ($1.4 billion for the State and $0.6 billion for SUNY) greater than the cash payments for retiree costs made by the State in fiscal year 2013. This difference between the State’s pay-as-you-go costs, and the actuarially determined required annual contribution under Governmental Accounting Standards Bureau Statement 45, reduced the State’s net asset condition at the end of fiscal year 2013 by $2.0 billion.

The Governmental Accounting Standards Bureau does not require the additional costs to be funded on the State’s budgetary (cash) basis, and no funding is assumed for this purpose in the Executive Budget Financial Plan. The State continues to finance these costs, along with all other employee health care expenses, on a pay-as-you-go basis.

As of February 27, 2014, there was no provision in the Updated Financial Plan to fund the actuarial required contribution for OPEB. If the State began making the actuarial required contribution, the additional cost above the pay-as-you-go amounts would be lowered. The State’s Health Insurance Council, which consists of The Governor’s Office of Employee Relations (“GOER”), Civil Service and DOB, will continue to review this matter

 

D-30


and seek input from the State Comptroller, the legislative fiscal committees and other outside parties. However, it is not expected that the State will alter its planned funding practices in light of existing fiscal conditions.

Financial Settlements

The State periodically receives financial settlements that are deposited to the General Fund. Based on recent experience, the Updated Financial Plan includes additional expected receipts from settlement proceeds of approximately $275 million in fiscal year 2015, $250 million in fiscal year 2016, and $100 million in fiscal year 2017 and fiscal year 2018. There can be no assurance that State settlement proceeds in upcoming fiscal years will be received at the levels assumed in the Updated Financial Plan.

Litigation

Litigation against the State may include potential challenges to the constitutionality of various actions. The State may also be affected by adverse decisions that are the result of various lawsuits. Such adverse decisions may not meet the materiality threshold to warrant individual description but, in the aggregate, could still adversely affect the Updated Financial Plan. For more information on litigation affecting the State, see the section entitled “Litigation and Arbitration” later in this appendix.

Update on Storm Recovery

Within the last three years, New York State has sustained damage from three powerful storms that crippled entire regions. In August 2011, Hurricane Irene disrupted power and caused extensive flooding to various New York State counties. In September 2011, Tropical Storm Lee caused flooding in additional New York State counties and, in some cases, exacerbated the damage caused by Hurricane Irene two weeks earlier. Little more than one year later, on October 29, 2012, Superstorm Sandy struck the East Coast, causing widespread infrastructure damage and economic losses to the greater New York region. The frequency and intensity of these storms presents economic and financial risks to the State. State claims for reimbursement for the costs of the immediate response are in process, and both recovery and future mitigation efforts have begun, largely supported by Federal funds. In January 2013, the Federal government approved approximately $60 billion in Federal disaster aid for general recovery, rebuilding and mitigation activity nationwide. New York anticipates receiving approximately one-half of this amount over the coming years for response, recovery, and mitigation costs. There can be no assurance that all anticipated Federal disaster aid described above will be provided to the State and its affected entities, or that such Federal disaster aid will be provided on the expected schedule.

Climate Change Adaptation

Climate change is expected to cause long-term threats to physical and biological systems. Potential hazards and risks related to climate change for the State include, among other things, rising sea levels, more severe coastal flooding and erosion hazards, and more intense storms. Storms in recent years, including Superstorm Sandy, Hurricane Irene, and Tropical Storm Lee, have demonstrated vulnerabilities in the State’s infrastructure, including mass transit systems, power transmission and distribution systems, and other critical lifelines, to extreme weather events, including coastal flooding caused by storm surges. Significant long-term planning and investment by the Federal government, State, and municipalities is expected to be needed to adapt existing infrastructure to the risks posed by climate change.

Financial Condition of New York State Localities

The fiscal demands on the State may be affected by the fiscal conditions of New York City and potentially other localities, which rely in part on State aid to balance their budgets and meet their cash requirements. Certain localities outside New York City, including cities, and counties, have experienced financial problems and have requested and received additional State assistance during the last several State fiscal years. In 2013, the Financial

 

D-31


Restructuring Board for Local Governments was created to provide assistance to distressed local governments by performing comprehensive reviews and providing grants and loans as a condition of implementing recommended efficiency initiatives. For more information, see the section entitled “Authorities and Localities” later in this appendix.

Bond Market

Implementation of the Executive Budget Financial Plan is dependent on the State’s ability to market its bonds successfully. The State finances much of its capital spending in the first instance from the General Fund or STIP, which it then reimburses with proceeds from the sale of bonds. If the State cannot sell bonds at the levels (or on the timetable) expected in the capital plan, the State’s overall cash position and capital funding plan may be adversely affected. The success of projected public sales is expected to, among other things, be subject to prevailing market conditions. Future developments in the financial markets, including possible changes in Federal tax law relating to the taxation of interest on municipal bonds, as well as future developments concerning the State and public discussion of such developments, generally may affect the market for outstanding State-supported and State-related debt.

Capital Commitment Plan

The State continues to implement the best practices put forth by the New York Works Task Force (the “Task Force”). The Task Force was formed in May 2012 to assist in the coordination of long-term capital planning among State agencies and public authorities. Consistent with the long-term planning goals of New York Works, the DOB formulated 10-year capital commitment and disbursement projections. The total commitment and disbursement levels permissible over the 10-year capital planning horizon reflect, among other things, projected capacity under the State’s statutory debt limit, anticipated levels of Federal aid, and the timing of capital activity based on known needs and historical patterns.

Consolidated Public Health Laboratory

The Executive Budget includes authorization for the Executive to evaluate and, if appropriate, enter into a public-private partnership for the design, construction, operations, maintenance and financing of a new public health laboratory facility in Albany to consolidate and replace the five Wadsworth (Department of Health) lab locations and co-locate certain laboratory functions of the Department of Environmental Conservation. The current laboratory facilities are nearing the end of their useful lives and are not readily adaptable to meet current research functions. A new facility is expected to take 5 years to construct and would be sized to deliver existing laboratory functions in a smaller footprint while also creating opportunities to expand research capabilities. The location of the facility would be proximate to other State laboratories (i.e., Agriculture & Markets, State Police, Homeland Security), which the Executive expects to provide shared service efficiencies. Given the size, scope and technical complexity of this project, the Executive believes that a public-private partnership may offer advantages compared to traditional design and construction options. The Executive believes such advantages may include accelerated project delivery, coordinated project delivery with a single point of accountability, transference of development risks to the private sector, and avoidance of up-front State financial outlay. The agreement might also permit use of the facility by private or not-for-profit users that are complementary to the public laboratory function, and could last up to 50 years

Debt Reform Act Limit

The Debt Reform Act of 2000 (the “Debt Reform Act”) restricts the issuance of State-supported debt to capital purposes only and limits such debt to a maximum term of 30 years. The Debt Reform Act limits the amount of new State-supported debt to 4 percent of State personal income and new State-supported debt service costs to 5 percent of All Funds receipts. The restrictions apply to all new State-supported debt issued since April 1, 2000. The cap on new State-supported debt outstanding began at 0.75 percent of personal income in

 

D-32


fiscal year 2001 and was fully phased-in at 4 percent of personal income during fiscal year 2011, while the cap on new State-supported debt service costs began at 0.75 percent of All Funds receipts in fiscal year 2001 and is slated to be fully phased in at 5 percent during fiscal year 2014. The State was in compliance with the statutory caps for the most recent calculation period (fiscal year 2013).

Projections as of February 27, 2014 reflected that debt outstanding and debt service were expected to continue to remain below the limits imposed by the Debt Reform Act. Based on the most recent personal income and debt outstanding forecasts, as of February 27, 2014, the available room under the debt outstanding cap is expected to decline from $3.2 billion in fiscal year 2013 to $101 million in fiscal year 2016. This includes the estimated impact of the bond-financed portion of proposed increased capital commitment levels. Debt outstanding and debt service caps continue to include the existing SUNY Dormitory Facilities lease revenue bonds, which are backed by the State. Bonds issued under the new SUNY Dormitory Facilities Revenue credit implemented in 2013 are not included in the State’s calculation of debt caps. The State has indicated that capital spending priorities and debt financing practices may be adjusted from time to time to preserve available debt capacity and stay within the statutory limits, as events warrant.

Debt Financing Changes

Sales Tax Revenue Bond Program

Legislation adopted with the Fiscal Year 2014 Enacted Budget creates a new Sales Tax Revenue Bond Program that are to constitute “State-supported debt” and are slated to be subject to the Debt Reform Act debt caps described above. The legislation creates the Sales Tax Revenue Bond Tax Fund, a sub-fund within the General Debt Service Fund that is to provide for the payment of these bonds. The new Sales Tax Revenue Bonds are secured by the dedication of payments from this fund, which is to receive one (1) percent of the State’s four (4) percent sales and use tax receipts. With a limited exception, upon the satisfaction of all of the obligations and liabilities of the Local Government Assistance Corporation (“LGAC”), the amount of sales tax receipts directed to this fund is to increase to two percent. Tax receipts in excess of debt service requirements would be transferred to the State’s General Fund.

The Sales Tax Revenue Bonds are to be used interchangeably with personal income tax bonds to finance most of the State’s capital needs. As of February 27, 2014, based on projections and anticipated coverage requirements, the State expects to issue about $1 billion of Sales Tax Revenue Bonds annually. The first bonds for the Sales Tax Revenue Bond Program were issued in October 2013.

SUNY Dormitory Facilities Revenue Bond Program

Legislation included in the Fiscal Year 2014 Enacted Budget created a new bonding program for SUNY Dormitory Facilities. The new bonding program is to be supported solely by third party revenues generated by student rents. All rental revenues are to flow to the newly created Dormitory Facilities Revenue Fund held by the Commissioner of Taxation and Finance as assigned to the Dormitory Authority of the State of New York (“DASNY”) for the payment of debt service without an appropriation. Unlike the existing program, the new program is not expected to include a SUNY general obligation pledge, thereby eliminating any recourse to the State. Accordingly, such bonds would not be classified as State-supported debt for purposes of the Debt Reform Act. It is expected that future SUNY Dormitory Facilities capital needs are to be funded through the new credit. Under this legislation, the existing SUNY Dormitory Facilities lease revenue bonds and associated debt service are expected to continue to be counted as State-supported debt until they are refunded into the new program or are paid off at maturity. The first bonds on the new SUNY Dormitory Facilities credit were issued in August 2013.

 

D-33


Secured Hospital Program

Under the Secured Hospital Program, the State entered into service contracts to enable certain financially distressed not-for-profit hospitals to have tax-exempt debt issued on their behalf to pay for the cost of upgrading their primary health care facilities. In the event of shortfalls in revenues to pay debt service on the Secured Hospital bonds (which include hospital payments made under loan agreements between the Dormitory Authority of the State of New York (“DASNY”) and the hospitals and certain reserve funds held by the applicable trustees for the bonds) the service contracts obligate the State to pay debt service, subject to annual appropriations by the Legislature, on bonds issued by the New York State Medical Care Facilities Financing Agency (“MCFFA”) and by DASNY through the Secured Hospital Program. As of January 1, 2014, there was approximately $390 million of bonds outstanding for this program.

The financial condition of hospitals in the State’s Secured Hospital Program continues to deteriorate. Of the six remaining hospitals in the program, two are experiencing significant operating losses that have impaired their ability to remain current on their loan agreements with DASNY. In relation to the Secured Hospital Program, the State expects to pay debt service costs of $13 million in fiscal year 2014, approximately $30 million annually for fiscal year 2015 through fiscal year 2017, and $17 million in fiscal year 2018. These amounts are based on the actual experience through November 25, 2013 of the participants in the program, and would cover the debt service costs for two hospitals that, as of November 25, 2013, were not meeting the terms of their legal agreements with DASNY, as well as the debt service costs of a third hospital that, as of November 25, 2013, was closed. The State has estimated additional exposure of up to $36 million annually, if all hospitals in the program failed to meet the terms of their agreement with DASNY and if available reserve funds were depleted.

SUNY Downstate Hospital and Long Island College Hospital

In May 2011, the New York State Supreme Court issued an order (the “May 2011 Order”) that approved the transfer of real property and other assets of Long Island College Hospital (“LICH”) to a New York State not-for-profit corporation (“Holdings”), the sole member of which is SUNY. Subsequent to such transfer, Holdings leased the LICH hospital facility to SUNY Downstate Hospital (“Downstate Hospital”). In 2012, DASNY issued a portion of its tax exempt State Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds (“PIT Bonds”), Series 2012D to refund approximately $100 million in outstanding debt originally incurred by LICH.

To address the deteriorating financial condition of Downstate Hospital, which had been caused in part by the deteriorating financial position of LICH, legislation adopted with the fiscal year 2014 Enacted Budget required the Chancellor of SUNY to submit to the Governor and the Legislature a multi-year sustainability plan for the Downstate Hospital. Specifically, the legislation required the sustainability plan to: 1) set forth recommendations necessary to achieve financial stability for Downstate Hospital, and 2) preserve the academic mission of Downstate Hospital’s medical school. In accordance with this legislation, the Chancellor of SUNY submitted the sustainability plan for Downstate Hospital on May 31, 2013, and supplemented the plan with changes in a letter dated June 13, 2013. The supplemented plan was approved by both the Commissioner of Health and the Director of the Budget on June 13, 2013. Generally, the approved sustainability plan anticipates: a) a significant restructuring of health care service lines at University Hospital Brooklyn in order to achieve financial milestones assumed in the sustainability plan, and supported by State financial assistance from the State Department of Health; and, b) leveraging the LICH asset value to support the costs associated with Downstate Hospital exiting LICH operations, while accommodating continued health care services consistent with the needs of the community. Pursuant to the sustainability plan, as supplemented, SUNY, together with Holdings, issued a request for proposals (the “RFP”) to provide healthcare services in or around the LICH facilities and to purchase the LICH real estate.

In 2013, State Supreme Court Judge Demarest, who issued the May 2011 Order, issued, sua sponte, certain additional orders that could have affected the validity of the May 2011 Order. Also, in 2013, State Supreme Court Judge Baynes issued a series of orders that, effectively, precluded SUNY from awarding the RFP and

 

D-34


exiting LICH operations. On February 25, 2014, Judges Demarest and Baynes approved a settlement whereby all parties agreed to discharge their claims and the judges vacated their orders. The settlement requires SUNY, together with Holdings, to issue a new request for proposals that is drafted to increase the likelihood the healthcare services component of the successful proposal would include a full-service hospital. The structure of the settlement also increases the likelihood that sufficient proceeds from the transaction will be available to support defeasance of the PIT Bonds and other costs associated with SUNY’s exit from LICH. However, there can be no assurance that the resolution of the legal and financial issues surrounding LICH, including payment of outstanding liabilities, will not have a materially adverse impact on SUNY.

STATE FINANCIAL PLAN PROJECTIONS

Fiscal Years 2014 Through 2018

This section presents the State’s updated multi-year Financial Plan and the projections for receipts and disbursements, reflecting the impact of the revisions to the Executive Budget Financial Plan. This section includes projections for fiscal years 2014 through 2018, with an emphasis on the fiscal year 2015 projections.

In evaluating the State’s multi-year operating forecast, it should be noted that the reliability of the estimates and projections as a predictor of the State’s future financial position is likely to diminish the further removed such estimates and projections are from the date of the Updated Financial Plan. Accordingly, in terms of out-year projections (fiscal year 2016 through fiscal year 2018), fiscal year 2016 is the most relevant from a planning perspective.

Summary

As of February 27, 2014, the DOB estimated that the Executive Budget, if enacted as proposed, would limit the increase in State Operating Funds spending to 1.7 percent and eliminate the General Fund budget gap of $1.7 billion in fiscal year 2015.

As of November 25, 2013, the 2014 fiscal year All Funds tax receipt estimates had been unchanged from the First Quarterly Update to the Financial Plan. Miscellaneous receipts had been revised down by $47 million, due to the estimated impact of lower utility bills on section 18-a receipts.

The Revenue Outlook

Receipts in fiscal year 2014 reflect:

 

   

A better than expected 2012 tax year personal income tax settlement, mainly the result of capital gains and income shifted from 2013 and other future years into 2012 in anticipation of higher Federal tax rates beginning in 2013;

 

   

December 2013 and January 2014 personal income tax estimated payments that exceeded expectations, likely the result of the surging stock market;

 

   

Strong estate tax collections, also likely due in some degree to the increase in net worth generated by stock market gains;

 

   

Robust sales tax collection growth resulting, in part, from Superstorm Sandy recovery spending;

 

   

An uptick in real estate transfer tax collections growth, generally from improved conditions downstate; and

 

   

Disappointing business tax results, mainly from the banking sector, whose profits suffered from fines and increased mortgage rates that reduced taxable income.

 

D-35


Receipts in fiscal year 2015 are expected to reflect:

 

   

Personal income tax growth consistent with the estimated wage and personal income growth discussed above, but tempered by increased refunds generated by the payback of tax credits deferred in the 2010-2012 tax years and tax cuts proposed with the Executive Budget;

 

   

A return to trend taxable consumption growth after the above average growth experienced in fiscal year 2014;

 

   

Another decline in business tax receipts due primarily to the credit deferral payback;

 

   

A decline in estate tax receipts generated by the tax cut proposed with the Executive Budget; and

 

   

A slowdown in real estate transfer tax receipt growth consistent with long-term averages.

All Funds Receipts Projections

The receipts forecast describes estimates for the State’s principal taxes, miscellaneous receipts, and transfers from other funds. Financial Plan receipts comprise a variety of taxes, fees, and charges for State-provided services, Federal grants, and other miscellaneous receipts. The receipts estimates and projections have been prepared by the DOB with the assistance of the Department of Taxation and Finance and other agencies responsible for the collection of State receipts.

All Funds fiscal year 2014 tax receipts growth of 4.7 percent and fiscal year 2015 growth of 2 percent are heavily influenced by timing factors. Growth in fiscal year 2014 was driven up as a result of Superstorm Sandy recovery spending and the movement of realized capital gains and other non-wage income into Tax Year 2012 from future years in anticipation of higher Federal tax rates in 2013. This manifested itself in strong April 2013 personal income tax settlements. Fiscal year 2014 also marked the last year which contained higher revenue as the result of the tax credit deferral program. The slowdown in fiscal year 2015 is the result of the first year of tax credit deferral payback, the non-recurring nature of Superstorm Sandy spending by consumers, and tax cuts proposed with the Executive Budget.

Fiscal Year 2014 Overview

As of February 27, 2014:

 

   

Total All Funds fiscal year 2014 receipts were estimated to reach $140.8 billion, an increase of $7.6 billion (5.7 percent) from fiscal year 2013. All Funds tax receipts were estimated to increase by $3.1 billion, or 4.7 percent. The majority of the increase in tax receipts was attributable to growth in personal income tax collections.

 

   

Total State Funds fiscal year 2014 receipts were estimated to reach $93.2 billion, an increase of $2.9 billion (3.2 percent).

 

   

Total General Fund fiscal year 2014 receipts were estimated at $61.7 billion, an increase of $2.9 billion (4.9 percent). General Fund tax receipts were estimated to decrease by 1.8 percent primarily as a result of the dedication of former General Fund sales tax revenue to the new Sales Tax Bond Fund. General Fund miscellaneous receipts were estimated to decrease by 7.2 percent, reflecting trends in motor vehicle fees receipts, the dissolution of the Monroe Medicaid Sales Tax Intercept, and reductions in abandoned property recoveries.

 

   

Base tax fiscal year 2014 receipts growth, which nets out the impact of law changes, is expected to increase by an estimated 5.1 percent after a base increase of 4.8 percent in fiscal year 2013.

 

D-36


Fiscal Year 2015 Overview

As of February 27, 2014:

 

   

Total fiscal year 2015 All Funds receipts were projected to reach $141.9 billion, an increase of $1.1 billion (0.8 percent) from fiscal year 2014 estimates. All Funds tax receipts were projected to grow by $1.4 billion (2 percent). This increase is primarily attributable to continued positive economic growth.

 

   

Total State Funds receipts were projected to be $96 billion, an increase of $2.8 billion (3 percent) from fiscal year 2014 estimates.

 

   

Total General Fund receipts were projected to be $63.5 billion, an increase of $1.9 billion, or 3 percent from fiscal year 2014 estimates. General Fund tax receipts were projected to grow by 1.7 percent, while General Fund miscellaneous receipts were projected to increase by $606 million (18.6 percent) as the result of increased license and fee and abandoned property receipts, and a motor vehicle fee accounting change. Federal grants revenues were projected to decline by $2 million.

 

   

After controlling for the impact of policy changes, base tax revenue growth was estimated to increase by 4.3 percent for fiscal year 2015.

Changes from Prior Quarterly Update (“ Mid-Year Update ”)

As of February 27, 2014:

 

   

All Funds fiscal year 2014 receipts estimates had decreased by $162 million from the Prior Quarterly Update. The upward tax revision of $90 million was due to stronger than expected personal income and other tax receipts partially offset by a negative business tax variance.

 

   

All Funds miscellaneous receipts estimates in fiscal year 2014 were revised downward by $325 million from the Prior Quarterly Update, which largely reflected reduced receipts from HCRA financing sources, including no longer assuming proceeds associated with conversion of a health insurance company from a not-for-profit entity to a for-profit entity; and lower abandoned property receipts.

 

   

All Funds Federal grant projections had been revised upward by $73 million in fiscal year 2014, reflecting year-to-date activity in Federal funds.

 

   

General Fund fiscal year 2014 receipts had been revised downward by $25 million, reflecting a downward miscellaneous receipts revision partially offset by an upward tax revision.

 

   

All Funds receipts estimates had been decreased by $1.5 billion for fiscal year 2015 from the Prior Quarterly Update. The downward tax revision of $307 million is largely a full-year translation of base changes to corporate taxes made to fiscal year 2014.

 

   

All Funds miscellaneous receipts projections in fiscal year 2015 were revised upward by $307 million which largely reflects revenues from licensing fees associated with commercial gaming and increased bond proceeds to fund economic development projects.

 

   

All Funds Federal grant projections have been revised downward by $1.5 billion in fiscal year 2015, which mainly reflects the impact of changes in Medicaid associated with the ACA

 

   

General Fund fiscal year 2015 receipts have been revised upward by $291 million. Miscellaneous receipts revisions related to trends in motor vehicle fees, and financial audit recoveries, account for a large portion of the increase and were bolstered by a $29 million increase in tax receipts.

 

D-37


Proposed Law Changes

Fiscal Year 2016, Fiscal Year 2017, and Fiscal Year 2018 Overview

Overall, tax receipts growth in the three fiscal years following fiscal year 2015 is expected to remain in the range of 3.4 percent to 4.6 percent. This is consistent with projected trend economic growth in the New York economy during this period and the payback of deferred tax credits.

As of February 27, 2014:

 

   

Total All Funds fiscal year 2016 receipts are projected to be $146 billion, an increase of $4.1 billion from the prior year. All Funds fiscal year 2017 receipts are expected to increase by $3.3 billion from fiscal year 2016 projections. In fiscal year 2018, receipts are expected to increase by $3.3 billion from fiscal year 2017 projections.

 

   

Total State Funds receipts are projected to be $99 billion in fiscal year 2016, $100.9 billion in fiscal year 2017 and $102.5 billion in fiscal year 2018.

 

   

Total General Fund receipts are projected to reach $65.3 billion in fiscal year 2016, $67.4 billion in fiscal year 2017 and $69.2 billion in fiscal year 2018.

Base Growth

Base growth, adjusted for law changes, in tax receipts is estimated to be 5.1 percent in fiscal year 2014 and 4.3 percent in fiscal year 2015. Overall base growth in tax receipts is dependent on a multitude of factors.

In general, base tax receipts growth rates are determined by economic changes, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, prices, wages, employment, non-wage income, capital gains realizations, taxable consumption, corporate profits, household net worth, real estate prices and gasoline prices. Federal law changes can influence taxpayer behavior, which also affect base tax receipts growth.

Multi-Year Receipts

The Updated Financial Plan economic forecast calls for a continuation of the ongoing recovery in employment and wages. This increases the economic base on which the outyear revenue forecast is built. Overall, receipts in the two fiscal years following fiscal year 2015, as of November 25, 2013, were expected to grow consistently with the projected moderate growth in both the U.S. and New York economies.

Revenue Risks

 

   

Financial Market volatility caused by interest rate uncertainty could result in higher or lower financial sector bonus payments than those embodied in the forecast.

 

   

If gasoline prices exceed those embodied in the forecast, more disposable consumer income would be diverted to fuel, decreasing consumption of taxable goods and services.

 

   

If European economic growth is more sluggish than expected, exports could fall, causing corporate profits and tax receipts to grow more slowly than expected.

 

   

Consumer purchases and the housing market could be negatively impacted if long-term interest rates rise faster than anticipated.

 

   

Bank and corporate franchise tax revenue streams are contingent on the timing and size of anticipated audit proceeds. Negotiations between the State and taxpayers are subject to unexpected delays, which may force audit proceeds into a subsequent fiscal year.

 

D-38


Personal Income Tax

As of February 27, 2014, All Funds fiscal year 2014 receipts were estimated to be $42.8 billion, an increase of $2.6 billion (6.5 percent) from fiscal year 2013 results. This increase primarily reflected robust growth in extension (i.e., prior year estimated) payments for the 2012 tax year, strong growth in final returns, moderate growth in 2014 tax year estimated payments for the 2013 tax year, and modest growth in withholding, partially offset by substantial growth in prior year refunds related to the 2012 tax year, 2014 tax year refunds related to the 2013 tax year, and State-City offsets.

As of February 27, 2014, withholding in fiscal year 2014 was projected to be $1.2 billion (3.8 percent) higher compared to the prior year. This reflected the net effect of modest wage growth, partially offset by lower withholding due to the first full fiscal year of inflation-indexed withholding tax tables. Total estimated payments were expected to increase $2.5 billion (20.8 percent). Estimated payments for the 2013 tax year (i.e., current year estimated) were projected to be $547 million (6.1 percent) higher. Extension payments (i.e., prior year estimated) for the 2012 tax year were projected to grow 62.2 percent ($2 billion) compared to extensions for the 2011 tax year, due to the widespread acceleration of capital gains realizations into the 2012 tax year. This acceleration occurred in anticipation of higher Federal income tax rates in the 2013 tax year, attributable to the American Taxpayer Relief Act, in addition to the imposition of the 3.8 percent net investment income tax associated with the ACA. Delinquent collections and final return payments were projected to be $74 million (6.4 percent) and $230 million (10.7 percent) higher, respectively.

As of February 27, 2014, the increase in total refunds of $1.4 billion reflected a combination of strong growth in prior year refunds related to the 2012 tax year of $801 million (17.5 percent) due to greater than typical overpayment of extension payments for the 2012 tax year, a $328 million (18.7 percent) increase in 2014 tax year refunds related to the 2013 tax year, and 107.5 percent ($332 million) growth in state-city offsets, stemming from the New York State income tax rate changes that took place between 2011 and 2012.

As of February 27, 2014, All Funds fiscal year 2015 receipts are projected to be $44.1 billion, an increase of $1.3 billion (3 percent) from fiscal year 2014, including the impact of advancing refunds from fiscal year 2015 to fiscal year 2014. This increase primarily reflects increases of $1.9 billion (5.7 percent) in withholding, partially offset by the combination of a $452 million (3.1 percent) decline in total estimated payments and a $115 million (1.3 percent) increase in total refunds. The decline in total estimated payments results from a $1 billion decrease in extension (i.e., prior year estimated) payments for the 2013 tax year, following an inflated 2012 tax year amount due to substantial extension overpayment following end-of-year accelerated capital gains realizations. The majority of the decline, however, is offset by a $568 million increase in estimated payments, as of February 27, 2014, related to the 2014 tax year, partially reflecting $75 million in revenue from closing the resident trust loophole.

As of February 27, 2014, the increase in total refunds of $115 million reflects $400 million in additional credit attributable to new legislation (Real Property Tax Freeze credit), $410 million in credits for the first year of payments related to the Family Tax Relief credit, and $75 million due to the first repayment of previously deferred tax credits, largely offset by declines of $227 million (4.2 percent), $328 million (15.8 percent), and $143 million (22.3 percent) in prior year refunds related to the 2013 tax year, current year refunds related to the 2014 tax year, and state-city offsets, respectively. As of February 27, 2014, payments from final returns are expected to decrease $62 million (2.6 percent), while delinquent collections are projected to increase by $44 million (3.6 percent) compared to the prior year.

General Fund income tax receipts are net of deposits to the STAR Fund, which provide property tax relief, and the Revenue Bond Tax Fund (“RBTF”), which supports debt service payments on State personal income tax revenue bonds. As of February 27, 2014, General Fund fiscal year 2014 receipts of $28.7 billion were expected to increase by $1.8 billion (6.9 percent) from the prior year, mainly reflecting the increase in All Funds receipts noted above. The RBTF deposits were estimated to be $10.7 billion while the STAR transfer was estimated to be $3.4 billion.

 

D-39


As of February 27, 2014, General Fund income tax fiscal year 2015 receipts of $29.7 billion are projected to increase by $937 million (3.3 percent). The RBTF deposit is projected to be $11 billion while the STAR transfer is projected to be $3.4 billion.

As of February 27, 2014, All Funds income tax fiscal year 2016 receipts of $46.7 billion are projected to increase $2.6 billion (5.8 percent) from the prior year. Gross receipts are projected to increase 7.4 percent ($3.9 billion), reflecting withholding that is projected to grow by $2.2 billion (6.3 percent) and total estimated payments that are projected to grow by $1.5 billion (10.3 percent).

The increase in withholding reflects moderate wage growth. As of February 27, 2014, the increase in estimated payments includes an additional $150 million compared to the prior year from closing the resident trust loophole. Payments from final returns are expected to increase $162 million (7 percent). Delinquencies are projected to increase $50 million (4 percent) from the prior year. Total refunds are projected to increase by $1.3 billion (15.1 percent) from the prior year, primarily the result of an additional $576 million compared to the prior year in advanced credit payment attributable to the Real Property Tax Freeze credit, an additional $200 million in prior year refunds from the Residential Real Property Tax credit, and another $200 million in prior year refunds from the Renter credit.

As of February 27, 2014, General Fund income tax fiscal year 2016 receipts of $31.6 billion are projected to increase by $1.9 billion (6.4 percent). RBTF deposits are projected to be $11.7 billion and the STAR transfer is projected to be $3.5 billion.

As of February 27, 2014, All Funds income tax receipts are projected to be $49.3 billion in fiscal year 2017 and $51.3 billion in fiscal year 2018. General Fund receipts are projected at $33.4 billion and $34.9 billion, respectively.

User Taxes and Fees

As of February 27, 2014, All Funds user taxes and fees receipts for fiscal year 2014 were estimated to be $15.1 billion, an increase of $492 million (3.4 percent) from fiscal year 2013. All Funds sales tax receipts were expected to increase by $606 million (5.1 percent) from the prior year. Contributing factors to a sales tax base growth (i.e., absent law changes) of 4.8 percent were estimated strong growth in vehicle sales, construction, utility expenditures, wholesale trade and food services. Cigarette and tobacco tax collections were estimated to decrease by $130 million (8.4 percent) due to lower consumption of cigarettes as well as increased refunds associated with a change in the way the wholesale cigar tax was administered.

As of February 27, 2014, receipts from General Fund user taxes and fees in fiscal year 2014 were estimated to total $6.5 billion, a decrease of $2.6 billion (28.4 percent) from the prior year. This decrease reflected the General Fund share of sales tax revenues being reduced from 75 percent to 50 percent. Absent this law change, General Fund sales tax receipts would increase by over $400 million. Also, cigarette and tobacco taxes were estimated to fall $59 million (13.3 percent), consistent with All Funds changes.

As of February 27, 2014, receipts from All Funds user taxes and fees in fiscal year 2015 are projected to be nearly $15.5 billion, an increase of $373 million (2.5 percent) from the fiscal year 2014. The increase in sales tax receipts of $393 million (3.1 percent) reflects sales tax base growth of 3.6 percent. Cigarette and tobacco tax receipts are projected to decline as a result of larger than trend declines in stamp sales, slightly offset by the non-recurrence of prior year cigar tax refunds. The increase in taxicab surcharge receipts reflects a projected increase in the number of vehicles that, as of February 27, 2014, are expected to be collecting the surcharge.

As of February 27, 2014, receipts from General Fund user taxes and fees are projected to total $6.7 billion in fiscal year 2015, an increase of $189 million (2.9 percent) from fiscal year 2014. This increase largely reflects the projected increases in All Funds sales tax receipts discussed above.

 

D-40


As of February 27, 2014, All Funds user taxes and fee receipts are projected to increase by $458 million (3 percent) in fiscal year 2016, $465 million (2.9 percent) in fiscal year 2017, and $507 million (3.1 percent) in fiscal year 2018. This outyear growth represents a return to historical trends in taxable consumption growth and trend declines in cigarette consumption, respectively.

As of February 27, 2014, General Fund user taxes and fees receipts are projected to increase by $215 million (3.2 percent) fiscal year 2016, $225 million (3.2 percent) in fiscal year 2017, and $242 million (3.4 percent) in fiscal year 2018. This outyear growth is consistent with the same trends associated with All Funds.

Business Taxes

As of February 27, 2014, All Funds business tax fiscal year 2014 receipts were estimated at $8.2 billion, a decrease of $279 million (3.3 percent) from the prior year. This decrease was mainly driven by bank tax receipts. Liability year 2013 payments were weak compared to the previous year with an expected decline of 25 percent. Partially offsetting the decrease in the bank tax were higher corporate franchise tax receipts. This was mainly driven by higher estimated audit receipts ($429 million). Corporation and utilities tax and insurance tax receipts were also estimated to be lower than the previous year.

As of February 27, 2014, receipts from All Funds corporate franchise tax in fiscal year 2014 were estimated to be $3.6 billion, an increase of $552 million (18.3 percent) from fiscal year 2013. The year-to-year increase was mainly attributable to higher audit receipts. Non-audit receipts were estimated to increase $123 million from the prior year as the increase in gross receipts was larger than the increase in cash refunds expected to be paid.

As of February 27, 2014, receipts from All Funds corporation and utilities tax in fiscal year 2014 were estimated to be $794 million, a decrease of $101 million (11.3 percent) from fiscal year 2013. The main driver for the year-to-year decrease was a large telecommunications refund paid in October and lower audit receipts. Gross receipts for fiscal year 2014 were estimated to decline slightly from fiscal year 2013 as the telecommunications sector continues to erode from consumers continued to shift to internet based communication tools from landline telecommunications.

As of February 27, 2014, receipts from All Funds insurance tax in fiscal year 2014 were estimated to be $1.5 billion, a decrease of $52 million (3.4 percent) from fiscal year 2013. This decrease was driven by the State’s transition of the medical portion of the Empire Plan to self-insurance, effective January 1, 2013. This resulted in lower 2013 liability since the State no longer remitted the insurance tax as part of a premium payment.

As of February 27, 2014, receipts from All Funds bank tax in fiscal year 2014 were estimated to be $1.2 billion, a decrease of $723 million (37.8 percent) from fiscal year 2013. This decrease is mainly attributable to weak liability year 2013 payments from commercial banks and lower audit receipts. Throughout calendar year 2013 banks had reduced their estimated liability and accompanying estimated payments. Additionally, audits were expected to decline $249 million as fewer large cases were settled.

As of February 27, 2014, receipts from All Funds petroleum business tax in fiscal year 2014 were estimated to be $1.2 billion, an increase of $45 million (3.9 percent) from fiscal year 2013. This increase was mainly due to the 5 percent increase in the petroleum business tax index effective January 2013 offset by a 0.8 percent decrease effective January 2014. Motor and diesel fuel taxable consumption were projected to grow compared to the prior fiscal year.

As of February 27, 2014, receipts from General Fund business tax in fiscal year 2014 of nearly $6 billion were estimated to decrease by $265 million (4.2 percent) from fiscal year 2013. Business tax receipts deposited to the General Fund reflected the All Funds trends discussed above.

 

D-41


As of February 27, 2014, projected receipts from All Funds business tax in fiscal year 2015, of roughly $7.8 billion, reflect a decrease by $351 million (4.3 percent) from the prior year. Corporation franchise tax receipts in fiscal year 2015 are projected to decrease by $668 million (18.8 percent) from fiscal year 2014, driven by lower audit receipts ($178 million) and an increase in refunds attributable to the first year of the credit deferral payback to taxpayers.

As of February 27, 2014, corporation and utilities taxes are projected to increase by $20 million (2.5 percent). Gross receipts for fiscal year 2015 are expected to show minimal growth compared to fiscal year 2014. Lower refunds and lower audit receipts basically offset.

Insurance taxes are projected to increase $84 million (5.8 percent). The year-to-year increase reflects underlying growth in premiums, partially offset by the transition of additional portions of the Empire Plan to self-insurance, effective January 1, 2014.

As of February 27, 2014, bank tax receipts are projected to increase by $229 million (19.3 percent) from the previous year. The 2014 tax year liability payments are expected to rebound from the low levels seen in 2013. Additionally, audit receipts are expected to be higher than the previous year.

The projected petroleum business tax decrease of $16 million (1.4 percent) was due to a decrease in the petroleum business tax rate index of 0.8 percent effective in January 2014 and the projected decrease in the petroleum business tax rate index of 4 percent, effective in January 2015. Motor and diesel fuel taxable consumption are projected to grow compared to the prior fiscal year.

As of February 27, 2014, General Fund business tax fiscal year 2015 receipts of $5.6 billion are projected to decrease $376 million (6.3 percent) from the prior year. Business tax receipts deposited to the General Fund reflect the All Funds trends discussed above.

All Funds business tax receipts in fiscal year 2016, fiscal year 2017 and fiscal year 2018 reflect trend growth that is determined, in part, by the expected level of corporate profits, the expected profitability of banks, the change in taxable insurance premiums, residential energy expenditures and the consumption of telecommunications services. Business tax receipts are estimated to decline to $8.1 billion (3.6 percent) in fiscal year 2016, increase to $8.2 billion (0.6 percent) in fiscal year 2017, and increase to $8.4 billion (2.9 percent) in fiscal year 2018. General Fund business tax receipts projections reflect the factors outlined above, and are projected to increase to $5.9 billion (4.3 percent) in fiscal year 2016, decrease to $5.8 billion (0.3 percent) in fiscal year 2017, and increase to $6 billion (3.1 percent) in fiscal year 2018.

Compared to the Enacted Budget Financial Plan, fiscal year 2015 All Funds business tax receipts were reduced by $43 million as of August 28, 2013. The reduction is the result of downward revisions in the corporate franchise and the corporation and utilities taxes. As of August 28, 2013, the State has indicated that the change in the corporate franchise tax is the result of the START-UP NY program enacted at the end of the 2013 legislative session. Businesses that operate in certain tax free zones will pay no corporate franchise tax. The corporation and utilities tax change reflects the end-of-session LIPA restructuring legislation. LIPA is no longer expected to be paying tax under Section 186 of the Tax Law effective January 1, 2014. The remaining business taxes were unchanged from the Enacted Budget.

Other Taxes

As of February 27, 2014, other All Funds tax receipts in fiscal year 2014 were estimated to be $2.1 billion, an increase of $281 million (15.7 percent) from fiscal year 2013 receipts, reflecting an increase of $206 million (20.3 percent) in the estate tax, as a result of an increase in the number of large payments and an increase of $77 million (10.2 percent) in real estate transfer tax receipts, driven by strong growth in the New York City real estate market.

 

D-42


As of February 27, 2014, other General Fund tax receipts were expected to total $1.2 billion in fiscal year 2014, an increase of $204 million (19.7 percent), due to increases in the estate tax.

As of February 27, 2014, other All Funds tax receipts in fiscal year 2015 are projected to be $2.1 billion, a decrease of $6 million (0.3 percent) from fiscal year 2014 reflecting growth in real estate transfer tax collections off-set by lower estate tax collections. A significant portion ($33 million) of the estimated decline in estate tax receipts is due to Executive Budget legislation that would reform the estate tax.

As of February 27, 2014, other General Fund tax receipts are expected to total $1.2 billion in fiscal year 2015, a decrease of $46 million (3.7 percent), which is attributable to a projected decrease in estate tax receipts due to fewer large payments and the Executive Budget proposal.

Other All Funds taxes in fiscal year 2016, fiscal year 2017 and fiscal year 2018 receipts reflect growth driven by two major economic variables, household net worth (estate tax) and the value of real property transfers (real estate transfer tax), offset by reductions in estate tax receipts due to the impact of the aforementioned Executive Budget legislation. All Funds other taxes receipts are estimated to decrease to $2 billion (4.7 percent) in fiscal year 2016, decrease to $1.8 billion (7.4 percent) in fiscal year 2017, and decrease to just over $1.6 billion (9.8 percent) in fiscal year 2018. General Fund other taxes receipts will reflect decreases due to the estate tax changes noted above, and are projected to decrease to $1.1 billion (11.6 percent) in fiscal year 2016, decrease by $201 million (19.1 percent) in fiscal year 2017, and decrease by $249 million (29.2 percent) in fiscal year 2018.

Miscellaneous Receipts and Federal Grants

All Funds miscellaneous receipts include monies received from HCRA financing sources, SUNY tuition and patient income, lottery receipts for education, assessments on regulated industries, and a variety of fees and licenses.

As of February 27, 2014, All Funds miscellaneous receipts were estimated to decline in fiscal year 2014, from $24 billion in fiscal year 2013 to $23.9 billion in fiscal year 2014, and then increase $1.5 billion in fiscal year 2015 to $25.3 billion. The slight annual decline in fiscal year 2014 was mainly due to fluctuations in the level of receipts for unclaimed and abandoned property. The fiscal year 2015 All Funds annual increase was primarily due to the expected deposit of $1 billion from the State Insurance Fund reserve release in connection with Workers’ Compensation law changes in the fiscal year 2014 budget, as well as variations in the level of receipts for health care surcharges and other HCRA resources, licensing fees associated with commercial gaming, bond proceeds, atypical fines and the phase-out of the temporary utility assessment.

Aid from the Federal government helps pay for a variety of programs including Medicaid, temporary and disability assistance, mental hygiene, school aid, public health, and other activities. Annual changes to Federal grants generally correspond to changes in Federally-reimbursed spending. Accordingly, the DOB typically projects Federal reimbursements are expected to be received in the State fiscal year in which spending occurs, but due to the variable timing of Federal grant receipts, actual results often differ from the plan.

As of February 27, 2014, All Funds Federal grants were expected to grow by $4.7 billion in fiscal year 2014 and then decline by $1.7 billion in fiscal year 2015. The annual changes were mainly due to the timing of Federal

disaster assistance aid, and the impact on spending associated with the ACA.

All Funds miscellaneous receipts are projected to decrease annually from fiscal year 2015 through fiscal year 2018. The declines are mainly attributable to reduced transfers from the State Insurance Fund (“SIF”), the phase-out of the temporary utility assessment, and bond proceeds available to fund capital improvement projects.

As of February 27, 2014, All Funds Federal grants are expected to grow to $49.9 billion by fiscal year 2018. This growth is mainly driven by growth in Medicaid spending associated with continued implementation of ACA.

 

D-43


Disbursements

As of February 27, 2014, total disbursements in fiscal year 2015 were estimated at $63.6 billion in the General Fund and $92.0 billion in State Operating Funds. Over the multi-year Financial Plan, State Operating Funds spending projections assume Medicaid and School Aid are expected to grow at their statutorily-indexed rates.

The multi-year disbursements projections take into account various factors, including agency staffing levels, program caseloads, inflation, and funding formulas contained in State and Federal law. Factors that affect spending estimates vary by program. For example, public assistance spending is based primarily on anticipated caseloads that are estimated by analyzing historical trends and projected economic conditions. Projections account for the timing of payments, since not all of the amounts enacted into appropriation are disbursed in the same fiscal year. Consistent with past years, the aggregate spending projections (i.e., the sum of all projected spending by individual agencies) in special revenue funds, as of February 27, 2014, had been adjusted downward in all fiscal years based on typical spending patterns and the observed variance between estimated and actual results over time.

Medicaid, education, pension costs, employee and retiree health benefits, and debt service are significant drivers of annual spending growth.

Local Assistance Grants

Local assistance spending includes payments to local governments, school districts, health care providers, and other entities, as well as financial assistance to, or on behalf of, individuals, families and not-for-profit organizations. State-funded local assistance spending is estimated at $60.8 billion in fiscal year 2015 and accounts for nearly 70 percent of total State Operating Funds spending. Education and health care spending account for approximately two-thirds of local assistance spending.

Education

School Aid

School Aid helps support elementary and secondary education for New York pupils enrolled in 674 major school districts throughout the State. State funding is provided to districts based on statutory aid formulas and through reimbursement of categorical expenses such as universal pre-kindergarten and bilingual education. State funding for schools assists districts in meeting locally defined needs, supports the construction of school facilities, and finances school transportation for nearly three million students statewide.

School Year (July 1 —June 30)

As of February 27, 2014, Education Aid was expected to total $21.9 billion in school year 2015, an increase of $807 million from school year 2014. In addition, the Executive Budget also maintained the two-year appropriation that continues Education Law provisions. School Aid is projected to increase by an additional $853 million in school year 2016 and $1.07 billion in school year 2017. School Aid is projected to reach an annual total of $25.0 billion in school year 2018.

Projected School Aid funding is expected to be a function of both a personal income growth index used to determine allowable growth, and future legislation to allocate the allowable increases. As of November 25, 2013, current law prescribed allowable growth to include spending for new competitive grant programs to reward school districts that demonstrate significant student performance improvements or undertake long-term structural changes to reduce costs and improve efficiency. Allowable growth also includes increases in expense-based aid programs (i.e., Building Aid, Transportation Aid) under existing statutory provisions. Any remaining allowable growth is allocated pursuant to a chapter of law for purposes including, but not limited to, additional spending for competitive grants, increases in Foundation Aid, or restoration of the Gap Elimination Adjustment.

 

D-44


Based on updated estimates of personal income growth, as of November 25, 2013, School Aid was projected to increase by an additional $722 million in school year 2015 and $834 million in school year 2016. School Aid was projected to reach an annual total of $24.0 billion in school year 2017.

State Fiscal Year

The State finances School Aid from General Fund receipts and from Lottery Fund receipts, including video lottery terminals (“VLTs”), which are accounted for and disbursed from a dedicated account. Because the State fiscal year begins on April 1, the State typically pays approximately 70 percent of the annual school year commitment during the State fiscal year in which it is enacted, and pays the remaining 30 percent in the first three months of the following State fiscal year.

State spending for School Aid is projected to total $21.5 billion in fiscal year 2015. In future years, receipts available to finance this category of aid from core lottery sales are projected to remain stable. Beginning in fiscal year 2016, School Aid spending is slated to be supplemented by commercial gaming revenues. In addition to State aid, school districts receive approximately $3 billion annually in Federal categorical aid.

Other Education Aid

In addition to School Aid, the State provides funding and support for various other education-related initiatives. These include: special education services; pre-kindergarten through grade 12 education programs; cultural education; higher and professional education programs; and adult career and continuing education services.

In special education, New York State provides a full spectrum of services to over 400,000 students from ages 3 to 21. Major programs under the Office of Pre-kindergarten through Grade 12 address specialized student needs or reimburse school districts for education-related services, including the school breakfast and lunch programs, and other educational grant programs. Higher and professional education programs monitor the quality and availability of postsecondary education programs and regulate the licensing and oversight of 50 professions. Adult career and continuing education services focuses on the education and employment needs of New York State’s adult citizens, including ensuring that such individuals have access to a “one-stop” source for all their employment needs and that they are made aware of the full range of services available in other agencies.

Special education growth is primarily driven by an increase in program costs and enrollment for preschool special education and the summer school special education programs. In relation to special education programs, the Executive Budget advances targeted reforms to improve fiscal practice and service delivery. The decrease in other education spending for fiscal year 2015 relative to fiscal year 2014 is driven primarily by one-time costs associated with targeted aid and grants in fiscal year 2014.

School Tax Relief Program

The STAR program provides school tax relief to taxpayers by exempting the first $30,000 of every eligible homeowner’s property value from the local school tax levy. Lower-income senior citizens are to receive a $64,200 exemption in fiscal year 2015.

The three components of STAR and their approximate shares in fiscal year 2015 are: the basic school property tax exemption for homeowners with income under $500,000 (56 percent), the enhanced school property tax exemption for senior citizen homeowners with incomes under $81,900 (26 percent), and a flat refundable credit and rate reduction for income-eligible New York City resident personal income taxpayers (18 percent).

Spending for the STAR property tax exemption reflects reimbursements made to school districts to offset the reduction in property tax revenues. As of February 27, 2014, the annual increase in a qualifying homeowner’s

 

D-45


STAR exemption benefit was limited to 2 percent. Homeowners who earn more than $500,000 a year were not eligible for the STAR property tax exemption. New York City personal income taxpayers with annual incomes over $500,000 have a reduced benefit.

The Fiscal Year 2014 Enacted Budget Financial Plan established a STAR re-registration and anti-fraud program. This program is expected to eliminate waste, fraud and abuse in the STAR exemption by (1) authorizing the Department of Taxation and Finance (“DTF”) to require all recipients of a Basic STAR exemption to be registered with the DTF, and (2) strengthening the penalties for fraud while tightening the standards and procedures for determining eligibility.

The spending growth is primarily a reflection of the number of STAR exemption recipients who are expected to participate in the program.

Higher Education

Local assistance for higher education spending includes funding for the City University of New York (“CUNY”), SUNY and the Higher Education Services Corporation (“HESC”).

The State provides assistance for CUNY’s senior college operations, and works in conjunction with New York City to support CUNY’s community colleges. The CUNY system is the largest urban public university system in the nation. Funding for SUNY supports 30 community colleges across multiple campuses. The State also provides a sizeable benefit to CUNY and SUNY through the debt service it pays on bond-financed capital projects at the universities. State debt service payments for capital projects at SUNY and CUNY are expected to total about $1.2 billion in fiscal year 2015 (this is not reflected in the annual spending totals for the universities). HESC administers the Tuition Assistance Program (“TAP”) that provides awards to income-eligible students. It also provides centralized processing for other student financial aid programs, and offers prospective students information and guidance on how to finance a college education. The financial aid programs that the HESC administers are funded by the State and the Federal government.

Annual growth by CUNY reflects the net impact of enrollment changes at community colleges, additional fringe benefit costs, and the timing of aid payments across State fiscal years. Growth in HESC reflects the rising cost of higher education tuition and the consequent demand for increased tuition assistance. SUNY local assistance reflects an increase in community college aid, which fully annualizes in the outyears.

Health Care

Local assistance for health care-related spending includes Medicaid, statewide public health programs and a variety of mental hygiene programs. The DOH works with local health departments and social services departments, including New York City (“NYC”), to coordinate and administer statewide health insurance programs and activities. The majority of government-financed health care programs are included under the DOH, but many programs are supported through multi-agency efforts.

Medicaid

Medicaid is a means-tested program that finances health care services for low-income individuals and long-term care services for the elderly and disabled, primarily through payments to health care providers. The Medicaid program is financed jointly by the State, the Federal government, and local governments. Eligible services include inpatient hospital care, outpatient hospital services, clinics, nursing homes, managed care, prescription drugs, home care, family health plus (“FHP”) and services provided in a variety of community-based settings (including mental health, substance abuse treatment, developmental disabilities services, school-based services and foster care services). The State share of Medicaid spending is budgeted and expended principally through DOH, but State share Medicaid spending also appears in the Financial Plan estimates for mental hygiene agencies, child welfare programs and the Department of Corrections and Community Supervision (“DOCCS”).

 

D-46


Chapter 59 of the Laws of 2011 limits the year-to-year growth in State funds Medicaid spending to the ten-year average change in the medical component of the CPI. The statutory provisions of the Medicaid spending cap also allows for flexibility in adjusting Medicaid projections to meet unanticipated costs resulting from the event of a natural or other type of disaster. The Executive Budget reflects the continuation of the Medicaid spending cap through fiscal year 2016, and the Updated Financial Plan assumes that statutory authority will be extended in subsequent years.

As of February 27, 2014, based on updated data, allowable growth under the cap has been revised downward from 3.9 percent to 3.8 percent for fiscal year 2015. The Updated Financial Plan also includes a forecast beginning in fiscal year 2016 using the DOB medical CPI projection. This would lower the indexed Medicaid growth to 3.6 percent in fiscal year 2016; 3.4 percent in fiscal year 2017; and 3.3 percent in fiscal year 2018. In total, the updated forecast is to result in Financial Plan savings of $16 million in fiscal year 2015; $64 million in fiscal year 2016; $146 million in fiscal year 2017; and $255 million in fiscal year 2018.

Factors affecting the level of Medicaid spending growth that must be managed within the cap include Medicaid enrollment, costs of provider health care services (particularly in managed care) and levels of utilization. The number of Medicaid recipients is expected to exceed 5.8 million at the end of fiscal year 2015, an increase of 6.3 percent from the fiscal year 2014 caseload of 5.5 million, a result mainly attributable to expanded eligibility pursuant to the ACA. Under the provisions of the ACA, the Federal government was expected to finance a greater share of Medicaid costs, the impact of which was expected to lower growth in the State share of Medicaid costs beginning in January 2014.

The State share of DOH Medicaid spending is comprised of the General Fund, HCRA, provider assessment revenue, and indigent care payments. Reflected in the total State share of Medicaid are increased annual statewide savings associated with the shifting of certain OPWDD-related Medicaid costs to DOH under the Medicaid Global Cap. It is expected that DOH, which has already begun implementing a savings plan designed to mitigate the impact of reduced Federal revenue associated with the reimbursement of Medicaid costs at State-operated facilities providing developmental disability services, will be able to absorb these additional costs without impact to the Financial Plan by generating savings from the continuation of successful MRT initiatives; improvements in cash management; and the utilization of Federal resources associated with the ACA.

Total “state share” Medicaid, which includes Medicaid costs of State agencies in addition to DOH, reflected downward spending adjustments of $820 million in fiscal year 2014, $535 million in fiscal year 2015, and $357 million thereafter. This is attributable to the impact of reduced Federal revenue associated with the reimbursement of Medicaid costs at State-operated facilities providing developmental disability services. To compensate for the reduced Federal reimbursement for services provided, as of November 25, 2013, the State was undertaking various actions to reduce overall costs while minimizing any impact on service delivery. These actions include shifting a portion of OPWDD Medicaid costs to DOH, the impact of which is expected to be managed on a neutral Financial Plan basis through the implementation of several actions, including comprehensive program reforms consistent with other states to generate Federal reimbursement for services already being provided, and the management of certain MRT investment initiatives. These savings are valued at $730 million in fiscal year 2014, $445 million in fiscal year 2015, and $267 million in each of fiscal years 2016 and 2017, and are part of the Mental Hygiene Stabilization Fund within the DOH global spending cap.

Public Health/Aging Programs

Public Health includes the Child Health Plus (“CHP”) program that finances health insurance coverage for children of low-income families up to the age of 19, the General Public Health Work (“GPHW”) program that reimburses local health departments for the cost of providing certain public health services, the Elderly Pharmaceutical Insurance Coverage (“EPIC”) program that provides prescription drug insurance to low-income seniors, and the Early Intervention (“EI”) program that pays for services to infants and toddlers under the age of three with disabilities or developmental delays.

 

D-47


The State Office for the Aging (“SOFA”) promotes and administers programs and services for New Yorkers 60 years of age and older. SOFA primarily oversees community-based services, including in-home services and nutrition assistance, provided through a network of county Area Agencies on Aging and local providers.

Many public health programs, such as the EI and GPHW programs, are run by county health departments and reimbursed by the State for a share of program costs. The State spending projections do not include the county share of public health funding. In addition, a significant portion of HCRA spending is included under the public health budget.

Spending growth in the CHP program through fiscal year 2015 largely reflects costs associated with the expectation of additional caseload growth under the ACA. As CHP enrollment increases, initial costs to the State are incurred; however, these costs are expected to decrease beginning in fiscal year 2016 when enhanced Federal participation rates become effective. The fiscal year 2015 Executive Budget also plans on further reduced costs associated with CHP based on a proposal to transfer the rate-setting responsibilities associated with the CHP program from the DFS to DOH, thereby aligning the rate-setting methodology for the CHP program with other DOH managed care programs. This proposal would include freezing existing rates for one year, resulting in Financial Plan savings of $17 million in fiscal year 2015; $13 million in fiscal year 2016; and $8 million in fiscal year 2017 and fiscal year 2018.

Based on actual claims in 2012 and estimated claims for 2013, GPHW costs for fiscal year 2014 were estimated at $178 million, a decline of nearly $70 million over fiscal year 2013 reimbursement levels. The projected disbursements from fiscal year 2014 through fiscal year 2018 reflect modest growth and include annualizing savings from leverage, other insurance for prenatal care services supported through GPHW as of February 27, 2014.

The projected multiyear spending for the EPIC program reflects both disbursements and revenue related to enrollment changes, prescription drug medication, increase in generic drug claims, and rebates received from drug manufacturers.

The Executive Budget also includes an additional $25 million HCRA subsidy for the RPCI from fiscal year 2015 to fiscal year 2018, which is intended to offset the expiration of capital grant awards in order to maintain the current level of State funding for the Roswell Park Cancer Institute (“RPCI”).

The Federal-State Health Reform Partnership (“F-SHRP”) program, which is Federal funding provided to the State on a time-limited basis through a Federal waiver under terms and conditions aimed at improving the delivery of health care services, is expected to expire at the end of fiscal year 2014.

HCRA Financial Plan

HCRA was established in 1996 to help finance a portion of State health care activities. Extensions and modifications to HCRA have financed new health care programs, including FHP (medical assistance for those ineligible for Medicaid) and CHP. HCRA has also provided additional financing for the health care industry, including investments in worker recruitment and retention, and the Health Care Efficiency and Affordability Law for New Yorkers (“HEAL NY”) program for capital improvements to health care facilities. HCRA authorization is expected to be extended for three years, through fiscal year 2017, pursuant to legislation included in the Executive Budget.

HCRA is expected to remain in balance over the multi-year projection period. Under the current HCRA appropriation structure, spending reductions will occur if resources are insufficient to meet spending levels. These spending reductions could potentially affect core HCRA programs. Conversely, any unanticipated balances in HCRA are expected to finance Medicaid costs that would otherwise be paid for by the General Fund.

 

D-48


HCRA receipts include surcharges and assessments on hospital revenues, a “covered lives” assessment paid by insurance carriers, and a portion of cigarette tax revenues. As of February 27, 2014, total HCRA revenues were estimated to grow by approximately 1.8 percent on an annual basis during the Financial Plan period.

In addition to FHP, CHP, and HEAL NY, HCRA helps fund Medicaid, EPIC, physician excess medical malpractice insurance, and Indigent Care payments, which provide funding to hospitals serving a disproportionate share of individuals without health insurance.

The Executive Budget includes proposals which would lower costs associated with certain programs financed with HCRA revenue, most notably from a proposal to transfer the rate-setting responsibilities associated with the CHP program from DFS to DOH; and the recognition of new HCRA surcharge revenue dedicated to finance costs associated with the New York State of Health insurance marketplace, which is expected to increase access to public and private insurance options for certain programs currently supported by the State, providing a net Financial Plan benefit.

The Executive Budget also includes initiatives to provide financing from increased covered lives assessment revenue for capital costs associated with the implementation of the new All-Payer Claims Database (“APCD”) and Statewide Health Information Network for New York (“SHIN-NY”), which is expected to improve information capabilities and increase efficiency associated with health insurance claiming; as well as increased annual funding for RPCI from HCRA to offset the expiration of other capital grant award funding.

Mental Hygiene

The Department of Mental Hygiene is comprised of three independent agencies: Office for People with Developmental Disabilities (“OPWDD”), Office of Mental Health (“OMH”), and the Office of Alcoholism and Substance Abuse Services (“OASAS”). Services are administered to adults with serious and persistent mental illness; children with serious emotional disturbances; individuals with developmental disabilities and their families; persons with chemical dependencies; and individuals with compulsive gambling problems. These agencies provide services directly to their patients through State-operated facilities and indirectly through community service providers. The costs associated with providing these services are funded by reimbursement from Medicaid, Medicare, third-party insurance and State funding. Patient care revenues are pledged first to the payment of debt service on outstanding mental hygiene bonds, which are issued to finance improvements to infrastructure at mental hygiene facilities throughout the State, with the remaining revenue used to support State operating costs.

Legislation enacted fiscal year 2013 established the Justice Center for the Protection of People with Special Needs, which has the primary responsibility for tracking, investigating and pursuing serious abuse/neglect complaints at facilities and provider settings operated, certified, or licensed by six State agencies. The activities of the Commission on Quality of Care and Advocacy for Persons with Disabilities (“CQCAPD”) were subsumed by the Justice Center when it became operational on June 30, 2013. Additionally, the Federal Protection and Advocacy designation held by CQCAPD was transferred to an independent entity that directly receives Federal funding for that purpose.

Local assistance spending in mental hygiene accounts for nearly half of total mental hygiene spending from State Operating Funds, and, as of February 27, 2014, was projected to grow by an average rate of 6.2 percent annually. The main factor driving this level of growth was the phase-down of the Mental Hygiene Stabilization Fund, whereby certain OPWDD-related Medicaid costs were shifted to the DOH under the Medicaid Global Cap. When adjusting for the phase-down of the Mental Hygiene Stabilization Fund, local program spending was expected to increase by an average annual rate of 4.8 percent, and was mainly attributable to increases in the projected State share of Medicaid costs and projected expansion of the various mental hygiene service systems, including costs associated with developing new OPWDD residential and non-residential services; the New York/New York III Supportive Housing agreement; a planned 2.5 percent annual COLA; and community beds that, as

 

D-49


of February 27, 2014, were under development for adult home and nursing home residents with mental illness. Additional outyear spending is assumed in Financial Plan estimates for costs associated with efforts to move individuals to the least restrictive setting possible, as well as several chemical dependence treatment and prevention initiatives for individuals receiving services through OASAS.

The Financial Plan achieves lower spending growth by authorizing the elimination of automatic inflationary factors in fiscal year 2014, including the 1.4 percent Human Services Cost of Living Adjustment and Medicaid trend adjustment, which provides rate reimbursement adjustments for eligible providers of services to the developmentally disabled; improved program efficiencies; enhanced audit recoveries; reduced administrative costs reimbursed to OPWDD providers; and revised estimates for mental health community bed funding.

OPWDD’s Medicaid-related spending estimates were revised downward in the Enacted Budget Financial Plan by $820 million in fiscal year 2014, $535 million in fiscal year 2015, and $357 million thereafter. These revisions are attributable to the impact of reduced Federal revenue from Medicaid reimbursement at State-operated facilities providing developmental disability services. To compensate for the reduced Federal reimbursement for services provided, as of November 25, 2013, the State was undertaking various actions to reduce overall costs in the least disruptive manner possible for service delivery. These actions include shifting a portion of OPWDD Medicaid costs to DOH, the impact of which is expected to be managed on a neutral Financial Plan basis through the implementation of several actions, including comprehensive program reforms consistent with other states to generate Federal reimbursement for services already being provided, and the management of certain MRT investment initiatives. These savings were valued at $730 million in fiscal year 2014, $445 million in fiscal year 2015, and $267 million in each of fiscal year 2016 and fiscal year 2017 and are part of the Mental Hygiene Stabilization Fund within the DOH global spending cap. In addition, $90 million of savings were to be achieved by OPWDD through a combination of actions identified in consultation with all relevant parties. These include $50 million in savings from reduced administrative costs, improved efficiencies, and collaborative efforts to utilize lower cost community based supports and services as opposed to more costly settings such as institutions and residential schools. In addition, $40 million in savings were to be generated from increased audit recoveries generated by enhanced audit activity by the Office of Medicaid Inspector General (“OMIG”) related to OPWDD services provided by nonprofit agencies.

The Executive Budget includes $745 million in annual State-share Medicaid savings beginning in fiscal year 2015 (an increase of $15 million from fiscal year 2014), declining to $688 million by fiscal year 2018, associated with the Mental Hygiene Stabilization Fund, a statewide savings plan which shifts certain OPWDD-related Medicaid costs to DOH under the Medicaid Global Cap. It is expected that the DOH, which has already begun implementing a savings plan designed to mitigate the impact of reduced Federal revenue associated with the reimbursement of Medicaid costs at State-operated mental hygiene facilities, will be able to assume these additional costs without adverse impact to the Updated Financial Plan by generating savings from the continuation of successful MRT initiatives; improving cash management; and utilizing Federal resources associated with the ACA. In total, the Mental Hygiene Stabilization Fund is expected to provide statewide Medicaid savings of $730 million in fiscal year 2014; $745 million in fiscal year 2015; $715 million in fiscal year 2016; $905 million in fiscal year 2017; and $688 million in fiscal year 2018.

The Executive Budget also proposed to defer the fiscal year 2015 statutorily-indexed cost-of-living increase for human services agencies, resulting in recurring annual savings of $76 million.

Social Services

The Office of Temporary and Disability Assistance (“OTDA”) local assistance programs provide cash benefits and supportive services to low-income families. The State’s three main programs include Family Assistance, Safety Net Assistance and Supplemental Security Income (“SSI”). The Family Assistance program, which is financed by the Federal government, provides time-limited cash assistance to eligible families. The Safety Net Assistance program, financed by the State and local districts, provides cash assistance for single

 

D-50


adults, childless couples, and families that have exhausted their five-year limit on Family Assistance imposed by Federal law. The State SSI Supplementation program provides a supplement to the Federal SSI benefit for the elderly, visually handicapped, and disabled.

The decline in OTDA spending from fiscal year 2014 was driven by savings generated from the State taking over responsibility for administration of the State’s SSI Supplementation program from the Federal government. This proposal was enacted in fiscal year 2013 but due to the October 1, 2014 effective date of this proposal, savings were not expected until fiscal year 2015. The decline in OTDA spending also reflects revisions to the State’s projected costs for public assistance. As of February 27, 2014, the average public assistance caseload was projected to total 564,167 recipients in fiscal year 2015, a decrease of 2.8 percent from fiscal year 2014 levels. Approximately 249,131 families are expected to receive benefits through the Family Assistance program in fiscal year 2015, a decrease of 3.6 percent from fiscal year 2014. In the Safety Net program an average of 120,186 families are expected to be helped in fiscal year 2015, a decrease of 4.2 percent from fiscal year 2014. The caseload for single adults/childless couples supported through the Safety Net program is projected at 194,850 in fiscal year 2015, a decrease of 0.8 percent from fiscal year 2014.

The Office of Children and Family Services (“OCFS”) provides funding for foster care, adoption, child protective services, preventive services, delinquency prevention, and child care. OCFS oversees the State’s system of family support and child welfare services administered by social services departments and community-based organizations. Specifically, child welfare services, which are financed jointly by the Federal government, the State, and local districts, are structured to encourage local governments to invest in preventive services intended to reduce out-of-home placement of children. In addition, the Child Care Block Grant, which is also financed by a combination of Federal, State and local sources, supports child care subsidies for public assistance and low-income families. The youth facilities program serves youth directed by family or criminal courts to be placed in residential facilities

The OCFS spending growth in fiscal year 2015 is primarily driven by an increase in General Fund spending on Day Care, which is necessary in order to keep spending on this program constant after a projected decrease in Federal funding. The spending growth also reflects increases in Youth Programs associated with the implementation of the Close to Home initiative. These increases are partially offset by a decrease in spending on Child Welfare Services, due to lower estimated claims. In addition, the Committees on Special Education growth is based on the five-year historical average of 4.5 percent pursuant to caseload changes and rate increases for both in-state and out-of-state placements.

Transportation

As of February 27, 2014, in fiscal year 2015, the Department of Transportation (“DOT”) was expected to provide $4.8 billion in local assistance to support the operating costs of the Statewide mass transit systems, financed from dedicated taxes and fees. The MTA, due to the size and scope of its transit and commuter rail systems, receives the majority of the statewide mass transit operating aid. Additionally, the MTA receives operating support from the Mobility Tax and MTA Aid Trust Fund, authorized in May 2009 to collect regional taxes and fees imposed within the Metropolitan Commuter Transportation District (“MCTD”). The State collects these taxes and fees on behalf of, and disburses the entire amount to, the MTA to support the transit and commuter rail systems. Pursuant to legislation enacted in December 2011 to eliminate the MTA payroll tax for all elementary and secondary schools and small business operators within the MCTD, the General Fund provides additional annual support to the MTA as compensation for the loss of revenue.

As of February 27, 2014, operating aid to the MTA and other transit systems was expected to increase in fiscal year 2015 by 2.0 percent, reflecting the impact of timing associated with the availability of funding resources and growth assumed in the current receipts forecast.

 

D-51


The Executive Budget proposed to offset General Fund support for MTA-related debt service costs by transferring $40 million in dedicated resources from the Metro Mass Transportation Operating Aid (“MMTOA”) account to the General Debt Service Fund, with the expectation that $20 million in MMTOA resources will be available to offset MTA-related debt service costs on an annual basis beginning in fiscal year 2016.

Local Government Assistance

Direct aid to local governments includes the Aid and Incentives for Municipalities (“AIM”) program, which was created in fiscal year 2006 to consolidate various unrestricted local aid funding streams; Miscellaneous Financial Assistance for certain counties, towns, and villages; and efficiency-based incentive grants provided to local governments.

All other Local Assistance Spending

Other local assistance programs and activities include criminal justice, economic development, aging, and housing. Spending in these areas is not expected to change materially over the Financial Plan period.

Agency Operations

Agency operating costs include personal service, non-personal service, and General State Charges (“GSCs”). Personal service costs include the salaries of State employees of the Executive, Legislative, and Judicial branches; as well as the salaries of temporary/seasonal employees. Non-personal service costs reflect the cost of operating State agencies, including real estate rental, utilities, contractual payments (i.e., consultants, information technology (“IT”), and professional business services), supplies and materials, equipment, and telephone service. GSCs reflect the costs of fringe benefits (i.e., pensions, health insurance) provided to State employees and retirees of the Executive, Legislative and Judicial branches, and certain fixed costs paid by the State, such as taxes on public lands and litigations. Certain agency operations of Transportation and Motor Vehicles are included in the capital projects fund type and are not reflected in the State Operating Funds personal service or non-personal service totals.

Approximately 94 percent of the State workforce is unionized. The largest unions include CSEA, which represents office support staff and administrative personnel, machine operators, skilled trade workers, and therapeutic and custodial care staff; PEF, which represents professional and technical personnel (i.e., attorneys, nurses, accountants, engineers, social workers, and institution teachers); UUP, which represents faculty and non-teaching professional staff within the State University system; and NYSCOPBA, which represents security personnel (correction officers, safety and security officers).

Beginning in fiscal year 2015, the majority of state agencies will be expected to hold personal service and non-personal service spending either at or below fiscal year 2014 levels. As appropriate, agencies will need to establish new spending guidelines as well as maintain existing cost-control efforts to offset costs related to increasing operational expenses, including collective bargaining agreements which include 2 percent salary increases in fiscal year 2015 and fiscal year 2016 (for some unions), applicable lump sum payments of $225, and repayment of a portion of the deficit reduction adjustment made to employee salaries.

Gaming, Health Care, and SUNY are the primary areas expected to experience limited programmatic growth over the ensuing four years. The nominal growth in Gaming is attributable to the November 2013 referendum related to casino development. Increases in Health Care operational costs are primarily driven by the State’s participation in NY State of Health, the State’s insurance marketplace program as mandated by ACA. Beginning in fiscal year 2015, program costs for NY State of Health are to be partially offset by Federal grants; however, the DOH must fully absorb the start-up costs by fiscal year 2016. SUNY spending is driven by tuition funding and reflects anticipated operational needs.

 

D-52


The only additional exceptions to no growth are technical in nature and reflect funding reclassifications or administrative reconciliations. For example, growth in Temporary and Disability Assistance reflects the reclassification of local assistance contracts to agency operation spending; while the consolidation of state agency IT functions into one central agency, IT Services, drives a higher cost in fiscal year 2015 compared to fiscal year 2014. Furthermore, the State’s workforce is paid on a bi-weekly basis, weekly pay cycles that alternate between Administrative and Institutional payrolls. There are typically 26 pay periods in a fiscal year. In fiscal year 2016, employees in the Mental Hygiene and DOCCS facilities are slated to have one additional institutional payroll.

In fiscal year 2015, $12.6 billion or 13.7 percent of the State Operating Funds Budget is projected to be spent on personal service costs and supports roughly 98,500 Full-Time Equivalent (“FTE”) employees under direct Executive control and another 15,100 employees of the Legislature and Judiciary. Roughly 75 percent of all personal service spending occurs in four areas: SUNY, the Mental Hygiene agencies, DOCCS, and Judiciary.

General State Charges

Fringe benefit payments, many of which are mandated by statute or collective bargaining agreements, include employer contributions for pensions, Social Security, health insurance, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and dental and vision benefits. The majority of employee fringe benefit costs are paid centrally from statewide appropriations. However, certain agencies, including the Judiciary and SUNY, directly pay all or a portion of their employees’ fringe benefit costs from their respective budgets. Employee fringe benefits paid through GSCs are paid from the General Fund in the first instance, and then partially reimbursed by revenue collected from fringe benefit assessments on Federal funds and other special revenue accounts. The largest General Fund reimbursement comes from the mental hygiene agencies.

GSCs also include certain fixed costs such as State taxes paid to local governments for certain State-owned lands, and payments related to lawsuits against the State and its public officers.

As of February 27, 2014, GSCs were projected to increase at an average annual rate of 3.2 percent over the Financial Plan period. This is primarily due to projected growth in health insurance and pension costs. Social security remains relatively stable and will move in tandem with the State’s personal service assumptions. Fixed Costs are to remain at approximately $395 million over the multi-year plan. The declines in fiscal year 2016 and fiscal year 2017 reflect the fulfillment of certain litigation payments against the State.

Transfers to other Funds (General Fund Basis)

General Fund transfers help finance the State’s share of Medicaid costs for State-operated mental hygiene facilities, debt service for bonds that do not have dedicated revenues, SUNY operating costs, certain capital initiatives, and a range of other activities.

A significant portion of the capital and operating expenses of DOT and the Department of Motor Vehicles (“DMV”) are funded from the Dedicated Highway and Bridge Trust Fund (“DHBTF”). The Fund receives various dedicated tax and fee revenues, including the petroleum business tax, motor fuel tax, and highway use taxes. The Financial Plan includes transfers from the General Fund that effectively subsidize the expenses of the DHBTF. As of November 25, 2013, the subsidy was required because the cumulative expenses of the fund—capital and operating expenses of DOT and DMV, debt service on certain transportation bonds—exceeded current and projected revenue deposits and bond proceeds.

As of February 27, 2014, General Fund transfers to other funds were expected to total $8.7 billion in fiscal year 2015, a $153 million increase from fiscal year 2014. This increase reflects higher transfers for capital projects due to the reduced availability of revenue in 2015; and higher costs for operating mental hygiene facilities in lieu of reduced Federal revenue. These higher transfers are offset by reduced debt service transfers due to the prepayment of fiscal year 2015 expenses in 2014.

 

D-53


Debt Service

The State pays debt service on all outstanding State-supported bonds. These include general obligation bonds, for which the State is constitutionally obligated to pay debt service, as well as bonds issued by State public authorities (i.e., Empire State Development, the Dormitory Authority of the State of New York, and the Thruway Authority, subject to an appropriation). Depending on the credit structure, debt service is financed by transfers from the General Fund, dedicated taxes and fees, and other resources, such as patient income revenues.

As of February 27, 2014, total debt service was projected at $5.7 billion in fiscal year 2015, of which $1.1 billion was paid from the General Fund through transfers, and $4.6 billion from other State funds. The General Fund transfer finances debt service payments on general obligation and service contract bonds. Debt service is paid directly from other State funds for the State’s revenue bonds, including personal income tax and Sales Tax bonds, DHBTF bonds, and mental health facilities bonds.

As of February 27, 2014, Updated Financial Plan estimates for debt service spending had been revised to reflect a number of factors, including actual bond sale results, assumed debt management savings of $85 million in fiscal year 2015, and increased debt service costs associated with proposed additional capital commitment levels. This includes the debt service impact resulting from 30 day amendments to increase SUNY bonded capital spending by $19 million. Also, fiscal year 2014 spending estimates continue to assume the prepayment of $318 million of debt service that is due during fiscal year 2015.

PRIOR FISCAL YEARS

Cash-Basis Results

General Fund Fiscal Years 2012 through 2013

The General Fund is the principal operating fund of the State and is used to account for all financial transactions, except those required by law to be accounted for in another fund. It is the State’s largest single fund and receives most State taxes and other resources not dedicated to particular purposes. General Fund moneys are also transferred to other funds, primarily to support certain State share Medicaid payments, capital projects and debt service payments in other fund types. In some cases, the fiscal year results provided below may exclude certain timing-related transactions which have no net impact on operations.

In the cash basis of accounting, the State defines a balanced budget in the General Fund as (a) the ability to make all planned payments anticipated in the Financial Plan, including tax refunds, without the issuance of deficit bonds or notes or extraordinary cash management actions, (b) the restoration of the balances in the Tax Stabilization Reserve and Rainy Day Reserve (together, the “rainy day reserves”) to a level equal to or greater than the level at the start of the fiscal year, and (c) maintenance of other designated balances, as required by law.

Recent Trends

With State receipts slowly recovering, the State has allowed limited spending growth to meet the demand for services. In addition, rainy day reserve fund balances have been supported and maintained.

Fiscal Year 2013

The State ended fiscal year 2013 in balance on a cash basis in the General Fund, and maintained a closing balance of $1.61 billion, consisting of $1.1 billion in the Tax Stabilization Reserve, $175 million in the Rainy Day Reserve, $93 million in the Community Projects Fund, $21 million in the Contingency Reserve, $77 million reserved for potential retroactive labor settlements, and $113 million in an undesignated fund balance. The fiscal year 2013 closing balance was $177 million lesser than the fiscal year 2012 closing balance, which largely reflects the use of designated resources to address costs associated with retroactive labor agreements.

 

D-54


General Fund receipts, including transfers from other funds, totaled $58.8 billion in fiscal year 2013. Total receipts during fiscal year 2013 were $1.9 billion (3.3 percent) higher than in the prior fiscal year. Total tax receipts were $1.5 billion higher than the previous fiscal year, mainly due to growth in personal income tax collections ($1.0 billion) and business tax collections ($493 million). General Fund miscellaneous receipts also increased, largely due to one-time receipts from a settlement between DFS and Standard Chartered Bank.

General Fund disbursements, including transfers to other funds, totaled $59.0 billion in fiscal year 2013, $2.5 billion (4.4 percent) higher than in the prior fiscal year. This reflected expected growth in various local assistance programs, including education and Medicaid, both of which were subject to an annual cap; increased personal service costs associated with retroactive labor settlements; and increased transfers in support of debt service payments.

Fiscal Year 2013 Results Compared to Fiscal Year 2013 Enacted Budget

The Fiscal Year 2013 General Fund closing balance of $1.6 billion was $209 million lower than initially estimated in the Fiscal Year 2013 Enacted Budget which reflected the combined impact of lower than planned receipts ($119 million) and higher than planned spending ($90 million).

Receipts

Total receipts through March 2013 were $119 million below initial projections, reflecting the net impact of higher tax collections ($25 million); higher non-tax receipts and grants ($277 million); and lower than projected transfer support from other State funds ($421 million).

The variance in tax collections was a function of higher than anticipated business tax collections ($214 million) due to higher gross receipts and audit collections offset by lower than planned user taxes ($199 million) from slower than expected growth in taxable consumption. The variance in non-tax receipts represented a $340 million settlement payment to the State from Standard Chartered Bank based on claims that the bank did not comply with financial regulations; $75 million from the Manhattan District Attorney (“DA”) due to increased settlement activity; and lower than anticipated collections for abandoned property ($71 million) and licensing and fees ($54 million).

The lower than initially estimated transfers to the General Fund was mainly attributable to the ongoing revenue arbitration between the State and the Seneca Nation regarding the Tribe’s exclusivity zone ($104 million), and the delayed collection of receipts from localities for their share of youth facilities costs due to the timing of approval of the rate packages ($77 million). In addition, transfers were lower than initially projected due to the timing of certain mental hygiene transfers.

Spending

General Fund spending through March 2013 was $90 million above initial projections due to higher than anticipated spending in local assistance ($115 million), personal service ($238 million), and GSCs ($146 million), offset by lower than anticipated spending in non-personal service costs ($118 million) and lower than projected General Fund transfers to other State funds ($291 million).

The local assistance spending variance included $468 million in higher than projected spending for health care due almost entirely to revenue shortfalls in the HCRA fund that would otherwise offset Medicaid spending, and $124 million in higher-than-projected School Aid disbursements. These increased costs were largely offset by lower disbursements across a range of programs and activities.

Personal service spending exceeded initial estimates due almost exclusively to retroactive payments related to labor settlements reached between the State and two public employee unions after enactment of the fiscal year

 

D-55


2013 budget. These payments were financed from General Fund balances designated for this purpose. Non-personal service under-spending was reflected across a number of State agencies and programs, including: DOH Medicaid ($30 million) due to lower than planned contractual costs; the Labor Management Committees ($16 million) due to lower than anticipated costs for negotiated employee benefits; and disaster-related costs ($16 million) due to lower than assumed State outlays associated with Hurricane Irene and Tropical Storm Lee.

GSCs were higher than initially projected due mainly to the impact of higher than anticipated Workers’ Compensation payments, large one-time litigation payments and lower reimbursement payments from non-General Fund financing sources.

General Fund transfers to other funds were below initial estimates because of lower than projected operational costs for mental hygiene facilities ($132 million) and lower transfers needed to support the financing costs of Capital Projects ($139 million). The reduced transfers to the Capital Projects Fund reflected several factors that occurred throughout fiscal year 2013, including savings from refunding, the timing and size of bond sales, and the financing mix for capital projects, most of which were recognized and accounted for through subsequent updates to the Fiscal Year 2013 Financial Plan. The overall lower transfers were partially offset through higher debt service transfers ($67 million)—a reflection of a decision to pre-pay a portion of fiscal year 2014 debt service costs during fiscal year 2013 in order to achieve future savings.

Fiscal Year 2012

The State ended fiscal year 2012 in balance on a cash basis in the General Fund, and maintained a closing balance of $1.79 billion, consisting of $1.1 billion in the Tax Stabilization Reserve, $175 million in the Rainy Day Reserve, $102 million in the Community Projects Fund, $21 million in the Contingency Reserve, $283 million reserved for potential retroactive labor settlements, and $75 million in an undesignated fund balance. The fiscal year 2012 closing balance was $411 million greater than the fiscal year 2011 closing balance, which largely reflected actions to establish designated resources that could be used to address costs associated with potential retroactive labor agreements, and to build the State’s general emergency reserve fund balances. The State made a $100 million deposit to the Tax Stabilization Reserve at the close of the fiscal year 2012, the first deposit to the State’s rainy day reserves since fiscal year 2008.

General Fund receipts, including transfers from other funds, totaled $56.9 billion in fiscal year 2012. Total receipts during fiscal year 2012 were $2.5 billion (4.5 percent) higher than in the prior fiscal year. Total tax receipts were $3.1 billion higher than the previous fiscal year, mainly due to growth in personal income tax collections ($2.4 billion) and business tax collections ($481 million). A decrease in the level of excess balances transferred from other funds partly offset the annual increase in tax receipts.

General Fund disbursements, including transfers to other funds, totaled $56.5 billion in fiscal year 2012, $1.1 billion (2.0 percent) higher than in the prior fiscal year. Excluding the impact of a $2.1 billion school aid deferral from March 2010 to the statutory deadline of June 2010, annual spending grew by $3.2 billion. Spending growth was largely due to the phase-out of extraordinary Federal aid (including the enhanced Federal share of Medicaid, Federal American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) Stabilization funding, and the TANF Emergency Contingency Fund) that temporarily reduced State-share spending in fiscal year 2011. Annual General Fund spending for agency operations in fiscal year 2012 was lower than in fiscal year 2011, consistent with management expectations and continued efforts in managing the workforce and controlling costs. Annual growth in GSCs was mainly due to employee fringe benefit costs and workers’ compensation payments; the pre-payment of pension costs during the final quarter of fiscal year 2012; and lower reimbursement from non-General Funds.

 

D-56


State Operating Funds Fiscal Years 2012 through 2013

State Operating Funds is composed of the General Fund, State special revenue funds and debt service funds. The State Operating Funds perspective is primarily intended as a measure of State-financed spending. Similar to the General Fund, spending growth in State Operating Funds in recent years has also been limited.

Fiscal Year 2013

State Operating Funds receipts totaled $85.1 billion in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $2.5 billion over the fiscal year 2012 results. Disbursements totaled $88.8 billion in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $1.7 billion from the fiscal year 2012 results. The State ended fiscal year 2013 with a State Operating Funds cash balance of $4.4 billion. In addition to the $1.6 billion General Fund balance described above, the State’s special revenue funds had a closing balance of $2.4 billion and the debt service funds had a closing balance of $381 million. The special revenue fund balances were held in numerous funds and accounts that supported a variety of programs including industry regulation, public health, and public safety. The fund balance in the debt service funds reflected the preservation of moneys needed for debt service payments to bond holders.

Fiscal Year 2012

State Operating Funds receipts totaled $82.6 billion in fiscal year 2012, an increase of $3.8 billion over the fiscal year 2011 results. Disbursements totaled $87.2 billion in fiscal year 2012, an increase of $2.8 billion from the fiscal year 2011 results. The State ended fiscal year 2012 with a State Operating Funds cash balance of $3.8 billion. In addition to the $1.8 billion General Fund balance described above, the State’s special revenue funds had a closing balance of $1.6 billion and the debt service funds had a closing balance of $428 million. The remaining special revenue fund balances were held in numerous funds and accounts that supported a variety of programs including industry regulation, public health, and public safety. The fund balance in the debt service funds reflected the preservation of moneys needed for debt service payments to bond holders.

All Funds Fiscal Years 2012 through 2013

The All Funds Financial Plan records the operations of the four governmental fund types: the General Fund, special revenue funds, capital projects funds, and debt service funds. It is the broadest measure of State governmental activity, and includes spending from Federal funds and capital projects funds. As of June 19, 2013, the All Funds Financial Plan had not grown in recent years.

Fiscal Year 2013

All Funds receipts for fiscal year 2013 totaled $133.2 billion, an increase of $511 million over fiscal year 2012 results. Annual growth in tax receipts and miscellaneous receipts was partly offset by a decline in Federal grants. All Funds disbursements for fiscal year 2013 totaled $133.1 billion, a decrease of $407 million over fiscal year 2012 results. The annual decline largely reflected the growth in State Operating Funds previously described, more than offset by declines in Federal Operating Funds and Capital Project Funds. The annual decrease in Federal Operating Funds spending was due to the phasing-out of approximately $2.7 billion in funding available from the Federal ARRA between fiscal years 2012 and 2013, partially offset by nearly $1 billion in Federal disaster assistance spending in fiscal year 2013. The capital projects spending decline reflected the recent completion of economic development projects, including the SUNY College for Nanoscale and Science Engineering, Global Foundries, and the Aqueduct Video Lottery Facility.

The State ended fiscal year 2013 with an All Funds cash balance of $3.9 billion. The $4.4 billion State Operating Funds balance described above was partly offset by a negative capital project funds closing balance of roughly $485 million. The negative balance in the capital projects fund resulted from outstanding intra-year loans from STIP used to finance capital projects costs prior to the receipt of bond proceeds.

 

D-57


Fiscal Year 2012

All Funds receipts for fiscal year 2012 totaled $132.7 billion, a decrease of $577 million over fiscal year 2011 results. Annual growth in tax receipts and miscellaneous receipts was more than offset by a decline in Federal grants. All Funds disbursements for fiscal year 2012 totaled $133.5 billion, a decrease of $1.3 billion over fiscal year 2011 results. The annual changes largely reflected the impact of Federal ARRA aid.

The State ended fiscal year 2012 with an All Funds cash balance of $3.4 billion. The $3.8 billion State Operating Funds balance described above was partly offset by a negative capital project funds closing balance of roughly $449 million. The negative balance in the capital projects fund resulted from outstanding intra-year loans from STIP used to finance capital projects costs prior to the receipt of bond proceeds.

CAPITAL PROGRAM AND FINANCING PLAN

DOB prepares a Multi-Year Capital Program and Financing Plan with the Executive Budget and updates it following enactment of the budget (the “Enacted Capital Plan”). The Enacted Capital Plan outlines the anticipated capital spending over the five-year period, the means by which it is to be financed, the impact on debt measures, and the anticipated debt issuances required to support the planned capital spending.

Capital Plan

As prescribed by New York Works Task Force, DOB, as of June 19, 2013, had for the first time formulated 10-year capital commitment and disbursement projections for State agencies. The total commitment and disbursement levels over the 10-year capital planning horizon reflect, among other things, projected capacity under the State’s debt limit, anticipated levels of Federal aid, and the timing of capital activity based on known needs and historical patterns. The following capital projects information relates to the fiscal year 2014.

Fiscal Year 2014 Capital Projects Spending

Spending on capital projects is projected to total $9.4 billion in fiscal year 2014, which includes $1.4 billion in “off-budget spending” directly from bond proceeds held by public authorities. Overall, capital spending in fiscal year 2014 is projected to increase by $543 million (6 percent) from fiscal year 2013.

In fiscal year 2014, transportation spending is projected to total $4.7 billion, which represents 50 percent of total capital spending, with education, including the Expanding Our Children’s Education and Learning (“EXCEL”) program, comprising the next largest share at 22 percent. Economic development spending represents 6 percent and spending for parks and environment represents 7 percent. The remaining 15 percent is comprised of spending for mental hygiene, health and social welfare, public protection and all other capital programs.

Spending for transportation is projected to increase by $269 million (6 percent) in fiscal year 2014, reflecting the continuation of accelerated spending on road and bridge projects under the New York Works program and additional Consolidated Highway Improvement Programs (“CHIPs”) funding included in the Enacted Budget.

Parks and environment spending is expected to decrease by $72 million (-10 percent) in fiscal year 2014 reflecting the continued phasedown of general obligation bond authorizations.

Economic development and government oversight spending is projected to increase by $173 million (40 percent). This spending reflects several new economic development initiatives designed to spur job growth, including money for the Regional Councils Initiative. Also, in fiscal year 2014, the Enacted Budget dedicates

 

D-58


resources to western New York to bolster the Buffalo Regional Innovative Cluster, and the Buffalo Bills Stadium improvements. It also provides additional investments in capital projects for higher education that are to provide statewide economic opportunities, including SUNY 2020 and CUNY 2020.

Spending for health and social welfare is projected to increase by $52 million (9 percent). This reflects ongoing commitment levels of the $1.6 billion HEAL NY program enacted in fiscal year 2008.

Education spending is projected to decrease by $107 million (-5 percent) in fiscal year 2014. This is primarily due to declining spending at SUNY related to the removal of the residence hall program and continued spending from previously enacted capital plans, as well as the phasedown of the EXCEL program.

Spending increases of $89 million (37 percent) for public protection primarily reflect the State’s share of funding related to damages caused by Superstorm Sandy, enhanced aviation equipment, continued investments in the Division of Homeland Security and Emergency Services State Preparedness Training Center, as well as preservation and improvement projects at correctional facilities. Mental hygiene capital spending is expected to increase by $104 million.

General government capital spending is expected to increase by $41 million (62 percent) primarily attributable to costs associated with State technology projects, which are to be selected through a governance process based on return on investment (“ROI”) or a cost-benefit analysis.

Spending for agencies in the “All Other” category is projected to decrease by $4 million (-6 percent) primarily due to reduced spending from the Statewide equipment program.

Financing Fiscal Year 2014 Capital Projects Spending

In fiscal year 2014, the State plans to finance 57 percent of capital projects spending with long-term debt. Federal aid is expected to fund 19 percent of the State’s fiscal year 2014 capital spending, primarily for transportation. State cash resources are slated to finance the remaining 24 percent of capital spending. Year-to-year, total pay-as-you-go support is projected to decrease by $159 million, with State pay-as-you-go decreasing by $138 million and Federal pay-as-you-go support decreasing by $21 million. Bond-financed spending is projected to increase by $700 million.

Financing Plan

New York State is one of the largest issuers of municipal debt, ranking second among the states, behind California, in the amount of debt outstanding. The State ranks fifth in the U.S. in debt per capita, behind Connecticut, Massachusetts, Hawaii, and New Jersey. As of March 31, 2013, total State-related debt outstanding totaled $56.1 billion, equal to approximately 5.4 percent of New York personal income. The State’s debt levels are typically measured by DOB using two categories: State-supported debt and State-related debt.

State-supported debt represents obligations of the State that are paid from traditional State resources (i.e., tax revenue) and have a budgetary impact. It includes general obligation debt, to which the full faith and credit of the State have been pledged, and lease purchase and contractual obligations of public authorities and municipalities, where the State’s legal obligation to make payments to those public authorities and municipalities is subject to and paid from annual appropriations made by the Legislature. These include the State Personal Income Tax Revenue Bond program and the New York LGAC bonds. Since 2002, the State has financed most of its capital program with Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds, a revenue bond program that has reduced its cost of borrowing and created efficiencies by permitting the consolidation of bond sales. Prior to 2002, the State had financed its capital spending with lower-rated lease purchase and contractual service obligations of public authorities. The State expects to transition to using only three credits—general obligation bonds, Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds, and the new Sales Tax Revenue Bond program, which was authorized in the Enacted Budget.

 

D-59


State-related debt is a broader measure of State debt which includes all debt that is reported in the State’s Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”)-basis financial statements, except for unamortized premiums and accumulated accretion on capital appreciation bonds. These financial statements are audited by external independent auditors and published by Office of the State Comptroller (“OSC”) on an annual basis. The debt reported in the GAAP-basis financial statements includes general obligation debt, other State-supported debt as defined in the State Finance Law, debt issued by the Tobacco Securitization Finance Corporation, certain debt of the Municipal Bond Bank Agency (“MBBA”) issued to finance prior year school aid claims and capital leases and mortgage loan commitments. In addition, State-related debt reported by DOB includes State-guaranteed debt, moral obligation financings and certain contingent-contractual obligation financings, where debt service is paid from non-State sources in the first instance, but State appropriations are available to make payments if necessary. These numbers are not included in the State’s GAAP-basis financial statements.

The State’s debt does not encompass, and does not include, debt that is issued by, or on behalf of, local governments and secured (in whole or in part) by State local assistance aid payments. For example, certain State aid to public schools paid to school districts or New York City has been pledged by those local entities to help finance debt service for locally-sponsored and locally-determined financings. This debt, however, is not treated by DOB as either State-supported debt or State-related debt because it (i) is not issued by the State (nor on behalf of the State), and (ii) does not result in a State obligation to pay debt service. Instead, this debt is accounted for in the respective financial statements of the local governments or other entity responsible for the issuance of such debt and is similarly treated.

The issuance of general obligation debt and debt of LGAC is undertaken by OSC. All other State-supported and State-related debt is issued by the State’s financing authorities (known as “Authorized Issuers” in connection with the issuance of Personal Income Tax and Sales Tax Revenue Bonds) acting under the direction of DOB. The Authorized Issuers include the Thruway Authority, DASNY, Empire State Development (“ESD”), the Environmental Facilities Corporation (“EFC”), and the Housing Finance Agency (“HFA”) for Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds and the Thruway Authority, DASNY, and ESD for Sales Tax Revenue Bonds. Prior to any issuance of new State-supported debt and State-related debt, approval is required by the State Legislature, DOB, the issuer’s board, and in certain instances, the Public Authorities Control Board (“PACB”) and the State Comptroller.

The State indicated as of June 19, 2013 that it had never defaulted on any of its general obligation indebtedness or its obligations under lease purchase or contractual obligation financing arrangements.

State-Supported Debt Outstanding

State-supported debt represents obligations of the State that are paid from traditional State resources and have a budgetary impact. It includes general obligation debt, State Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds, Sales Tax Revenue Bonds, LGAC bonds and lease purchase and service contract obligations of public authorities and municipalities. Payment of all obligations, except for general obligation debt, is subject to annual appropriations by the State Legislature, but the State’s credits have different security features, as described in this section. The Debt Reform Act limits the amount of new State supported debt issued since April 1, 2000. See “Financial Plan Overview—Capital Commitment Plan and Debt Reform Act Limit” for more information.

State Personal Income Tax Revenue Bond Program

Since 2002, the Personal Income Tax Revenue Bond Program has been the primary financing vehicle used to fund the State’s capital program. Legislation enacted in 2001 provided for the issuance of State Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds by the State’s Authorized Issuers. The legislation requires 25 percent of State personal income tax receipts (excluding refunds owed to taxpayers) to be deposited into the RBTF for purposes of making debt service payments on these bonds, with the excess amounts returned to the General Fund. The first State Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds were issued on May 9, 2002, and since that time, all of the Authorized Issuers have issued State Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds.

 

D-60


Legislation enacted in 2007 increased the amount of personal income tax receipts to be deposited into the RBTF by removing an exclusion for personal income tax amounts deposited to the STAR Fund. In the event that (a) the State Legislature fails to appropriate amounts required to make all debt service payments on the State Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds or (b) having been appropriated and set aside pursuant to a certificate of the Director of the Budget, financing agreement payments have not been made when due on the State Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds, the legislation requires that personal income tax receipts continue to be deposited to the RBTF until amounts on deposit in the Fund equal the greater of (i) 25 percent of annual personal income tax receipts or (ii) $6 billion. Debt service on State Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds is subject to legislative appropriation, as part of the annual debt service bill.

As of March 31, 2013, approximately $27 billion of State Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds were outstanding. The projected Personal Income Tax Revenue Bond coverage ratios, noted below, are based upon estimates of personal income tax receipts deposited into the RBTF and include projected debt issuances. Assuming average issuances of approximately $3.5 billion annually over the next four years, personal income tax coverage is expected to decline from 3.8 times in fiscal year 2014 to 3.7 times in fiscal year 2017.

Sales Tax Revenue Bond Program

Legislation included in the Fiscal Year 2014 Enacted Budget created a new Sales Tax Revenue Bond program. This new bonding program is to replicate certain credit features of personal income tax and LGAC revenue bonds and is expected to provide the State with increased efficiencies and a lower cost of borrowing.

The legislation created the Sales Tax Revenue Bond Tax Fund, a sub-fund within the General Debt Service Fund that is to provide for the payment of these bonds. The new Sales Tax Revenue Bonds are to be secured by dedicated revenues consisting of one cent of the State’s four cent sales and use tax. With a limited exception, upon the satisfaction of all of the obligations and liabilities of LGAC, this is to increase to 2 cents of sales and use tax receipts. Such sales tax receipts in excess of debt service requirements would be transferred to the State’s General Fund.

The Sales Tax Revenue Bond Fund is expected to have appropriation-incentive and General Fund “reach back” features comparable to personal income tax and LGAC bonds. A “lock box” feature is to restrict transfers back to the General Fund in the event of non-appropriation or non-payment. In addition, in the event that sales tax revenues are insufficient to pay debt service, a “reach back” mechanism requires the State Comptroller to transfer moneys from the General Fund to meet debt service requirements.

DOB expects the first Sales Tax Revenue Bond issue to close in the third quarter of fiscal year 2014 and that the Sales Tax Revenue Bonds are to be used interchangeably with Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds to finance State capital needs. Assuming average issuances of approximately $1.2 billion annually over the next four years, Sales Tax coverage based only upon the 1 cent pledge is expected to decline from 37.4 times in fiscal year 2014 to 9.7 times in fiscal year 2017.

Also included in the Fiscal Year 2014 Enacted Budget was legislation that authorizes the use of State Sales Tax Revenue Bonds and Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds to finance any capital purpose, including projects that were previously financed through the State’s Mental Health Facilities Improvement Revenue Bond program and the DHBTF program. This change allows the State to transition to the use of three primary credits—Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds, Sales Tax Revenue Bonds and General Obligation Bonds to finance the State’s capital needs.

General Obligation Financings

With limited exceptions for emergencies, the State Constitution prohibits the State from undertaking a long-term general obligation borrowing (i.e., borrowing for more than one year) unless it is authorized in a specific

 

D-61


amount for a single work or purpose by the Legislature. There is no constitutional limitation on the amount of long-term general obligation debt that may be so authorized and subsequently incurred by the State. However, the Debt Reform Act imposed statutory limitations on new State-supported debt issued on and after April 1, 2000. The State Constitution provides that general obligation bonds, which can be paid without an appropriation, must be paid in equal annual principal installments or installments that result in substantially level or declining debt service payments, mature within 40 years after issuance, and begin to amortize not more than one year after the issuance of such bonds. However, general obligation housing bonds must be paid within 50 years after issuance, with principal commencing no more than three years after issuance. The Debt Reform Act limits the maximum term of State-supported bonds, including general obligation bonds, to 30 years, and the State, as of June 19, 2013, had no bonds outstanding with a remaining final maturity that was more than 30 years.

General obligation debt, as of June 19, 2013, was authorized for transportation, environment and housing purposes. Transportation-related bonds are issued for State and local highway and bridge improvements, mass transportation, rail, aviation, canal, port and waterway programs and projects. Environmental bonds are issued to fund environmentally sensitive land acquisitions, air and water quality improvements, municipal non-hazardous waste landfill closures and hazardous waste site cleanup projects.

Most general obligation debt-financed spending in the Enacted Capital Plan is authorized under nine previously approved bond acts (five for transportation and four for environmental and recreational programs). The majority of projected general obligation bond-financed spending supports authorizations for the 2005 Rebuild and Renew New York Bond Act. DOB projected that spending authorizations from the remaining bond acts would be virtually depleted by the end of the plan. As of March 31, 2013, approximately $3.5 billion of general obligation bonds were outstanding.

The State Constitution permits the State to undertake short-term general obligation borrowings without voter approval in anticipation of the receipt of (i) taxes and revenues, by issuing general obligation tax and revenue anticipation notes (“TRANs”), and (ii) proceeds from the sale of duly authorized but unissued general obligation bonds, by issuing bond anticipation notes (“BANs”). General obligation TRANs must mature within one year from their date of issuance and cannot be refunded or refinanced beyond such period. However, since 1990, the State’s ability to issue general obligation TRANs that mature in the same State fiscal year in which they were issued has been limited due to the enactment of the fiscal reform program which created LGAC. BANs may only be issued for the purposes and within the amounts for which bonds may be issued pursuant to general obligation authorizations, and must be paid from the proceeds of the sale of bonds in anticipation of which they were issued or from other sources within two years of the date of issuance or, in the case of BANs for housing purposes, within five years of the date of issuance. In order to provide flexibility within these maximum term limits, the State had previously used the BANs authorization to conduct a commercial paper program to fund disbursements eligible for general obligation bond financing.

New York Local Government Assistance Corporation

In 1990, as part of a State fiscal reform program, legislation was enacted creating LGAC, a public benefit corporation empowered to issue long-term obligations to fund certain payments to local governments that had been traditionally funded through the State’s annual issuance of general obligation TRANs that mature in the same State fiscal year that they are issued (“seasonal borrowing”). The legislation also dedicated revenues equal to one cent of the State’s four cent sales and use tax to pay debt service on these bonds. As of June 1995, LGAC had issued State-supported bonds and notes to provide net proceeds of $4.7 billion, completing the program. The issuance of these long-term obligations is to be amortized over a period of no more than 30 years from the dates of their original issuance, with the final debt service payment on April 1, 2025.

The legislation eliminated seasonal borrowing except in cases where the Governor and the legislative leaders have certified the need for additional seasonal borrowing, based on emergency or extraordinary factors, or factors unanticipated at the time of adoption of the budget, and provide a schedule for eliminating it over time.

 

D-62


Any seasonal borrowing is required by law to be eliminated by the fourth fiscal year after the limit was first exceeded (i.e., no seasonal borrowing in the fifth year). The provision limiting the State’s seasonal borrowing practices was included as a covenant with LGAC’s bondholders in the General Bond Resolution and General Subordinate Lien Bond Resolution authorizing such bonds. No restrictions were placed upon the State’s ability to issue deficit TRANs (issued in one year and maturing in the following year).

The LGAC changes, as well as other changes in revenue and spending patterns, have allowed the State to meet its cash flow needs throughout the fiscal year without relying on seasonal borrowings. As of June 19, 2013, however, the State had taken extraordinary measures in recent years to manage its cash flow, including payment deferrals and permitting the State to borrow from other funds of the State (i.e., non-General Fund) for a limited period.

Legislation enacted in 2003 requires LGAC to certify, in addition to its own cash needs, $170 million annually to provide an incentive for the State to seek an annual appropriation to provide local assistance payments to New York City or its assignee. In May 2004, LGAC amended its General Bond Resolution and General Subordinate Lien Bond Resolution to make clear that any failure to certify or make payments to the City or its assignee has no impact on LGAC’s own bondholders; and that if any such act or omission were to occur with respect to any bonds issued by New York City or its assignee, that act or omission would not constitute an event of default with respect to LGAC bonds. The Fiscal Year 2014 Enacted Budget includes a local assistance appropriation of $170 million from the Local Government Assistance Tax Fund to the City.

State-Supported Lease-Purchase and Other Contractual-Obligation Financings

Prior to the 2002 commencement of the State Personal Income Tax Revenue Bond program, public authorities or municipalities issued other lease-purchase and contractual-obligation debt. These types of debt, where debt service is payable from moneys received from the State and is subject to annual State appropriation, are not general obligations of the State.

Under this financing structure, bonds were issued to finance various capital programs, including those which finance certain of the State’s highway and bridge projects, SUNY and CUNY educational facilities, health and mental hygiene facilities, prison construction and rehabilitation, economic development projects, State buildings and housing programs, and equipment acquisitions.

Debt service payable to certain public authorities from State appropriations for such lease-purchase and contractual obligation financings may be paid from general resources of the State or from dedicated tax and other sources (i.e., personal income taxes, motor vehicle and motor fuel related-taxes, and patient income). Although these financing arrangements involve a contractual agreement by the State to make payments to a public authority, municipality or other entity, the State’s obligation to make such payments is expressly made subject to appropriation by the Legislature and the actual availability of money to the State for making the payments.

Legislation first enacted in fiscal year 2011, and extended through fiscal year 2014, authorizes the State to set aside moneys in reserve for debt service on general obligation, lease-purchase, and service contract bonds. Pursuant to a certificate filed by the Director of the Budget with the State Comptroller, the Comptroller is required to transfer from the General Fund such reserved amounts on a quarterly basis in advance of required debt service payment dates.

Other New York State Revenue Bond Programs

Legislation included as part of the Fiscal Year 2014 Enacted Budget authorizes Personal Income Tax and Sales Tax Revenue Bonds to be issued to finance any capital purpose, including projects that were previously financed through the State’s Mental Health Facilities Improvement Revenue Bond program and the DHBTF program. This change allows the State to transition to the use of three primary credits—Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds, Sales Tax Revenue Bonds and general obligation bonds.

 

D-63


Dedicated Highway and Bridge Trust Fund Bonds

DHBTF bonds are issued for State transportation purposes and are backed by dedicated motor fuel, gas and other transportation related taxes and fees. As of March 31, 2013, approximately $7.0 billion of DHBTF bonds were outstanding.

Mental Health Facilities Improvement Bonds

Mental Health Facilities Improvement bonds are issued to support capital projects to preserve and maintain both State and community-based facilities operated and/or licensed by OMH, OPWDD, and OASAS. As of March 31, 2013, approximately $2.3 billion of Mental Health Facilities Improvement bonds were outstanding.

A major source of patient revenues for these bonds are Federal Medicaid payments for services delivered by OPWDD. Debt service coverage ratios for future years, as of June 19, 2013, were projected at approximately 7.3 times for existing Mental Health Facilities Improvements Revenue Bonds. As noted previously, the Federal Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) have engaged the State regarding claims for services provided to individuals in developmental centers operated by OPWDD. In addition, to the reductions in rates that commenced on April 1, 2013, on February 8, 2013, the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services Office of the Inspector General, at the direction of the Federal CMS, began a review to determine the allowability of Medicaid costs for services provided in prior years to the Medicaid population in New York State-Operated Intermediate Care Facilities for the Developmentally Disabled (“ICF/DD”). The initial review period includes claims for services provided during the period April l, 2010 through March 31, 2011. As a result of this review, CMS may seek to recover Federal funds for any payments that it determines to be in excess of Federal requirements. The State has prospectively resolved CMS concerns regarding its payments to ICF/DDs with a state plan change effective April 1, 2013, and continues to have discussions with CMS to resolve these concerns related to the April 1, 2010 through March 31, 2011 period. Adverse action by the Federal government relative to the allowability of Medicaid costs or services in years prior to fiscal year 2014 would result in a significant loss of Federal aid. The prospective resolution of this matter resulted in a reduction in Federal aid of $1.1 billion annually. A comparable amount of Federal aid is at risk for any prior period that may be pursued by CMS. Matters of this type are sometimes resolved with a prospective solution (as already commenced by New York State), and the State is not aware of any similar attempts by the Federal government to retroactively recover Federal aid of this magnitude that was paid pursuant to an approved State plan. The State continues to seek CMS approval to proceed with the development of a sustainable system of service funding and delivery for individuals with developmental disabilities. However, there can be no assurance that Federal action in this matter will not result in materially adverse changes to the State Financial Plan.

SUNY Dormitory Facilities Bonds

Legislation enacted in the Fiscal Year 2014 Budget created a new bonding program to finance the SUNY residence hall program. The new bonding program is to be supported solely by third party revenues generated by student rents. The revenues are to flow directly to DASNY for the payment of debt service without an appropriation. Unlike the existing program, the new program is not expected to include a SUNY general obligation pledge, thereby eliminating any recourse to the State. The existing SUNY Dormitory Facilities Lease Revenue Bonds are expected to continue to be counted as State-supported debt until they are refunded and defeased or are paid off at maturity. As of March 31, 2013, approximately $1.5 billion of SUNY Dormitory Facilities Lease Revenue Bonds were outstanding under the existing program.

State-Related Debt Outstanding

State-related debt is a broader measure of debt that includes State-supported debt, as discussed above, and contingent-contractual obligations, moral obligations, State-guaranteed debt and other debt. As of March 31, 2013, the State had never been required to make an unanticipated debt service payment on contingent contractual, moral obligation, or State-guaranteed obligations.

 

D-64


Contingent-Contractual Obligation Financing

Contingent-contractual debt, included in State-related debt, is debt where the State enters into a statutorily authorized contingent-contractual obligation via a service contract to pay debt service in the event there are shortfalls in revenues from other non-State resources pledged or otherwise available to pay the debt service. As with State-supported debt, except for general obligation, all payments are subject to annual appropriation. As of June 19, 2013, the State indicated that it had never been required to make any payments under this financing arrangement, but the bankruptcy and deteriorating financial conditions of certain hospitals in the secured hospitals program (described below) may require the State to start making payments in fiscal year 2014.

Secured Hospital Program

Under the Secured Hospital Program, the State entered into service contracts to enable certain financially distressed not-for-profit hospitals to issue debt. The contracts obligate the State to pay debt service, subject to annual appropriations by the Legislature, on bonds issued by the New York State MCFFA and by DASNY through the Secured Hospital Program. In the event there are shortfalls in revenues from other sources, which include hospital payments made under loan agreements between DASNY and the hospitals, and certain reserve funds held by the applicable trustees for the bonds, the State is liable for the debt service. As of March 31, 2013, there was approximately $421 million of bonds outstanding for this program. See “Financial Plan Overview—Risks and Uncertainties Related to the State Financial Plan—Secured Hospital Program” for more information.

Tobacco Settlement Financing Corporation (“TSFC”)

Legislation enacted in 2003 authorized the State to securitize all of its tobacco settlement payments through the TSFC, a corporation created under the legislation that is a subsidiary of the MBBA, through an asset-backed securitization transaction. To lower costs, the legislation authorized the State to enter into contingency contracts obligating the State to pay debt service, subject to annual appropriations, on the TSFC bonds in the event that tobacco receipts and bond reserves are insufficient. To reduce the chance that the State’s contractual payments will be required in the event that tobacco receipts and bond reserves are not sufficient to pay debt service, the TSFC bonds were structured to meet or exceed all rating agency tobacco bond stress tests. The $4.2 billion of upfront payments received by the State from the securitization were used to help restore State budget balance in fiscal year 2004 ($3.8 billion) and fiscal year 2005 ($400 million).

The bonds carry a final nominal maturity of 19 years and have an expected final maturity of 13 years, based on optional redemptions (i.e., an expected final maturity in calendar year 2018). The expected final maturity may deviate due to the optional nature of the redemptions and adjustments to tobacco settlement payments due from participating manufacturers. Various manufacturers, including the original participating manufacturers, have made reduced payments to states and territories, or deposit payments into a special disputed payments account awaiting determination through arbitration of entitlement to adjustments. As of March 31, 2013, approximately $2.4 billion of TSFC bonds were outstanding. DOB does not anticipate that the State will be called upon to make any payment, pursuant to the contingency contract, in fiscal year 2014. However, if the State were to lose the current arbitration decision and continued to lose future arbitration determinations, it is possible that the State will have to make payments through the service contract after the debt service fund is depleted. See “Litigation and Arbitration—Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement” for more information.

Moral Obligation Financings

Moral obligation financing generally involves the issuance of debt by a public authority to finance a revenue producing project or other activity. The debt is secured, in the first instance, by project revenues, but includes statutory provisions requiring the State, subject to appropriation by the Legislature, to make up any deficiencies which may occur in the issuer’s debt service reserve fund. As of June 19, 2013, there had never been a payment default on any moral obligation debt of any public authority. DOB does not expect the State to increase statutory

 

D-65


authorizations for moral obligation bond programs. From 1976 through 1987, the State was called upon to appropriate and make payments totaling $162.8 million to make up deficiencies in the debt service reserve funds of the Housing Finance Agency (HFA) pursuant to moral obligation provisions. In the same period, the State also expended additional funds to assist the Project Finance Agency, Urban Development Corporation (UDC) and other public authorities which had moral obligation debt outstanding. As of June 19, 2013, the State indicated that it had not been called upon to make any payments pursuant to any moral obligations since fiscal year 1987 and no such requirements were anticipated during fiscal year 2014.

State-Guaranteed Financings

Pursuant to specific constitutional authorization, the State may also directly guarantee certain public authority obligations. Payments of debt service on State-guaranteed bonds and notes are legally enforceable obligations of the State. The only current authorization provides for the State guarantee of the repayment of certain borrowings for designated projects of the New York State Job Development Authority (“JDA”). As of June 19, 2013, the State indicated that it had never been called upon to make any direct payments pursuant to any such guarantees.

Due to concerns regarding the economic viability of its programs, JDA’s loan and loan guarantee activities were suspended in 1995. JDA resumed its lending activities in 1997 under a revised set of lending programs and underwriting guidelines. In April 2004, JDA issued approximately $42 million of State-guaranteed bonds to refinance certain of its outstanding bonds and notes in order to restructure and improve JDA’s capital finances. As of March 31, 2013, JDA had approximately $15 million of bonds outstanding. DOB does not anticipate that the State will be called upon to make any payments pursuant to the State guarantee in fiscal year 2014.

Other State Financings

Other State financings relate to the issuance of debt by a public authority, including capital leases, mortgage loan commitments and MBBA prior year school aid claims. Regarding the MBBA prior year school aid claims, the municipality assigns specified State and local assistance payments it receives to the issuer or the bond trustee to ensure that debt service payments are made. The State has no legal obligation to make any debt service payments or to continue to appropriate local assistance payments that are subject to the assignment.

Borrowing Plan

Debt issuances of $5.1 billion are planned to finance new capital project spending in fiscal year 2014, an increase of $1.5 billion (42 percent) from fiscal year 2013. It is anticipated that the State will finance capital projects through Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds, Sales Tax Revenue Bonds and general obligation bonds in fiscal year 2014. Personal Income Tax and Sales Tax issuances are to include capital projects previously financed through the DHBTF Bonds credit and Mental Health Facilities Improvement Revenue Bonds credit. The SUNY residence hall program is to be financed with the new SUNY Dormitory Facilities credit that was authorized in the Enacted Budget.

The bond issuances are to finance capital commitments for transportation infrastructure ($1.9 billion), education ($1.7 billion), health and mental hygiene ($459 million), economic development ($424 million), the environment ($362 million), and State facilities and equipment ($323 million).

As of June 19, 2013, the State indicated that over the next five years, new debt issuances were projected to total $24.7 billion. New issuances are primarily for transportation infrastructure ($7.9 billion), education facilities ($8.0 billion), economic development ($4.1 billion), the environment ($1.6 billion), mental hygiene and health care facilities ($1.6 billion), and State facilities and equipment ($1.5 billion).

The State expects to finance all of its bond-financed capital needs in fiscal year 2014 through only three highly-rated programs—Personal Income Tax Revenue Bonds, Sales Tax Revenue Bonds, and general obligation bonds.

 

D-66


State-Related Debt Service Requirements

Interest Rate Exchange Agreements and Net Variable Rate Obligations

Chapter 81 of the Laws of 2002 authorized issuers of State-supported debt to issue a limited amount of variable rate debt instruments and to enter into a limited amount of interest rate exchange agreements. As of June 19, 2013, the limit on debt instruments which result in a net variable rate exposure (i.e., both variable rate debt and interest rate exchange agreements) was no more than 15 percent of total outstanding State-supported debt. Interest rate exchange agreements are also limited to a total notional amount of no more than 15 percent of total outstanding State-supported debt. The outstanding State-supported debt of $52.5 billion as of March 31, 2013 results in a cap on variable rate exposure and a cap on interest rate exchange agreements of about $8 billion each (15 percent of total outstanding State-supported debt). As discussed below, as of March 31, 2013, both the amount of outstanding variable rate debt instruments and interest rate exchange agreements were less than the authorized totals of 15 percent of total outstanding State-supported debt.

Interest Rate Exchange Agreements

As of March 31, 2013, the State’s Authorized issuers had a notional amount of $2.0 billion in interest rate exchange agreements. Overall, the State’s swap exposure is expected to decline from 3.9 percent in fiscal year 2013 to 2.7 percent in fiscal year 2018.

As of June 19, 2013, the State’s swaps portfolio was comprised of synthetic fixed rate swaps. A synthetic fixed swap includes two separate transactions: (1) a variable rate bond is sold to bondholders, and (2) an interest rate exchange agreement between the State and a counterparty is executed. The interest rate exchange agreement results in the State paying a fixed interest rate (i.e., synthetic fixed rate) to the counterparty and the counterparty agrees to pay the State a variable rate (65 percent of London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) for all State swaps). The variable rate the State pays to bondholders and the variable rate the State is receiving from the counterparty off-set each other, leaving the State with the synthetic fixed rate payment. The synthetic fixed rate was less than the fixed rate the State would have paid to issue traditional fixed rate bonds at that time.

As of June 19, 2013, the State indicated that it had no plans to increase its swap exposure, and that it might take further actions to reduce swap exposures commensurate with variable rate restructuring efforts.

Net Variable Rate Obligations

The State’s net variable rate exposure (including a policy reserve) is projected to average 1.6 percent of outstanding debt from fiscal years 2013 through 2017. The debt that is charged against the variable rate cap represents the State’s unhedged variable rate bonds. The variable rate bonds that are issued in connection with a swap are not included in the variable rate cap, as discussed previously in the “Interest Rate Exchange Agreements” section.

As of June 19, 2013, the State indicated that its current policy was to count 35 percent of the notional amount of outstanding 65 percent of LIBOR fixed rate swaps in its variable rate exposure. This policy reserve accounts for the potential that tax policy or market conditions could result in significant differences between payments owed on the bonds and the amount received by the State under its 65 percent of LIBOR swaps, and that the factors affecting such payments can be consistent with variable rate exposure.

As of June 19, 2013, the State indicated that it had no plans to issue additional variable rate debt, and that it might further reduce existing variable rate exposure.

 

D-67


State Bond Caps and Debt Outstanding

Bond caps are legal authorizations to issue bonds to finance the State’s capital projects. The caps can authorize bond financing of capital appropriations. As the bond cap for a particular programmatic purpose is reached, subsequent legislative changes are required to raise the statutory cap to the level necessary to meet the bondable capital needs, as permitted by a single or multi-year appropriation. The aggregate bond caps have increased by $3.6 billion in fiscal year 2014.

Debt authorizations for capital programs are either approved or enacted at one time, expected to be fully issued over time, or enacted annually by the Legislature and are usually consistent with bondable capital projects appropriations. Authorization does not, however, indicate intent to sell bonds for the entire amount of those authorizations, because capital appropriations often include projects that do not materialize or are financed from other sources. The amount of bonds authorized may be increased or decreased from time to time by the Legislature. In the case of general obligation debt, increases in the authorization must be approved by the voters.

AUTHORITIES AND LOCALITIES

Public Authorities

For the purposes of this section, “authorities” refer to public benefit corporations or public authorities, created pursuant to State law, which are reported in the State’s CAFR. Authorities are not subject to the constitutional restrictions on the incurrence of debt that apply to the State itself and may issue bonds and notes within the amounts and restrictions set forth in legislative authorization. The State’s access to the public credit markets through bond issuances constituting State-supported or State-related debt issuances by certain of its authorities could be impaired and the market price of the outstanding debt issued on its behalf may be materially and adversely affected if these authorities were to default on their respective State-supported or State-related debt issuances.

The State has numerous public authorities with various responsibilities, including those which finance, construct and/or operate revenue-producing public facilities. These entities generally pay their own operating expenses and debt service costs from revenues generated by the projects they finance or operate, such as tolls charged for the use of highways, bridges or tunnels; charges for public power, electric and gas utility services; tuition and fees; rentals charged for housing units; and charges for occupancy at medical care facilities. In addition, State legislation also authorizes several financing structures, which may be utilized for the financings.

There are statutory arrangements that, under certain circumstances, authorize State local assistance payments otherwise payable to localities to be made instead to the issuing public authorities in order to secure the payment of debt service on their revenue bonds and notes. However, the State has no constitutional or statutory obligation to provide assistance to localities beyond amounts that have been appropriated therefore in any given year. Some public authorities also receive moneys from State appropriations to pay for the operating costs of certain programs.

The City of New York

The fiscal demands on the State may be affected by the fiscal condition of New York City, which relies in part on State aid to balance its budget and meet its cash requirements. It is also possible that the State’s finances may be affected by the ability of New York City, and its related issuers, to market securities successfully in the public credit markets.

 

D-68


Other Localities

Certain localities other than New York City have experienced financial problems and have requested and received additional State assistance during the last several State fiscal years. While a relatively infrequent practice, deficit financing by local governments has become more common in recent years. Between 2004 and January 2014, the State Legislature passed 24 special acts authorizing, or amending authorizations for, bond issuances to finance local government operating deficits, most recently for Rockland County and the City of Long Beach. When local governments are authorized to issue bonds to finance operating deficits, the local government generally is subject to certain additional fiscal oversight during the time the bonds are outstanding, including an annual budget review by OSC. In addition to deficit financing authorizations, the State has periodically enacted legislation to create oversight boards in order to address deteriorating fiscal conditions within a locality.

The Buffalo Fiscal Stability Authority had exercised Control Period powers with respect to the City of Buffalo since the City’s 2004 fiscal year, but transitioned to Advisory Period powers commencing on July 1, 2012.

In January 2011, the Nassau County Interim Finance Authority (“NIFA”) declared that it was entering a Control Period, citing the “substantial likelihood and imminence” that Nassau County would incur a major operating funds deficit of 1 percent or more during the County’s 2011 fiscal year. Nassau County challenged NIFA’s determination and authority to impose a Control Period in State Supreme Court but did not prevail. As of November 25, 2013, NIFA was exercising Control Period powers over Nassau County.

Various actions taken by NIFA or Nassau County have been the subject of Federal and State court decisions. For example, NIFA’s imposition of a wage freeze is currently stayed pending the conclusion of certain State court actions, and the New York State Court of Appeals has recently held that Nassau County could not transfer the responsibility for certain tax refunds to local governments and school districts.

Erie County has a Fiscal Stability Authority, the City of New York has a Financial Control Board, and the City of Troy has a Supervisory Board, all of which, as of February 27, 2014, perform certain review and advisory functions. The City of Newburgh operates under fiscal monitoring by the State Comptroller pursuant to special State legislation. The potential impact on the State of any future requests by localities for additional oversight or financial assistance is not included in the projections of the State’s receipts and disbursements for the State’s fiscal year 2014 or thereafter.

The City of Yonkers no longer operates under an oversight board but must adhere to a Special Local Finance and Budget Act. The Yonkers City School District is dependent upon the City of Yonkers as it lacks separate taxing authority for school operations. In January 2014, the Yonkers Board of Education identified an improper accrual of State aid that resulted in an unanticipated shortfall in available funds for operation of the Yonkers City School District. The extent of the shortfall, and potential actions to address the shortfall, remain under consideration by the City of Yonkers, the Yonkers Board of Education, and the State.

Legislation enacted in 2013 created the Financial Restructuring Board for Local Governments (the “Restructuring Board”). The Restructuring Board consists of ten members, including the Director of the State Budget, who is the Chair, the Attorney General, the State Comptroller, the Secretary of State and six members appointed by the Governor. The Restructuring Board, upon the request of a “fiscally eligible municipality,” is authorized to perform a number of functions including reviewing the municipality’s operations and finances, making recommendations on reforming and restructuring the municipality’s operations, proposing that the municipality agree to fiscal accountability measures, and making available certain grants and loans. As of February 27, 2014, the Restructuring Board had agreed to accept the requests for review of eight fiscally eligible municipalities. The Restructuring Board is also authorized, upon the joint request of the fiscally eligible municipality and a public employee organization, to resolve labor impasses between municipal employers and employee organizations for police, fire and certain other employees in lieu of binding arbitration before a public arbitration panel.

 

D-69


In June of 2013, OSC unveiled its Fiscal Stress Monitoring System—an early warning system that is intended to identify stress conditions in local communities, utilizing a number of fiscal and environmental indicators. Fiscal indicators consider measures of budgetary solvency while environmental indicators consider measures such as population, poverty, and tax base trends. Individual entities are then scored according to their performance on these indicators. An entity’s score on the fiscal components will determine whether or not it is classified in one of three levels of stress: significant, moderate or susceptible. Entities that do not meet established scoring thresholds are classified as “No Designation.”

The first set of scores was issued in 2013 for 1,043 calendar year local governments based on data filed for the 2012 fiscal year. Of these, 12 local governments were found to be in significant fiscal stress, including five counties, two cities, four towns and one village. Using data from 2013, 12 school districts and four additional villages were designated to be in significant fiscal stress. The vast majority of non-calendar year local governments (92.1 percent) and school districts (87.1 percent) are categorized as “No Designation.”

Like the State, local governments must respond to changing political, economic and financial influences over which they have little or no control, but which can adversely affect their financial condition. For example, the State or Federal government may reduce (or, in some cases, eliminate) funding of local programs, thus requiring local governments to pay these expenditures using their own resources. Similarly, past cash flow problems for the State have resulted in delays in State aid payments to localities. In some cases, these delays have necessitated short-term borrowing at the local level.

Other factors that have had, or could have, an impact on the fiscal condition of local governments and school districts include: the loss of temporary Federal stimulus funding; recent State aid trends; constitutional and statutory limitations on the imposition by local governments and school districts of property, sales and other taxes; and for some communities, the significant upfront costs for rebuilding and clean-up in the wake of a natural disaster. Localities may also face unanticipated problems resulting from certain pending litigation, judicial decisions and long-range economic trends. Other large-scale potential problems, such as declining urban populations, declines in the real property tax base, increasing pension, health care and other fixed costs, or the loss of skilled manufacturing jobs may also adversely affect localities and necessitate requests for State assistance.

Ultimately, localities as well as local public authorities may suffer serious financial difficulties that could jeopardize local access to the public credit markets, which may adversely affect the marketability of notes and bonds issued by localities within the State.

LITIGATION AND ARBITRATION

General

The legal proceedings listed below involve State finances and programs and miscellaneous civil rights, real property, contract and other tort claims in which the State is a defendant and the potential monetary claims against the State are deemed to be material, generally in excess of $100 million or involving significant challenges to or impacts on the State’s financial policies or practices. As explained below, these proceedings could adversely affect the State’s finances in fiscal year 2014 or thereafter.

For the purpose of this “Litigation and Arbitration” section, the State defines “material and adverse developments” as rulings or decisions on or directly affecting the merits of a proceeding that have a significant adverse impact upon the State’s ultimate legal position, and reversals of rulings or decisions on or directly affecting the merits of a proceeding in a significant manner, whether in favor of or adverse to the State’s ultimate legal position, at all of which are above the $100 million materiality threshold described above. The State has indicated that it intends to discontinue disclosure with respect to any individual case after a final determination on the merits or upon a determination by the State that the case does not meet the materiality threshold described above.

 

D-70


The State is party to other claims and litigation, with respect to which its legal counsel has advised that it is not probable that the State will suffer adverse court decisions, or which the State has determined do not, considered on a case by case basis, meet the materiality threshold described in the first paragraph of this section. Although the amounts of potential losses, if any, resulting from these litigation matters are not presently determinable, it is the State’s position that any potential liability in these litigation matters is not expected to have a material and adverse effect on the State’s financial position in fiscal year 2014 or thereafter.

Adverse developments in the proceedings described below, other proceedings for which there are unanticipated, unfavorable and material judgments, or the initiation of new proceedings could affect the ability of the State to maintain a balanced Fiscal Year 2014 Financial Plan. The State believes that the Fiscal Year 2014 Enacted Budget includes sufficient reserves to offset the costs associated with the payment of judgments that may be required during fiscal year 2014. These reserves include (but are not limited to) amounts appropriated for Court of Claims payments and projected fund balances in the General Fund. In addition, any amounts ultimately required to be paid by the State may be subject to settlement or may be paid over a multi-year period. There can be no assurance, however, that adverse decisions in legal proceedings against the State would not exceed the amount of all potential Fiscal Year 2014 Enacted Budget resources available for the payment of judgments, and could therefore adversely affect the ability of the State to maintain a balanced Fiscal Year 2014 Enacted Budget.

Real Property Claims

There are several cases in which Native American tribes have asserted possessory interests in real property or sought monetary damages as a result of claims that certain transfers of property from the tribes or their predecessors-in-interest in the 18th and 19th centuries were illegal.

In Oneida Indian Nation of New York v. State of New York , 74-CV-187 (NDNY), the plaintiff, alleged successors-in-interest to the historic Oneida Indian Nation, sought a declaration that they hold a current possessory interest in approximately 250,000 acres of lands that the tribe sold to the State in a series of transactions that took place between 1795 and 1846, money damages, and the ejectment of the State and Madison and Oneida Counties from all publicly-held lands in the claim area. In 1998, the United States intervened in support of plaintiff.

During the pendency of this case, significant decisions were rendered by the United States Supreme Court and the Second Circuit Court of Appeals which changed the legal landscape pertaining to ancient land claims: City of Sherrill v. Oneida Indian Nation of New York , 544 U.S. 197 (2005), and Cayuga Indian Nation of New York v. Pataki , 413 F.3d 266 (2d Cir. 2005), cert. denied , 547 U.S. 1128 (2006). Taken together, these cases have made clear that the equitable doctrines of laches, acquiescence, and impossibility can bar ancient land claims.

Relying on these decisions, in Oneida Indian Nation et al. v. County of Oneida et al. , 617 F.3d 114 (2d Cir. 2010), the Second Circuit Court of Appeals dismissed the Oneida land claim. On October 17, 2011, the United States Supreme Court denied plaintiffs’ petitions for certiorari to review the decision of the Second Circuit. See 132 S. Ct. 452 (2011).

On May 16, 2013, the State, Madison and Oneida Counties, and the Oneida Indian Nation signed a settlement agreement covering many issues. As pertinent here, the agreement would place a cap on the amount of land the tribe could reacquire and have taken into trust for its benefit by the United States. As of February 27, 2014, the agreement had been approved by the State Legislature, and had been submitted for approval by the Federal court.

In Canadian St. Regis Band of Mohawk Indians, et al. v. State of New York, et al. (NDNY), plaintiffs seek ejectment and monetary damages for their claim that approximately 15,000 acres in Franklin and St. Lawrence Counties were illegally transferred from their predecessors-in-interest. As of November 25, 2013, the defendants’ motion for judgment on the pleadings, relying on the decisions in Sherrill , Cayuga , and Oneida was granted in

 

D-71


great part through decisions on July 8, 2013 and July 23, 2013, holding that all claims are dismissed except for claims over the area known as the Hogansburg Triangle and a right of way claim against Niagara Mohawk, which was expected to proceed through discovery and additional motion practice.

On May 21, 2013, the State, Franklin and St. Lawrence Counties, and the tribe signed an agreement resolving a gaming exclusivity dispute, which agreement provides that the parties are to work towards a mutually agreeable resolution of the tribe’s land claim. As of February 27, 2014, the land claim had been stayed through at least April 7, 2014 to allow for settlement negotiations.

In The Onondaga Nation v. The State of New York, et al. (NDNY), plaintiff sought a judgment declaring that certain lands allegedly constituting the aboriginal territory of the Onondaga Nation within the State are the property of the Onondaga Nation and the Haudenosaunee, or “Six Nations Iroquois Confederacy,” and that conveyances of portions of that land during the period 1788 to 1822 are null and void. The “aboriginal territory” described in the complaint consists of an area or strip of land running generally north and south from the St. Lawrence River in the north, along the east side of Lake Ontario, and south as far as the Pennsylvania border, varying in width from about 10 miles to more than 40 miles, including the area constituting the City of Syracuse. On September 22, 2010, the District Court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss the action for laches, based on the Oneida , Sherrill and Cayuga decisions. That decision was affirmed by the Second Circuit Court of Appeals on October 19, 2012. The Plaintiff’s motion for rehearing or rehearing en banc was denied by the Second Circuit on December 21, 2012, and on October 15, 2013, the petition for writ of certiorari was denied by the United States Supreme Court.

In Shinnecock Indian Nation v. State of New York, et al. (EDNY), plaintiff seeks ejectment, monetary damages, and declaratory and injunctive relief for its claim that approximately 3,600 acres in the Town of Southampton were illegally transferred from its predecessors-in-interest. On December 5, 2006, the District Court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss, based on the Sherrill and Cayuga decisions. Plaintiff moved for reconsideration before the District Court and also appealed to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals. As of February 27, 2014, the motion for reconsideration had been withdrawn, but a motion to amend the complaint remained pending in the District Court and stayed through at least March 1, 2014. As of February 27, 2014, the Shinnecock appeal to the Second Circuit also remains stayed.

West Valley Litigation

In State of New York, et al. v. The United States of America, et al. , 06-CV-810 (WDNY), the parties have sought to resolve the relative responsibilities of the State and Federal governments for the cost of remediating the Western New York Nuclear Service Center (the “Center” or “Site”), located in West Valley, Cattaraugus County, New York. The Center was established by the State in the 1960s in response to a Federal call to commercialize the reprocessing of spent nuclear fuel from power reactors. The private company that had leased the Site ceased operations in 1972, leaving behind two disposal areas and lagoons, highly contaminated buildings, and 600,000 gallons of liquid high level radioactive waste (“HLRW”) generated by reprocessing activities.

Congress enacted the West Valley Demonstration Project Act (the “Act”) in 1980, directing the Federal government to solidify the HLRW and transport it to a Federal repository, decontaminate and decommission the facilities and dispose of the low-level waste produced from the Demonstration Project. The Act directed the State to pay 10 percent of the Demonstration Project costs. However, for many years the two governments disputed what additional cleanup is needed; which cleanup activities are covered by the Act (and thus subject to the 90/10 split); who bears the long-term responsibility for maintaining, repairing or replacing and monitoring tanks or other facilities that are decommissioned in place at the Site; and who pays for the offsite disposal fee for the solidified HLRW. The combined Federal and State cost expenditures through November 25, 2013 amounted to approximately $2.6 billion. As of November 25, 2013, the State’s expenditures at the Center were approaching $320 million.

 

D-72


In order to resolve these disputes, the State and the New York State ERDA (which owns the Center on behalf of New York State) filed suit in December 2006, seeking a declaration: (1) that the Federal government (which sent wastes from various Federal facilities to the Center) is liable under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”, or “Federal Superfund law”) for the State’s cleanup costs and for damages to the State’s natural resources, and a judgment reimbursing the State for these costs and damages, (2) of the scope of the Federal government’s responsibilities under the Act to decontaminate and decommission the Site and for further Site monitoring and maintenance, and (3) that the U.S. is responsible under the Nuclear Waste Policy Act for paying the fees for disposal of solidified HLRW at the Site. After commencement of the action, the parties engaged in court-ordered mediation, as a result of which a Consent Decree was approved and entered on August 17, 2010, resolving several key claims in the litigation.

The Consent Decree identifies a specific cost share for each government for specified facilities and known areas of contamination, and sets forth a process for determining cost shares for contamination that may be identified in the future. The Consent Decree does not select or advocate the selection of any particular cleanup program for the Site-cleanup decisions are being made via the ongoing Environmental Impact Statement (“EIS”) process.

The Consent Decree also does not resolve two claims raised in the State’s lawsuit—the State’s natural resource damages claim and its Nuclear Waste Policy Act claim. The first claim, which the Federal government has agreed to toll, will be pursued by the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (“DEC”) (as trustee of the State’s natural resources) and the Attorney General’s office. Regarding the latter claim, the State asserts that the Federal government bears sole responsibility for the cost of disposing of the 275 canisters of vitrified HLRW waste remaining at the Site at a Federal repository once one becomes available. This claim was neither settled nor dismissed and, as of February 27, 2014, remained in litigation. As of February 27, 2014, pursuant to an agreed briefing schedule, the parties submitted to the Court their opening and responsive briefs for competing motions to dismiss the Nuclear Waste Policy Act claim. On November 20, 2013, the Court issued an order granting the State’s motion to dismiss this claim for lack of ripeness, and denying the United States’ motion to dismiss to the extent it sought a ruling on alternative grounds.

Metropolitan Transportation Authority

There are several cases in which the plaintiffs challenge the constitutionality of Chapter 25 of the Laws of 2009, which imposed certain taxes and fees, including a regional payroll tax, in that portion of the State lying within the Metropolitan Commuter Transportation District. The revenues derived from this statute are intended to assist the Metropolitan Transportation Authority, which a State commission concluded was facing substantial financial pressure. The plaintiffs seek judgments declaring that the enactment of Chapter 25 violated State constitutional provisions relating to the need for a home rule message, supermajority requirements for enactment of special or local laws, single purpose appropriation bill, and liability for the debts of public authorities. Some of the plaintiffs also seek a judgment declaring that the enactment of Chapter 25 violated provisions of Public Authority Law § 1266 requiring that the Metropolitan Transportation Authority be self-sustaining. These cases include Hampton Transportation Ventures, Inc. et al. v. Silver et al. (transferred to Sup. Ct., Albany Co. as of November 25, 2013), William Floyd Union Free School District v. State (transferred to Sup. Ct., New York Co . as of November 25, 2013), Town of Brookhaven v. Silver, et al. (transferred to Sup. Ct., Albany Co . as of November 25, 2013), Town of Southampton and Town of Southold v. Silver (transferred to Sup. Ct. Albany Co . as of November 25, 2013), Town of Huntington v. Silver (transferred to Sup. Ct. Albany Co. as of November 25, 2013), Mangano v. Silver ( Sup. Ct. Nassau Co . as of November 25, 2013), Town of Smithtown v. Silver (part of the Mangano case in Sup. Ct. Nassau Co . as of November 25, 2013), and Vanderhoef v. Silver (in Sup. Ct. Albany Co. as of November 25, 2013). Suffolk County, Westchester County, the Orange County Chamber of Commerce, and a number of additional towns and a village also joined the Mangano case as plaintiffs.

The defendants sought to change the venue of all of these cases to Albany County or New York County and venue was changed in most of the cases. In Vanderhoef , Huntington , Floyd , Brookhaven , Southampton / Southold

 

D-73


and Hampton , the defendants moved for judgment in their favor. The plaintiffs in Hampton then voluntarily stipulated to discontinue their case, as did the plaintiff in Floyd after legislative amendment of the applicable statute that exempted school districts from the “mobility tax” imposed by this statute on employers in the Metropolitan Commuter Transportation District. The Supreme Court, Albany County issued decisions granting summary judgment to defendants in Brookhaven , Huntington , Southampton / Southold and Vanderhoef . The plaintiffs in Brookhaven , Huntington and Vanderhoef appealed from those decisions in their cases but failed to perfect their appeals within nine months after the date of their notices of appeal, which, pursuant to the Rules of the Third Department, means their appeals are deemed abandoned. The plaintiffs in Vanderhoef moved for leave to perfect their appeal notwithstanding their delay and the Appellate Division granted their request; their appeal was argued on November 12, 2013, when the plaintiffs conceded their claims that the statute was invalid, had been disposed of by the Second Department decision in the Mangano case described below and only argued their common law claims against the MTA. On December 19, 2013, the Appellate Division, Third Department, affirmed the judgment granting summary judgment against the plaintiffs. As of February 27, 2014, the plaintiffs had moved for leave to appeal to the Court of Appeals and that motion was awaiting decision.

In Mangano , the Supreme Court, Nassau County denied defendants’ motion for change of venue. All parties moved for summary judgment in Supreme Court, Nassau County. By decision dated August 22, 2012, the Supreme Court (a) granted summary judgment to the defendants to the extent of dismissing the claims against certain of the individual State defendants on the ground of legislative immunity, but (b) granted summary judgment to Plaintiffs to the extent that it held the MTA payroll tax unconstitutionally impinged on the home rule powers guaranteed under Article IX of the New York State Constitution. Judgment in accordance with that decision was entered October 1, 2012. All defendants appealed and in a Decision and Order dated June 26, 2013, the Appellate Division, Second Department , reversed the decision of Supreme Court, Nassau County, held that the Tax Law article in question was constitutional, and granted the defendants’ motion for summary judgment. All Plaintiffs appealed to the New York Court of Appeals. On October 10, 2013, the Court of Appeals dismissed the Plaintiffs’ appeal on the ground that the case presented no substantial constitutional question. Notwithstanding that ruling, the Plaintiffs moved for leave to appeal to the Court of Appeals which motion was denied on January 14, 2014. On or about October 26, 2012, the Towns of Southampton and Southold, whose previous litigation challenging the tax had been decided against them, commenced an action in the New York Court of Claims entitled The Town of Southampton and the Town of Southold v. The State of New York, et al. , in which they sought, based on the Supreme Court decision in Mangano , refund of all moneys they have paid under the payroll tax, as well as a declaration and injunction barring further collection of the tax from them. After the final decision by the Court of Appeals denying leave to appeal in Mangano , the petitioners in the Court of Claims case agreed to dismiss their case voluntarily and, as of February 27, 2014, a formal stipulation to that effect was being signed by all counsel.

School Aid

In Maisto v. State of New York (formerly identified as Hussein v. State of New York ), plaintiffs seek a judgment declaring that the State’s system of financing public education violates section 1 of article 11 of the State Constitution, on the ground that it fails to provide a sound basic education (“SBE”). In a decision and order dated July 21, 2009, Supreme Court, Albany County, denied the State’s motion to dismiss the action. On January 13, 2011, the Appellate Division, Third Department, affirmed the denial of the motion to dismiss. On May 6, 2011, the Third Department granted defendants leave to appeal to the Court of Appeals. On June 26, 2012, the Court of Appeals affirmed the denial of the State’s motion to dismiss.

Depositions have been completed. The discovery deadline was May 3, 2013. The note of issue was filed on May 13, 2013. As of February 27, 2014, a pretrial conference was scheduled for September 2, 2014, and the trial was scheduled for September 29, 2014.

In Aristy-Farer, et al. v. The State of New York, et al. ( Sup. Ct., N.Y. Co .), commenced February 6, 2013, plaintiffs seek a judgment declaring that the provisions of L. 2012, Chapter 53 and L. 2012, Chapter 57, Part A § 1, linking payment of State school aid increases for 2012-2013 school year to submission by local school districts

 

D-74


of approvable teacher evaluation plans violates, among other provisions of the State Constitution, Article XI, § 1, because implementation of the statutes would prevent students from receiving a sound basic education. Plaintiffs moved for a preliminary injunction enjoining the defendants from taking any actions to carry out the statutes to the extent that they would reduce payment of State aid disbursements referred to as General Support for Public Schools (“GSPS”) to the City of New York pending a final determination. The State opposed this motion. By order dated February 19, 2013, the Court granted the motion for preliminary injunction. The State appealed. On May 21, 2013, the Appellate Division, First Department, denied plaintiffs motion for a stay pending appeal. As a result, plaintiffs have agreed to vacate their preliminary injunction and the State, as of November 25, 2013, indicated that it would withdraw its appeal. As of November 25, 2013, the action remained pending in Supreme Court, New York County.

In New York State United Teachers, et al. v. The State of New York, et al . ( Sup. Ct., Albany Co. ), commenced February 20, 2013, plaintiffs seek a judgment declaring that the provisions of Education Law § 2023-a, which imposes a 60 percent super-majority requirement on school districts which seek to raise their tax levies above the previous year’s levy by the lesser of 2 percent or the rate of inflation violates, among other provisions of the State Constitution, Article XI, § 1, because implementation of the statute would interfere with local control of education financing and impair the right of plaintiffs to substantially control school district finances. Plaintiffs also seek injunctive relief barring application of the statutory tax cap to local education funding. As of November 25, 2013, defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint was returnable December 12, 2013.

In New Yorkers for Students Educational Rights v. New York , the organizational plaintiff and several individual plaintiffs commenced a new lawsuit on February 11, 2014, in Supreme Court, New York County, claiming that the State was not meeting its constitutional obligation to fund schools in New York City and throughout the State to provide students with an opportunity for a sound basic education. Plaintiffs specifically alleged that the State was not meeting its funding obligations for New York City schools under the Court of Appeals decision in Campaign for Fiscal Equity (“CFE”) v. New York , 8 N.Y.3d 14 (2006), and—repeating the allegations of Aristy-Farer —challenged legislation conditioning increased funding for New York City schools on the timely adoption of a teacher evaluation plan. With regard to other school districts throughout the State, plaintiffs alleged that the State was not providing adequate Statewide funding, had not fully implemented certain 2007 reforms to the State aid system, had imposed gap elimination adjustments decreasing State aid to school districts, and had imposed caps on State aid increases, and on local property tax increases unless approved by a supermajority. Finally, they alleged that the State had failed to provide assistance, services, accountability mechanisms, and a rational cost formula to ensure that students throughout the State had an opportunity for a sound basic education.

Plaintiffs sought a judgment declaring that the State had failed to comply with CFE, that the State had failed to comply with the command of State Constitution Article XI to provide funding for public schools across the State, and that the gap elimination adjustment and caps on State aid and local property tax increases are unconstitutional. As of February 27, 2014, the plaintiffs sought an injunction requiring the State to eliminate the gap elimination adjustments and caps on State aid and local property tax increases, to reimburse New York City for the funding that was withheld for failure to timely adopt a teacher evaluation plan, to provide greater assistance, services and accountability, to appoint an independent commission to determine the cost of providing students the opportunity for a sound basic education, and to revise State aid formulas.

Medicaid Nursing Home Rate Methodology

In Kateri Residence v. Novello ( Sup. Ct., New York Co .) and several other cases, the plaintiffs challenge several nursing home rate methodologies, including the “reserve bed patient day adjustment,” which regulates payments to nursing homes when long term care patients are receiving off-site care. Supreme Court, New York County, granted partial summary judgment to plaintiffs in Kateri , holding that the reserve bed patient day adjustment rate methodology was improper. The Appellate Division, First Department affirmed Supreme Court’s

 

D-75


partial summary judgment decision on interlocutory appeal and remanded the case to Supreme Court for further proceedings. The Court of Appeals denied leave to appeal on the grounds that the decision was not final. The Supreme Court directed the defendant to re-compute Medicaid rates for the plaintiff’s facilities, and that re-computation was completed in October 2013. The parties are expected to be presently conducting discovery. As of February 27, 2014, Plaintiffs had brought a motion, returnable March 5, 2014, to compel payment of the impacted Medicaid rates computed thus far by Department of Health staff, resulting from application of the reserve bed day methodology.

Insurance Department Assessments

In New York Insurance Association, Inc. v. State ( Sup. Ct., Albany Co .), several insurance companies and an association of insurance companies seek a declaration that certain assessments issued against the plaintiff insurance companies by the Insurance Department pursuant to Insurance Law § 332 violate the Insurance Law and the State and Federal Constitutions. The plaintiff insurance companies argue, among other things, that these assessments constitute an unlawful tax because they include amounts for items that are not the legitimate direct and indirect costs of the Insurance Department. Depositions have been completed. The note of issue was filed on June 3, 2013. As of November 25, 2013, the parties had moved for summary judgment and the motions were returnable March 18, 2014.

Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement

In 1998, the attorneys general of 46 states, including New York, and several territories (collectively the “Settling States”) and the then four largest United States tobacco manufacturers (the “Original Participating Manufacturers” or “OPMs”), entered into a Master Settlement Agreement (the “MSA”) to resolve cigarette smoking-related litigation between the Settling States and the OPMs. Approximately 30 additional tobacco companies have entered into the settlement (the “Subsequent Participating Manufacturers” or “SPMs”; together they are the “Participating Manufacturers” or “PMs”). The MSA released the PMs from past and present smoking-related claims by the Settling States, and provided for a continuing release of future smoking-related claims, in exchange for certain payments to be made to the Settling States, and the imposition of certain tobacco advertising and marketing restrictions among other things.

Arbitration

The Participating Manufacturers have also brought a nationwide arbitration proceeding against the Settling States (excluding Montana). The MSA provides that each year, in perpetuity, the PMs pay the Settling States a base payment, subject to certain adjustments, to compensate for financial harm suffered by the Settling States due to smoking-related illness. In order to keep the base payment under the MSA, each Settling State must pass and diligently enforce a statute that requires tobacco manufacturers who are not party to the MSA (“Non-Participating Manufacturers” or “NPMs”) to deposit in escrow an amount roughly equal to the amount that PMs pay per pack sold. New York’s allocable share of the total base payment is approximately 12.8 percent of the total, or approximately $800 million annually.

In the arbitration proceeding commenced in 2010, the PMs asserted that the Settling States involved failed to diligently enforce their escrow statutes in 2003. The PMs sought a downward adjustment of the payment due in that year (an “NPM Adjustment”) which would serve as a credit against future payments. Any such claim for NPM Adjustment for years prior to 2003 was settled in 2003. The PMs have raised the same claim for years 2004-2006, but, as of February 27, 2014, none of those years was yet in arbitration.

A hearing on issues common to all states took place in Chicago April 16-24, 2012. State-specific hearings commenced in May 2012, with the hearings involving Missouri and Illinois. New York’s diligent enforcement hearings took place from June 25-29, 2012. The last state-specific “diligent” enforcement hearing took place from May 21-24, 2013. The arbitration panel (“Panel”) issued its awards on September 11, 2013. New York was

 

D-76


found to have diligently enforced its qualifying statute in 2003 and, thus, was not subject to an NPM Adjustment for 2003. Nine states, including New York, were found to be “diligent”; six states were found to have been “not diligent”.

In December 2012, during the pendency of the arbitration, the PMs and 19 states (collectively the “Signatory Parties”) agreed to a term sheet purportedly settling the NPM Adjustment disputes for 2003- 2012 (3 additional states joined later). New York and 31 (later became 28) other states and territories rejected the term sheet. The Signatory Parties then sought the approval of the Panel in order to obtain an early release of MSA annual payments currently being held in a disputed payments account. The non-joining states objected to approval of the term sheet because its terms negatively impact the non-joining states. Under the MSA reallocation provision, every state is either “diligent” or “not diligent” and only “diligent” states are exempt from the NPM Adjustment. For every state found diligent, its allocable share of the NPM Adjustment is shifted to any remaining non-diligent states. The non-joining states sought to have the signatory states treated as non-diligent for purposes of allocation of the N PM Adjustment. The Panel held a status conference on January 22, 2013, and a hearing on March 7, 2013, to discuss the term sheet. On March 13, 2013, the Panel issued a Partial Stipulated Settlement Award (“Partial Award”) based on the provisions of the term sheet. In so doing, the Panel deemed the 20 states (collectively, the “Signatory States”) “diligent” for purposes of allocation of the NPM Adjustment. The Panel also established a mechanism for reallocating any NPM Adjustment among non-diligent states that alters the terms of the MSA itself. Thus, had New York been found to have been “not diligent” in its enforcement of its escrow statute in 2003, New York would have exposure not only for its share of the NPM adjustment but also for its proportionate share of the NPM Adjustment attributable to the Signatory States. As of February 27, 2014, New York, as well as several other states, had moved in its state court to vacate or modify the Partial Award notwithstanding the Panel’s finding. As of February 27, 2014, New York’s motion had been adjourned several times. The six states that were found “not diligent” were all actively pursuing motions in their state courts to vacate or modify the Partial Award as well as to vacate the Panel’s findings regarding that state’s diligence.

* * * * *

ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS

New York municipal obligations may also include obligations of the governments of Puerto Rico and other U.S. territories and their political subdivisions to the extent that these obligations are exempt from New York state personal income taxes. Accordingly, investments in such securities may be adversely affected by local political and economic conditions and developments within Puerto Rico and certain other U.S. territories affecting the issuers of such obligations.

 

D-77


March 31, 2014

LEGG MASON PARTNERS INCOME TRUST

WESTERN ASSET MASSACHUSETTS MUNICIPALS FUND

Class A (SLMMX), Class C (SMALX), Class FI and Class I (LHMIX)

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10018

1-877-721-1926

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the current Prospectus of Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund (the “fund”), dated March 31, 2014, as amended or supplemented from time to time, and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the Prospectus.

The fund is a series of Legg Mason Partners Income Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland statutory trust. Prior to October 5, 2009, the fund was known as “Legg Mason Partners Massachusetts Municipals Fund.” Prior to August 1, 2012, the fund was known as “Legg Mason Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund.”

Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual report contains financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. The fund’s Prospectus and copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the fund’s distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”), by writing the Trust at 100 First Stamford Place, Attn: Shareholder Services—5th Floor, Stamford, Connecticut 06902, by calling 1-877-721-1926, by sending an e-mail request to prospectus@leggmason.com or by visiting the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS” or the “distributor”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies

     1   

Supplemental Information Regarding Investment Practices and Risk Factors

     2   

Investment Policies

     30   

Management

     34   

Investment Management and Other Services

     48   

Purchase of Shares

     60   

Redemption of Shares

     65   

Exchange Privilege

     66   

Valuation of Shares

     66   

Portfolio Transactions

     67   

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

     68   

Taxes

     71   

The Trust

     78   

Legal Matters

     81   

Financial Statements

     82   

Appendix A—Description of Ratings

     A-1   

Appendix B—Additional Information Concerning Massachusetts Municipal Obligations

     B-1   

Appendix C—Western Asset Management Company Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

     C-1   

THIS SAI IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND IS AUTHORIZED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ONLY IF PRECEDED OR ACCOMPANIED BY AN EFFECTIVE PROSPECTUS.

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations not contained in the Prospectus or this SAI in connection with the offerings made by the Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the fund or its distributor. The Prospectus and this SAI do not constitute offerings by the fund or by the distributor in any jurisdiction in which such offerings may not lawfully be made.


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

The fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as an open-end management investment company. The fund is classified as non-diversified under the 1940 Act.

The fund’s Prospectus discusses the fund’s investment objective and strategies. The following discussion supplements the description of the fund’s investment strategies in its Prospectus.

Investment Objective

The fund seeks to provide Massachusetts investors with as high a level of current income exempt from federal income taxes and Massachusetts state personal income taxes as is consistent with the preservation of principal.

Principal Investment Strategies and Certain Limitations

Following is a summary of the principal investment strategies and certain investment limitations of the fund.

Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in investment grade “Massachusetts municipal securities” or other investments with similar economic characteristics. Massachusetts municipal securities are securities the interest on which is exempt from regular federal income tax and Massachusetts personal income taxes. The fund’s 80% policy may not be changed without a shareholder vote. Interest on Massachusetts municipal securities may be subject to the alternative minimum tax.

Massachusetts municipal securities include debt obligations issued by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and its political subdivisions, agencies and public authorities, certain other governmental issuers (such as Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam) and other qualifying issuers. These securities include participation or other interests in municipal securities issued or backed by banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions.

Some municipal securities, such as general obligation issues, are backed by the issuer’s taxing authority, while other municipal securities, such as revenue issues, are backed only by revenues from certain facilities or other sources and not by the issuer itself.

The fund focuses on investment grade bonds (that is, securities rated in the Baa/BBB categories or above or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable credit quality by the subadviser) but may invest up to 20% of its assets in below investment grade bonds (commonly known as “junk bonds”).

The fund may invest in securities of any maturity. The fund focuses primarily on intermediate-term and long-term municipal securities, and will normally invest in securities which have remaining maturities at the time of purchase from one to more than thirty years.

Instead of, and/or in addition to, investing directly in particular securities, the fund may use instruments such as derivatives, including options, interest rate swaps, options on credit default swaps, futures contracts, and synthetic instruments that are intended to provide economic exposure to the securities or the issuer or to be used as a hedging technique. The fund may use one or more types of these instruments without limit, except that these instruments are taken into account when determining compliance with the fund’s 80% policy. For additional information regarding derivatives, see “More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks—Derivatives” in the fund’s Prospectus.

The fund may also engage in a variety of transactions using derivatives in order to change the investment characteristics of its portfolio (such as shortening or lengthening duration) and for other purposes.

 

1


The fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means that it may invest a larger percentage of its assets in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund.

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION REGARDING INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND RISK FACTORS

The fund’s principal investment strategies are summarized above. The following provides additional information about these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies and practices that may be used by the fund. To the extent permitted by law and the fund’s investment policies, the fund may engage in the practices described below.

Municipal Securities

Municipal securities (which are also referred to herein as “municipal obligations” or “Municipal Bonds”) generally include debt obligations (bonds, notes or commercial paper) issued by or on behalf of any of the 50 states and their political subdivisions, agencies and public authorities, certain other governmental issuers (such as Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam) or other qualifying issuers, participations or other interests in these securities and other related investments. The interest paid on municipal securities is excluded from gross income for regular federal income tax purposes, although it may be subject to federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”). Municipal securities are issued to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities, such as airports, bridges, highways, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, streets, water and sewer works, gas, and electric utilities. They may also be issued to refund outstanding obligations, to obtain funds for general operating expenses, or to obtain funds to loan to other public institutions and facilities and in anticipation of the receipt of revenue or the issuance of other obligations.

The two principal classifications of municipal securities are “general obligation” securities and “limited obligation” or “revenue” securities. General obligation securities are secured by a municipal issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Accordingly, the capacity of the issuer of a general obligation bond as to the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal when due is affected by the issuer’s maintenance of its tax base. Revenue securities are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source. Accordingly, the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the revenue security is a function of the economic viability of the facility or revenue source. Revenue securities include private activity bonds (described below) which are not payable from the unrestricted revenues of the issuer. Consequently, the credit quality of private activity bonds is usually directly related to the credit standing of the corporate user of the facility involved. Municipal securities may also include “moral obligation” bonds, which are normally issued by special purpose public authorities. If the issuer of moral obligation bonds is unable to meet its debt service obligations from current revenues, it may draw on a reserve fund the restoration of which is a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality which created the issuer.

Private Activity Bonds

Private activity bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to provide funds, usually through a loan or lease arrangement, to a private entity for the purpose of financing construction of privately operated industrial facilities, such as warehouse, office, plant and storage facilities and environmental and pollution control facilities. Such bonds are secured primarily by revenues derived from loan repayments or lease payments due from the entity, which may or may not be guaranteed by a parent company or otherwise secured. Private activity bonds generally are not secured by a pledge of the taxing power of the issuer of such bonds. Therefore, repayment of such bonds generally depends on the revenue of a private entity. The continued ability of an entity to generate sufficient revenues for the payment of principal and interest on such bonds will be affected by many factors, including the size of the entity, its capital structure, demand for its products or services, competition, general economic conditions, government regulation and the entity’s dependence on revenues for the operation of the particular facility being financed.

 

2


Under current federal income tax law, interest on Municipal Bonds issued after August 7, 1986 which are specified private activity bonds and the proportionate share of any exempt-interest dividend paid by a regulated investment company that receives interest from such private activity bonds, will be treated as an item of tax preference for purposes of the AMT which is imposed on individuals and corporations by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). For regular federal income tax purposes such interest will remain fully tax-exempt. Bonds issued in 2009 and 2010 generally will not be treated as private activity bonds, and interest earned on such bonds generally will not be treated as a tax preference item. Although interest on all tax-exempt obligations (including private activity bonds) is generally included in “adjusted current earnings” of corporations for AMT purposes, interest on bonds issued in 2009 and 2010 generally is not included in adjusted current earnings.

Industrial Development Bonds

Industrial development bonds (“IDBs”) are issued by public authorities to obtain funds to provide financing for privately-operated facilities for business and manufacturing, housing, sports, convention or trade show facilities, airport, mass transit, port and parking facilities, air or water pollution control facilities, and certain facilities for water supply, gas, electricity or sewerage or solid waste disposal. Although IDBs are issued by municipal authorities, the payment of principal and interest on IDBs is dependent solely on the ability of the user of the facilities financed by the bonds to meet its financial obligations and the pledge, if any, of the real and personal property being financed as security for such payments. IDBs are considered municipal securities if the interest paid is exempt from regular federal income tax. Interest earned on IDBs may be subject to the AMT.

Tender Option Bonds

A tender option bond is a municipal bond (generally held pursuant to a custodial arrangement) having a relatively long maturity and bearing interest at a fixed rate substantially higher than prevailing short-term tax-exempt rates, that has been coupled with the agreement of a third party, such as a financial institution, pursuant to which such institution grants the security holders the option, at periodic intervals, to tender their securities to the institution and receive the face value thereof. As consideration for providing the option, the institution generally receives periodic fees equal to the difference between the municipal bond’s fixed coupon rate and the rate, as determined by a remarketing or similar agent, that would cause the securities, coupled with the tender option, to trade at par. Thus, after payment of this fee, the security holder would effectively hold a demand obligation that bears interest at the prevailing short-term tax-exempt rate. (See the discussion of Structured Notes and Related Instruments.)

Municipal Leases

Municipal leases or installment purchase contracts are issued by a state or local government to acquire equipment or facilities. Municipal leases frequently have special risks not normally associated with general obligation bonds or revenue bonds. Many leases include “non-appropriation” clauses that provide that the governmental issuer has no obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. Although the obligations are typically secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might, in some cases, prove difficult or, if sold, may not fully cover the fund’s exposure.

Participation Interests

Tax-exempt participation interests in municipal obligations (such as private activity bonds and municipal lease obligations) are typically issued by a financial institution. A participation interest gives the fund an undivided interest in the municipal obligation in the proportion that the fund’s participation interest bears to the total principal amount of the municipal obligation. Participation interests in municipal obligations may be backed

 

3


by an irrevocable letter of credit or guarantee of, or a right to put to, a bank (which may be the bank issuing the participation interest, a bank issuing a confirming letter of credit to that of the issuing bank, or a bank serving as agent of the issuing bank with respect to the possible repurchase of the participation interest) or insurance policy of an insurance company. The fund has the right to sell the participation interest back to the institution or draw on the letter of credit or insurance after a specified period of notice, for all or any part of the full principal amount of the fund’s participation in the security, plus accrued interest.

Issuers of participation interests will retain a service and letter of credit fee and a fee for providing the liquidity feature, in an amount equal to the excess of the interest paid on the instruments over the negotiated yield at which the participations were purchased on behalf of the fund. The issuer of the participation interest may bear the cost of insurance backing the participation interest, although the fund may also purchase insurance, in which case the cost of insurance will be an expense of the fund. Participation interests may be sold prior to maturity. Participation interests may include municipal lease obligations. Purchase of a participation interest may involve the risk that the fund will not be deemed to be the owner of the underlying municipal obligation for purposes of the ability to claim tax exemption of interest paid on that municipal obligation.

Municipal Notes

There are four major varieties of municipal notes: Tax and Revenue Anticipation Notes (“TRANs”); Tax Anticipation Notes (“TANs”); Revenue Anticipation Notes (“RANs”); and Bond Anticipation Notes (“BANs”). TRANs, TANs and RANs are issued by states, municipalities and other tax-exempt issuers to finance short-term cash needs or, occasionally, to finance construction. Many TRANs, TANs and RANs are general obligations of the issuing entity payable from taxes or designated revenues, respectively, expected to be received within the related fiscal period. BANs are issued with the expectation that their principal and interest will be paid out of proceeds from renewal notes or bonds to be issued prior to the maturity of the BANs. BANs are issued most frequently by both general obligation and revenue bond issuers usually to finance such items as land acquisition, facility acquisition and/or construction and capital improvement projects.

Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper

Tax-exempt commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a stated maturity of 270 days or less. It is issued by state and local governments or their agencies to finance seasonal working capital needs or as short-term financing in anticipation of longer term financing. While tax-exempt commercial paper is intended to be repaid from general revenues or refinanced, it frequently is backed by a letter of credit, lending arrangement, note repurchase agreement or other credit facility agreement offered by a bank or financial institution.

Demand Instruments

Municipal bonds may be issued as floating- or variable-rate securities subject to demand features (“demand instruments”). Demand instruments usually have a stated maturity of more than one year but contain a demand feature (or “put”) that enables the holder to redeem the investment. Variable-rate demand instruments provide for automatic establishment of a new interest rate on set dates. Floating-rate demand instruments provide for automatic adjustment of interest rates whenever a specified interest rate ( e.g. , the prime rate) changes.

These floating and variable rate instruments are payable upon a specified period of notice which may range from one day up to one year. The terms of the instruments provide that interest rates are adjustable at intervals ranging from daily to up to one year and the adjustments are based upon the prime rate of a bank or other appropriate interest rate adjustment index as provided in the respective instruments. Variable rate instruments include participation interests in variable- or fixed-rate municipal obligations owned by a bank, insurance company or other financial institution or affiliated organizations. Although the rate of the underlying municipal obligations may be fixed, the terms of the participation interest may result in the fund receiving a variable rate on its investment. Because of the variable rate nature of the instruments, when prevailing interest rates decline, the

 

4


yield on these instruments will generally decline. On the other hand, during periods when prevailing interest rates increase, the yield on these instruments generally will increase and the instruments will have less risk of capital depreciation than instruments bearing a fixed rate of return

Custodial Receipts

The fund may acquire custodial receipts or certificates underwritten by securities dealers or banks that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain municipal obligations. The underwriter of these certificates or receipts typically purchases municipal obligations and deposits the obligations in an irrevocable trust or custodial account with a custodian bank, which then issues receipts or certificates that evidence ownership of the periodic unmatured coupon payments and the final principal payment on the obligations. Although under the terms of a custodial receipt, the fund would be typically authorized to assert its rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, the fund could be required to assert through the custodian bank those rights as may exist against the underlying issuer. Thus, in the event the underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, the fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the fund had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custodial account in which the underlying security has been deposited is determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying security would be reduced in recognition of any taxes paid.

Stand-By Commitments

The fund may acquire “stand-by commitments” with respect to municipal obligations held in its portfolio. Under a stand-by commitment a dealer agrees to purchase, at the fund’s option, specified municipal obligations held by the fund at a specified price and, in this respect, stand-by commitments are comparable to put options. A stand-by commitment entitles the holder to achieve same day settlement and to receive an exercise price equal to the amortized cost of the underlying security plus accrued interest, if any, at the time of exercise. The fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to an institution providing a stand-by commitment and a decline in the credit quality of the institution could cause losses to the fund.

The fund will generally acquire stand-by commitments to facilitate fund liquidity. The cost of entering into stand-by commitments will increase the cost of the underlying municipal obligation and similarly will decrease such security’s yield to investors. Gains, if any, realized in connection with stand-by commitments will be taxable.

Additional Risks Relating to Municipal Securities

Tax risk . The Code imposes certain continuing requirements on issuers of tax-exempt bonds regarding the use, expenditure and investment of bond proceeds and the payment of rebates to the U.S. government. Failure by the issuer to comply after the issuance of tax-exempt bonds with certain of these requirements could cause interest on the bonds to become includable in gross income retroactive to the date of issuance.

From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal obligations, and similar proposals may be introduced in the future. In addition, the federal income tax exemption has been, and may in the future be, the subject of litigation. If one of these proposals were enacted, the availability of tax-exempt obligations for investment by the fund and the value of the fund’s investments would be affected.

Opinions relating to the validity of municipal obligations and to the exclusion of interest thereon from gross income for regular federal and/or state income tax purposes are rendered by bond counsel to the respective issuers at the time of issuance. The fund and its service providers will rely on such opinions and will not review the proceedings relating to the issuance of municipal obligations or the bases for such opinions.

 

5


Information risk . Information about the financial condition of issuers of municipal obligations may be less available than about corporations whose securities are publicly traded.

State and Federal law risk . Municipal obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the federal Bankruptcy Code, and laws, if any, that may be enacted by Congress or state legislatures extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. There is also the possibility that, as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of any one or more issuers to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its or their municipal obligations may be materially affected.

Market and ratings risk . The yields on municipal obligations are dependent on a variety of factors, including economic and monetary conditions, general market conditions, supply and demand, general conditions of the municipal market, size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. Adverse economic, business, legal or political developments might affect all or substantial portions of the fund’s municipal obligations in the same manner.

Unfavorable developments in any economic sector may have far-reaching ramifications for the overall or any state’s municipal market.

Although the ratings of tax-exempt securities by ratings agencies are relative and subjective, and are not absolute standards of quality, such ratings reflect the assessment of the ratings agency, at the time of issuance of the rating, of the economic viability of the issuer of a general obligation bond or, with respect to a revenue bond, the special revenue source, with respect to the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation, but do not reflect an assessment of the market value of the obligation. See Appendix A for additional information regarding ratings. Consequently, municipal obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields when purchased in the open market, while municipal obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.

Risks associated with sources of liquidity or credit support . Issuers of municipal obligations may employ various forms of credit and liquidity enhancements, including letters of credit, guarantees, swaps, puts and demand features, and insurance, provided by domestic or foreign entities such as banks and other financial institutions. Changes in the credit quality of the entities providing the enhancement could affect the value of the securities or the fund’s share price. Banks and certain financial institutions are subject to extensive governmental regulation which may limit both the amounts and types of loans and other financial commitments which may be made and interest rates and fees which may be charged. The profitability of the banking industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of capital for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. Also, general economic conditions play an important part in the operation of the banking industry, and exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers might affect a bank’s ability to meet its obligations under a letter of credit.

Other . Securities may be sold in anticipation of a market decline (a rise in interest rates) or purchased in anticipation of a market rise (a decline in interest rates). In addition, a security may be sold and another purchased at approximately the same time to take advantage of what the subadviser believes to be a temporary disparity in the normal yield relationship between the two securities. In general, the secondary market for tax-exempt securities in the fund’s portfolio may be less liquid than that for taxable fixed income securities. Accordingly, the ability of the fund to make purchases and sales of securities in the foregoing manner may be limited. Yield disparities may occur for reasons not directly related to the investment quality of particular issues or the general movement of interest rates, but instead due to such factors as changes in the overall demand for or supply of various types of tax-exempt securities or changes in the investment objectives of investors.

 

6


Taxable Municipal Obligations

The market for taxable municipal obligations is relatively small, which may result in a lack of liquidity and in price volatility of those securities. Interest on taxable municipal obligations is includable in gross income for regular federal income tax purposes. While interest on taxable municipal obligations may be exempt from personal taxes imposed by the state within which the obligation is issued, such interest will nevertheless generally be subject to all other state and local income and franchise taxes.

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Different Types of Municipal Securities

General Obligation Bonds . General obligation bonds are backed by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. However, the taxing power of any governmental entity may be limited by provisions of state constitutions or laws and an entity’s credit will depend on many factors. Some such factors are the entity’s tax base, the extent to which the entity relies on federal or state aid, and other factors which are beyond the entity’s control.

Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (“IDRs”) . IDRs are tax-exempt securities issued by states, municipalities, public authorities or similar entities to finance the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving various projects. These projects are usually operated by corporate entities. IDRs are not general obligations of governmental entities backed by their taxing power. Issuers are only obligated to pay amounts due on the IDRs to the extent that funds are available from the unexpended proceeds of the IDRs or receipts or revenues of the issuer. Payment of IDRs is solely dependent upon the creditworthiness of the corporate operator of the project or corporate guarantor. Such corporate operators or guarantors that are industrial companies may be affected by many factors, which may have an adverse impact on the credit quality of the particular company or industry.

Hospital and Health Care Facility Bonds . The ability of hospitals and other health care facilities to meet their obligations with respect to revenue bonds issued on their behalf is dependent on various factors. Some such factors are the level of payments received from private third-party payors and government programs and the cost of providing health care services. There can be no assurance that payments under governmental programs will be sufficient to cover the costs associated with their bonds. It may also be necessary for a hospital or other health care facility to incur substantial capital expenditures or increased operating expenses to effect changes in its facilities, equipment, personnel and services. Hospitals and other health care facilities are additionally subject to claims and legal actions by patients and others in the ordinary course of business. There can be no assurance that a claim will not exceed the insurance coverage of a health care facility or that insurance coverage will be available to a facility.

Single Family and Multi-Family Housing Bonds . Multi-family housing revenue bonds and single family mortgage revenue bonds are state and local housing issues that have been issued to provide financing for various housing projects. Multi-family housing revenue bonds are payable primarily from mortgage loans to housing projects for low to moderate income families. Single-family mortgage revenue bonds are issued for the purpose of acquiring notes secured by mortgages on residences. The ability of housing issuers to make debt service payments on their obligations may be affected by various economic and non-economic factors. Such factors include: occupancy levels, adequate rental income in multi-family projects, the rate of default on mortgage loans underlying single family issues and the ability of mortgage insurers to pay claims. All single-family mortgage revenue bonds and certain multi-family housing revenue bonds are prepayable over the life of the underlying mortgage or mortgage pool. Therefore, the average life of housing obligations cannot be determined. However, the average life of these obligations will ordinarily be less than their stated maturities. Mortgage loans are frequently partially or completely prepaid prior to their final stated maturities.

Power Facility Bonds . The ability of utilities to meet their obligations with respect to bonds they issue is dependent on various factors. These factors include the rates that they may charge their customers, the demand for a utility’s services and the cost of providing those services. Utilities are also subject to extensive regulations relating to the rates which they may charge customers. Utilities can experience regulatory, political and consumer

 

7


resistance to rate increases. Utilities engaged in long-term capital projects are especially sensitive to regulatory lags in granting rate increases. Utilities are additionally subject to increased costs due to governmental environmental regulation and decreased profits due to increasing competition. Any difficulty in obtaining timely and adequate rate increases could adversely affect a utility’s results of operations. The subadviser cannot predict the effect of such factors on the ability of issuers to meet their obligations with respect to bonds.

Water and Sewer Revenue Bonds . Water and sewer bonds are generally payable from user fees. The ability of state and local water and sewer authorities to meet their obligations may be affected by a number of factors. Some such factors are the failure of municipalities to utilize fully the facilities constructed by these authorities, declines in revenue from user charges, rising construction and maintenance costs, impact of environmental requirements, the difficulty of obtaining or discovering new supplies of fresh water, the effect of conservation programs, the impact of “no growth” zoning ordinances and the continued availability of federal and state financial assistance and of municipal bond insurance for future bond issues.

University and College Bonds . The ability of universities and colleges to meet their obligations is dependent upon various factors. Some of these factors of which an investor should be aware are the size and diversity of their sources of revenues, enrollment, reputation, management expertise, the availability and restrictions on the use of endowments and other funds and the quality and maintenance costs of campus facilities. Also, in the case of public institutions, the financial condition of the relevant state or other governmental entity and its policies with respect to education may affect an institution’s ability to make payments on its own.

Lease Rental Bonds . Lease rental bonds are predominantly issued by governmental authorities that have no taxing power or other means of directly raising revenues. Rather, the authorities are financing vehicles created solely for the construction of buildings or the purchase of equipment that will be used by a state or local government. Thus, the bonds are subject to the ability and willingness of the lessee government to meet its lease rental payments, which include debt service on the bonds. Lease rental bonds are subject to the risk that the lessee government is not legally obligated to budget and appropriate for the rental payments beyond the current fiscal year. These bonds are also subject to the risk of abatement in many states as rents cease in the event that damage, destruction or condemnation of the project prevents its use by the lessee. Also, in the event of default by the lessee government, there may be significant legal and/or practical difficulties involved in the reletting or sale of the project.

Capital Improvement Facility Bonds . Capital improvement bonds are bonds issued to provide funds to assist political subdivisions or agencies of a state through acquisition of the underlying debt of a state or local political subdivision or agency. The risks of an investment in such bonds include the risk of possible prepayment or failure of payment of proceeds on and default of the underlying debt.

Solid Waste Disposal Bonds . Bonds issued for solid waste disposal facilities are generally payable from tipping fees and from revenues that may be earned by the facility on the sale of electrical energy generated in the combustion of waste products. The ability of solid waste disposal facilities to meet their obligations depends upon the continued use of the facility, the successful and efficient operation of the facility and, in the case of waste-to-energy facilities, the continued ability of the facility to generate electricity on a commercial basis. Also, increasing environmental regulation on the federal, state and local level has a significant impact on waste disposal facilities. While regulation requires more waste producers to use waste disposal facilities, it also imposes significant costs on the facilities.

Moral Obligation Bonds . A moral obligation bond is a type of revenue bond issued by a state or municipality pursuant to legislation authorizing the establishment of a reserve fund to pay principal and interest payments if the issuer is unable to meet its obligations. The establishment of such a reserve fund generally requires appropriation by the state legislature, which is not legally required. Accordingly, the establishment of a reserve fund is generally considered a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality that created the issuer.

 

8


Refunded Bonds . Refunded bonds are typically secured by direct obligations of the U.S. government, or in some cases obligations guaranteed by the U.S. government, placed in an escrow account maintained by an independent trustee until maturity or a predetermined redemption date. These obligations are generally non-callable prior to maturity or the predetermined redemption date. In a few isolated instances to date, however, bonds which were thought to be escrowed to maturity have been called for redemption prior to maturity.

Airport, Port and Highway Revenue Bonds . Certain facility revenue bonds are payable from and secured by the revenue from the ownership and operation of particular facilities, such as airports, highways and port authorities. Airport operating income may be affected by the ability of airlines to meet their obligations under the agreements with airports. Similarly, payment on bonds related to other facilities is dependent on revenues from the projects, such as use fees from ports, tolls on turnpikes and bridges and rents from buildings. Therefore, payment may be adversely affected by reduction in revenues due to such factors and increased cost of maintenance or decreased use of a facility. The subadviser cannot predict what effect conditions may have on revenues which are required for payment on these bonds.

Special Tax Bonds . Special tax bonds are payable from and secured by the revenues derived by a municipality from a particular tax. Examples of such special taxes are a tax on the rental of a hotel room, the purchase of food and beverages, the rental of automobiles or the consumption of liquor. Special tax bonds are not secured by the general tax revenues of the municipality, and they do not represent general obligations of the municipality. Therefore, payment on special tax bonds may be adversely affected by a reduction in revenues realized from the underlying special tax. Also, should spending on the particular goods or services that are subject to the special tax decline, the municipality may be under no obligation to increase the rate of the special tax to ensure that sufficient revenues are raised from the shrinking taxable base.

Tax Allocation Bonds . Tax allocation bonds are typically secured by incremental tax revenues collected on property within the areas where redevelopment projects financed by bond proceeds are located. Such payments are expected to be made from projected increases in tax revenues derived from higher assessed values of property resulting from development in the particular project area and not from an increase in tax rates. Special risk considerations include: reduction of, or a less than anticipated increase in, taxable values of property in the project area; successful appeals by property owners of assessed valuations; substantial delinquencies in the payment of property taxes; or imposition of any constitutional or legislative property tax rate decrease.

Tobacco Settlement Revenue Bonds . Tobacco settlement revenue bonds are secured by a state or local government’s proportionate share in the Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”). The MSA is an agreement, reached out of court in November 1998 between the attorneys general of 46 states (Florida, Minnesota, Mississippi and Texas all settled independently) and six other U.S. jurisdictions (including the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and Guam), and the four largest U.S. tobacco manufacturers at that time (Philip Morris, RJ Reynolds, Brown & Williamson, and Lorillard). Subsequently, smaller tobacco manufacturers signed on to the MSA. The MSA basically provides for payments annually by the manufacturers to the states and jurisdictions in perpetuity, in exchange for releasing all claims against the manufacturers and a pledge of no further litigation. The MSA established a base payment schedule and a formula for adjusting payments each year. Manufacturers pay into a master escrow trust based on their market share, and each state receives a fixed percentage of the payment as set forth in the MSA. Annual payments are highly dependent on annual domestic cigarette shipments and inflation, as well as several other factors. As a result, payments made by tobacco manufacturers could be negatively impacted by a decrease in tobacco consumption over time. A market share loss by the MSA companies to non-MSA participating manufacturers would also cause a downward adjustment in the payment amounts. A participating manufacturer filing for bankruptcy could cause delays or reductions in bond payments.

Certain tobacco settlement revenue bonds are issued with “turbo” redemption features. Under this turbo structure, all available excess revenues are applied as an early redemption to the designated first turbo maturity until it is completely repaid, and then to the next turbo maturity until paid in full, and so on. The result is that the returned principal creates an average maturity that could be much shorter than the legal final maturity.

 

9


Transit Authority Bonds . Mass transit is generally not self-supporting from fare revenues. Therefore, additional financial resources must be made available to ensure operation of mass transit systems as well as the timely payment of debt service. Often such financial resources include federal and state subsidies, lease rentals paid by funds of the state or local government or a pledge of a special tax. If fare revenues or the additional financial resources do not increase appropriately to pay for rising operating expenses, the ability of the issuer to adequately service the debt may be adversely affected.

Convention Facility Bonds . Bonds in the convention facilities category include special limited obligation securities issued to finance convention and sports facilities payable from rental payments and annual governmental appropriations. The governmental agency is not obligated to make payments in any year in which the monies have not been appropriated to make such payments. In addition, these facilities are limited use facilities that may not be used for purposes other than as convention centers or sports facilities.

Correctional Facility Bonds . Bonds in the correctional facilities category include special limited obligation securities issued to construct, rehabilitate and purchase correctional facilities payable from governmental rental payments and/or appropriations.

Massachusetts and Other U.S. Territories

The following is a brief summary of certain factors affecting the economies of the state and territories listed below and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors. Many complex political, social and economic forces influence each state’s or territory’s economy and finances, which may in turn affect the state’s or territory’s financial plan. These forces may affect a state or territory unpredictably from fiscal year to fiscal year and are influenced by governments, institutions and events that are not subject to the state’s or territory’s control.

Massachusetts . The fund intends to invest a high proportion of its assets in Massachusetts municipal obligations. Payment of interest and preservation of principal is dependent upon the continuing ability of Massachusetts issuers and/or obligors of Commonwealth, municipal and public authority debt obligations to meet their obligations thereunder.

There can be no assurance that current or future economic difficulties in the United States or Massachusetts and the resulting impact on the Commonwealth will not adversely affect the market value of Massachusetts municipal obligations held by the fund or the ability of particular issuers to make timely payments of debt service on these obligations. It should also be noted that the fiscal condition and creditworthiness of Massachusetts may not have a direct relationship to the fiscal condition or creditworthiness of other issuers or obligors of Massachusetts municipal obligations. There is no obligation on the part of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to make payments on those securities in the event of default.

For further information concerning the economy of Massachusetts, see Appendix B to this SAI. The summary set forth above and in Appendix B is included for the purpose of providing a general description of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts’ credit and financial conditions, is based on information from statements of issuers of Massachusetts municipal obligations, and does not purport to be complete. The fund is not responsible for the accuracy, completeness or timeliness of this information.

Other U.S. Territories . Municipal securities include the obligations of the governments of Puerto Rico and other U.S. territories and their political subdivisions (such as the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam). Payment of interest and preservation of principal is dependent upon the continuing ability of such issuers and/or obligors of territorial, municipal and public authority debt obligations to meet their obligations thereunder. The sources of payment for such obligations and the marketability thereof may be affected by financial and other difficulties experienced by such issuers.

 

10


Puerto Rico . General obligations and/or revenue bonds of issuers located in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico may be affected by political, social and economic conditions in Puerto Rico. The following is a brief summary of factors affecting the economy of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors.

The dominant sectors of the Puerto Rico economy are manufacturing and services. The manufacturing sector has undergone fundamental changes over the years as a result of increased emphasis on higher wage, high technology industries, such as pharmaceuticals, biotechnology, computers, microprocessors, professional and scientific instruments, and certain high technology machinery and equipment. The services sector, including finance, insurance, real estate, wholesale and retail trade, transportation, communications and public utilities and other services, also plays a major role in the economy. It ranks second only to manufacturing in contribution to the gross domestic product and leads all sectors in providing employment.

The economy of Puerto Rico is closely linked to the U.S. economy. Most external factors that affect the Puerto Rico economy are determined by the policies and performance of the United States. These external factors include exports, direct investment, the amount of federal transfer payments, the level of interest rates, the rate of inflation, and tourist expenditures. Puerto Rico’s economy has been in a recession since late 2006, which has contributed to a steep increase in unemployment rates, funding shortfalls of state employees retirement systems, a budget deficit resulting from a structural imbalance, and reduced government revenues.

There can be no assurance that current or future economic difficulties in the United States or Puerto Rico and the resulting impact on Puerto Rico will not adversely affect the market value of Puerto Rico municipal obligations held by the funds or the ability of particular issuers to make timely payments of debt service on these obligations.

Guam . General obligations and/or revenue bonds of issuers located in Guam may be affected by political, social and economic conditions in Guam. The following is a brief summary of factors affecting the economy of Guam and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors.

Guam, the westernmost territory of the U.S., is located 3,800 miles to the west-southwest of Honolulu, Hawaii and approximately 1,550 miles south-southeast of Tokyo, Japan. The population of Guam was estimated to be 159,914 in July 2012. Guam’s unemployment rate increased from 9.3% in September 2009 to 13.3% in March 2011, and more recently decreased to 11.8% in March 2012.

Guam’s economy depends in large measure on tourism and the U.S. military presence, each of which is subject to uncertainties as a result of global economic, social and political events. Tourism, particularly from Japan, which has been a source of a majority of visitors to Guam, represents the primary source of income for Guam’s economy. A weak economy, war, severe weather, epidemic outbreaks or the threat of terrorist activity, among other influences that are beyond Guam’s control, can adversely affect its tourism industry. Guam is also exposed to periodic typhoons, tropical storms, super typhoons and earthquakes, such as the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami that occurred in Japan and caused a decline in tourism for a period of time. The U.S. military presence also affects economic activity on Guam in various ways. The number of U.S. military personnel in Guam declined in 2011. Economic, geopolitical, and other influences which are beyond Guam’s control could cause the U.S. military to reduce its existing presence on Guam or forgo any planned enhancements to its presence on Guam. Any reduction in tourism or the U.S. military presence could adversely affect Guam’s economy.

United States Virgin Islands . General obligations and/or revenue bonds of issuers located in the U.S. Virgin Islands may be affected by political, social and economic conditions in the U.S. Virgin Islands. The following is a brief summary of factors affecting the economy of the U.S. Virgin Islands and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors.

 

11


The U.S. Virgin Islands consists of four main islands: St. Croix, St. Thomas, St. John, and Water Island and approximately 70 smaller islands, islets and cays. The total land area is about twice the size of Washington, D.C. The U.S. Virgin Islands is located 60 miles east of Puerto Rico and 1,075 miles south of Miami, Florida in the Caribbean Sea and the Atlantic Ocean. The population of the U.S. Virgin Islands was estimated to be 105,275 in July 2012.

With tourist visits of approximately two million annually, tourism accounts for a substantial portion of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP). A weak economy, severe weather, war, epidemic outbreaks or the threat of terrorist activity, among other influences that are beyond the control of the territory, can adversely affect its tourism. Tourism-related services help increase private sector employment. Other private sector employment includes wholesale and retail trade, manufacturing (petroleum refining, rum distilling, watch assembly, pharmaceuticals, textiles and electronics), construction and mining. HOVENSA, one of the world’s largest petroleum refineries, is located on the island of St. Croix and is the territory’s largest private sector employer. International business and financial services are small but growing components of the economy. The agricultural sector is small, with most of the islands’ food being imported. The islands are vulnerable to substantial damage from storms. The global economic recession affected all sectors of the economy and had a negative effect on the employment rate.

Other Debt and Fixed Income Securities

The fund may invest in other debt and fixed income securities. These securities share three principal risks. First, the level of interest income generated by the fund’s fixed income investments may decline due to a decrease in market interest rates. Thus, when fixed income securities mature or are sold, they may be replaced by lower-yielding investments. Second, their values fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Thus, a decrease in interest rates will generally result in an increase in the value of the fund’s fixed income investments. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the value of the fund’s fixed income investments will generally decline. However, a change in interest rates will not have the same impact on all fixed rate securities. For example, the magnitude of these fluctuations will generally be greater when the fund’s duration or average maturity is longer. In addition, certain fixed income securities are subject to credit risk, which is the risk that an issuer of securities will be unable to pay principal and interest when due, or that the value of the security will suffer because investors believe the issuer is unable to pay. Common types of these instruments, and their associated risks, are discussed below.

Bank Obligations

The fund may invest in all types of bank obligations, including certificates of deposit (“CDs”) and bankers’ acceptances. U.S. commercial banks organized under federal law are supervised and examined by the Comptroller of the Currency and are required to be members of the Federal Reserve System and to be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). U.S. banks organized under state law are supervised and examined by state banking authorities, but are members of the Federal Reserve System only if they elect to join. Most state banks are insured by the FDIC (although such insurance may not be of material benefit to the fund, depending upon the principal amount of CDs of each held by the fund) and are subject to federal examination and to a substantial body of federal law and regulation. As a result of federal and state laws and regulations, U.S. branches of U.S. banks are, among other things, generally required to maintain specified levels of reserves, and are subject to other supervision and regulation designed to promote financial soundness.

Obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks, such as CDs and time deposits, may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and governmental regulation. Such obligations are subject to different risks than are those of U.S. banks or U.S. branches of foreign banks. These risks include foreign economic and political developments, foreign governmental restrictions that may adversely affect payment of principal and interest on the obligations, foreign exchange controls and foreign withholding and other taxes on interest income. Foreign branches of U.S. banks

 

12


and foreign branches of foreign banks are not necessarily subject to the same or similar regulatory requirements that apply to U.S. banks, such as mandatory reserve requirements, loan limitations and accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping requirements. In addition, less information may be publicly available about a foreign branch of a U.S. bank or about a foreign bank than about a U.S. bank.

Obligations of U.S. branches of foreign banks may be general obligations of the parent bank, in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and by federal and state regulation as well as governmental action in the country in which the foreign bank has its head office. A U.S. branch of a foreign bank with assets in excess of $1 billion may or may not be subject to reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System or by the state in which the branch is located if the branch is licensed in that state. In addition, branches licensed by the Comptroller of the Currency and branches licensed by certain states (“State Branches”) may or may not be required to: (a) pledge to the regulator, by depositing assets with a designated bank within the state; and (b) maintain assets within the state in an amount equal to a specified percentage of the aggregate amount of liabilities of the foreign bank payable at or through all of its agencies or branches within the state. The deposits of State Branches may not necessarily be insured by the FDIC. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a U.S. branch of a foreign bank than about a U.S. bank.

Collateralized Debt Obligations

Collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CDOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust or other special purpose entity (“SPE”) which is typically backed by a diversified pool of fixed income securities (which may include high risk, below investment grade securities). A CLO is a trust or other SPE that is typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and non-U.S. senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Although certain CDOs may receive credit enhancement in the form of a senior-subordinate structure, over-collateralization or bond insurance, such enhancement may not always be present, and may fail to protect the fund against the risk of loss on default of the collateral. Certain CDOs may use derivatives contracts to create “synthetic” exposure to assets rather than holding such assets directly. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses, which are in addition to those of the fund.

For both CBOs and CLOs, the cashflows from the SPE are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche, which bears the first loss from defaults from the bonds or loans in the SPE and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default (though such protection is not complete). Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO or CLO typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and may be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of subordinate tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as investor aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class. Interest on certain tranches of a CDO may be paid in kind (paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash), which involves continued exposure to default risk with respect to such payments.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which the fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the fund as illiquid securities. However, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs, allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and the fund’s Prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the fund may invest in tranches of CDOs that are subordinate to other tranches; (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results; and (v) the CDO’s manager may perform poorly.

 

13


Deferred Interest Bonds

Deferred interest bonds are debt obligations that generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins and that are issued at a significant discount from face value. The original discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until the first interest accrual date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Although this period of delay is different for each deferred interest bond, a typical period is approximately one-third of the bond’s term to maturity. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its initial need for cash to meet debt service, but some also provide a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash.

High Yield Securities

High yield securities are medium or lower rated securities and unrated securities of comparable quality, sometimes referred to as “junk bonds.” Generally, such securities offer a higher current yield than is offered by higher rated securities, but also are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations. The market values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher quality bonds. In addition, medium and lower rated securities and comparable unrated securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. The risk of loss because of default by these issuers is significantly greater because medium and lower rated securities generally are unsecured and frequently subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. In addition, the market value of securities in lower rated categories is more volatile than that of higher quality securities, and the markets in which medium and lower rated securities are traded are more limited than those in which higher rated securities are traded. The existence of limited markets may make it more difficult for the fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing its securities and calculating its net asset value. Moreover, the lack of a liquid trading market may restrict the availability of securities for the fund to purchase and may also have the effect of limiting the ability of the fund to sell securities at their fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or the financial markets.

Lower rated debt obligations also present risks based on payment expectations. If an issuer calls the obligation for redemption, the fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. Also, the principal value of bonds moves inversely with movements in interest rates; in the event of rising interest rates, the value of the securities held by the fund may decline more than a portfolio consisting of higher rated securities. If the fund experiences unexpected net redemptions, it may be forced to sell its higher rated bonds, resulting in a decline in the overall credit quality of the securities held by the fund and increasing the exposure of the fund to the risks of lower rated securities. Investments in zero coupon bonds may be more speculative and subject to greater fluctuations in value because of changes in interest rates than bonds that pay interest currently.

Subsequent to its purchase by the fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the fund. Neither event will require sale of these securities by the fund, but the subadviser will consider the event in determining whether the fund should continue to hold the security.

Structured Notes and Related Instruments

“Structured” notes and other related instruments are privately negotiated debt obligations where the principal and/or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark asset, market or interest rate (an “embedded index”), such as selected securities, an index of securities or specified interest rates, or the differential performance of two assets or markets, such as indexes reflecting bonds. Structured instruments may be issued by corporations, including banks, as well as by governmental agencies and frequently are assembled in

 

14


the form of medium-term notes, but a variety of forms is available and may be used in particular circumstances. The terms of such structured instruments normally provide that their principal and/or interest payments are to be adjusted upwards or downwards (but ordinarily not below zero) to reflect changes in the embedded index while the instruments are outstanding. As a result, the interest and/or principal payments that may be made on a structured product may vary widely, depending on a variety of factors, including the volatility of the embedded index and the effect of changes in the embedded index on principal and/or interest payments. The rate of return on structured notes may be determined by applying a multiplier to the performance or differential performance of the referenced index(es) or other asset(s). Application of a multiplier involves leverage that will serve to magnify the potential for gain and the risk of loss. Investment in indexed securities and structured notes involves certain risks, including the credit risk of the issuer and the normal risks of price changes in response to changes in interest rates. Further, in the case of certain indexed securities or structured notes, a decline in the reference instrument may cause the interest rate to be reduced to zero, and any further declines in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. Finally, these securities may be less liquid than other types of securities, and may be more volatile than their underlying reference instruments.

U.S. Government Obligations

U.S. government securities include (1) U.S. Treasury bills (maturity of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturity of one to ten years) and U.S. Treasury bonds (maturities generally greater than ten years) and (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities which are supported by any of the following: (a) the full faith and credit of the U.S. government (such as Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”) certificates); (b) the right of the issuer to borrow an amount limited to a specific line of credit from the U.S. government (such as obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks); (c) the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of agencies or instrumentalities (such as securities issued by Fannie Mae (formally known as the Federal National Mortgage Association)); or (d) only the credit of the instrumentality (such as securities issued by Freddie Mac (formally known as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)). U.S. government securities include issues by non-governmental entities (like financial institutions) that carry direct guarantees from U.S. government agencies as part of government initiatives in response to the market crisis or otherwise. In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, the fund must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself in the event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments. Neither the U.S. government nor any of its agencies or instrumentalities guarantees the market value of the securities it issues. Therefore, the market value of such securities will fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates.

Variable and Floating Rate Securities

Variable and floating rate securities provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the obligations. The terms of such obligations provide that interest rates are adjusted periodically based upon an interest rate adjustment index as provided in the respective obligations. The adjustment intervals may be regular, and range from daily up to annually, or may be event-based, such as based on a change in the prime rate.

The fund may invest in floating rate debt instruments (“floaters”) and engage in credit spread trades. The interest rate on a floater is a variable rate which is tied to another interest rate, such as a corporate bond index or Treasury bill rate. The interest rate on a floater resets periodically, typically every six months. While, because of the interest rate reset feature, floaters may provide the fund with a certain degree of protection against rising interest rates, the fund will participate in any declines in interest rates as well. A credit spread trade is an investment position relating to a difference in the prices or interest rates of two bonds or other securities or currencies, where the value of the investment position is determined by movements in the difference between the prices or interest rates, as the case may be, of the respective securities or currencies.

 

15


The fund may also invest in inverse floating rate debt instruments (“inverse floaters”). The interest rate on an inverse floater resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which the inverse floater is indexed. An inverse floating rate security may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate obligation of similar credit quality.

A floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that its interest rate varies by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in the index rate of interest. The higher degree of leverage inherent in some floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values.

Such instruments may include variable amount master demand notes that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary in addition to providing for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. The absence of an active secondary market with respect to particular variable and floating rate instruments could make it difficult for the fund to dispose of a variable or floating rate note if the issuer defaulted on its payment obligation or during periods that the fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and the fund could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss with respect to such instruments. In determining average-weighted portfolio maturity, an instrument will be deemed to have a maturity equal to either the period remaining until the next interest rate adjustment or the time the fund involved can recover payment of principal as specified in the instrument, depending on the type of instrument involved.

Zero Coupon and Pay-In-Kind Securities

A zero coupon bond is a security that makes no fixed interest payments but instead is issued at a discount from its face value. The bond is redeemed at its face value on the specified maturity date. Zero coupon bonds may be issued as such, or they may be created by a broker who strips the coupons from a bond and separately sells the rights to receive principal and interest. The prices of zero coupon bonds tend to fluctuate more in response to changes in market interest rates than do the prices of interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. The fund generally accrues income on zero coupon bonds prior to the receipt of cash payments. Since the fund must distribute substantially all of its income to shareholders to qualify as a regulated investment company under federal income tax law, to the extent that the fund invests in zero coupon bonds, it may have to dispose of other securities, including at times when it may be disadvantageous to do so, to generate the cash necessary for the distribution of income attributable to its zero coupon bonds. Pay-in-kind securities have characteristics similar to those of zero coupon securities, but interest on such securities may be paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash.

Derivatives

General . The fund may utilize options, futures contracts (sometimes referred to as “futures”), options on futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars, indexed securities, various mortgage-related obligations, structured or synthetic financial instruments and other derivative instruments (collectively, “Financial Instruments”). The fund may use Financial Instruments for any purpose, including as a substitute for other investments, to attempt to enhance its portfolio’s return or yield and to alter the investment characteristics of its portfolio (including to attempt to mitigate risk of loss in some fashion, or “hedge”). Except as otherwise provided in its Prospectus, this SAI or by applicable law, the fund may purchase and sell any type of Financial Instrument. The fund may choose not to make use of derivatives for a variety of reasons, and no assurance can be given that any derivatives strategy employed will be successful.

The U.S. government is in the process of adopting and implementing regulations governing derivatives markets, including mandatory clearing of certain derivatives, margin and reporting requirements. The ultimate impact of the regulations remains unclear. Additional regulation of derivatives may make them more costly, may limit their availability, may disrupt markets or may otherwise adversely affect their value or performance.

The use of Financial Instruments may be limited by applicable law and any applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”),

 

16


or the exchanges on which some Financial Instruments may be traded. (Note, however, that some Financial Instruments that the fund may use may not be listed on any exchange and may not be regulated by the SEC or the CFTC.) In addition, the fund’s ability to use Financial Instruments may be limited by tax considerations.

In addition to the instruments and strategies discussed in this section, the subadviser may discover additional opportunities in connection with Financial Instruments and other similar or related techniques. These opportunities may become available as the subadviser develops new techniques, as regulatory authorities broaden the range of permitted transactions and as new Financial Instruments or other techniques are developed. The subadviser may utilize these opportunities and techniques to the extent that they are consistent with the fund’s investment objective and permitted by its investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities. These opportunities and techniques may involve risks different from or in addition to those summarized herein.

This discussion is not intended to limit the fund’s investment flexibility, unless such a limitation is expressly stated, and therefore will be construed by the fund as broadly as possible. Statements concerning what the fund may do are not intended to limit any other activity. Also, as with any investment or investment technique, even when the Prospectus or this discussion indicates that the fund may engage in an activity, it may not actually do so for a variety of reasons, including cost considerations.

Summary of Certain Risks . The use of Financial Instruments involves special considerations and risks, certain of which are summarized below, and may result in losses to the fund. In general, the use of Financial Instruments may increase the volatility of the fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risk or exposure assumed. Even a small investment in derivatives may magnify or otherwise increase investment losses to the fund. As noted above, there can be no assurance that any derivatives strategy will succeed.

 

   

Financial Instruments are subject to the risk that the market value of the derivative itself or the market value of underlying instruments will change in a way adverse to the fund’s interest. Many Financial Instruments are complex, and successful use of them depends in part upon the subadviser’s ability to forecast correctly future market trends and other financial or economic factors or the value of the underlying security, index, interest rate, currency or other instrument or measure. Even if the subadviser’s forecasts are correct, other factors may cause distortions or dislocations in the markets that result in unsuccessful transactions. Financial Instruments may behave in unexpected ways, especially in abnormal or volatile market conditions.

 

   

The fund may be required to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregated accounts, post collateral or make margin payments when it takes positions in Financial Instruments. Assets that are segregated or used as cover, margin or collateral may be required to be in the form of cash or liquid securities, and typically may not be sold while the position in the Financial Instrument is open unless they are replaced with other appropriate assets. If markets move against the fund’s position, the fund may be required to maintain or post additional assets and may have to dispose of existing investments to obtain assets acceptable as collateral or margin. This may prevent it from pursuing its investment objective. Assets that are segregated or used as cover, margin or collateral typically are invested, and these investments are subject to risk and may result in losses to the fund. These losses may be substantial, and may be in addition to losses incurred by using the Financial Instrument in question. If the fund is unable to close out its positions, it may be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the positions expire or mature, and the fund will continue to be subject to investment risk on the assets. In addition, the fund may not be able to recover the full amount of its margin from an intermediary if that intermediary were to experience financial difficulty. Segregation, cover, margin and collateral requirements may impair the fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require the fund to sell a portfolio security or close out a derivatives position at a disadvantageous time or price.

 

   

The fund’s ability to close out or unwind a position in a Financial Instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and

 

17


 

willingness of the other party to the transaction (the “counterparty”) to enter into a transaction closing out the position. If there is no market or the fund is not successful in its negotiations, the fund may not be able to sell or unwind the derivative position at a particular time or at an anticipated price. This may also be the case if the counterparty to the Financial Instrument becomes insolvent. The fund may be required to make delivery of portfolio securities or other assets underlying a Financial Instrument in order to close out a position or to sell portfolio securities or assets at a disadvantageous time or price in order to obtain cash to close out the position. While the position remains open, the fund continues to be subject to investment risk on the Financial Instrument. The fund may or may not be able to take other actions or enter into other transactions, including hedging transactions, to limit or reduce its exposure to the Financial Instrument.

 

   

Certain Financial Instruments transactions may have a leveraging effect on the fund, and adverse changes in the value of the underlying security, index, interest rate, currency or other instrument or measure can result in losses substantially greater than the amount invested in the Financial Instrument itself. When the fund engages in transactions that have a leveraging effect, the value of the fund is likely to be more volatile and all other risks also are likely to be compounded. This is because leverage generally magnifies the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of an asset and creates investment risk with respect to a larger pool of assets than the fund would otherwise have. Certain Financial Instruments have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment.

 

   

Many Financial Instruments may be difficult to value, which may result in increased payment requirements to counterparties or a loss of value to the fund.

 

   

Liquidity risk exists when a particular Financial Instrument is difficult to purchase or sell. If a derivative transaction is particularly large or if the relevant market is illiquid, the fund may be unable to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price. Certain Financial Instruments, including certain over-the-counter (“OTC”) options and swaps, may be considered illiquid and therefore subject to the fund’s limitation on illiquid investments.

 

   

In a hedging transaction there may be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between the identity, price or price movements of a Financial Instrument and the identity, price or price movements of the investments being hedged. This lack of correlation may cause the hedge to be unsuccessful and may result in the fund incurring substantial losses and/or not achieving anticipated gains. Even if the strategy works as intended, the fund might be in a better position had it not attempted to hedge at all.

 

   

Financial Instruments used for non-hedging purposes may result in losses which would not be offset by increases in the value of portfolio holdings or declines in the cost of securities or other assets to be acquired. In the event that the fund uses a Financial Instrument as an alternative to purchasing or selling other investments or in order to obtain desired exposure to an index or market, the fund will be exposed to the same risks as are incurred in purchasing or selling the other investments directly, as well as the risks of the transaction itself.

 

   

Certain Financial Instruments involve the risk of loss resulting from the insolvency or bankruptcy of the counterparty or the failure by the counterparty to make required payments or otherwise comply with the terms of the contract. In the event of default by a counterparty, the fund may have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction, which may be limited by applicable law in the case of the counterparty’s bankruptcy.

 

   

Financial Instruments involve operational risk. There may be incomplete or erroneous documentation or inadequate collateral or margin, or transactions may fail to settle. For Financial Instruments not guaranteed by an exchange or clearinghouse, the fund may have only contractual remedies in the event of a counterparty default, and there may be delays, costs or disagreements as to the meaning of contractual terms and litigation in enforcing those remedies.

 

18


   

Certain Financial Instruments transactions, including certain options, swaps, forward contracts, and certain options on foreign currencies, are entered into directly by the counterparties or through financial institutions acting as market makers (OTC derivatives), rather than being traded on exchanges or in markets registered with the CFTC or the SEC. Many of the protections afforded to exchange participants will not be available to participants in OTC derivatives transactions. For example, OTC derivatives transactions are not subject to the guarantee of an exchange, and only OTC derivatives that are either required to be cleared or submitted voluntarily for clearing to a clearinghouse will enjoy the protections that central clearing provides against default by the original counterparty to the trade. In an OTC derivatives transaction that is not cleared, the fund bears the risk of default by its counterparty. In a cleared derivatives transaction, the fund is instead exposed to the risk of default of the clearinghouse and the risk of default of the broker through which it has entered into the transaction. Information available on counterparty creditworthiness may be incomplete or outdated, thus reducing the ability to anticipate counterparty defaults.

 

   

Financial Instruments transactions conducted outside the United States may not be conducted in the same manner as those entered into on U.S. exchanges, and may be subject to different margin, exercise, settlement or expiration procedures. Many of the risks of OTC derivatives transactions are also applicable to Financial Instruments used outside the United States. Financial Instruments used outside the United States also are subject to the risks affecting foreign securities, currencies and other instruments.

 

   

Financial Instruments involving currency are subject to additional risks. Currency related transactions may be negatively affected by government exchange controls, blockages, and manipulations. Exchange rates may be influenced by factors extrinsic to a country’s economy. Also, there is no systematic reporting of last sale information with respect to foreign currencies. As a result, the information on which the trading in currency derivatives is based may not be as complete as, and may be delayed beyond, comparable data for other transactions.

 

   

Use of Financial Instruments involves transaction costs, which may be significant. Use of Financial Instruments also may increase the amount of taxable income to shareholders, including in a fund that invests largely in municipal securities.

Hedging. As stated above, the term “hedging” often is used to describe a transaction or strategy that is intended to mitigate risk of loss in some fashion. Hedging strategies can be broadly categorized as “short hedges” and “long hedges.” A short hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential declines in the value of one or more investments held in the fund’s portfolio. In a short hedge the fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the opposite direction of the price of the investment being hedged.

Conversely, a long hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential increases in the acquisition cost of one or more investments that the fund intends to acquire. Thus, in a long hedge, the fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the same direction as the price of the prospective investment being hedged. A long hedge is sometimes referred to as an anticipatory hedge. In an anticipatory hedge transaction, the fund does not own a corresponding security and, therefore, the transaction does not relate to the portfolio security that the fund owns. Rather, it relates to a security that the fund intends to acquire. If the fund does not complete the hedge by purchasing the security it anticipated purchasing, the effect on the fund’s portfolio is the same as if the transaction were entered into for speculative purposes.

In hedging transactions, Financial Instruments on securities (such as options and/or futures) generally are used to attempt to hedge against price movements in one or more particular securities positions that the fund owns or intends to acquire. Financial Instruments on indices, in contrast, generally are used to attempt to hedge against price movements in market sectors in which the fund has invested or expects to invest. Financial Instruments on debt securities generally are used to hedge either individual securities or broad debt market sectors.

 

19


Options—Generally . A call option gives the purchaser the right to buy, and obligates the writer to sell, the underlying investment at the agreed-upon price during the option period. A put option gives the purchaser the right to sell, and obligates the writer to buy, the underlying investment at the agreed-upon price during the option period. Purchasers of options pay an amount, known as a premium, to the option writer in exchange for the right under the option contract.

The fund may purchase or write both exchange-traded and OTC options. Exchange-traded options in the United States are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction. In contrast, OTC options are contracts between the fund and its counterparty (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing organization guarantee. Unlike exchange-traded options, which are standardized with respect to the underlying instrument, expiration date, contract size, and strike price, the terms of OTC options generally are established through negotiation with the other party to the option contract. When the fund purchases an OTC option, it relies on the counterparty from whom it purchased the option to make or take delivery of the underlying investment upon exercise of the option. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any premium paid by the fund as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

Writing put or call options can enable the fund to enhance income or yield by reason of the premiums paid by the purchasers of such options. However, the fund may also suffer a loss. For example, if the market price of the security underlying a put option written by the fund declines to less than the exercise price of the option, minus the premium received, it can be expected that the option will be exercised and the fund would be required to purchase the security at more than its market value. If a security appreciates to a price higher than the exercise price of a call option written by the fund, it can be expected that the option will be exercised and the fund will be obligated to sell the security at less than its market value.

The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the current market value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying investment, the historical price volatility of the underlying investment and general market conditions. Options purchased by the fund that expire unexercised have no value, and the fund will realize a loss in the amount of the premium paid and any transaction costs. If an option written by the fund expires unexercised, the fund realizes a gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. Transaction costs must be included in these calculations.

The fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by entering into a closing transaction. For example, the fund may terminate its obligation under a call or put option that it had written by purchasing an identical call or put option; this is known as a closing purchase transaction. Conversely, the fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a closing sale transaction. Closing transactions permit the fund to realize profits or limit losses on an option position prior to its exercise or expiration. There can be no assurance that it will be possible for the fund to enter into any closing transaction.

A type of put that the fund may purchase is an “optional delivery standby commitment,” which is entered into by parties selling debt securities to the fund. An optional delivery standby commitment gives the fund the right to sell the security back to the seller on specified terms. This right is provided as an inducement to purchase the security.

Options on Indices . Puts and calls on indices are similar to puts and calls on securities (described above) or futures contracts (described below) except that all settlements are in cash and gain or loss depends on changes in the index in question rather than on price movements in individual securities or futures contracts. When the fund writes a call on an index, it receives a premium and agrees that, prior to the expiration date, the purchaser of the call, upon exercise of the call, will receive from the fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the call is based is greater than the exercise price of the call. The amount of cash is equal to the difference

 

20


between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the call times a specified multiple (“multiplier”), which determines the total dollar value for each point of such difference. When the fund buys a call on an index, it pays a premium and has the same rights as to such call as are indicated above. When the fund buys a put on an index, it pays a premium and has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the seller of the put, upon the fund’s exercise of the put, to deliver to the fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the put is based is less than the exercise price of the put, which amount of cash is determined by the multiplier, as described above for calls. When the fund writes a put on an index, it receives a premium and the purchaser of the put has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the fund to deliver to it an amount of cash equal to the difference between the closing level of the index and exercise price times the multiplier if the closing level is less than the exercise price.

Options on indices may, depending on the circumstances, involve greater risk than options on securities. Because index options are settled in cash, when the fund writes a call on an index it may not be able to provide in advance for its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts . A financial futures contract sale creates an obligation by the seller to deliver the type of Financial Instrument or, in the case of index and similar futures, cash, called for in the contract in a specified delivery month for a stated price. A financial futures contract purchase creates an obligation by the purchaser to take delivery of the asset called for in the contract in a specified delivery month at a stated price. Options on futures give the purchaser the right to assume a position in a futures contract at the specified option exercise price at any time during the period of the option.

Futures strategies can be used to change the duration of the fund’s portfolio. If the subadviser wishes to shorten the duration of the fund’s portfolio, the fund may sell a debt futures contract or a call option thereon, or purchase a put option on that futures contract. If the subadviser wishes to lengthen the duration of the fund’s portfolio, the fund may buy a debt futures contract or a call option thereon, or sell a put option thereon.

Futures contracts may also be used for other purposes, such as to simulate full investment in underlying securities while retaining a cash balance for portfolio management purposes, as a substitute for direct investment in a security, to facilitate trading, to reduce transaction costs, or to seek higher investment returns when a futures contract or option is priced more attractively than the underlying security or index.

No price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Instead, at the inception of a futures contract the fund is required to deposit “initial margin.” Margin must also be deposited when writing a call or put option on a futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange rules. Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility, the fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased generally in the future by regulatory action.

Subsequent “variation margin” payments are made to and from the futures broker daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as “marking-to-market.” Daily variation margin calls could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements. If the fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a disadvantageous time or price.

Although some futures and options on futures call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities, currencies or cash, generally those contracts are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures or options (involving the same index, currency or underlying security and delivery month). If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the fund realizes a gain, or if it is more, the fund realizes a loss. If an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the fund realizes a gain, or if it is less, the fund realizes a loss. The fund will also bear transaction costs for each contract, which will be included in these calculations. Positions in futures and options on futures may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular contract at a particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures contract or options position.

 

21


Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract can vary from the previous day’s settlement price; once that limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. Daily price limits do not limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing liquidation of unfavorable positions.

If the fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or an option on a futures position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market, the imposition of price limits or otherwise, it could incur substantial losses. The fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position. In addition, except in the case of purchased options, the fund would continue to be required to make daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain the position being hedged by the future or option or to maintain cash or securities in a segregated account.

If an index future is used for hedging purposes the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the price of index futures and movements in the price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge increases as the composition of the fund’s portfolio diverges from the securities included in the applicable index. The price of the index futures may move more than or less than the price of the securities being hedged. To compensate for the imperfect correlation of movements in the price of the securities being hedged and movements in the price of the index futures, the fund may buy or sell index futures in a greater dollar amount than the dollar amount of the securities being hedged if the historical volatility of the prices of such securities being hedged is more than the historical volatility of the prices of the securities included in the index. It is also possible that, where the fund has sold index futures contracts to hedge against a decline in the market, the market may advance and the value of the securities held in the fund may decline. If this occurred, the fund would lose money on the futures contract and also experience a decline in value of its portfolio securities.

Where index futures are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the price of securities before the fund is able to invest in them in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline instead. If the subadviser then concludes not to invest in them at that time because of concern as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, the fund will realize a loss on the futures contract that is not offset by a reduction in the price of the securities it had anticipated purchasing.

Futures and options on futures are regulated by the CFTC.

Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars . The fund may enter into swaps, caps, floors and collars to preserve a return or a spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the fund anticipates purchasing at a later date or to attempt to enhance yield or total return. A swap typically involves the exchange by the fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive cash flows, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed-rate payments. The purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the cap. The purchase of a floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the floor. A collar combines elements of a cap and a floor.

Swap agreements, including caps, floors and collars, can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments (such as individual securities, baskets of securities and securities indices) or market factors (such as those listed below). Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the fund’s investments and its share price and yield because, and to the extent, these agreements affect the fund’s exposure to long- or short-term interest rates, non-U.S. currency values, mortgage-backed or other security values, corporate borrowing rates or other factors such as security prices or inflation rates.

Swap agreements will tend to shift the fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.

 

22


If a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

The fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for investment purposes. As the seller in a credit default swap contract, the fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or a non- U.S. corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap which may be significantly larger than the fund’s cost to enter into the credit default swap. The fund may also invest in credit default indices, which are indices that reflect the performance of a basket of credit default swaps, and swaptions on credit default swap indices. (See “Options on Swaps” below.)

The fund may purchase credit default swap contracts in order to hedge against the risk of default of debt securities held in its portfolio, in which case the fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate income in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (or, as applicable, a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk—that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the fund in the event of a default.

The fund may enter into an interest rate swap in an effort to protect against declines in the value of fixed income securities held by the fund. In such an instance, the fund may agree to pay a fixed rate (multiplied by a notional amount) while a counterparty agrees to pay a floating rate (multiplied by the same notional amount). If interest rates rise, resulting in a diminution in the value of the fund’s portfolio, the fund would receive payments under the swap that would offset, in whole or in part, such diminution in value.

The net amount of the excess, if any, of the fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap will be accrued on a daily basis, depending on whether a threshold amount (if any) is exceeded, and an amount of cash or liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value approximately equal to the accrued excess will be set aside as cover, as described below. The fund will also maintain collateral with respect to its total obligations under any swaps that are not entered into on a net basis, and will maintain cover as required by SEC guidelines from time to time with respect to caps and floors written by the fund.

Options on Swaps . An option on a swap agreement, or a “swaption,” is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. In return, the purchaser pays a “premium” to the seller of the contract. The seller of the contract receives the premium and bears the risk of unfavorable changes on the underlying swap. The fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. The fund may also enter into swaptions on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether the fund is hedging its assets or its liabilities. The fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions to the same extent it may make use of standard options on securities or other instruments. The fund may enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its holdings, as a duration management technique, to protect against an increase in the price of securities the fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or for any other purposes, such as for speculation to increase returns. Swaptions are generally subject to the same risks involved in the fund’s use of options.

Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption. When the fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.

 

23


Combined Positions . The fund may purchase and write options in combination with each other, or in combination with other Financial Instruments, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of its overall position. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Cover . Transactions using Financial Instruments may involve obligations which if not covered could be construed as “senior securities.” The fund will comply with SEC guidelines regarding cover for these instruments and will, if the guidelines so require, segregate or set aside on its books cash or liquid assets in the prescribed amount as determined daily. The fund may cover such transactions using other methods permitted under the 1940 Act, orders or releases issued by the SEC thereunder, or no-action letters or other guidance of the SEC staff. Although SEC guidelines on cover are designed to limit the transactions involving Financial Instruments that the fund may be engaged in at any time, the segregation of assets does not reduce the risks to the fund of entering into transactions in Financial Instruments.

Turnover . The fund’s derivatives activities may affect its turnover rate and brokerage commission payments. The exercise of calls or puts written by the fund, and the sale or purchase of futures contracts, may cause it to sell or purchase related investments, thus increasing its turnover rate. Once the fund has received an exercise notice on an option it has written, it cannot effect a closing transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver or receive the underlying securities at the exercise price. The exercise of puts purchased by the fund may also cause the sale of related investments, also increasing turnover; although such exercise is within the fund’s control, holding a protective put might cause it to sell the related investments for reasons that would not exist in the absence of the put. The fund will pay a brokerage commission each time it buys or sells a put or call or purchases or sells a futures contract. Such commissions may be higher than those that would apply to direct purchases or sales.

Forward Commitments and When-Issued Securities

The fund may purchase securities on a “when-issued” or “to be announced” or “forward delivery” basis. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will be received on the “when-issued” securities are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment although settlement, i.e., delivery of and payment for the securities, takes place at a later date. In a “to be announced” transaction, the fund commits to purchase securities for which all specific information is not known at the time of the trade.

Securities purchased on a “when-issued” or “forward delivery” basis are subject to changes in value based upon the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and changes, real or anticipated, in the level of interest rates. The value of these securities experiences appreciation when interest rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise. Purchasing securities on a “when-issued” or “forward delivery” basis can involve a risk that the yields available in the market on the settlement date may actually be higher or lower than those obtained in the transaction itself. At the time the fund enters into a “when issued” or “forward delivery” commitment, the fund will set aside cash or other appropriate liquid securities with a value at least equal to the fund’s obligation under the commitment. The fund’s liquidity and ability to manage its assets might be affected when it sets aside cash or portfolio securities to cover such commitments.

An increase in the percentage of the fund’s assets committed to the purchase of securities on a “when-issued” basis may increase the volatility of its net asset value.

Illiquid Assets

The fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire any security if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in securities and other assets that are illiquid. Illiquid assets are assets that cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which they are being carried on the fund’s books. These assets include, among others, certain securities that are subject to legal

 

24


or contractual restrictions on resale, certain derivative products and any repurchase transactions that do not mature within seven days. The fund may not be able to sell illiquid securities and other assets in its portfolio at a time when the sale would be desirable or at a price the fund deems representative of their value. Disposing of illiquid investments may involve time-consuming negotiation and expenses.

Certain restricted securities can be traded freely among qualified purchasers in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”). The SEC has stated that an investment company’s board of directors, or its investment adviser acting under authority delegated by the board, may determine that a security eligible for trading under this rule is “liquid.” The Board of Trustees (the “Board”) has delegated to the subadviser authority to determine whether particular securities eligible for trading under Rule 144A are and continue to be “liquid.” Investing in these restricted securities could have the effect of increasing the fund’s illiquidity, however, if qualified purchasers become uninterested in buying these securities.

Repurchase Agreements

Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the fund would acquire one or more underlying debt obligations, frequently obligations issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, for a relatively short period (typically overnight, although the term of an agreement may be many months), subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the fund to resell, the obligation at an agreed-upon time and price. The repurchase price is typically greater than the purchase price paid by the fund, thereby determining the fund’s yield. A repurchase agreement is similar to, and may be treated as, a secured loan, where the fund loans cash to the counterparty and the loan is secured by the purchased securities as collateral. All repurchase agreements entered into by the fund are required to be collateralized so that at all times during the term of a repurchase agreement, the value of the underlying securities is at least equal to the amount of the repurchase price. Also, the fund or its custodian is required to have control of the collateral, which the subadviser believes will give the fund a valid, perfected security interest in the collateral.

Repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the other party, including possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities, the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which the fund seeks to assert its right to them, the risk of incurring expenses associated with asserting those rights and the risk of losing all or part of the income from the agreement. If the fund enters into a repurchase agreement involving securities the fund could not purchase directly, and the counterparty defaults, the fund may become the holder of securities that it could not purchase. These repurchase agreements may be subject to greater risks. In addition, these repurchase agreements may be more likely to have a term to maturity of longer than seven days.

Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are considered to be illiquid.

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC, the fund, along with other affiliated entities managed by the manager, may transfer uninvested cash balances into one or more joint accounts for the purpose of entering into repurchase agreements secured by cash and U.S. government securities, subject to certain conditions.

Borrowings

The fund may engage in borrowing transactions as a means of raising cash to satisfy redemption requests, for other temporary or emergency purposes or, to the extent permitted by its investment policies, to raise additional cash to be invested by the subadviser in other securities or instruments in an effort to increase the fund’s investment returns. Reverse repurchase agreements may be considered to be a type of borrowing.

When the fund invests borrowing proceeds in other securities, the fund will be at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of the securities in which the proceeds are invested. Like other leveraging risks, this makes the value of an investment in the fund more volatile and increases the fund’s overall investment exposure. In addition, if the fund’s return on its investment of the borrowing proceeds does not equal or exceed the interest that the fund is obligated to pay under the terms of a borrowing, engaging in these transactions will lower the fund’s return.

 

25


The fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to its borrowing obligations. This could adversely affect the subadviser’s strategy and result in lower fund returns. Interest on any borrowings will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of the fund’s shares.

The fund may borrow on a secured or on an unsecured basis. If the fund enters into a secured borrowing arrangement, a portion of the fund’s assets will be used as collateral. During the term of the borrowing, the fund will remain at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of these assets in addition to any securities purchased with the proceeds of the loan. In addition, the fund may be unable to sell the collateral at a time when it would be advantageous to do so, which could adversely affect the subadviser’s strategy and result in lower fund returns. The fund would also be subject to the risk that the lender may file for bankruptcy, become insolvent, or otherwise default on its obligations to return the collateral to the fund. In the event of a default by the lender, there may be delays, costs and risks of loss involved in the fund’s exercising its rights with respect to the collateral or those rights may be limited by other contractual agreements or obligations or by applicable law.

The 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings, provided that in the event that the fund’s asset coverage falls below 300%, the fund is required to reduce the amount of its borrowings so that it meets the 300% asset coverage threshold within three days (not including Sundays and holidays). Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Although complying with this guideline would have the effect of limiting the amount that the fund may borrow, it does not otherwise mitigate the risks of entering into borrowing transactions.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

The fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements. A reverse repurchase agreement has the characteristics of a secured borrowing by the fund and creates leverage in the fund’s portfolio. In a reverse repurchase transaction, the fund sells a portfolio instrument to another person, such as a financial institution or broker/dealer, in return for cash. At the same time, the fund agrees to repurchase the instrument at an agreed-upon time and at a price that is greater than the amount of cash that the fund received when it sold the instrument, representing the equivalent of an interest payment by the fund for the use of the cash. During the term of the transaction, the fund will continue to receive any principal and interest payments (or the equivalent thereof) on the underlying instruments.

The fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements as a means of raising cash to satisfy redemption requests or for other temporary or emergency purposes. Unless otherwise limited in the Prospectus or this SAI, the fund may also engage in reverse repurchase agreements to the extent permitted by its fundamental investment policies in order to raise additional cash to be invested by the subadviser in other securities or instruments in an effort to increase the fund’s investment returns.

During the term of the transaction, the fund will remain at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of the instruments subject to the reverse repurchase agreement as if it had not entered into the transaction. When the fund reinvests the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement in other securities, the fund will also be at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of the securities in which the proceeds are invested. Like other leveraging risks, this makes the value of an investment in the fund more volatile and increases the fund’s overall investment exposure. In addition, if the fund’s return on its investment of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement does not equal or exceed the implied interest that it is obligated to pay under the reverse repurchase agreement, engaging in the transaction will lower the fund’s return.

When the fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it is subject to the risk that the buyer under the agreement may file for bankruptcy, become insolvent, or otherwise default on its obligations to the fund. In the event of a default by the counterparty, there may be delays, costs and risks of loss involved in the fund’s exercising its rights under the agreement, or those rights may be limited by other contractual agreements or obligations or by applicable law.

 

26


In addition, the fund may be unable to sell the instruments subject to the reverse repurchase agreement at a time when it would be advantageous to do so, or may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to its obligations under a reverse repurchase agreement. This could adversely affect the subadviser’s strategy and result in lower fund returns. At the time the fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, the fund is required to set aside cash or other appropriate liquid securities in the amount of the fund’s obligation under the reverse repurchase agreement or take certain other actions in accordance with SEC guidelines, which may affect the fund’s liquidity and ability to manage its assets. Although complying with SEC guidelines would have the effect of limiting the amount of fund assets that may be committed to reverse repurchase agreements and other similar transactions at any time, it does not otherwise mitigate the risks of entering into reverse repurchase agreements.

Subordinated Securities

The fund may invest in securities which are subordinated or “junior” to more senior securities of the issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated or junior securities. Such securities may include so-called “high yield” or “junk” bonds ( i.e. , bonds that are rated below investment grade by a rating agency or that are determined by the subadviser to be of equivalent quality) and preferred stock. Under the terms of subordinated securities, payments that would otherwise be made to their holders may be required to be made to the holders of more senior securities, and/or the subordinated or junior securities may have junior liens, if they have any rights at all, in any collateral (meaning proceeds of the collateral are required to be paid first to the holders of more senior securities). As a result, subordinated or junior securities will be disproportionately adversely affected by a default or even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer.

Europe—Recent Events

A number of countries in Europe have experienced severe economic and financial difficulties. Many non-governmental issuers, and even certain governments, have defaulted on, or been forced to restructure, their debts; many other issuers have faced difficulties obtaining credit or refinancing existing obligations; financial institutions have in many cases required government or central bank support, have needed to raise capital, and/or have been impaired in their ability to extend credit; and financial markets in Europe and elsewhere have experienced extreme volatility and declines in asset values and liquidity. These difficulties may continue, worsen or spread within and without Europe. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not work, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and others of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world. In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro, the common currency of the European Union, and/or withdraw from the European Union. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching. Even though the fund does not generally invest in securities of issuers located in Europe, these events could negatively affect the value and liquidity of the fund’s investments due to the interconnected nature of the global economy and capital markets. The fund may also be susceptible to these events to the extent that the fund invests in municipal obligations with credit support by non-U.S. financial institutions.

Short-Term Trading

Fund transactions will be undertaken principally to accomplish the fund’s investment objective in relation to anticipated movements in the general level of interest rates, but the fund may also engage in short-term trading consistent with its investment objective.

 

27


New Investment Products

New types of derivative instruments, hedging instruments and other securities or instruments are developed and marketed from time to time. Consistent with its investment limitations, the fund expects to invest in those new types of securities and instruments that its subadviser believes may assist the fund in achieving its investment objective.

Alternative Investment Strategies and Temporary Investments

At times the subadviser may judge that conditions in the securities markets make pursuing the fund’s typical investment strategy inconsistent with the best interest of its shareholders. At such times, the subadviser may temporarily use alternative strategies, primarily designed to reduce fluctuations in the value of the fund’s assets. In implementing these defensive strategies, the fund may invest without limit in securities that the subadviser believes present less risk to the fund, including equity securities, debt and fixed income securities, preferred stocks, U.S. government and agency obligations, cash or money market instruments, certificates of deposit, demand and time deposits, bankers’ acceptance or other securities the subadviser considers consistent with such defensive strategies, such as, but not limited to, options, futures, warrants or swaps. During periods in which such strategies are used, the duration of the fund may diverge from the duration range for the fund disclosed in its Prospectus (if applicable). It is impossible to predict when, or for how long, the fund will use these alternative strategies. As a result of using these alternative strategies, the fund may not achieve its investment objective.

Non-Diversified Classification

A diversified fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (b) the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. The fund is currently classified as a non-diversified fund under the 1940 Act. A non-diversified fund can invest a greater portion of its assets in a single issuer or a limited number of issuers than may a diversified fund. In this regard, the fund is subject to greater risk than a diversified fund. Under the 1940 Act, the fund may change its classification from non-diversified to diversified without shareholder approval.

Ratings as Investment Criteria

In general, the ratings of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”) represent the opinions of these agencies as to the quality of securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality and do not evaluate the market value risk of the securities. These ratings will be used by the fund as initial criteria for the selection of portfolio securities, but the fund also will rely upon the independent advice of the subadviser to evaluate potential investments. Among the factors that will be considered are the long-term ability of the issuer to pay principal and interest and general economic trends. Appendix A to this SAI contains further information concerning the rating categories of NRSROs and their significance.

If a security is rated by different agencies and receives different ratings from these agencies, the fund will treat the security as being rated in the highest rating category received from an agency.

If, after purchase, the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates, or if the maturity is extended, the fund’s subadviser will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, the investors in a security held by the fund may become the holders of underlying assets. In that case, the fund may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase at a time when those assets may be difficult to sell or can be sold only at a loss.

 

28


Duration

For the simplest fixed income securities, “duration” indicates the average time at which the security’s cash flows are to be received. For simple fixed income securities with interest payments occurring prior to the payment of principal, duration is always less than maturity. For example, a current coupon “bullet” bond with a maturity of 3.5 years (i.e., a bond that pays interest at regular intervals and that will have a single principal payment of the entire principal amount in 3.5 years) might have a duration of approximately three years. In general, the lower the stated or coupon rate of interest of a fixed income security, the closer its duration will be to its final maturity; conversely, the higher the stated or coupon rate of interest of a fixed income security, the shorter its duration will be compared to its final maturity.

Determining duration becomes more complex when fixed income security features like floating or adjustable coupon payments, optionality (for example, the right of the issuer to prepay or call the security), and structuring (for example, the right of the holders of certain securities to receive priority as to the issuer’s cash flows) are considered. The calculation of “effective duration” attempts to take into account optionality and other complex features. Generally, the longer the effective duration of a security, the greater will be the expected change in the percentage price of the security with respect to a change in the security’s own yield. By way of illustration, a security with an effective duration of 3.5 years might normally be expected to go down in price by 35 basis points if its yield goes up by 10 basis points, while another security with an effective duration of 4.0 years might normally be expected to go down in price by 40 basis points if its yield goes up by 10 basis points.

The assumptions that are made about a security’s features and options when calculating effective duration may prove to be incorrect. For example, many mortgage pass-through securities may have stated final maturities of 30 years, but current prepayment rates, which can vary widely under different economic conditions, may have a large influence on the pass-through security’s response to changes in yield. In these situations, the subadviser may consider other analytical techniques that seek to incorporate the security’s additional features into the determination of its response to changes in its yield.

A security may change in price for a variety of reasons. For example, floating rate securities may have final maturities of ten or more years, but their effective durations will tend to be very short. If there is an adverse credit event, or a perceived change in the issuer’s creditworthiness, these securities could experience a far greater negative price movement than would be predicted by the change in the security’s yield in relation to its effective duration.

As a result, investors should be aware that effective duration is not an exact measurement and may not reliably predict a security’s price sensitivity to changes in yield or interest rates.

Lending of Portfolio Securities

Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, the fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations meeting capital and other credit requirements or other criteria established by the Board. Loans of securities will be secured continuously by collateral in cash, cash equivalents, or U.S. government obligations maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned. Cash collateral received by the fund will be invested in high quality short-term instruments, or in one or more funds maintained by the lending agent for the purpose of investing cash collateral. During the term of the loan, the fund will continue to have investment risk with respect to the security loaned, as well as risk with respect to the investment of the cash collateral. Either party has the right to terminate a loan at any time on customary industry settlement notice (which will not usually exceed three business days). During the existence of a loan, the fund will continue to receive the equivalent of the interest or dividends paid by the issuer on the securities loaned and, with respect to cash collateral, will receive any income generated by the fund’s investment of the collateral (subject to a rebate payable to the borrower and a percentage of the income payable to the lending agent). Where the borrower provides the fund with collateral other than cash, the borrower is also obligated to pay the fund a fee for use of the borrowed securities. The fund does not have the right to vote any

 

29


securities having voting rights during the existence of the loan, but would retain the right to call the loan in anticipation of an important vote to be taken among holders of the securities or of the giving or withholding of their consent on a material matter affecting the investment. As with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. In addition, the fund could suffer loss if the loan terminates and the fund is forced to liquidate investments at a loss in order to return the cash collateral to the buyer. If the subadviser determines to make loans, it is not intended that the value of the securities loaned by the fund would exceed 33 1 /3% of the value of its net assets.

The fund does not currently intend to engage in securities lending, although it may engage in transactions (such as reverse repurchase agreements) which have similar characteristics.

Commodity Exchange Act Regulation

The fund is operated by persons who have claimed an exclusion, granted to operators of registered investment companies like the fund, from registration as a “commodity pool operator” with respect to the fund under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”), and, therefore, are not subject to registration or regulation with respect to the fund under the CEA. As a result, the fund is limited in its ability to trade instruments subject to the CFTC’s jurisdiction, including commodity futures (which include futures on broad-based securities indexes, interest rate futures and currency futures), options on commodity futures, certain swaps or other investments (whether directly or indirectly through investments in other investment vehicles).

Under this exclusion, the fund must satisfy one of the following two trading limitations whenever it enters into a new commodity trading position: (1) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish the fund’s positions in CFTC-regulated instruments may not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the fund’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such investments); or (2) the aggregate net notional value of such instruments, determined at the time the most recent position was established, may not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the fund’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). The fund would not be required to consider its exposure to such instruments if they were held for “bona fide hedging” purposes, as such term is defined in the rules of the CFTC. In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, the fund may not market itself as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the markets for CFTC-regulated instruments.

INVESTMENT POLICIES

The fund has adopted the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies below for the protection of shareholders. Fundamental investment policies of the fund may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund, defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting securities of the fund present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting securities of the fund are present in person or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the voting securities of the fund. The Board may change non-fundamental investment policies at any time.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in the percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction.

The fund’s investment objective is non-fundamental.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s fundamental investment policies are as follows:

(1) The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

30


(2) The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(3) The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(4) The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(5) The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(6) The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(7) Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

(8) Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in investment grade Massachusetts municipal securities or other investments with similar economic characteristics.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. (The fund’s total assets include the amounts being borrowed.) To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings, provided that in the event that the fund’s asset coverage falls below 300%, the fund is required to reduce the amount of its borrowings so that it meets the 300% asset coverage threshold within three days (not including Sundays and holidays). Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowing, and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of a fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, a fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently the fund does not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if the fund does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit the fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in

 

31


fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause the fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to a fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s manager or the subadviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. The fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. A fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of a fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate; however, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

 

32


With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If a fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in exchange traded funds that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. In addition, the term industry will be interpreted to include related group of industries. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries or groups of industries. The fund has been advised by the staff of the SEC that the staff currently views securities issued by a foreign government to be in a single industry for purposes of calculating applicable limits on concentration.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to investments in Massachusetts municipal securities set forth in (8) above, the fund considers any investments in Massachusetts municipal securities that pay interest subject to the AMT as part of the 80% of the fund’s assets that must be invested in Massachusetts municipal securities.

The fund’s fundamental policies are written and will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund has adopted the following non-fundamental investment policies:

The fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire any security if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in securities that are illiquid.

If at any time another registered open-end investment company that is part of the same group of investment companies as the fund invests in the fund in reliance upon the provisions of subparagraph (G) of Section 12(d)(1)

 

33


of the 1940 Act, the fund will not invest in other registered open-end investment companies and registered unit investment trusts in reliance upon the provisions of subparagraphs (G) or (F) of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act.

Portfolio Turnover

For reporting purposes, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the fund’s investment portfolio (other than short-term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year.

In the event that portfolio turnover increases, this increase necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the fund. To the extent the portfolio trading results in realization of capital gains, shareholders will receive distributions of such gains in the form of a taxable ordinary or capital gain dividend.

Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the subadviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

For the fiscal years ended November 30, 2012 and November 30, 2013, the fund’s portfolio turnover rates were as follows:

 

2012 (%)

   2013 (%)  

14

     7   

MANAGEMENT

The business and affairs of the fund are conducted by management under the supervision and subject to the direction of its Board. The business address of each Trustee (including each Trustee of the fund who is not an “interested person” of the fund (an “Independent Trustee”)) is c/o Kenneth D. Fuller, Legg Mason, 100 International Drive, 11 th Floor, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Information pertaining to the Trustees and officers of the fund is set forth below.

 

Name and
Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
with Trust

 

Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time Served**

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

  Number of
Funds in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
 

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During Past 5 Years

Independent Trustees#:

Elliott J. Berv

Born 1943

  Trustee   Since 1989   President and Chief Executive Officer, Catalyst (consulting) (since 1984); formerly, Chief Executive Officer, Rocket City Enterprises (media) (2000 to 2005)   54   World Affairs Council (since 2009); Board Member, American Identity Corp. (doing business as Morpheus Technologies) (biometric information management) (since 2001)

 

34


Name and
Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
with Trust

 

Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time Served**

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

  Number of
Funds in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
 

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During Past 5 Years

Jane F. Dasher

Born 1949

  Trustee   Since 1999   Chief Financial Officer, Long Light Capital, LLC, formerly known as Korsant Partners, LLC (a family investment company) (since 1997)   54   None

Mark T. Finn

Born 1943

  Trustee   Since 1989   Adjunct Professor, College of William & Mary (since 2002); Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Owner, Vantage Consulting Group, Inc. (investment management) (since 1988); Principal/Member, Balvan Partners (investment management) (2002 to 2009)   54   None

Stephen Randolph Gross

Born 1947

  Trustee   Since 1986   Chairman Emeritus (since 2011) and formerly, Chairman, HLB Gross Collins, P.C. (accounting and consulting firm) (1974 to 2011); Executive Director of Business Builders Team, LLC (since 2005); Principal, Gross Consulting Group, LLC (since 2011); CEO, Gross Capital Advisors, LLC (since 2011); CEO, Trusted CFO Solutions, LLC (since 2011)   54   None

Richard E. Hanson, Jr.

Born 1941

  Trustee   Since 1985   Retired; formerly, Headmaster, The New Atlanta Jewish Community High School, Atlanta, Georgia (1996 to 2000)   54   None

 

35


Name and
Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
with Trust

 

Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time Served**

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

  Number of
Funds in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
 

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During Past 5 Years

Diana R. Harrington

Born 1940

 

Trustee and

Chair of the Board

 

Since 1992

(Chair of the Board since 2013)

  Babson Distinguished Professor of Finance, Babson College (since 1992)   54   None

Susan M. Heilbron

Born 1945

  Trustee   Since 1994   Retired; formerly, President, Lacey & Heilbron (communications consulting) (1990 to 2002); formerly, General Counsel and Executive Vice President, The Trump Organization (1986 to 1990); formerly, Senior Vice President, New York State Urban Development Corporation (1984 to 1986); formerly, Associate, Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (1980 to 1984) and (1977 to 1979)   54   Formerly, Director, Lincoln Savings Bank, FSB (1991 to 1994); formerly, Director, Trump Shuttle, Inc. (air transportation) (1989 to 1990); formerly, Director, Alexander’s Inc. (department store) (1987 to 1990)

Susan B. Kerley

Born 1951

  Trustee   Since 1992   Investment Consulting Partner, Strategic Management Advisors, LLC (investment consulting) (since 1990)   54   Director and Trustee (since 1990) and formerly, Chairman (2005 to 2012) of various series of MainStay Family of Funds (66 funds); Investment Company Institute (ICI) Board of Governors (since 2006); ICI Executive Committee (since 2011); Chairman of the Independent Directors Council (since 2012)

 

36


Name and
Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
with Trust

 

Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time Served**

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

  Number of
Funds in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
 

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During Past 5 Years

Alan G. Merten

Born 1941

  Trustee   Since 1990   President Emeritus (since 2012) and formerly, President, George Mason University (1996 to 2012)   54  

Director Emeritus (since 2012) and formerly, Director, Cardinal Financial Corporation (2006 to 2012); Trustee, First Potomac Realty Trust (since 2005); Director, DeVry Inc. (educational services) (since 2012); formerly, Director, Xybernaut Corporation (information technology)

(2004 to 2006); formerly, Director, Digital Net Holdings, Inc. (2003 to 2004); formerly, Director, Comshare, Inc. (information technology)

(1985 to 2003)

R. Richardson Pettit

Born 1942

  Trustee   Since 1990  

Retired; formerly, Duncan Professor of Finance, University of Houston

(1977 to 2006); previous academic or management positions include: University of Washington, University of Pennsylvania and Purdue University

  54   None

 

37


Name and
Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
with Trust

 

Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time Served**

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

  Number of
Funds in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
 

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During Past 5 Years

Interested Trustee and Officer:

Kenneth D. Fuller
Born 1958

  Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer   Since 2013   Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”) (since 2013); Officer and/or Trustee/Director of 170 funds associated with Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”) or its affiliates (since 2013); President and Chief Executive Officer of LMPFA (since 2013); President and Chief Executive Officer of LM Asset Services, LLC (“LMAS”) and Legg Mason Fund Asset Management, Inc. (“LMFAM”) (formerly registered investment advisers) (since 2013); formerly, Senior Vice President of LMPFA (2012 to 2013); formerly, Director of Legg Mason & Co. (2012 to 2013); formerly, Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (2009 to 2012); formerly, Vice President – Equity Division of T. Rowe Price Associates (1993 to 2009), as well as Investment Analyst and Portfolio Manager for certain asset allocation accounts (2004 to 2009)   158   None

 

# Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the fund within the meaning of Section 2(a) (19) of the 1940 Act.
* Each Trustee serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.

 

38


** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a board member for a fund in the Legg Mason fund complex.
Mr. Fuller is an “interested person” of the fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with LMPFA and/or certain of its affiliates.

 

Name, Year of Birth
and Address

  

Position(s) with Trust

  

Term of Office*

and Length of

Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Additional Officers:

        

Ted P. Becker

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

49 th Floor

New York, NY 10018

  

Chief

Compliance Officer

   Since 2007    Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA (since 2006); Managing Director of Compliance of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2006)

Susan Kerr

Born 1949

620 Eighth Avenue

49 th Floor

New York, NY 10018

   Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer    Since 2013    Assistant Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. and LMIS (since 2010); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2013) and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of LMIS (since 2012); Senior Compliance Officer of LMIS (since 2011); formerly, AML Consultant, DTCC (2010); formerly, AML Consultant, Rabobank Netherlands, (2009); formerly, First Vice President, Director of Marketing & Advertising Compliance and Manager of Communications Review Group at Citigroup Inc. (1996 to 2008)

Vanessa A. Williams

Born 1979

100 First Stamford Place

6 th Floor

Stamford, CT 06902

   Identity Theft Prevention Officer    Since 2011    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2012); Identity Theft Prevention Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2011); formerly, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (2011 to 2013); formerly, Senior Compliance Officer of Legg Mason & Co. (2008 to 2011); formerly, Compliance Analyst of Legg Mason & Co. (2006 to 2008) and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (prior to 2006)

 

39


Name, Year of Birth
and Address

  

Position(s) with Trust

  

Term of Office*

and Length of

Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Robert I. Frenkel

Born 1954

100 First Stamford Place

6 th Floor

Stamford, CT 06902

   Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    Since 2007    Vice President and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason (since 2006); Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006) and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (since 1994); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2006) and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (prior to 2006)

Thomas C. Mandia

Born 1962

100 First Stamford Place

6 th Floor

Stamford, CT 06902

   Assistant Secretary    Since 2007    Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005) and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (prior to 2005); Secretary of LMPFA (since 2006); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2006) and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (prior to 2006); Secretary of LMAS (since 2002) and LMFAM (since 2013)

Richard F. Sennett

Born 1970

100 International Drive

7 th Floor

Baltimore, MD 21202

   Principal Financial Officer    Since 2011    Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2011 and since 2013); Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. and Senior Manager of the Treasury Policy group for Legg Mason & Co.’s Global Fiduciary Platform (since 2011); formerly, Chief Accountant within the SEC’s Division of Investment Management (2007 to 2011); formerly, Assistant Chief Accountant within the SEC’s Division of Investment Management (2002 to 2007)

 

40


Name, Year of Birth
and Address

  

Position(s) with Trust

  

Term of Office*

and Length of

Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

James Crowley

Born 1966

620 Eighth Avenue

49 th Floor

New York, NY 10018

   Treasurer    Since 2011    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2010); Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2011); formerly, Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (prior to 2011); formerly, Controller of Security Fair Valuation and Project Management for Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (prior to 2010)

Jeanne M. Kelly

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

49 th Floor

New York, NY 10018

  

Senior

Vice President

   Since 2007    Senior Vice President of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2007); Senior Vice President of LMPFA (since 2006) and LMFAM (since 2013); Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005) and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (prior to 2005)

 

* Each officer serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took such office.

Each of the Trustees, except for Mr. Fuller, previously served as a trustee or director of certain predecessor funds in the Legg Mason-sponsored fund complex, and each Trustee, except for Mr. Fuller, was thus initially selected by the board of the predecessor funds. In connection with a restructuring of the fund complex completed in 2007, the Board was established to oversee mutual funds in the fund complex that invest primarily in fixed income securities, including the fund, with a view to ensuring continuity of representation by board members of predecessor funds on the Board and in order to establish a Board with experience in and focused on overseeing fixed income mutual funds, which experience would be further developed and enhanced over time.

In connection with the restructuring, the Independent Trustees were selected to join the Board based upon the following as to each Board Member: his or her contribution as a board member of predecessor funds; such person’s character and integrity; such person’s willingness to serve and willingness and ability to commit the time necessary to perform the duties of a Trustee; the fact that such person’s service would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust; and his or her status as not being an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act. Mr. Fuller was selected to join the Board based upon the following: character and integrity; willingness to serve and willingness and ability to commit the time necessary to perform the duties of a Trustee; the fact that service as a Trustee would be consistent with requirements of the Trust’s retirement policies, and his status as a representative of Legg Mason.

The Board believes that each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees lead to the conclusion that the Board possesses the requisite skills and attributes. The Board believes that the Trustees’ ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the manager, subadviser, other service providers, counsel and independent auditors, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties, support this conclusion. The Board has also considered the contributions that each Trustee can make to the Board and the fund, as well as the perspectives gained from the Independent Trustees’ service on the board

 

41


of the predecessor funds. In addition, the following specific experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills apply as to each Trustee: Mr. Berv, experience as a chief executive officer and board member of various businesses and organizations and organizational consulting experience; Ms. Dasher, experience as a chief financial officer of a private investment company; Mr. Finn, investment management experience as an executive, consultant and portfolio manager; Mr. Gross, accounting background and experience as an officer and board member of various organizations; Mr. Hanson, experience in academic leadership; Dr. Harrington, background in investment and finance; Ms. Heilbron, legal background and experience, business and consulting experience and experience as a board member of public companies; Ms. Kerley, investment consulting experience and background and mutual fund board experience; Dr. Merten, academic leadership experience, background in investments and finance, and board experience; Dr. Pettit, economic and finance background and academic management experience; and Mr. Fuller, investment management and risk oversight experience as an executive and portfolio manager and leadership roles within Legg Mason and affiliated entities and another investment advisory firm. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees are pursuant to requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.

The Board is responsible for overseeing the management and operations of the fund. Mr. Fuller is an interested person of the fund. Independent Trustees constitute more than 75% of the Board. Dr. Harrington serves as Chair of the Board.

The Board has three standing committees: the Audit Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee (referred to as the Governance Committee), and Investment and Performance Committee (referred to as the Performance Committee). Each of the Audit, Governance and Performance Committees is chaired by an Independent Trustee and composed of all of the Independent Trustees. Where deemed appropriate, the Board constitutes ad hoc committees.

The Chair of the Board and the chairs of the Audit, Governance and Performance Committees work with the Chief Executive Officer of the Trust to set the agendas for Board and committee meetings. The Chair of the Board also serves as a key point person for dealings between management and the other Independent Trustees. As noted below, through the committees the Independent Trustees consider and address important matters involving the fund, including those presenting conflicts or potential conflicts of interest for management. The Independent Trustees also regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. The Board has determined that its committees help ensure that the fund has effective and independent governance and oversight. The Board also has determined that its leadership structure, in which the Chair of the Board is not affiliated with Legg Mason, is appropriate. The Board also believes that its leadership structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Trustees from management, including the subadviser.

The Audit Committee oversees, among other things, the scope of the fund’s audit, the fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and the internal controls over financial accounting and reporting. The primary purposes of the Board’s Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the fund, and the qualifications and independence of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the fund’s operations and financial reporting.

 

42


The Governance Committee is the forum for consideration of a number of issues required to be considered separately by independent trustees of mutual funds, including, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee also considers issues that the Independent Trustees believe it is advisable for them to consider separately. When addressing vacancies, the Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems appropriate, a professional search firm. The committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

 

   

whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

 

   

whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the investment adviser, service providers or their affiliates;

 

   

whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

 

   

the contribution which the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the committee may consider relevant;

 

   

whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

 

   

the character and integrity of the person; and

 

   

whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Performance Committee is charged with, among other things, reviewing investment performance. The Performance Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of the fund’s investment management and subadvisory arrangements.

As an integral part of its responsibility for oversight of the fund in the interests of shareholders, the Board oversees risk management of the fund’s investment programs and business affairs. The Board has emphasized to the fund’s manager and subadviser the importance of maintaining vigorous risk management. The manager and the subadviser also have their own independent interest in risk management and in maintaining risk management programs. Oversight of the risk management process is part of the Board’s general oversight of the fund and its service providers. The Board exercises oversight of the risk management process primarily through the Performance Committee and the Audit Committee, and through oversight by the Board itself.

The fund faces a number of risks, such as investment risk, counterparty risk, valuation risk, reputational risk, risk of operational failure or lack of business continuity, and legal, compliance and regulatory risk. Risk management seeks to identify and address risks, i.e., events or circumstances that could have material adverse

 

43


effects on the business, operations, shareholder services, investment performance or reputation of the fund. Under the overall oversight of the Board or the applicable committee, the fund, or the manager, the fund’s subadviser, and the affiliates of the manager and the subadviser, or other service providers to the fund employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various of those possible events or circumstances, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur.

Different processes, procedures and controls are employed with respect to different types of risks. Various personnel, including the fund’s and the manager’s CCO and the manager’s chief risk officer, as well as various personnel of the subadviser and other service providers such as the fund’s independent accountants, also make periodic reports to the Performance Committee or Audit Committee or to the Board, pursuant to the committee’s or Board’s request, with respect to various aspects of risk management, as well as events and circumstances that have arisen and responses thereto.

The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the fund can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the fund’s goals, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the Trustees as to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the Board’s risk management oversight is subject to substantial limitations.

The Board met 4 times during the fund’s fiscal year ended November 30, 2013. Each of the Audit, Governance and Performance Committees met 4 times during the fund’s last fiscal year.

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the fund and other investment companies in the fund complex overseen by the Trustees as of December 31, 2013.

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range
of Equity
Securities in
the Fund ($)
     Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities In
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen
by Trustee ($)
 

Independent Trustees

     

Elliott J. Berv

     None         50,001-100,000   

Jane F. Dasher

     None         Over 100,000   

Mark T. Finn

     None         Over 100,000   

Stephen Randolph Gross

     None         None   

Richard E. Hanson, Jr.

     None         Over 100,000   

Diana R. Harrington

     None         Over 100,000   

Susan M. Heilbron

     None         Over 100,000   

Susan B. Kerley

     None         Over 100,000   

Alan G. Merten

     None         Over 100,000   

R. Richardson Pettit

     None         Over 100,000   

Interested Trustee

     

Kenneth D. Fuller

     None         Over 100,000   

As of December 31, 2013, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the fund’s manager, subadviser or distributor, or of a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund.

Information regarding compensation paid by the fund to its Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all

 

44


out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Fuller, an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

The fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustee fees based upon asset size. Prior to January 1, 2014, the fund paid each of the Trustees who is not a director, officer or employee of the manager or any of its affiliates its pro rata share of: an annual fee of $160,000, plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person and, prior to January 1, 2013, $2,500 for certain telephonic Board and committee meetings in which that Trustee participates. As of January 1, 2014, the fund currently pays each of the Trustees who is not a director, officer or employee of the manager or any of its affiliates its pro rata share of: an annual fee of $180,000, plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person. Effective January 1, 2013, the fund pays each of the Trustees who is not a director, officer or employee of the manager or any of its affiliates its pro rata share of $1,500 for certain telephonic Board and committee meetings in which that Trustee participates. Effective June 1, 2013, the fund pays a pro rata share of $75,000 per year to the Independent Trustee serving as Chair of the Board. Each of the Chairs of the Audit Committee and the Performance Committee, and, as of June 1, 2013, the Governance Committee receives an additional $15,000 per year. Each of the other members of the Performance Committee receives an additional $10,000 per year in connection with the annual consideration of the funds’ advisory, subadvisory and distribution arrangements.

Information regarding compensation paid to the Trustees is shown below:

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the Fund for Fiscal
Year Ended

November 30, 2013($)
     Total Pension  or
Retirement
Benefits Paid
as Part of
Fund Expenses
for Fiscal Year
Ended
November 30,
2013 (2 )  ($)
     Total
Compensation
from the
Fund Complex
Paid
to Trustee for
Calendar
Year Ended
December 31,
2013 ($)
     Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee for
Fiscal Year
Ended

November 30,
2013
 

Independent Trustees:

           

Elliott J. Berv

     167         None         258,750         54   

A. Benton Cocanougher (1)

     162         None         250,000         54   

Jane F. Dasher

     162         None         250,000         54   

Mark T. Finn

     162         None         250,000         54   

Stephen Randolph Gross

     162         None         250,000         54   

Richard E. Hanson

     162         None         250,000         54   

Diana R. Harrington

     192         None         301,250         54   

Susan M. Heilbron

     162         None         250,000         54   

Susan B. Kerley

     167         None         258,750         54   

Alan G. Merten

     172         None         265,000         54   

R. Richardson Pettit

     171         None         265,000         54   

Interested Trustee:

           

R. Jay Gerken ( 3 )

     None         None         None         N/A   

Kenneth D. Fuller (3)

     None         None         None         155   

 

(1)  

Effective December 31, 2013, Dr. Cocanougher retired as a Trustee.

(2)

Pursuant to prior retirement plans, the fund made payments to former trustees for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013 of $362.

( 3)

Mr. Gerken retired as a Trustee effective May 31, 2013, and Mr. Fuller became a Trustee effective June 1, 2013. Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as a Trustee, and Mr. Fuller is not compensated for such services, because of their affiliations with the manager.

 

45


Officers of the fund receive no compensation from the fund, although they may be reimbursed by the fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

As of March 4, 2014, the Trustees and officers of the fund, as a group, owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each class of the fund.

To the knowledge of the fund, as of March 4, 2014, the following shareholders owned or held of record 5% or more, as indicated, of the outstanding shares of the following classes of the fund:

 

Fund/Class

  

Name and Address

   Percent
of Class (%)
 

CLASS A

  

MORGAN STANLEY & CO INC

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS OPERATIONS HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER

PLAZA TWO 2ND FLOOR

JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

     40.86   

CLASS A

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC FBO # 41999970

707 2ND AVE S

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

     11.66   

CLASS A

  

UBS WM USA

0O0 11011 6100

OMNI ACCOUNT M/F

ATTN: DEPARTMENT MANAGER

499 WASHINGTON BLVD FL 9

JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055

     8.81   

CLASS A

  

BNY MELLON INVESTMENT SERVICING (US) INC

FBO PRIMERICA FINANCIAL SERVICES

760 MOORE RD

KING OF PRUSSIA PA 19406-1212

     6.86   

CLASS A

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS STOMERS

ATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION

4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

     6.60   

CLASS A

  

NFS LLC FEBO

PHYLLIS G REDSTONE TTEE PHYLLIS G R EDSTONE FAMILY TRU U/A 12/17/04 FBO PHYLLIS G REDSTONE

500 ATLANTIC AVE UNIT 20H

BOSTON MA 02210-2256

     5.74   

CLASS C

  

MORGAN STANLEY & CO INC

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS OPERATIONS HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER

PLAZA TWO 2ND FLOOR

JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

     31.22   

 

46


Fund/Class

  

Name and Address

   Percent
of Class (%)
 

CLASS C

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

ATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION

4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

     21.24   

CLASS C

  

UBS WM USA

0O0 11011 6100

OMNI ACCOUNT M/F

ATTN: DEPARTMENT MANAGER

499 WASHINGTON BLVD FL 9

JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055

     16.08   

CLASS C

  

LPL FINANCIAL

FBO CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPERATIONS

PO BOX 509046

SAN DIEGO CA 92150-9046

     8.51   

CLASS C

  

FIRST CLEARING, LLC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER

2801 MARKET STREET

ST LOUIS MO 63103-2523

     5.50   

CLASS I

  

MORGAN STANLEY & CO INC

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS OPERATIONS HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER

PLAZA TWO 2ND FLOOR

JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

     41.11   

CLASS I

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS STOMERS

ATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION

4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

     18.89   

CLASS I

  

E*TRADE CLEARING LLC

647-50959-12

PO BOX 484

JERSEY CITY NJ 07303-0484

     11.26   

CLASS I

  

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP

FBO EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUST

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FLOOR

499 WASHINGTON BLVD

JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2010

     9.35   

CLASS I

  

LPL FINANCIAL

FBO CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPERATIONS

PO BOX 509046

SAN DIEGO CA 92150-9046

     6.13   

 

47


INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) serves as investment manager to the fund and provides certain oversight services to the fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”). LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

The manager has agreed, under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision of the fund’s Board, to provide the fund with investment research, advice, management and supervision, furnish a continuous investment program for the fund’s portfolio of securities and other investments consistent with the fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions, and place orders pursuant to its investment determinations. The manager is permitted to enter into contracts with subadvisers or subadministrators, subject to the Board’s approval. The manager has entered into a subadvisory agreement, as described below.

As compensation for services performed, facilities furnished and expenses assumed by the manager, the fund pays the manager a fee computed daily at an annual rate of the fund’s average daily net assets as described below. The manager also performs administrative and management services as reasonably requested by the fund necessary for the operation of the fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with, and monitoring of performance and billings of, the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the fund’s existence; and (v) maintaining the registration or qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement will continue in effect from year to year, provided continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees, with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the manager, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice to the fund, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) by the manager. The Management Agreement is not assignable by the Trust except with the consent of the manager.

The Management Agreement provides that the manager, its affiliates performing services contemplated by the Management Agreement, and the partners, shareholders, directors, officers and employees of the manager and such affiliates, will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law, for any loss arising out of any investment, or for any act or omission in the execution of securities transactions for the fund, but the manager is not protected against any liability to the fund to which the manager would be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Management Agreement.

For its services under the Management Agreement, the manager receives an investment management fee that is calculated daily and payable monthly according to the following schedule:

 

Average Daily Net Assets ($)

   Fee Rate (% of
average daily
net assets) (%)
 

First 500 million

     0.50   

Over 500 million

     0.48   

 

48


The manager may reimburse the fund or waive all or a portion of its management fees.

For the fiscal years below, the fund paid investment management fees to the manager as follows:

 

Fiscal Year Ended

   Gross Management Fees ($)      Management Fees
Waived/Expenses
Reimbursed ($)
     Net Management Fees
(after fee waivers/expense
reimbursements) ($)
 

November 30, 2013

     550,463         115,476         434,987   

November 30, 2012

     579,992         77,723         502,269   

November 30, 2011

     554,258         62,791         491,467   

Subadviser

Western Asset Management Company (“Western Asset” or the “subadviser”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund as subadviser pursuant to a subadvisory agreement (the “Subadvisory Agreement”). Western Asset is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

Under the Subadvisory Agreement, subject to the supervision of the Board and the manager, the subadviser regularly provides investment research, advice, management and supervision; furnishes a continuous investment program consistent with the fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and places orders pursuant to its investment determinations. The subadviser may delegate to companies that the subadviser controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, certain of the subadviser’s duties under the Subadvisory Agreement, subject to the subadviser’s supervision, provided the subadviser will not be relieved of its duties or obligations under the Subadvisory Agreement as a result of any delegation.

The Subadvisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year, provided continuance is specifically approved at least annually with respect to the fund (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser without penalty. The subadviser may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement on not less than 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the manager without penalty. The manager and the subadviser may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. The Subadvisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) by the subadviser. The manager may not assign the Subadvisory Agreement except with the subadviser’s consent.

The Subadvisory Agreement provides that the subadviser, its affiliates performing services contemplated by the Subadvisory Agreement, and the partners, shareholders, directors, officers and employees of the subadviser and such affiliates will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law, or for any loss arising out of any investment, or for any act or omission in the execution of securities transactions for the fund, but the subadviser is not protected against any liability to the fund or the manager to which the subadviser would be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Subadvisory Agreement.

As compensation for its services, the manager pays to the subadviser a fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to the manager by the fund, net of any waivers and expense reimbursements.

Investment Professionals

The following table sets forth additional information with respect to the investment professionals responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of November 30, 2013.

 

49


Other Accounts Managed by Investment Professionals

The table below identifies, for each investment professional, the number of accounts (other than the fund with respect to which information is provided) for which the investment professional has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts. For each category, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts where fees are based on performance are also indicated.

 

Investment Professional

  

Type of Account

   Number of
Accounts
Managed
   Total Assets
Managed ($)
   Number of
Accounts
Managed
for which
Advisory Fee is
Performance-
Based
   Assets Managed
for which
Advisory Fee is
Performance-
Based ($)

Robert E. Amodeo

   Registered investment companies    21    16.1 billion    None    None
   Other pooled investment vehicles    None    None    None    None
   Other accounts    16    3.2 billion    None    None

David T. Fare

   Registered investment companies    16    13.9 billion    None    None
   Other pooled investment vehicles    None    None    None    None
   Other accounts    2    1.3 billion    None    None

Dennis J. McNamara

   Registered investment companies    36    145.8 billion    None    None
   Other pooled investment vehicles    27    10.2 billion    1    266.6 million
   Other accounts    134    47.0 billion    8    1.5 billion

S. Kenneth Leech*

   Registered investment companies    104    189.1 billion    None    None
   Other pooled investment vehicles    248    90.5 billion    9    1.6 million
   Other accounts    710    170.1 billion    58    15.5 billion

 

* On or about March 31, 2014, Mr. Leech joined the portfolio management team of the fund and the portfolio management teams having investment responsibility for other registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts. Information in this table relating to Mr. Leech reflects the assets under management of these additional registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts as of November 30, 2013.

Investment Professional Compensation

With respect to the compensation of the fund’s investment professionals, the subadviser’s compensation system assigns each employee a total compensation range, which is derived from annual market surveys that benchmark each role with its job function and peer universe. This method is designed to reward employees with total compensation reflective of the external market value of their skills, experience and ability to produce desired results. Standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, generous employee benefits and a retirement plan.

 

50


In addition, the subadviser’s employees are eligible for bonuses. These are structured to closely align the interests of employees with those of the subadviser, and are determined by the professional’s job function and pre-tax performance as measured by a formal review process. All bonuses are completely discretionary. The principal factor considered is an investment professional’s investment performance versus appropriate peer groups and benchmarks ( e.g., a securities index and with respect to the fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s Prospectus to which the fund’s average annual total returns are compared or, if none, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s annual report). Performance is reviewed on a 1, 3 and 5 year basis for compensation—with 3 and 5 years having a larger emphasis. The subadviser may also measure an investment professional’s pre-tax investment performance against other benchmarks, as it determines appropriate. Because investment professionals are generally responsible for multiple accounts (including the fund) with similar investment strategies, they are generally compensated on the performance of the aggregate group of similar accounts, rather than a specific account. Other factors that may be considered when making bonus decisions include client service, business development, length of service to the subadviser, management or supervisory responsibilities, contributions to developing business strategy and overall contributions to the subadviser’s business.

Finally, in order to attract and retain top talent, all investment professionals are eligible for additional incentives in recognition of outstanding performance. These are determined based upon the factors described above and include Legg Mason stock options and long-term incentives that vest over a set period of time past the award date.

Conflicts of Interest

The manager, subadviser and investment professionals have interests which conflict with the interests of the fund. There is no guarantee that the policies and procedures adopted by the manager, the subadviser and the fund will be able to identify or mitigate these conflicts of interest.

Some examples of material conflicts of interest include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention . An investment professional who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. An investment professional may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those funds and accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. Such an investment professional may make general determinations across multiple funds, rather than tailoring a unique approach for the fund. The effects of this conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular investment professional have different investment strategies.

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities; Aggregation of Orders . If an investment professional identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit the fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity. Additionally, the subadviser may aggregate transaction orders for multiple accounts for the purpose of execution. Such aggregation may cause the price or brokerage costs to be less favorable to a particular client than if similar transactions were not being executed concurrently for other accounts. In addition, the subadviser’s trade allocation policies may result in the fund’s orders not being fully executed or being delayed in execution.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies . At times, an investment professional may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the investment professional may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts. For example, an

 

51


investment professional may determine that it would be in the interest of another account to sell a security that the fund holds long, potentially resulting in a decrease in the market value of the security held by the fund.

Cross Trades . Investment professionals may manage funds that engage in cross trades, where one of the manager’s funds or accounts sells a particular security to another fund or account managed by the same manager. Cross trades may pose conflicts of interest because of, for example, the possibility that one account sells a security to another account at a higher price than an independent third party would pay or otherwise enters into a transaction that it would not enter into with an independent party, such as the sale of a difficult-to-obtain security.

Selection of Broker/Dealers . Investment professionals may select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide the subadviser with brokerage and research services. These services may be taken into account in the selection of brokers and dealers whether a broker is being selected to effect a trade on an agency basis for a commission or (as is normally the case for the fund) whether a dealer is being selected to effect a trade on a principal basis. This may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees and/or execution at a less favorable price than might have otherwise been available. The services obtained may ultimately be more beneficial to certain of the manager’s funds or accounts than to others (but not necessarily to the funds that pay the increased commission or incur the less favorable execution). A decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could therefore yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts managed.

Variation in Financial and Other Benefits . A conflict of interest arises where the financial or other benefits available to an investment professional differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the amount or structure of the investment manager’s management fee and/or an investment professional’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the investment professional might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance the investment professional’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the investment professional in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the investment professional. An investment professional may, for example, have an incentive to allocate favorable or limited opportunity investments or structure the timing of investments to favor such funds and/or accounts. Also, an investment professional’s or the manager’s or the subadviser’s desire to increase assets under management could influence the investment professional to keep the fund open for new investors without regard to potential benefits of closing the fund to new investors. Additionally, the investment professional might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest or in which the investment manager and/or its affiliates have ownership interests. Conversely, if an investment professional does not personally hold an investment in the fund, the investment professional’s conflicts of interest with respect to the fund may be more acute.

Related Business Opportunities . The investment manager or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, an investment professional may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of funds and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the investment manager and its affiliates.

 

52


Investment Professional Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of equity securities of the fund by each investment professional responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund as of November 30, 2013.

 

Investment Professional

   Dollar Range of
Ownership of
Securities ($)
 

Robert E. Amodeo

     None   

David T. Fare

     None   

Dennis J. McNamara

     None   

S. Kenneth Leech

     None   

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the 12b-1 Plan (as discussed below), the fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things, interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organizational costs of the fund; costs (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to the issuing and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the fund, if any; the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, members of the Board and employees; and litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and the legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s Board members and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to implement an expense limitation and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares. Any such expense limitations and/or reimbursements are described in the fund’s Prospectus. The expense limitations and/or reimbursements do not cover (a) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter spreads) and taxes; (b) extraordinary expenses, such as any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demands related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time; and (c) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of board members or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Some of these arrangements do not cover interest expenses.

These arrangements may be reduced or terminated under certain circumstances.

 

53


In order to implement an expense limitation, the manager will, as necessary, waive management fees or reimburse operating expenses. However, the manager is permitted to recapture amounts waived or reimbursed to the fund during the same fiscal year if the fund’s total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the fund’s expense limitation. In no case will the manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular business day of the fund, in the fund’s total annual operating expenses exceeding such expense limitation or any lower limit then in effect.

Distributor

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, located at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, serves as the sole and exclusive distributor of the fund pursuant to a written agreement (as amended, the “Distribution Agreement”).

Under the Distribution Agreement, the distributor is appointed as principal underwriter and distributor in connection with the offering and sale of shares of the fund. The distributor offers the shares on an agency or “best efforts” basis under which the fund issues only the number of shares actually sold. Shares of the fund are continuously offered by the distributor.

The Distribution Agreement is renewable from year to year with respect to the fund if approved (a) by the Board or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Distribution Agreement is terminable with respect to the fund without penalty by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund, or by the distributor, on not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other party (unless the notice period is waived by mutual consent). The Distribution Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate in the event of its assignment.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act. Dealer reallowances are described in the fund’s Prospectus.

LMPFA, LMIS, their affiliates and their personnel have interests in promoting sales of the Legg Mason Funds, including remuneration, fees and profitability relating to services to and sales of the funds. Employees of LMPFA, LMIS or their affiliates (including wholesalers registered with LMIS) may receive additional compensation related to the sale of individual Legg Mason Funds or categories of Legg Mason Funds. LMPFA, the subadvisers, and their advisory or other personnel may also benefit from increased amounts of assets under management.

Financial intermediaries, including broker/dealers, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets, insurance companies, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund, also may benefit from the sales of shares of the Legg Mason Funds. For example, in connection with such sales, financial intermediaries may receive compensation from the fund (with respect to the fund as a whole or a particular class of shares) and/or from LMPFA, LMIS, and/or their affiliates, as further described below. The structure of these compensation arrangements, as well as the amounts paid under such arrangements, vary and may change from time to time. In addition, new compensation arrangements may be negotiated at any time. The compensation arrangements described in this section are not mutually exclusive, and a single financial intermediary may receive multiple types of compensation.

LMIS has agreements in place with financial intermediaries defining how much each firm will be paid for the sale of a particular mutual fund from sales charges, if any, paid by fund shareholders and from Rule 12b-1 Plan fees paid to LMIS by the fund. These financial intermediaries then pay their employees or associated persons who sell fund shares from the sales charges and/or fees they receive. The financial intermediary, and/or

 

54


its employees or associated persons may receive a payment when a sale is made and will, in most cases, continue to receive ongoing payments while you are invested in the fund. In other cases, LMIS may retain all or a portion of such fees and sales charges.

In addition, LMIS, LMPFA and/or certain of their affiliates may make additional payments (which are often referred to as “revenue sharing” payments) to the financial intermediaries from their past profits and other available sources, including profits from their relationships with the fund. Revenue sharing payments are a form of compensation paid to a financial intermediary in addition to the sales charges paid by fund shareholders or Rule 12b-1 Plan fees paid by the fund. LMPFA, LMIS and/or certain of its affiliates may revise the terms of any existing revenue sharing arrangement, and may enter into additional revenue sharing arrangements with other financial services firms.

Revenue sharing arrangements are intended, among other things, to foster the sale of fund shares and/or to compensate financial services firms for assisting in marketing or promotional activities in connection with the sale of fund shares. In exchange for revenue sharing payments, LMPFA and LMIS generally expect to receive the opportunity for the fund to be sold through the financial intermediaries’ sales forces or to have access to third-party platforms or other marketing programs, including but not limited to mutual fund “supermarket” platforms or other sales programs. To the extent that financial intermediaries receiving revenue sharing payments sell more shares of the fund, LMPFA and LMIS and/or their affiliates benefit from the increase in fund assets as a result of the fees they receive from the fund.

Revenue sharing payments are usually calculated based on a percentage of fund sales and/or fund assets attributable to a particular financial intermediary. Payments may also be based on other criteria or factors such as, for example, a fee per each transaction. Specific payment formulas are negotiated based on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, reputation in the industry, ability to attract and retain assets, target markets, customer relationships and scope and quality of services provided. In addition, LMIS, LMPFA and/or certain of their affiliates may pay flat fees on a one-time or irregular basis for the initial set-up of the fund on a financial intermediary’s systems, participation or attendance at a financial intermediary’s meetings, or for other reasons. In addition, LMIS, LMPFA and/or certain of their affiliates may pay certain education and training costs of financial intermediaries (including, in some cases, travel expenses) to train and educate the personnel of the financial intermediaries. It is likely that financial intermediaries that execute portfolio transactions for the fund will include those firms with which LMPFA, LMIS and/or certain of their affiliates have entered into revenue sharing arrangements.

The fund generally pays the transfer agent for certain recordkeeping and administrative services. In addition, the fund may pay financial intermediaries for certain recordkeeping, administrative, sub-accounting and networking services. These services include maintenance of shareholder accounts by the firms, such as recordkeeping and other activities that otherwise would be performed by a fund’s transfer agent. Administrative fees may be paid to a firm that undertakes, for example, shareholder communications on behalf of the fund. Networking services are services undertaken to support the electronic transmission of shareholder purchase and redemption orders through the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”). These payments are generally based on either (1) a percentage of the average daily net assets of fund shareholders serviced by a financial intermediary or (2) a fixed dollar amount for each account serviced by a financial intermediary. LMIS, LMPFA and/or their affiliates may make all or a portion of these payments.

In addition, the fund reimburses LMIS for NSCC fees that are invoiced to LMIS as the party to the agreement with NSCC for the administrative services provided by NSCC to the fund and its shareholders. These services include transaction processing and settlement through Fund/SERV, electronic networking services to support the transmission of shareholder purchase and redemption orders to and from financial intermediaries, and related recordkeeping provided by NSCC to the fund and its shareholders.

If your fund shares are purchased through a retirement plan, LMIS, LMPFA or certain of their affiliates may also make similar payments to those described in this section to the plan’s recordkeeper or an affiliate.

 

55


Revenue sharing payments, as well as the other types of compensation arrangements described in this section, may provide an incentive for financial intermediaries and their employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to customers and in doing so may create conflicts of interest between the firms’ financial interests and the interests of their customers. Please contact your financial intermediary for details about any payments it (and its employees) may receive from the fund and/or from LMIS, LMPFA and/or their affiliates. You should review your financial intermediary’s disclosure and/or talk to your broker/dealer or financial intermediary to obtain more information on how this compensation may have influenced your broker/dealer’s or financial intermediary’s recommendation of the fund.

Dealer Commissions and Concessions

From time to time, the fund’s distributor or the manager, at its expense, may provide compensation or promotional incentives (“concessions”) to dealers that sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the fund or a managed account strategy of which the fund is part. Such concessions provided by the fund’s distributor or the manager may include financial assistance to dealers in connection with preapproved conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited registered representatives and other employees, payment for travel expenses, including lodging, incurred by registered representatives and other employees for such seminars or training programs, seminars for the public, advertising and sales campaigns regarding one or more funds, and/or other dealer-sponsored events. From time to time, the fund’s distributor or manager may make expense reimbursements for special training of a dealer’s registered representatives and other employees in group meetings or to help pay the expenses of sales contests. Other concessions may be offered to the extent not prohibited by state laws or any self-regulatory agency, such as the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

Services and Distribution Plan

The Trust, on behalf of the fund, has adopted a shareholder services and distribution plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the fund may pay monthly fees to LMIS at an annual rate not to exceed 0.15% of the average daily net assets of the fund attributable to Class A shares, not to exceed 0.70% of the average daily net assets of the fund attributable to Class C shares and not to exceed 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the fund attributable to Class FI shares. The fund will provide the Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made.

Fees under the 12b-1 Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than existing shareholders. The fund also may make payments to the distributor, Service Agents, and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of shares and/or shareholder services; provided, however, that the fees paid to a recipient with respect to a particular class that may be used to cover expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of that class, or that may be used to cover expenses primarily intended for personal service and/or maintenance of shareholder accounts, may not exceed the maximum amounts, if any, as may from time to time be permitted for such services under FINRA Conduct Rule 2830 or any successor rule, in each case as amended or interpreted by FINRA.

Since fees paid under the 12b-1 Plan are not tied directly to expenses, the amount of the fees paid by a class of the fund during any year may be more or less than actual expenses incurred pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan. This type of distribution fee arrangement is characterized by the staff of the SEC as being of the “compensation variety” (in contrast to “reimbursement” arrangements by which a distributor’s payments are directly linked to its expenses). Thus, even if the expenses exceed the fees provided for by the 12b-1 Plan, the fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if expenses incurred are less than the fees paid to the distributor and others, they will realize a profit.

 

56


The 12b-1 Plan recognizes that various service providers to the fund, such as its manager, may make payments for distribution, marketing or sales-related expenses out of their own resources of any kind, including profits or payments received from the fund for other purposes, such as management fees. The 12b-1 Plan provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the fund, the payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan.

Under its terms, the 12b-1 Plan continues in effect for successive annual periods, provided continuance is specifically approved at least annually by vote of the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreements related to it (“Qualified Trustees”). The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase the amount of the service and distribution fees without shareholder approval, and all amendments of the 12b-1 Plan also must be approved by the Trustees, including the Qualified Trustees, in the manner described above. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to a class of the fund at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Qualified Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the class (as defined in the 1940 Act).

The following service and distribution fees were incurred by the fund pursuant to the distribution plan in effect during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013:

 

Class

   Service and Distribution
Fees Incurred ($)
 

Class A

     119,312   

Class C

     142,842   

No information is given for Class FI shares of the fund because no Class FI shares of the fund were outstanding during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013.

For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013, LMIS incurred distribution expenses for advertising, printing and mailing prospectuses, support services and overhead expenses and compensation to Service Agents and third parties as expressed in the following table. The distributor may have made revenue sharing payments in addition to the expenses shown here.

 

     Third Party Fees ($)      Financial
Consultant
Compensation

(Amortized) ($)
     Marketing ($)      Printing ($)      Total
Current
Expenses
($)
 

Class A

     119,312         19         47,099         1,155         167,585   

Class C

     129,187         8,949         20,577         290         159,003   

No information is given for Class FI shares of the fund because no Class FI shares of the fund were outstanding during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013.

Sales Charges

The following expenses were incurred during the periods indicated:

Initial Sales Charges

The aggregate dollar amounts of initial sales charge on Class A shares and the amounts retained by the distributor were as follows:

 

For the fiscal years ended November 30

   Total Commissions ($)      Amounts Retained by
LMIS ($)
 

2013

     85,556         6,245   

2012

     124,063         12,988   

2011

     16,580         11,442   

 

57


Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

The aggregate dollar amounts of contingent deferred sales charges on Class A and Class C shares received and retained by the distributor were as follows:

Class A Shares

 

For the fiscal years ended November 30

   Amounts Retained
by LMIS ($)
 

2013

     0   

2012

     0   

2011

     460   

Class C Shares

 

For the fiscal years ended November 30

   Amounts Retained
by LMIS ($)
 

2013

     5,463   

2012

     1,358   

2011

     14,353   

Custodian and Transfer Agents

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of the fund, receives and delivers all assets for the fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the fund and makes disbursements on behalf of the fund. State Street neither determines the fund’s investment policies nor decides which securities the fund will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as the fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS” or the “transfer agent”), located at 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169, serves as the fund’s transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement with BFDS, BFDS maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, BFDS receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (“BNY” or the “transfer agent”), located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as co-transfer agent with BFDS with respect to shares purchased by clients of certain service providers. Under the co-transfer agency agreement with BNY, BNY maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, BNY receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

Counsel

Bingham McCutchen LLP, located at One Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, serves as counsel to the fund.

 

58


Sullivan & Worcester LLP, located at 1666 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, located at 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154, has been selected to audit and report upon the fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending November 30, 2014.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the fund, the manager, the subadviser and the distributor each has adopted a code of ethics that permits its personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first, must not act upon non-public information, must not take inappropriate advantage of their positions, and are required to fulfill their fiduciary obligations. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes of ethics and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.

Copies of the Codes of Ethics of the fund, the manager, the subadviser and the distributor are on file with the SEC.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager or the subadviser, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager and/or the subadviser, believing that the manager and/or the subadviser should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

The manager delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the fund to the subadviser through its contract with the subadviser. The subadviser will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, the manager does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for the fund. Should the manager become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of the subadviser to provide investment advisory services, the manager will utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of the manager (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at the manager) and the fund, the board of directors of the manager will consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. The manager will maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that the manager votes proxies. The manager will be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadviser and providing them to the fund as required for the fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

The subadviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the fund’s portfolio securities are voted and are attached as Appendix C to this SAI. Information regarding how the fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge: (1) by calling 1- 877-721-1926, (2) on the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

59


PURCHASE OF SHARES

General

See the fund’s Prospectus for a discussion of which classes of shares of the fund are available for purchase and who is eligible to purchase shares of each class.

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors may purchase shares directly from the fund. When purchasing shares of the fund, investors must specify the class of shares being purchased. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly with the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

Class A Shares. Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the net asset value plus an initial sales charge, as described in the fund’s Prospectus.

The distributor and Service Agents may receive a portion of the sales charge as described in the fund’s Prospectus and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund as defined in the 1933 Act. Sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 or more will be made at net asset value without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% on redemptions made within 18 months of purchase. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

There are no minimum investment requirements for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason; (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”); (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries; (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21); and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. The fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time.

Class C Shares. Class C shares are sold at net asset value without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions.”

Class FI and Class I Shares. Class FI and Class I shares are sold at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

The following persons are eligible to purchase Class I shares directly from the fund: (i) current employees of the fund’s manager and its affiliates; (ii) former employees of the fund’s manager and its affiliates with existing accounts; (iii) current and former board members of investment companies managed by affiliates of Legg Mason; (iv) current and former board members of Legg Mason; and (v) the immediate families of such persons. Immediate families are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased board member, and children under the age of 21. For such investors, the minimum initial investment is $1,000 and the minimum for each purchase of additional shares is $50. Current employees may purchase additional Class I shares through a systematic investment plan.

 

60


Under certain circumstances, an investor who purchases fund shares pursuant to a fee-based advisory account program of an eligible financial intermediary as authorized by LMIS may be afforded an opportunity to make a conversion between one or more share classes owned by the investor in the same fund to Class I shares of that fund. Such a conversion in these particular circumstances does not cause the investor to realize taxable gain or loss.

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements for purchases of fund shares, please see the fund’s Prospectus.

Systematic Investment Plan

Shareholders may purchase additional Class A and Class C shares of the fund through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. For information about the Systematic Investment Plan, please see the fund’s Prospectus. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete a pre-authorized transfer may be charged a fee of up to $25 by a Service Agent or the transfer agent. Additional information is available from the fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers. Purchases of Class A shares may be made at NAV without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

 

  (a) sales to (i) current and retired Board Members, (ii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, (iii) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (iv) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

 

  (b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

 

  (c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

 

  (d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the fund (or Class A shares of another fund sold by the distributor that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

 

  (e) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts;

 

  (f) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS; and

 

  (g) purchases by direct retail investment platforms through mutual fund “supermarkets,” where the sponsor links its client’s account (including IRA accounts on such platforms) to a master account in the sponsor’s name.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the initial sales charge.

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of shares of funds sold by the distributor to take advantage of the breakpoints in the Class A sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in

 

61


sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent or the fund if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for a reduced sales charge.

Accumulation Privilege —allows you to combine the current value of shares of the fund with other shares of funds sold by the distributor that are owned by:

 

   

you or

 

   

your spouse and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charges.

If you hold fund shares in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be combined. Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor that were not acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may not be combined. Please contact your Service Agent or the fund for additional information.

Certain trustees and other fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

Letter of Intent —helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of five Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

 

(1) $100,000

   (4) $750,000

(2) $250,000

   (5) $1,000,000

(3) $500,000

  

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the funds sold by the distributor.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a thirteen (13) month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter of Intent will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter of Intent, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter of Intent.

 

62


Eligible Fund Purchases. Generally, any shares of a fund sold by the distributor may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of certain money market funds acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge and sold by the distributor may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

Eligible Accounts. Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases. You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter of Intent. You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must, however, contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, contact the transfer agent, prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then-current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter of Intent and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges. Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares, as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Asset Level Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter of Intent. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with the fund’s Prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of the Letter of Intent. You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, by notifying the transfer agent in writing. The Letter of Intent will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares. Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date your Letter of Intent (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter of Intent) is accepted, will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter of Intent. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter of Intent are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal. If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal, whether because you made insufficient Eligible Fund Purchases, redeemed all of your holdings or cancelled the Letter of Intent before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter of Intent. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, the transfer agent, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

 

63


Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class C shares; and (b) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the NAV at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 18 months of purchase. Class C shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other funds sold by the distributor. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence per month, up to a maximum of 12.00% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined by the Code) of the shareholder; (d) involuntary redemptions; (e) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; and (f) certain redemptions of shares of the fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other funds sold by the distributor may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Determination of Public Offering Price

The fund offers its shares to the public on a continuous basis. The public offering price for each class of shares of the fund is equal to the net asset value (“NAV”) per share at the time of purchase, plus for Class A shares an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. A contingent sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class A and Class C shares.

Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the fund based on the NAV of a share of the fund as of November 30, 2013.

Class A (based on a net asset value of $12.25 and a maximum initial sales charge of 4.25%)…..$12.79

 

64


REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of net asset value is not reasonably practicable or (c) for any other periods as the SEC by order may permit for protection of the fund’s shareholders.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and should be disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption and Exchange Program . The fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least seven days’ prior notice to shareholders.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the fund’s Prospectus. To the extent withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in the fund, there will be a reduction in the value of the shareholder’s investment, and continued withdrawal payments may reduce the shareholder’s investment and ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in the fund. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between funds or, if permitted, between classes of the fund. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at net asset value in additional shares of the fund.

For additional information shareholders should contact their Service Agents. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan should be sent to the transfer agent. Withdrawals may be scheduled on any day of the month; however, if the shareholder does not specify a day, the transfer agent will schedule the withdrawal on the 25th day (or the next business day if the 25th day is a weekend or holiday) of the month.

Legg Mason Institutional Funds Systematic Withdrawal Plan

Certain shareholders of Class FI or Class I shares with an initial NAV of $1,000,000 or more may be eligible to participate in the Legg Mason Institutional Funds Systematic Withdrawal Plan. Receipt of payment of proceeds of redemptions made through the Systematic Withdrawal Plan will be wired through ACH to your checking or savings account—redemptions of fund shares may occur on any business day of the month and the checking or savings account will be credited with the proceeds in approximately two business days. Requests must be made in writing to the fund or a Service Agent to participate in, change or discontinue the Systematic Withdrawal Plan. You may change the monthly amount to be paid to you or terminate the Systematic Withdrawal Plan at any time, without charge or penalty, by notifying the fund or a Service Agent. The fund, its transfer agent and the distributor also reserve the right to modify or terminate the Systematic Withdrawal Plan at any time.

Distributions in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of the fund to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, the fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion

 

65


of a redemption by a distribution in kind of fund securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share price” in the fund’s Prospectus. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur transaction costs when shareholders subsequently sell those securities, and the market price of those securities will be subject to fluctuation until they are sold.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in another fund with different investment objectives when they believe that a shift between funds is an appropriate investment decision. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. The fund’s Prospectus describes the requirements for exchanging shares of the fund.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current net asset value, and the proceeds, net of any applicable sales charge, are immediately invested in shares of the fund being acquired at that fund’s then-current net asset value. The fund reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

The fund is not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to the fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent trading of fund shares” in the fund’s Prospectus.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the fund’s next determined net asset value but the purchase order would be effective only at the net asset value next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent, to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The net asset value per share of each class is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE is normally open for trading every weekday, except in the event of an emergency or for the following holidays (or the days on which they are observed): New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share net asset value of each class may differ. Please see the fund’s Prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the fund in valuing its assets.

 

66


PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Subject to such policies as may be established by the Board from time to time, the subadviser is primarily responsible for the fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the fund’s portfolio transactions with respect to assets allocated to the subadviser.

Pursuant to the Subadvisory Agreement, the subadviser is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) to the fund and/or the other accounts over which the subadviser or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. The subadviser is authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the subadviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the subadviser and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the subadviser in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the fund’s costs, the subadviser does not believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as the fund’s subadviser. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

Research services furnished to the subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for the fund may be used by the subadviser in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the subadviser manages may be used by the subadviser in servicing the fund. Not all of these research services are used by the subadviser in managing any particular account, including the fund.

Debt securities purchased and sold by the fund generally are traded on a net basis ( i.e., without a commission) through dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers, or otherwise involve transactions directly with the issuer of the instrument. This means that a dealer makes a market for securities by offering to buy at one price and sell at a slightly higher price. The difference between the prices is known as a “spread.” Other portfolio transactions may be executed through brokers acting as agent. The fund will pay a spread or commission in connection with such transactions.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the fund as well as for one or more of the subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for the fund and for the subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security.

 

67


Under the subadviser’s procedures, investment professionals and their trading desks may seek to aggregate (or “bunch”) orders that are placed or received concurrently for more than one fund or account managed by the subadviser. In some cases, this policy may adversely affect the price paid or received by the fund or an account, or the size of the position obtained or liquidated. In other cases, however, the ability of the fund or account to participate in volume transactions will produce better executions for the fund or account. Certain brokers or dealers may be selected because of their ability to handle special executions such as those involving large block trades or broad distributions. Generally, when trades are aggregated, the fund or account within the block will receive the same price and commission. However, random allocations of aggregate transactions may be made to minimize custodial transaction costs. In addition, at the close of the trading day, when reasonable and practicable, the securities of partially filled orders will generally be allocated to each participating fund and account in the proportion that each order bears to the total of all orders (subject to rounding to “round lot” amounts).

For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2013, the fund did not direct any amounts to brokerage transactions related to research services and did not pay any brokerage commissions related to research services.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal years ended November 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the fund paid the following aggregate brokerage commissions for portfolio transactions (including commissions on derivatives transactions):

 

2013 ($)

  

2012 ($)

  

2011 ($)

1,092

   933    143

LMIS is an underwriter of the fund under the 1940 Act. For the fiscal years ended November 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates.

During the fiscal year ended November  30, 2013, the fund held no securities issued by its regular broker/dealers.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The fund’s Board has adopted policies and procedures (the “policy”) developed by the manager with respect to the disclosure of a fund’s portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about the fund’s portfolio securities. The manager believes the policy is in the best interests of each fund and its shareholders and that it strikes an appropriate balance between the desire of investors for information about fund portfolio holdings and the need to protect funds from potentially harmful disclosures.

General rules/Website disclosure

The policy provides that information regarding a fund’s portfolio holdings may be shared at any time with employees of the manager, a fund’s subadviser and other affiliated parties involved in the management, administration or operations of the fund (referred to as fund-affiliated personnel). With respect to non-money market funds, a fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and Legg Mason personnel that are not fund-affiliated personnel (i) upon the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings are not made until 15 calendar days following the end of the period covered by the Form N-Q or Form N-CSR or (ii) no sooner than 15 days after month end, provided that such information has been made available through public disclosure at least one day previously. Typically, public disclosure is achieved by required filings with the SEC and/or posting the information to Legg Mason’s or the funds’ Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

 

68


The fund currently discloses its complete portfolio holdings 14 calendar days after quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses (click on the name of the fund).

Ongoing arrangements

Under the policy, a fund may release portfolio holdings information on a regular basis to a custodian, sub-custodian, fund accounting agent, proxy voting provider, rating agency or other vendor or service provider for a legitimate business purpose, where the party receiving the information is under a duty of confidentiality, including a duty to prohibit the sharing of non-public information with unauthorized sources and trading upon non-public information. A fund may enter into other ongoing arrangements for the release of portfolio holdings information, but only if such arrangements serve a legitimate business purpose and are with a party who is subject to a confidentiality agreement and restrictions on trading upon non-public information. None of the funds, Legg Mason or any other affiliated party may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about a fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by the fund’s board.

Set forth below is a list, as of December 31, 2013, of those parties with whom the manager, on behalf of each fund, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information in accordance with the policy, as well as the maximum frequency of the release under such arrangements, and the minimum length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The ongoing arrangements may vary for each party, and it is possible that not every party will receive information for each fund. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

 

Recipient

  

Frequency

  

Delay Before Dissemination

Bloomberg AIM

   Daily    None

Bloomberg L.P.

   Daily    None

Bloomberg Portfolio Analysis

   Daily    None

Brown Brothers Harriman

   Daily    None

Charles River

   Daily    None

Emerging Portfolio Fund Research, Inc. (EPFR), an Informa Company

   Monthly    None

eVestment Alliance

   Quarterly    8-10 Days

FactSet

   Daily    None

Institutional Shareholder Services (Proxy Voting Services)

   Daily    None

ITG

   Daily    None

LightPORT InvestCloud

   Daily    None

Middle Office Solutions, LLC

   Daily    None

Morningstar

   Daily    None

NaviSite, Inc.

   Daily    None

State Street Bank and Trust Company (Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)

   Daily    None

SunGard/Protegent (formerly Dataware)

   Daily    None

The Bank of New York Mellon

   Daily    None

The Northern Trust Company

   Daily    None

Thomson

   Semi-annually    None

Thomson Reuters

   Daily    None

 

69


Portfolio holdings information for a fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

 

Recipient

  

Frequency

  

Delay Before Dissemination

Advent

   Daily    None

Broadridge

   Daily    None

Deutsche Bank

   Monthly    6-8 Business Days

DST International plc (DSTi)

   Daily    None

Electra Information Systems

   Daily    None

Fidelity

   Quarterly    5 Business Days

Fitch

   Monthly    6-8 Business Days

Frank Russell

   Monthly    1 Day

Glass Lewis & Co.

   Daily    None

Informa Investment Solutions

   Quarterly    8-10 Days

Interactive Data Corp

   Daily    None

Liberty Hampshire

   Weekly and Month End    None

S&P (Rating Agency)

   Weekly Tuesday Night    1 Business Day

SunTrust

   Weekly and Month End    None

Wilshire Associates Inc.

   Quarterly    10 Business Days

Excluded from the lists of ongoing arrangements set forth above are ongoing arrangements where either (i) the disclosure of portfolio holdings information occurs concurrently with or after the time at which the portfolio holdings information is included in a public filing with the SEC that is required to include the information, or (ii) a fund’s portfolio holdings information is made available no earlier than the day next following the day on which the fund makes the information available on its website, as disclosed in the fund’s prospectus. The approval of the funds’ Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions from the policy.

Release of limited portfolio holdings information

In addition to the ongoing arrangements described above, a fund’s complete or partial list of holdings (including size of positions) may be released to another party on a one-time basis, provided the party receiving the information has executed a non-disclosure and confidentiality agreement and provided that the specific release of information has been approved by the fund’s Chief Compliance Officer or designee as consistent with the policy. By way of illustration and not of limitation, release of non-public information about a fund’s portfolio holdings may be made (i) to a proposed or potential adviser or subadviser or other investment manager asked to provide investment management services to the fund, or (ii) to a third party in connection with a program or similar trade.

In addition, the policy permits the release to investors, potential investors, third parties and Legg Mason personnel that are not fund-affiliated personnel of limited portfolio holdings information in other circumstances, including:

 

  1. A fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

  2. A fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

  3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by an investment professional (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

 

70


  4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction ( i.e ., brokers and custodians).

 

  5. A fund’s sector weightings, yield and duration (for fixed income and money market funds), performance attribution ( e.g ., analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

 

  6. A small number of a fund’s portfolio holdings (including information that the fund no longer holds a particular holding) may be released, but only if the release of the information could not reasonably be seen to interfere with current or future purchase or sales activities of the fund and is not contrary to law.

 

  7. A fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its independent trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Exceptions to the policy

A fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, may, as is deemed appropriate, approve exceptions from the policy. Exceptions are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with the manager’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions from the policy are reported annually to each fund’s board.

Limitations of policy

The funds’ portfolio holdings policy is designed to prevent sharing of portfolio information with third parties that have no legitimate business purpose for accessing the information. The policy may not be effective to limit access to portfolio holdings information in all circumstances, however. For example, the manager or the subadviser may manage accounts other than a fund that have investment objectives and strategies similar to those of the fund. Because these accounts, including a fund, may be similarly managed, portfolio holdings may be similar across the accounts. In that case, an investor in another account managed by the manager or the subadviser may be able to infer the portfolio holdings of the fund from the portfolio holdings in that investor’s account.

TAXES

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal (and, where noted, state and local) income tax considerations affecting the fund and its shareholders. This discussion is very general and, except where noted, does not address investors subject to special rules, such as investors who hold shares in the fund through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account. Current and prospective shareholders are therefore urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Fund and Its Investments

The fund will be treated as a separate taxpayer for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify each year, as a “regulated investment company” or “RIC” under Subchapter M of the Code. To so qualify, the fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains

 

71


from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditionally permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, in the securities (other than the securities of other regulated investment companies) of any two or more issuers that the fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or in the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships.”

The fund’s investments in partnerships, if any, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in the fund being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

As a regulated investment company, the fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” ( i.e. , generally, the taxable income of a RIC other than its net capital gain, plus or minus certain other adjustments), and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate tax rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.

If, for any taxable year, the fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or were to fail to meet the distribution requirement, it would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the fund’s distributions, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for federal income tax purposes to the extent of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. However, such dividends would be eligible, subject to any generally applicable limitations, (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if the fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it would be required to pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. Under certain circumstances, the fund may cure a failure to qualify as a regulated investment company, but in order to do so the fund may incur significant fund-level taxes and may be forced to dispose of certain assets. If the fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the fund would generally be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets upon a disposition of such assets within ten years of qualifying as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the fund to the extent it does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of that year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income that is retained by the fund and subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. The fund anticipates that it will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary to avoid the application of this excise tax, but there can be no assurance that this will be the case.

 

72


The fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies), if any, will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the fund, and defer fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the fund to “mark to market” certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the fund to recognize income prior to the receipt of cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax at the fund level, the fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. The fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon securities, foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the fund as a regulated investment company.

The fund’s investments in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most stock indices, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by the fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” or part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the fund.

In general, gain or loss on a short sale is recognized when the fund closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally considered as capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in the fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by the fund to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules would generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by the fund. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by the fund for more than one year. In general, the fund will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year).

The fund may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a result of (1) mark-to-market rules, constructive sale rules or rules applicable to partnerships or trusts in which the fund invests or to certain options, futures or forward contracts, or “appreciated financial positions,” (2) the inability to obtain cash distributions or other amounts due to currency controls or restrictions on repatriation imposed by a foreign country with respect to the fund’s investments (including through depositary receipts) in issuers in such country or (3) tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount,”

 

73


including zero-coupon or deferred payment bonds and pay-in-kind debt obligations, or to market discount if an election is made with respect to such market discount. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the fund, the fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. The fund might also meet the distribution requirements by borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expenses.

Capital Loss Carryforwards. On November 30, 2013, the unused capital loss carryforwards of the fund were approximately $3,162,281.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, unused capital loss carryforwards that arose in tax years that began on or before December 22, 2010 (“Pre-2011 Losses”) are available to be applied against future capital gains, if any, realized by the fund prior to the expiration of the carryforwards. Those carryforwards expire as follows:

 

Amount of Capital Loss Carryforward that Expires ($)

November 30, 2016

 

November 30, 2017

 

November 30, 2018

269,236

  2,027,117   865,928

Net short- and long-term capital losses incurred in taxable years beginning after December 22, 2010 (“Post-2010 Losses”) may be carried forward without limit, and such carryforwards must be fully utilized before the fund will be permitted to utilize any carryforwards of Pre-2011 Losses. As of November 30, 2013, the fund had no unused carryforwards of Post-2010 Losses.

Under certain circumstances, the fund may elect to treat certain losses as though they were incurred on the first day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which they were actually incurred.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Dividends and Distributions. Dividends and other distributions by the fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, if any dividend or distribution is declared by the fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month but is actually paid during the following January, such dividend or distribution will be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

The fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income, and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryforwards). However, if the fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryforwards), it will be subject to a corporate tax on the amount retained. In that event, the fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the income tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in their respective income over their respective income tax credits. Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the fund upon timely filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”).

Exempt-interest dividends paid by the fund are exempt from regular federal income taxes. Other distributions from the fund’s net investment income and net realized short-term capital gains are taxable to a U.S.

 

74


shareholder as ordinary income, whether paid in cash or in shares. Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the fund reports as capital gain dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares, and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the fund.

Dividends and distributions from the fund other than exempt-interest dividends will generally be taken into account in determining a shareholder’s “net investment income” for purposes of the Medicare contribution tax applicable to certain individuals, estates and trusts.

The fund does not anticipate that any of its dividends paid will qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. The fund also does not expect any distributions to be treated as “qualified dividend income,” which is taxable to noncorporate shareholders at reduced rates.

Distributions in excess of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s basis in his or her shares of the fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his or her shares of the fund as capital assets). Each shareholder who receives distributions in the form of additional shares will be treated for U.S. income tax purposes as if receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholder would have received if he or she had instead elected to receive cash distributions. The shareholder’s tax basis in the shares so received will be equal to such amount.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them.

Because the fund will distribute exempt-interest dividends, interest on indebtedness incurred by shareholders, directly or indirectly, to purchase or carry shares is not deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investors receiving social security or railroad retirement benefits should be aware that exempt-interest dividends received from the fund may, under certain circumstances, cause a portion of such benefits to be subject to federal income tax. Furthermore, a portion of any exempt-interest dividend paid by the fund that represents income derived from certain revenue or private activity bonds held by the fund may not retain its tax-exempt status in the hands of a shareholder who is a “substantial user” of a facility financed by such bonds, or a “related person” thereof. Moreover, some or all of the exempt-interest dividends distributed by the fund may be a specific preference item, or a component of an adjustment item, for purposes of the federal individual and corporate alternative minimum taxes.

Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are (i) “substantial users” with respect to a facility or “related” to such users within the meaning of the Code or (ii) subject to a federal alternative minimum tax, the federal “branch profits” tax, or the federal “excess net passive income” tax.

Sales of Shares . Upon the sale or exchange of his or her shares, a shareholder will generally recognize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his or her basis in the shares. A redemption of shares by the fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or fewer will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder (including amounts credited to the shareholder as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares.

 

75


If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires, before February 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year of the disposition, shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain or loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis in the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

If a shareholder’s shares are redeemed to pay a fee because the shareholder’s account balance is less than a certain threshold, the redemption will be treated as a taxable sale or exchange of shares, as described above. The deductibility of that fee by a shareholder that is an individual may be subject to generally applicable limitations on miscellaneous itemized deductions.

Basis Reporting . The fund, or, if you hold your shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent, will report to the IRS the amount of proceeds that a shareholder receives from a redemption or exchange of fund shares. For redemptions or exchanges of shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, the fund will also report the shareholder’s basis in those shares and the character of any gain or loss that the shareholder realizes on the redemption or exchange (i.e., short-term or long-term), and certain related tax information. If a shareholder has a different basis for different shares of the fund in the same account (e.g., if a shareholder purchased fund shares held in the same account when the shares were at different prices), the fund will by default report the basis of the shares redeemed or exchanged using the average basis method, under which the basis per share is the average of the bases of all the shareholder’s fund shares in the account. (For these purposes, shares acquired prior to January 1, 2012 and shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 will be treated as held in separate accounts.)

A shareholder may instruct the fund to use a method other than average basis for an account. If redemptions, including in connection with payment of an account fee, or exchanges have occurred in an account to which the average basis method applied, the basis of the fund shares remaining in the account will continue to reflect the average basis notwithstanding the shareholder’s subsequent election of a different method. For further assistance, shareholders who hold their shares directly with the fund may call the fund at 1-877-721-1926 Monday through Friday between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time). Shareholders who hold shares through a Service Agent should contact the Service Agent for further assistance or for information regarding the Service Agent’s default method for calculating basis and procedures for electing to use an alternative method. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers concerning the tax consequences of applying the average basis method or electing another method of basis calculation, and should consider electing such other method prior to making redemptions or exchanges in their accounts.

Backup Withholding. The fund may be required in certain circumstances to apply backup withholding on dividends (including exempt-interest dividends), distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate shareholders who fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification numbers or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. The backup withholding rate is currently 28%. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liabilities. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that have already been subject to the 30% withholding tax described below under “Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders.”

 

76


Notices. Shareholders will receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of the fund’s taxable year regarding the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the fund to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Generally, shareholders will have to pay state or local taxes on exempt-interest dividends and other fund distributions, although distributions derived from interest on U.S. government obligations (but not distributions of gain from the sale of such obligations) may be exempt from certain state and local taxes.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders

Ordinary dividends and certain other payments made by the fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be determined in accordance with any applicable treaty). In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides an IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

The 30% withholding tax generally will not apply to exempt-interest dividends, to distributions of the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses or to redemption proceeds.

For fund taxable years beginning before January 1, 2014, the 30% withholding tax also will not apply to dividends that the fund reports as (a) interest-related dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the fund’s “qualified net interest income,” or (b) short-term capital gain dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the fund’s “qualified short-term gain.” “Qualified net interest income” is the fund’s net income derived from U.S.-source interest and original issue discount, subject to certain exceptions and limitations. “Qualified short-term gain” generally means the excess of net short-term capital gain of the fund for the taxable year over its net long-term capital loss, if any. In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the fund reports a payment as an interest-related dividend or short-term capital gain dividend. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Under legislation known as “FATCA” (the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act), the fund will be required to withhold 30% of certain ordinary dividends it pays after June 30, 2014, and 30% of the gross proceeds of share redemptions and certain capital gain dividends it pays after December 31, 2016, to shareholders that fail to meet prescribed information reporting or certification requirements. In general, no such withholding will be required with respect to a U.S. person or non-U.S. individual that timely provides the certifications required by the fund or its agent on a valid IRS Form W-9 or W-8, respectively. Shareholders potentially subject to withholding include foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”), such as non-U.S. investment funds, and non-financial foreign entities (“NFFEs”). To avoid withholding under FATCA, an FFI generally must enter into an information sharing agreement with the IRS in which it agrees to report certain identifying information (including name, address, and taxpayer identification number) with respect to its U.S. account holders (which, in the case of an entity shareholder, may include its direct and indirect U.S. owners), and an NFFE generally must identify and provide other required information to the fund or other withholding agent regarding its U.S. owners, if any. Such non-U.S. shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by

 

77


regulations and other guidance. A non-U.S. shareholder resident or doing business in a country that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement with the U.S. to implement FATCA will be exempt from FATCA withholding provided that the shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

The IRS has indicated that an FFI that is subject to the information sharing requirement will need to ensure that it will be identified as FATCA-compliant in sufficient time to allow the fund to refrain from withholding beginning on July 1, 2014. A non-U.S. entity that invests in the fund will need to provide the fund with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding.

Non-U.S. investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding the impact of these requirements on their investment in the fund.

Massachusetts Taxation. Individual shareholders of the fund who are otherwise subject to Massachusetts personal income tax will not be subject to such tax on exempt-interest dividends received from the fund to the extent the dividends are attributable to interest on Massachusetts municipal securities. Also, individual shareholders will not be subject to Massachusetts personal income tax on dividends received from the fund to the extent the dividends are attributable to interest on U.S. government securities.

Other distributions from the fund, including those related to long-term and short-term capital gains, generally will not be exempt from Massachusetts personal income tax; however, distributions of net capital gain may be exempt from Massachusetts personal income tax if the gains from which the distribution is paid are derived from certain Massachusetts municipal securities the gains from which are exempted by statute. Businesses should note that the fund’s distributions derived from Massachusetts municipal securities are not exempt from Massachusetts corporate excise tax.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences (and, where noted, state and local tax consequences) affecting the fund and its shareholders. Current and prospective shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund.

THE TRUST

The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Income Trust (referred to in this section as the “Trust”) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. As of April 16, 2007, the fund was redomiciled as a series of the Trust. Immediately prior to such redomiciliation, the fund was reorganized on April 16, 2007 as a series of Legg Mason Partners Income Funds, a Massachusetts business trust.

The Trust is a Maryland statutory trust. A Maryland statutory trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and shareholders of a statutory trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in a trust’s declaration of trust. Some of the more significant provisions of the Trust’s declaration of trust (the “Declaration”) are described below.

Shareholder Voting

The Declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the Trustees without seeking the consent of

 

78


shareholders. The Trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the Declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the Trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the Trust or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the Trust or any series or class.

The fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but the fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the Declaration. The Declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares he or she owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of record of all series and classes of the Trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the Trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares.

Election and Removal of Trustees

The Declaration provides that the Trustees may establish the number of Trustees and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining Trustees, except when election of Trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The Declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two-thirds of the Trustees and that Trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the Trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. The provisions of the Declaration relating to the election and removal of Trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the Trustees then in office.

Amendments to the Declaration

The Trustees are authorized to amend the Declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the Declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, Trustees, officers or, employees of the Trust or that limits the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided in the Declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance under the Declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares

The fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the Trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the Trustees may determine. The fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the Trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide the fund with identification required by law, or if the fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings

The Declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to the fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and the fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation, or as the Trustees otherwise decide.

Small Accounts

The Declaration provides that the fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by

 

79


the Trustees from time to time. Alternately, the Declaration permits the fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes

The Declaration provides that the Trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The Trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the Trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into shares of another class.

Each share of the fund, as a series of the Trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the Trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability

The Declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the fund and requires the fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. The fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The Declaration further provides that a Trustee acting in his or her capacity of Trustee is not personally liable to any person, other than the Trust or its shareholders, in connection with the affairs of the Trust. Each Trustee is required to perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she believes to be in the best interests of the Trust. All actions and omissions of Trustees are presumed to be in accordance with the foregoing standard of performance, and any person alleging the contrary has the burden of proving that allegation.

The Declaration limits a Trustee’s liability to the Trust or any shareholder to the full extent permitted under current Maryland law by providing that a Trustee is liable to the Trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The Declaration requires the Trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and expenses in connection with any claim or proceeding in which he or she is involved by virtue of having been a Trustee, officer or employee. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The Declaration provides that any Trustee who serves as chair of the Board, a member or chair of a committee of the Board, lead independent Trustee, audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions

The Declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to the fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by no fewer than three unrelated shareholders must be made on the Trustees. The Declaration details information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. The Trustees are not required to consider a demand that is not submitted in accordance

 

80


with the requirements contained in the Declaration. The Declaration also requires that, in order to bring a derivative action, the complaining shareholders must be joined in the action by shareholders owning, at the time of the alleged wrongdoing, at the time of demand, and at the time the action is commenced, shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected funds. The Trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the Trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that a suit should be maintained, then the Trust will commence the suit and the suit will proceed directly and not derivatively. If a majority of the independent Trustees determines that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the fund, the Trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the Trustees not to pursue the requested action was not consistent with the standard of performance required of the Trustees in performing their duties. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trust in connection with the consideration of the demand, if, in the judgment of the independent Trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the Declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The Declaration further provides that the fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The Declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

LEGAL MATTERS

On or about May 30, 2006, John Halebian, a purported shareholder of Western Asset New York Tax Free Money Market Fund (formerly known as Citi SM New York Tax Free Reserves), a series of Legg Mason Partners Money Market Trust, formerly a series of CitiFunds Trust III (the “Subject Trust”), filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the persons who were then the independent trustees of the Subject Trust. The Subject Trust was also named in the complaint as a nominal defendant.

The complaint raised derivative claims on behalf of the Subject Trust and putative class claims against the then independent trustees in connection with the 2005 sale of Citigroup’s asset management business to Legg Mason and the related approval of new investment advisory agreements by the trustees and shareholders. In the derivative claim, the plaintiff alleged that the independent trustees had breached their fiduciary duty to the Subject Trust and its shareholders by failing to negotiate lower fees or to seek competing bids from other qualified investment advisers in connection with Citigroup’s sale to Legg Mason. In the claims brought on behalf of a putative class of shareholders, the plaintiff alleged that the echo voting provisions applicable to the proxy solicitation process violated the 1940 Act and constituted a breach of fiduciary duty. The relief sought included rescission of the advisory agreement and an award of costs and attorney fees.

In advance of filing the complaint, Plaintiff’s lawyers had made written demand for relief on the Board of the Subject Trust, and the Board’s independent trustees formed a demand review committee to investigate those matters raised in the demand, and the expanded set of matters subsequently raised in the complaint. The demand review committee recommended that the action demanded by Plaintiff would not be in the best interests of the Subject Trust. The independent trustees of the Subject Trust considered the committee’s report, adopted the recommendation of the committee, and directed counsel to move to dismiss the complaint.

The Federal district court dismissed the complaint in its entirety in July 2007. In May 2011, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the district court’s dismissal as to the class claims, and remanded the

 

81


remaining claim relating to the demand review committee that had examined the derivative claim to the district court with instructions to convert the motion to dismiss into a motion for summary judgment. In July 2012, the district court granted summary judgment in favor of the defendants. In August 2012, Plaintiff filed an appeal. In November 2013, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit issued a summary order affirming the dismissal of the case in its entirety. On November 26, 2013, Plaintiff filed a petition for panel rehearing and for rehearing en banc with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. On January 13, 2014, the appeals court denied Plaintiff’s petition.

* * *

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with the foregoing matter may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the fund (Statement of Assets and Liabilities, including the Schedule of Investments as of November 30, 2013, Statement of Operations for the year ended November 30, 2013, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for each of the years in the two-year period ended November 30, 2013, Financial Highlights for each of the years in the five-year period ended November 30, 2013, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the fund), are incorporated by reference into this SAI (filed on January 24, 2014; Accession Number 0001193125-14-018954).

 

82


APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and Fitch Ratings represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt obligations. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. As described by the rating agencies, ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuances. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. Global Rating Scales

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. 1 Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments. 2

Moody’s differentiates structured finance ratings from fundamental ratings (i.e., ratings on nonfinancial corporate, financial institution, and public sector entities) on the global long-term scale by adding (sf ) to all structured finance ratings. The (sf ) indicator was introduced on August 11, 2010 and explained in a special comment entitled “Moody’s Structured Finance Rating Scale.” The addition of (sf ) to structured finance ratings should eliminate any presumption that such ratings and fundamental ratings at the same letter grade level will behave the same. The (sf ) indicator for structured finance security ratings indicates that otherwise similarly rated structured finance and fundamental securities may have different risk characteristics. Through its current methodologies, however, Moody’s aspires to achieve broad expected equivalence in structured finance and fundamental rating performance when measured over a long period of time.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Global Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Aaa —Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa —Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A —Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa —Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba —Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B —Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

 

1   For certain structured finance, preferred stock and hybrid securities in which payment default events are either not defined or do not match investors’ expectations for timely payment, the ratings reflect the likelihood of impairment and the expected financial loss in the event of impairment.

 

2   For certain structured finance, preferred stock and hybrid securities in which payment default events are either not defined or do not match investors’ expectations for timely payment, the ratings reflect the likelihood of impairment.

 

A-1


Caa —Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca —Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C —Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note : Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.

** By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Global Short-Term Obligation Ratings:

P-1 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories .

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal Ratings:

US Municipal Short-Term Obligation Ratings:

The Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) scale is used to rate US municipal bond anticipation notes of up to three years maturity. Municipal notes rated on the MIG scale may be secured by either pledged revenues or proceeds of a take-out financing received prior to note maturity. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation, and the issuer’s long-term rating is only one consideration in assigning the MIG rating. MIG ratings are divided into three levels—MIG 1 through MIG 3—while speculative grade short-term obligations are designated SG.

MIG 1 —This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2 —This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3 —This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

 

A-2


SG —This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

US Municipal Demand Obligation Ratings:

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned: a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scale.

The rating transitions on the VMIG scale differ from those on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support generally will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

VMIG 1 —This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2 —This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3 —This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG —This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings are based, in varying degrees, on Standard & Poor’s analysis of the following considerations: (1) likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; (2) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (3) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

AAA An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

 

A-3


BBB An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C Obligations rated “BB”, “B”, “CCC”, “CC”, and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C A “C” rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the “C” rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

D An obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days, irrespective of any grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to “D” upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

NR: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity date of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper.

 

A-4


A-1 A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2 A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3 A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

C A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D A short-term obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions:

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects Standard & Poor’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, Standard & Poor’s analysis will review the following considerations: (1) amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and (2) source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Dual Ratings:

Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or

 

A-5


long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, “AAA/A-1+” or “A-1+/A-1”). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, “SP-1+/A-1+”).

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

Standard & Poor’s uses six qualifiers that limit the scope of a rating. The structure of the transaction can require the use of a qualifier such as a “p” qualifier, which indicates the rating addressed the principal portion of the obligation only. Likewise, the qualifier can indicate a limitation on the type of information used, such as “pi” for public information. A qualifier appears as a suffix and is part of the rating.

Federal deposit insurance limit: “L” qualifier. Ratings qualified with “L” apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

Principal Payment: “p” qualifier. This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The “p” suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The “p” suffix will always be used in conjunction with the “i” suffix, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAApNRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

Interest Payment: “i” qualifier. This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The “i” suffix indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The “i” suffix will always be used in conjunction with the “p” suffix, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAApNRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

Public Information Ratings: “pi” qualifier. Ratings with a “pi” suffix are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a “pi” suffix. Ratings with a “pi” suffix are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

Preliminary Ratings: “prelim” qualifier. Preliminary ratings, with the “prelim” suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating. (1) Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. (2) Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. (3) Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s). (4) Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being

 

A-6


independently established when, in Standard & Poor’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to these entities’ obligations. (5) Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, Standard & Poor’s would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings. (6) A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.

Termination Structures: “t” qualifier. This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Description of Fitch Ratings’ Corporate Finance Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Ratings of individual securities or financial obligations of a corporate issuer address relative vulnerability to default on an ordinal scale. In addition, for financial obligations in corporate finance, a measure of recovery given default on that liability is also included in the rating assessment. This notably applies to covered bonds ratings, which incorporate both an indication of the probability of default and of the recovery given a default of this debt instrument.

The relationship between issuer scale and obligation scale assumes an historical average recovery of between 30%-50% on the senior, unsecured obligations of an issuer. As a result, individual obligations of entities, such as corporations, are assigned ratings higher, lower, or the same as that entity’s issuer rating or IDR. At the lower end of the ratings scale, Fitch Ratings now additionally publishes explicit Recovery Ratings in many cases to complement issuer and obligation ratings.

AAA : Highest credit quality . “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB: Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

B : Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material credit risk is present†.

CCC : Substantial credit risk. “CCC” ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present†.

 

A-7


CC : Very high levels of credit risk. “CC” ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk†.

C : Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. “C” indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk†.

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned “RD” or “D” ratings, but are instead rated in the “B” to “C” rating categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below “CCC”.

The subscript “emr” is appended to a rating to denote embedded market risk which is beyond the scope of the rating. The designation is intended to make clear that the rating solely addresses the counterparty risk of the issuing bank. It is not meant to indicate any limitation in the analysis of the counterparty risk, which in all other respects follows published Fitch criteria for analyzing the issuing financial institution. Fitch does not rate instruments where the principal is to any degree subject to market risk.

Description of Fitch Ratings’ Structured, Project & Public Finance Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Ratings of structured finance, project finance and public finance obligations on the long-term scale, including the financial obligations of sovereigns, consider the obligations’ relative vulnerability to default. These ratings are typically assigned to an individual security or tranche in a transaction and not to an issuer.

AAA : Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB: Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time.

B: Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC : Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.

CC : Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

C : Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. Default appears imminent or inevitable.

 

A-8


D : Default. Indicates a default. Default generally is defined as one of the following: (1) failure to make payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of the rated obligation; (2) the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of the business of an issuer/obligor; or (3) the distressed exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation to avoid a probable payment default.

Structured Finance Defaults : “Imminent” default, categorized under “C”, typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. Alternatively where an issuer has formally announced a distressed debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.

Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation will typically be rated in the “C” category.

Structured Finance Write-downs : Where an instrument has experienced an involuntary and, in the agency’s opinion, irreversible “write-down” of principal (i.e. other than through amortization, and resulting in a loss to the investor), a credit rating of “D” will be assigned to the instrument. Where the agency believes the “write-down” may prove to be temporary (and the loss may be “written up” again in future if and when performance improves), then a credit rating of “C” will typically be as signed. Should the “write-down” then later be reversed, the credit rating will be raised to an appropriate level for that instrument. Should the “write-down” later be deemed as irreversible, the credit rating will be lowered to “D”.

Notes : In the case of structured and project finance, while the ratings do not address the loss severity given default of the rated liability, loss severity assumptions on the underlying assets are nonetheless typically included as part of the analysis. Loss severity assumptions are used to derive pool cash flows available to service the rated liability.

The suffix “sf” denotes the issue that is a structured finance transaction. For an explanation of how Fitch determines structured finance ratings, please see our criteria available at www.Fitchratings.com.

In the case of public finance, the ratings do not address the loss given default of the rated liability, focusing instead on the vulnerability to default of the rated liability.

The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” Long-Term Rating category, or categories below “B”.

Description of Fitch Ratings’ Corporate, Public and Structured Finance Short-Term Obligation Ratings:

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

F1 : Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

 

A-9


B: Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

RD: Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Notes to Fitch Ratings’ Long-Term and Short-Term Obligation Ratings:

Rating Watch: Rating Watches indicate that there is a heightened probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such a change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or affirmed. However, ratings that are not on Rating Watch can be raised or lowered without being placed on Rating Watch first, if circumstances warrant such an action.

A Rating Watch is typically event-driven and, as such, it is generally resolved over a relatively short period. The event driving the Watch may be either anticipated or have already occurred, but in both cases, the exact rating implications remain undetermined. The Watch period is typically used to gather further information and/or subject the information to further analysis. Additionally, a Watch may be used where the rating implications are already clear, but where a triggering event (e.g. shareholder or regulatory approval) exists. The Watch will typically extend to cover the period until the triggering event is resolved or its outcome is predictable with a high enough degree of certainty to permit resolution of the Watch.

Rating Watches can be employed by all analytical groups and are applied to the ratings of individual entities and/or individual instruments. At the lowest categories of speculative grade (“CCC”, “CC” and “C”) the high volatility of credit profiles may imply that almost all ratings should carry a Watch. Watches are nonetheless only applied selectively in these categories, where a committee decides that particular events or threats are best communicated by the addition of the Watch designation.

Rating Outlook: Ratings Outlooks indicate the direction a rating is likely to move over a one- to two-year period. They reflect financial or other trends that have not yet reached the level that would trigger a rating action, but which may do so if such trends continue. The majority of Outlooks are generally Stable, which is consistent with the historical migration experience of ratings over a one- to two-year period. Positive or Negative rating Outlooks do not imply that a rating change is inevitable and, similarly, ratings with Stable Outlooks can be raised or lowered without a prior revision to the Outlook, if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, where the fundamental trend has strong, conflicting elements of both positive and negative, the Rating Outlook may be described as Evolving.

Outlooks are currently applied on the long-term scale to issuer ratings in corporate finance (including sovereigns, industrials, utilities, financial institutions and insurance companies) and public finance outside the U.S.; to issue ratings in public finance in the U.S.; to certain issues in project finance; to Insurer Financial Strength Ratings; to issuer and/or issue ratings in a number of National Rating scales; and to the ratings of structured finance transactions and covered bonds. Outlooks are not applied to ratings assigned on the short-term scale and are applied selectively to ratings in the “CCC”, “CC” and “C” categories. Defaulted ratings typically do not carry an Outlook.

 

A-10


Deciding When to Assign Rating Watch or Outlook

Timing is informative but not critical to the choice of a Watch rather than an Outlook. A discrete event that is largely clear and the terms of which are defined, but which will not happen for more than six months—such as a lengthy regulatory approval process—would nonetheless likely see ratings placed on Watch rather than a revision to the Outlook.

An Outlook revision may, however, be deemed more appropriate where a series of potential event risks has been identified, none of which individually warrants a Watch but which cumulatively indicate heightened probability of a rating change over the following one to two years.

A revision to the Outlook may also be appropriate where a specific event has been identified, but where the conditions and implications of that event are largely unclear and subject to high execution risk over an ex tended period—for example a proposed, but politically controversial, privatization.

Expected Ratings: Where a rating is referred to as “expected”, alternatively referred to as “expects to rate” or suffixed as (“EXP”), this indicates that a full rating has been assigned based upon the agency’s expectations regarding final documentation, typically based upon a review of the final draft documentation provided by the issuer. If such final documentation is received and is as expected, the expected rating will typically be converted to a final rating. Fitch may also employ “expects to rate” language for new issuers (currently unrated) for ratings that are assigned in the course of a restructuring, refinancing or corporate reorganization. The “expects to rate” will reflect and refer to the rating level expected following the conclusion of the proposed operation (debt issuance, restructure, or merger). While expected ratings typically convert to final ratings within a short time, determined by timing of transaction closure, in the period between assignment of an expected rating and a final rating, expected ratings may be raised, lowered or placed on Rating Watch or withdrawn, as with final ratings.

Private Ratings: Fitch Ratings also prepares a limited number of private ratings, for example for entities with no publicly traded debt, or where the rating is required for internal benchmarking or regulatory purposes. These ratings are generally provided directly to the rated entity, which is then responsible for ensuring that any party to whom it discloses the private rating is updated when any change in the rating occurs.

Private ratings undergo the same analysis, committee process and surveillance as published ratings, unless otherwise disclosed as “point-in-time” in nature.

Program Ratings: Program ratings assigned to corporate and public finance note issuance programs (e.g. medium-term note programs) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program.

“Interest-Only” Ratings: Interest-only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

“Principal-Only” Ratings: Principal-only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive its initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

“Rate of Return” Ratings: Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

Matured/Paid-In-Full: a. “Matured”—This action is used when an issue has reached the end of its repayment term and rating coverage is discontinued. Denoted as “NR”. b. “Paid-In-Full”—This action indicates that the issue has been paid in full. As the issue no longer exists, it is therefore no longer rated. Denoted as “PIF”.

A designation of “Not Rated” or “NR” is used to denote securities not rated by Fitch where Fitch has rated some, but not all, securities comprising an issuance capital structure.

 

A-11


Withdrawn: The rating has been withdrawn and the issue or issuer is no longer rated by Fitch Ratings. Indicated in rating databases with the symbol “WD”.

“Unenhanced” Ratings: Unenhanced ratings reflect the underlying creditworthiness of financial instruments absent any credit enhancement that may be provided through bond insurance, financial guarantees, dedicated letters of credit, liquidity facilities, or intercept mechanisms.

In some cases, Fitch may choose to assign an unenhanced rating along with credit rating based on enhancement. The unenhanced rating indicates the creditworthiness of the financial instrument without considering any benefit of such enhancement. Financial obligations may be enhanced by a guarantee instrument provided by a rated third party.

Non-Credit Rating Scales: In addition, Fitch Ratings provides specialist ratings on other topics. Operational risk ratings are assigned to servicers of commercial and residential mortgages and other asset types.

Asset manager ratings opine on the relative operational and financial capabilities of asset managers, trustees and others. Fund Credit and/or Volatility Ratings are assigned to fund’s or local government investment pool’s portfolio. Many of these ratings are offered internationally and in some cases on a national basis applying appropriate ratings modifiers and identifiers.

 

A-12


APPENDIX B

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING

MASSACHUSETTS MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

The following information is a summary of certain factors affecting the credit and financial condition of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (“Massachusetts,” the “Commonwealth” or the “State”). The sources of payment for Massachusetts municipal obligations and the marketability thereof may be affected by financial or other difficulties experienced by Massachusetts and certain of its municipalities and public authorities. This summary does not purport to be a complete description and, with the exception of the last paragraph hereof, is derived solely from information provided by the State in its Information Statement dated January 15, 2014. Any estimates of future results and other projections are statements of opinion made by the State in, and as of the date of, such official statements and are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. The fund has not independently verified, and is not responsible for, the accuracy, completeness or timeliness of this information, and the fund does not undertake any obligation to update such information. Such information is included herein without the express authority of any Massachusetts issuer.

ECONOMIC INFORMATION

Massachusetts is a densely populated state with a well-educated population, comparatively high income levels, and a relatively diversified economy. While the total population of Massachusetts has remained fairly stable in the last 25 years, significant changes have occurred in the age distribution of the population. Dramatic growth in residents between the ages of 20 and 44 since 1980 is expected to lead to a population distributed more heavily in the 65 and over age group in the next 25 years. Just as the working-age population has increased, income levels in Massachusetts since 1980 have grown significantly more than the national average, and a variety of measures of income show that Massachusetts residents have significantly higher amounts of annual income than the national average. These higher levels of income have been accompanied by a consistently lower poverty rate, and with the exception of the recession of the early 1990s and a 17-month stretch between 2006 and 2007, considerably lower unemployment rates in Massachusetts than in the United States since 1980. The State unemployment rate rose to 7.0 percent in June 2013 from the previous month, and the State has typically seen a slower rise in unemployment than the nation as a whole. In 2011, Massachusetts was ranked second in the U.S. according to the American Human Development Index, modeled after the United Nations Human Development Index, which compares health, income and education outcomes.

Personal Income

Real per capita income levels in Massachusetts increased faster than the national average between 1994 and 1997. In 2000, Massachusetts had its highest per capita income growth in 16 years, exceeding the national growth rate by 2.4 percentage points. From 2001 to 2003, real income declined in Massachusetts while staying roughly flat for the nation. However, real income levels in Massachusetts remained well above the national average. In 2006 and 2007, income growth in Massachusetts outpaced the nation. In 2006 and 2007, income in the State grew faster than in the nation and, between 2008 and July 1, 2013, Massachusetts personal income has either declined more slowly, or grown more quickly, than the nation during the recession and its aftermath. In 2009, Massachusetts, New England, and the U.S. experienced the biggest decline in income in over four decades but have increased over the last three years. Only the District of Columbia and Connecticut have had higher levels of per capita personal income.

Massachusetts saw steady growth in average annual pay for most of the past decade, lost ground in 2009, but resumed growth in 2010. Average annual pay is computed by dividing the total annual payroll of employees covered by Unemployment Insurance programs by the average monthly number of employees. Data are reported by employers covered under the Unemployment Insurance programs. Between 2001 and July 1, 2013, average

 

B-1


annual wages in the State grew at an annual rate of 3.2 percent, compared to 3.0 percent for the nation. The level of average annual pay in Massachusetts in 2012 was 23.6 percent higher than the national average: $60,901 compared to $49,289.

Higher income levels in Massachusetts relative to the rest of the United States are offset to some extent by the higher cost of living in Massachusetts. In 2009, the Boston metropolitan area and U.S. experienced their first monthly year-over-year declines in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”) since 1954 and 1955, respectively. The annual CPI-U for Boston and the U.S. rose slightly year-over-year in 2010 and in 2011 rose by 2.7 and 3.2 percent, respectively. As of July 1, 2013, the 2013 U.S. CPI-U had increased 8.6 percent since 2009. Boston’s CPI-U only increased 6.9 percent during that period. The latest available data for May 2013 showed that the CPI-U for the Boston metropolitan area increased at a rate of 1.4 percent over May 2012, while the U.S. index also increased by 1.4 percent over the same period.

Consumer Confidence

The overall “Consumer Confidence” index is a weighted average of the “Present Situation” index, which measures consumers’ appraisal of business and employment conditions at the time of the survey, and the “Future Expectations” index, which focuses on consumers’ expectations for the six months following the time of the survey regarding business and employment conditions, as well as expected family income. Although the U.S. measures are compiled by a different source than the Massachusetts measures, according to the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, the numbers are generally comparable. A score of 100 is considered neutral.

According to The Conference Board, Inc., which publishes the U.S. results, consumer confidence nationally reached a six-year high point of 111.9 in July 2007, followed by an all time low of 25.3 in February 2009. The Massachusetts index has been higher than the U.S. index since sharing lows in January 2009, except for a brief period when they tracked closely together in 2011. The Mass Insight Corporation reported that the Massachusetts index stood at 82 in January 2013 (the most recent month available for comparison to the U.S. index), well above the comparable U.S. value of 59.7.

Poverty

Through 2011, the Massachusetts poverty rate remained well below the national average. Since 1980, the percentage of the Massachusetts poverty universe below the poverty line has varied between 7.7 percent and 12.2 percent. During the same time, the national poverty rate varied between 11.3 percent and 15.1 percent. The estimated poverty rate in Massachusetts remained at 10.6 percent from 2010 to 2011, while the poverty rate in the United States decreased slightly from 15.1 percent in 2010 to 15.0 percent in 2011. These official poverty estimates are based on a sample of households and are not adjusted for regional differences in the cost of living. Poverty estimates for states are not as reliable as national estimates. Not everyone has a poverty status determined; the poverty universe excludes foster children, college students in dormitories, military personnel in barracks, nursing home residents, and other groups of people in institutionalized settings. As of July 1, 2013, poverty data for 2012 was not yet available.

Employment

Employment by Industry . Like many industrial states, Massachusetts has seen a steady decline of its manufacturing jobs base over the last two decades, not only as a share of total employment, but in absolute numbers of jobs as well. Several North American Industry Classification System service sectors, Education and Health Services, Professional and Business Services, and Leisure and Hospitality have grown to take the place of manufacturing in driving the Massachusetts economy and now account for almost half of total payroll employment, while Financial Activities, Government, Information, and Trade, Transportation and Utilities have remained relatively level or declined in share.

 

B-2


After significant declines in 2002 and 2003, total non-agricultural employment in Massachusetts eventually increased by 0.5 percent in 2005 and continued to increase every year through 2008. After a 0.6 percent increase in 2011, employment grew by 2.0 percent in 2012, still 2.0 percent below the 2001 peak. The comparable growth rate for the nation in 2012 was up 1.7 percent from 2011 and up 1.4 percent from 2001. As of July 1, 2013, the latest seasonally adjusted estimate for the State (3.32 million for June 2013) was about 65.4 thousand below the peak month in 2001 (3.38 million in February 2001) and about 15.3 thousand more than the last peak in April 2008 (3.30 million).

After years of moderate but steady declines or near-zero growth in the late nineties and early 2000s, manufacturing employment in the State experienced steep annual declines in 2002 (10.2 percent) and 2003 (7.0 percent) before returning to more moderate declines in 2004 (3.5 percent). After a steep decline of 9.5 percent in 2009, the decline returned to a less dramatic 2.2 percent in 2010, a slight uptick of 0.2 percent in 2011 and another drop of 1.8 percent in 2012. The preliminary seasonally adjusted estimates for June 2013 were lower than the estimates for the same period in 2012 (249.5 thousand compared to 253.5 thousand).

Unemployment Insurance Trust Fund . The unemployment insurance system is a federal-state cooperative program established by the Social Security Act and the Federal Unemployment Tax Act to provide for the payment of benefits to eligible individuals when they become unemployed through no fault of their own. Benefits are paid from the Commonwealth’s Unemployment Insurance Trust Fund, financed through employer contributions. The assets and liabilities of the Commonwealth Unemployment Insurance Trust Fund are not assets and liabilities of the Commonwealth.

As of September 30, 2012, the Massachusetts Unemployment Trust Fund had a balance of $496.7 million. This balance is the sum of the private contributory account balance of $407.8 million and the government contributory account balance of $88.9 million. This compares to an August 2012 balance of $640 million with a private contributory portion of $547 million. The October 2012 Unemployment Insurance Trust Fund report indicated that the private contributory account balance was estimated to be $1.548 billion by the end of 2016 according to the Moody’s-based outlook.

Unemployment . The unemployment rate in Massachusetts was consistently below the national average from mid-1995 through November 2005, with similar patterns of gradual improvement after the mid-2003 peak. The Massachusetts rate exceeded the U.S. rate for fourteen out of seventeen months between January 2006 and May 2007, but only three of those differences exceeded 0.2 percent. Since June 2007, the State rate has been at or below the comparable (seasonally adjusted) U.S. rate. In March 2007 the Massachusetts rate was 4.5 percent, the lowest it had been since October 2001. From October 2009 to June 2010 the rate peaked at 8.7 percent. The latest figure of the Massachusetts June 2013 seasonally adjusted rate was 7.0 percent, which was 0.6 percent below the national rate.

Economic Base and Performance

The Massachusetts economy remains diversified among several industrial and non-industrial sectors. The four largest sectors of the economy (real estate, rental and leasing, manufacturing, professional and technical services and health care and social assistance) contributed 48.4 percent of the Massachusetts Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) in 2012. The real estate, rental and leasing sector returned in 2012 as the largest. When measured in chained 2005 dollars, the change in Massachusetts total GDP was 10.2 percent between 2003 and 2011. Between 2003 and 2011 (the latest data available for subsector data as of July 1, 2013), several industries grew much faster than the State average.

Exports . Massachusetts ranked 18th in the United States in 2012 and first in New England with $25.5 billion in exports. This was a 8.0 percent decrease from the previous year’s export value from the Commonwealth, while national exports increased by 4.5 percent. Total exports from New England also fell by 6.5 percent. Canada was the Commonwealth’s top export destination in 2012 with $3.7 billion in exports.

 

B-3


Federal Spending in Massachusetts . Massachusetts received approximately $64.5 billion in contracts, grants, direct payments, insurance, loans and guarantees, and other spending from the federal government in federal fiscal 2012, as of July 1, 2013, the last complete year of federal spending data. Since 2003, Massachusetts received an average of 2.3 percent of the federal government’s prime award dollars. In fiscal year 2012 Massachusetts received 2.0 percent and $9.1 billion less than its 2.3 percent average.

In federal fiscal year 2012, the majority of federal government spending in Massachusetts was for contracted goods and services. From 2003 to 2012, the majority (47.1 percent) of federal spending in Massachusetts was for direct payments such as Social Security, Unemployment Insurance, Housing Choice Vouchers and Federal Pell Grants.

Federal Contracts . The total dollar value of all federal contracts received by Massachusetts contractors increased an average of 16.4 percent per year from 2000 to 2012, 2.8 percent faster than the 13.6 percent U.S. average.

State Revenues . Taxes collected by all states in fiscal 2012 totaled $794.6 billion, 4.5 percent more than in fiscal 2011. Massachusetts collected $22.8 billion in fiscal 2012, 3.3 percent more than it did in fiscal 2011. Massachusetts’ revenues grew more than any other New England state with the exception of Connecticut that collected 15 percent more. Massachusetts ranked tenth in total taxes collected in 2012, up from eleventh from 2009 to 2011.

In fiscal 2012, Massachusetts collected 52.3 percent of its revenue from individual income tax. Overall, states received 35.3 percent of all revenues from individual income taxes and seven states did not have state income tax in 2012. In fiscal 2012, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts collected 2.9 percent more individual income taxes than it did in fiscal 2011.

State Lottery Proceeds . Massachusetts ranked second in revenue at $4.17 billion, and prize money awarded at $3.2 billion, among the 42 states with lotteries in fiscal 2011.

State Expenditures . Massachusetts ranked 9th in the nation in per capita expenditures, $7,954 in 2011, while it ranked 8th and spent $7,901 in 2010. This represents a 0.7 percent increase in per capita expenditures from 2010 to 2011 with the largest per capita dollar increase in the Public Welfare function.

Electricity Prices, Supply and Capacity by Source. Massachusetts had the seventh highest electric rate in the country in 2010, 14.26 cents per kilowatt hour, while the U.S. average was 9.83. This was a decrease of 7.7 percent for Massachusetts and an increase of 0.1 percent for the U.S. from the previous year. Massachusetts electric utilities generated $8.1 billion in revenue in 2010. This was 3.0 percent less than in 2009, while they sold 5.1 percent more electricity. Massachusetts’s 2013 average combined electric rate, through May 2013, is virtually unchanged at 14.06 cents per kilowatt hour compared to 13.95 for the same period in 2012. The Massachusetts Net Electricity Trade Index, which represents the State’s electricity self-sufficiency, was 0.77 in 2010. This means that Massachusetts imported 23 percent of its electricity supply, 14,030 million kilowatt hours, from out-of-state. In 2010, two-thirds of Massachusetts generating capacity was oil and natural gas based.

Travel and Tourism . The Massachusetts Office of Travel and Tourism (“MOTT”) reported a 24.7% percent decrease in museum and attraction attendance, 1.04 million visitors, through February 2013, compared to the same two months in 2012. For fiscal 2013, the March 2013 year-to-date net room occupancy tax collections totaled $117.3 million, a 7.0% increase from the same period in fiscal 2012.

Transportation and Warehousing . Massachusetts’ major air and seaports are managed by the Massachusetts Port Authority (“Massport”), an independent public authority. Based on total passenger volume in calendar year 2012 data, Logan Airport was the most active airport in New England, remaining the 19th most active in the U.S. according to the Federal Aviation Authority (“FAA”). Massport reported that as of June 2013 year-to-date, total

 

B-4


airport flight operations were down 1.9 percent and total airport passengers were up 1.1 percent from the same period in 2012. According to the FAA, in calendar year 2012, Logan Airport ranked 30th in the nation in total air cargo volume. In 2012, Massport reported that the airport handled 525 million pounds of cargo, a 0.8 percent decrease from 2011. Massport reported that as of June 2013 year-to-date, the combined cargo volume was up 0.3 percent and total express mail was up 1.4 percent from the same period in 2012.

At Massport’s Port of Boston properties, total containerized cargo processed fell by 4.0 percent in 2012 to 155,421 full TEUs (twenty-foot equivalent units) compared to calendar year 2011. It processed 41,120 automobiles which was 10.4 percent more than in calendar year 2011, and 380,054 cruise passengers which was 22.5 percent more than in calendar year 2011.

The Army Corps of Engineers reported Massachusetts total waterborne cargo shipped or received in 2011 decreased by 32.0 percent to 15.4 million short tons from 2010. Waterborne cargo in New England decreased by 14.5 percent while such cargo in the U.S. increased by 1.4 percent.

Institute for Supply Management Purchasing Manager Indexes (PMI) . The June 2013 national index indicated that the manufacturing sector had been expanding since May 2009. The Boston region’s March 2013 index indicated that overall business conditions were contracting since July 2012. For the five years prior to January 2013, the average Boston business confidence, commodity prices, employment, new orders and the supplier deliveries indexes have been greater than 50. All other component indexes have been less than 50.

COMMONWEALTH BUDGET AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT CONTROLS

Operating Fund Structure

The Commonwealth’s operating fund structure satisfies the requirements of State finance law and is in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), as defined by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board (“GASB”). The General Fund and other funds that are appropriated in the annual state budget receive most of the non-bond and non-federal grant revenues of the Commonwealth. These funds are referred to as the “budgeted operating funds” of the Commonwealth. Budgeted operating funds are created and repealed from time to time through the enactment of legislation, and existing funds may become inactive when no appropriations are made from them. Budgeted operating funds do not include the capital projects funds of the Commonwealth, into which the proceeds of Commonwealth bonds are deposited.

Two of the budgeted operating funds account for most of the Commonwealth’s appropriated spending: the General Fund and the Commonwealth Transportation Fund (the “Transportation Fund”) (formerly the Highway Fund), from which approximately 97.2% of the statutory basis budgeted operating fund outflows in fiscal 2013 were made. The remaining approximately 2.8% of statutory operating fund outflows occurred in other operating funds: the Commonwealth Stabilization Fund, the Intragovernmental Service Fund, the Inland Fisheries and Game Fund, the Marine Recreational Fisheries Development Fund and the Massachusetts Tourism Fund. There were also 13 funds which were authorized by law but had no activity: the Collective Bargaining Reserve Fund, the Tax Reduction Fund, the Dam Safety Trust Fund, the International Educational and Foreign Language Grant Program Fund, the Gaming Local Aid Fund, the Education Fund, the Local Aid Stabilization Fund, the Gaming Economic Development Fund, the Manufacturing Fund, the Community College Fund, the Healthcare Payment Reform Fund, the Temporary Holding Fund and the Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment Fund. In fiscal 2013, the Commonwealth Stabilization Fund had both inflows and outflows. At the end of a fiscal year, undesignated balances in the budgeted operating funds, unless excluded by law, are used to calculate the consolidated net surplus. Under State finance law, balances in the Stabilization Fund and the Tax Reduction Fund, both of which may receive consolidated net surplus funds, the Inland Fisheries and Game Fund and the Marine Recreational Fisheries Fund are excluded from the consolidated net surplus calculation.

 

B-5


Overview of Operating Budget Process

Generally, funds for the Commonwealth’s programs and services must be appropriated by the Legislature. The process of preparing a budget begins with the executive branch early in the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the budget will take effect. The legislative budgetary process begins in late January (or, in the case of a newly elected Governor, not later than early March) with the Governor’s budget submission to the Legislature for the fiscal year commencing in the ensuing July. The Massachusetts constitution requires that the Governor recommend to the Legislature a budget which contains a statement of all proposed expenditures of the Commonwealth for the upcoming fiscal year, including those already authorized by law, and of all taxes, revenues, loans and other means by which such expenditures are to be defrayed. State finance law requires the Legislature and the Governor to approve a balanced budget for each fiscal year, and the Governor may approve no supplementary appropriation bills that would result in an unbalanced budget. However, this is a statutory requirement that may be superseded by an appropriation act.

The House Ways and Means Committee considers the Governor’s budget recommendations and, with revisions, proposes a budget to the full House of Representatives. Once approved by the House, the budget is considered by the Senate Ways and Means Committee, which in turn proposes a budget to be considered by the full Senate. In recent years, the legislative budget review process has included joint hearings by the Ways and Means Committees of the Senate and the House. After Senate action, a legislative conference committee develops a joint budget recommendation for consideration by both houses of the Legislature, which upon adoption is sent to the Governor. Under the Massachusetts constitution, the Governor may veto the budget in whole or disapprove or reduce specific line items (line item veto). The Legislature may override the Governor’s veto or specific line-item vetoes by a two-thirds vote of both the House and Senate. The annual budget legislation, as finally enacted, is known as the general appropriations act.

In years in which the general appropriations act is not approved by the Legislature and the Governor before the beginning of the applicable fiscal year, the Legislature and the Governor generally approve a temporary budget under which funds for the Commonwealth’s programs and services are appropriated based upon the level of appropriations from the prior fiscal year budget.

In May 2012, the Executive Office for Administration and Finance published a long-term fiscal policy framework to inform and guide annual budgetary decisions. The framework is intended to promote the achievement of three goals: (i) structural budgetary balance (budgetary spending based on sustainable levels of revenue, excluding fluctuations that occur as a result of economic cycles), (ii) sustainable spending growth (targeted to maintain structural balance throughout a five-year rolling forecast period and evaluated by comparing annual spending growth to projected long-term rates of revenue growth) and (iii) disciplined management of long-term liabilities (to protect intergenerational equity by preventing the costs associated with debt and unfunded retirement benefit obligations from crowding out other government services and investments in the future). The framework does not attempt to assess the proper level of services and investments, but rather how to ensure that any particular level of services is sustainable over time based on existing resources.

State finance law requires the Commonwealth to monitor revenues and expenditures during a fiscal year. For example, the Secretary of Administration and Finance is required to provide quarterly revenue estimates to the Governor and the Legislature, and the Comptroller publishes a quarterly report of planned and actual revenues. Department heads are required to notify the Secretary of Administration and Finance and the House and Senate Committees on Ways and Means of any anticipated decrease in estimated revenues for their departments from the federal government or other sources or if it appears that any appropriation will be insufficient to meet all expenditures required in the fiscal year by any law, rule, regulation or order not subject to the administrative control. The Secretary of Administration and Finance must notify the Governor and the House and Senate Committees on Ways and Means whenever the Secretary determines that revenues will be insufficient to meet authorized expenditures. The Secretary of Administration and Finance is then required to compute projected deficiencies and, under Section 9C of Chapter 29 of the General Laws, the Governor is required to

 

B-6


reduce allotments, to the extent lawfully permitted to do so, or submit proposals to the Legislature to raise additional revenues or to make appropriations from the Stabilization Fund to cover such deficiencies. The Supreme Judicial Court has ruled that, under current law, the Governor’s authority to reduce allotments of appropriated funds extends only to appropriations of funds to state agencies under the Governor’s control.

Cash and Budgetary Controls

The Commonwealth has in place controls designed to ensure that sufficient cash is available to meet the Commonwealth’s obligations that State expenditures are consistent with periodic allotments of annual appropriations and that moneys are expended consistently with statutory and public purposes. Two independently elected Executive Branch officials, the State Treasurer and the State Auditor, conduct the cash management and audit functions, respectively. Regarding periodic allotments, at the beginning of each fiscal year the Executive Office for Administration and Finance schedules the rate at which agencies will have access to funds included in their appropriation through a published periodic allotment calendar. This calendar is reviewed regularly, and depending on the fiscal climate, the Executive Office for Administration and Finance may choose to adjust the allotment schedule in order to tighten spending controls. In some cases agencies may request an ad hoc allotment in order to gain access to funds faster than the existing periodic allotment schedule would allow (e.g., exceptional cases where unique payment concerns must be considered); such requests are carefully reviewed by the Executive Office for Administration and Finance before they are approved. The Comptroller conducts the expenditure control function. The Secretary of Administration and Finance is the Governor’s chief fiscal officer and provides overall coordination of fiscal activities.

Capital Investment Process and Controls

Capital expenditures are primarily financed with debt proceeds and federal grants. Authorization for capital investments requires approval by the Legislature, and the issuance of debt must be approved by a two-thirds vote of each house of the Legislature. Upon such approval to issue debt, the Governor submits a bill to the Legislature, as required by the State constitution, to set the terms and conditions of the borrowing for the authorized debt. The State Treasurer issues authorized debt at the request of the Governor, and the Governor, through the Secretary of Administration and Finance, controls the amount of capital expenditures through the allotment of funds pursuant to such authorizations.

Based on outstanding authorizations, the Executive Office for Administration and Finance, at the direction of the Governor and in conjunction with the cabinet and other officials, establishes a capital investment plan. The plan is an administrative guideline and subject to amendment at any time. The plan assigns authority for secretariats and agencies to spend on capital projects and is reviewed each fiscal year. The primary policy objectives of the plan are to determine and prioritize the Commonwealth’s investment needs, to determine the affordable level of debt that may be issued and the other funding sources available to address these investment needs, and to allocate these limited capital investment resources among the highest priority projects.

The Comptroller has established various funds to account for financial activity related to the acquisition or construction of capital assets. In addition, accounting procedures and financial controls have been instituted to limit agency capital spending to the levels approved by the Governor. All agency capital spending is tracked against the capital investment plan on both a cash and encumbrance accounting basis on the State’s accounting system, and federal reimbursements are budgeted and monitored against anticipated receipts.

Cash Management Practices of State Treasurer

The State Treasurer is responsible for ensuring that all Commonwealth financial obligations are met on a timely basis. The Massachusetts constitution requires that all payments by the Commonwealth (other than debt service) be made pursuant to a warrant approved by the Governor’s Council. The Comptroller prepares certificates which, with the advice and consent of the Governor’s Council and approval of the Governor, become the warrant to the State Treasurer. Once the warrant is approved, the State Treasurer’s office disburses the money.

 

B-7


The Cash Management Division of the State Treasurer’s office utilizes approximately 900 operating accounts to track cash collections and disbursements for the Commonwealth. The Division relies primarily upon electronic receipt and disbursement systems.

The State Treasurer, in conjunction with the Executive Office for Administration and Finance, is required to submit quarterly cash flow projections for the then current fiscal year to the House and Senate Committees on Ways and Means on or before the last day of August, November, February and May. The projections must include estimated sources and uses of cash, together with the assumptions from which such estimates were derived and identification of any cash flow gaps. The State Treasurer’s office, in conjunction with the Executive Office for Administration and Finance, is also required to develop quarterly and annual cash management plans to address any gap identified by the cash flow projections and variance reports. The State Treasurer’s office oversees the issuance of short-term debt to meet cash flow needs, including the issuance of commercial paper and revenue anticipation notes.

Under State finance law, the State Treasurer may invest Commonwealth funds in obligations of the United States Treasury, bonds or notes of various states and municipalities, corporate commercial paper meeting specified ratings criteria, bankers acceptances, certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements secured by United States Treasury obligations, money market funds meeting specified ratings criteria, securities eligible for purchase by a money market fund operated in accordance with Rule 2a-7 of the federal Securities and Exchange Commission or investment agreements meeting specified ratings criteria. Cash that is not needed for immediate funding needs is invested in the Massachusetts Municipal Depository Trust. The State Treasurer serves as trustee of the Trust and has sole authority pertaining to rules, regulations and operations of the Trust. The Trust has two investment options: a money market fund and a short-term bond fund. General operating cash is invested in the money market fund, which is administered in accordance with Rule 2a-7 of the Securities and Exchange Commission and additional policies and investment restrictions adopted by the State Treasurer. The three objectives for the money market fund are safety, liquidity and yield. The money market fund maintains a stable net asset value of one dollar and is marked to market daily. Moneys in the Stabilization Fund, which are not used by the Commonwealth for liquidity, are invested in both the money market fund and the short-term bond fund. The short-term bond fund invests in a diversified portfolio of high-quality investment-grade fixed-income assets that seeks to obtain the highest possible level of current income consistent with preservation of capital and liquidity. The portfolio is required to maintain an average credit rating of A-. The duration of the portfolio is managed to within +/- one half year duration of the benchmark. As of January 15, 2014, the benchmark for the short-term bond fund was the Barclays Capital 1-to-5-year Government/Credit Index, which includes all medium and larger issues of United States government, investment-grade corporate and investment-grade international dollar-denominated bonds.

Audit Practices of State Auditor

The State Auditor is mandated under State law to conduct an audit at least once every three years of the accounts of all departments, offices, commissions, institutions and activities of the Commonwealth. This audit encompasses hundreds of state entities, including the court system and independent authorities. The State Auditor also has the authority to audit federally aided programs and vendors and their subcontractors under contract with the Commonwealth as well as to conduct special audit projects. Further, the State Auditor upon a ratified majority vote by the board of selectmen or school committee, may, in the Auditor’s discretion, audit the accounts, programs, activities and other public functions of a town, district, regional school district, city or county. The State Auditor conducts both compliance and performance audits in accordance with generally accepted government auditing standards issued by the Comptroller General of the United States.

Within the State Auditor’s office is the Division of Local Mandates, which evaluates proposed and actual legislation to determine the financial impact on the Commonwealth’s cities and towns. In accordance with State law, the Commonwealth is required to reimburse cities and towns for any costs incurred through mandated programs established after the passage of Proposition 2   1 / 2 , the statewide tax limitation enacted by the voters in

 

B-8


1980, unless expressly exempted from those provisions, and the State Auditor’s financial analysis is used to establish the amount of reimbursement due to the Commonwealth’s cities and towns. Also within the State Auditor’s office is the Bureau of Special Investigations, which is charged with the responsibility of investigating fraud within public assistance programs.

Stabilization Fund

The Stabilization Fund is established by State finance law as a reserve of surplus revenues to be used for the purposes of covering revenue shortfalls, covering State or local losses of federal funds or for any event which threatens the health, safety or welfare of the people or the fiscal stability of the Commonwealth or any of its political subdivisions. The fund is sometimes referred to as the State’s “rainy day fund,” serving as a source of financial support for the State budget in times of slow or declining revenue growth and as the primary source of protection against having to make drastic cuts in State services in periods of economic downturns.

Required Deposits and Allowable Stabilization Fund Balance . Beginning July 1, 2004, State finance law provided that (i) 0.5% of current year net tax revenues from each fiscal year must be deposited into the Stabilization Fund at fiscal year-end, (ii) 0.5% of current-year net tax revenues must be made available for the next fiscal year and (iii) any remaining amount of the year-end surplus must be transferred to the Stabilization Fund. State finance law was amended in July 2010 to provide that any tax revenue from capital gains that exceeds $1 billion in a fiscal year (adjusted annually, beginning in fiscal 2014, for U.S. gross domestic product growth) is to be deposited into the Stabilization Fund, with 5% of the amount so deposited then transferred to the State Retiree Benefits Trust Fund (“SRBTF”). Legislation approved by the Governor on July 27, 2012 provides that 5% of the amount deposited to the Stabilization Fund from capital gains must be transferred to the Commonwealth’s Pension Liability Fund, in addition to the 5% transferred to the SRBTF. Prior to fiscal 2004, the allowable Stabilization Fund balance at fiscal year-end could not exceed 10% of the total revenues for that year. Between fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2013, the allowable Stabilization Fund balance was 15% of total current-year revenues. If the Stabilization Fund balance exceeds the allowable limit, the excess amounts are to be transferred to the Tax Reduction Fund. State finance law was further amended in July 2013 to eliminate the requirement that at year end, 0.5% of current year net tax revenue must be deposited in the Stabilization fund and that 0.5% of current year net tax revenue must be made available for the next fiscal year. Therefore, effective for fiscal years beginning with fiscal year 2014, the entire year end surplus is required to be transferred to the Stabilization Fund.

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

General Authority to Borrow

Under its constitution, the Commonwealth may borrow money (a) for defense or in anticipation of receipts from taxes or other sources, any such loan to be paid out of the revenue of the year in which the loan is made, or (b) by a two-thirds vote of the members of each house of the Legislature present and voting thereon. The constitution further provides that borrowed money shall not be expended for any other purpose than that for which it was borrowed or for the reduction or discharge of the principal of the loan. In addition, the Commonwealth may give, loan or pledge its credit by a two-thirds vote of the members of each house of the Legislature present and voting thereon, but such credit may not in any manner be given or loaned to or in aid of any individual, or of any private association, or of any corporation which is privately owned or managed.

The Commonwealth has waived its sovereign immunity and consented to be sued on contractual obligations, which include bonds and notes issued by it and all claims with respect thereto. However, the property of the Commonwealth is not subject to attachment or levy to pay a judgment, and the satisfaction of any judgment generally requires legislative appropriation. Enforcement of a claim for payment of principal of or interest on bonds and notes of the Commonwealth may also be subject to the provisions of federal or Commonwealth statutes, if any, hereafter enacted extending the time for payment or imposing other constraints upon enforcement, insofar as the same may be constitutionally applied. The United States Bankruptcy Code is not applicable to states.

 

B-9


Commonwealth Debt . The State Treasurer is statutorily responsible for the borrowing needs of the Commonwealth, including short-term cash flow needs and long-term borrowing needs for the capital budget. Borrowing is accomplished through the sale of short-term notes and long-term bonds. The Commonwealth is authorized to issue three types of direct debt—general obligation debt, special obligation debt and federal grant anticipation notes. General obligation debt is secured by a pledge of the full faith and credit of the Commonwealth. Special obligation debt may be secured either with a pledge of receipts credited to the Commonwealth Transportation Fund (formerly the Highway Fund) or with a pledge of receipts credited to the Convention Center Fund. Federal grant anticipation notes are secured by a pledge of federal highway construction reimbursements.

Other Long-Term Liabilities . The Commonwealth is also authorized to pledge its credit in aid of and provide contractual support for certain independent authorities and political subdivisions within the Commonwealth. These Commonwealth liabilities are classified as (a) general obligation contract assistance liabilities, (b) budgetary contract assistance liabilities or (c) contingent liabilities. In addition, the Commonwealth is authorized to pledge its credit in support of scheduled, periodic payments to be made by the Commonwealth under interest rate swaps and other hedging agreements related to bonds or notes of the Commonwealth.

General obligation contract assistance liabilities arise from statutory requirements for payments by the Commonwealth to the Massachusetts Water Pollution Abatement Trust, the Massachusetts Department of Transportation and the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency that are used by such entities to pay a portion of the debt service on certain of their outstanding bonds. Such liabilities constitute a pledge of the Commonwealth’s credit for which a two-thirds vote of the Legislature is required.

Budgetary contract assistance liabilities arise from statutory requirements for payments by the Commonwealth under capital leases and other contractual agreements. Such liabilities do not constitute a pledge of the Commonwealth’s credit.

Contingent liabilities relate to debt obligations of certain independent authorities and agencies of the Commonwealth that are expected to be paid without Commonwealth assistance, but for which the Commonwealth has some kind of liability if expected payment sources do not materialize. These liabilities consist of guaranties and similar obligations with respect to which the Commonwealth’s credit has been or may be pledged, as in the case of certain debt obligations of the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority (“MBTA”); regional transit authorities; the Woods Hole, Martha’s Vineyard and Nantucket Steamship Authority (“Steamship Authority”); and the higher education building authorities. The Commonwealth has certain statutorily contemplated payment obligations with respect to which the Commonwealth’s credit has not been pledged, as in the case of the Commonwealth’s obligation to replenish the capital reserve funds securing certain debt obligations of the Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency and the Commonwealth’s obligation to fund debt service, solely from moneys otherwise appropriated for the affected institution, owed by certain community colleges and state universities on bonds issued by the former Massachusetts Health and Educational Facilities Authority (now the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency) and the Massachusetts State College Building Authority.

Statutory Limit on Direct Debt . Since December 1989, State finance law has included a limit on the amount of outstanding “direct” bonds of the Commonwealth. For fiscal 2012, the debt limit was $18.944 billion under the statute in place during fiscal 2012. In August 2012, State finance law was amended, effective January 1, 2013, to specify that the debt limit be calculated for fiscal years starting in fiscal 2013 using a fiscal 2012 base value of $17,070,000,000 and increasing the limit for each subsequent fiscal year to 105% of the previous fiscal year’s limit. Based on this calculation, the statutory limit on “direct” bonds during fiscal 2014 is $18,819,675,000. Prior to June 10, 2013, this limit was calculated using a statutory definition that differed from GAAP, in that, the principal amount of outstanding bonds included the amount of any premium and was measured net of any discount, costs of issuance and other financing costs (“net proceeds”). On June 10, 2013, State finance law was amended, effective January 1, 2013, to change the statutory definition of outstanding debt from net proceeds to principal outstanding, a change that brings the debt outstanding definition in conformance with GAAP.

 

B-10


The debt limit law provides that bonds to be refunded from the proceeds of Commonwealth refunding bonds are to be excluded from outstanding “direct” bonds upon the issuance of the refunding bonds. Pursuant to special legislation enacted over the years, certain outstanding Commonwealth debt obligations are not counted in computing the amount of bonds subject to the limit, including Commonwealth refunding/restructuring bonds issued in September and October, 1991, federal grant anticipation notes, bonds issued to pay operating notes issued by the MBTA or to reimburse the Commonwealth for advances to the MBTA, bonds payable from the Central Artery and Statewide Road and Bridge Infrastructure Fund, bonds issued to finance the Massachusetts School Building Authority and bonds issued to finance the Commonwealth’s Accelerated Bridge Program. As of January 15, 2014, the statutory limit on “direct” bonds during fiscal 2013 was $17,923,500,000.

General Obligation Debt

The Commonwealth issues general obligation bonds and notes pursuant to Chapter 29 of the General Laws. General obligation bonds and notes issued thereunder are deemed to be general obligations of the Commonwealth to which its full faith and credit are pledged for the payment of principal and interest when due, unless specifically provided otherwise on the face of such bond or note.

As of December 31, 2013, the Commonwealth had approximately $18.8 billion in general obligation bonds outstanding, of which $ 15.1 billion, or approximately 81%, was fixed rate debt and $3.6 billion, or 19%, was variable rate debt. The Commonwealth’s outstanding general obligation variable rate debt consists of several variable rate structures. Most of the outstanding variable rate bonds are in the form of variable rate demand bonds, which account for $761.6 million of outstanding general obligation debt as of October 31, 2013. Other outstanding variable rate structures include London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) Index bonds, auction rate securities, SIFMA Index Bonds and consumer price index bonds. The variable rate demand bonds are generally supported by liquidity facilities that require the bonds to be tendered by a specified date if the facility is not replaced or the bonds are not otherwise refinanced. Certain of the Commonwealth’s variable rate demand bonds have been converted to an “index floating mode” for direct purchase by a bank. As of December 31, 2013, the Commonwealth had approximately $445.9 million of bonds in such a mode. Of the variable rate debt outstanding, the interest rates on $2.8 billion, or approximately 15% of total general obligation debt, have been synthetically fixed by means of floating-to-fixed interest rate swap agreements. These agreements are used as hedges to mitigate the risk associated with variable rate bonds.

Under State finance law, scheduled, periodic payments to be made by the Commonwealth pursuant to swap agreements in existence on August 1, 2008 or entered into after such date constitute general obligations of the Commonwealth to which its full faith and credit are pledged. The remaining variable rate debt of $821.9 million, or approximately 4.38% of the total outstanding general obligation debt, is unhedged and, accordingly, floats with interest rates re-set on a periodic basis.

As of December 31, 2013, the Commonwealth had outstanding approximately $141.8 million ($76.6 million principal and including a discount equal to $65.3 million) of variable rate “U. Plan” bonds, sold in conjunction with a college savings program administered by the Massachusetts Educational Financing Authority, which bear deferred interest at a rate equal to the percentage change in the consumer price index plus 2%, together with current interest at the rate of 0.5%.

The Commonwealth has issued general obligation bonds in the form of Build America Bonds (“BABs”). BABs were authorized under the federal American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA” or the “Recovery Act”). Pursuant to ARRA, the Commonwealth is entitled to receive a cash subsidy from the federal government equal to 35% of the investment payable on the BABs provided the Commonwealth makes certain required filings in accordance with applicable federal rules. Such interest subsidy payments are treated under federal law as overpayments of tax and, accordingly, are subject to offset against certain amounts that may be owed by the Commonwealth to the federal government or its agencies. On March 4, 2013, the Internal Revenue Service indicated that such interest subsidy payment would be subject to a sequestration reduction of 8.7%

 

B-11


through September 30, 2013 under the Budget Control Act of 2011, and on September 30, 2013, the Internal Revenue Service announced that such interest subsidy payment will be subject to a sequestration reduction of 7.2% through September 30, 2014. Beginning in fiscal 2012, such payments received by the Commonwealth are required to be deposited in a Build America Bonds Subsidy Trust Fund and used, without further legislative appropriation, to pay debt service on the related BABs. The Commonwealth is obligated to make payments of principal and interest on the BABs whether or not it receives interest subsidy payments. As of December 31, 2013, the Commonwealth had approximately $2.1 billion of BABs outstanding.

The Commonwealth is authorized to issue short-term general obligation debt as revenue anticipation notes or bond anticipation notes. Revenue anticipation notes may be issued by the State Treasurer in any fiscal year in anticipation of revenue receipts for that year. Revenue anticipation notes must be repaid no later than the close of the fiscal year in which they are issued. Bond anticipation notes may be issued by the State Treasurer in anticipation of the issuance of bonds, including, in some circumstances, special obligation bonds. In addition, as of December 31, 2013 the Commonwealth had liquidity support for a $400 million commercial paper program which it utilizes regularly for cash flow purposes. In addition to borrowing via its commercial paper program, the Commonwealth issues fixed-rate revenue anticipation notes.

Special Obligation Debt

Commonwealth Transportation Fund . Section 20 of Chapter 29 of the General Laws, as amended, authorizes the Commonwealth to issue special obligation bonds secured by all or a portion of revenues accounted to the Commonwealth Transportation Fund (formerly the Highway Fund). Revenues, which are currently accounted to the Commonwealth Transportation Fund, are primarily derived from taxes and fees relating to the operation or use of motor vehicles in the Commonwealth, including the motor fuels excise tax and registry of motor vehicles fees.

Between 1992 and 2005, the Commonwealth issued special obligation bonds secured by a lien on a specified portion of the motor fuels excise tax. As of December 31, 2013, the Commonwealth had outstanding approximately $296.4 million of such special obligation bonds secured by a pledge of 6.86¢ of the 24¢ motor fuels excise tax. In December, 2010, the trust agreement securing such bonds was closed to further issuance of debt.

The Commonwealth is also authorized to issue $1.875 billion of special obligation bonds secured by a pledge of all or a portion of revenues accounted to the Commonwealth Transportation Fund (“CTF”) to fund a portion of the Commonwealth’s accelerated structurally-deficient bridge program (CTF Bonds). As of December 31, 2013, the Commonwealth had outstanding $1.412 billion of CTF Bonds.

A portion of the outstanding CTF Bonds were issued as BABs (approximately $419.8 million) and as Recovery Zone Economic Development Bonds (“RZEDBs”) (approximately $156.4 million). Pursuant to ARRA, the Commonwealth is entitled to receive cash subsidy payments from the federal government equal to 35% of the debt service payable on the BABs and 45% of the debt service payable on the RZEDBs, provided, in both cases, that the Commonwealth makes certain required filings in accordance with applicable federal rules. Such subsidy payments are treated under federal law as overpayments of tax and, accordingly, are subject to offset against certain amounts that may be owed by the Commonwealth to the federal government or its agencies. On March 4, 2013, the Internal Revenue Service indicated that such interest subsidy payment would be subject to a sequestration reduction of 8.7% through September 30, 2013 under the Budget Control Act of 2011, and on September 30, 2013, the Internal Revenue Service announced that such interest subsidy payment will be subject to a sequestration reduction of 7.2% through September 30, 2014. Beginning in fiscal 2012, such payments received by the Commonwealth are required to be deposited in a Build America Bonds Subsidy Trust Fund, to be used, without further legislative appropriation, to pay debt service related to such bonds. Subsidy payments received on account of CTF Bonds were pledged to secure the payment of debt service on CTF Bonds.

 

B-12


Convention Center Fund . Chapter 152 of the Acts of 1997, as amended, authorizes $694.4 million of special obligation bonds to be issued for the purposes of building a new convention center in Boston ($609.4 million), the Springfield Civic Center ($66 million) and the Worcester convention center ($19 million). The bonds are payable from moneys credited to the Convention Center Fund created by such legislation, which include certain hotel tax receipts from hotels in Boston, Cambridge, Springfield and Worcester, a surcharge on car rentals in Boston, a parking surcharge at all three facilities, a surcharge on sightseeing tours and cruises in Boston and sales tax receipts from certain hotels and other retail establishments in Boston, Cambridge and Springfield. The legislation requires a capital reserve fund to be maintained at a level equal to maximum annual debt service and provides that if the fund falls below its required balance, the 2.75% convention center financing fee in Boston is to be increased (although the overall hotel tax in Boston, including the fee, cannot exceed 14%). In June 2004, the Commonwealth issued $686.7 million of special obligation bonds secured solely by the pledge of receipts of tax revenues within the special districts surrounding the centers and other special revenues connected to such facilities, $638.7 million of which remained outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

Federal Grant Anticipation Notes

Between 1998 and 2003, the Commonwealth issued federal grant anticipation notes yielding aggregate net proceeds of $1.5 billion, the full amount authorized to finance the current cash flow needs of the Central Artery/Ted Williams Tunnel (“CA/T”) Project, in anticipation of future federal reimbursements. The legislation authorizing such notes contains a statutory covenant that as long as any such grant anticipation notes remain outstanding, the Commonwealth will deposit all federal highway reimbursements into the Grant Anticipation Note Trust Fund, to be released to the Commonwealth once all the debt service and reserve funding obligations of the trust agreement securing the grant anticipation notes have been met. If the United States Congress reduces the aggregate amount appropriated nationwide for federal highway spending to less than $17.1 billion and debt service coverage with respect to the notes falls below 120%, then the legislation further pledges that 10¢ per gallon of existing motor fuel tax collections will be deposited into the trust fund, to be used for debt service on the notes, subject to legislative appropriation. The 10¢-per-gallon pledge of motor fuel tax collections is subordinate to the pledge of Commonwealth Transportation Fund revenues securing the CTF Bonds. Principal amortization of the notes began in fiscal 2006 and is slated to continue through fiscal 2015. Under the trust agreement securing the notes, aggregate annual debt service on grant anticipation notes may not exceed $216 million unless the rating agencies rating the notes confirm that exceeding $216 million in annual debt service will not cause them to withdraw or reduce their credit ratings. Such notes and the interest thereon are secured solely by the pledge of federal highway construction reimbursement payments and by a contingent pledge of certain motor fuels excises. In practice, the interest on such notes has been paid from State appropriations. As of December 31, 2013, $349.1 million of such notes remained outstanding. The lien securing such notes has been closed to further issuance.

The Commonwealth is also authorized to issue an additional $1.1 billion of grant anticipation notes secured by future federal funds to fund a portion of the Commonwealth’s accelerated structurally deficient bridge program. Such notes are subordinated to the notes described in the preceding paragraph, but are also secured by a back-up pledge of net amounts in the Commonwealth Transportation Fund after application of such amounts in accordance with the trust agreement securing the CTF Bonds, the senior federal grant anticipation notes and previously issued bonds secured by motor fuels excise taxes. Similar to the notes issued for the CA/T Project, the Commonwealth expects to pay interest on the notes for the bridge program from State appropriations. As of December 31, 2013, $352.5 million of such notes were outstanding.

Of the junior-lien grant anticipation notes, $100 million were issued as BABs, eligible for federal subsidy payments. As noted above, on October 1, 2013, the Internal Revenue Service indicated that such interest subsidy payment will be subject to a sequestration reduction of 7.2% through September 30, 2014 under the Budget Control Act of 2011. Beginning in fiscal 2012, such payments received by the Commonwealth are required to be deposited in a Build America Bonds Subsidy Trust Fund, to be used, without further legislative appropriation, to pay debt service related to such bonds.

 

B-13


Interest Rate Swaps

The Commonwealth has entered into interest rate swap agreements for the sole purpose of hedging changes in the interest rates on a portion of its outstanding variable rate bonds, predicated on the assumption that the interest on such bonds, combined with the cost of the associated interest rate swaps, would produce lower aggregate interest costs than fixed-rate bonds. As of January 15, 2014, approximately $2.8 billion of the Commonwealth’s outstanding variable-rate debt was synthetically fixed via floating-to-fixed interest rate swap hedge agreements.

Under the terms of these floating-to-fixed rate hedge agreements, the counterparties to the swaps are obligated to pay the Commonwealth an amount equal or approximately equal to the variable-rate payment on the related bonds or a payment based on a market index, and the Commonwealth is obligated to pay the counterparties a stipulated fixed rate. The floating rate received by the Commonwealth from swap counterparties is used to offset the variable rate paid to bondholders. Only the net difference in interest payments is actually exchanged with the counterparty. The net payments made or received on these agreements are reported as part of interest expense in the Commonwealth’s basic financial statements. In all cases, the Commonwealth remains responsible for making interest payments to the variable-rate bondholders.

The intended effect of these agreements is essentially to fix the Commonwealth’s interest rate obligations with respect to its variable-rate bonds in order to hedge or mitigate the Commonwealth’s exposure to changes in interest rates on these bonds. For example, during a period when interest rates rise, the Commonwealth would receive higher payments from swap counterparties that would be used to offset higher payments to bondholders of the outstanding variable rate bonds. During a period when interest rates decline, the reduction in interest payments to bondholders would offset the higher payments made to swap counterparties. In both scenarios, the net obligation of the Commonwealth is essentially fixed through the life of the swap and bonds. This allows the Commonwealth to finance its capital budget using floating rate bonds, which, combined with interest rate swaps, are assumed to be less costly than fixed-rate bonds, while hedging the risk of rising interest rates on those bonds to provide long-term budget certainty. As of December 31, 2013, all of the Commonwealth’s interest rate swaps were floating-to-fixed rate agreements and were deemed effective hedges, as provided for in GASB Statement No. 53.

As of January 15, 2014, the bonds and related swap agreements had final maturities ranging from 2013 to 2037. The total notional value of approximately $2.8 billion effectively matches the par amount of the related variable-rate bonds. Under the swap agreements, the Commonwealth pays the relevant counterparties fixed rates ranging from 3.486% to 5.25% and receives variable-rate payments equal to or approximately equal to the amount of variable rate payments the Commonwealth pays on the related variable-rate refunding bonds or a payment based on a market index.

As of January 15, 2014, all of the Commonwealth’s counterparties were required to post collateral in certain circumstances. The Commonwealth was not required to post collateral under any of its existing swap agreements.

Prior to the bankruptcy filings by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries in September, 2008, the Commonwealth was a party to several interest rate swap agreements with Lehman Brothers affiliates. Following the bankruptcy filings, the Commonwealth terminated those agreements in October 2008 and November 2008, made termination payments to Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc. (“LBSF”) and entered into replacement swap agreements with other counterparties. In early 2010, LBSF notified the Commonwealth that it disagreed with the termination amounts that the Commonwealth had paid in 2008 and issued a subpoena related to the terminations. On June 13, 2012, LBSF issued a Derivative ADR Notice obligating the parties to submit to mandatory court-ordered mediation. The Derivative ADR Notice contains a settlement demand from LBSF in the amount of approximately $32.7 million, including approximately $13.9 million of interest and expenses. A formal mediation commenced on November 19, 2012, and the mediation concluded without resolution.

 

B-14


Liquidity Facilities

As of January 15, 2014, most of the Commonwealth’s outstanding variable rate debt consists of variable rate demand bonds whose interest rates re-set daily or weekly through a remarketing process. Because these bonds offer a “put” or tender feature, they are supported by standby bond purchase agreements with commercial banks which require the applicable bank to purchase any bonds that are tendered and not successfully remarketed.

As of January 15, 2014, the Commonwealth also had liquidity support for a $400 million commercial paper program under two series of commercial paper: Series I and J. Series I commercial paper is supported by a line of credit provided by TD Bank, N.A., which expires on February 17, 2015. Series J commercial paper is supported by a line of credit provided by The Bank of Nova Scotia which expires on February 17, 2014.

General Obligation Contract Assistance Liabilities

Massachusetts Department of Transportation, as successor to the Massachusetts Turnpike Authority . On February 19, 1999, the Commonwealth and the Massachusetts Turnpike Authority entered into a contract which provides for the Commonwealth to make annual operating assistance payments to the Massachusetts Department of Transportation (“MassDOT”), as successor to the Turnpike Authority, which are capped at $25 million annually and extend until the end of the 40th fiscal year following the transfer of certain facilities associated with the Commonwealth’s CA/T Project to MassDOT. On June 30, 2009, the Commonwealth and the Turnpike Authority entered into a contract for financial assistance which provides for the payment by the Commonwealth to MassDOT, as successor to the Turnpike Authority, of $100 million per fiscal year, commencing July 1, 2009 until June 30, 2039. Payments under both contracts constitute a general obligation pledge of the Commonwealth for which the full faith and credit of the Commonwealth are pledged.

Massachusetts Water Pollution Abatement Trust . The Massachusetts Water Pollution Abatement Trust (the “Trust”) manages the Commonwealth’s state revolving fund program under the federal Clean Water Act and the federal Safe Drinking Water Act. The Trust is authorized to apply for and accept federal grants and associated Commonwealth matching grants to capitalize the revolving funds and to issue debt obligations to make loans to local governmental units and others to finance eligible water pollution abatement and drinking water projects. Under State law, loans made by the Trust are required to provide for subsidies or other financial assistance to reduce the debt service expense on the loans. As of January 15, 2014, most new loans made by the Trust bore interest at 2%. Other loans made by the Trust may bear interest at lower rates, including a zero rate of interest, and a portion of the principal of certain loans has also been subsidized by the Trust. To provide for a portion of the subsidy on most of its loans, the Trust receives contract assistance payments from the Commonwealth. Under the Trust’s enabling act, the aggregate annual contract assistance payment for the Trust’s Clean Water Act program may not exceed $71 million, and the aggregate annual contract assistance payment for the Trust’s Safe Drinking Water Act program may not exceed $17 million. The Commonwealth’s agreement to provide contract assistance constitutes a general obligation of the Commonwealth for which its full faith and credit are pledged, and the Commonwealth’s contract assistance payments are pledged as security for repayment of the Trust’s debt obligations. As of December 31, 2013 the Trust had approximately $3.32 billion of bonds outstanding. Approximately 10.32% of the Trust’s aggregate debt service is covered by Commonwealth contract assistance.

Massachusetts Development Finance Agency . On June 12, 2008, the Governor approved legislation amending a 2006 law authorizing an “infrastructure investment incentive” program, known as “I-Cubed.” The amendment, among other things, clarifies the manner in which the program is to be financed and the security for the related bonds. Under the program, up to $250 million of public infrastructure improvements to support significant new private developments may be financed by bonds issued by the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency (“MassDevelopment”) that will be secured by and payable from a general obligation pledge of contract assistance from the Commonwealth. Legislation approved by the Governor on August 7, 2012 increased this amount from $250 million to $325 million. Until a related new private development is completed and occupied, the developer’s property will be assessed by the municipality in which the development is located in

 

B-15


amounts equal to the debt service cost on the bonds to reimburse the Commonwealth for such cost. After each phase of the private development is completed and occupied, the municipality will be required to reimburse the Commonwealth for any portion of the debt service cost on the bonds that is not covered by new state tax revenues generated from the related private development. The municipality’s reimbursement obligation will be secured by a general obligation pledge of the municipality, a local aid intercept and a reserve fund which must be funded in an amount equal to or greater than two years of debt service on the bonds. The obligation of the municipality ends when the Commonwealth has collected revenues sufficient to pay principal and interest payments to date plus all remaining principal payments due. Pursuant to this legislation, in April 2010, MassDevelopment issued $10 million of bond anticipation notes in anticipation of the issuance of bonds to finance certain public infrastructure costs at a development in Somerville, Massachusetts. Renewals of these notes are expected to be financed by special obligation bonds issued in 2014.

Legislation approved by the Governor on August 8, 2008 includes an authorization to finance up to $43 million of the costs of a parkway at the former South Weymouth naval air base to support the development of the former base. Similar to the I-Cubed program financing model, the bonds to be issued by MassDevelopment to finance the parkway will be secured and payable from a general obligation pledge of contract assistance from the Commonwealth. In the event that the new state tax revenues generated from the new private development are less than the debt service cost on the bonds, the South Shore Tri-Town Development Corporation, a public entity with municipal taxing and other powers over the geographic area of the former base, will be required to reimburse the Commonwealth for any such shortfall. The legislation provides that such payment obligations of the Corporation be secured by a general obligation pledge of the Corporation. As of December 31, 2013, approximately $28.1 million of such bonds were outstanding.

Budgetary Contract Assistance Liabilities

Route 3 North Transportation Improvements Association Commonwealth Lease Revenue Bonds . In August 2000, the Route 3 North Transportation Improvements Association (the “Association”) issued approximately $394.3 million of lease revenue bonds to finance the reconstruction and widening of a portion of State Route 3 North. In May 2002, the Association issued approximately $312.7 million of additional lease revenue bonds, $305.6 million of which were issued as refunding bonds. In connection with the financing, the Commonwealth leased the portion of the highway to be improved to the Association, and the Association leased the property back to the Commonwealth pursuant to a sublease. Under the sublease, the Commonwealth is obligated to make payments equal to the debt service on the bonds and certain other expenses associated with the project. The obligations of the Commonwealth do not constitute a general obligation or a pledge of the credit of the Commonwealth and are subject to annual appropriation by the Legislature. In May 2007 and November 2008, the Commonwealth sold general obligation bonds to refund most of the lease revenue bonds and replace them with fixed-rate general obligation bonds. As of December 31, 2012, the Association had $5.52 million of such lease revenue bonds outstanding, all of which are fixed-rate.

Saltonstall Building Redevelopment Corporation Project . In May, 2002, MassDevelopment issued $195.8 million of lease revenue bonds pursuant to an agreement to loan the proceeds of the bonds to the MassDevelopment/Saltonstall Building Redevelopment Corporation (“MSBRC”). The loan was used to finance the redevelopment of the Saltonstall State Office Building. Under the provisions of the legislation relating to the building’s redevelopment, the building was leased to MSBRC for a term of up to 50 years, with extension terms permitted for an aggregate of 30 more years. MSBRC has paid the Commonwealth $1,225,000 in ground rent for fiscal 2014.

MSBRC has renovated the building and subleased half of it back to the Commonwealth for office space and related parking (for a comparable lease term), in respect of which sublease the Commonwealth makes sublease payments to MSBRC. The remainder of the building has been redeveloped as private office space, as well as private housing units and retail establishments. The obligations of the Commonwealth under the office sublease do not constitute a general obligation or a pledge of the credit of the Commonwealth and are subject to annual appropriation by the Legislature. The Commonwealth’s full-year costs include $7,076,954 per year of base rent

 

B-16


and parking space rent. Parking space rent may be adjusted for fair market value every five years and, as of January 15, 2014, was last adjusted in 2009. In addition, the Commonwealth’s estimated pro-rata share of office operating expense reimbursements was escalating at 3% per year and also the Commonwealth’s replacement reserve contribution was calculated at 21¢ per rental square foot per year. As of December 31, 2013, MSBRC had approximately $161.8 million of such lease revenue bonds outstanding.

City of Chelsea Commonwealth Lease Revenue Bonds . In November 1993, the Chelsea Industrial Development Financing Authority issued approximately $95.8 million of lease revenue bonds. The proceeds of the bonds were loaned to the Massachusetts Industrial Finance Agency (now MassDevelopment) and applied to the cost of the Massachusetts Information Technology Center, a tax and data processing facility of the Department of Revenue and certain other departments and agencies of the Commonwealth. The bonds bore interest at a variable rate, and under two interest rate swap agreements that were entered into at the time with LBSF, MassDevelopment received variable rate payments with respect to the bonds and was obligated to make fixed rate payments in exchange therefor. Simultaneously with the issuance of the bonds, the Commonwealth entered into a 30-year lease, which provided for the payment of debt service on the bonds, including swap related payments, and certain other expenses associated with the project. In September, 2008, LBSF and its parent, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (“LBHI”), filed for bankruptcy. In December 2008, the bonds were refinanced by the Commonwealth through the issuance of general obligation debt, and the Commonwealth made a $2.3 million payment to LBSF to terminate the swap agreements. In May 2010, LBHI advised the Executive Office for Administration and Finance that it calculated the termination value to be approximately $13.7 million. In June 2011, LBHI issued a subpoena to the Executive Office for Administration and Finance relating to the termination of the swap agreements. In April 2012, LBHI issued a Derivative Alternative Dispute Resolution (“ADR”) Notice obligating the parties to submit to mandatory court ordered mediation. The Derivative ADR Notice contained a settlement demand from LBHI in the amount of approximately $16.5 million. A formal mediation process commenced on October 11, 2012 and the mediation concluded without resolution. Any obligation of the Commonwealth with respect to this termination does not constitute a general obligation or a pledge of the credit of the Commonwealth or of MassDevelopment and is subject to appropriation by the Legislature.

Long-Term Operating Leases and Capital Leases . In addition to Commonwealth-owned buildings and facilities, the Commonwealth leases additional space from private parties. In certain circumstances, the Commonwealth has acquired certain types of capital assets under long-term capital leases; typically, these arrangements relate to computer and telecommunications equipment and to motor vehicles.

Contingent Liabilities

MBTA . The MBTA issues its own bonds and notes and is also responsible for the payment of obligations issued by the Boston Metropolitan District prior to the creation of the MBTA in 1964. Prior to July 1, 2000, the Commonwealth supported MBTA bonds, notes and other obligations through guaranties of the debt service on its bonds and notes, contract assistance generally equal to 90% of the debt service on outstanding MBTA bonds and payment of the MBTA’s net cost of service (current expenses, including debt service, minus current income). Beginning July 1, 2000, the Commonwealth’s annual obligation to support the MBTA for operating costs and debt service is limited to a portion of the revenues raised by the Commonwealth’s sales tax, but the Commonwealth remains contingently liable for the payment of MBTA bonds and notes issued prior to July 1, 2000 and for MBTA payment obligations related to leases, reimbursement obligations, interest exchange agreements and other financing obligations entered into prior to July 1, 2000. The Commonwealth’s obligation to pay such prior bonds is a general obligation for which its full faith and credit have been pledged. As of August 31, 2013, the MBTA had approximately $388.8 million of such prior bonds outstanding. As of January 15, 2014, such bonds were scheduled to mature annually through fiscal 2030, with annual debt service in the range of approximately $118 million to $87 million through fiscal 2015 and declining thereafter.

 

B-17


MassDevelopment . Under legislation approved in 2010 and amended in 2011, the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency (“MassDevelopment”) is authorized to issue bonds for the benefit of nonprofit community hospitals and nonprofit community health centers. Such bonds are to be secured by capital reserve funds funded at the time of bond issuance in an amount equal to the maximum annual debt service on the bonds. The legislation provides that MassDevelopment is to notify the Governor if any such capital reserve fund needs to be replenished, and that the Legislature is to appropriate the amount necessary to restore the fund to its required level. The legislation contains no limit on the amount of such bonds that may be issued. Any project to be financed by such bonds must be approved by the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and any loan to a community hospital or community health center (and the issuance and terms of the related bonds) must be approved by the Secretary of Administration and Finance. If any such institution defaults on a loan, any moneys in the custody of the Commonwealth that are payable to the institution may be withheld by the Commonwealth and used to pay debt service or to replenish the applicable capital reserve fund. If, following a Commonwealth transfer to replenish a capital reserve fund, the applicable institution fails to reimburse the Commonwealth within six months, the Commonwealth may withhold funds payable to the institution, and all contracts issued by the Group Insurance Commission, the Commonwealth Health Insurance Connector Authority and MassHealth to a third party for the purposes of providing health care insurance paid for by the Commonwealth are to provide that the third party is to withhold payments to the institution and transfer the withheld amounts to the Commonwealth.

Woods Hole, Martha’s Vineyard and Nantucket Steamship Authority . The Steamship Authority operates passenger ferries to Martha’s Vineyard and Nantucket. The Steamship Authority issues its own bonds and notes. Commonwealth support of the bonds and notes of the Steamship Authority includes a Commonwealth guaranty pursuant to statutory provisions requiring the Commonwealth to provide the Authority with funds sufficient to meet the principal of and interest on their bonds and notes as they mature to the extent that funds sufficient for this purpose are not otherwise available to the Authority and the Commonwealth’s payment, under applicable statutory provisions, of the net cost of service of the Steamship Authority (current expenses, including debt service, minus current income). As of January 15, 2014, the Steamship Authority was self-supporting, requiring no net cost of service or contract assistance payments. As of August 31, 2013 the Steamship Authority had approximately $52.85 million of bonds outstanding. The Commonwealth’s obligations to the Steamship Authority are general obligations for which its full faith and credit have been pledged.

University of Massachusetts Building Authority and Massachusetts State College Building Authority . These higher education building authorities, created to assist institutions of public higher education in the Commonwealth, have outstanding bonds some of which are guaranteed as to their principal and interest by the Commonwealth. The guaranty is a general obligation of the Commonwealth for which its full faith and credit are pledged. In addition to such guaranty, certain revenues of these authorities, including dormitory rental income and student union fees, are pledged to their respective debt service requirements. As of December 31, 2013, the Massachusetts State College Building Authority had approximately $21.95 million of Commonwealth-guaranteed debt outstanding. Under its enabling act, the Massachusetts State College Building Authority is not permitted to issue any additional Commonwealth-guaranteed debt. The University of Massachusetts Building Authority may have outstanding up to $200 million in Commonwealth-guaranteed debt and had approximately $128.6 million of Commonwealth-guaranteed debt outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency (“MassHousing”) . MassHousing is authorized to issue bonds to finance multi-family housing projects within the Commonwealth and to provide mortgage loan financing with respect to certain single-family residences within the Commonwealth. Such bonds are solely the obligations of MassHousing, payable directly or indirectly from, and secured by a pledge of, revenues derived from MassHousing’s mortgage on or other interest in the financed housing. MassHousing’s enabling legislation also permits the creation of a capital reserve fund in connection with the issuance of such bonds. No single-family housing bonds secured by capital reserve funds are outstanding, and no such bonds have been issued by MassHousing since 1985. As of September 30, 2013, MassHousing had outstanding approximately $144.6 million of multi-family housing bonds secured by capital reserve funds. Any such capital reserve fund must be in an amount at least equal to the maximum annual debt service in any succeeding calendar year on all outstanding

 

B-18


bonds secured by such fund. All such capital reserve funds are maintained at their required levels. If amounts are withdrawn from a capital reserve fund to pay debt service on bonds secured by such fund, upon certification by the chairperson of MassHousing to the Governor of any amount necessary to restore the fund to the above-described requirement, the Legislature may, but is not legally bound to, make an appropriation in such amount. As of January 15, 2014, no such appropriation had been necessary.

Regional Transit Authorities . There are 15 regional transit authorities throughout the Commonwealth that provide public transportation in 231 municipalities with areas not served by the MBTA. These authorities are overseen by the Massachusetts Department of Transportation and are funded from operating revenues, federal subsidies, state subsidies and assessments paid by the participating municipalities. The subsidies and local assessments are paid one fiscal year in arrears to reimburse the authorities for the net cost of service not covered by operating revenues. In anticipation of receipt of these subsidies and local assessments in the following fiscal year, the authorities issue revenue anticipation notes to fund their net costs of service. Legislation approved by the Governor on July 13, 2008, provided for the Commonwealth guaranty for revenue anticipation notes issued by regional transit authorities. The legislation provides that the Commonwealth is required to pay any principal or interest on any such note if the authority does not have sufficient funds to make the payment and grants the holder of any such note the right to require such payment by the Commonwealth, which right is enforceable as a claim against the Commonwealth. As of December 31, 2012, revenue anticipation notes issued by regional transit authorities were outstanding in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $161.6 million.

Authorized and Unissued Debt

General obligation bonds of the Commonwealth are authorized to correspond with capital appropriations. Over the last decade, the Commonwealth has typically had a large amount of authorized and unissued debt. However, the Commonwealth’s actual expenditures for capital projects in a given year relate more to the capital needs which the Commonwealth determines it can afford to finance in such year than to the total amount of authorized and unissued debt. At the end of fiscal year 2013, the Commonwealth had approximately $13,761,773 of authorized and unissued debt.

COMMONWEALTH EXPENDITURES

Local Aid

Commonwealth Financial Support for Local Governments . The Commonwealth makes substantial payments to its cities, towns and regional school districts (“local aid”) to mitigate the impact of local property tax limits on local programs and services. Local aid payments to cities, towns and regional school districts take the form of both direct and indirect assistance. Direct local aid consists of general revenue sharing funds and specific program funds sent directly to local governments and regional school districts as reported on the so-called “cherry sheet” prepared by the Department of Revenue, excluding certain pension funds and non-appropriated funds. The Commonwealth’s budget for fiscal 2014 provides $5.22 billion of state-funded local aid to municipalities.

As a result of comprehensive education reform legislation enacted in June 1993, a large portion of general revenue sharing funds is earmarked for public education and is distributed through a formula specified in Chapter 70 of the General Laws designed to provide more aid to the Commonwealth’s poorer communities. The legislation requires the Commonwealth to distribute aid to ensure that each district reaches at least a minimum level of spending per public education pupil. Since fiscal 1994, the Commonwealth has fully funded the requirements imposed by this legislation in each of its annual budgets. Beginning in fiscal 2007, the Legislature implemented a new model for the Chapter 70 program which was adjusted to resolve aspects of the formulas that were perceived to be creating inequities in the aid distribution. The fiscal 2014 budget includes state funding for Chapter 70 education aid of $4.30 billion. This level of funding for Chapter 70 brings all school districts to the

 

B-19


foundation level called for by 1993 education reform legislation, ensures that all local educational authorities receive an increase of funding of at least $25 per pupil, and is an increase of $130 million over the fiscal 2013 state-supported amount of $4.17 billion.

The fiscal 2010 budget eliminated lottery local aid and additional assistance and created a new local aid funding source called unrestricted general government aid. This account is now the other major component of direct local aid, providing unrestricted funds for municipal use. The fiscal 2014 budget provided for cities and towns to receive $920 million in unrestricted general government aid, with funding allocated to ensure a 2 percent increase in funding over the fiscal year 2013 levels to all municipalities.

Property Tax Limits . In November 1980, voters in the Commonwealth approved a statewide tax limitation initiative petition, commonly known as Proposition 2  1 / 2 , to constrain levels of property taxation and to limit the charges and fees imposed on cities and towns by certain governmental entities, including county governments. Proposition 2  1 / 2 is not a provision of the State constitution and accordingly is subject to amendment or repeal by the Legislature. Proposition 2  1 / 2 , as amended through January 15, 2014, limits the property taxes that may be levied by any city or town in any fiscal year to the lesser of (i) 2.5% of the full and fair cash valuation of the real estate and personal property therein or (ii) 2.5% over the previous year’s levy limit plus any growth in the tax base from certain new construction and parcel subdivisions. The law contains certain voter override provisions and, in addition, permits debt service on specific bonds and notes and expenditures for identified capital projects to be excluded from the limits by a majority vote at a general or special election. Between fiscal 1981 and fiscal 2013, the aggregate property tax levy grew from $3.347 billion to $13.4 billion, a compound annual growth rate of 4.25%.

Medicaid and the Health Connecter

MassHealth . The Commonwealth’s Medicaid program, called MassHealth, provides health care to 1.6 million low-income children and families, low-income adults, disabled individuals and low-income elders. The program, administered by the Office of Medicaid within the Executive Office of Health and Human Services, generally receives 50% in federal reimbursement on most expenditures. Starting from fiscal 1999, payments for some children’s benefits became 65% federally reimbursable under the Children’s Health Insurance Program (“CHIP”). Under the federal Affordable Healthcare Act (“ACA”), beginning January 1, 2014, MassHealth receives 75% to 100% federal reimbursement for spending on newly eligible members and some existing members.

The fiscal 2014 budget included appropriations of $12.097 billion for the MassHealth program; this was approximately 12.0%, or $1.3 billion, higher than fiscal 2013 spending of $10.799 billion. Additionally, $16 million in spending shifted from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014 in the final fiscal 2013 supplemental budget that was enacted in October 2013. That budget also included $3 million to increase MassHealth reimbursement for community health centers. MassHealth was able to make certain June 2013 payments that were previously scheduled to occur in fiscal 2014 as part of an annual cash management strategy. Making the payments in June instead of July alleviated some of the anticipated budget pressures at MassHealth in fiscal 2014.

The growth in MassHealth’s fiscal 2014 budget was largely driven by the ACA’s expansion of the eligible population. Under the ACA, all Massachusetts residents below 133% of the federal poverty level (“FPL”) are eligible for MassHealth if they are citizens or qualified aliens, and most are expected to be enrolled in a new program called MassHealth CarePlus. The projected incremental cost of the ACA expansion population in the second half of fiscal 2014 is estimated to be $458 million, with projected revenues of $485 million. The Commonwealth estimates the ACA expansion population at approximately 325,000 residents. Of this total, 137,000 were MassHealth members prior to the ACA, covered under other programs such as the Basic, Essential, and Insurance Partnership programs. The majority of the remaining 189,000 new members transitioned from other State-subsidized health insurance programs including Commonwealth Care (106,000 members), the Health Safety Net (“HSN”) (36,000 members), and the Medical Security Program (“MSP”) (2,000 members). The other

 

B-20


45,000 are new to State-subsidized health insurance and are expected to join MassHealth throughout the first six months of ACA implementation. In addition to ACA implementation, the growth in the MassHealth budget was driven by enrollment growth in non-expansion membership (the fiscal 2014 budget assumes base caseload growth of 2.8% over fiscal 2013), and a variety of investments in base hospital rates, payments to specialty hospitals, rates for managed care organizations (“MCOs”), partial restoration of dental benefits for adults, and operational capacity. The budget also supports several policies that aim to streamline current programs to promote alignment, access and administrative simplification in a post-ACA coverage environment at minimal cost to the Commonwealth.

The fiscal 2014 budget supports hospital investments of $108.5 million ($54.3 million net) at MassHealth. These investments include $50.3 million ($25.2 million net) for base hospital rate increases and increases tied to participation in alternative payment methodologies (“APMs”), $27.4 million ($13.7 million net) to increase inpatient and outpatient payment rates for Disproportionate Share Hospitals, and $30.8 million ($15.4 million net) to increase infrastructure capacity building grants for hospitals and community health centers and payments to specialty hospitals. The fiscal 2014 budget includes an additional $11.2 million ($5.6 million net) to provide coverage for fillings on all teeth for adults at MassHealth whose benefits were restructured in 2010, beginning in early 2014. Additionally, a transfer of $6.2 million from the Health Care Payment Reform Trust Fund is slated to support increased rates for behavioral health services if gaming revenues are available.

The Executive Office of Health and Human Services is coordinating a statewide effort to implement the federal health reform law and to actively pursue federal health reform grants and demonstration project opportunities to transform how health care is delivered, to expand access to health care and to support healthcare workforce training. As of January 15, 2014, the Commonwealth had been awarded more than $387 million in federal grant funds under the Affordable Care Act. Projects include transforming the Health Connector into an ACA-compliant, State-based health insurance exchange, developing and implementing a State-based risk adjustment program to achieve premium stabilization for the Massachusetts small and non-group market, executing a comprehensive outreach and education plan to inform stakeholders of the changes brought on by the ACA, planning for coverage for populations eligible for subsidized coverage through the exchange, working to improve the quality of care in Medicaid, developing an integrated care Dual Demonstration to improve health outcomes for individuals with both Medicare and Medicaid, enhancing the availability of community-based long-term care services and supports that help elders and persons with disabilities of all ages remain in their own homes and continuing work to design and implement a single integrated eligibility system for all individuals to determine their eligibility, in real time, for State and federal subsidies when applying for health insurance coverage. Also, Massachusetts was awarded $44 million in federal funding to support the multi-payer transition away from fee-for-service payments towards alternative payment methodologies to promote better healthcare and better value for Massachusetts residents.

In order to implement the ACA, the Commonwealth identified sections of State law that needed to be amended. These amendments included designation of the Health Connector as the State’s certified Exchange; designation of the Health Connector to administer the State’s risk adjustment program; designation of the Division of Insurance as the agency to administer the State’s reinsurance program; authorization for the Health Connector to offer child-only plans, catastrophic plans and stand-alone dental and vision plans; authorization for the Health Connector to wrap federal premium and cost-sharing subsidies to keep coverage affordable for low-income individuals; a transition plan for the State’s open enrollment program for the non-group market; realignment of State subsidized health insurance programs; and revisions to the State’s small and non-group health insurance market laws. Supplementing prior ACA implementation legislation enacted in 2012 and 2013, on July 5, 2013, the Governor signed legislation that aligns the Commonwealth’s small and non-group insurance laws with the ACA rules, refines MassHealth and Health Connector eligibility statutes in light of the federal law and allows for data sharing to facilitate implementation of the new integrated eligibility system. In addition, the Commonwealth amended more than 30 chapters of MassHealth and Health Safety Net regulations to conform to changes in federal and State law under the ACA. The regulations became effective January 1, 2014.

 

B-21


Commonwealth Health Insurance Connector Authority . State health care reform legislation enacted in 2006 created the Commonwealth Health Insurance Connector Authority to, among other things, administer the Commonwealth Care program, a subsidized health insurance coverage program for adults whose income is up to 300% of the federal poverty level and who do not have access to minimally subsidized employer-sponsored insurance or other public coverage. Commonwealth Care began enrolling individuals on October 1, 2006. In addition, the Health Connector administers the Commonwealth Choice program, a non-subsidized program providing health insurance coverage options to individuals ineligible for subsidies and to Massachusetts-based small employers. Most of the funding to support these programs is paid out of the Commonwealth Care Trust Fund (“CCTF”) which is supported by the General Fund and other dedicated revenue sources.

The first half of fiscal 2014 operated with the existing Commonwealth Care and Commonwealth Choice programs. Beginning in the second half of fiscal 2014 (January 2014 and beyond), the Health Connector is to administer the Commonwealth’s Health Insurance Exchange (“Exchange”). Members in the Commonwealth Care program as of December 31, 2013 will be able to maintain that benefit through March 2014 to ensure they have access to the full Exchange enrollment window. At the end of March 2014 all remaining members are to transition to their new coverage through the Exchange. As the Commonwealth’s Exchange, the Health Connector is to offer qualified health plans (“QHPs”) to individuals and small businesses. Individuals with incomes under 400% of the federal poverty level (“FPL”) will be eligible for federal tax credits, and certain small businesses shopping through the Exchange are expected to have access to small business health care tax credits. Individuals with incomes between 133% and 300% FPL, as well as certain Aliens with Special Status (“AWSS”) with incomes between 0% and 300% FPL are expected to have access to additional State and federal subsidies. The State provides additional State subsidies (“ConnectorCare”) to ensure that the premiums and point-of-service cost sharing for certain low-income members, after factoring in federal tax credits and cost sharing reductions, are equivalent to that which was available through the Commonwealth Care program. An estimated 150,000 individuals with incomes between 0% and 300% of FPL are expected to enroll in health coverage through the Health Connector and participate in the ConnectorCare program.

Commonwealth Care, ConnectorCare and support for the Health Safety Net Trust Fund remain funded through the CCTF in fiscal 2014. The fiscal 2014 budget provided $340 million from the General Fund for both the current programs and the new ConnectorCare program. The trust fund is supported by transfers from the General Fund and several dedicated revenue sources, including certain cigarette tax revenues and revenues generated as part of Massachusetts health care reform policies. The fiscal 2014 budget added additional dedicated cigarette tax revenue and revenue assessed from employers that was formerly used for the Medical Security Plan.

The fiscal 2014 cost of ConnectorCare was estimated at $61.2 million. The federal Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) approved an amendment to MassHealth’s 1115 Demonstration Waiver on October 1, 2013, authorizing a 50% federal match in fiscal 2014 for premium assistance payments for Non-AWSS ConnectorCare members, which were expected to result in an estimated $10 million in revenue for the Commonwealth.

As a result of ACA implementation, Health Connector program spending is expected to decrease by an estimated $191.8 million ($86.7 million net) in fiscal 2014 compared to the prior fiscal year. This reduction incorporates the transfer of an estimated 106,000 former Commonwealth Care members to MassHealth, the addition of an estimated 29,000 new members from the Health Safety Net and the estimated cost of ConnectorCare for members 300% FPL and below.

Federal 1115 MassHealth Demonstration Waiver . The Commonwealth’s 1115 waiver was renewed on December 20, 2011 and is expected to extend through June 30, 2014. The $26.750 billion agreement, which represents a $5.690 billion increase over the previous waiver, preserves existing eligibility and benefit levels in the Medicaid and Commonwealth Care programs and includes more than $13.3 billion in revenue to the Commonwealth through federal financial participation. The waiver contains provisions for a smooth transition to full implementation of the ACA, and MassHealth submitted a waiver amendment request to CMS on June 4, 2013 to codify required changes to waiver authorities under the ACA. The amendment request also included

 

B-22


proposals for federal matching funds to support State health care programs such as the Health Connector’s ConnectorCare and certain programs authorized by legislation enacted in 2012. CMS approved the waiver amendment on October 1, 2013. As approved, the waiver amendment provides the necessary authority for changes to subsidized health care programs under the ACA. It also provides authority for federal matching funds for the premium assistance portion of ConnectorCare expenditures in fiscal 2014 for Health Connector enrollees who are citizens or qualified aliens.

On December 30, 2013, CMS approved a subsequent amendment to the Demonstration waiver to provide federal matching funds for the temporary coverage being provided to applicants for subsidized health insurance whose applications could not be processed in a timely manner. The waiver also includes spending authority to support alternative payment models and integrated care through various programs such as the multi-payer Patient Centered Medical Home Initiative, a bundled payment pilot program for children with asthma, and Delivery System Transformation Initiative (“DSTI”) incentive payments to eligible safety net hospitals. The total amount of DSTI payments to these safety net providers over the three-year period is up to $628 million, of which up to $82.2 million is expected to be covered by State resources annually. Legislation approved in 2012 supported the establishment and full funding for the DSTI trust fund, for fiscal 2012 and 2013, and MassHealth began implementation of the program at the end of fiscal 2012. These funds are slated to support safety net hospitals’ investments to fundamentally change the delivery of care, with the ultimate goal of transitioning away from fee-for-service payments toward alternative payment methodologies that reward high-quality, efficient and integrated care systems. The fiscal 2014 budget supports $94 million in DSTI payments to safety net hospitals with an additional $11 million funded by Cambridge Health Alliance through an Inter-Governmental Transfer (“IGT”) for a total of $105 million in fiscal 2014. This figure represents only half of the payments for the fiscal year; due to timing requirements, the remaining payments are expected to be made and budgeted in fiscal 2015.

On September 30, 2013, the Commonwealth submitted a request to extend the 1115 waiver for a new five-year term, beginning July 1, 2014 and continuing through June 30, 2019. The extension request includes proposals to continue successful programs that have been established under the waiver, including a bundled payment pilot program for children with high-risk asthma, an Express Lane Eligibility renewal process for parents and caretakers of children receiving Supplemental Nutritional Assistance Program (“SNAP”) benefits, authority to provide intensive early intervention services to children up to age three who have autism-spectrum disorders, and various payments to providers such as the Delivery System Transformation Initiatives, Infrastructure and Capacity Building grants, the Health Safety Net and supplemental payments to critical safety net providers such as Boston Medical Center and Cambridge Health Alliance. In addition, the proposal seeks support for the Commonwealth’s efforts to advance alternative payment and delivery system models, including MassHealth’s Primary Care Payment Reform Initiative, a future Accountable Care Organization model in development and a fully integrated care model for disabled Medicaid members. Finally, the proposal seeks to continue all authorities approved as part of the recent 2013 waiver amendment and requests significant federal matching funds for Designated State Health Programs.

Health Safety Net/Health Safety Net Trust Fund . The Health Safety Net (“HSN”) makes payments to hospitals and community health centers for providing certain health care services to their low-income patients who are not eligible for health insurance or cannot afford it. In accordance with legislation enacted in 2012, authority to administer the HSN was transferred to the Executive Office of Health and Human Services, effective November 5, 2012. The HSN is funded primarily through assessments on hospitals and health insurance providers.

During fiscal 2013, HSN claims processing transitioned to a new system, which resulted in a lower than expected claims volume due to transitional issues, artificially depressing overall demand. Therefore, HSN demand in fiscal 2014 was expected to increase by between $2 million (assuming 4% growth rates) and $35 million (assuming 8% growth rates). This would increase the shortfall from $76 million in fiscal 2013 to up to $101 million in fiscal 2014. Changes related to the Affordable Healthcare Act were expected to reduce HSN demand in 2014 by approximately $80 million compared to what it would have otherwise been.

 

B-23


Medical Security Program . The Massachusetts Department of Unemployment Assistance provides health insurance assistance through the Medical Security Program (“MSP”) for low income residents of the Commonwealth who are receiving unemployment insurance benefits. The MSP has projected spending of $31.5 million for the first half of fiscal 2014. Beginning January 1, 2014, MSP members became eligible for other health insurance programs such as those offered by MassHealth and the Health Connector. Accordingly, the fiscal 2014 budget eliminated the Medical Security Program (“MSP”), effective January 1, 2014. Members in the MSP program as of December 31, 2013 who did not qualify for MassHealth coverage were expected to be able to maintain temporary coverage through March 2014 to ensure they had access to the full Exchange enrollment window. At the end of March 2014 all remaining members are expected to transition to their new coverage through the Exchange.

The fiscal 2014 budget also eliminated the Fair Share Contribution Program, which was the State’s quarterly assessment for employers that do not offer a “fair and reasonable” contribution to health insurance for their employees. The Fair Share Contribution policy around “fair and reasonable” was set forth in regulations and was a source of revenue for the CCTF. In addition, in order to ensure employers are contributing their share to health care for residents, the budget created a rebranded “employer medical assistance contribution” for employers, starting in 2014, which helps finance the cost of subsidized health insurance for low-income residents at the Health Connector. This funding takes the place of the assessment on businesses that funded the MSP program known as the Unemployment Health Insurance (“UHI”) Assessment. The employer medical assistance contribution was lower than the UHI assessment, and it was designed to be more streamlined for both small and large businesses than the current Fair Share Contribution. The fiscal 2014 budget assumes that the new contribution to the Connector will be $94 million in fiscal 2014.

Temporary Coverage for Applicants Seeking Subsidized Health Insurance . October 1, 2013 marked the beginning of an open enrollment period when residents could begin applying for subsidized health insurance under the ACA. However, due to challenges with the new IT system for determining eligibility for health insurance subsidies, the Commonwealth has experienced some delays in processing applications. Many individuals who had applied during the open enrollment period were already enrolled in Commonwealth Care, the Medical Security Program, or MassHealth and were able to retain their current coverage through at least March 31, 2014, due to coverage extensions for these programs. However, other applicants are not enrolled in any subsidized health insurance program. In order to prevent gaps or delays in health insurance coverage, the Commonwealth began providing temporary health insurance coverage to certain applicants starting January 1, 2014. These applicants included individuals who applied for subsidized health insurance coverage, who were not enrolled in another state health care program, and whose applications the Commonwealth was unable to process in a timely manner. The temporary coverage is slated to be in place until a final determination of eligibility can be made.

Health Care Cost Containment . On August 6, 2012, the Governor signed legislation designed to improve the quality of health care and to reduce costs through increased transparency, efficiency and innovation. The law moves providers and payers away from fee-for-service payments toward alternative payment structures that are designed to reward integration and coordination of care for patients, reduce costs and improve quality. The legislation extended the presumptive disapproval criteria of the State Division of Insurance for premium rates in the small and non-group market. It also transferred the responsibilities of the Division of Health Care Finance and Policy to MassHealth, the Health Connector, and the newly-created Center for Health Information and Analysis (“CHIA”). CHIA was created as an independent state agency, funded through an industry assessment, to monitor the Massachusetts health care system through data collection and research and to release reliable information and meaningful analysis to a wide variety of audiences.

The Health Policy Commission (“HPC”) is an integral component of the implementation of the new legislation. The HPC will set health care cost growth goals, enhance provider transparency, monitor the health care marketplace and establish standards for accountable care organizations, among other responsibilities. It is governed by an 11-person board appointed by the Governor, the Attorney General and the State Auditor. The

 

B-24


HPC is funded through a one-time assessment on health care payers and providers as well as a one-time licensing fee for new resort casinos that are expected to be established in Massachusetts. The one-time assessment on health care payers and providers is equal to the $209 million that is expected to be used over four years to support HPC operations, a distressed hospital fund, a public health fund and a health information technology fund. The amount dedicated to HPC operations is equal to 5% of the total assessment (approximately $10.5 million over the four-year period, or approximately $2.6 million each year). Calculations pertaining to the assessment were released on December 31, 2012, and collection of payments began in June 2013. A portion of the one-time casino licensing money collected in fiscal 2014, expected to be $40 million, is designated for the Health Care Payment Reform Trust Fund to be administered by the HPC. Of that total, $6.2 million net is designated for MassHealth payments for inpatient and outpatient behavioral and mental health services. The fund balance is expected to support operational and programmatic costs related to health care payment reform not only in fiscal 2014 but in future years as well.

The 2012 legislation established a cost growth target for the Commonwealth based on Potential Gross State Product (“PGSP”), which was estimated to be 3.6% for calendar year 2013. The growth rate of PGSP is the long-run average growth rate of the Commonwealth’s economy, ignoring fluctuations due to business cycles. As part of the consensus revenue process for fiscal 2015, the Secretary of Administration and Finance and the chairs of the House and Senate Ways and Means Committees were required to establish PGSP for calendar year 2015. After consultation with economists, they determined a PGSP number of 3.6% for calendar 2015, which is identical to the PGSP figure that was adopted for calendar year 2014. The cost growth target equals PGSP for the period from 2013 through 2017, PGSP minus 0.5% for the period from 2018 through 2022 and PGSP from 2023 onwards. However, the HPC and the Legislature have some ability to change those growth targets after 2018. Insurers and providers with cost growth exceeding the growth target may be required by the HPC to file performance improvement plans describing specific strategies, adjustments and action steps they propose to implement to improve cost performance. If cost growth targets are met, it is estimated that the new law could result in statewide savings of up to $200 billion over the next 15 years.

In February, 2013, the Legislature approved $2.95 million in funding in fiscal 2013 for the Executive Office of Health and Human Services (“EOHHS”) and the Department of Public Health (“DPH”) to begin immediate implementation of certain initiatives associated with the 2012 legislation. These initiatives include convening a health planning council to develop a State health plan, modifying existing Determination of Need statutes, administering the Prevention and Wellness Trust Fund and wellness tax credit program for small businesses, and operational funds for the Commonwealth’s ongoing development and operation of the Health Information Exchange (“HIE”) that enables the sharing of health care information across organizations.

The fiscal 2014 budget supports the continued implementation of these fiscal 2013 initiatives, and also includes additional investments, including $20 million for MassHealth rate increases for hospitals that demonstrate use of alternative payment methodologies (“APM”) and $5.7 million for increased rates for critical access and pediatric specialty hospitals. These investments are offset by 50% FFP. In addition, the State Auditor’s Office will receive $431,000 to support additional staffing and IT capacity to evaluate implementation of the 2012 legislation and impacts on controlling health care costs.

Other Health and Human Services

Office of Health Services . The Office of Health Services encompasses programs and services from the Department of Public Health and the Department of Mental Health. Their goal is to promote healthy people, families, communities and environments through coordinated care. The departments work in unison to determine that individuals and families can live and work in their communities self-sufficiently and safely. The following are a few examples of programs and services provided by this office: substance abuse programs, immunization services, early intervention programs, environmental health services, youth violence programs, supportive housing and residential services for the mentally ill of all ages, and emergency and acute hospital services.

 

B-25


Office of Children, Youth and Family Services . The Office of Children, Youth and Family Services works to provide services to children and their families through a variety of programs and services. The programs and services are offered through the Department of Social Services, the Department of Youth Services, the Department of Transitional Assistance and the Office of Refugees and Immigrants. The collaborative goal of this office is to work to ensure that individuals, children and families are provided with public assistance needed as well as access to programs that will allow for them to be safe and self-sufficient.

Through the Department of Transitional Assistance (“DTA”), the Commonwealth funds three major programs of public assistance for eligible State residents: Transitional Aid to Families with Dependent Children (“TAFDC”); Emergency Aid to the Elderly, Disabled and Children (“EAEDC”); and the State Supplemental Program (“SSP”) for individuals enrolled in the federal Supplemental Security Income (“SSI”) program. In addition, the DTA is responsible for administering the entirely federally funded Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (“SNAP”, formerly the Food Stamp Program), as well as other smaller programs that assist DTA clients with completing their education, gaining career skills and finding employment.

The SNAP program provides nutritional support to low-income households in the Commonwealth. On average, the DTA issues more than $116 million in SNAP benefits each month. The U. S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) estimates that each dollar in SNAP assistance generates nearly $2 in economic activity—for the Commonwealth, this would translate to nearly $2.8 billion per year in local production, sales and jobs.

Since the beginning of fiscal 2002, the SNAP caseload in the Commonwealth has increased by more than 375%, while total DTA staffing levels have decreased by about 30%. Between June 2009 and March 2011, due to its inability to timely meet statutory case recertification requirements and in order to avoid placing clients in jeopardy of losing their benefits, the DTA did not close SNAP cases for which clients had complied with all recertification requirements, but for which the DTA had not completed the recertification process. This resulted in SNAP benefit over-issuances that the USDA calculated to total $27.8 million. To prevent such a situation from recurring, the DTA has reinstated automatic closure of all SNAP cases with expired recertification periods. Therefore, cases not recertified in a timely manner are being automatically closed. As of January 15, 2014, the DTA was working with the USDA to address this matter.

The federal welfare reform legislation that was enacted on August 22, 1996 eliminated the federal entitlement program of aid to families with dependent children and replaced it with the Temporary Assistance For Needy Families (“TANF”) block grant. Since the inception of block grant funding, the Commonwealth has received $459.4 million annually that is exempt from federal sequestration. In order to be eligible for the full block grant funding, the Commonwealth must meet maintenance-of-effort and work participation requirements.

The federal work participation rate (i.e., the percentage of work-eligible individuals receiving assistance who are participating in work or training-related activities allowed under the program) is 50% for all families and 90% for two-parent families. States can lower their work participation rate requirement by applying credits earned through annual caseload reductions. In order to assist in meeting work participation requirements, in fiscal 2008, the Commonwealth established the State-funded Supplemental Nutrition Assistance (“SNA”) program. Working families receiving SNAP are enrolled in SNA if they meet the TANF work requirements and are categorically eligible for TANF.

Office of Disabilities and Community Services . The Office of Disabilities and Community Services assists in the welfare of many disadvantaged residents of the Commonwealth through a variety of agencies. Programs and services are provided by the Massachusetts Rehabilitation Commission, the Massachusetts Commission for the Deaf and Hard of Hearing, the Massachusetts Commission for the Blind, the Department of Developmental Services (previously the Department of Mental Retardation) and the Soldiers’ Homes in Chelsea and Holyoke. These agencies provide assistance to this population and create public awareness to the citizens of the Commonwealth. Other facets of the Office of Disabilities and Community Services include both oversight and inter-agency

 

B-26


collaboration which attend to the needs of the community, disabled and multi-disabled population. This holistic approach is designed to ensure that those of all ages with disabilities are able to lead functionally equivalent lives despite limitations that they may face.

Department of Elder Affairs . The Department of Elder Affairs (“Elder Affairs”) provides a variety of services and programs to eligible seniors and their families. Elder Affairs administers supportive and congregate housing programs, regulates assisted living residences, provides home care and caregiver support services, and nutrition programs. Eligibility for services is based largely on age, income, and disability status. The Department of Elder Affairs also administers the Prescription Advantage Program.

Department of Veterans’ Services . The Department of Veterans’ Services provides a variety of services, programs and benefits to eligible veterans and their families. The Department of Veterans’ Services provides outreach services to help eligible veterans enroll in a variety of programs, administers supportive housing and homeless services, and provides over 65,000 veterans, veterans’ spouses and parents with annuity and benefit payments.

Education

Executive Office of Education . In fiscal 2008, enacted reorganization legislation created an Executive Office of Education encompassing the Department of Early Education and Care, the Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (previously the Department of Education), the Department of Higher Education (previously the Board of Higher Education) and the University of Massachusetts system. The office is, committed to advancing actions and initiatives that will improve achievement for all students, close persistent achievement gaps, and to create a 21st century public education system that prepares students for higher education, work and life in a world economy and global society.

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education . The Department of Elementary and Secondary Education serves the student population from kindergarten through twelfth grade by providing support for students, educators, schools and districts and by providing state leadership. The Department of Elementary and Secondary Education is governed by the Executive Office of Education and by the Board of Education, which will now include 13 members. There are 328 school districts in the Commonwealth, serving over 950,000 students.

Department of Higher Education . The Commonwealth’s system of higher education includes the five-campus University of Massachusetts, nine state universities and 15 community colleges. The higher education system is coordinated by the Department of Higher Education which has a governing board, the Board of Higher Education, and each institution of higher education is governed by a separate board of trustees. The Board of Higher Education nominates, and the Secretary of Education appoints, a Commissioner of Higher Education, who is responsible for carrying out the policies established by the board at the Department of Higher Education.

The operating revenues of each institution consist primarily of state appropriations and of student fees that are set by the board of trustees of each institution. Tuition levels are set by the Board of Higher Education. State-supported tuition revenue is required to be remitted to the State Treasurer by each institution; however, the Massachusetts College of Art and Design and the Massachusetts Maritime Academy have the authority to retain tuition indefinitely and all higher education institutions are able to retain tuition received from out-of-state students. The board of trustees of each institution submits annually audited financial statements to the Comptroller and the Board of Higher Education. The Department of Higher Education prepares annual operating budget requests on behalf of all institutions, which are submitted to the Executive Office of Education and subsequently to the Executive Office for Administration and Finance and to the House and Senate Committees on Ways and Means. The Legislature appropriates funds for the higher education system in the Commonwealth’s annual operating budget in various line items for each institution.

 

B-27


Department of Early Education and Care . The Department of Early Education and Care provides support to children and families seeking a foundational education. Additionally, the Department strives to educate current and prospective early education and care providers in a variety of instructive aspects. Included within the Department’s programs and services are supportive child care, TANF-related child care, low-income child care, Head Start grants, universal pre-kindergarten, quality enhancement programs, professional development programs, mental health programs, healthy families programs and family support and engagement programs. Two of these programs, the supportive and TANF-related child care, help children receiving or referred services by the Department of Social Services or the Department of Transitional Assistance.

Public Safety

Twelve state agencies fall under the umbrella of the Executive Office of Public Safety and Security. The largest is the Department of Correction, which operates 18 correctional facilities and centers across the Commonwealth. Other public safety agencies include the State Police, Parole Board, the Department of Fire Services, the Military Division, the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner and six other public safety related agencies.

In addition to expenditures for these twelve state public safety agencies, the Commonwealth provides funding for the departments of the 14 independently elected Sheriffs that operate 23 jails and correctional facilities. In fiscal 2010, all 14 Massachusetts state and county sheriffs were aligned under the State budgeting and finance laws. Prior to the transfer, the Commonwealth had seven sheriffs operating as state agencies under the State accounting and budgeting system and seven sheriffs operating as county entities. The sheriff departments have successfully transitioned onto the State budgeting and accounting system, and all sheriff employees have been placed on the State payroll. As of January 15, 2014, appropriations had been established to support sheriff department operations for the balance of this fiscal year. Thus, as of January 15, 2014, all 14 sheriff departments were functioning as independent state agencies within the Executive Branch.

Energy and Environmental Affairs

In fiscal 2008, the Executive Office of Environmental Affairs was reorganized into the Executive Office of Energy and Environmental Affairs. This reorganization included the transfer of the Department of Energy Resources and Department of Public Utilities from the Executive Office of Economic Development to the new secretariat. The Executive Office of Energy and Environmental Affairs is responsible for policy development, environmental law enforcement services and oversight of agencies and programs. Six state agencies and numerous boards fall under the umbrella of the Executive Office of Energy and Environmental Affairs. The largest is the Department of Conservation and Recreation, which operates over 600,000 acres of public parkland, recreational facilities, watersheds and forests across the Commonwealth. Other environmental agencies include the Department of Agricultural Resources, responsible for the State’s agricultural and food safety programs; the Department of Environmental Protection, responsible for clean air, water, recycling and environmental remediation programs; and the Department of Fish and Game, responsible for the management and protection of endangered species, fisheries and habitat. Additional agencies include the Department of Public Utilities, responsible for oversight of electric, gas, water and transportation utilities and the Department of Energy Resources, responsible for energy planning, management and oversight.

Debt Service

Debt service expenditures relate to general obligation bonds and notes, special obligation bonds and federal grant anticipation notes issued by the Commonwealth.

 

B-28


Other Program Expenditures

The remaining expenditures on other programs and services for state government include the judiciary, district attorneys, the Attorney General, the Executive Office for Administration and Finance, the Executive Office for Housing and Economic Development, the Executive Office of Labor and Workforce Development and various other programs.

Employee Benefits

Group Insurance . The Group Insurance Commission (“GIC”) provides health insurance benefits to more than 400,000 people, including active and retired state employees and their dependents, participating municipalities and certain retired municipal teachers. State employee contributions are based on date of hire; employees hired on or before June 30, 2003 contribute 20% of total premium costs, and employees hired after June 30, 2003 pay 25% of premium costs. Similarly, State retiree contributions are based on retirement date, and are either 10%, 15% or 20%. The GIC provides the health insurance benefits for participating municipalities; the municipalities reimburse the State for their enrollees’ premium costs. The contribution ratio(s) for municipal enrollees is set through a collective bargaining process. Two additional municipalities joined the GIC in fiscal 2014, adding approximately 2,000 GIC enrollees. As of July 1, 2014, the GIC is expected to provide health insurance to employees and retirees of 54 municipalities: twelve cities, thirty towns, seven regional school districts, four planning councils and one regional dispatch district.

The fiscal 2014 budget is consistent with GASB Statement No. 45 and the State’s intent to account separately for spending for current retirees with deposits towards the Commonwealth’s non-pension retiree liability. The fiscal 2014 budget for the GIC, to fund health coverage for active employees, their dependents and municipal employees, both active and retired, that have joined the GIC for fiscal 2014 is $1.272 billion. The fiscal 2014 budget authorizes transfers of up to $420 million to the SRBTF for the purpose of making expenditures for current retirees and their dependents.

The Group Insurance Commission (“GIC”) has begun implementation of the 2012 health care cost containment legislation, which is expected to accelerate changes to the way doctors, hospitals and other health care providers are paid for their services. Through this process the GIC aims to limit growth in premiums, avoid higher co-pays and deductibles and improve patient health. The GIC estimates it will save taxpayers hundreds of millions of dollars over five years with improved quality of care.

Pension. The Commonwealth is responsible for the payment of pension benefits for Commonwealth employees (members of the State employees’ retirement system) and for teachers of the cities, towns and regional school districts throughout the State (including members of the Massachusetts teachers’ retirement system and teachers in the Boston public schools, who are members of the State-Boston retirement system but whose pensions are also the responsibility of the Commonwealth). Almost all non-federal public employees in the Commonwealth participate in defined-benefit pension plans administered pursuant to State law by 105 public retirement systems. The Commonwealth is responsible for the payment of pension benefits for Commonwealth employees (members of the State employees’ retirement system) and for teachers of the cities, towns and regional school districts throughout the State (including members of the Massachusetts teachers’ retirement system and teachers in the Boston public schools, who are members of the State Boston retirement system but whose pensions are also the responsibility of the Commonwealth). The members of the retirement system do not participate in the Social Security System. Employees of certain independent authorities and agencies, such as the Massachusetts Water Resources Authority, and of counties, cities and towns (other than teachers) are covered by 103 separate retirement systems and the Commonwealth is not responsible for making contributions towards the funding of these retirement systems. Pension benefits for state employees are administered by the State Board of Retirement, and pension benefits for teachers are administered by the Teachers’ Retirement Board. Investment of the assets of the State employees’ and Massachusetts teachers’ retirement systems is managed by the Pension Reserves Investment Management (“PRIM”) Board. In the case of all other retirement systems, the retirement

 

B-29


board for the system administers pension benefits and manages investment of assets. Retirement board members are required to complete 18 hours of training and to file annual statements of financial interest with the Public Employee Retirement Administration Commission (“PERAC”). Many such retirement boards invest their assets with the PRIM Board, and legislation approved in 2007 allows the PRIM Board to take over the assets of local retirement systems that are less than 65% funded and have failed to come within 2% of the PRIM Board’s performance over a ten-year period. With a very small number of exceptions, the members of these state and local retirement systems do not participate in the federal Social Security System.

The Massachusetts State Employees’ Retirement System (“MSERS”) and the Massachusetts Teachers’ Retirement System (“MTRS”) are the two largest plans of the public contributory retirement systems operated in the Commonwealth. As of January 1, 2013, MSERS had 87,175 current members, 55,383 retirees and beneficiaries and 4,067 terminated employees entitled to benefits but not yet receiving them. As of January 1, 2013, MTRS had 87,765 current members and 59,019 retirees and beneficiaries.

The MSERS is a multiple-employer defined-benefit public employee retirement system. The MTRS is a defined-benefit public employee retirement system managed by the Commonwealth on behalf of municipal teachers and municipal teacher retirees. The Commonwealth is a non-employer contributor and is responsible for all contributions and future benefits of the MTRS. Members become vested after ten years of creditable service. For members who joined the system prior to April 2, 2012 superannuation retirement allowance may be received upon the completion of 20 years of service or upon reaching the age of 55 with ten years of service. Normal retirement for those employees who were system members before April 2, 2012 occurs at age 65; for certain hazardous duty and public safety positions, normal retirement is at age 55. Most members who joined the system after April 1, 2012 cannot retire prior to age 60.

The retirement systems’ funding policies have been established by Chapter 32 of the Massachusetts General Laws. The Legislature has the authority to amend these policies. The annuity portion of the MSERS and the MTRS retirement allowance is funded by employees, who contribute a percentage of their regular compensation. Costs of administering the plan are funded out of plan assets. The policies provide for uniform benefit and contribution requirements for all contributory public employee retirement systems. These requirements generally provide for superannuation retirement allowance benefits up to a maximum of 80% of a member’s highest three-year average annual rate of regular compensation. For employees hired after April 1, 2012, retirement allowances are calculated on the basis of the last five years or any five consecutive years, whichever is greater in terms of compensation. Benefit payments are based upon a member’s age, length of creditable service and group creditable service, and group classification.

Boston teachers are not included in the membership data noted above for the MTRS. Legislation approved in May 2010 changed the methodology for the Commonwealth’s funding of pension benefits paid to Boston teachers. Prior to this change, the Commonwealth reimbursed the City of Boston for pension benefits paid to Boston teachers as certified by the State Boston Retirement System (“SBRS”). Those costs were funded one fiscal year in arrears. The cost of pension benefits of the other participants of the SBRS is the responsibility of the City of Boston. The SBRS is a cost-sharing multiple-employer pension system that is not administered by the Commonwealth and is not part of the reporting entity of the Commonwealth for accounting purposes. The 2010 legislation clarified that the Commonwealth is responsible for all employer contributions and future benefit requirements for Boston teachers that are members of the SBRS. The Commonwealth’s actuarially required contribution to the SBRS was $94.8 million for fiscal 2013.

Subject to legislative approval, annual increases in cost-of-living allowances are provided in an amount equal to the lesser of 3% or the previous year’s percentage increase in the United States consumer price index on the first $13,000 of benefits for members of the MSERS and MTRS. The Commonwealth pension funding schedule assumes that annual increases of 3% will be approved for its retirees. Local retirement systems that have established pension funding schedules may opt in to the requirement as well, with the costs and actuarial liabilities attributable to the cost-of-living allowances required to be reflected in such systems’ funding

 

B-30


schedules. Legislation approved in 1999 allows local retirement systems to increase the cost-of-living allowance up to 3% during years that the previous year’s percentage increase in the United States consumer price index is less than 3%.

Employee Contributions . The MSERS and MTRS are partially funded by employee contributions of regular compensation—5% for those hired before 1975, 7% for those hired from 1975 through 1983, 8% for those hired from 1984 through June 30, 1996 and 9% for those hired on or after July 1, 1996, plus an additional 2% of compensation above $30,000 per year for all those members hired starting on January 1, 1979 (except those MTRS employees contributing 11%). Employee contributions, for MTRS, are 11% for those hired on or after July 1, 2001. Employee contributions are 12% of compensation for members of the state police hired in or after 1996. Legislation enacted in fiscal 2000 established an alternative superannuation retirement benefit program for teachers hired on or after July 1, 2001 (and others who opt in) with an 11% contribution requirement for a minimum of five years. The contribution rate for most MTRS employees hired after April 1, 2012 will be reduced to 6% after 30 years of creditable service.

Funding Schedule . The retirement systems were originally established as “pay-as-you-go” systems, meaning that amounts were appropriated each year to pay current benefits, and no provision was made to fund currently the future liabilities already incurred. In fiscal 1988, the Commonwealth began to address the unfunded liabilities of the two state systems by making appropriations to pension reserves. As of January 15, 2014, under current law, such unfunded liability was required to be amortized to zero by June 30, 2040. The law also requires that the Secretary of Administration and Finance file a proposed funding schedule with the legislature every three years identifying the appropriations or transfers required to amortize the unfunded liability to zero, to meet the normal cost of all future benefits for which the Commonwealth is obligated and to meet any other component of the Commonwealth’s pension liability. Previously designated amounts can be adjusted based on a new funding schedule so long as the adjustments represent an increase in the scheduled amounts for those years. The law requires the funding schedule submitted by the Secretary to be based on actuarial valuation reports and requires the Secretary to provide the actuarial, economic and demographic assumptions upon which the reports are based. The funding schedule is filed with the House Committee on Ways and Means and is deemed approved if no action is taken by the committee within 45 days.

As of January 15, 2014, the most recent pension funding schedule for payments into the Commonwealth’s Pension Liability Fund was filed by the Secretary of Administration and Finance on January 14, 2014. The assumptions underlying the new funding schedule include valuation of assets and liabilities as of January 1, 2013, an annual rate of return on assets of 8.0%, and appropriation increases of 10% per year until fiscal 2017 with 7% increases thereafter until the final amortization payment in fiscal 2036 (four years before the statutory requirement).

Actuarial Valuations . On September 25, 2013, PERAC released its actuarial valuation of the Commonwealth’s total pension obligation as of January 1, 2013. This valuation was based on the plan provisions in effect at the time and on member data and asset information as of December 31, 2012.

The unfunded actuarial accrued liability as of that date for the total obligation was approximately $28.348 billion, including approximately $9.068 billion for MSERS, $17.348 billion for MTRS, $1.688 billion for Boston Teachers and $244.1 million for cost-of-living increases reimbursable to local systems. The valuation study estimated the total actuarial accrued liability as of January 1, 2013 to be approximately $71.866 billion (comprised of $29.385 billion for MSERS, $39.135 billion for MTRS, $3.101 billion for Boston Teachers and $244.1 million for cost-of-living increases reimbursable to local systems). Total assets were valued on an actuarial basis at approximately $43.517 billion based on a five-year average valuation method, which equaled 99.4% of the January 1, 2013 total asset market value.

Actuarial valuations during the 15 years prior to the January 1, 2013 valuation have used an investment return assumption of 8.25%. In keeping with PERAC’s recommendation in its 2012 report, the investment return

 

B-31


assumption in the 2013 report was reduced to 8.00%. This change by itself increased plan liabilities by approximately $1.660 billion. Other assumptions (relating to salary increases, rates of retirement, disability, turnover and mortality) were also revised, based on an experience study of the years 2006 through 2011. These revised assumptions (most notably lowered salary increase assumptions) decreased the active actuarial liability by approximately $23 million. The completed experience study was expected to be released in early 2014.

The impact of the change in assumptions was more significant for MTRS than MSERS. For MSERS, the increase in liability due to the change in assumptions was approximately $162 million. This reflects an increase of $703 million due to the change in the investment return assumption and a decrease of $541 million due to all changes in other assumptions. For MTRS, the increase in liability due to the change in assumptions was approximately $1.38 billion. This reflects an increase of $900 million due to the change in the investment return assumption, $1.0 billion due to a change in the mortality assumption to reflect greater life expectancy and a decrease of $520 million due to all changes in other assumptions.

Salary increase assumptions are based on Group and years of service. The ultimate salary increase rate in the pre-2013 valuations is 4.5% for Groups 1 and 2, 5.0% for Groups 3 and 4, and 4.75% for teachers. The ultimate salary increase rate in the 2013 MSERS valuation is 4.0% for Groups 1 and 2 and 4.5% for Groups 3 and 4. For MTRS the revised ultimate rate effective in the 2013 valuation is 4.0%. The assumption is higher in early years of employment and grades down to the ultimate rate. The pre-2013 assumptions were based on PERAC’s Experience Study Analysis for the State Retirement System (published in 2007) and the Massachusetts Teachers’ Retirement System (published in 2008).

A revision to the actuarial standards of practice in 2010 required that future mortality improvements (longer life expectancy) be considered in valuations performed after July 1, 2011. PERAC’s review of the MSERS mortality assumption was completed prior to PERAC’s January 1, 2012 valuation and the revised assumption was included in that valuation (see the PERAC 2012 report for additional detail). The mortality assumption projected mortality improvement to 2015 for retirees and 2020 for active members and increased the actuarial liability by approximately .75%. In the 2012 valuation, PERAC estimated MTRS mortality by making modest life expectancy increases to the MSERS mortality results and increased the actuarial liability by 1.25%. PERAC’S final MTRS experience analysis results determined that mortality was more favorable than anticipated. As with the MSERS, the assumption projected mortality improvement to 2015 for retirees and 2020 for active members, but the base table reflects longer life expectancy than for MSERS and the actuarial liability increased by approximately 2.6%.

The 2012 valuation also reflects the $1,000 increase in the level of pension income that is protected by cost-of-living adjustments (from $12,000 to $13,000) which was included in pension reform legislation passed in 2011. This change increased the actuarial liability by 0.4%.

The Actuarial Value of Assets is determined in accordance with the deferred recognition method under which 20% of the gains or losses occurring in the prior year are recognized, 40% of those occurring two years prior are recognized, etc., so that 100% of gains and losses occurring five years ago are recognized. This has the effect of smoothing the short-term volatility of market values over a five-year period. The actuarial value of assets will be adjusted, if necessary, in order to remain between 90% and 110% of market value. In valuations prior to 1998, plan assets were determined at market value. As part of the 1998 valuation, this methodology was adjusted to reduce the potential volatility in the market value approach from year to year. The actuarial value of assets as of January 1, 2013 is 99.4% of the market value. The unfunded actuarial liability increased from $23.605 billion on January 1, 2012 to $28.348 billion on January 1, 2013, due to the final recognition of investment losses in 2008 and the revised actuarial assumptions.

Annual Required Contributions. Annual Required Contribution (“ARC”) is determined annually based on the most recent Commonwealth valuation. Valuations have been performed annually since January 1, 2000. The Commonwealth also develops a revised funding schedule by statute at least every three years, and the

 

B-32


Commonwealth made the full contribution required, under the then-current funding schedule, for each year, from 2008 through 2012. Since the funding schedule can be several years old when the ARC is determined, the funding schedule information lags the more current ARC information except in the year in which the funding schedule is developed. Accordingly, in some years the ARC will exceed the contribution made and in other years the contribution made will exceed the ARC. Due to significant investment losses in 2008, the unfunded liability (and therefore the ARC) increased significantly for fiscal 2009. However, the funding schedule was based on the 2008 valuation before the market downturn. This accounts for the discrepancy between the ARC and contributions made in fiscal 2009. In fiscal 2010 the discrepancy is accounted for by the market downturn and the double payment to SBRS. The Commonwealth’s total annual required contribution for 2013 was $1,804,448,000.

Other Post-Employment Benefit (“OPEB”) Obligations . In addition to providing pension benefits, under Chapter 32A of the Massachusetts General Laws, the Commonwealth is required to provide certain health care and life insurance benefits (“other post-employment benefits” or “OPEB”) for retired employees of the Commonwealth, housing authorities, redevelopment authorities and certain other governmental agencies. Substantially all of the Commonwealth’s employees may become eligible for these benefits if they reach retirement age while working for the Commonwealth. Eligible retirees are required to contribute a specified percentage of the health care / benefit costs which are comparable to contributions required from employees. The Commonwealth is reimbursed for the cost of benefits to retirees of the eligible authorities and non-state agencies. (Although, the Commonwealth is required to pay pensions to retired municipal teachers, the Commonwealth has no OPEB obligations with respect to retired municipal teachers.)

The GIC of the Commonwealth manages the Commonwealth’s defined benefit OPEB plan as an agent multiple employer program including the Commonwealth and 370 municipalities and other non-Commonwealth governmental entities. These entities that participate in the GIC are responsible for paying premiums at the same rate to the GIC and therefore benefit from the Commonwealth’s premium rates. The GIC has representation on the Board of Trustees of the State Retiree Benefits Trust Fund (“SRBTF”). The SRBTF is set up solely to pay for OPEB benefits and the cost to administer those benefits and can only be dissolved when all such health care and other non-pension benefits, current and future, have been paid or defeased. The GIC administers benefit payments, while the Trustees are responsible for investment decisions.

Employer and employee contribution rates are set by statute. The Commonwealth recognizes its share of the costs on an actuarial basis. As of June 30, 2009, Commonwealth participants contributed 0% to 20% of premium costs, depending on the date of hire and whether the participant is of active, retiree or survivor status. As of July 1, 2009, all active employees were required to pay an additional 5% of premium costs. The GIC had 156,160 state enrollees as of the end of fiscal 2013.

Accounting standards promulgated in 2004 by the GASB required the Commonwealth to begin disclosing its OPEB liability in its fiscal 2008 financial reports. In 2006, the Comptroller of the Commonwealth contracted with a consulting firm to produce an actuarial valuation that calculated the liability of the present value of benefits if the Commonwealth chose to continue to fund that liability on a pay-as-you-go basis and what the liability would be should the Commonwealth choose to fully fund the liability over 30 years.

The January 1, 2013 actuarial valuation was issued on November 25, 2013. According to the actuarial valuation report, the Commonwealth’s actuarial accrued OPEB liability, assuming no pre-funding and using a discount rate of 4.5%, was approximately $15.784 billion as of January 1, 2013. The 4.5% discount rate (which is the approximate rate of return since the inception of the Massachusetts Municipal Depository Trust) is intended to approximate the Commonwealth’s rate of return on non-pension (liquid) investments over the long term. Assuming pre-funding, the study estimated the Commonwealth’s liability to be approximately $9.530 billion using a discount rate of 8.00%. In order to qualify its OPEB liabilities as pre-funded, the Commonwealth must deposit annual contributions in a qualifying trust in accordance with the requirements of GASB Statement No. 45 (and similar to the program for funding the Commonwealth’s unfunded actuarial liability for pensions).

 

 

B-33


As the Commonwealth is not fully funding the amortization of the actuarial liability, a liability for the difference between the amount funded and the actuarially required contribution is reflected on the Commonwealth’s statement of net position, as presented on a GAAP basis. The liability increases or decreases each year depending on the amount funded, investment return and changes in amortization and assumptions. This change in liability is reflected either as a revenue or expense item in the Commonwealth’s statement of activities as presented on a GAAP basis, dependent on these factors. As of June 30, 2013, this net OPEB obligation as reflected on the Commonwealth’s statement of net position was $4.147 billion.

The independent actuarial report covers only the Commonwealth’s OPEB obligations for Commonwealth employees and their survivors. Municipalities and authorities of the Commonwealth, even if their health care coverage is administered by the GIC, perform their own valuations, as the Commonwealth acts only as an agent for these entities with respect to OPEB and does not assume the risk or financial burden of their health care costs.

GASB Statement No. 45 requires that OPEB obligations be recalculated at two-year intervals. Such calculations may be affected by many factors, including changing experience and assumptions regarding future health care claims, by whether or not the Commonwealth enacts legislation that qualifies its OPEB obligations to be calculated on a pre-funded basis, by changes in the Commonwealth’s employee profile and possibly by changes in OPEB coverage levels and retiree contribution requirements. Accordingly, it should be anticipated that the actuarial accrued liability of the Commonwealth for OPEB liabilities may fluctuate.

The executive and legislative branches have been working to develop a short- and long- term strategy for addressing the Commonwealth’s OPEB liability. The SRBTF was created, and in fiscal 2008 spending for current retirees’ healthcare occurred from the fund, helping to consolidate the State’s retiree funding efforts and better project future liabilities. In fiscal 2008, the fund benefited from a one-time transfer of approximately $329 million from the Health Care Security Trust. The actuarial value of plan assets as of January 1, 2013 was approximately $406.7 million.

A special commission to study retiree health care benefits for public employees in Massachusetts was mandated as part of the pension reform act passed in November 2011. The commission held regular meetings between April and December 2012 and filed a report on January 11, 2013. The report’s recommendations included phasing in a higher minimum eligibility age to receive retiree health benefits and pro-rating the level of benefits received based on years of service. The commission’s recommendations, if adopted, would generate savings of over $20 billion for state and local governments in the Commonwealth over the next 30 years, according to outside actuaries. On February 12, 2013, the Governor filed legislation to implement the Commission’s recommendations. The bill has been referred to the Legislature’s Joint Committee on Public Service. The committee held a hearing on the bill on October 31, 2013.

State finance law was amended in 2010 to require deposits, on an annual basis, to the SRBTF in the amount of 5% of any capital gains tax revenues transferred to the Stabilization Fund because they are in excess of the statutory capital gains threshold. The 5% equated to a $23.4 million deposit in the State Retiree Benefits Trust Fund in fiscal 2013.

The fiscal 2012 budget included a requirement that, beginning in fiscal 2013, 10% of annual tobacco settlement payments received by the Commonwealth are to be transferred to the SRBTF, with the amount to be deposited to the SRBTF to increase by 10% increments annually thereafter until 100% of all payments are transferred to that Fund. The fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014 budgets have adhered to this requirement, although the fiscal 2014 budget altered the funding sources. As a result of this provision $25 million was deposited in the State Retiree Benefits Trust Fund in fiscal 2013, and a projected $50 million was expected to be deposited in fiscal 2014.

 

B-34


COMMONWEALTH CAPITAL INVESTMENT PLAN

The Executive Office for Administration and Finance annually updates its five-year capital investment plan, including its debt affordability analysis. The five-year plan coordinates capital expenditures by state agencies and authorities that are funded primarily by Commonwealth debt and federal reimbursements. Beginning in fiscal 2009 and concluding in fiscal 2013, capital funds were also provided pursuant to the ARRA.

The Executive Office for Administration and Finance sets an annual administrative limit on the amount of bond-funded capital expenditures. The purpose of the administrative limit, known as the “bond cap,” is to keep Commonwealth debt within affordable levels.

On December 4, 2013, the Governor released a five-year capital investment plan for fiscal 2014 through fiscal 2018, totaling over $18.9 billion. With the release of the plan, the Governor announced that the bond cap was expected to be $2 billion for fiscal 2014, plus $205 million in unused bond cap from fiscal 2013 which had been carried forward to support spending in fiscal 2014. The bond cap for fiscal 2015 is projected to be $2.125 billion, and the bond cap for fiscal 2016 through fiscal 2018 is projected to be $2.250 billion. Future debt affordability analysis may show sufficient revenue growth to permit a higher bond cap in the out-years of the current five-year plan.

The bond cap determination is based on the debt affordability policy described in the updated debt affordability analysis. Under this policy, the Executive Office for Administration and Finance will set the annual borrowing limit at a level designed to keep debt service within 8% of budgeted revenues. For this purpose, debt service includes principal and interest payments on all general obligation debt, special obligation gas tax debt, interest on federal grant anticipation notes, general obligation contract assistance payment obligations and budgetary contract assistance payment obligations on certain capital lease financings. In addition, while the accelerated bridge and Build Mass Bonds programs are expected to be funded outside of the bond cap, the related debt service costs of the programs have been fully accounted for under the debt affordability policy in setting the bond cap at the designated levels. However, when a project financed with debt payable by the Commonwealth directly or indirectly generates new state revenue that is applied to the payment of such debt, the Executive Office for Administration and Finance will exclude the debt, the related debt service payment obligations and the new revenue used to pay such obligations from the debt affordability analysis. For example, bonds issued by Mass Development and payable by the Commonwealth pursuant to the I-Cubed program or for the parkway at the former South Weymouth naval base are excluded from the bond cap, as the Commonwealth’s payment liability with respect to such bonds is expected to be limited to the new state tax revenues generated from the private development supported by the infrastructure improvements financed by the such bonds.

For the purpose of the debt affordability analysis, budgeted revenue includes all Commonwealth taxes and other revenues available to pay Commonwealth operating expenses, including debt service, pensions and other budgetary obligations. It does not include off-budget revenues dedicated to the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority, the Massachusetts School Building Authority and the Massachusetts Convention Center Authority.

The fiscal 2014 estimate was based on the adopted fiscal 2014 budget. For purposes of projecting budgeted revenue in future fiscal years, projected increases to budgeted revenues are the lesser of 3% or the actual compound annual growth rate over the last ten fiscal years. The compound annual growth rate in budgeted revenues from fiscal 2002 through fiscal 2012 was 4.42%. To be consistent with the debt affordability policy, a 3% compound growth rate was applied to fiscal 2014 revenues and to each year thereafter.

In addition to keeping debt service within 8% of budgeted revenues, the debt management policy limits future annual growth in the bond cap for the regular capital program to not more than $125 million. This additional constraint is designed to ensure that projected growth in the bond cap will be held to stable and sustainable levels. As noted above, the bond cap is expected to grow by $125 million annually from fiscal 2014 through fiscal 2016.

 

B-35


It is the policy of the Executive Office for Administration and Finance to revisit the debt capacity and affordability analysis periodically, and at least every year, to revise estimates for future years by taking into account fluctuations in interest rates, budgeted revenues and other changes affecting the Commonwealth’s debt capacity. In addition, the Commonwealth has indicated that the Executive Office for Administration and Finance will annually assess the appropriateness of the methodology and constraints for establishing the bond cap.

In the past, the Commonwealth aggregated its capital expenditures into eight major categories based primarily on the agencies responsible for spending and carrying out capital projects: information technology, infrastructure and facilities, environment, housing, public safety, transportation, convention centers, other and school building assistance.

Beginning in fiscal 2008, the Executive Office for Administration and Finance re-characterized capital spending into 12 categories based on spending purpose, rather than spending agency: community investments, corrections, courts, economic development, energy and environment, health and human services, higher education, housing, information technology, public safety, state office buildings and facilities, and transportation. In fiscal year 2014, information technology and State Office Buildings were re-characterized as State Government Infrastructure. For example, Chapter 90 local aid for municipal transportation projects appears in the community investment category, rather than the transportation category, because these funds are invested in municipally-owned assets.

The capital investment plan for fiscal 2014 through fiscal 2018 is designed to allocate resources strategically to invest in the Commonwealth’s public facilities and programs and represents the Governor’s vision for public infrastructure.

The different sources of funding for the capital program include:

 

   

State Bond Cap—Commonwealth borrowing to support the regular capital program.

 

   

Federal Funds—Federal reimbursements for capital expenditures.

 

   

Other Funds—Contributions made by third parties to capital projects being carried out by the Commonwealth.

 

   

Project Financed—General obligation bonds, the debt service for which is budgeted from savings or new revenue related to the project, including the Clean Energy Investment Program where Commonwealth bonds are to be paid with savings achieved as a result of energy efficiencies.

 

   

Pay-As-You-Go—Funding from current revenue for capital projects.

 

   

Accelerated Bridge Program (“ABP”)—Commonwealth special obligation bonds secured by revenues credited to the Commonwealth Transportation Fund or federal grant anticipation notes issued to fund the Accelerated Bridge Program.

 

   

Build Mass Bonds—In 2013, the Legislature enacted and the Governor signed a multiyear transportation finance bill that is expected to provide over $805 million annually by fiscal 2018 to support an additional ten-year, $8.5 billion investment in transportation infrastructure. Of this amount, $2.1 billion is expected to be supported through additional bonding enabled by a 3-cent increase to the gas tax, indexing the gas tax to inflation, dedicating the sales tax on motor vehicles to transportation, and transit fare and motor vehicle registry fee increases.

On July 27, 2012, the Governor approved legislation that created a Capital Debt Affordability Committee within the Executive Office for Administration and Finance, consisting of seven voting members—the Secretary of Administration (who would chair the committee), the State Treasurer, the Comptroller, the Secretary of Transportation, one appointee of the Governor and two appointees of the State Treasurer—and eight legislative leaders who are non-voting members. The committee is charged with reviewing on a continuing basis the size and condition of the Commonwealth’s tax-supported debt, as well as the debt of certain state authorities. On or

 

B-36


before December 15 of each year, the committee is required to submit to the Governor and the Legislature the committee’s estimate of the total amount of new Commonwealth debt that could prudently be authorized for the next fiscal year, taking into account certain specified criteria. The committee’s estimates are advisory and not binding on the Governor or the Legislature. The legislation provides that the Governor is to determine, on or before January 15 of each year, the total authorization of new Commonwealth debt that he considers advisable for the next fiscal year and the preliminary allocation of new Commonwealth debt for capital facility projects. The effective date of the legislation creating the Committee was January 1, 2013.

COMMONWEALTH REVENUES

In order to fund its programs and services, the Commonwealth collects a variety of taxes and receives revenues from other non-tax sources, including the federal government and various fees, fines, court revenues, assessments, reimbursements, interest earnings and transfers from its non-budgeted funds, which are deposited in the General Fund, the Commonwealth Transportation Fund (formerly the Highway Fund) and other operating budgeted funds. For purposes of this disclosure, these funds will be referred to as budgeted operating funds, and revenues deposited in such funds will be referred to as budgeted operating revenues. In fiscal 2013, on a statutory basis, approximately 58.6% of the Commonwealth’s budgeted operating revenues and other financing sources were derived from state taxes. In addition, the federal government provided approximately 23.4% of such revenues, with the remaining 18.0% provided from departmental revenues and transfers from non-budgeted funds. The measurement of revenues for the budgeted operating funds on a statutory basis differs from governmental revenues on a GAAP basis. The Commonwealth’s executive and legislative branches establish the Commonwealth’s budget using the statutory basis of accounting.

State Taxes

The major components of state taxes are the income tax, which accounted for approximately 57.3% of the total tax revenues in fiscal 2013, the sales and use tax, which accounted for approximately 23.1%, and the corporations and other business and excise taxes (including taxes on insurance companies, financial institutions and public utility corporations), which accounted for approximately 10.1%. Other tax and excise sources accounted for the remaining 9.5% of total fiscal 2013 tax revenues.

Income Tax . The Commonwealth assesses personal income taxes at flat rates, according to classes of income, after specified deductions and exemptions. A rate of 5.3% has been applied to most types of income since January 1, 2002; the rate was reduced to 5.25%, on January 1, 2012 and to 5.20% on January 1, 2014, as described below. The tax rate on gains from the sale of capital assets held for one year or less and from the sale of collectibles is 12%, and the tax rate on gains from the sale of capital assets owned more than one year is now 5.20% (effective January 1, 2014). Interest on obligations of the United States and of the Commonwealth and its political subdivisions is exempt from taxation.

Under current law, the state personal income tax rate on most classes of taxable income is scheduled to be gradually reduced to 5.0%, contingent upon “baseline” state tax revenue growth (i.e., revenue growth after factoring out the impact of tax law and administrative processing changes) growing by 2.5% more than the rate of inflation as measured by the consumer price index for all urban consumers in Boston. In the tax year following that in which the personal income tax rate is reduced to 5.0%, the charitable deduction, which was in effect for tax year 2000 but subsequently suspended, would be restored. Pursuant to this law, the state income tax rate on most classes of taxable income was reduced from 5.3% to 5.25%, effective January 1, 2012, because the growth in fiscal 2011 inflation-adjusted baseline revenues, as defined in the law, over fiscal 2010 exceeded 2.5%, and because, for each consecutive three-month period starting in August 2011 and ending in November 2011, there was positive inflation-adjusted baseline revenue growth as compared to the same consecutive three-month period in calendar 2010. The Department of Revenue estimated that the revenue impact of this rate reduction (5.3% to 5.25%) for fiscal 2012 was between $52 million and $56 million. The revenue impact for fiscal 2013 was between $111 million and $117 million.

 

B-37


For the state income tax rate to be reduced further from 5.25% to 5.20%, effective January 1, 2013, the growth in fiscal 2012 inflation-adjusted baseline revenues, as defined in the law, over fiscal 2011 needed to exceed the 2.5% growth threshold, and for each consecutive three-month period starting in August 2012 and ending in November 2012 there would have had to have been positive inflation-adjusted baseline revenue growth as compared to the same consecutive three-month period in 2011. The Department of Revenue initially determined that the fiscal 2012 inflation-adjusted baseline revenues grew by 2.77% from fiscal 2011, exceeding the initial trigger of 2.5% for the income tax rate reduction. The first two three-month period certifications during the first half of fiscal 2013 also indicated positive inflation-adjusted baseline revenue growth. However, the growth for the third three-month period ended October 31, 2012 was negative (-1.29%) and did not exceed the statutory threshold requirement of 0%. Accordingly, the Department of Revenue determined that the thresholds to lowering the Part B income tax rate as set forth had not been met and that the Part B income tax rate would be kept unchanged at 5.25% for the tax year 2013.

The same process was repeated during 2013 to determine whether the state income tax rate would be reduced further from 5.25% to 5.20%, effective January 1, 2014. Because the growth in fiscal 2013 inflation-adjusted baseline revenues, as defined in the law, over fiscal 2012 exceeded 2.5%, and because, for each consecutive three-month period starting in August and ending in November 2013, there was positive inflation-adjusted baseline revenue growth as compared to the same consecutive three-month period in calendar 2012, on December 4, 2013, the Commissioner of Revenue certified that the state income tax rate on most classes of taxable income would be reduced from 5.25 % to 5.20%, effective January 1, 2014. The Department of Revenue estimates that the revenue impact of this rate reduction for fiscal 2014 will be between $60 million and $70 million (with a mid-point of $65 million). The revenue impact for fiscal 2015 (assuming no further rate reduction in calendar year 2015) is expected to be between $125 million and $140 million (mid-point of $132.5 million).

Under state finance law, tax revenues collected from capital gains income during a fiscal year that exceed a specified threshold are required to be transferred to the Commonwealth’s Stabilization Fund, with 5% of the amount so deposited then transferred to the State Retiree Benefits Trust Fund and an additional 5% transferred to the Commonwealth’s Pension Liability Fund. A threshold of $1 billion was in effect for fiscal 2011, 2012 and 2013. For fiscal years after fiscal 2013, the threshold is subject to annual adjustment to reflect the average annual rate of growth in U. S. gross domestic product over the preceding five years. The adjusted threshold is certified annually by the Department of Revenue each December for the ensuing fiscal year. On December 28, 2012, the Department of Revenue determined the fiscal 2014 capital gains collections threshold to be approximately $1.023 billion. On December 31, 2013, the Department of Revenue determined the fiscal 2015 capital gains collections threshold to be approximately $1.048 billion. The Department of Revenue is also required, after each quarter, to certify the amount of tax revenues estimated to have been collected during the preceding quarter from capital gains income, and, once the threshold has been exceeded, the Comptroller is required to transfer the excess to the Commonwealth Stabilization Fund. For fiscal 2012, the final certified amount of tax revenues collected from capital gains income was $994.3 million, which was less than the statutory threshold. On June 25, 2013, the Commissioner of Revenue certified that for the period July 1, 2012 through May 30, 2013, fiscal 2013 capital gains tax revenues totaled approximately $1,305.2 million. Based on this certification, the Comptroller transferred $305.2 million to the Commonwealth Stabilization Fund and then made two transfers from the Stabilization Fund to the Commonwealth’s Pension Liability Fund and the State Retiree Benefit Trust Fund of approximately $15.3 million each. On July 18, 2013, the Commissioner of Revenue certified the final amount of capital gains tax revenues for fiscal 2013 to be $1.467 billion, an increase of approximately $162.3 million from the prior certification. This final certification triggered an additional transfer of approximately $146.1 million to the Commonwealth Stabilization Fund and transfers of $8.1 million each to the Commonwealth’s Pension Liability Fund and the State Retiree Benefits Trust Fund. On November 29, 2013, the Commissioner of Revenue further certified that the tax revenues estimated to have been collected from capital gains income were $1,407.1 million during fiscal 2013, based on more recently available and complete data. With respect to the fiscal 2014 certification process, the Department of Revenue issued a letter on October 17, 2013 indicating that the initial period (July 1, 2013 through September 30, 2013) certification amount was $177.4 million. Three more certifications will be issued for fiscal 2014—in February, June and July 2014.

 

B-38


Sales and Use Tax. Effective August 1, 2009, the sales tax rate imposed on retail sales of certain tangible property (including retail sales of meals) transacted in the Commonwealth and a corresponding use tax rate on the storage, use or other consumption of like tangible properties brought into the Commonwealth was raised from 5% to 6.25%. Food, clothing, prescribed medicine, materials and produce used in food production, machinery, materials, tools and fuel used in certain industries and property subject to other excises (except for cigarettes) are exempt from sales taxation. The sales and use tax is also applied to sales of electricity, gas and steam for certain nonresidential use and to nonresidential and a portion of residential use of telecommunications services.

In August 2009, when the sales tax rate increase was enacted, it was projected to produce an additional $759 million in fiscal 2010 and $900 million annually thereafter. Based on the most recently available data, reflecting both the economic recession and the recovery, as of January 15, 2014, the Department of Revenue estimated that the sales tax increase resulted in additional revenues of approximately $739 million in fiscal 2010, $918 million in fiscal 2011, $963 million in fiscal 2012 and $980 million in fiscal 2013.

As part of the same legislation that increased the sales tax rate, the sales tax exemption on alcohol sales was eliminated effective August 1, 2009. However, on November 2, 2010, an initiative passed by the voters reinstated this exemption and removed the sales tax on alcoholic beverages effective January 1, 2011. The Department of Revenue estimates that the Commonwealth’s collections from eliminating the alcoholic beverages exemption were approximately $96.6 million in fiscal 2010 and approximately $81 million during the first seven months of fiscal 2011. The Department of Revenue estimates that the tax revenue loss resulting from the removal of the sales tax on alcoholic beverage was approximately $40 million to $52 million for fiscal 2011 and between $120 million and $130 million annually thereafter.

Sales tax receipts from establishments that first opened on or after July 1, 1997 and that are located near the site of the Boston Convention and Exhibition Center, sales tax receipts from retail vendors in hotels in Boston and Cambridge that first opened on or after July 1, 1997 and sales tax receipts from retail vendors located in the Springfield Civic and Convention Center or in hotels near the Springfield Civic and Convention Center that first opened on or after July 1, 2000 are required to be credited to the Convention Center Fund. As of enactment of the fiscal 2004 general appropriations act, this fund is no longer included in the calculation of revenues for budgeted operating funds.

A portion of the Commonwealth’s receipts from the sales tax (other than the tax on meals) is dedicated through trust funds to the MBTA and the Massachusetts School Building Authority (“MSBA”). The amount dedicated to the MBTA is the amount raised by a 1% sales tax (not including meals), with an inflation-adjusted floor. A comparable amount, though without the floor, is dedicated to the MSBA beginning in fiscal 2010, with lesser amounts dedicated to the MSBA from fiscal 2005 through fiscal 2009.

Beginning in fiscal 2011, a portion of the Commonwealth’s receipts from the sales tax has been dedicated to the Commonwealth Transportation Fund. From fiscal 2011 through fiscal 2013, the amount dedicated was the amount raised by a portion of the sales tax equal to a 0.385% sales tax, with a floor of $275 million per fiscal year. Beginning in fiscal 2014, the amount dedicated to the Commonwealth Transportation Fund is the amount received on account of motor vehicle sales (net of amounts required to be credited to the Convention Center Fund or dedicated to the MBTA or MSBA).

Business Corporations Tax. Business corporations doing business in the Commonwealth, other than banks and other financial institutions, insurance companies, railroads, public utilities and safe deposit companies, are subject to an excise that has a property measure and an income measure. The value of Massachusetts tangible property (not taxed locally) or net worth allocated to the Commonwealth is taxed at $2.60 per $1,000 of value. The net income allocated to Massachusetts, which is based on net income for federal taxes, is taxed at 8.00%, as of January 1, 2012. The minimum tax is $456.

Corporate Tax Reform. On July 3, 2008, the Governor approved legislation that changed the corporate tax structure in Massachusetts from a “separate company” reporting state to a “combined reporting” state, effective

 

B-39


January 1, 2009. Under a combined reporting structure, commonly owned business corporations (together with financial institutions, public utilities and certain other entities) engaged in a “unitary” business, whether or not they have nexus in Massachusetts, determine their income as one combined business in the aggregate. The combined income of the group is then apportioned to Massachusetts in accordance with the existing apportionment rules and taxed to those members of the group that have nexus in Massachusetts. Transactions between member companies are generally disregarded.

The legislation also repealed the differences between federal and Massachusetts business entity classification rules for tax purposes so that companies will be classified as the same type of legal entity for federal and Massachusetts tax purposes. The new law retained the existing structure for different types of corporations—business corporations, manufacturers, financial institutions, utilities and S corporations, with different tax rates and apportionment rules.

Together with these structural changes, the legislation reduced the then current 9.5% business corporations’ tax rate to 8.75% as of January 1, 2010, 8.25% as of January 1, 2011 and 8.00% as of January 1, 2012 and thereafter.

Massachusetts tax law imposes an entity level tax on S corporations with more than $6 million in annual receipts. The corporate tax reform legislation also reduced the tax rate for S corporations with more than $9 million in annual receipts so that the regular, non-S corporation rate (for a business corporation or financial institution, as applicable) for the year minus the personal income tax rate for the year equals the rate for such S corporations. The tax rate for S corporations with between $6 million and $9 million in annual receipts will equal two-thirds of the rate applicable to the larger S corporations.

The Department of Revenue estimated that, prior to the so-called Financial Accounting Standards (“FAS”) No. 109 (“FAS 109”) deduction (described in the following paragraph), the structural corporate tax law changes, combined with the gradual reductions in the business corporations tax rate, the large S corporations tax rates and the financial institutions tax rate, increased revenues by approximately $185.2 million in fiscal 2009 (reflecting less than a full year’s impact of the changes), $252.8 million in fiscal 2010 and $173.8 million in fiscal 2011, and would increase revenues by $128.5 million in fiscal 2012 and $107.7 million in fiscal 2013 and thereafter.

FAS 109 Deduction. The corporate tax reform described above included a new tax deduction designed to limit the impact of combined reporting in the Commonwealth on certain publicly traded corporations’ financial statements. The deduction is generally referred to as the “FAS 109” deduction, in reference to the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (FAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. The Department of Revenue issued a report on “FAS 109” deductions on September 23, 2009, based on notices filed by the companies intending to claim FAS 109 deductions. The Department of Revenue used the aggregate amount of FAS 109 deductions intending to be claimed to calculate the aggregate potential tax benefit to such companies, and corresponding tax revenue reduction for the Commonwealth.

The Department of Revenue report indicated that the companies filing such notices stated that their FAS 109 deductions would total approximately $178.1 billion, which would result in corporate tax savings of $535 million at the applicable tax rates in the years in which the deductions will be claimed. Corporations are required to claim deductions over a seven-year period starting in tax year 2012. These deductions are expected to result in corporate tax savings (and corresponding Commonwealth corporate tax revenue reductions) of $76 million to $79 million annually for tax years 2012 through 2018, inclusive. Enacted as part of the fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014 budget, implementation of the FAS 109 deduction was delayed for one year.

In general, corporations apportion their income to Massachusetts based on the proportion of payroll, property and sales within the Commonwealth, with sales being double-weighted. However, beginning January 1, 1996, legislation was phased in over five years establishing a “single sales factor” apportionment formula for the business corporations tax for manufacturing companies. The formula calculates a firm’s taxable income as its net

 

B-40


income times the percentage of its total sales that are in Massachusetts, as opposed to the prior formula that took other factors, such as payroll and property, into account. Beginning January 1, 1997, legislation was phased in which sourced income of mutual fund service corporations to the states of domicile of the shareholders of the mutual funds that receive services instead of sourcing the sales to the state where the mutual fund provider bore the cost of performing services.

Financial Institutions Tax. Financial institutions (which include commercial and savings banks) are subject to an excise tax. The corporate tax reform legislation discussed above also provides for a reduction in the financial institutions tax rate from 10.5% to 10% as of January 1, 2010, 9.5% as of January 1, 2011 and 9.0% as of January 1, 2012 and thereafter.

Insurance Taxes. Life insurance companies are subject to a 2% tax on gross premiums. Domestic companies also pay a 14% tax on net investment income. Property and casualty insurance companies are subject to a 2.28% tax on gross premiums. Domestic companies also pay a 1% tax on gross investment income.

Public Utility Corporation Taxes. Prior to January 1, 2014, public utility corporations were subject to an excise tax of 6.5% on net income. Legislation enacted in 2013 repealed the separate excise tax for utility corporations, which are now subject to the corporate excise imposed on business corporations.

Other Taxes. Other tax revenues are derived by the Commonwealth from excise taxes on motor fuels, cigarettes, alcoholic beverages and deeds, and hotel/motel room occupancy, among other tax sources. The state tax on hotel/motel room occupancy is 5.7%. Effective July 31, 2013, the excise tax on motor fuels was increased from 21¢ per gallon to 24¢ per gallon. The same legislation that increased the rate also provided that the excise tax is to be adjusted for increases in the consumer price index beginning January 1, 2015. On September 4, 2013, the Attorney General certified an initiative petition that would repeal the indexing provision, and sufficient signatures were collected by the petition’s proponents prior to December 4, 2013 to place the petition before the Legislature.

On July 1, 2008, the Governor approved legislation raising the tax on cigarettes from $1.51 per pack to $2.51 per pack. The Department of Revenue estimates that the $1.00 per pack cigarette tax increase resulted in a fiscal 2009 revenue increase of between $140 million and $150 million, and resulted in a fiscal 2010 revenue increase of $124 million, compared to revenue generated at the $1.51 per pack rate. The Department of Revenue estimates that revenue increases in subsequent years should also be between $115 million and $130 million annually. Effective July 31, 2013, the excise tax on cigarettes was further increased from $2.51 per pack to $3.51 per pack, along with increases in the cigar excise rate (from 30% to 40%), the smoking tobacco rate (from 30% to 40%) and the smokeless tobacco rate (from 90% to 210%).revenue increases in subsequent years should also be between $115 million and $130 million annually.

ARRA “De-coupling.” The fiscal 2010 budget included several provisions “decoupling” Commonwealth tax law from certain federal tax law changes made by the ARRA and, in one instance, from the impact of an interpretation by the federal Internal Revenue Service that was effectively repealed (but only prospectively) by ARRA. The purpose of the decoupling provisions is to prevent revenue losses to the Commonwealth. The federal provisions at issue are ones that affect the scope of income or deductions of businesses under the federal Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) and, in the absence of decoupling, would also apply for purposes of Commonwealth taxation. The specific federal provisions from which the Commonwealth legislation decouples include: (a) deferral of the recognition of certain cancellation of indebtedness income under the IRC; (b) suspension of IRC rules that would otherwise disallow or defer deductions for original issue discount claimed by issuers of debt obligations; and (c) relief from certain limitations on the use of losses after changes of ownership of a business under (i) IRS Notice 2008-83 (for periods prior to its effective repeal by ARRA) and (ii) new IRC Section 382(n) as added by ARRA.

In addition, the Commonwealth legislation specifically adopts a new federal exclusion from gross income of certain individuals. ARRA provides a subsidy of 65% of the cost of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget

 

B-41


Reconciliation Act (or “COBRA,” which gives workers and their families who lose their health benefits the right to choose to continue group health benefits provided by their group health plan for limited periods of time under certain circumstances) continuation premiums for up to nine months for certain involuntarily terminated employees and for their families. This subsidy also applies to health care continuation coverage if required by states for small employers. ARRA provides for an exclusion from federal gross income of the COBRA subsidy. Because Commonwealth personal income tax law generally adopts IRC rules defining the scope of gross income as of January 1, 2005, it was necessary to adopt a specific Commonwealth exclusion to prevent this 2009 federal subsidy from being included in the Commonwealth taxable income of affected employees.

Tax Credits and Other Incentives. Massachusetts law provides for a variety of tax credits that may be applied against corporate excise or personal income taxes due, as applicable under relevant law. These credits are designed as benefits for specified economic activities as a means to encourage such business in the State. Certain of these credits, to the extent not used to reduce a current tax liability, may be carried forward, transferred or refunded, as specified in the applicable statute. In addition, certain statutory provisions may also provide an exemption from sales and use taxes for qualifying expenditures, or other specified tax benefits. The Governor annually files a “tax expenditure budget” that provides a list, description and revenue estimate of various tax credits and incentives.

In July 2007, the Commonwealth revised its film tax credit to provide tax credits of 25% of certain production costs incurred by film production companies in Massachusetts that incurred at least $50,000 of film production costs in the State. Such production companies were also granted a sales and use tax exemption for goods purchased in the Commonwealth. A film production company may elect either to transfer all or part of its production credit to another taxpayer or to claim a refund of 90% of the amount that is not currently used. There is no cap on the amount of film tax credits that may be claimed. Under current law, the film tax credit will expire on January 1, 2023. As of January 15, 2014, since the program’s inception, approximately $326.5 million in tax credits had been approved or in the process of being approved by the Department of Revenue (figures are preliminary). The Department of Revenue estimated that the tax credits reduced fiscal 2007 tax revenues by approximately $11.9 million, fiscal 2008 tax revenues by approximately $10.5 million, fiscal 2009 tax revenues by approximately $110.0 million, fiscal 2010 tax revenues by approximately $90.8 million, fiscal 2011 tax revenues by approximately $45.4 million, fiscal 2012 tax revenues by approximately $55.6 million and fiscal 2013 revenues by between $70 million and $90 million, and will reduce fiscal 2014 revenues by between $70 million and $90 million, not including any offsetting tax revenue from the film-related economic activity generated by the tax incentives. Virtually all of the reduction in tax payments resulting from credits that have been transferred or sold is reflected in the insurance, financial institutions, public utilities, and corporate tax categories. The Department of Revenue is required to prepare an annual report of the impact of the film tax credit.

Under legislation approved on June 16, 2008 in support of the life sciences industry, up to $25 million per year in tax incentives is available to certified life sciences companies over a ten-year period, commencing on January 1, 2009 for an aggregate amount of $250 million.

The Department of Revenue estimates that this program resulted in a revenue reduction of $5 million in fiscal 2010, a revenue reduction of $20 million in fiscal 2011 and a probable revenue reduction of between $18 million and $22 million in fiscal 2012, and that it will result in a revenue reduction of between $23 million and $27 million in fiscal 2013.

Tax Expenditure Commission. The fiscal 2012 budget established a study commission on tax expenditures which was chaired by the Secretary of Administration and Finance and included legislators and economists. The commission was charged with reviewing and evaluating the administration and fiscal impact of tax expenditures and making recommendations to the Legislature on the administrative efficiency and cost benefit of tax expenditures. Tax expenditures include credits, deductions and exemptions from the basic provisions of the state tax code. The commission filed its report on April 30, 2012. The report includes recommendations to reduce the

 

B-42


number and cost of existing tax expenditures, based on identified criteria, to provide for periodic review of tax expenditures, including an automatic sunset of discretionary “grant-like” tax expenditures every five years, based on data-driven analysis and reports regarding effectiveness, and to establish clawbacks and other enforcement measures for grant-like tax expenditures to ensure that recipients meet commitments.

Tax Revenue Forecasting

Under state law, on or before October 15 and March 15 of each year, the Secretary of Administration and Finance is required to submit to the Governor and to the House and Senate Committees on Ways and Means estimates of revenues available to meet appropriations and other needs in the following fiscal year. On or before October 15, January 15 and April 15, the Secretary is required to submit revised estimates for the current fiscal year unless, in his opinion, no significant changes have occurred since the last estimate of total available revenues. On or before January 15 of each year, the Secretary is required to develop jointly with the House and Senate Committees on Ways and Means a consensus tax revenue forecast for the following fiscal year. Beginning in fiscal 2005, state finance law has required that the consensus tax revenue forecasts be net of the amount necessary to fully fund the pension system according to the applicable funding schedule, which amount is to be transferred without further appropriation from the General Fund to the Commonwealth’s Pension Liability Fund.

An additional component of the consensus revenue process is the new requirement, beginning in January, 2013, that the consensus tax revenue forecast joint resolution must include a benchmark for the estimated growth rate of Massachusetts potential gross state product, or PGSP. The recently passed health care cost control legislation requires that the Secretary and the House and Senate Committees on Ways and Means include a PGSP growth benchmark for the ensuing calendar year, initially, for calendar year 2014. The PGSP growth benchmark is to be used by the health policy commission to establish the Commonwealth’s health care cost growth benchmark.

On December 11, 2013, the Secretary of Administration and Finance and the House and Senate Ways and Means Committees conducted a hearing on state tax revenue estimates for fiscal 2015. The Commissioner of Revenue provided a forecast that fiscal 2015 tax revenue collections are expected to be $24.062 billion to $24.352 billion, reflecting actual growth of 4.3% to 5.2% from the projected fiscal 2014 revenues, and baseline growth of 4.4% to 5.3% from fiscal 2013, which represents growth of $852 million to $1.06 billion over projected fiscal 2014 revenues.

The Secretary of Administration and Finance and the Committees on Ways and Means also heard public testimony from economists and state budget experts from Northeastern University, the Massachusetts Taxpayers Foundation and the Beacon Hill Institute, who provided a range of forecasts for fiscal 2015 tax revenue collections, from $24.374 billion to $25.142 billion.

On January 14, 2014, a fiscal 2015 consensus tax revenue estimate of $24.337 billion was agreed upon by the Secretary of Administration and Finance and the chairs of the House and Senate Committees on Ways and Means. The fiscal 2015 consensus tax revenue estimate represents actual revenue growth of 4.9% from the revised fiscal 2014 estimate of $23.200 billion. The $24.337 billion figure includes off-budget transfers of $1.793 billion for pension funding, $811.3 million in dedicated sales tax receipts for the MBTA, $771.5 million in dedicated sales tax receipts for the MSBA and $22.2 million for the Workforce Training Fund. The total amount of off-budget transfers was $3.398 billion. Accordingly, after taking into account the $122 million of capital gains tax revenue that exceeds the fiscal 2015 threshold (and therefore must be deposited into the Stabilization Fund), the Secretary and Committee chairs agreed that $20.817 billion would be the maximum amount of tax revenue available for the fiscal 2015 budget and that they would base their respective budget recommendations on that number.

The Secretary of Administration and Finance and the chairs of the House and Senate Committees on Ways and Means also agreed upon a potential gross state product (“PGSP”) estimate of 3.6% for calendar year 2015, which is identical to the PGSP figure that was adopted for calendar year 2014. The estimate of PGSP was

 

B-43


developed through consultation with the Health Policy Commission, the Executive Office for Administration and Finance, the Department of Revenue, the House and Senate Ways and Means Committees and outside economists. The PGSP growth benchmark is to be used by the Health Policy Commission to establish the Commonwealth’s health care cost growth benchmark. PGSP is a measure of the “full employment” output of the Commonwealth’s economy. The PGSP estimate reflects long-term trends in the economy rather than fluctuations due to the business cycle and, as a result, is likely to be fairly stable from year to year.

Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 Tax Revenues

Fiscal 2013. On January 12, 2012, a fiscal 2013 consensus tax revenue estimate of $21.950 billion was agreed upon by the Secretary of Administration and Finance and the chairs of the House and Senate Committees on Ways and Means. The fiscal 2013 consensus tax revenue estimate of $21.950 billion represents actual revenue growth of 4.5% and baseline revenue growth of 5.4% from the revised fiscal 2012 estimate of $21.010 billion. The revenue estimate in the fiscal 2013 budget is $22.011 billion and reflects the consensus estimate of $21.950 billion adjusted for the impact of fiscal 2013 revenue initiatives enacted as part of the budget, including a one-year delay of the FAS 109 deductions (an increase of $45.9 million), enhanced tax enforcement initiatives (an increase of $36.3 million) and the revenue loss impact of $21.6 million for the subsequently enacted two-day sales tax holiday on August 11-12, 2012 (the final estimate was determined to be $23.4 million, which was certified by the Commissioner of Revenue on December 31, 2012). On October 15, 2012, the Secretary of Administration and Finance kept the fiscal 2012 tax revenue estimate of $22.011 billion unchanged based on available data on tax revenue collections and economic trends. On December 4, 2012, the Secretary reduced the tax revenue estimate for fiscal 2013 by $515 million, to $21.496 billion.

Tax revenues for fiscal 2013, ended June 30, 2013, totaled approximately $22.123 billion, an increase of approximately $1.008 billion, or 4.8%, compared to fiscal 2012. The tax revenue increase from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013 of approximately $1.008 billion is attributable, in large part, to an increase of approximately $403.1 million, or 23.6%, in income tax payments with returns and extensions, an increase of approximately $273.2 million, or 14.9%, in income cash estimated payments, an increase of approximately $248.3 million, or 2.5%, in withholding collections, and an increase of approximately $104.5 million, or 2.1%, in sales and use tax collections, which were partly offset by a decline of approximately $58.3 million, or 2.5%, in corporate and business collections. Fiscal 2013 tax collections were approximately $627.2 million above the revised benchmark for the fiscal 2013 tax revenue estimate of $21.496 billion.

Fiscal 2014 . On January 12, 2013, a fiscal 2014 consensus tax revenue estimate of $22.334 billion was agreed upon by the Secretary of Administration and Finance and the chairs of the House and Senate Committees on Ways and Means. The fiscal 2014 budget assumed tax revenues of $22.797 billion, reflecting the fiscal 2014 consensus tax estimate of $22.334 billion, adjusted for the impact of revenue initiatives enacted as part of the budget, most notably a one-year delay of the FAS 109 deductions (additional $45.9 million) and enhanced tax enforcement initiatives (additional $35 million), and Amazon agreement (additional $36.7 million), as well as approximately $370.0 million in tax revenues included in the transportation finance legislation enacted on July 24, 2013. The tax estimate also reflected an estimated revenue loss of $24.3 million for the subsequently enacted two-day sales tax holiday held from August 10-11, 2013 (the final estimate was determined to be approximately $24.6 million, which was certified by the Commissioner of Revenue on December 31, 2013)). The enacting legislation for the sales tax holiday required that proceeds of one-time settlements and judgments (which otherwise would have been transferred to the Commonwealth Stabilization Fund) be used to reimburse the General Fund for foregone tax revenue as a result of the holiday. Approximately $1.060 billion of the $22.797 billion tax estimate for fiscal 2014 is assumed to be generated from taxes on capital gains.

Approximately $37 million of that amount was slated to be deposited into the Stabilization Fund and was slated to not be available for budgetary purposes pursuant to the certification released by the Department of Revenue on December 28, 2012, that established a fiscal 2014 capital gains threshold of $1.023 billion. On October 15, 2013, the Secretary of Administration and Finance, kept the revenue estimate of $22.797 billion

 

B-44


unchanged. On January 14, 2014, based on updated projections presented at the consensus revenue hearing and year-to-date tax collections through December, the Secretary increased the estimate to $23.200 billion. The revised estimated represents a 1.8% increase to the original estimate and a 4.9% increase over fiscal 2013 collections.

Preliminary tax revenues for the first six months of fiscal 2014, through December 31, 2013, totaled approximately $10.764 billion, an increase of approximately $713.2 million, or 7.1%, over the same period in fiscal 2013.

The year-to-date tax revenue increase of approximately $713.2 million through December 31, 2013 from the same period in fiscal 2013 is attributable, in large part, to an increase of approximately $185.2 million, or 3.7%, in withholding collections, an increase of approximately $92 million, or 36.8%, in income payments with returns and bills, an increase of approximately $98.5 million, or 14.4%, in income cash estimated payments, an increase of approximately $167.5 million, or 6.5%, in sales and use tax collections, an increase of approximately $71.8 million, or 8.2%, in corporate and business collections, and an increase of approximately $128.9 million, or 14.2%, in several other tax categories (including estate tax, motor fuels tax, cigarette tax, etc.), which were partly offset by an increase in income cash refunds of approximately $25.2 million, or 13.4%. Year-to-date fiscal 2014 tax collections (through December) were approximately $282 million above the year-to-date benchmark associated with the fiscal 2014 tax revenue estimate of $22.797 billion.

Federal and Other Non-Tax Revenues

Federal revenues are collected through reimbursements for the federal share of entitlement programs such as Medicaid and through block grants for programs such as TANF. The amount of federal reimbursements to be received is determined by state expenditures for these programs. The Commonwealth receives reimbursement for approximately 50% of its spending for Medicaid programs. Block grant funding for TANF is received quarterly and is contingent upon a maintenance-of-effort spending level determined annually by the federal government. Federal reimbursements for fiscal 2013 were approximately $8.22 billion and are projected to be $8.555 billion for fiscal 2014.

Departmental and other non-tax revenues are derived from licenses, tuition, fees and reimbursements and assessments for services. For fiscal 2013, departmental and other non-tax revenues were $3.370 billion. The largest budgeted departmental revenues, assessments and miscellaneous revenues in fiscal 2013 included $487.8 million for Registry of Motor Vehicles fees, fines and assessments, $255.1 million from filing, registration and other fees paid to the Secretary of State’s office, $102.6 million in fees, fines and assessments charged by the court systems and $600.6 million in reimbursements from cities, towns and non-state entities for retiree benefits. Fiscal 2014 departmental and other non-tax revenues were projected to be $3.673 billion.

Lottery Revenues . For the budgeted operating funds, inter-fund transfers include transfers of profits from the State Lottery Fund and the Arts Lottery Fund and reimbursements for the budgeted costs of the State Lottery Commission, which accounted for transfers from the Lottery of $1.003 billion, $989.7 million, $976.5 million, $1.075 billion and $1.050 billion in fiscal 2009 through fiscal 2013, respectively. Under state law, the net balance in the State Lottery Fund, as determined by the Comptroller on each September 30, December 31, March 31 and June 30, is to be used to provide local aid.

As enacted, the fiscal 2014 budget is supported by total transfers from the Lottery of $1.036 billion to fund various commitments appropriated by the Legislature from the State Lottery Fund and the Arts Lottery Fund, including Lottery administrative expenses, and $848.7 million of appropriations for local aid to cities and towns, with the balance, if any to be transferred to the General Fund for the general activities of the Commonwealth. On December 11, 2013, at the fiscal 2015 consensus revenue hearing, the Lottery updated its fiscal 2014 net profit projection to $957.3 million, which corresponds to net operating revenues of $1.056 billion.

 

B-45


Tobacco Settlement . In November 1998, the Commonwealth joined with other states in a master settlement agreement that resolved the Commonwealth’s and other states’ litigation against the cigarette industry. Under the agreement, cigarette companies have agreed to make both annual payments (in perpetuity) and five initial payments (for the calendar years 1999 to 2003, inclusive) to the settling states. Each payment amount is subject to applicable adjustments, reductions and offsets, including upward adjustments for inflation and downward adjustments for decreased domestic cigarette sales volume.

The Commonwealth’s allocable share of the base amounts payable under the master settlement agreement is approximately 4.04% which equals more than $8.962 billion through fiscal 2024, subject to adjustments, reductions and offsets. However, in pending litigation tobacco manufacturers are claiming that because of certain developments they are entitled to reduce future payments under the master settlement agreement, and certain manufacturers withheld payments to the states due in April 2006, April 2007, April 2008, April 2009, April 2010 and April 2011. The Commonwealth believes it is due the full amount and is pursuing its claim to unreduced payments. The Commonwealth was also awarded $414.3 million from a separate Strategic Contribution Fund established under the master settlement agreement to reward certain states’ particular contributions to the national tobacco litigation effort. This additional amount, also subject to a number of adjustments, reductions and offsets, is payable in equal annual installments during the years 2008 through 2017.

Tobacco settlement payments were initially deposited in a permanent trust fund (the Health Care Security Trust), with only a portion of the moneys made available for appropriation. Beginning in fiscal 2003, however, the Commonwealth has appropriated the full amount of tobacco settlement receipts in each year’s budget. The balance accumulated in the Health Care Security Trust amounted to $509.7 million at the end of fiscal 2007. The fiscal 2008 budget established the SRBTF for the purposes of depositing, investing and disbursing amounts set aside solely to meet liabilities of the state employees’ retirement system for health care and other non-pension benefits for retired members of the system. In fiscal 2008 the Health Care Security Trust’s balance was transferred to the SRBTF. The fiscal 2010, 2011 and 2012 budgets transferred all payments received by the Commonwealth in fiscal 2010, 2011 and 2012 pursuant to the master settlement agreement from the Health Care Security Trust to the General Fund. The fiscal 2012 budget included a requirement that, beginning in fiscal 2013, 10% of the annual tobacco payments were to be transferred to the SRBTF. Pursuant to this requirement, in May 2013 the Comptroller transferred $25.3 million (10% of the $253.5 million in fiscal 2013 tobacco settlement proceeds) to the SRBTF, with the balance deposited in the General Fund. Pursuant to the fiscal 2012 legislation, the amount deposited to the SRBTF is to increase by 10% increments annually thereafter until 100% of all payments are transferred to that Fund. While the fiscal 2012 legislation required that 20% of fiscal 2014 tobacco settlement proceeds be transferred to the SRBTF, the fiscal 2014 budget, as approved by the Governor on July 12, 2013, includes provisions that change the funding source for this transfer, for fiscal 2014 only. Those provisions direct that all tobacco settlement proceeds be deposited in the General Fund, but that unspent debt service appropriations be transferred to the SRBTF, up to 20% of the value of fiscal 2014 tobacco settlement proceeds. In the event that unspent debt service appropriations are less than 20% of tobacco settlement proceeds, the provisions require that the difference between unspent debt service appropriations and 20% of tobacco settlement proceeds be transferred from tobacco settlement proceeds to the SRBTF. It is projected that approximately $50 million (equal to 20% of tobacco settlement proceeds) will be transferred to the SRBTF in fiscal 2014 as a result of these provisions.

Since fiscal 2006 certain amounts have been withheld from each year’s payments by tobacco manufacturers in relation to ongoing disputes of payment calculations. Those withheld amounts have ranged from $21 million to $35 million. As of January 15, 2014, the Commonwealth had indicated that it continues to pursue these disputed payments.

Settlements and Judgments . The fiscal 2012 budget amended state finance law to provide that any one-time settlement or judgment amounting to $10 million or more is to be deposited in the Stabilization Fund rather than used as miscellaneous revenue for the current fiscal year. Upon receiving a joint certification from the Commissioner of Revenue and the Attorney General that a state agency is in receipt of a one-time settlement or

 

B-46


judgment for the Commonwealth in excess of $10 million in any one fiscal year, the Comptroller is to transfer the proceeds of the settlement or judgment from the General Fund to the Stabilization Fund. The transfers are made on a bi-monthly basis. The Comptroller transferred $375.0 million received in fiscal 2012 on account of settlements and judgments. Such settlement and judgment payments totaled $133.8 million during fiscal 2013. In the final supplemental appropriations act for fiscal 2013, the Legislature directed that $101 million of that amount be directed to specified purposes—the Smart Growth Housing Trust Fund ($4 million), to reimburse the General Fund for the costs related to the investigation and response to the breach at the Hinton Drug Testing Laboratory ($30 million), to replace revenue foregone during the August 2012 sales tax holiday ($21 million) and to fund various end-of-year allocations and programs ($46 million)—rather than be deposited in the Stabilization Fund. There have been $184.4 million settlement or judgment payments during the first six months of fiscal 2014.

Gaming . On November 22, 2011 the Governor approved legislation that authorized the licensing of up to three regional resort casinos (one per region) and one slot facility (up to 1,250 slots) in the Commonwealth. The legislation established an appointed, independent state gaming commission to oversee the implementation of the law and the regulation of the resultant gaming facilities. Licensing fees collected by the commission are to be applied to a variety of one-time state and local purposes, and gaming revenues received by the Commonwealth are to be applied to a variety of ongoing expenses, including local aid and education, with stipulated percentages also to be deposited in the Stabilization Fund and applied to debt reduction. The legislation stipulates that initial licensing fees, which are to be set by the gaming commission, must be at least $85 million per casino (a “Category 1” license) and $25 million for the slot facility (a “Category 2” license).

Under the current published calendar of the Massachusetts Gaming Commission two Category 1 licenses and one Category 2 license are expected to be awarded by June 30, 2014, generating $195 million in gaming licensing revenue that would be available to support state programs and services in fiscal 2014. However, the first $20 million of any gaming licensing revenue must be used to repay the Stabilization Fund for the start-up costs for the Commission. This leaves $175 million in licensing revenues to be distributed via the prescribed allocation under the gaming legislation. Approximately $83 million of that amount would be available for state budgetary purposes and was assumed in the fiscal 2014 budget. The remaining amount would be dedicated to off-budget trust funds and would not be subject to appropriation.

According to the Massachusetts Gaming Commission, aggregate state tax revenues from gaming licensees are expected to total approximately $300 million per year once the facilities are operational.

An initiative petition to repeal the authorizing legislation was submitted to the Attorney General prior to the deadline in 2013 but was not certified. The petitioners filed suit to require the Attorney General to certify the petition and, pursuant to a stipulated order entered into by the Attorney General, the petitioners were permitted to collect signatures prior to the December 4, 2013 deadline, which they succeeded in doing. If the petitioners prevail in their lawsuit, the petition may, accordingly, be placed before the Legislature and could appear on the 2014 general election ballot. The pendency of the petition may affect the willingness of approved licensees to pay their licensing fees (which are nonrefundable) until the outcome of the repeal effort can be determined. That, in turn, could affect the timing of certain payments currently assumed in the fiscal 2014 budget.

Limitations on Tax Revenues

Chapter 62F of the General Laws, which was enacted by the voters in November 1986, establishes a state tax revenue growth limit for each fiscal year equal to the average positive rate of growth in total wages and salaries in the Commonwealth, as reported by the federal government, during the three calendar years immediately preceding the end of such fiscal year. The growth limit is used to calculate “allowable state tax revenue” for each fiscal year. Chapter 62F also requires that allowable state tax revenues be reduced by the aggregate amount received by local governmental units from any newly authorized or increased local option taxes or excises. Any excess in state tax revenue collections for a given fiscal year over the prescribed limit, as determined by the State Auditor, is to be applied as a credit against the then-current personal income tax liability

 

B-47


of all taxpayers in the Commonwealth in proportion to the personal income tax liability of all taxpayers in the Commonwealth for the immediately preceding tax year. The law does not exclude principal and interest payments on Commonwealth debt obligations from the scope of its tax limit. However, the preamble contained in Chapter 62F provides that “although not specifically required by anything contained in this chapter, it is assumed that from allowable state tax revenues as defined herein the Commonwealth will give priority attention to the funding of state financial assistance to local governmental units, obligations under the state governmental pension systems and payment of principal and interest on debt and other obligations of the Commonwealth.” Pursuant to Chapter 62F, the State Auditor’s Office is expected to release its report for fiscal 2014 on or about the third Tuesday of September 2014.

FISCAL 2013 AND FISCAL 2014

Fiscal 2013

The fiscal 2013 budget as originally approved authorized approximately $32.002 billion in spending, exclusive of approximately $1.552 billion in required pension contributions and $163 million in fiscal 2012 spending authorized to be continued into fiscal 2013 as part of fiscal 2012 end-of-year supplemental budgets. Approximately $266 million in supplemental appropriations were authorized during fiscal 2013 prior to June 30, 2013. Subsequent to year-end, an additional supplemental budget was enacted totaling approximately $175 million in new fiscal 2013 appropriations, all of which were continued to fiscal 2014 and re-appropriated.

On November 1, 2013, the Comptroller issued the fiscal 2013 Statutory Basis Financial Report (SBFR), which closed the books on fiscal 2013. As reported in the SBFR, fiscal 2013 budgeted fund total expenditures and other uses exceeded fiscal 2013 budgeted fund total revenues and other financing sources by $115 million, and fiscal 2013 ended with a budgeted fund balance of $1.874 billion. Of that amount, $1.557 billion was reserved in the Stabilization Fund, $297 million was reserved for continuing appropriations and debt service, and $21 million was undesignated.

The Stabilization Fund balance of $1.557 billion at the end of fiscal 2013 represents a$95 million decrease from the close of fiscal 2012. The Commonwealth withdrew $550 million from the Stabilization Fund to help maintain budgetary balance in fiscal 2013. In addition, $5 million of investment income was transferred from the Stabilization Fund to the General Fund, and a total of $47 million in capital gains tax revenue was deposited to the Stabilization Fund and then transferred from the Stabilization Fund to the State Retiree Benefits Trust Fund ($23.4 million) and the Commonwealth’s Pension Liability Fund ($23.4 million) in accordance with State finance law, which requires 10% of all capital gains taxes over $1 billion be transferred in equal 5% amounts to the SRBTF and the Commonwealth’s Pension Liability Fund. The fiscal 2013 withdrawals from the Stabilization Fund were offset by $500 million in transfers to the Stabilization Fund from the General Fund in accordance with two recent statutory requirements, which mandated that capital gains tax collections in excess of $1 billion in any fiscal year and judgments and settlements in excess of $10 million (except as otherwise directed by the Legislature) be deposited directly to the Stabilization Fund.

Fiscal 2014

The fiscal 2014 budget was enacted by the Legislature on July 1, 2013 and approved by the Governor on July 12, 2013. A $4.075 billion interim budget for the first 30 days of fiscal 2014 had been enacted by the Legislature and approved by the Governor on June 21, 2013. Total spending in the fiscal 2014 budget approved by the Governor amounts to approximately $34.063 billion, after accounting for $435.4 million in veto overrides. The fiscal 2014 budget also provides that $85 million of the fiscal 2013 budgetary surplus is to go to the Massachusetts Community Preservation Trust Fund ($25 million), to the Massachusetts Life Sciences Investment Fund ($19.5 million), to the Housing Stabilization Trust Fund ($10 million), to the Department of Early Education and Care ($11.5 million), to private human and social services providing for a one-time rate reserve payment ($11.5 million) and to the Social Innovation Financing Trust Fund ($7.5 million). Subsequently, the

 

B-48


fiscal 2013 final supplemental appropriation bill signed by the Governor on October 29, 2013 provided that $21.8 million of the fiscal budgetary surplus would fund core information technology costs to support services provided to residents and business.

The fiscal budget assumes tax revenues of $22.797 billion, reflecting the consensus tax estimate of $22.334 billion, adjusted for the impact of revenue initiatives enacted as part of the budget, most notably a one-year delay of the FAS 109 deductions (additional $45.9 million), enhanced tax enforcement initiatives (additional $35 million) and an Amazon agreement (additional $36.7 million), as well as approximately $370.0 million in tax revenues included in the transportation finance legislation enacted on July 24, 2013. The tax estimate also reflects the estimated cost of $24.3 million for the subsequently enacted two-day sales tax holiday held from August 10-11, 2013 (the final estimate was determined to be approximately $24.6 million, which was certified by the Commissioner of Revenue on December 31, 2013). (The enacting legislation for the sales tax holiday required that proceeds of one-time settlements and judgments that otherwise would have been transferred to the Commonwealth Stabilization Fund, be used to reimburse the General Fund for foregone tax revenue as a result of the holiday.) Approximately $1.060 billion of the $22.797 billion tax estimate is assumed to be generated from taxes on capital gains. Approximately $37 million of that amount will be deposited into the Stabilization Fund and will not be available for budgetary purposes pursuant to the certification released by the Department of Revenue on December 28, 2012, that established a fiscal 2014 capital gains threshold of $1.023 billion.

On September 27, 2013, the Governor signed a bill that repealed the expansion of the sales tax to computer software and systems design services that had been enacted by the Legislature on July 24, 2013, retroactive to its effective date. The tax had been expected to raise $181 million annually by fiscal 2018. The fiscal 2014 budget had included $161 million in expected revenue from the tax.

The fiscal 2014 budget relies on $672 million in one-time resources to support recurring spending, down from the fiscal 2013 assumption of $920 million. Among the one-time resources assumed as part of the fiscal 2014 budget is a $350 million withdrawal from the Stabilization Fund, and using reversions of excess debt service appropriations instead of tobacco settlement proceeds to fund the scheduled fiscal 2014 State Retiree Benefits Trust Fund deposit ($51 million). The net withdrawal, after accounting for projected deposits of capital gain revenues and tax settlements, is $172 million. The fiscal 2014 Stabilization Fund ending balance, based on fiscal 2013 year-to-date deposits and withdrawals and those assumed in the fiscal 2014 budget is projected to be $1.385 billion.

On October 15, the Secretary of Administration and Finance certified that based on available data on tax collections and economic trends he did not believe it was necessary to revise the fiscal 2014 tax revenue estimate of $22.797 billion. He noted that while year-to-date tax revenues through September were $199 million above the budgetary benchmark, in light of the repeal of the software sales tax and economic uncertainty related to ongoing federal budget dynamics, it was prudent to retain the existing tax revenue estimate. As of January 15, 2014, the Secretary also announced that the Executive Office for Administration and Finance was forecasting lower than expected performance for non-tax revenues (approximately $150 million in reduced revenue relative to levels originally assumed in the enacted fiscal 2014 budget). He stated that the Executive Office for Administration and Finance would continue to monitor all aspects of revenue performance closely as one component of fiscal 2014 budget management.

On January 14, 2014, based on updated projections presented at the consensus revenue hearing and year-to-date tax collections through December 2013, the Secretary increased the estimate by $403 million to $23.200 billion. The revised estimate represented a 1.8% increase to the original estimate and a 4.9% increase over fiscal 2013 collections.

Cash Flow

The State Treasurer is responsible for cash management and ensuring that all Commonwealth financial obligations are met on a timely basis. The Commonwealth does not engage in inter-fund borrowing. Cash flow

 

B-49


management incorporates the periodic use of short-term borrowing to meet cash flow needs for both capital and operating expenditures. All revenue anticipation notes, including those issued as commercial paper, must be repaid by the end of the fiscal year. As of January 15, 2014, the State had liquidity support for a $400 million tax-exempt commercial paper program for general obligation notes. The Commonwealth has relied upon the commercial paper program for additional liquidity since 2002.

The Commonwealth ended fiscal 2013 with a non-segregated cash balance of approximately $2.276 billion. As of January 15, 2014, the most recent cash flow statement projects a fiscal 2014 ending balance of approximately $2.731 billion. Fiscal 2014 is based upon the budget signed on July 12, 2013 and all supplemental appropriations filed, enacted or anticipated, and includes all prior appropriations continued into fiscal 2014. Fiscal 2014 projections are based on actual spending and revenue through October 2013 and estimates for the remainder of the fiscal year. Quarterly cash flow statements, as submitted by the State Treasurer to the House and Senate Committees on Ways and Means, are posted on the cash management page of the State Treasurer’s website.

The Commonwealth’s five-year capital investment plan, which is reviewed annually, called for fiscal 2014 capital spending of approximately $2.85 billion, which includes $2.0 billion in bond cap for fiscal 2014, $704.0 million for the Accelerated Bridge Program and $151.9 million for project finance spending. As of January 15, 2014, the Commonwealth had issued both general obligation bonds (July and December) and special obligation bonds for the Accelerated Bridge Program (November) in fiscal 2014. Based on a preliminary financing schedule, future borrowings are expected to generate approximately $1.0 billion in bond proceeds and are expected to take place in March 2014 and May 2014.

On September 18, 2013, the Commonwealth completed the sale of $800 million in short-term revenue anticipation notes (“RANs”) to help reinforce the state’s available cash given anticipated fluctuations in tax revenue collections.

The next cash flow statement was expected to be released on or about February 28, 2014.

LEGAL MATTERS

There are pending in state and federal courts within the Commonwealth and in the Supreme Court of the United States various suits in which the Commonwealth is a party. As of January 15, 2014, the opinion of the Attorney General, no litigation was pending or, to her knowledge, threatened which was likely to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in final judgments against the Commonwealth that would affect materially its financial condition.

Programs and Services

From time to time actions are brought against the Commonwealth by the recipients of governmental services, particularly recipients of human services benefits, seeking expanded levels of services and benefits and by the providers of such services challenging the Commonwealth’s reimbursement rates and methodologies. To the extent that such actions result in judgments requiring the Commonwealth to provide expanded services or benefits or pay increased rates, additional operating and capital expenditures might be needed to implement such judgments.

Rosie D., et al. v. The Governor, United States District Court, Western Division. In a memorandum of decision dated January 26, 2006, the District Court ruled in favor of a class of Medicaid-recipient children that the Commonwealth fails to provide the home- and community-based services required under the Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnosis and Treatment (“EPSDT”) provisions of the Medicaid Act. In February 2007, the District Court adopted the defendants’ proposed remedial plan, with some modifications, and, in July 2007, entered judgment in accordance with that plan, as modified. The Commonwealth did not appeal from that

judgment and has undertaken implementation of its remedial plan. The plan originally contemplated full

 

B-50


implementation by June 30, 2009, but, on the Commonwealth’s motion, the Court modified the judgment to extend the date for full implementation to November 30, 2009. MassHealth estimates that its implementation of program changes in compliance with the remedy order will increase its costs, including administrative costs, prospectively by over $20 million annually. Although the monitoring period had most recently been set to expire December 31, 2012, the Court entered an order in June 2013, extending monitoring through December 31, 2013, and in September 2013, and further extended monitoring through June 30, 2014. The Commonwealth maintains that it is in full compliance with the Court’s judgment and is providing the plaintiffs and the court monitor with a large volume of documentation that the plaintiffs requested. As of January 15, 2014, the next scheduled hearing date was scheduled for March 21, 2014.

Kristy Didonato, et al. v. Department of Transitional Assistance, et al. (Didonato I and Didonato II) , Massachusetts Housing Court, Western Division. These are consolidated class actions challenging DTA’s practices and procedures relating to emergency shelter placements and, more specifically, its practices and procedures relating to the placement of families in shelters that are located more than 20 miles from their home communities. In October, 2006, the Housing Court allowed the plaintiffs’ motion for partial summary judgment on the systemic notice and hearing claims in Didonato I and Didonato II. Following the court’s decision, DTA worked with plaintiffs’ counsel to implement the court’s partial summary judgment decision and also initiated settlement discussions to resolve the remaining claims in the consolidated complaints. Plaintiffs moved to amend their complaint to include a demand that the Commonwealth adopt a policy requiring that motel placements be used to avoid placing families with school-age children in shelters that are more than 20 miles from their home communities. The court allowed the motion to amend over the defendants’ objection. If the Commonwealth is compelled to facilitate a motel placement before placing a family with school-age children in a shelter more than 20 miles from their home community, the program costs related to implementing such a requirement potentially could exceed $20 million. On July 1, 2009, the emergency shelter program was transferred from DTA to another state agency, the Department of Housing and Community Development. As of January 15, 2014, the State indicated that it was not known when the merits of plaintiffs’ suit would be argued to the court.

Connor B., ex rel. Vigurs, et al. v. Patrick, et al., United States District Court. This is a class action in which plaintiffs allege that the Commonwealth’s foster care system violates foster children’s constitutional and statutory rights to be protected from harm while in state custody; not to be deprived unnecessarily of child-parent and sibling relationships; to safe, stable foster care placements and timely adoption planning and recruitment; to payments to foster care providers that cover the actual costs of providing food, clothing, shelter, and other essential items; and to adequate educational, mental health, medical, and dental services. Plaintiffs further allege that children are abused and neglected while in the Commonwealth’s foster care system at a rate higher than the national average; that children in foster care are moved from one placement to another with unusual frequency; that many children never achieve permanency in their placements; and that hundreds of children “age out” of foster care inadequately prepared to live independently as adults. Plaintiffs claim that the system’s alleged failures are attributable to an insufficient number of social workers, all carrying excessive caseloads; a dearth of appropriate foster care placements and ancillary services; and insufficient supports (including financial reimbursement) to foster care providers. The Court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the lawsuit and, in late February 2011, granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. A bench trial began in January 2013 and went on hiatus after the plaintiffs rested their case. The defendants filed a motion for judgment on the record on April 30, 2013, which the Court took under advisement following a hearing in May. On September 30, 2013, the Court allowed the Commonwealth’s motion and entered final judgment for the defendants. Had plaintiffs succeeded in achieving all of the declaratory and injunctive relief they sought, the Commonwealth could have been required to expend tens of millions of dollars in increased foster care reimbursement payments, personnel costs and services. The Court issued a memorandum articulating the full grounds for its decision on November 22, 2013. Plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal on November 26, 2013.

SEIU v. Department of Mental Health, Supreme Judicial Court. The Service Employees International Union (“SEIU”) has challenged the Department of Mental Health’s contracts for the provision of Community Based Flexible Supports (“CBFS”) as unlawful privatization contracts under the so-called Pacheco Law (G. L. c. 7, §§ 52- 55). The

 

B-51


union seeks declaratory relief invalidating portions of the CBFS contracts as well as reinstatement of and back pay for up to 100 former Department case managers whom the union claims were laid off in 2009 as a result of these allegedly unlawful contracts. On August 15, 2012, the Department filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings to dismiss the case due to lack of subject matter jurisdiction based on SEIU’s lack of standing to pursue the action and its failure to include as defendants in the action the private contractors whose contracts would be partially invalidated were the requested relief granted. By Memorandum of Decision and Order dated March 8, 2013, the court (Hopkins, J.) allowed the Department’s motion, and on March 24, 2013, the court entered judgment dismissing the case. SEIU subsequently filed a Notice of Appeal, and, as of January 15, 2014, that appeal was pending in the Supreme Judicial Court and briefing was underway. In addition to its defenses based on lack of subject matter jurisdiction and failure to name necessary parties, the Department has denied that it violated the Pacheco Law and denies that reinstatement or back pay would be available as relief in the action even if portions of the CBFS contracts were invalidated. The Department has stated that it believes that the potential cost associated with rehiring the laid-off case managers would be $10 million annually. This would be in addition to whatever back pay might be awarded if the plaintiff prevails.

Hutchinson et al v. Patrick et al., United States District Court, Massachusetts. This is a class action, commenced in 2007, brought by two organizations and five individuals with brain injuries who are residents of various nursing facilities. Plaintiffs claim that they and a class of between 2,000 and 4,000 brain-injured individuals are entitled to, among other things, placement in community settings. Plaintiffs asserted claims under the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Rehabilitation Act and the Medicaid Act; they sought declaratory and injunctive relief.

After the court certified a class in October 2007, the parties engaged in an intensive period of settlement negotiations. In May, 2008, the parties entered into a settlement agreement (“Agreement”). Under the terms of the Agreement, the state defendants were to create two new home- and community-based programs to serve brain-injured individuals. These programs were subject to federal approval by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) under Section 1115 of the Social Security Act. After it became apparent that CMS would not approve one of these programs, the plaintiffs served defendants with a Notice of Noncompliance pursuant to the Agreement. The parties engaged in substantial negotiations over how to address this issue and, after formal mediation sessions, the parties executed an Amended Settlement Agreement. The Amended Settlement Agreement received final approval from the court on July 11, 2013.

Under the terms of the Amended Settlement Agreement, the defendants are to use the Massachusetts Money Follows the Person Demonstration Project (“MFP Project”) and various waiver programs to provide community residential and non-residential supports in an integrated setting to Massachusetts Medicaid-eligible persons with an acquired brain injury who are in nursing and long-term rehabilitation facilities (“Class Members in Facilities”).

Over the six-year term of the Agreement, the defendants are to provide between 905 and 1,174 waiver slots for Class Members in Facilities. The exact number of slots to be added is expected to depend on the level of demand for waiver services.

Demand for additional waiver slots are expected to be determined based on the 12-month period ending on September 30 for each year in years 3, 4 and 5. If at least one Class Member in a Facility is denied waiver services due to lack of capacity in the MFP Project and waiver programs, then demand is considered to have exceeded capacity for that year. If demand exceeds capacity in a given year, the following year capacity is to be increased by 125% of the number of slots added in the prior year. If demand does not exceed capacity in a given year, the following year’s capacity is to be increased by 100% of the number of slots added in the prior year.

As of January 15, 2014, the cost of implementing these programs is projected to be approximately $386 million, with approximately half of that amount expected to be reimbursed by the federal government. These costs are slated to be phased in over the six-year term of the agreement. The net state cost in fiscal 2014 is expected to be $11.5 million, which is projected to be absorbed within MassHealth’s fiscal 2014 appropriation.

 

B-52


The net state cost in the sixth year of the agreement (fiscal 2019) is expected to be $56.2 million. The net state cost in the sixth year represents the expected annualized cost of these programs going forward.

Medicaid Audits and Regulatory Reviews

In re: Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services regulations (Uncompensated Care Pool/Health Safety Net Trust Fund) . The federal Health Care Financing Administration (now CMS) asserted in June 2000 that the portion of the Medicaid program funded by the Commonwealth’s Health Safety Net Trust Fund (formerly the Uncompensated Care Pool) might violate federal regulations regarding permissible taxes on health care providers. Since 1993, MassHealth has sought federal waivers for the Commonwealth’s assessment on acute care hospitals and surcharge payers, respectively, which fund the Uncompensated Care Pool and its successor, the Health Safety Net Trust Fund. The Commonwealth believes that the assessments are within the federal law pertaining to health care-related taxes. Under federal regulations, if the Commonwealth were ultimately determined to have imposed an impermissible health care-related tax, the federal government could seek retroactive repayment of federal Medicaid reimbursements. Updated federal regulations on health care-related taxes took effect June 30, 2010. By the end of pool fiscal year 2014, the Commonwealth is expected to have collected an estimated $5.482 billion in acute hospital assessments since 1990 and an estimated $2.362 billion in surcharge payments since 1998.

In re: Disallowance of 2005 MassHealth acute hospital supplemental payments to UMass Memorial Health Care, Inc . In February 2011, CMS sent the Massachusetts Executive Office of Health and Human Services (“EOHHS”) a Notice of Disallowance of $25,543,963 in Federal Financial Participation (“FFP”) for payments to UMass Memorial Health Care, Inc. (“UMMHC”) hospitals attributable to dates of service in fiscal 2000 through 2003, based on CMS’s interpretation of the two-year FFP claiming deadline. This disallowance stems from a 2006 deferral. EOHHS filed a Request for Reconsideration with the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) on March 31, 2011. On April 17, 2012, the Commonwealth received notice that HHS affirmed $17.4 million of the UMMHC disallowance and reversed the remainder, allowing $8.1 million in FFP. A question remains as to whether CMS intended to allow $8.1 million or half that amount, since $8.1 million represents both the federal and non-federal share of the payment at issue. EOHHS appealed the disallowance of $17.4 million to the Departmental Appeals Board (“DAB”) on June 12, 2012. Oral argument was held on June 18, 2013, and the DAB issued its decision on October 3, 2013, deciding in the Commonwealth’s favor on all but $4.25 million. Neither party filed a request for reconsideration by the December 2, 2013 deadline.

In re: Office of the Inspector General Report Number: A-01-12-0006 (Claiming the correct Federal medical assistance percentage for claim adjustments made to the Form CMS-64). On April 6, 2012, the federal Office of the Inspector General (“OIG”) initiated an audit of MassHealth’s federal reporting of certain claims with dates of service between January 1, 2006 and December 31, 2010. The OIG has not yet issued a draft report but has stated orally that its recommended financial findings could be as much as $133 million. An exit conference was scheduled for September 13, 2013, but based on information provided by EOHHS the OIG is continuing its analysis of MassHealth’s federal reporting. The OIG had stated orally that it expected to issue a draft report by the end of calendar year 2013. EOHHS is in the process of reviewing the OIG’s working papers and evaluating response options to this potential audit finding. Such options include legal defenses as well as applying the OIG’s claims methodology to other datasets that would yield significant financial off-sets to the initial finding amount. The strength of these off-sets and legal defenses will need to be further assessed once the OIG issues its draft report and EOHHS completes its review of the OIG’s methodology. EOHHS will have 30 days to respond to the draft report once it is issued.

In re: Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Financial Management Review: 01-MS-2012-MA-01 (Massachusetts Medicaid Nursing Facility User Fees—Federal Fiscal Year 2010) . On November 10, 2011, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) Office initiated a financial review of Massachusetts’ Nursing Facility User Fees for federal fiscal year 2010. On September 4, 2013, CMS issued a draft report. In its report, CMS referenced that the Commonwealth collected $220.7 million in federal fiscal year 2010 in nursing

 

B-53


facility user fees and that non-compliance with requirements for federal funding could result in recoupment of federal funds. The findings and recommendations included a request to submit a new application for a waiver of federal requirements applicable to the user fee. CMS has asked EOHHS to develop a new tax structure governing the imposition of Massachusetts Medicaid nursing facility user fees to ensure that the Commonwealth can maintain compliance with federal funding requirements. CMS granted EOHHS’s further request for an extension of time to respond, which made the EOHHS response to the draft report due March 3, 2014, as of January 15, 2014.

Taxes

Feeney, et al. v. Dell, Inc. v. Commissioner of Revenue, Supreme Judicial Court (SJC) and Appellate Tax Board (ATB). The plaintiffs, a putative class of Massachusetts consumers who purchased Dell computers between 1995 and 2006, brought suit against Dell seeking a declaration that Dell wrongfully collected (and remitted to the Commissioner) sales tax upon service contracts that were purchased at the same time consumers purchased personal computers from Dell. The Supreme Judicial Court ruled that Dell could not be liable under M.G.L. Chapter 93A (and therefore be forced to pay treble damages) for collecting taxes that it believed, in good faith, were due; the Court, however, let the declaratory action go forward if amended to include a lack of good faith. Dell filed a third-party complaint against the Commissioner of Revenue, seeking a declaration that the sales taxes it collected (and paid) on service contracts were wrongfully collected and should be paid back. The Commissioner successfully moved to stay Dell’s third-party action until Dell had fully prosecuted appeals from the denials of the abatement petitions that Dell had filed with the Appellate Tax Board, seeking return of the same sales taxes. On April 27, 2011, the U.S. Supreme Court issued a decision in AT&T Mobility v. Concepcion , in which it held that arbitration clauses cannot be overruled by state laws or court rulings because the Federal Arbitration Act (FAA) preempts state laws. Citing Concepcion, Dell filed a motion to dismiss in Superior Court to confirm an arbitration award and bar the class action, which was denied. The Appeals Court allowed Dell’s motion for interlocutory review of the ruling, and the SJC subsequently granted Dell’s application for direct appellate review. Following receipt of amicus briefs, the case was argued before the SJC on December 4, 2012, and on June 12, 2013, the SJC ruled against Dell, distinguishing Concepcion and finding that the arbitration clause was invalid. Subsequently, on June 20, 2013, the U. S. Supreme Court issued a decision in American Express Co. v. Italian Colors Restaurant, No. 12-133 . On June 26, 2013, Dell filed a petition for rehearing with the SJC, arguing that the Supreme Court’s American Express decision overrules the SJC’s June 12, 2013 decision. By Opinion dated August 1, 2013, the SJC reversed the lower court’s denial of the renewed motion to confirm the arbitration award and remanded the case to the Superior Court. On October 4, 2013, a hearing was held on motions by Dell to confirm the arbitration and motions to maintain a class action. On October 24, 2013, the Superior Court granted Dell’s motion to confirm the arbitration award of dismissal as to one plaintiff. In a footnote, the Superior Court did not rule on plaintiffs’ motion to substitute another individual plaintiff, but noted that the motion would be the subject of a separate ruling. As a result, as of January 15, 2014, “the case remains active” on that issue. Notwithstanding this pending motion, as of January 15, 2014, the plaintiffs had filed a notice of appeal.

Dell’s sales tax appeals were heard by the Appellate Tax Board on June 12, 2013—coincidentally, the same day the SJC issued its decision relating to the Superior Court matter. The ATB case was presented on a lengthy stipulation of facts together with over 6,500 pages of exhibits. On December 17, 2013, the ATB issued an order provisionally granting the full abatement requested by Dell. The dollar amount of the abatement had been deferred until resolution of the liability dispute; accordingly, the ATB had asked all parties to notify the Board, on or before January 16, 2014, whether they could agree on the amount of the abatement, or whether that question would require further evidentiary hearings. Under ATB rules, no party may request a Report and Findings of Fact (i.e., an explanation of the reasons for the Board’s decision) until the amount of an abatement has become fixed. Assuming that one or more parties request such a Report in this case, the Board’s decision does not become final and appealable until that Report has been issued.

 

B-54


It should be noted that, in a sales-tax abatement case like this one, irrespective of the nominal abatement amount ordered by the ATB, the Commissioner is obligated to refund (i.e., actually pay) only those amounts that the taxpayer/vendor (here, Dell) can demonstrate that it has actually repaid to consumers. Accordingly, there is often a significant disparity between the amount of an ordered abatement and the actual exposure to the Commonwealth.

DIRECTV, Inc. v. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Revenue, Suffolk Superior Court. Satellite-television providers DIRECTV and Dish Network claim that the excise tax on the sale of direct broadcast satellite services to subscribers or customers in the Commonwealth (enacted by Mass. St. 2009, c. 27, sec. 61 and 150) violates the Commerce Clause of the United States Constitution and the equal protection clauses of the United States and Massachusetts Constitutions. Were the providers to prevail, the potential refund of taxes collected under the statute may exceed $10 million for each tax year, and a corresponding amount of annual revenue would be unavailable for collection in future tax years. But on November 21, 2012, the Court (Billings, J.) granted summary judgment in favor of the Department, declaring that M.G.L. c. 64M, §§ 1 et seq., which imposes a tax on direct broadcast satellite services, does not violate the Commerce Clause or the Equal Protection Clause of the U.S. Constitution. The providers appealed on January 25, 2013. As of January 15, 2014, the Superior Court was assembling the record. In late 2012, the providers also filed petitions for relief with the Appellate Tax Board. A status conference in the Board proceedings was scheduled for May 8, 2014.

Allied Domecq Spirits & Wines USA, Inc. v. Commissioner of Revenue, Appellate Tax Board. This case, which if resolved adversely to the Commissioner could mean a loss of $31.7 million in tax revenue, initially involved multiple issues, but only one remains at this stage; a finding of no nexus by the auditor with respect to a subsidiary with large losses. The ATB bifurcated the case, and the ‘no nexus’ adjustment was tried on April 15, 2009. On April 1, 2010, the Board decided the ‘no nexus’ issue in the Commissioner’s favor. The parties agreed to settle the case by settling all the issues other than the one the Board has decided, so that the taxpayer can then appeal the Board’s decision on that one issue. After signing a settlement agreement, the parties filed a stipulation with the ATB, which then issued a decision on November 9, 2011. On May 22, 2013, the Appellate Tax Board issued Findings of Fact and a Report in favor of the Commissioner in the corporate excise tax case for the years ended August 31, 1996 through August 31, 2004. The Commissioner argued that the losses of Allied Domecq’s affiliate, Allied Domecq North America Corporation (“ADNAC”), had been properly excluded from Allied Domecq’s Massachusetts combined group because the transactions that ADNAC relied on as creating nexus with Massachusetts lacked business purpose or economic substance. Briefs for both parties have been filed in the Appeals Court. As of January 15, 2014, a date for oral argument had not yet been set.

New Cingular Wireless PCS, LLC v. Commissioner of Revenue, Appellate Tax Board. The issue in this case, which if resolved adversely to the Commissioner could mean a loss of $20.3 million in tax revenue, is whether the taxpayer is entitled to an abatement and refund of sales tax charged to and collected from its customers during the period November 2005 through September 2010 on Internet access charges the taxpayer argues are exempt from Massachusetts taxation under the Internet Tax Freedom (“IFTA”) Act and 830 Code Mass. Regs. 64H.1.6.

Comcast of Massachusetts I, Inc. v. Commissioner of Revenue, Appellate Tax Board . The taxpayer filed a petition with the Appellate Tax Board on December 4, 2013 appealing the Commissioner’s refusal to refund corporate excise tax in the amount of approximately $127.3 million for the years 2003 through 2008. The petition raises several issues: (1) federal change; (2) computation of corporate excise attributable to gain or loss on the disposal of certain property; (3) sales apportionment; (4) add-back; and (5) substantiation.

Other Revenues

Commonwealth of Massachusetts v. Philip Morris Inc., RJ Reynolds Tobacco Company, Lorillard Tobacco Company, et al., Supreme Judicial Court, Middlesex Superior Court (a/k/a the Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement, Nonparticipating Manufacturer (“NPM”) Adjustment Disputes). These matters arise under the

 

B-55


Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”), entered into in 1998, that settled litigation and claims by Massachusetts and 51 other states or dependencies (collectively, the “States”) against the major tobacco manufacturers. Under the MSA, yearly payments made by the Original Participating Manufacturers (“OPMs”) and Subsequent Participating Manufacturers (collectively, the “Participating Manufacturers” or “PMs”) are subject to a number of adjustments. One such adjustment is the Non-Participating Manufacturer (“NPM”) Adjustment, which can be triggered if the PMs suffer a specified market share loss as compared to the OPMs’ market share during the base year 1997. Under the MSA, a nationally recognized economic firm selected jointly by the States and the PMs must make a determination that “the disadvantages experienced” by the PMs as a result of complying with the MSA were “a significant factor contributing to the Market Share Loss” for a given year. Even if such a determination is made, the States can still avoid the NPM adjustment if it is determined that the States “diligently enforced” their individual NPM Escrow Statutes.

(a) (2003 NPM Adjustment) The PMs sought to reduce, by approximately $1.1 billion, the MSA payments they made to the States for 2003 sales and so they deposited a portion of this amount into an escrow account pending a resolution of this claim. A determination has been made that the PMs suffered a market share loss and that the disadvantages experienced by the PMs as a result of complying with the MSA were a significant factor contributing to the market share loss. The PMs’ claim to an NPM Adjustment for calendar year 2003, however, is no longer being pressed against the Commonwealth. On November 3, 2011, the manufacturers advised the panel of three arbitrators seated in a nationwide arbitration to resolve the 2003 NPM Adjustment dispute that Massachusetts was one of 16 states and territories whose claims of “diligence” were no longer being contested. Since the December 5, 2011 deadline for any state to challenge the claim of another state has passed, the Commonwealth’s claim to its allocable share of the 2003 NPM Adjustment is no longer in dispute. As a result, the Commonwealth is expected to receive approximately $29 million. Arbitration hearings for the remaining States concluded in May 2013 and decisions regarding each State were issued on September 11, 2013. As of January 15, 2014, payment of the additional funds to the Commonwealth was considered unlikely to occur before April 2014. Any post-arbitration litigation could further delay payment of this additional amount.

(b) (2004 NPM Adjustment) In the same manner as described above, the PMs seek to reduce, by approximately $1.1 billion, the MSA payments they made to the States for 2004 sales. A determination has been made that the PMs suffered a market share loss and that the disadvantages experienced by the PMs as a result of complying with the MSA were a significant factor contributing to the market share loss. The PMs notified the States of their intent to arbitrate the issue of whether each State diligently enforced its NPM Escrow Statute during 2004 following the conclusion of the 2003 NPM Adjustment Arbitration proceedings. If the Commonwealth does not prevail, future MSA payments to Massachusetts would be reduced by an amount yet to be determined, between $17 million, plus interest, up to but not exceeding the full amount of the State’s MSA payment for 2004 sales, depending upon the outcome of similar NPM proceedings against other states.

(c) (2005 NPM Adjustment) In the same manner as described above, the PMs seek to reduce, by approximately $753 million, the MSA payments they made to the States for 2005 sales. A determination has been made that the PMs suffered a market share loss and that the disadvantages experienced by the PMs as a result of complying with the MSA were a significant factor contributing to the market share loss. The PMs notified the States of their intent to arbitrate the issue of whether each State diligently enforced its NPM Escrow Statute during 2005 following the conclusion of the 2003 NPM Adjustment Arbitration proceedings. If the Commonwealth does not prevail, future MSA payments to Massachusetts would be reduced by an amount yet to be determined, between $30 million, plus interest, up to but not exceeding the full amount of the State’s MSA payment for 2005 sales, depending upon the outcome of similar NPM proceedings against other states.

(d) (2006 NPM Adjustment) In the same manner as described above, the PMs seek to reduce, by approximately $704 million, the MSA payments they made to the States for 2006 sales. A determination has been made that the PMs suffered a market share loss and that the disadvantages experienced by the PMs as a result of complying with the MSA were a significant factor contributing to the market share loss. The PMs notified the States of their intent to arbitrate the issue of whether each State diligently enforced its NPM Escrow Statute

 

B-56


during 2006 following the conclusion of the 2003 NPM Adjustment Arbitration proceedings. If the Commonwealth does not prevail, future MSA payments to Massachusetts would be reduced by an amount yet to be determined, between $7 million, plus interest, up to but not exceeding the full amount of the State’s MSA payment for 2006 sales, depending upon the outcome of similar NPM proceedings against other states.

(e) (2007 NPM Adjustment) In the same manner as described above, the PMs seek to reduce, by approximately $791 million, the MSA payments they made to the States for 2007 sales. A determination has been made that the PMs suffered a market share loss and that the disadvantages experienced by the PMs as a result of complying with the MSA were a significant factor contributing to the market share loss. The PMs notified the States of their intent to arbitrate the issue of whether each State diligently enforced its NPM Escrow Statute during 2007 following the conclusion of the 2003 NPM Adjustment Arbitration proceedings. If the Commonwealth does not prevail, future MSA payments to Massachusetts would be reduced by an amount yet to be determined, between $9 million, plus interest, up to but not exceeding the full amount of the State’s MSA payment for 2007 sales, depending upon the outcome of similar NPM proceedings against other states.

(f) (2008 NPM Adjustment) In the same manner as described above, the PMs seek to reduce, by approximately $888 million, the MSA payments they made to the States for 2008 sales. This amount is subject to revision until a Final Calculation in March 2013. A determination has been made that the PMs suffered a market share loss and that the disadvantages experienced by the PMs as a result of complying with the MSA were a significant factor contributing to the market share loss. The PMs notified the States of their intent to arbitrate the issue of whether each State diligently enforced its NPM Escrow Statute during 2008 following the conclusion of the 2003 NPM Adjustment Arbitration proceedings. If the Commonwealth does not prevail, future MSA payments to Massachusetts would be reduced by an amount yet to be determined, between $1 million dollars, plus interest, up to but not exceeding the full amount of the State’s MSA payment for 2009 sales, depending upon the outcome of similar NPM proceedings against other states.

(g) (2009 NPM Adjustment) In the same manner as described above, the PMs seek to reduce, by approximately $848 million, the MSA payments they made to the States for 2009 sales. This amount is subject to revision until a Final Calculation in March 2014. A determination has been made that the PMs suffered a market share loss and that the disadvantages experienced by the PMs as a result of complying with the MSA were a significant factor contributing to the market share loss. The PMs have not yet notified the States of their intent to arbitrate the issue of whether each State diligently enforced its NPM Escrow Statute during 2009. If the matter is arbitrated and the Commonwealth does not prevail, future MSA payments to Massachusetts would be reduced by an amount yet to be determined, between $2 million, plus interest, up to but not exceeding the full amount of the State’s MSA payment for 2008 sales, depending upon the outcome of similar NPM proceedings against other states.

(h) (2010 NPM Adjustment) In the same manner as described above, the PMs seek to reduce, by approximately $843 million, the MSA payments they made to the States for 2010 sales. This amount is subject to revision until a Final Calculation in March 2015. A determination has been made that the PMs suffered a market share loss and that the disadvantages experienced by the PMs as a result of complying with the MSA were a significant factor contributing to the market share loss. The PMs have not yet notified the States of their intent to arbitrate the issue of whether each state diligently enforced its NPM Escrow Statute during 2010. If the matter is arbitrated and the Commonwealth does not prevail, future MSA payments to Massachusetts would be reduced by an amount yet to be determined, between $1 million, plus interest, up to but not exceeding the full amount of the State’s MSA payment for 2010 sales, depending upon the outcome of similar NPM proceedings against other states.

Environment

Wellesley College v. Commonwealth, Suffolk Superior Court. Wellesley College has threatened to seek contribution from the Commonwealth for costs related to the clean-up of environmental contamination on the

 

B-57


Wellesley College campus and adjacent areas including Lake Waban. In September 2001, the Court entered judgment incorporating a partial settlement between the parties, under which the College will fund a clean-up of hazardous materials at the campus and the northern shoreline of Lake Waban that is expected to cost approximately $40 million. The judgment has since been amended by agreement of the parties and with approval of the court. Under the terms of the partial settlement and judgment, the Commonwealth has reimbursed the College approximately $1.1 million (approximately 2.5% of total clean-up costs) from an escrow account after the Department of Environmental Protection (“DEP”) determined that a portion of the Lake Waban shoreline clean-up was properly performed. Other issues that may lead to counterclaims by the College against the Commonwealth or its agencies include (1) groundwater contamination, estimated to cost $2 million or more depending on future decisions by DEP on appropriate clean-up; (2) clean-up of Lake Waban itself, for which DEP has now approved a temporary solution, reviewable every five years (N.B.: if a full clean-up of the lake is required in the future, it could cost up to $100 million); and (3) contaminated sediments in lower Waban Brook, which, as of January 15, 2014, were expected to be addressed by Wellesley College within the next 12 months.

In re Massachusetts Military Reservation (pre-litigation) . The Commonwealth, through the Executive Office of Energy and Environmental Affairs, the Department of Environmental Protection and the Attorney General’s Office, were engaged in discussions with federal Natural Resource Trustees, including the United States Army and Air Force, the Department of the Interior, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and private contractors regarding natural resource damages at the Massachusetts Military Reservation on Cape Cod. Federal Trustees and private contractors claim that the Commonwealth and others are liable for natural resource damages due to widespread contamination primarily from past military activities at the Reservation and are responsible for response actions and related clean-up activities. The assessment process for natural resource damages is set out in federal regulations and has not been completed. While no recent comprehensive estimate of natural resource damages and response actions is available, it is expected that the damages and response actions may cost at least tens of millions of dollars. In 2013, the state and federal trustees reopened preliminary discussions per a Trustee Council resolution on a potential settlement framework.

Boston Harbor Clean-Up . The Commonwealth is engaged in various lawsuits in the United States District Court concerning environmental and related laws, including an action brought by the federal Environmental Protection Agency alleging violations of the Clean Water Act and seeking to reduce the pollution in Boston Harbor, e.g., United States v. Metropolitan District Commission; Conservation Law Foundation v. Metropolitan District Commission . The Massachusetts Water Resources Authority (“MWRA”), successor in liability to the Metropolitan District Commission, has assumed primary responsibility for developing and implementing a court-approved plan and timetable for the construction of the treatment facilities necessary to achieve compliance with the federal requirements. Under the Clean Water Act, the Commonwealth may be liable for any cost of complying with any judgment in these or any other Clean Water Act cases to the extent that the MWRA or a municipality is prevented by state law from raising revenues necessary to comply with such a judgment. The total cost of construction of the wastewater facilities required under the federal district court’s order, not including combined sewer overflow (CSO) abatement costs, has been approximately $3.8 billion. The MWRA has also spent approximately $846 million through June 2013 in developing and implementing the CSO plan and its projects. Thus, the cost of construction of water treatment facilities required under the court’s order amounted to approximately $4.65 billion as of June 2013. From the start of fiscal 2014 forward, the MWRA has anticipated spending at least an additional $56.9 million on remaining design and construction work on CSO projects. These figures do not include routine ongoing costs, such as maintenance expenses and capital spending for plant and system retrofits, and replacements.

Other

Perini Corp., Kiewit Constr. Corp., Jay Cashman, Inc. d/b/a Perino-Kiewit-Cashman Joint Venture v. Commonwealth . In several related cases and potential litigation, plaintiffs (“PKC”) make claims for alleged increased costs arising from differing site conditions, changes and other causes of delay on the Central Artery/Ted Williams Tunnel project. Plaintiffs have asserted claims in excess of $150 million. These claims are at

 

B-58


various stages of resolution, including claims pending before the Superior Court, the Appeals Court and the Central Artery Tunnel Project Dispute Review process, which includes a Dispute Review Board (“DRB”) and a Project Director’s/Chief Engineer’s decision. The DRB has issued decisions on many of the claims, recommending that PKC be awarded approximately $78.3 million on claims of approximately $158 million. As of January 15, 2014, the majority of those decisions were the subject of further court proceedings or a decision of the Project’s Chief Engineer pursuant to the parties’ contracts.

In May 2012, the Appeals Court heard oral arguments as to whether the DRB was authorized to issue binding arbitral decisions on numerous claims, or whether it was only authorized to issue non-binding recommendations that were subject to review by the Project Director. On January 17, 2013, the Appeals Court issued its decision, concluding that the DRB exceeded its authority by purporting to issue binding arbitration awards totaling approximately $44.4 million. As a result, the Appeals Court affirmed the trial court’s decision to set aside the awards. The Appeals Court also ruled that the DRB’s “awards” constituted recommendations that were subject to final review by the Project Director. Following review of the DRB’s recommendations relative to the matters on appeal, the Project’s Chief Engineer concluded that PKC was entitled to approximately $3.4 million. PKC requested a rehearing before the Appeals Court which was denied. PKC also filed an application for further appellate review by the Supreme Judicial Court, which was denied on June 6, 2013.

The Appeals Court’s decision is expected to affect additional “awards” issued by the DRB, which now could be supplanted by a Chief Engineer’s decision. PKC is challenging the Project Director’s/Chief Engineer’s decisions in these matters under the standard of review set forth in G.L. c. 30, § 39J. A hearing was held on those matters in the Superior Court on September 26, 2013. As of January 15, 2014, the parties were awaiting a decision. The Appeals Court heard oral argument on December 9, 2013 on PKC’s appeal of a Superior Court decision with respect to the calculation of interest on DRB2 Order #3.

Ianella, Trustee of Tecce Family Trust v. Massachusetts Turnpike Authority, Suffolk Superior Court. The plaintiff seeks damages against the Massachusetts Turnpike Authority (“Authority”) for harm caused to its property and restaurant as a result of construction work done on the Central Artery/Tunnel (“CA/T Project”) project. The plaintiff claims that the construction diminished the value of the rental units located within the property and prevented access to the restaurant causing lost business revenue. The plaintiff is seeking damages under the eminent domain statutes, G.L. c. 79, §§ 10 and 12, alleging that the construction performed for the Authority resulted in a constructive “taking” of the property. Additionally, the plaintiff has brought claims for “business interference,” nuisance, and negligence.

The plaintiff claims to have suffered at least $17 million in lost business as well as an unspecified amount of property damage and diminished value of the property. The lawsuit is being defended under a$25 million owner-controlled insurance program issued by Chartis Insurance Co. for the CA/T Project. However, Chartis is doing so under a reservation of rights concerning coverage. The Authority’s motion for summary judgment was denied in late February 2012. As of January 15, 2014, a March 4, 2014 trial date had been set.

Takings associated with the Yawkey Way Extension roadway project . MassDOT has recorded Orders of Taking for the acquisition of permanent and temporary easements for the Yawkey Way Extension roadway project in the Fenway area of Boston. The following pro tanto awards were approved by the Highway Administrator on December 13th: (1) a$3,260,000 award to the Olde Town Team Realty Trust (controlled by the Red Sox organization); (2) a$2,500,000 award to the HRPT Medical Buildings Realty Trust; (3) a$370,000 award to the Soho Realty Limited Partnership/51 B, LLC; (4) a$155,000 award to the Fenmore Realty Corporation (Children’s Hospital); and (5) a$ 25,000 award to Beth Israel Hospital. These awards total $6,310,000. It is anticipated that HRPT Medical Buildings Realty Trust will challenge the pro tanto award and file suit, since that entity challenged the City of Boston’s zoning decision for the Fenway Center Project.

In re Lehman Brothers Holdings, et al., Debtors, United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern District of New York . This is a proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Prior to the bankruptcy filings by Lehman

 

B-59


Brothers Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries in September and October, 2008, the Commonwealth was a party to several interest rate swap agreements with Lehman Brothers affiliates. Following the bankruptcy filings, the Commonwealth terminated those agreements in October and November 2008, made termination payments to Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc. (“LBSF”) and entered into replacement swap agreements with other counterparties. In early 2010, LBSF notified the Commonwealth that it disagreed with the termination amounts that the Commonwealth had paid in 2008 and issued a subpoena related to the terminations. On June 13, 2012, LBSF issued a Derivative ADR Notice obligating the parties to submit to mandatory court-ordered mediation. The Derivative ADR Notice contains a settlement demand from LBSF in the amount of approximately $32.7 million, including approximately $13.9 million of interest and expenses. The Commonwealth submitted its response to the Derivative ADR Notice denying the settlement demand on August 13, 2012. Formal mediation commenced on November 19, 2012, and concluded without resolution. LBSF asserts that interest continues to accrue on its claim and it valued its claim at approximately $35 million, including interest, on November 19, 2012. As of January 15, 2014, the Commonwealth had indicated that LBSF was entitled to initiate litigation in further pursuit of its claim.

Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc. (“LBSF”) v. Massachusetts Development Finance Agency (“MDFA”) and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, acting by and through its Executive Office for Administration and Finance (“Mass. A&F”); claim subject of mediation . In 1993, MDFA used the proceeds of variable interest rate bonds issued by the City of Chelsea’s Industrial Development Financing Authority to finance the construction of the Massachusetts Information Technology Center. In order to provide a synthetic fixed rate financing for the project, MDFA entered into a rate swap agreement with LBSF. In a subsequent agreement between MDFA and Mass. A&F, dated as of December 11, 2008, the Commonwealth agreed, to the extent permitted by law and subject to appropriation, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless MDFA from and against any losses, damages, injuries, costs or expenses and any suits, demands, claims, actions or other proceedings arising out of the termination of the swap agreement. Effective December 17, 2008, MDFA terminated the swap agreement with LBSF. In September, 2008, Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. and its various subsidiaries, including LBSF, filed for bankruptcy pursuant to Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York in a proceeding titled: In Re Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc., No. 08-013555 (JMP)(JD013). As part of those proceedings, the Bankruptcy Court issued an Alternative Dispute Resolution Procedures Order for Affirmative Claims of Debtors Under Derivatives Contracts. On April 20, 2012, pursuant to the Bankruptcy Court’s Order, LBSF initiated mediation proceedings against MDFA, claiming that that MDFA improperly calculated the termination value of the interest rate swap agreement by applying the wrong index in its termination calculation. LBSF demands payment of the principal amount of approximately $12.6 million plus interest from December 11, 2008 to the date of payment (calculated by LBSF as of April 20, 2012 to be approximately $6.1 million). MDFA rejected LBSF’s demand, and, as of January 15, 2014, the matter had proceeded to mediation. As of January 15, 2014, the matter had not resolved through mediation and the Commonwealth had indicated that LBSF was entitled to initiate litigation in further pursuit of its claim.

Debra Baggett and April Marlborough, on behalf of themselves and others similarly situated v. Michael Ashe, Jr. and Patricia Murphy, in their individual capacities, U.S. District Court, for the District of Mass., Western Div . This is a civil rights class action for money damages against Hampden County Sheriff Michael J. Ashe, Jr. and Assistant Superintendent Patricia Murphy regarding policies and procedures of the Western Massachusetts Regional Women’s Correctional Center related to inmate movement and the fact that the challenged policies do not specifically prohibit male correctional officers from operating the video camera during an inmate move to a higher security placement even though that move includes a strip search. In May 2013, the court certified a class of approximately 178 current and former inmates. Assuming the plaintiff class was to prevail on all claims, total damages awarded could exceed, in theory, $10 million. As of January 15, 2014, fact discovery in the liability phase of the case was complete and the parties were in the expert discovery phase.

Drug Testing Laboratory disputes . On August 28, 2012, a chemist formerly employed at the Department of Public Health’s drug testing laboratory in Boston admitted to several types of misconduct involving her handling

 

B-60


of laboratory samples, which were used in criminal cases. The Governor was informed and ordered the immediate closure of the laboratory. The Governor established a central office to identify individuals who may be affected by the chemist’s alleged malfeasance, which the office has estimated as possibly tens of thousands of criminal drug cases. The Governor also announced that Inspector General Glenn Cunha is conducting an independent assessment of the laboratory’s operations. In addition, the Attorney General’s Office is conducting a criminal investigation. On December 17, 2012, the former chemist was indicted by a Statewide Grand Jury on 27 charges in connection with altering drug evidence during the testing process and obstructing justice. She was arraigned on December 20, 2012 in Suffolk Superior Court. There likely will be significant, but as yet undetermined, state costs required to investigate and respond to the chemist’s alleged malfeasance. Supplemental appropriations totaling $30 million were approved during fiscal 2013 to create a fund to reimburse agencies and cities for costs associated with investigating and responding to misconduct at the state drug testing laboratory. In addition, there may be costs to defend civil complaints alleging state liability in both state and federal court and for potential judgments. Those additional state costs cannot be fully estimated at this time.

Solomon v. Bigby et al., Jones v. Bigby et al., and Moses v. Bigby et al., U.S. District Court, District of Massachusetts—Eastern Division. These are civil actions for civil rights violations against current and former employees of the Executive Office of Health and Human Services, the Department of Public Health, the Suffolk County District Attorney’s Office, and the Boston Police Department. All three cases are in the early stages of litigation. As an example, plaintiff Jones is seeking $2.5 million in damages. The court has under advisement motions to dismiss filed by the defendants in the Solomon and Jones cases. Separately, a pro se inmate has filed an action in Suffolk Superior Court seeking damages from several current or former state employees, in addition to the United States Attorney. Additionally, as of January 15, 2014, the Commonwealth had received three presentment letters alleging civil rights and tort violations arising out of events at the state drug lab. One of these presentment letters, captioned Alomar et al. v. Bigby et al. , provides notice of a class action that will be brought by 37 plaintiffs alleging violations of their civil rights.

MedImmune, LLC v. Board of Trustees of the University of Massachusetts d/b/a University of Massachusetts Biologic Laboratories, Maryland Court of Special Appeals. This case relates to a license agreement between MedImmune LLC and University of Massachusetts Biologic Laboratories (“MassBiologics”). Under the agreement, MedImmune pays MassBiologics approximately $25 million per year in royalties. In the lawsuit, MedImmune alleges (1) breach of the license agreement and (2) that the agreement was terminable in August 2011, when suit was brought, or that it terminates on a date certain in the future. During the pendency of the lawsuit, MedImmune has continued to pay MassBiologics royalties. MassBiologics has agreed that, if MedImmune obtains a judgment in any trial court that its obligations to pay royalties to MassBiologics ended on a date certain earlier than the date judgment is entered, MassBiologics would return any royalties paid during the pendency of the lawsuit for sales occurring after MedImmune’s obligations ended, while retaining the right to contend that MassBiologics was entitled to keep any and all of such royalties. In the lawsuit, MedImmune sought as damages for the alleged breaches repayment of any royalties paid after a breach occurred. The trial court granted UMass summary judgment as to all breach of contract allegations.

After a trial, the court ruled that the agreement was not terminated or terminable in August 2011 and will not terminate unless and until MedImmune stops making and selling its leading product, Synagis ® . MedImmune has appealed the judgment to the Court of Special Appeals, Maryland’s intermediate appellate court, and MassBiologics cross-appealed. Oral argument before the Maryland Court of Special Appeals was to be heard on February 11, 2014. Once that court’s decision issues, either party may petition the Maryland Court of Appeals— Maryland’s highest court—for further review of any issue on which it did not prevail.

Given just the amount of royalties that have been paid on sales made after August 2011, if MedImmune were to prevail on appeal on its claims that the agreement was terminable prior to the date of judgment, MassBiologics would be required initially to return royalties to MedImmune in an amount that could exceed $25 million, while retaining the right to contend that MassBiologics was entitled to keep any and all of such royalties.

 

B-61


The precise amount of the repayment contingency would depend on the amount of royalties paid on sales made after August 2011 and the date of termination.

In addition, given the amount of royalties that have been paid since the alleged breaches, if MedImmune prevails on its claim that the agreement was breached and that it is entitled to repayment of any royalties paid after the breach, MassBiologics would be required to pay in excess of $25 million to MedImmune. Again, the precise amount of the repayment contingency depends on the amount of royalties paid between the date of breach and date of final judgment.

Potential suits arising from New England Compounding Center and the fungal meningitis outbreak . As a result of the national fungal meningitis outbreak caused by contaminated products at New England Compounding Center, a Massachusetts pharmacy, the Department of Public Health, the Board of Registration in Pharmacy, and/or state employees may be sued. Claims may include claims under M.G.L. c. 258 as well as civil rights claims for deliberate indifference. Due to the severity of the injuries, which include over 60 deaths and several hundred cases of fungal meningitis, there is a potential for damages to exceed $20 million. As of January 15, 2014, no suits had been filed against any state entity or state employees, although the Commonwealth had received two letters presenting tort claims for potential pre-litigation resolution.

Woodlands Commercial Corp. f/k/a Lehman Bros. Commercial Bank v. Massachusetts Department of Transportation, Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York. On or about November 14, 2013, the plaintiff corporation (previously known as Woodlands Commercial Bank, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lehman Bancorp, Inc.) filed suit against MassDOT, as successor to the Massachusetts Turnpike Authority, in New York state court. The suit seeks recovery of an unspecified amount allegedly withheld in breach of a contract concerning six derivatives transactions between the Turnpike Authority and a Lehman Brothers affiliate. The Turnpike Authority allegedly terminated the contractual arrangement without making a full termination payment, which the plaintiff contends constituted a breach of the Authority’s contractual obligations. The crux of the dispute is the amount of the payment that the Authority was required to make when it terminated the derivatives transactions. In December 2008, the Authority made an early termination payment of approximately $3.17 million, but the plaintiff appears to contend that that payment should have been in the range of $30 million to $40 million. In addition to contractual damages, the plaintiff seeks interest on its claim of unpaid sums, dating back to late 2008. The complaint acknowledges that the Legislature created MassDOT as “a body politic and corporate” that performs various public functions but is nonetheless separate from the Commonwealth. As of January 15, 2014 no claims had been expressly lodged against the Commonwealth in this suit.

*  *  *  *  *

ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS

Massachusetts municipal obligations may also include obligations of the governments of Puerto Rico and other U.S. territories and their political subdivisions to the extent that these obligations are exempt from Massachusetts state personal income taxes. Accordingly, the fund’s investments in such securities may be adversely affected by local political and economic conditions and developments within Puerto Rico and certain other U.S. territories affecting the issuers of such obligations.

 

B-62


APPENDIX C

Western Asset Management Company

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Policy

As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).

In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset Management Company Limited) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

Procedure

Responsibility and Oversight

The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

Client Authority

The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

Proxy Gathering

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.

 

C-1


Proxy Voting

Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:

a. Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

b. Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.

c. Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)

d. If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.

e. Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.

f. Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.

Timing

Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

Recordkeeping

Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:

a. A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.

b. Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

c. A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.

d. Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.

e. A proxy log including:

1. Issuer name;

2. Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;

3. Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;

 

C-2


4. A brief identification of the matter voted on;

5. Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;

6. Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

7. A record of how the vote was cast; and

8. Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.

Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.

Disclosure

Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part II of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Conflicts of Interest

All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

1. Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;

2. Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

3. Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.

Voting Guidelines

Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

I. Board Approved Proposals

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

1. Matters relating to the Board of Directors

Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:

 

C-3


a. Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.

b. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

c. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.

d. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

2. Matters relating to Executive Compensation

Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

a. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

b. Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.

c. Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

d. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

3. Matters relating to Capitalization

The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

a. Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock.

b. Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).

c. Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.

4. Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions

Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.

5. Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures

Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans.

b. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

 

C-4


6. Other Business Matters

Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws.

b. Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

II. Shareholder Proposals

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:

1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.

2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.

3. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

III. Voting Shares of Investment Companies

Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.

1. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios.

2. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

IV. Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers

In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers – i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.

1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management.

2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees.

3. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.

 

C-5


4. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.

Retirement Accounts

For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (“DOL”) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary. Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the investment manager.

In order to comply with the DOL’s position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (a) the right to vote proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (b) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.

 

C-6


PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 28. Exhibits

(a) (1) The Registrant’s Declaration of Trust dated as of October 2, 2006 as amended and restated as of August 18, 2011 (the “Declaration of Trust”) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 175 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on August 22, 2011 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 175”).

(2) Amended and Restated Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interests in the Registrant and Amended and Restated Designation of Classes, in each case effective as of May 15, 2013 and incorporated into the Declaration of Trust are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 220 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on June 20, 2013 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 220”).

(3) Amended and Restated Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interests in the Registrant, dated September 19, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 240 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on November 19, 2013 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 240”).

(b) The Registrant’s By-Laws as amended and restated as of August 18, 2011 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 175.

(c) Instruments defining rights of security holders of series of the Registrant are contained in the Registrant’s Declaration of Trust and Bylaws, each as amended to date, which are incorporated by reference to Exhibits (a) and (b) of this Item 28.

(d) (1) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Adjustable Rate Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Adjustable Rate Income Fund), and Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”) dated April 13, 2007, as amended effective August 1, 2012, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 240.

(2) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset California Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset California Municipals Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on June 27, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 85”).

(3) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Global Strategic Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Strategic Income Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(4) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Global High Yield Bond Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Global High Yield Bond Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007, as amended effective August 1, 2012, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 240.

(5) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Mortgage Backed Securities Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Mortgage Backed Securities Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007, as amended effective August 1, 2012, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 240.

(6) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Short Duration High Income Fund (formerly, Western Asset High Income Fund and before that, Legg Mason Western Asset High Income Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007, as amended effective May 1, 2013, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 240.

(7) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.


(8) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(9) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Intermediate-Term Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Intermediate-Term Municipals Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(10) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007, as amended effective August 1, 2012, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 240.

(11) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Managed Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Managed Municipals Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 133 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on June 26, 2009.

(12) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(13) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Municipal High Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Municipal High Income Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(14) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset New Jersey Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset New Jersey Municipals Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(15) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset New York Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset New York Municipals Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(16) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Oregon Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Oregon Municipals Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(17) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Pennsylvania Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Pennsylvania Municipals Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(18) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Short Duration Municipal Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Short Duration Municipal Income Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(19) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Short-Term Bond Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Short-Term Bond Fund), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007, as amended October 5, 2012, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 240.

(20) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Fund (formerly, Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio), and LMPFA dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(21) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Short Term Yield Fund, and LMPFA dated June 1, 2011, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 169 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC June 14, 2011 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 169”).

(22) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Ultra Short Obligations Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 223 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on July 19, 2013 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 223”).


(23) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Western Asset Management Company (“WAM”), with respect to Legg Mason Western Asset Adjustable Rate Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Partners Adjustable Rate Income Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(24) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset California Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset California Municipals Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(25) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Global Strategic Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Strategic Income Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(26) Subadvisory Agreement between WAM and Western Asset Management Company Limited (“WAML”), with respect to Western Asset Global Strategic Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Strategic Income Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(27) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Global High Yield Bond Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Global High Yield Bond Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(28) Subadvisory Agreement between WAM and WAML, with respect to Western Asset Global High Yield Bond Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Global High Yield Bond Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(29) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Mortgage Backed Securities Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Mortgage Backed Securities Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(30) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Short Duration High Income Fund (formerly, Western Asset High Income Fund and before that, Legg Mason Western Asset High Income Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(31) Subadvisory Agreement between WAM and WAML, with respect to Western Asset Short Duration High Income Fund (formerly, Western Asset High Income Fund and before that, Legg Mason Western Asset High Income Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(32) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(33) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(34) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Intermediate-Term Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Intermediate-Term Municipals Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(35) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(36) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Managed Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Managed Municipals Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(37) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.


(38) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Municipal High Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Municipal High Income Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(39) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset New Jersey Municipals Fund (formerly, to Legg Mason Western Asset New Jersey Municipals Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(40) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset New York Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset New York Municipals Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(41) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Oregon Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Oregon Municipals Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(42) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Pennsylvania Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Pennsylvania Municipals Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(43) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Short Duration Municipal Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Short Duration Municipal Income Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(44) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Short-Term Bond Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Short-Term Bond Fund) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(45) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Fund (formerly, Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(46) Subadvisory Agreement between WAM and WAML, with respect to Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Fund (formerly, Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio) dated April 13, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(47) Subadvisory Agreement between WAM and Western Asset Management Company Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of Japan (“Western Japan”), with respect to Western Asset Global Strategic Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Strategic Income Fund) dated November 3, 2008, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 118 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on November 19, 2008 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 118”).

(48) Subadvisory Agreement between WAM and Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd. (“Western Singapore”), with respect to Western Asset Global Strategic Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Strategic Income Fund) dated November 3, 2008, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 118.

(49) Subadvisory Agreement between WAM and Western Singapore, with respect to Western Asset Global High Yield Bond Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Global High Yield Bond Fund) dated November 3, 2008, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 118.

(50) Subadvisory Agreement between WAM and Western Singapore, with respect to Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Fund (formerly, Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio) dated November 3, 2008, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 118.

(51) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Short Term Yield Fund dated June 1, 2011, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 169.

(52) Letter Amendment to Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on July 29, 2009 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 137”).

(53) Subadvisory Agreement between WAM and WAML with respect to Western Asset Short-Term Bond Fund, dated November 6, 2012 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 207.


(54) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and WAM, with respect to Western Asset Ultra Short Obligations Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 223.

(e) (1) Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), on behalf of Western Asset Adjustable Rate Income Fund, Western Asset California Municipals Fund, Legg Mason Western Asset Core Bond Fund, Legg Mason Western Asset Core Plus Bond Fund, Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund, Western Asset Global High Yield Bond Fund, Legg Mason Western Asset Global Inflation Management Fund, Western Asset Mortgage Backed Securities Fund, Western Asset Short Duration High Income Fund (formerly Western Asset High Income Fund), Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund, Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund, Western Asset Intermediate-Term Municipals Fund, Western Asset Managed Municipals Fund, Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund, Western Asset Municipal High Income Fund, Western Asset New Jersey Municipals Fund, Western Asset New York Municipals Fund, Western Asset Oregon Municipals Fund, Western Asset Pennsylvania Municipals Fund, Western Asset Short Duration Municipal Income Fund, Western Asset Short-Term Bond Fund, Western Asset Global Strategic Income Fund, Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Fund and Western Asset Short Term Yield Fund dated June 1, 2011, as amended November 5, 2012 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 212 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A, as filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 212”).

(2) Letter Agreement to the Distribution Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Ultra Short Obligations Fund, and LMIS to be filed by amendment.

(f) (1) Amended and Restated Trustee Retirement Plan relating to certain funds dated as of January 1, 2005 (the “General Retirement Plan”), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on January 8, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 78”).

(2) Legg Mason Investment Series (formerly, Smith Barney Investment Series) Amended and Restated Trustees Retirement Plan dated as of January 1, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(3) Amendment to the General Retirement Plan and the Legg Mason Partners Investment Series Amended and Restated Trustees Retirement Plan dated as of July 10, 2006 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(4) Amended and Restated Emeritus Retirement Plan relating to certain funds established effective as of January 1, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(5) Emeritus Retirement Plan relating to certain funds established effective as of January 1, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(g) (1) Custodian Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) dated October 5, 2012 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 207.

(2) Fund Accounting Services Agreement with State Street dated as of October 5, 2012 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 207.

(3) Letter Agreement with State Street amending the Custodian Services Agreement and Fund Accounting Services with respect to Western Asset Ultra Short Obligations Fund to be filed by amendment.

(h) (1) Form of License Agreement between the Registrant and Legg Mason Properties, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on November 30, 2006.

(2) Transfer Agency and Services Agreement with Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) dated as of April 4, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 129 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed April 6, 2009.


(3) Letter Agreement amending the Transfer Agency and Services Agreement with BFDS, with respect to Western Asset Short Term Yield Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 170 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on June 22, 2011.

(4) Letter Agreement amending the Transfer Agency and Services Agreement with BFDS, with respect to Western Asset Ultra Short Obligations Fund to be filed by amendment.

(5) Co-Transfer Agency and Services Agreement with BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (formerly, PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.) dated as of April 1, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137.

(6) Letter Agreement amending the Co-Transfer Agency and Services Agreement with BNY Mellon, with respect to Western Asset Ultra Short Obligations Fund to be filed by amendment.

(7) Board Resolutions regarding Expense Limitation Arrangements, with respect to Western Asset Ultra Short Obligations Fund, are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 220.

(8) Board Resolutions regarding Expense Limitation Arrangements are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 240.

(i) (1) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of the securities being registered is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 as filed with the SEC on June 1, 2007.

(2) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP regarding the legality of Class R shares of Legg Mason Western Asset Global Inflation Management Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Partners Global Inflation Management Fund) and Class FI shares of Western Asset Short Duration Municipal Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Short Duration Municipal Income Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 97 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on February 14, 2008 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 97”).

(3) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP regarding the legality of Class FI shares of each of Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund), Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund) and Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on March 14, 2008.

(4) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class FI shares of Western Asset Mortgage Backed Securities Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Mortgage Backed Securities Fund) and Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund); and Class R Shares of Western Asset Global High Yield Bond Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Global High Yield Bond Fund), Western Asset Mortgage Backed Securities Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Mortgage Backed Securities Fund), Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund) and Western Asset Short-Term Bond Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Short-Term Bond Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 103 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on April 24, 2008.

(5) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class FI shares of Western Asset Managed Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Managed Municipals Fund), Western Asset California Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset California Municipals Fund) and Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Fund (formerly, Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 108 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on June 11, 2008 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 108”).

(6) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class FI shares of Western Asset Intermediate-Term Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Intermediate-Term Municipals Fund), Western Asset New Jersey Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset New Jersey Municipals Fund), Western Asset New York Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset New York Municipals Fund) and Western Asset Pennsylvania Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Pennsylvania Municipals Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111.


(7) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class FI shares of Western Asset Oregon Municipals Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Oregon Municipals Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 114 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2008 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 114”).

(8) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class FI and Class R shares of Western Asset Adjustable Rate Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Adjustable Rate Income Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116.

(9) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class FI and Class R shares of Western Asset Global Strategic Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Strategic Income Fund), Class FI shares of Western Asset Municipal High Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Municipal High Income Fund) and Class R shares of Western Asset High Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset High Income Fund) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 119 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on November 25, 2008 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 119”).

(10) Opinion and Consent of Bingham McCutchen LLP regarding the reorganization of High Yield Bond Fund into Legg Mason Partners High Income Fund is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 119.

(11) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class A, Class C and Class IS shares of Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Fund (formerly, Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123.

(12) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class P shares of Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 131 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on April 30, 2009.

(13) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class R1 shares of Western Asset Adjustable Rate Income Fund (formerly, Legg Mason Western Asset Adjustable Rate Income Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 135 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on July 24, 2009.

(14) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class R1 shares of Legg Mason Western Asset Core Bond Fund, Legg Mason Western Asset Core Plus Bond Fund, Western Asset High Income Fund and Western Asset Global Strategic Income Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 as filed with the SEC on November 23, 2009.

(15) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class R1 shares of Legg Mason Western Asset Global Inflation Management Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 148 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on February 22, 2010 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 148”).

(16) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class R1 shares of Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund, Western Asset Global High Yield Bond Fund, Western Asset Short-Term Bond Fund and Western Asset Mortgage Backed Securities Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 153 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on April 27, 2010.

(17) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class FI, Class I and Class IS shares of Western Asset Short Term Yield Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 169.

(18) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class FI shares of Western Asset Global High Yield Bond Fund and Western Asset Short-Term Bond Fund, Class IS shares of Western Asset Adjustable Rate Income Fund, Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund, Western Asset Global High Yield Bond Fund, Western Asset Mortgage Backed Securities Fund, Western Asset Short-Term Bond Fund and Western Asset Global Strategic Income Fund, and Class R and Class R1 shares of Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 197 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on July 30, 2012.


(19) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class FI, Class I and Class IS shares of Western Asset Ultra Short Obligations Fund to be filed by amendment.

(20) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class A2 shares of Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 228 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on August 29, 2013.

(21) Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP as to the legality of Class IS shares of Western Asset Short Duration High Income Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 240.

(j) Consents of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are filed herewith.

(k) Not Applicable.

(l) Not Applicable.

(m) Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 of the Registrant, on behalf of Western Asset Adjustable Rate Income Fund, Western Asset California Municipals Fund, Western Asset Corporate Bond Fund, Western Asset Global High Yield Bond Fund, Western Asset Mortgaged Backed Securities Fund, Western Asset Short Duration High Income Fund, Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund, Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund, Western Asset Intermediate-Term Municipals Fund, Western Asset Managed Municipals Fund, Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund, Western Asset Municipal High Income Fund, Western Asset New Jersey Municipals Fund, Western Asset New York Municipals Fund, Western Asset Oregon Municipals Fund, Western Asset Pennsylvania Municipals Fund, Western Asset Short Duration Municipal Income Fund, Western Asset Short-Term Bond Fund, Western Asset Global Strategic Income Fund, Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Western Asset Short Term Yield Fund and Western Asset Ultra Short Obligations Fund, dated February 8, 2007, as amended as of May 15, 2013, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 220.

(n) Rule 18f-3(d) Multiple Class Plan of the Registrant dated February 6, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 85.

(o) (1) Power of Attorney dated February 13, 2014 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 247”).

(2) Power of Attorney dated February 13, 2014, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247.

(p) (1) Code of Ethics of Legg Mason & Co., LLC dated as of March 10, 2011 (adopted by LMPFA and LMIS) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 175.

(2) Code of Ethics of WAM, WAML, Western Singapore and certain supervised affiliates dated November 1, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 247.

(3) Code of Ethics of Western Japan is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116.

 

Item 29. Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

Not Applicable.

 

Item 30. Indemnification

Article IX of the Registrant’s Declaration of Trust addresses the limitation of liability and indemnification of the Registrant’s Trustees, officers and others. Section 9.2(a) of the Declaration of Trust provides that no current or former Trustee, officer, or employee of the Registrant will be subject to any personal liability whatsoever to any person, other than the Registrant or its shareholders, in connection with the affairs of the Registrant. Further,


Section 9.2(b) of the Declaration of Trust provides that, subject to applicable federal law, no current or former Trustee or officer of the Registrant will be liable to the Registrant or to any shareholder for money damages except:

 

    to the extent that it is proved that the person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services, or

 

    to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding.

Section 9.5 of the Declaration of Trust states requires that, subject to certain exceptions and limitation expressed in the Declaration of Trust, each current and former Trustee, officer, or employee of the Registrant, including persons who serve at the request of the Registrant as directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors of another organization in which the Registrant has an interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (each, a “Covered Person”), be indemnified by the Registrant to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him in connection with any claim in which he becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being (or having served) in such position and against amounts paid or incurred by him in settlement thereof. Section 9.5 of the Declaration of Trust further provides that no indemnification shall be provided to the that extent such indemnification is prohibited by applicable federal law. The Declaration of Trust also sets forth provisions outlining presumptions that may be made relating to a person’s standard of conduct and when expenses may be advanced.

In addition, to the foregoing, the Registrant has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with each of its Trustees that provides for indemnification consistent with the principles described above. These Indemnification Agreements set forth certain procedural aspects with respect to indemnification, including the advancement of expenses, and presumptions relating to the determination of whether the standard of conduct required for indemnification has been met, as well as remedies for the indemnitee in the event that, among other things, determinations as to entitlement to indemnification, advancement of expenses and indemnity payments are not made in accordance with the procedures specified therein.

The Trustees and officers of the Registrant and the personnel of the Registrant’s manager are insured under an errors and omissions liability insurance policy. The Registrant and its officers are also insured under the fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be provided to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant, pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in connection with the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding or payment pursuant to any insurance policy) is asserted against the Registrant by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is prohibited as against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Under the Distribution Agreement, the Registrant agrees to indemnify LMIS, its officers, directors and employees and any person who controls LMIS within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the reasonable cost of investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which LMIS, its officers, directors and employees or any such controlling person may incur, under the 1933 Act or under common law or otherwise, arising out of or based upon any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registrant’s Registration Statement or arising out of or based upon any alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the Registration Statement not misleading, provided that in no event shall anything contained in the Distribution Agreement be construed so as to protect LMIS or such other parties against


any liability to the Registrant or its shareholders to which LMIS or such other parties would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of their duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of their obligations and duties under the Distribution Agreement.

The Registrant’s Management Agreements and Subadvisory Agreements provide that the manager or subadvisor, as applicable, assumes no responsibility under the Agreements other than to render the services called for under the Agreements in good faith. The Management Agreements and Subadvisory Agreements further provide that the manager or the subadvisor, as applicable, shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law, or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of securities transactions for the fund, provided that nothing in the Agreements protect with the manager or the subadvisor, as applicable, against any liability to the Fund to which the manager or subadvisor, as applicable, would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Agreements.

 

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

Investment Adviser—Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”)

LMPFA was formed in 2006 under the laws of the State of Delaware as a limited liability company. LMPFA is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”).

LMPFA is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). The list required by this Item 31 of officers and directors of LMPFA together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by LMPFA pursuant to the Advisers Act (SEC File No. 801-66785).

Western Asset Management Company—Subadviser—Western Asset Management Company (“WAM”) is an investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act. The following is a list of the officers and directors of WAM.

Directors

James W. Hirschmann III

Jeffrey A. Nattans

F. Barry Bilson

 

Officers   
Bruce D. Alberts    Chief Financial Officer
Brett B. Canon    Director of Risk Management and Operations
Daniel E. Giddings    Assistant Secretary
James W. Hirschmann III    Chief Executive Officer and President
James J. Flick    Director of Global Client Service and Marketing
Gavin L. James    Director of Portfolio Operations
Charles A. Ruys de Perez    Secretary, General Counsel and Head of Legal and Compliance

Western Asset Management Company Limited—Subadviser—Western Asset Management Company Limited (“WAML”) was incorporated under the laws of England as a corporation. WAML is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. WAML is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The following is a list of the officers and directors of WAML.

Directors

Charles A. Ruys de Perez

Michael B. Zelouf


Officers   
Kate Blackledge    Secretary

Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd—Subadviser—Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd. (“Western Singapore”) was incorporated under the laws of Singapore as a corporation. Western Singapore is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. The following is a list of the officers and directors of Western Singapore.

Directors

Charles A. Ruys de Perez

Alvin Lee Lip Sin

 

Officers   
Hui Kwoon Thor    Finance Manager
Henry H. Hamrock    Head of Singapore Operations

Western Asset Management Company Ltd—Subadviser—Western Asset Management Company Ltd (“Western Japan”) was incorporated under the laws of Japan as a corporation. Western Japan is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Western Japan is authorized and regulated in Japan by the Japanese Securities and Exchange Surveillance Commission. The following is a list of the officers and directors of Western Japan.

Directors

Takashi Komatsu

Naoya Orime

Charles A. Ruys de Perez

 

Officers   
Yasuaki Sudo    Finance Officer
Naoya Orime    Head of Tokyo Operations

Following is a list of other substantial business activities in which directors, officers or partners of WAM, WAML, Western Singapore and Western Japan have been engaged as director, officer, employee, partner or trustee.

 

Officer/Director    Other Offices Held
Jeffrey A. Nattans    Director, WAM
   Vice President, Legg Mason, Inc.
   Manager and Vice President, LMIH
   Director, WAML
   Director, Western Japan
   Director, WAM Australia
   Director, WAMCO Hldgs Ltd.
   Director, Western Singapore
Officer/Director    Other Offices Held
James W. Hirschmann III    Director, WAM
   Director, WAML


Following is a list of addresses for Item 31 with respect to WAM, WAML, Western Japan and Western Singapore:

Bartlett & Co. (“Bartlett”)

36 East Fourth Street

Cincinnati, OH 45202

Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc. (“Batterymarch”)

John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street, 49 th Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC (“Brandywine”)

2929 Arch Street, 8 th Floor

Philadelphia, PA 19104

Brandywine Global Investment Management (Asia) Pte. Ltd. (“Brandywine Singapore”)

36 Robinson House, #18

City House

Singapore

ClearBridge Investments, LLC (“Clear Investments”)

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

ClearBridge Asset Management, Inc. (“Clear Asset”)

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

Global Currents Investment Management, LLC (“GCIM”)

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

Legg Mason Capital Management, Inc. (“LMCM”)

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

Legg Mason Canada Holdings Ltd. (“LM Canada Hldg”)

44 Chipman Hill, 10 th Floor

St. John, New Brunswick E2L 4S6

Canada

Legg Mason Fund Adviser, Inc. (“LMFA”)

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

Legg Mason Funding Corp. (“LM Funding”)

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

Legg Mason Global Asset Allocation, LLC (“LMGAA”)

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

and

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

Legg Mason, Inc.

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202


Legg Mason International Holdings, LLC (“LMIH”)

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

Legg Mason Investment Counsel, LLC (“LMIC”)

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”)

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

Legg Mason Real Estate Investors, Inc. (“LMREI”)

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

Legg Mason Real Estate Securities Advisors, Inc. (“LMRESA”)

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

Legg Mason Realty Capital, Inc. (“LMRC”)

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

Legg Mason Realty Group, Inc. (“LMRG”)

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

Legg Mason Realty Partners, Inc. (“LMRP”)

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

Legg Mason Tower, Inc. (“LM Tower”)

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

LMRC II, Inc. (“LMRC II”)

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

LMRC Properties, Inc. (“LMRC Properties”)

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

PCM Holdings I, Inc. (“PCM I”)

8889 Pelican Bay Boulevard, Suite 500

Naples, FL 34108-7512

PCM Holdings II, LLC (“PCM II”)

8889 Pelican Bay Boulevard, Suite 500

Naples, FL 34108-7512

Permal Asset Management, Inc. (“Permal”)

900 Third Ave. 28 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Royce & Associates, LLC (“Royce”)

1414 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019


Western Asset Management Company (“WAM”)

385 East Colorado Boulevard

Pasadena, CA 91101

and

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

Western Asset Management Company Limited (“WAML”)

10 Exchange Square

Primrose Street

London EC2A2EN England

Western Asset Management Company Ltd (“Western Japan”)

36F Shin-Marunouchi Building

5-1 Marunouchi 1-Chome Chiyoda-Ku

Tokyo 100-6536 Japan

Western Asset Management Company Pty Ltd (“WAM Australia”)

Level 48

120 Collins Street

GPO Box 507

Melbourne Victoria 3000 Australia

Western Asset Management (UK) Holdings Limited (“WAMCO Hldgs Ltd”)

10 Exchange Square

Primrose Street

London EC2A2EN England

Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd. (“Western Singapore”)

1 George Street, #23-01

Singapore 049145

 

Item 32. Principal Underwriters

(a) Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), the distributor of the Registrant, is a distributor of funds that are series of the following registrants: Legg Mason Partners Income Trust, Legg Mason Partners Variable Income Trust, Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust, Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust, Legg Mason Partners Money Market Trust, Legg Mason Partners Premium Money Market Trust, Legg Mason Partners Institutional Trust, Legg Mason Global Asset Management Trust, Legg Mason Investment Trust, Legg Mason Tax-Free Income Fund, and Western Asset Funds, Inc.

LMIS is the placement agent for funds that are series of Master Portfolio Trust.

(b) The information required by this Item 32 with respect to each director and officer of LMIS is listed below:

 

Name and Principal

Business Address*

  

Position and Offices

with Underwriter – LMIS

  

Positions and Offices

with Registrant

Frances Cashman    Manager and Co Managing Director    None
Jeffrey Masom    Manager and Co Managing Director    None

Matthew Schiffman

100 First Stamford Pl.

Stamford, CT 06902-6732

   Manager and Co Managing Director    None


Jason Bennett   

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer

and Financial Reporting Officer

   None

Kenneth Cieprisz

620 8th Avenue, 49th Floor

New York, NY 10018

   Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    None
Elisabeth F. Craig    Secretary    None
Vicki Schmelzer    Assistant Secretary    None

Susan Kerr

100 First Stamford Pl.

Stamford, CT 06902-6732

   Anti Money Laundering Compliance Officer    None

 

* All Addresses are 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, unless otherwise indicated.

(c) Not applicable.

 

Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records

With respect to the Registrant:

 

(1) Legg Mason Partners Income Trust

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

With respect to the Registrant’s Investment Manager:

 

(2) c/o Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

With respect to the Registrant’s Subadvisers:

 

(3) c/o Western Asset Management Company, Western Asset Management Company Limited, Western Singapore and Western Japan

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

With respect to the Registrant’s Custodian:

 

(4) State Street Bank & Trust Company

One Lincoln Street

Boston, MA 02111

With respect to the Registrant’s Transfer Agent:

 

(5) BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

P.O. Box 9699

Providence, RI 02940-9699

 

(6) Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

2000 Crown Colony Drive

Quincy, MA 02169


With respect to the Registrant’s Distributor:

 

(7) Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

 

Item 34. Management Services

Not applicable.

 

Item 35. Undertakings

Not applicable.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant, LEGG MASON PARTNERS INCOME TRUST, hereby certifies that it meets all requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York on this 21 st day of March, 2014.

LEGG MASON PARTNERS INCOME TRUST, on behalf of its series:

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity California Municipals Fund

Western Asset Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals Fund

Western Asset Massachusetts Municipals Fund

 

By:  

/s/ Kenneth D. Fuller

  Kenneth D. Fuller
  President and Principal Executive Officer
  WITNESS our hands on the date set forth below.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated below on March 21, 2014.

 

Signature

       

Title

/s/ Kenneth D. Fuller

Kenneth D. Fuller

      President, Principal Executive Officer and Trustee

/s/ Richard F. Sennett

Richard F. Sennett

      Principal Financial Officer

/s/ Elliott J. Berv*

Elliott J. Berv

      Trustee

/s/ Jane F. Dasher*

Jane F. Dasher

      Trustee

/s/ Mark T. Finn*

Mark T. Finn

      Trustee

/s/ Stephen R. Gross*

Stephen R. Gross

      Trustee

/s/ Richard E. Hanson, Jr.*

Richard E. Hanson, Jr.

      Trustee

/s/ Diana R. Harrington*

Diana R. Harrington

      Trustee

/s/ Susan M. Heilbron*

Susan M. Heilbron

      Trustee


/s/ Susan B. Kerley*

Susan B. Kerley

      Trustee

/s/ Alan G. Merten*

Alan G. Merten

      Trustee

/s/ R. Richardson Pettit*

R. Richardson Pettit

      Trustee

*By: /s/ Kenneth D. Fuller

Kenneth D. Fuller

     

 

* Attorney-in-Fact, pursuant to Power of Attorney.


Exhibit Index

(j) Consents of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Royal Dutch Petroleum (NYSE:RD)
Gráfico Histórico do Ativo
De Mai 2024 até Jun 2024 Click aqui para mais gráficos Royal Dutch Petroleum.
Royal Dutch Petroleum (NYSE:RD)
Gráfico Histórico do Ativo
De Jun 2023 até Jun 2024 Click aqui para mais gráficos Royal Dutch Petroleum.